Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 9, 2015.

Registration No. 333-201058

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 1

to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Summit Materials, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   1400   47-1984212

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

 

1550 Wynkoop Street, 3rd Floor

Denver, Colorado 80202

(303) 893-0012

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Anne Lee Benedict, Esq.

Chief Legal Officer

Summit Materials, Inc.

1550 Wynkoop Street, 3rd Floor

Denver, Colorado 80202

(303) 893-0012

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Edgar J. Lewandowski, Esq.

Edward P. Tolley III, Esq.

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

(212) 455-2000

 

Michael P. Kaplan, Esq.

Sophia Hudson, Esq.

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

(212) 450-4000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of the proposed sale of the securities to the public: As soon as practicable after the Registration Statement is declared effective.

 

 

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate

Offering Price(1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee(3)

Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share

  $100,000,000   $11,620

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of determining the amount of the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.
(2) Includes shares of Class A common stock subject to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock.
(3) Previously paid.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion, dated January 9, 2015

Preliminary Prospectus

                Shares

 

LOGO

Summit Materials, Inc.

Class A Common Stock

This is the initial public offering of shares of Class A common stock of Summit Materials, Inc. No public market currently exists for our Class A common stock. We are offering all of the             shares of Class A common stock that are being offered in this offering. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $             and $             per share. We intend to apply to list our shares of Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, under the symbol “SUM.”

After the completion of this offering, affiliates of The Blackstone Group L.P. will continue to own a majority of the voting power of shares eligible to vote in the election of our directors. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NYSE. See “Management—Controlled Company Exception.”

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, may elect to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for future filings. See “Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.”

Investing in shares of our Class A common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 23 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our Class A common stock.

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                        $                    

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us(1)

   $         $     

 

(1) See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)” for a description of compensation payable to the underwriters.

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than             shares of our Class A common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional             shares of our Class A common stock from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of our Class A common stock against payment in New York, New York on or about             , 2015 (“T+2”).

 

 

 

Citigroup    Goldman, Sachs & Co.

BofA Merrill Lynch

  

Barclays

   Deutsche Bank Securities    RBC Capital Markets

 

 

 

Blackstone Capital Markets        
  BB&T Capital Markets      
    Stephens Inc.    
      Sterne Agee  
          Stifel   

The date of this prospectus is             , 2015.


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     23   

Forward-Looking Statements

     41   

Market Data

     41   

Organizational Structure

     42   

Use of Proceeds

     49   

Dividend Policy

     50   

Capitalization

     51   

Dilution

     53   

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information

     55   

Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data

     61   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     63   

Business

     109   

Management

     131   
     Page  

Executive and Director Compensation

     138   

Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions

     160   

Principal Stockholders

     167   

Description of Certain Indebtedness

     169   

Description of Capital Stock

     173   

Material United States Federal Income and Estate Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

     182   

Certain ERISA Considerations

     186   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     188   

Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)

     190   

Legal Matters

     199   

Experts

     199   

Change in Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     199   

Where You Can Find More Information

     200   

Index to Financial Statements

     F-1   
 

 

 

Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus prepared by us or on our behalf. Neither we nor the underwriters take any responsibility for, or can provide any assurance as to the reliability of, any information other than the information in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus prepared by us or on our behalf. We and the underwriters are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our Class A common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted.

 

 

Unless indicated otherwise, the information included in this prospectus assumes no exercise by the underwriters of the option to purchase up to an additional                 shares of Class A common stock from us and that the shares of Class A common stock to be sold in this offering are sold at $         per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the price range indicated on the front cover of this prospectus.

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

Financial Statement Presentation

This prospectus includes certain historical consolidated financial and other data for Summit Materials Holdings L.P. (“Summit Holdings”). Summit Holdings will be considered our predecessor for financial reporting purposes. Summit Materials, Inc. will be the financial reporting entity following this offering of our Class A common stock. Summit Materials, LLC, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Summit Holdings, is the financial reporting entity with respect to our outstanding 10  1 2 % senior notes due 2020 (the “senior notes”). The historical consolidated financial information of Summit Holdings as of December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012 and for the three years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 has been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of Summit Holdings included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the historical consolidated balance sheet data of Summit Holdings as of December 31, 2011 from Summit Holdings’ consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2011, which is not included in this prospectus. The historical consolidated financial information of Summit Holdings as of September 27, 2014 and for the nine months ended September 27, 2014 and September 28, 2013 was derived


Table of Contents

from the unaudited consolidated financial statements of Summit Holdings included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements of Summit Holdings have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and, in our opinion, have included all adjustments, which include normal recurring adjustments necessary to present fairly in all material respects our financial position and results of operations. The results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year. Additionally, our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for any future period.

This prospectus also includes an unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 27, 2014 and unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of income for the nine months ended September 27, 2014 and the year ended December 28, 2013, which present our consolidated financial position and results of operations to give pro forma effect to the issuance of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us in this offering and the other transactions described under “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information.” The unaudited pro forma financial information is presented for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the operating results or financial position that would have occurred if the relevant transactions had been consummated on the date indicated, nor is it indicative of future operating results.

Our fiscal year is based on a 52-53 week year with each quarter composed of 13 weeks ending on a Saturday.

You should read our selected historical consolidated financial data and unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information and the accompanying notes in conjunction with, and each is qualified in their entirety by reference to, the consolidated historical financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the financial and other information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, including information contained in “Risk Factors,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Capitalization” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Other than the inception balance sheet, the financial statements of Summit Materials, Inc. have not been included in this prospectus as it is a newly incorporated entity, has no business transactions or activities to date, has no capitalization, and had no assets or liabilities during the periods presented in this prospectus.

Certain Definitions

As used in this prospectus, unless otherwise noted or the context otherwise requires:

 

    “We,” “our,” “us,” “the Company” and “Summit Materials” refer (1) prior to the consummation of the Offering Transactions described under “Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions,” to Summit Materials Holdings L.P. and its consolidated subsidiaries and (2) after the Offering Transactions described under “Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions,” to Summit Materials, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. “Existing owners” and “pre-IPO owners” refer to the Sponsors and the other owners of Summit Holdings immediately prior to the Offering Transactions;

 

    “Summit Holdings” refers to Summit Materials Holdings L.P.;

 

    “Hamm” refers to Hamm, Inc., our inaugural acquisition;

 

    “Cornejo” refers collectively to Cornejo & Sons, L.L.C., C&S Group, Inc., Concrete Materials Company of Kansas, LLC and Cornejo Materials, Inc.;

 

    “Harper Contracting” refers collectively to substantially all the assets of Harper Contracting, Inc., Harper Sand and Gravel, Inc., Harper Excavating, Inc., Harper Ready Mix Company, Inc. and Harper Investments, Inc.;

 

    “Altaview Concrete” refers collectively to Altaview Concrete, LLC, Peak Construction Materials, LLC, Peak Management, L.C. and Wasatch Concrete Pumping, LLC;

 

ii


Table of Contents
    “RK Hall” refers collectively to R.K. Hall Construction, Ltd., RHMB Capital, L.L.C., Hall Materials, Ltd., B&H Contracting, L.P., RKH Capital, L.L.C. and SCS Materials, L.P.;

 

    “B&B” refers collectively to B&B Resources, Inc., Valley Ready Mix, Inc. and Salt Lake Sand & Gravel, Inc.;

 

    “Industrial Asphalt” refers collectively to Industrial Asphalt, LLC, Asphalt Paving Company of Austin, LLC, KBDJ, L.P. and all the assets of Apache Materials Transport, Inc.;

 

    “Ramming Paving” refers collectively to J.D. Ramming Paving Co., LLC, RTI Hot Mix, LLC, RTI Equipment Co., LLC and Ramming Transportation Co., LLC;

 

    “Norris” refers to Norris Quarries, LLC;

 

    “Kay & Kay” refers to certain assets of Kay & Kay Contracting, LLC;

 

    “Sandco” refers to certain assets of Sandco Inc.;

 

    “Lafarge” refers to Lafarge North America, Inc.;

 

    “Westroc” refers to Westroc, LLC;

 

    “Alleyton” refers collectively to Alleyton Resource Company, LLC, Alcomat, LLC and Alleyton Services Company, LLC, the surviving entities from the acquisition of Alleyton Resource Corporation, Colorado Gulf, LP and certain assets of Barten Shephard Investments, LP;

 

    “Troy Vines” refers to Troy Vines, Incorporated;

 

    “Buckhorn Materials” refers to Buckhorn Materials, LLC, which is the surviving entity from the acquisition of Buckhorn Materials LLC and Construction Materials Group LLC;

 

    “Canyon Redi-Mix” refers collectively to Canyon Redi-Mix, Inc. and CRM Mixers LP;

 

    “Mainland” refers to Mainland Sand & Gravel ULC, which is the surviving entity from the acquisition of Rock Head Holdings Ltd., B.I.M. Holdings Ltd., Carlson Ventures Ltd., Mainland Sand and Gravel Ltd. and Jamieson Quarries Ltd.;

 

    “Southwest Ready Mix” refers to Southwest Ready Mix, LLC;

 

    “Colorado County S&G” refers to Colorado County Sand & Gravel Co., L.L.C., which is the surviving entity from the acquisition of Colorado County Sand & Gravel Co., L.L.C, M & M Gravel Sales, Inc., Marek Materials Co. Operating, Ltd. and Marek Materials Co., L.L.C.;

 

    “Concrete Supply” refers to Concrete Supply of Topeka, Inc., Penny’s Concrete and Ready Mix, L.L.C. and Builders Choice Concrete Company of Missouri, L.L.C.;

 

    “Blackstone” refers to investment funds associated with or designated by The Blackstone Group L.P. and its affiliates;

 

    “Silverhawk” refers to certain investment funds affiliated with Silverhawk Summit, L.P.; and

 

    “Sponsors” refers to Blackstone and Silverhawk.

Defined terms above that relate to our completed acquisitions are in chronological order. See “Business—Acquisition History” for a table of acquisitions we have completed since August 2009.

 

iii


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in shares of our Class A common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the section entitled “Risk Factors” and the financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus, before you decide to invest in shares of our Class A common stock.

Our Company

We are one of the fastest growing heavy-side construction materials companies in the United States, with a 126% increase in revenue between the year ended December 31, 2010 and the year ended December 28, 2013, as compared to an average increase of approximately 17% in revenue reported by our competitors over the same period. Our materials include aggregates, which we supply across the country, with a focus on Texas, Kansas, Kentucky, Missouri and Utah, and cement, which we supply primarily in Missouri, Iowa and Illinois. Within our markets, we offer customers a single-source provider for heavy-side construction materials and related downstream products through our vertical integration. In addition to supplying aggregates to customers, we use our materials internally to produce ready-mixed concrete and asphalt paving mix, which may be sold externally or used in our paving and related services businesses. Our vertical integration creates opportunities to increase aggregates volumes and optimize margin at each stage of production and enables us to provide customers with efficiency gains, convenience and reliability, which we believe gives us a competitive advantage.

Since our first acquisition over five years ago, we have rapidly become a major participant in the U.S. heavy-side construction materials industry. We believe that, by volume, we are a top 10 aggregates supplier, a top 25 cement producer and a major producer of ready-mixed concrete and asphalt paving mix. Our revenue in 2013 and the first nine months of 2014 was $916.2 million and $870.1 million, respectively, with net losses for the same periods of $103.7 million and $10.8 million, respectively. Our proven and probable aggregates reserves were 2.1 billion tons as of September 27, 2014. In the twelve months ended September 27, 2014 we sold 22.1 million tons of aggregates, 1.0 million tons of cement, 2.3 million cubic yards of ready-mixed concrete and 4.2 million tons of asphalt paving mix across our more than 200 sites and plants.

The rapid growth we have achieved over the last five years has been due in large part to our acquisitions, which we funded with equity commitments that our Sponsors and certain other investors made to Summit Holdings together with debt financing. During this period, we witnessed a cyclical decline and slow recovery in the private construction market and nominal growth in public infrastructure spending. However, the private construction market is beginning to rebound, which we believe signals the outset of a strong growth period in our industry and end markets. We believe we are well positioned to capitalize on this anticipated recovery in order to grow our business and reduce our leverage over time. As of September 27, 2014, our total indebtedness was approximately $1,091.1 million, or $         million on a pro forma basis after giving effect to this offering and the application of the net proceeds.

The private construction market includes residential and nonresidential new construction and the repair and remodel market. According to the National Association of Home Builders, the number of total housing starts in the United States, a leading indicator for our residential business, is expected to grow 57% from 2013 to 2016. In addition, the Portland Cement Association (“PCA”) projects that spending in private nonresidential construction will grow 26% over the same period. The private construction market represented 53% of our revenue for the nine months ended September 27, 2014.

Public infrastructure, which includes spending by federal, state and local governments for roads, highways, bridges, airports and other public infrastructure projects, has been a relatively stable portion of government

 

 

1


Table of Contents

budgets providing consistent demand to our industry and is projected by the PCA to grow approximately 3% from 2013 to 2016. With the nation’s infrastructure aging, we expect U.S. infrastructure spending to grow over the long term, and we believe we are well positioned to capitalize on any such increase. Despite this projected growth, we do not believe it will be consistent across the United States, but will instead be concentrated in certain regions, like Texas, which represented 35% of our revenue for the nine months ended September 27, 2014 and has consistently shown more growth over the last few years than almost all other major markets. The public infrastructure market represented 47% of our revenue for the nine months ended September 27, 2014.

In addition to the anticipated growth in our end markets, we expect higher volume and pricing in our core product categories. The PCA estimates cement consumption will increase approximately 30% from 2013 to 2016, reflecting rising demand in the major end markets. At the same time, we believe that cement pricing will be driven higher by tightening production capacity in the United States, where the PCA projects consumption will exceed domestic cement capacity by 2017 driven by both increasing demand and by other capacity constraints arising from the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency’s (“EPA”) National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (“NESHAP”) regulation for Portland Cement Plants (“PC-MACT”), with which compliance is generally required in 2015. Favorable market dynamics can also be seen in aggregates, where volumes decreased from 3.1 billion tons in 2006 to an estimated 2.1 billion tons in 2013, a 34% decline that has been offset by growth in the average price per ton, which increased from $7.37 in 2006 to an estimated $8.94 in 2013, a 21% increase, according to the U.S. Geological Survey. Consistent with these market trends, our cement and aggregates average pricing increased 5% and 3%, respectively, from the year ended December 31, 2010 to the nine months ended September 27, 2014.

Historically, we have sought to supplement organic growth potential with acquisitions, by strategically targeting attractive, new markets or expanding in existing markets. We consider population trends, employment rates, competitive landscape, private construction outlook, public funding and various other factors prior to entering a new market. In addition to analyzing macroeconomic data, we seek to establish a top position in our local markets, which we believe supports our achieving sustainable organic growth and attractive returns. This positioning provides local economies of scale and synergies, which benefit our pricing, costs and profitability. We believe that each of our operating companies has a top three market share position in its local market.

Our acquisition strategy, to date, has helped us to achieve scale and rapid growth, and we believe that significant opportunities remain for growth through acquisition. We estimate that approximately 65% of the U.S. heavy-side construction materials market is privately owned. From this group, our senior management team maintains contact with over 300 private companies. These long-standing relationships, cultivated over decades, have been the primary source for our past acquisitions and, we believe, will be a key driver of our future growth. We believe the value proposition we offer to potential sellers has made us a buyer of choice and has enabled us to largely avoid competitive auctions and instead negotiate directly with sellers at attractive valuations.

Our Regional Platforms

We currently operate across 17 U.S. states and in Vancouver, Canada through our three regional platforms: West; Central; and East. Each of our operating businesses has its own management team that, in turn, reports to a regional president who is responsible for overseeing the operating businesses, developing growth opportunities, implementing best practices and integrating acquired businesses. Acquisitions are an important element of our strategy, as we seek to enhance value through increased scale and cost savings within local markets.

 

   

West Region:  Our West region includes operations in Texas, the Mountain states of Utah, Colorado, Idaho and Wyoming and in Vancouver, Canada where we supply aggregates, ready-mixed concrete, asphalt paving mix and paving and related services. As of September 27, 2014, the West region

 

 

2


Table of Contents
 

controlled approximately 0.7 billion tons of proven and probable aggregates reserves and $363.9 million of net property, plant and equipment and inventories (“hard assets”). During the year ended December 28, 2013, approximately 47% of our revenue and approximately 25% of our Adjusted EBITDA, excluding corporate charges, were generated in the West region. In 2014, we continued to expand the West region, with significant growth in Texas through key acquisitions in Houston and the Permian Basin region of West Texas as well as the establishment of a new platform in Vancouver, Canada with our September acquisition of Mainland.

 

    Central Region:  Our Central region extends across the Midwestern United States, most notably in Kansas, Missouri, Nebraska, Iowa and Illinois, where we supply aggregates, cement, ready-mixed concrete, asphalt paving mix and paving and related services. As of September 27, 2014, the Central region controlled approximately 0.9 billion tons of proven and probable aggregates reserves, approximately 0.4 billion of which serve its cement business, and $529.8 million of hard assets. During the year ended December 28, 2013, approximately 36%, of our revenue and approximately 63% of our Adjusted EBITDA, excluding corporate charges, was generated in the Central region.

Our cement plant, commissioned in 2008, is a highly efficient, technologically advanced, integrated manufacturing and distribution system strategically located near Hannibal, Missouri, 100 miles north of St. Louis along the Mississippi River. We utilize an on-site solid and liquid waste fuel processing facility, which can reduce the plant’s fuel costs by up to 50% and is one of only 12 facilities in the United States with such capabilities. Our cement business primarily serves markets in Missouri, Iowa and Illinois.

 

    East Region:  Our East region serves markets in Kentucky, South Carolina, North Carolina, Tennessee and Virginia, where we supply aggregates, asphalt paving mix and paving and related services. As of September 27, 2014, the East region controlled approximately 0.5 billion tons of proven and probable aggregates reserves and $157.8 million of hard assets. During the year ended December 28, 2013, approximately 17% of our revenue and approximately 12% of our Adjusted EBITDA, excluding corporate charges, was generated in the East region.

Summary Regional Data

(as of October 3, 2014)

 

    West     Central     East     Total  

Aggregates Details:

       

Tonnage of Reserves (thousands of tons):

       

Hard Rock

    334,566        888,441        460,273        1,683,280   

Sand and Gravel

    349,880        53,442        7,216        410,538   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Tonnage of Reserves (thousands of tons)

    684,446        941,883        467,489        2,093,818   

Annual Production Capacity (thousands of tons)

    19,683        5,632        4,878        30,193   

Average Years Until Depletion(1)

    35        167        96        69   

Ownership Details:

       

Owned

    34     68     39     51

Leased

    66     32     61     49
       

 

 

3


Table of Contents
    West     Central     East     Total  

Aggregate Producing Sites

    48        61        24        133   

Ready-Mix Plants

    41        23        —         64   

Asphalt Plants

    20        5        14        39   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Primary States and Provinces:

    Texas        Kansas        Kentucky     
    Utah        Missouri        South Carolina     
    Colorado        Nebraska        North Carolina     
    Idaho        Iowa        Tennessee     
    Wyoming        Illinois        Virginia     
    British Columbia         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Primary Markets:

    Houston, TX        Wichita, KS        Lexington, KY     
    Austin, TX        Kansas City, KS        Louisville, KY     
    San Antonio, TX        Topeka, KS        Bowling Green, KY     
    Midland, TX        Manhattan, KS        Elizabethtown, KY     
    Dallas, TX        Lawrence, KY        Charlotte, NC     
    Amarillo, TX        Columbia, MO       
    Longview, TX        St. Louis, MO       
    Texarkana, TX        Davenport, IA       
    Denison, TX        Iowa City, IA       
    Salt Lake City, UT         
    Grand Junction, CO         
    Vancouver, Canada         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Products Produced:

    Aggregates        Aggregates        Aggregates     
    Ready-Mix        Cement        Asphalt     
    Asphalt        Ready-Mix       
      Asphalt       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Revenue by End Market for Nine Months ended September 27, 2014:

       

Residential and Nonresidential

    61     55     11                                 53

Public

    39     45     89     47

 

(1) Calculated based on total reserves divided by our average of 2012 and 2013 annual production.

Our Competitive Strengths

Leading market positions. We believe each of our operating companies has a top three market share position in its local market area achieved through their respective, extensive operating histories, averaging over 35 years. We believe we are a top 10 supplier of aggregates, a top 25 producer of cement and a major producer of ready-mixed concrete and asphalt paving mix in the United States by volume. We focus on acquiring companies that have leading local market positions in aggregates, which we seek to enhance by building scale with other local aggregates and downstream products and services. The heavy-side construction materials industry is highly local in nature due to transportation costs from the high weight-to-value ratio of the products. Given this dynamic, we believe achieving local market scale provides a competitive advantage that drives growth and profitability for our business. We believe that our ability to prudently acquire, improve and rapidly integrate multiple businesses has enabled, and will continue to enable, us to become market leaders.

Operations positioned to benefit from attractive industry fundamentals. We believe the heavy-side construction materials industry has attractive fundamentals, characterized by high barriers to entry and a stable

 

 

4


Table of Contents

competitive environment in the majority of markets. Barriers to entry are created by scarcity of raw material resources, limited efficient distribution range, asset intensity of equipment, land required for quarry operations and a time-consuming and complex regulatory and permitting process. According to the April 2014 U.S. Geological Survey, aggregates pricing in the United States had increased in 65 of the previous 70 years, with growth accelerating since 2002 as continuing resource scarcity in the industry has led companies to focus increasingly on improved pricing strategies. While aggregates volumes decreased 19% from 2.6 billion tons in 2008 to 2.1 billion tons in 2013, average price per ton of aggregates in the United States during this same time period increased 4% from $8.57 in 2008 to $8.95 in 2013. Pricing growth remained strong in 2013, despite volume declines in certain key end markets. Consistent with these market trends, our average aggregates and cement pricing increased 3% and 5%, respectively, from average prices for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to average prices for the nine months ended September 27, 2014.

One significant factor that allows for pricing growth in periods of volume declines is that aggregates and asphalt paving mix have significant exposure to public road construction, which has demonstrated growth over the past 30 years, even during times of broader economic weakness. The majority of public road construction spending is funded at the state level through the states’ respective departments of transportation. The five key states in which we operate (Texas, Kansas, Kentucky, Missouri and Utah) have funds with constitutionally-protected revenue sources dedicated for transportation projects. These dedicated, earmarked funding sources limit the negative effect current state deficits may have on public spending. As a result, we believe our business exhibits significantly more stability in profitability than witnessed in most other building product subsectors. We believe these business characteristics have helped mitigate the impact of the challenging economic environment on our profitability. Profits in the heavy-side construction materials industry are relatively stable throughout various economic cycles compared to other businesses in the construction industry, aided by favorable pricing dynamics with historically stable public infrastructure spending.

Vertically-integrated business model. We generate revenue across a spectrum of related products and services. We internally supply over approximately 80% of the aggregates used in the ready-mixed concrete and asphalt paving mixes that we produce and the asphalt paving mix that our paving crews lay. Our vertically-integrated business model enables us to operate as a single source provider of materials and paving and related services, creating cost, convenience and reliability advantages for our customers, while at the same time creating significant cross-marketing opportunities among our interrelated businesses. We believe this creates opportunities to increase aggregates volumes and optimize margin at each stage of production, fosters more stable demand for aggregates through a captive demand outlet, creates a competitive advantage through the efficiency gains, convenience and reliability provided to customers and enhances our acquisition strategy by allowing a greater range of target companies.

Attractive diversity, scale and product portfolio. Our three regional platforms operate across 17 U.S. states and Vancouver, Canada in 27 metropolitan statistical areas. Between the year ended December 31, 2010 and the twelve months ended September 27, 2014, we grew our revenue by 173% and brought substantial additional scale and geographic diversity to our operations. A combination of increased scale and vertical integration enabled us to improve profitability with Adjusted EBITDA margins increasing 330 basis points from 2010 to the twelve months ended September 27, 2014. In the twelve months ended September 27, 2014, 85.2% of EBITDA was derived from materials and products, with 52.5% coming from materials and 32.7% from products, and the remaining 14.8% of EBITDA being derived from services. We have approximately 2.1 billion tons of proven and probable aggregates reserves serving our aggregates and cement business. Assuming production rates in future years are equal to those in 2013, we estimate that the useful life of the proven and probable reserves for our aggregates and cement businesses are over 55 years and 300 years, respectively.

We own a dry process cement plant that was commissioned in 2008. This large capacity plant has technologically advanced manufacturing capabilities and favorable environmental performance compared to

 

 

5


Table of Contents

older facilities within the industry that will require upgrades to comply with stringent EPA standards coming into effect in the near term. According to PCA forecasts, consumption of cement in the United States is expected to exceed production capacity by the year 2017, creating opportunities for existing cement plants. In addition, our plant is strategically located on the Mississippi River. The U.S. cement industry is regional in nature, with customers typically purchasing material from local sources due to transportation costs. According to the PCA 2014 United States Cement Industry Annual Yearbook, approximately 98% of cement sold in the United States was shipped to customers by truck in 2012. However, in 2013, as a result of our plant’s strategic location on the Mississippi River, we shipped approximately 15% of our cement sold by barge, which is generally more cost-effective than truck transport.

Proven ability to incorporate new acquisitions and grow businesses. Since July 2009, we have acquired 34 companies, successfully integrating the businesses into three regions through the implementation of operational improvements, industry-proven information technology systems, a comprehensive safety program and best in class management programs. A typical acquisition generally involves retaining the local management team of the acquired business, maintaining operational decisions at the local level and providing strategic insights and leadership directed by our President and Chief Executive Officer, a 30-year industry veteran. These acquisitions have helped us achieve significant revenue growth, from $405.3 million in 2010 to $916.2 million in 2013.

Experienced and proven leadership driving organic growth and acquisition strategy. Our management team, led by Tom Hill, our President and Chief Executive Officer, has a proven track record of creating value. In addition to Mr. Hill, our management team, including corporate and regional operations managers, corporate development, finance executives and other heavy side industry operators, has extensive experience in the industry. Our management team has a track record of executing and successfully integrating acquisitions in the sector. Mr. Hill and his team successfully executed a similar consolidation strategy at another company in the industry, where Mr. Hill led the integration of numerous acquisitions, taking the business from less than $0.3 billion to $7.4 billion in sales from 1992 to 2008 through 173 acquisitions worth approximately $6.3 billion in the aggregate.

Our Business Strategy

Capitalize on expected recovery in U.S. economy and construction markets. The residential and nonresidential markets are starting to show positive growth signs in varying degrees across our markets. The National Association of Home Builders forecasts total housing starts to accelerate to 1.46 million in the United States by 2016, representing a compounded annual growth rate of 16.4% from 2013 to 2016. The American Institute of Architects’ Consensus Construction Forecast projects nonresidential construction to grow 8.1% in 2015. We believe that we have sufficient exposure to the residential and nonresidential end markets to benefit from a potential recovery in all of our markets. In 2013, approximately 85% of our revenue was derived from Texas, Kansas, Kentucky, Missouri and Utah—five key states with attractive construction and growth stories. Across these states, Department of Transportation (“DOT”) budgets grew a combined 12.9% from 2013 to 2014. Given the nation’s aging infrastructure and considering longstanding historical spending trends, we expect U.S. infrastructure investment to grow over time. We believe we are well positioned to capitalize on any such increase in investment.

Of our markets, Texas is currently experiencing the most active growth. According to the PCA’s October 2014 Regional Construction InVue, total construction spending in Texas increased 20.5% from September 2013 to September 2014 and public construction and nonresidential spending increased 8.2% and 22.6%, respectively, over this same period. We are capitalizing on the growth in the Texas market by significantly increasing our investment there through acquisitions in Houston and the Permian Basin region of west Texas in 2014.

Expand local positions in the most attractive markets through targeted capital investments and bolt-on acquisitions. We plan to expand our business through organic growth and bolt-on acquisitions in each of our local markets. Our acquisition strategy involves acquiring platforms that serve as the foundation for continued

 

 

6


Table of Contents

incremental and complementary growth via locally situated bolt-on acquisitions to these platforms. We believe that increased local market scale will drive profitable growth. Our existing platform of operations is expected to enable us to grow significantly as we expand in our existing markets. We believe that our balance sheet and liquidity position will support our growth strategy.

Drive profitable growth through strategic acquisitions. Our goal is to become a top-five U.S. heavy-side construction materials company through the successful execution of our acquisition strategy and implementation of best practices to drive organic growth. Based on aggregates sales, in volumes, we believe that we are currently a top-ten player, which we achieved within five years of our first acquisition. We believe that the relative fragmentation of our industry creates an environment in which we can continue to acquire companies at attractive valuations and increase scale and diversity over time through strategic acquisitions in markets adjacent to our existing markets within the states where we currently operate, as well as into additional states as market and competitive conditions support further growth.

Enhance margins and free cash flow generation through implementation of operational improvements. Our management team includes individuals with decades of experience in our industry and proven success in integrating acquired businesses and organically growing operations. This experience represents a significant source of value to us that has driven Adjusted EBITDA margins up 330 basis points from 2010 to the twelve months ended September 27, 2014. These margin improvements are accomplished through proven profit optimization plans, leveraging information technology and financial systems to control costs, managing working capital, achieving scale-driven purchasing synergies and fixed overhead control and reduction. Our regional presidents, supported by our central operations, risk management and finance and information technology teams, drive the implementation of detailed and thorough profit optimization plans for each acquisition post close, which typically includes, among other things, implementation of a systematic pricing strategy and an equipment utilization analysis that assesses repair and maintenance spending, the health of each piece of equipment and a utilization review to ensure we are maximizing productivity and selling any pieces of equipment that are not needed in the business.

Leverage vertically-integrated and strategically located operations for growth. We believe that our vertical integration of heavy-side construction materials, products and services is a significant competitive advantage that we will leverage to grow share in our existing markets and enter into new markets. A significant portion of materials used to produce our products and provide services to our customers is internally supplied, which enables us to operate as a single source provider of materials, products and paving and related services, creating cost, convenience and reliability advantages for our customers and enabling us to capture additional value throughout the supply chain, while at the same time creating significant cross-marketing opportunities among our interrelated businesses.

Our Industry

The U.S. heavy-side construction materials industry is composed of four primary sectors: aggregates; cement; ready-mixed concrete; and asphalt paving mix. Each of these materials is widely used in most forms of construction activity. Competition is constrained in part by the distance materials can be transported efficiently, resulting in predominantly local or regional operations. Participants in these sectors typically range from small, privately-held companies focused on a single material, product or market to multinational corporations that offer a wide array of construction materials, products and paving and related services. We estimate that approximately 65% of the aggregates in the United States are held by private companies.

Transportation infrastructure projects, driven by both federal and state funding programs, represent a significant share of the U.S. heavy-side construction materials market. In addition to federal funding, highway construction and maintenance funding is available through state, county and local agencies. Our five largest

 

 

7


Table of Contents

states by revenue (Texas, Kansas, Kentucky, Missouri and Utah, which represented approximately 25%, 20%, 17%, 12% and 11%, respectively, of our total revenue in 2013) have funds with constitutionally-protected revenue sources dedicated for transportation projects.

Aggregates. Aggregates are key material components used in the production of cement, ready-mixed concrete and asphalt paving mixes for the residential, nonresidential and public infrastructure markets and are also widely used for various applications and products, such as road and building foundations, railroad ballast, erosion control, filtration, roofing granules and in solutions for snow and ice control. Generally extracted from the earth using surface or underground mining methods, aggregates are produced from natural deposits of various materials such as limestone, sand and gravel, granite and trap rock.

Aggregates represent an attractive market with high profit margins, high barriers to entry and increasing resource scarcity, which, as compared to construction services, leads to relatively stable profitability through economic cycles. Production is moderately capital intensive and access to well-placed reserves is important given high transport costs and environmental permitting restrictions. Markets are typically local due to high transport costs and are generally fragmented, with numerous participants operating in localized markets. The top players controlled approximately 30% of the national market in 2013. According to the March 2014 U.S. Geological Survey, the U.S. market for these products was estimated at approximately 2.1 billion tons in 2013, at a total market value of $18.6 billion. Relative to other heavy-side construction materials, such as cement, aggregates consumption is more heavily weighted towards public infrastructure and maintenance and repair. However, the mix of end uses can vary widely by geographic location, based on the nature of construction activity in each market. Typically, three to six competitors comprise the majority market share of each local market because of the constraints around the availability of natural resources and transportation. Vertically-integrated players can have an advantage versus smaller, non-integrated producers by leveraging their aggregates for downstream operations, such as ready-mixed concrete, asphalt paving mix and paving and related services.

Cement. Portland cement, an industry term for the common cement in general use around the world, is the basic ingredient of concrete and is made from a combination of limestone, shale, clay, silica and iron ore. Together with water, cement creates the paste that binds the aggregates together when making concrete. Cement is an input for ready-mixed concrete and concrete products and commands significantly higher prices relative to aggregates, reflecting the more intensive capital investment required. Cement production in the United States is distributed among 98 production facilities located across 34 states and is a capital-intensive business with variable costs dominated by raw materials and energy required to fuel the kiln. Building new plants is challenging given the extensive permitting requirements and capital investment requirements. We estimate new plant construction costs in the United States to be approximately $250-300 per ton, not including costs for property or securing raw materials and the required distribution network. Assuming construction costs of $275 per ton, a 1.25 million ton facility, comparable to our cement plant’s potential annual capacity, would cost approximately $343.8 million to construct.

Ready-mixed concrete. Ready-mixed concrete is one of the most versatile and widely used materials in construction today. It is created through the combination of coarse and fine aggregates, which make up approximately 60 to 75% of the mix by volume, with water, various chemical admixtures and cement making up the remainder. Given the high weight-to-value ratio, delivery of ready-mixed concrete is typically limited to a one-hour haul from a production plant and is further limited by a 90 minute window in which newly-mixed concrete must be poured to maintain quality and performance. As a result of the transportation constraints, the ready-mixed concrete market is highly localized, with an estimated 5,500 ready-mixed concrete plants in the United States, according to the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (the “NRMCA”). We participate selectively in ready-mixed concrete markets where we provide our own aggregates for production, which we believe provides us a competitive advantage.

Asphalt paving mix. Asphalt paving mix is the most common roadway material used today, covering 93% of the more than 2.6 million miles of paved roadways in the United States, according to the National Asphalt

 

 

8


Table of Contents

Pavement Association (“NAPA”). Major inputs include aggregates and liquid asphalt (the refined residue from the distillation process of crude oils by refineries). Given the significant aggregates component in asphalt paving mix (up to 95% by weight), local aggregates producers often participate in the asphalt paving mix business to secure captive demand for aggregates. Asphalt and paving is highly fragmented in the United States, with end markets skewed towards new road construction and maintenance and repair of roads. Barriers to entry include permit requirements, access to aggregates (where possible, asphalt plants are typically located at quarries) and access to liquid asphalt.

Our Structure

Following this offering, Summit Materials, Inc. will be a holding company, and its sole asset will be a controlling equity interest in Summit Holdings. Summit Materials, Inc. will operate and control all of the business and affairs and consolidate the financial results of Summit Holdings and its subsidiaries. Prior to the completion of this offering, the partnership agreement of Summit Holdings will be amended and restated to, among other things, modify its capital structure by reclassifying the interests currently held by our pre-IPO owners into a single new class of units that we refer to as “LP Units.” We and our pre-IPO owners will also enter into an exchange agreement under which they (or certain permitted transferees) will have the right, from and after the first anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement), to exchange their LP Units for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Blackstone is generally permitted to exchange LP Units at any time. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Exchange Agreement.”

Summit Owner Holdco LLC (“Summit Owner Holdco”), a Delaware limited liability company that will be owned by our pre-IPO owners and holders of Class B Units of Continental Cement Company, L.L.C. (“Continental Cement”), will initially hold all of the shares of our Class B common stock that will be outstanding upon consummation of this offering (the “IPO Date”). The Class B common stock will entitle (x) Summit Owner Holdco, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by it, to a number of votes that is equal to the aggregate number of LP Units held by all limited partners of Summit Holdings (excluding Summit Materials, Inc.) as of the IPO Date and their respective successors and assigns on or after the IPO Date (the “Initial LP Units”) less the aggregate number of such Initial LP Units that, after the IPO Date, have been transferred to Summit Materials, Inc. in accordance with the exchange agreement, are forfeited in accordance with agreements governing unvested Initial LP Units or are transferred to a holder other than Summit Owner Holdco together with a share of Class B common stock (or fraction thereof) and (y) any other future holder of Class B common stock, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by such other holder, to a number of votes that is equal to the number of LP Units held by such holder. At the completion of this offering, our pre-IPO owners will comprise all of the limited partners of Summit Holdings. However, Summit Holdings may in the future admit additional limited partners, in connection with an acquisition or otherwise, that would not constitute pre-IPO owners. Limited partners of Summit Holdings are not entitled to shares of Class B common stock solely as a result of their admission as limited partners. However, we may in the future issue shares of Class B common stock to one or more limited partners to whom LP Units are also issued, for example in connection with the contribution of assets to us or Summit Holdings by such limited partner. Accordingly, as a holder of both LP Units and Class B common stock, any such holder of Class B common stock would be entitled to a number of votes equal to the number of LP Units held by it. If at any time the ratio at which LP Units are exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock changes from one-for-one as described under “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Exchange Agreement,” for example, as a result of a conversion rate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends or reclassifications, the number of votes to which Class B common stockholders are entitled will be adjusted accordingly. Holders of shares of our Class B common stock will vote together with holders of our Class A common stock as a single class on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally, except as otherwise required by law.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

The diagram below depicts our organizational structure immediately following this offering. For additional detail, see “Organizational Structure.”

 

LOGO

 

 

10


Table of Contents

 

(1) The Class B common stock will entitle Summit Owner Holdco, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by it, to a number of votes that is equal to the aggregate number of Initial LP Units less the aggregate number of such Initial LP Units that, after the IPO Date, have been transferred to Summit Materials, Inc. in accordance with the exchange agreement, are forfeited in accordance with agreements governing unvested Initial LP Units or are transferred to a holder other than Summit Owner Holdco together with a share of Class B common stock (or fraction thereof) and entitle each other holder of Class B common stock, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by such other holder, to a number of votes that is equal to the number of LP Units held by such holder. If Summit Owner Holdco were to transfer shares of Class B common stock to a holder of Initial LP Units, such holder of Initial LP Units and shares of Class B common stock would be entitled to a number of votes equal to the number of Initial LP Units held and the number of votes available to Summit Owner Holdco would decrease commensurately.
(2) As of the IPO Date,              of the LP Units, or approximately     % of the total LP Units outstanding, will be unvested and will be subject to certain time and performance vesting conditions. See “Executive and Director Compensation—Executive Compensation—Considerations Regarding 2014 NEO Compensation—Long-Term Incentives—Conversion of Class D Interests” on page 145.
(3) Pursuant to the terms of the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Continental Cement, a non-wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of Summit Holdings, the holders of 100,000,000 Class B Units of Continental Cement (the “Class B Unitholders”) have the right to elect to rollover their interests in Continental Cement in connection with an initial public offering. In lieu of the Class B Unitholders electing to rollover their interests in connection with this offering, we have entered into a contribution and purchase agreement with the Class B Unitholders whereby, concurrently with the consummation of this offering (v) the Class B Unitholders will contribute 28,571,429 of the Class B Units of Continental Cement to Summit Owner Holdco in exchange for Series A Units of Summit Owner Holdco, (w) the existing general partner of Summit Holdings will contribute to Summit Owner Holdco its right to act as the general partner of Summit Holdings in exchange for Series B Units of Summit Owner Holdco, (x) Summit Owner Holdco will in turn contribute the Class B Units of Continental Cement to Summit Materials, Inc. in exchange for shares of Class A common stock and will contribute to Summit Materials, Inc. its right to act as the general partner of Summit Holdings in exchange for shares of Class B common stock, (y) Summit Materials, Inc. will in turn contribute the Class B Units of Continental Cement it receives to Summit Holdings in exchange for LP Units and (z) the Class B Unitholders will deliver the remaining 71,428,571 Class B Units of Continental Cement to Summit Holdings in exchange for a payment to be made by Summit Holdings in the amount of $35.0 million in cash and $15.0 million aggregate principal amount of non-interest bearing notes that will be payable in six aggregate annual installments, beginning on the first anniversary of the closing of this offering, of $2.5 million. The number of shares of Class A common stock to be held by Summit Owner Holdco as a result of the foregoing transactions will be equal to 1.469496% of the number of outstanding LP Units of Summit Holdings immediately prior to giving effect to the LP Units issued in connection with this offering. As a result of the foregoing transactions, Continental Cement will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Summit Holdings. Based on              aggregate LP Units outstanding after the reclassification of Summit Holdings and prior to giving effect to this offering, Summit Owner Holdco would receive                  shares of Class A common stock and                 shares of Class B common stock (representing all outstanding shares of Class B common stock at the time of the consummation of this offering). As of September 27, 2014, Continental Cement had total assets of $368.9 million and for the year ended December 28, 2013 and nine months ended September 27, 2014 generated net income of $9.9 million and $2.0 million, respectively.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

Corporate Information

Summit Materials, Inc. was formed under the laws of the State of Delaware on September 23, 2014. Our principal executive office is located at 1550 Wynkoop Street, 3rd Floor, Denver, Colorado 80202. Through our predecessors, we commenced operations in 2009 when Summit Holdings was formed as an exempted limited partnership in the Cayman Islands. In December 2013, Summit Holdings was domesticated as a limited partnership in Delaware. Our telephone number is (303) 893-0012.

Our Sponsors

Blackstone. Blackstone is one of the world’s leading investment and advisory firms. Blackstone’s alternative asset management businesses include the management of corporate private equity funds, real estate funds, hedge fund solutions, credit-oriented funds and closed-end mutual funds. Blackstone also provides various financial advisory services, including financial and strategic advisory, restructuring and reorganization advisory and fund placement services. Through its different investment businesses, as of September 30, 2014, Blackstone had total assets under management of approximately $284.4 billion.

Silverhawk. Silverhawk Capital Partners, LLC is a private equity firm with offices in Greenwich, Connecticut and Charlotte, North Carolina. The founding partners have invested as a team and operated businesses since 1989. Founded in 2005, Silverhawk’s investments are focused in the energy, manufacturing and business service sectors. As of September 30, 2014, Silverhawk had approximately $200.0 million under management.

Investment Risks

An investment in shares of our Class A common stock involves substantial risks and uncertainties that may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and cash flows. Some of the more significant challenges and risks relating to an investment in our company include, among other things, the following:

 

    Our business depends on activity within the construction industry and the strength of the local economies in which we operate.

 

    Our business is cyclical and requires significant working capital to fund operations.

 

    Weather can materially affect our business, and we are subject to seasonality.

 

    Our industry is capital intensive and we have significant fixed and semi-fixed costs. Therefore, our earnings are sensitive to changes in volume.

 

    Within our local markets, we operate in a highly competitive industry.

 

    The success of our business depends, in part, on our ability to execute on our acquisition strategy, to successfully integrate acquisitions and to retain key employees of our acquired businesses.

 

    A decline in public infrastructure construction and reductions in governmental funding could adversely affect our operations and results.

 

    Environmental, health and safety laws and regulations and any changes to, or liabilities arising under, such laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

 

 

12


Table of Contents
    If we are unable to accurately estimate the overall risks, requirements or costs when we bid on or negotiate contracts that are ultimately awarded to us, we may achieve lower than anticipated profits or incur contract losses.

 

    The cancellation of a significant number of contracts or our disqualification from bidding for new contracts could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and liquidity.

 

    Our substantial leverage could adversely affect our financial condition, our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, our ability to operate our business, our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry and pay our debts and could divert our cash flow from operations to debt payments.

 

    Blackstone and its affiliates control us and their interests may conflict with ours or yours in the future.

Please see “Risk Factors” for a discussion of these and other factors you should consider before making an investment in shares of our Class A common stock.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenue during our most recently completed fiscal year as of the initial filing date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These provisions include:

 

    reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements;

 

    no non-binding stockholder advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements; and

 

    exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting.

We may take advantage of these exemptions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest of: (1) the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering; (2) the last day of the first fiscal year during which our annual gross revenues were $1.0 billion or more; (3) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or (4) the end of any fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year. We have taken advantage of reduced disclosure regarding executive compensation arrangements in this prospectus, and we may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these reduced disclosure obligations in future filings. If we do, the information that we provide stockholders may be different than you might get from other public companies in which you hold stock.

The JOBS Act permits an emerging growth company such as us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of issuers who are required to comply with the effective dates for new or revised accounting standards that are generally applicable to public companies.

 

 

13


Table of Contents

Recent Developments

The data presented below reflects our preliminary financial results based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, is not a comprehensive statement of our financial results for the fiscal year ended December 27, 2014 and has not been audited or reviewed by our independent registered public accounting firm. Our actual results may differ materially from this preliminary data. During the course of the preparation of our financial statements and related notes, additional adjustments to the preliminary financial information presented below may be identified. Any such adjustments may be material.

Based upon such preliminary financial results, we expect various key metrics as of and for the year ended December 27, 2014 to be between the ranges in the following table.

 

     Low    High

(in millions, except ratio information)

     

Revenue (1)

     

Cost of revenue (1)

     

General and administrative expenses

     

Operating income

     

Consolidated first lien net leverage ratio (2)

   x    x

Cash

     

Long term debt current portion

     

 

  (1) Included in our 2014 estimated revenue is between $             and $             of delivery and subcontract revenue, which is recognized gross in cost of revenue and revenue. This amount compares to $95.4 million in 2013.
  (2) Calculated in accordance with our senior secured credit facilities, which require us to maintain a consolidated first lien net leverage ratio below specified thresholds. We calculate our consolidated first lien net leverage ratio by dividing our consolidated first lien net debt as of the end of the period by our Further Adjusted EBITDA for such period. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Our Long-Term Debt” on pages 94 and 95 for more information.

Relative to the fiscal year ended December 28, 2013, results for the year ended December 27, 2014 were affected by the completion and integration of eight acquisitions completed in 2014 and an overall increase in pricing and volumes. For comparative purposes, we are providing the following unaudited supplemental pro forma information as if the 2014 acquisitions had occurred on the first day of fiscal 2013. This supplemental pro forma information does not purport to be indicative of what would have occurred had the acquisitions been made on the first day of fiscal year 2013, nor is it indicative of any future results.

 

     Year Ended
December 27, 2014
     Low    High

(in millions)

     

Revenue

     

Net loss

     

 

 

14


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Class A common stock offered by Summit Materials, Inc.

                shares (plus up to an additional                 shares at the option of the underwriters).

 

Class A common stock outstanding after giving effect to this offering

                shares (or                 shares if all outstanding LP Units held by the limited partners of Summit Holdings were exchanged for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis).

 

Voting power held by holders of Class A common stock after giving effect to this offering

        % (or 100% if all outstanding LP Units held by the limited partners of Summit Holdings were exchanged for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis).

 

Voting power held by Summit Owner Holdco as a holder of all outstanding shares of Class B common stock after giving effect to this offering

        % (or         % if all outstanding LP Units held by the limited partners of Summit Holdings were exchanged for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis). If all outstanding LP Units held by the limited partners of Summit Holdings were exchanged for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis and such shares continued to be held by such limited partners, our pre-IPO owners would hold         % of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock and an equivalent percentage of the voting power of our common stock eligible to vote in the election of our directors, and, as a result, we would still be a “controlled company” if such limited partners formed a group. See “Organizational Structure—Organizational Structure Following this Offering” and “Management—Controlled Company Exception.”

 

Voting rights

Each share of our Class A common stock entitles its holder to one vote on all matters to be voted on by stockholders generally.

 

  Summit Owner Holdco, an entity that will be owned by our pre-IPO owners and Class B Unitholders of Continental Cement, holds all of the outstanding shares of our Class B common stock. The Class B common stock will entitle Summit Owner Holdco to a number of votes that is equal to the aggregate number of Initial LP Units less the aggregate number of such Initial LP Units that, after the IPO Date, have been transferred to Summit Materials, Inc. in accordance with the exchange agreement, are forfeited in accordance with agreements governing unvested Initial LP Units or are transferred to a holder other than Summit Owner Holdco together with shares of Class B common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock—Class B Common Stock.”

 

 

15


Table of Contents
  Holders of shares of our Class B common stock will vote together with holders of our Class A common stock as a single class on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally, except as otherwise required by law.

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds to Summit Materials, Inc. from this offering, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts, will be approximately $         million (or $         million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock). Summit Holdings will bear or reimburse Summit Materials, Inc. for all of the expenses payable by it in this offering, which we estimate will be approximately $         million.

 

  We intend to use all of the net proceeds from this offering (including from any exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) to purchase a number of newly-issued LP Units from Summit Holdings that is equivalent to the number of shares of Class A common stock that we offer and sell in this offering, as described under “Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions.”

 

  We intend to cause Summit Holdings to use these proceeds to repay indebtedness, to purchase a portion of the Class B Units of Continental Cement, to make a one-time payment to an affiliate of Blackstone in connection with the termination of our transaction and management fee agreement and for general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Dividend policy

We have no current plans to pay dividends on our Class A common stock. The declaration, amount and payment of any future dividends on shares of Class A common stock will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors and we may reduce or discontinue entirely the payment of any such dividends at any time.

 

  Summit Materials, Inc. is a holding company and will have no material assets other than its ownership of Summit Holdings. We intend to cause Summit Holdings to make distributions to us in an amount sufficient to cover cash dividends, if any, declared by us. If Summit Holdings makes such distributions to Summit Materials, Inc., the other holders of LP Units will be entitled to receive equivalent distributions.

 

  Our senior secured credit facilities and our senior notes contain a number of covenants that restrict, subject to certain exceptions, Summit Materials, LLC’s ability to pay dividends to us. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

 

Exchange rights of holders of LP Units

Prior to the completion of this offering we will enter into an exchange agreement with our pre-IPO owners so that they may (subject to the

 

 

16


Table of Contents
 

terms of the exchange agreement) exchange their LP Units for shares of Class A common stock of Summit Materials, Inc. on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Exchange Agreement.”

 

Tax receivable agreement

Future exchanges of LP Units for shares of Class A common stock are expected to result in increases in the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Summit Holdings. These increases in tax basis may increase (for tax purposes) depreciation and amortization deductions and therefore reduce the amount of tax that Summit Materials, Inc. would otherwise be required to pay in the future. Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into a tax receivable agreement with the holders of LP Units and certain other indirect pre-IPO owners that hold interests in entities (the “Investor Entities”) that may be merged with or contributed to us in the future in accordance with the stockholders’ agreement we will enter into with Blackstone that provides for the payment by Summit Materials, Inc. to exchanging holders of LP Units of 85% of the benefits, if any, that Summit Materials, Inc. is deemed to realize as a result of (i) these increases in tax basis and (ii) our utilization of certain net operating losses of the Investor Entities and certain other tax benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

 

Risk factors

See “Risk Factors” for a discussion of risks you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our Class A common stock.

 

Directed share program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus for sale to our directors, officers, team members and other individuals associated with us and members of their respective families. These sales will be made by an affiliate of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., an underwriter of this offering, through a directed share program. If these persons purchase reserved shares it will reduce the number of shares of Class A common stock available for sale to the general public. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. Participants in the directed share program will be subject to a 180-day lock-up restriction with respect to any shares purchased through the directed share program, which restriction may be waived with the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)—Directed Share Program.”

 

Proposed trading symbol

“SUM.”
 

 

 

17


Table of Contents

Conflicts of interest

Blackstone Advisory Partners L.P., which is deemed an affiliate of Blackstone and, therefore, our affiliate, is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) and an underwriter in this offering. Accordingly, this offering is being made in compliance with the requirements of Rule 5121 of FINRA (“Rule 5121”). Pursuant to that rule, the appointment of a “qualified independent underwriter” is not required in connection with this offering as the members primarily responsible for managing the public offering do not have a conflict of interest, are not affiliates of any member that has a conflict of interest and meet the requirements of paragraph (f)(12)(E) of Rule 5121. Blackstone Advisory Partners L.P. will not confirm sales of the securities to any account over which it exercises discretionary authority without the specific written approval of the account holder. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).”

Material United States federal income and estate tax consequences to non-U.S. holders

For a discussion of certain material United States federal income and estate tax considerations that may be relevant to non-U.S. stockholders, see “Material United States Federal Income and Estate Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders.”

In this prospectus, unless otherwise indicated, the number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding and the other information based thereon does not reflect:

 

                    shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from us;

 

                    shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exchange of                     LP Units that will be held by limited partners of Summit Holdings immediately following this offering; or

 

                    shares of Class A common stock that may be granted under the Summit Materials, Inc. Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Omnibus Incentive Plan”), including                 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of                     stock options which are expected to be granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan at the time of this offering and up to                      stock options which are expected to be granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan within six months of this offering, in each case assuming that the shares to be sold in this offering are sold at the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. A $1.00 increase in the assumed initial public offering price per share, assuming no change in the number of shares to be sold, would decrease the number of stock options to be granted at the time of this offering and in the six months following this offering by                 and                , respectively, and a $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial public offering price would increase the number of stock options by              and             , respectively. See “Executive and Director Compensation—Summit Materials, Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan.”

 

 

18


Table of Contents

Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data

The following summary historical consolidated financial and other data of Summit Holdings should be read together with “Organizational Structure,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the historical financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. Summit Holdings will be considered our predecessor for accounting purposes, and its consolidated financial statements will be our historical financial statements following this offering. Under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”), Summit Holdings is expected to meet the definition of a variable interest entity. Summit Materials, Inc. is expected to be the primary beneficiary of Summit Holdings as a result of its 100% voting power and control over Summit Holdings and as a result of its obligation to absorb losses and its right to receive benefits of Summit Holdings that could potentially be significant to Summit Holdings. Summit Materials, Inc. is expected to consolidate Summit Holdings on its consolidated financial statements and record a noncontrolling interest related to the LP Units held by our pre-IPO owners on its consolidated balance sheets and statements of condition, operations, and comprehensive income (loss).

The summary historical consolidated financial information of Summit Holdings as of December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012 and for the three years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 has been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of Summit Holdings included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the summary historical audited consolidated balance sheet data of Summit Holdings as of December 31, 2011 from Summit Holdings’ consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2011, which is not included in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated financial information of Summit Holdings as of September 27, 2014 and for the nine months ended September 27, 2014 and September 28, 2013 was derived from the unaudited consolidated financial statements of Summit Holdings included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements of Summit Holdings have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and, in our opinion, have included all adjustments, which include normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly in all material respects our financial position and results of operations. The results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year. Additionally, our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for any future period.

The unaudited pro forma financial information has been prepared to reflect the issuance of shares of our Class A common stock offered by us in this offering and the other transactions described under “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information.” The following unaudited summary pro forma financial information is presented for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the operating results or financial position that would have occurred if the relevant transactions had been consummated on the date indicated, nor is it indicative of future operating results.

 

    Summit Materials, Inc.     Summit Holdings  
(in thousands)   Pro Forma
Nine Months
Ended
September 27, 2014
    Pro Forma
Year Ended
December 28,
2013
    Nine Months
Ended
September 27,
2014
    Nine Months
Ended
September 28,
2013
    Year Ended
December 28,
2013
    Year Ended
December 29,
2012
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
 

Statement of Operations Data:

             

Total revenue

  $                   $                   $ 870,145      $ 677,934      $ 916,201      $ 926,254      $ 789,076   

Total cost of revenue (excluding items shown separately below)

        645,934        503,198        677,052        713,346        597,654   

General and administrative expenses

        105,872        107,219        142,000        127,215        95,826   

Goodwill impairment

        —         —         68,202        —         —    

 

 

19


Table of Contents
    Summit Materials, Inc.     Summit Holdings  
(in thousands)   Pro Forma
Nine Months
Ended
September 27, 2014
    Pro Forma
Year Ended
December 28,
2013
    Nine Months
Ended
September 27,
2014
    Nine Months
Ended
September 28,
2013
    Year Ended
December 28,
2013
    Year Ended
December 29,
2012
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
 

Depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion

        63,950        54,577        72,934        68,290        61,377   

Transaction costs

        7,737        3,175        3,990        1,988        9,120   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating (loss) income

        46,652        9,765        (47,977     15,415        25,099   

Other income, net

        (2,299     (988     (1,737     (1,182     (21,244

Loss on debt financings

        —         3,115        3,115        9,469        —    

Interest expense

        62,555        42,380        56,443        58,079        47,784   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations before taxes

        (13,604     (34,742     (105,798     (50,951     (1,441

Income tax (benefit) expense

        (2,498     (1,782     (2,647     (3,920     3,408   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

  $        $        $ (11,106   $ (32,960   $ (103,151   $ (47,031   $ (4,849
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flow Data:

             

Net cash (used for) provided by:

             

Operating activities

  $        $        $ (10,836   $ 123      $ 66,412      $ 62,279      $ 23,253   

Investing activities

        (405,853     (105,930     (111,515     (85,340     (192,331

Financing activities

        408,501        97,583        32,589        7,702        146,775   

Balance Sheet Data (as of period end):

             

Cash

  $          $ 9,995        $ 18,183      $ 30,697      $ 46,056   

Total assets

        1,749,758          1,251,060        1,284,479        1,287,531   

Total debt (including current portion of long-term debt)

        1,091,108          688,987        639,843        608,981   

Capital leases

        28,395          8,026        3,092        3,158   

Total partners’ interest/stockholders’ equity

        294,080          286,817        385,694        439,638   

Redeemable noncontrolling interests

        31,820          24,767        22,850        21,300   

Other Financial Data:

             

Total hard assets(1)

      $ 1,058,117        $ 928,210      $ 906,584      $ 906,166   

Adjusted EBITDA(2)

      $ 112,901      $ 62,215      $ 91,781       

 

(1) Defined as the consolidated balance sheet book value as of period end of the sum of (a) net property, plant and equipment and (b) inventories.
(2)

EBITDA is defined by us as net loss before interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation, depletion and amortization expense. We evaluate our operating performance using a metric we refer to as “Adjusted EBITDA.” Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA, as adjusted to exclude accretion, goodwill impairment and loss from discontinued operations. In addition, we use a metric we refer to as “Further Adjusted EBITDA,” which we define as

 

 

20


Table of Contents
  Adjusted EBITDA plus certain non-cash or non-operating items and the EBITDA contribution of certain recent acquisitions, to measure our compliance with debt covenants and to evaluate flexibility under certain restrictive covenants. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Our Long-Term Debt” on pages 94 and 95 for more information.

We include EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA in conjunction with our results according to U.S. GAAP because management believes they help to provide a more complete understanding of factors and trends affecting our business than U.S. GAAP measures alone. Management believes these non-U.S. GAAP measures assists our board of directors, management, lenders and investors in comparing our operating performance on a consistent basis because they remove where applicable, the impact of our capital structure, asset base, acquisition accounting, non-cash charges and non-operating items from our operations. In addition, management uses Adjusted EBITDA to evaluate our operational performance as a basis for strategic planning and as a performance evaluation metric.

Despite the importance of these measures in analyzing our business, evaluating our operating performance and determining covenant compliance, as well as the use of adjusted EBITDA measures by securities analysts, lenders and others in their evaluation of companies, Adjusted EBITDA and Further Adjusted EBITDA have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under U.S. GAAP; nor are Adjusted EBITDA and Further Adjusted EBITDA intended to be measures of liquidity or free cash flow for our discretionary use. Some of the limitations of Adjusted EBITDA and Further Adjusted EBITDA are:

 

    they do not reflect our cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

 

    they do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

 

    they do not reflect the interest expense, or the cash requirements to service interest or principal payments on our debt;

 

    they do not reflect income tax payments we are required to make; and

 

    although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized often will have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA and Further Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements.

To properly and prudently evaluate our business, we encourage you to review the financial statements included in this prospectus, and not rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business. We also strongly urge you to review the reconciliation of net income to Adjusted EBITDA set forth below and net income to Further Adjusted EBITDA on page 95. Adjusted EBITDA and Further Adjusted EBITDA, as presented in this prospectus, may differ from and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies, because Adjusted EBITDA and Further Adjusted EBITDA are not measures of financial performance under U.S. GAAP and are susceptible to varying calculations.

 

 

21


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of net loss to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the periods indicated. All of the items included in the reconciliation from net loss to Adjusted EBITDA are either (i) non-cash items (such as depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion and non-cash compensation expense) or (ii) items that management does not consider in assessing our on-going operating performance (such as income taxes and interest expense). In the case of the non-cash items, management believes that investors can better assess our comparative operating performance if the measures are presented without such items because the measures without such items are less susceptible to variances in actual performance resulting from depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges and more reflective of other factors that affect operating performance. In the case of the other items, management believes that investors can better assess our operating performance if the measures are presented without these items because their financial impact does not reflect ongoing operating performance.

 

(in thousands)   Twelve Months
Ended September 27,
2014(a)
    Nine Months Ended
September 27,
2014
    Nine Months Ended
September 28,
2013
    Year Ended
December 28,
2013
 

Net loss

  $ (81,212   $ (10,750   $ (33,217   $ (103,679

Interest expense

    76,618        62,555        42,380        56,443   

Income tax benefit

    (3,363     (2,498     (1,782     (2,647

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

    81,479        63,302        54,040        72,217   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

  $ 73,255      $ 112,609      $ 61,421      $ 22,334   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accretion

    828        648        537        717   

Goodwill impairment

    68,202        —          —          68,202   

Discontinued operations(b)

    (85     (356     257        528   

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 142,467      $ 112,901      $ 62,215      $ 91,781   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (a) The statement of operations data for the twelve months ended September 27, 2014, which are unaudited, have been calculated by subtracting the data for the nine months ended September 28, 2013 from the data for the year ended December 28, 2013, and adding the data for the nine months ended September 27, 2014. This presentation is not in accordance with U.S. GAAP. However, we believe that this presentation provides useful information to investors regarding our recent financial performance and we view this presentation of the four most recently completed quarters as a key measurement period for investors to assess our historical results. In addition, our management uses trailing four quarter financial information to evaluate our financial performance for ongoing planning purposes, including a continuous assessment of our financial performance in comparison to budgets and internal projections. We also use trailing four quarter financial data to test compliance with covenants under our senior secured credit facilities. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Our Long-Term Debt.” This presentation has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under U.S. GAAP.
  (b) Represents certain concrete paving operations and railroad construction and repair operations that we have exited.

 

 

22


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in shares of our Class A common stock involves risks. You should carefully consider the following information about these risks, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, before investing in shares of our Class A common stock.

Risks Related to Our Industry and Our Business

Industry Risks

Our business depends on activity within the construction industry and the strength of the local economies in which we operate.

We sell most of our construction materials and products and provide all of our paving and related services to the construction industry, so our results are significantly affected by the strength of the construction industry. Demand for our products, particularly in the residential and nonresidential construction markets, could decline if companies and consumers cannot obtain credit for construction projects or if the slow pace of economic activity results in delays or cancellations of capital projects. In addition, federal and state budget issues may continue to hurt the funding available for infrastructure spending, particularly highway construction, which constitutes a significant portion of our business.

Our earnings depend on the strength of the local economies in which we operate because of the high cost to transport our products relative to their price. In recent years, many states have reduced their construction spending due to budget shortfalls resulting from lower tax revenue as well as uncertainty relating to long-term federal highway funding. As a result, there has been a reduction in many states’ investment in infrastructure spending. If economic and construction activity diminishes in one or more areas, particularly in our top revenue-generating markets of Texas, Kansas, Kentucky, Missouri and Utah, our results of operations and liquidity may be materially adversely affected, and there is no assurance that reduced levels of construction activity will not continue to affect our business in the future.

Our business is cyclical and requires significant working capital to fund operations.

Our business is cyclical and requires that we maintain significant working capital to fund our operations. Our ability to generate sufficient cash flow depends on future performance, which will be subject to general economic conditions, industry cycles and financial, business and other factors affecting our operations, many of which are beyond our control. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash to operate our business and service our outstanding debt and other obligations, we may be required, among other things, to further reduce or delay planned capital or operating expenditures, sell assets or take other measures, including the restructuring of all or a portion of our debt, which may only be available, if at all, on unsatisfactory terms.

Weather can materially affect our business, and we are subject to seasonality.

Nearly all of the products we sell and the services we provide are used or performed outdoors. Therefore, seasonal changes and other weather-related conditions can adversely affect our business and operations through a decline in both the use and production of our products and demand for our services. Adverse weather conditions such as extended rainy and cold weather in the spring and fall can reduce demand for our products and reduce sales or render our contracting operations less efficient. Major weather events such as hurricanes, tornadoes, tropical storms and heavy snows with quick rainy melts adversely could affect sales in the near term.

Heavy-side construction materials production and shipment levels follow activity in the construction industry, which typically occurs in the spring, summer and fall. Warmer and drier weather during the second and third quarters of our fiscal year typically result in higher activity and revenue levels during those quarters. The first quarter of our fiscal year has typically lower levels of activity due to the weather conditions. Our second quarter varies greatly with spring rains and wide temperature variations. A cool wet spring increases drying time on projects, which can delay sales in the second quarter, while a warm dry spring may enable earlier project startup.

 

23


Table of Contents

Our industry is capital intensive and we have significant fixed and semi-fixed costs. Therefore, our earnings are sensitive to changes in volume.

The property and machinery needed to produce our products can be very expensive. Therefore, we need to spend a substantial amount of capital to purchase and maintain the equipment necessary to operate our business. Although we believe that our current cash balance, along with our projected internal cash flows and our available financing resources, will provide sufficient cash to support our currently anticipated operating and capital needs, if we are unable to generate sufficient cash to purchase and maintain the property and machinery necessary to operate our business, we may be required to reduce or delay planned capital expenditures or incur additional debt. In addition, given the level of fixed and semi-fixed costs within our business, particularly at our cement production facility, decreases in volumes can negatively affect our financial position, results of operations and liquidity.

Within our local markets, we operate in a highly competitive industry.

The U.S. construction aggregates industry is highly fragmented with a large number of independent local producers in a number of our markets. Additionally, in most markets, we compete against large private and public infrastructure companies, some of which are also vertically-integrated. Therefore, there is intense competition in a number of the markets in which we operate. This significant competition could lead to lower prices, lower sales volumes and higher costs in some markets, negatively affecting our financial position, results of operations and liquidity. Further, the lack of availability of skilled labor, such as truck drivers, may require us to increase compensation or reduce deliveries, which could negatively affect our financial position, results of operations and liquidity.

Growth Risks

The success of our business depends, in part, on our ability to execute on our acquisition strategy, to successfully integrate acquisitions and to retain key employees of our acquired businesses.

A significant portion of our historical growth has occurred through acquisitions and we will likely enter into acquisitions in the future. We have evaluated and expect to continue to evaluate possible acquisition transactions on an ongoing basis. At any time we may be engaged in discussions or negotiations with respect to several possible acquisitions. From time to time we enter into letters of intent to allow us to conduct due diligence on a confidential basis. At any given time, we may be in preliminary discussions with several potential acquisition targets. There can be no assurance that we will enter into definitive agreements with respect to any contemplated transactions or that they will be completed. Our growth has placed, and will continue to place, significant demands on our management and operational and financial resources. Acquisitions involve risks that the businesses acquired will not perform as expected and that business judgments concerning the value, strengths and weaknesses of businesses acquired will prove incorrect.

Acquisitions may require integration of the acquired companies’ sales and marketing, distribution, engineering, purchasing, finance and administrative organizations. We may not be able to integrate successfully any business we may acquire or have acquired into our existing business and any acquired businesses may not be profitable or as profitable as we had expected. Our inability to complete the integration of new businesses in a timely and orderly manner could increase costs and lower profits. Factors affecting the successful integration of acquired businesses include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

    We may become liable for certain liabilities of any acquired business, whether or not known to us. These risks could include, among others, tax liabilities, product liabilities, environmental liabilities and liabilities for employment practices, and they could be significant.

 

    Substantial attention from our senior management and the management of the acquired business may be required, which could decrease the time that they have to service and attract customers.

 

    We may not effectively utilize new equipment that we acquire through acquisitions or otherwise at utilization and rental rates consistent with that of our existing equipment.

 

24


Table of Contents
    The complete integration of acquired companies depends, to a certain extent, on the full implementation of our financial systems and policies.

 

    We may actively pursue a number of opportunities simultaneously and we may encounter unforeseen expenses, complications and delays, including difficulties in employing sufficient staff and maintaining operational and management oversight.

We cannot assure you that we will achieve synergies and cost savings in connection with acquisitions. In addition, many of the businesses that we have acquired and will acquire have unaudited financial statements that have been prepared by the management of such companies and have not been independently reviewed or audited. We cannot assure you that the financial statements of companies we have acquired or will acquire would not be materially different if such statements were audited. Finally, we cannot assure you that we will continue to acquire businesses at valuations consistent with our prior acquisitions or that we will complete future acquisitions at all. We cannot assure you that there will be attractive acquisition opportunities at reasonable prices, that financing will be available or that we can successfully integrate such acquired businesses into our existing operations. In addition, our results of operations from these acquisitions could, in the future, result in impairment charges for any of our intangible assets, including goodwill, or other long-lived assets, particularly if economic conditions worsen unexpectedly. These changes could materially negatively affect our results of operations, financial condition or liquidity.

Our long-term success is dependent upon securing and permitting aggregate reserves in strategically located areas. The inability to secure and permit such reserves could negatively affect our earnings in the future.

Aggregates are bulky and heavy and therefore difficult to transport efficiently. Because of the nature of the products, the freight costs can quickly surpass production costs. Therefore, except for geographic regions that do not possess commercially viable deposits of aggregates and are served by rail, barge or ship, the markets for our products tend to be very localized around our quarry sites and are served by truck. New quarry sites often take a number of years to develop. Our strategic planning and new site development must stay ahead of actual growth. Additionally, in a number of urban and suburban areas in which we operate, it is increasingly difficult to permit new sites or expand existing sites due to community resistance. Therefore, our future success is dependent, in part, on our ability to accurately forecast future areas of high growth in order to locate optimal facility sites and on our ability to either acquire existing quarries or secure operating and environmental permits to open new quarries. If we are unable to accurately forecast areas of future growth, acquire existing quarries or secure the necessary permits to open new quarries, our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity may be materially adversely affected.

Economic Risks

Our business relies on private investment in infrastructure, and a slower than expected recovery may adversely affect our results.

A significant portion of our sales are for projects with non-public owners. Construction spending is affected by developers’ ability to finance projects. The credit environment has negatively affected the U.S. economy and demand for our products in recent years. Residential and nonresidential construction could decline if companies and consumers are unable to finance construction projects or if an economic recovery is stalled, which could result in delays or cancellations of capital projects. If housing starts and nonresidential projects do not rise steadily with the economic recovery as they historically have when recessions end, sale of our construction materials, downstream products and paving and related services may decline and our financial position, results of operations and liquidity may be materially adversely affected.

 

25


Table of Contents

A decline in public infrastructure construction and reductions in governmental funding could adversely affect our operations and results.

A significant portion of our revenue is generated from publicly-funded construction projects. As a result, if publicly-funded construction decreases due to reduced federal or state funding or otherwise, our results of operations and liquidity could be negatively affected.

In January 2011, the U.S. House of Representatives passed a new rules package that repealed a transportation law dating back to 1998, which protected annual funding levels from amendments that could reduce such funding. This rule change subjects funding for highways to yearly appropriation reviews. The change in the funding mechanism increases the uncertainty of many state departments of transportation regarding funds for highway projects. This uncertainty could result in states being reluctant to undertake large multi-year highway projects which could, in turn, negatively affect our sales. Moving Ahead for Progress in the 21st Century (“MAP-21”), the existing federal transportation funding program, expired on September 30, 2014, and we are uncertain as to the size and term of the transportation funding program that will follow.

As a result of the foregoing and other factors, we cannot be assured of the existence, amount and timing of appropriations for spending on federal, state or local projects. Federal support for the cost of highway maintenance and construction is dependent on congressional action. In addition, each state funds its infrastructure spending from specially allocated amounts collected from various taxes, typically gasoline taxes and vehicle fees, along with voter-approved bond programs. Shortages in state tax revenues can reduce the amounts spent on state infrastructure projects, even below amounts awarded under legislative bills. In recent years, nearly all states have experienced state-level funding pressures caused by lower tax revenues and an inability to finance approved projects. Delays or cancellations of state infrastructure spending could negatively affect our financial position, results of operations and liquidity because a significant portion of our business is dependent on state infrastructure spending.

Environmental, health and safety laws and regulations and any changes to, or liabilities arising under, such laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

We are subject to a variety of federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to, among other things: (i) the release or discharge of materials into the environment; (ii) the management, use, generation, treatment, processing, handling, storage, transport or disposal of hazardous materials, including the management of hazardous waste used as a fuel substitute at our cement kiln in Hannibal, Missouri; and (iii) the protection of public and employee health and safety and the environment. These laws and regulations impose strict liability in some cases without regard to negligence or fault and expose us to liability for the environmental condition of our currently or formerly owned or operated facilities or third-party waste disposal sites, and may expose us to liability for the conduct of others or for our actions, even if such actions complied with all applicable laws at the time these actions were taken. In particular, we may incur remediation costs and other related expenses because our facilities were constructed and operated before the adoption of current environmental laws and the institution of compliance practices or because certain of our processes are regulated. These laws and regulations may also expose us to liability for claims of personal injury or property or natural resource damage related to alleged exposure to, or releases of, regulated or hazardous materials. The existence of contamination at properties we own, lease or operate could also result in increased operational costs or restrictions on our ability to use those properties as intended, including for purposes of mining.

Despite our compliance efforts, there is an inherent risk of liability in the operation of our business, especially from an environmental standpoint, or from time to time, we may be in noncompliance with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. These potential liabilities or noncompliances could have an adverse effect on our operations and profitability. In many instances, we must have government approvals, certificates, permits or licenses in order to conduct our business, which often require us to make significant capital, operating and maintenance expenditures to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and

 

26


Table of Contents

regulations. Our failure to obtain and maintain required approvals, certificates, permits or licenses or to comply with applicable governmental requirements could result in sanctions, including substantial fines or possible revocation of our authority to conduct some or all of our operations. Governmental requirements that affect our operations also include those relating to air and water quality, waste management, asset reclamation, the operation and closure of municipal waste and construction and demolition debris landfills, remediation of contaminated sites and worker health and safety. These requirements are complex and subject to frequent change. Stricter laws and regulations, more stringent interpretations of existing laws or regulations or the future discovery of environmental conditions may impose new liabilities on us, reduce operating hours, require additional investment by us in pollution control equipment or impede our opening new or expanding existing plants or facilities. We have incurred, and may in the future incur, significant capital and operating expenditures to comply with such laws and regulations. The cost of complying with such laws could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. In addition, we have recorded liabilities in connection with our reclamation and landfill closure obligations, but there can be no assurances that the costs of our obligations will not exceed our accruals.

Financial Risks

Difficult and volatile conditions in the credit markets could affect our financial position, results of operations and liquidity.

Demand for our products is primarily dependent on the overall health of the economy, and federal, state and local public infrastructure funding levels. A stagnant or declining economy tends to produce less tax revenue for public infrastructure agencies, thereby decreasing a source of funds available for spending on public infrastructure improvements, which constitute a significant part of our business.

With the slow pace of economic recovery, there is also a likelihood that we will not be able to collect on certain of our accounts receivable from our customers. Although we are protected in part by payment bonds posted by some of our customers, we have experienced payment delays and defaults from some of our customers during the recent economic downturn and subsequent slow recovery. Such delays and defaults could have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

If we are unable to accurately estimate the overall risks, requirements or costs when we bid on or negotiate contracts that are ultimately awarded to us, we may achieve lower than anticipated profits or incur contract losses.

Even though the majority of our governmental contracts contain certain raw material escalators to protect us from certain price increases, a portion or all of the contracts are often on a fixed cost basis. Pricing on a contract with a fixed unit price is based on approved quantities irrespective of our actual costs and contracts with a fixed total price require that the total amount of work be performed for a single price irrespective of our actual costs. We realize a profit on our contracts only if our revenue exceeds actual costs, which requires that we successfully estimate our costs and then successfully control actual costs and avoid cost overruns. If our cost estimates for a contract are inadequate, or if we do not execute the contract within our cost estimates, then cost overruns may cause us to incur a loss or cause the contract not to be as profitable as we expected. The costs incurred and gross profit realized, if any, on our contracts can vary, sometimes substantially, from our original projections due to a variety of factors, including, but not limited to:

 

    failure to include materials or work in a bid, or the failure to estimate properly the quantities or costs needed to complete a lump sum contract;

 

    delays caused by weather conditions or otherwise failing to meet scheduled acceptance dates;

 

    contract or project modifications creating unanticipated costs not covered by change orders;

 

    changes in availability, proximity and costs of materials, including liquid asphalt, cement, aggregates and other construction materials (such as stone, gravel, sand and oil for asphalt paving), as well as fuel and lubricants for our equipment;

 

27


Table of Contents
    to the extent not covered by contractual cost escalators, variability and inability to predict the costs of purchasing diesel, liquid asphalt and cement;

 

    availability and skill level of workers;

 

    failure by our suppliers, subcontractors, designers, engineers or customers to perform their obligations;

 

    fraud, theft or other improper activities by our suppliers, subcontractors, designers, engineers, customers or our own personnel;

 

    mechanical problems with our machinery or equipment;

 

    citations issued by any governmental authority, including the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (“OSHA”) and Mine Safety and Health Administration (“MSHA”);

 

    difficulties in obtaining required governmental permits or approvals;

 

    changes in applicable laws and regulations;

 

    uninsured claims or demands from third parties for alleged damages arising from the design, construction or use and operation of a project of which our work is part; and

 

    public infrastructure customers may seek to impose contractual risk-shifting provisions more aggressively, that result in us facing increased risks.

These factors, as well as others, may cause us to incur losses, which could negatively affect our financial position, results of operations and liquidity.

We may incur material costs and losses as a result of claims that our products do not meet regulatory requirements or contractual specifications.

We provide our customers with products designed to meet building code or other regulatory requirements and contractual specifications for measurements such as durability, compressive strength, weight-bearing capacity and other characteristics. If we fail or are unable to provide products meeting these requirements and specifications, material claims may arise against us and our reputation could be damaged. Additionally, if a significant uninsured, non-indemnified or product-related claim is resolved against us in the future, that resolution could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

The cancellation of a significant number of contracts or our disqualification from bidding for new contracts could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and liquidity.

Contracts that we enter into with governmental entities can usually be canceled at any time by them with payment only for the work already completed. In addition, we could be prohibited from bidding on certain governmental contracts if we fail to maintain qualifications required by those entities. A cancellation of an unfinished contract or our disqualification from the bidding process could result in lost revenue and cause our equipment to be idled for a significant period of time until other comparable work becomes available, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

Our operations are subject to special hazards that may cause personal injury or property damage, subjecting us to liabilities and possible losses which may not be covered by insurance.

Operating hazards inherent in our business, some of which may be outside our control, can cause personal injury and loss of life, damage to or destruction of property, plant and equipment and environmental damage. We maintain insurance coverage in amounts and against the risks we believe are consistent with industry practice, but this insurance may not be adequate or available to cover all losses or liabilities we may incur in our operations. Our insurance policies are subject to varying levels of deductibles. Losses up to our deductible amounts are accrued based upon our estimates of the ultimate liability for claims incurred and an estimate of

 

28


Table of Contents

claims incurred but not reported. However, liabilities subject to insurance are difficult to assess and estimate due to unknown factors, including the severity of an injury, the determination of our liability in proportion to other parties, the number of incidents not reported and the effectiveness of our safety programs. If we were to experience insurance claims or costs above our estimates, we might also be required to use working capital to satisfy these claims rather than using working capital to maintain or expand our operations.

Unexpected factors affecting self-insurance claims and reserve estimates could adversely affect our business.

We use a combination of third-party insurance and self-insurance to provide for potential liabilities for workers’ compensation, general liability, vehicle accident, property and medical benefit claims. Although we believe we have minimized our exposure on individual claims, for the benefit of costs savings we have accepted the risk of a large amount of independent multiple material claims arising, which could have a significant effect on our earnings. We estimate the projected losses and liabilities associated with the risks retained by us, in part, by considering historical claims experience, demographic and severity factors and other actuarial assumptions which, by their nature, are subject to a high degree of variability. Among the causes of this variability are unpredictable external factors affecting future inflation rates, discount rates, litigation trends, legal interpretations, benefit level changes and claim settlement patterns. Any such matters could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness

Our substantial leverage could adversely affect our financial condition, our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, our ability to operate our business, our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry and pay our debts and could divert our cash flow from operations to debt payments.

We are highly leveraged. As of September 27, 2014 our total debt was approximately $1,091.1 million. Our high degree of leverage could have important consequences, including:

 

    requiring a substantial portion of cash flow from operations to be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness, thereby reducing our ability to use our cash flow to fund our operations, capital expenditures and pursue future business opportunities;

 

    increasing our vulnerability to general economic and industry conditions;

 

    exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates as our borrowings under our senior secured credit facilities are at variable rates of interest;

 

    restricting us from making strategic acquisitions or causing us to make non-strategic divestitures;

 

    limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements, acquisitions and general corporate or other purposes; and

 

    limiting our ability to adjust to changing market conditions and placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who are less highly leveraged.

We are a holding company, and our consolidated assets are owned by, and our business is conducted through, our subsidiaries. Revenues from these subsidiaries are our primary source of funds for debt payments and operating expenses. If our subsidiaries are restricted from making distributions to us, that may impair our ability to meet our debt service obligations or otherwise fund our operations. Moreover, there may be restrictions on payments by subsidiaries to their parent companies under applicable laws, including laws that require companies to maintain minimum amounts of capital and to make payments to stockholders only from profits. As a result, although a subsidiary of ours may have cash, we may not be able to obtain that cash to satisfy our obligation to service our outstanding debt or fund our operations.

 

29


Table of Contents

Certain of our debt agreements impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and our subsidiaries, which may prevent us from capitalizing on business opportunities.

The indenture that governs our senior notes and the credit agreement that governs our senior secured credit facilities impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us. These restrictions will limit our ability and/or the ability of our subsidiaries to, among other things:

 

    incur or guarantee additional debt or issue disqualified stock or preferred stock;

 

    pay dividends (including to us) and make other distributions on, or redeem or repurchase, capital stock;

 

    make certain investments;

 

    incur certain liens;

 

    enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

    merge or consolidate;

 

    enter into agreements that restrict the ability of restricted subsidiaries to make dividends or other payments to the issuers;

 

    designate restricted subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries; and

 

    transfer or sell assets.

As a result of these restrictions, we are limited as to how we conduct our business and we may be unable to raise additional debt or equity financing to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities. The terms of any future indebtedness we may incur could include more restrictive covenants. We cannot assure you that we will be able to maintain compliance with these covenants in the future and, if we fail to do so, that we will be able to obtain waivers from the lenders and/or amend the covenants.

Our failure to comply with the restrictive covenants described above as well as other terms of our other indebtedness and/or the terms of any future indebtedness from time to time could result in an event of default, which, if not cured or waived, could result in our being required to repay these borrowings before their due date. If we are forced to refinance these borrowings on less favorable terms or are unable to refinance these borrowings, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Servicing our indebtedness will require a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate sufficient cash depends on many factors, some of which are not within our control.

Our ability to make payments on our indebtedness and to fund planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. To a certain extent, this is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow to service our debt and meet our other commitments, we may need to restructure or refinance all or a portion of our debt, sell material assets or operations or raise additional debt or equity capital. We may not be able to effect any of these actions on a timely basis, on commercially reasonable terms or at all, and these actions may not be sufficient to meet our capital requirements. In addition, the terms of our existing or future debt arrangements may restrict us from effecting any of these alternatives.

Despite our current level of indebtedness, we may still be able to incur substantially more debt. This could further exacerbate the risks to our financial condition described above.

We may be able to incur significant additional indebtedness in the future. Although the indenture governing our senior notes and the credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facilities contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions, and we could incur substantial additional indebtedness in compliance with these restrictions. If we incur any

 

30


Table of Contents

additional indebtedness that ranks equally with the notes, subject to collateral arrangements, the holders of that debt will be entitled to share ratably with you in any proceeds distributed in connection with any insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or other winding up of our company. These restrictions also will not prevent us from incurring obligations that do not constitute indebtedness. Our senior secured credit facilities include an uncommitted incremental facility that will allow us the option to increase the amount available under the term loan facility and/or the senior secured revolving credit facility by (i) $135.0 million plus (ii) an additional amount so long as we are in pro forma compliance with a consolidated first lien net leverage ratio. Availability of such incremental facilities will be subject to, among other conditions, the absence of an event of default and pro forma compliance with the financial covenants under our credit agreement and the receipt of commitments by existing or additional financial institutions.

Other Risks

Our success is dependent on our Chief Executive Officer and other key personnel.

Our success depends on the continuing services of our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Tom Hill, and other key personnel. We believe that Mr. Hill possesses valuable knowledge and skills that are crucial to our success and would be very difficult to replicate. Our senior management team was assembled under the leadership of Mr. Hill. The team was assembled with a view towards substantial growth, and the size and aggregate compensation of the team increased substantially. The associated significant increase in overhead expense could decrease our margins if we fail to grow substantially. Not all of our senior management team resides near or works at our headquarters. The geographic distance of the members of our senior management team may impede the team’s ability to work together effectively. Our success will depend, in part, on the efforts and abilities of our senior management and their ability to work together. We cannot assure you that they will be able to do so.

Over time, our success will depend on attracting and retaining qualified personnel. Competition for senior management is intense, and we may not be able to retain our management team or attract additional qualified personnel. The loss of a member of senior management would require our remaining senior officers to divert immediate attention, which could be substantial or require costly external resources in the short term to fulfilling. The inability to adequately fill vacancies in our senior executive positions on a timely basis could negatively affect our ability to implement our business strategy, which could adversely affect our results of operations and prospects.

We use large amounts of electricity, diesel fuel, liquid asphalt and other petroleum-based resources that are subject to potential reliability issues, supply constraints and significant price fluctuation, which could affect our financial position, operating results and liquidity.

In our production and distribution processes, we consume significant amounts of electricity, diesel fuel, liquid asphalt and other petroleum-based resources. The availability and pricing of these resources are subject to market forces that are beyond our control. Furthermore, we are vulnerable to any reliability issues experienced by our suppliers, which also are beyond our control. Our suppliers contract separately for the purchase of such resources and our sources of supply could be interrupted should our suppliers not be able to obtain these materials due to higher demand or other factors that interrupt their availability. Variability in the supply and prices of these resources could materially affect our financial position, results of operations and liquidity from period to period.

Climate change and climate change legislation or regulations may adversely affect our business.

A number of governmental bodies have introduced or are contemplating legislative and regulatory changes in response to the potential effects of climate change. Such legislation or regulation has and potentially could include provisions for a “cap and trade” system of allowances and credits, among other provisions. The EPA promulgated a mandatory reporting rule covering greenhouse gas emissions from sources considered to be large emitters. The EPA has also promulgated a greenhouse gas emissions permitting rule, referred to as the “Tailoring

 

31


Table of Contents

Rule” which sets forth criteria for determining which facilities are required to obtain permits for greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions pursuant to the U.S. Clean Air Act’s Prevention of Significant Deterioration (“PSD”) and Title V operating permit programs. The U.S. Supreme Court ruled in June 2014 that the EPA exceeded its statutory authority in issuing the Tailoring Rule but upheld the Best Available Control Technology (“BACT”) requirements for GHGs emitted by sources already subject to PSD requirements for other pollutants. Our cement plant and one of our landfills hold Title V Permits. If future modifications to our facilities require PSD review for other pollutants, GHG BACT requirements may also be triggered, which could require significant additional costs.

Other potential effects of climate change include physical effects such as disruption in production and product distribution as a result of major storm events and shifts in regional weather patterns and intensities. There is also a potential for climate change legislation and regulation to adversely affect the cost of purchased energy and electricity.

The effects of climate change on our operations are highly uncertain and difficult to estimate. However, because a chemical reaction inherent to the manufacture of Portland cement releases carbon dioxide, a GHG, cement kiln operations may be disproportionately affected by future regulation of GHGs. Climate change and legislation and regulation concerning GHGs could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

As an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, we are permitted to, and intend to, rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements.

As an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, we are permitted to, and intend to, rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements. We will cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest of: (1) the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering; (2) the last day of the first fiscal year during which our annual gross revenues were $1.0 billion or more; (3) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or (4) the end of any fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year.

For so long as we remain an “emerging growth company,” we will not be required to, among other things:

 

    comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding a supplement to the auditor’s reporting providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis);

 

    submit certain executive compensation matters to shareholders advisory votes pursuant to the “say on frequency” and “say on pay” provisions (requiring a non-binding shareholder vote to approve compensation of certain executive officers) and “say on golden parachute” provisions (requiring a non-binding shareholder vote to approve golden parachute arrangements for certain executive officers in connection with mergers and certain other business combinations) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010; and

 

    include detailed compensation discussion and analysis in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and instead may provide a reduced level of disclosure concerning executive compensation.

We have not taken advantage of all of these reduced reporting burdens in this prospectus, although we may do so in future filings with the SEC. The specific implications for us of the JOBS Act are still subject to interpretations and guidance by the SEC and other regulatory agencies. In addition, as our business grows, we may cease to satisfy the conditions of an “emerging growth company.” We are currently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to these new rules and we cannot assure you that we will be able to take advantage of all of the benefits from the JOBS Act.

 

32


Table of Contents

In addition, as an “emerging growth company,” we may elect to delay adoption of new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies until such standards are made applicable to private companies. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of issuers who are required to comply with the effective dates for new or revised accounting standards that are applicable to public companies.

We are dependent on information technology. Our systems and infrastructure face certain risks, including cyber security risks and data leakage risks.

We are dependent on information technology systems and infrastructure. Any significant breakdown, invasion, destruction or interruption of these systems by employees, others with authorized access to our systems, or unauthorized persons could negatively affect operations. There is also a risk that we could experience a business interruption, theft of information or reputational damage as a result of a cyber attack, such as an infiltration of a data center, or data leakage of confidential information either internally or at our third-party providers. While we have invested in the protection of our data and information technology to reduce these risks and periodically test the security of our information systems network, there can be no assurance that our efforts will prevent breakdowns or breaches in our systems that could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.

Labor disputes could disrupt operations of our businesses.

As of September 27, 2014, labor unions represented approximately 5.5% of our total employees, substantially all at Continental Cement. Our collective bargaining agreements for employees generally expire between 2015 and 2018. Although we believe we have good relations with our employees and unions, disputes with our trade unions, or the inability to renew our labor agreements, could lead to strikes or other actions that could disrupt our operations, raise costs, and reduce revenue and earnings in the affected locations.

Risks Related to Our Organizational Structure

Summit Materials, Inc.’s only material asset after completion of this offering will be its interest in Summit Holdings, and it is accordingly dependent upon distributions from Summit Holdings to pay taxes, make payments under the tax receivable agreement and pay dividends.

Summit Materials, Inc. will be a holding company and will have no material assets other than its ownership of LP Units. Summit Materials has no independent means of generating revenue. Summit Materials, Inc. intends to cause Summit Holdings to make distributions to holders of LP Units in an amount sufficient to cover all applicable taxes at assumed tax rates, payments under the tax receivable agreement and dividends, if any, declared by it. Deterioration in the financial condition, earnings or cash flow of Summit Holdings and its subsidiaries for any reason could limit or impair their ability to pay such distributions. Additionally, to the extent that Summit Materials, Inc. needs funds, and Summit Holdings is restricted from making such distributions under applicable law or regulation or under the terms of our financing arrangements, or is otherwise unable to provide such funds, it could materially adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition.

Payments of dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors after taking into account various factors, including our business, operating results and financial condition, current and anticipated cash needs, plans for expansion and any legal or contractual limitations on our ability to pay dividends. Any financing arrangement that we enter into in the future may include restrictive covenants that limit our ability to pay dividends. In addition, Summit Holdings is generally prohibited under Delaware law from making a distribution to a limited partner to the extent that, at the time of the distribution, after giving effect to the distribution, liabilities of Summit Holdings (with certain exceptions) exceed the fair value of its assets. Subsidiaries of Summit Holdings are generally subject to similar legal limitations on their ability to make distributions to Summit Holdings.

 

33


Table of Contents

Summit Materials, Inc. will be required to pay exchanging holders of LP Units and certain other indirect pre-IPO owners for most of the benefits relating to any additional tax depreciation or amortization deductions that we may claim as a result of the tax basis step-up we receive in connection with sales or exchanges of LP Units and related transactions and our utilization of certain net operating losses of the Investor Entities.

Holders of LP Units (other than Summit Materials, Inc.) may, subject to the vesting and minimum retained ownership requirements and transfer restrictions applicable to such holders as set forth in the limited partnership agreement of Summit Holdings, from and after the first anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement), exchange their LP Units for Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Blackstone is generally permitted to exchange LP Units at any time. The exchanges are expected to result in increases in the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Summit Holdings. These increases in tax basis may increase (for tax purposes) depreciation and amortization deductions and therefore reduce the amount of tax that Summit Materials, Inc. would otherwise be required to pay in the future, although the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) may challenge all or part of the tax basis increase, and a court could sustain such a challenge.

Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into a tax receivable agreement with the holders of LP Units that provides for the payment by Summit Materials, Inc. to exchanging holders of LP Units and certain other indirect pre-IPO owners of 85% of the benefits, if any, that Summit Materials, Inc. is deemed to realize as a result of (i) the increases in tax basis described above and (ii) our utilization of certain net operating losses of the Investor Entities and certain other tax benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. This payment obligation is an obligation of Summit Materials, Inc. and not of Summit Holdings. While the actual increase in tax basis and the actual amount and utilization of net operating losses, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the tax receivable agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the timing of exchanges, the price of shares of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchange, the extent to which such exchanges are taxable and the amount and timing of our income, we expect that as a result of the size of the transfers and increases in the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Summit Holdings and our possible utilization of net operating losses, the payments that Summit Materials, Inc. may make under the tax receivable agreement will be substantial. The payments under the tax receivable agreement are not conditioned upon continued ownership of us by the holders of LP Units. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

In certain cases, payments under the tax receivable agreement may be accelerated and/or significantly exceed the actual benefits Summit Materials, Inc. realizes in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement.

The tax receivable agreement provides that upon certain changes of control, or if, at any time, Summit Materials, Inc. elects an early termination of the tax receivable agreement, Summit Materials, Inc.’s obligations under the tax receivable agreement would be calculated by reference to the present value (at a discount rate equal to one year LIBOR plus 100 basis points) of all future payments that holders of LP Units or other recipients would have been entitled to receive under the tax receivable agreement using certain valuation assumptions, including that Summit Materials, Inc. will have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions arising from the tax deductions, tax basis and other tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement and sufficient taxable income to fully utilize any remaining net operating losses subject to the tax receivable agreement on a straight line basis over the shorter of the statutory expiration period for such net operating losses or the five-year period after the early termination or change of control. In the case of an early termination election by Summit Materials, Inc., such payments will be calculated assuming that all unexchanged LP units were exchanged at the time of such election. Our obligations under the tax receivable agreement in such circumstance, in the case of a change of control, applies to previously exchanged or acquired LP Units and in the case of an early termination election, to all LP Units. In addition, holders of LP Units will not reimburse us for any payments previously made under the tax receivable agreement if such tax basis increase and our utilization of certain net operating

 

34


Table of Contents

losses is successfully challenged by the IRS (although any such detriment would be taken into account in calculating future payments under the tax receivable agreement). Summit Materials, Inc.’s ability to achieve benefits from any tax basis increase or net operating losses, and the payments to be made under the tax receivable agreement, will depend upon a number of factors, including the timing and amount of our future income. As a result, even in the absence of a change of control or an election to terminate the tax receivable agreement payments under the tax receivable agreement could be in excess of 85% of Summit Materials, Inc.’s actual cash tax savings.

Accordingly, it is possible that, with respect to a particular year, the actual cash tax savings realized by Summit Materials, Inc. may be less than the corresponding tax receivable agreement payments or that payments under the tax receivable agreement may be made years in advance of the actual realization, if any, of the anticipated future tax benefits. Depending on our ability to take such detriments into account in making future payments, there may be a material negative effect on our liquidity if the payments under the tax receivable agreement exceed the actual cash tax savings that Summit Materials realizes in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement and/or distributions to Summit Materials, Inc. by Summit Holdings are not sufficient to permit Summit Materials, Inc. to make payments under the tax receivable agreement after it has paid taxes and other expenses. Based upon certain assumptions described in greater detail below under “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement,” we estimate that if Summit Materials, Inc. were to exercise its termination right immediately following this offering, the aggregate amount of these termination payments would be approximately $         million. The foregoing number is merely an estimate and the actual payments could differ materially. We may need to incur debt to finance payments under the tax receivable agreement to the extent our cash resources are insufficient to meet our obligations under the tax receivable agreement as a result of timing discrepancies or otherwise.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Class A Common Stock

Blackstone and its affiliates control us and their interests may conflict with ours or yours in the future.

Immediately following this offering, Blackstone and its affiliates will hold         % of the combined voting power of our Class A and Class B common stock (or         % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock). Moreover, under our bylaws and the stockholders’ agreement with Blackstone and its affiliates that will be in effect by the completion of this offering, for so long as our existing owners and their affiliates retain significant ownership of us, we will agree to nominate to our board individuals designated by Blackstone, whom we refer to as the “Sponsor Directors.” Even when Blackstone and its affiliates cease to own shares of our stock representing a majority of the total voting power, for so long as Blackstone continues to own a significant percentage of our stock Blackstone will still be able to significantly influence the composition of our board of directors and the approval of actions requiring stockholder approval through its voting power. Accordingly, for such period of time, Blackstone will have significant influence with respect to our management, business plans and policies, including the appointment and removal of our officers. In particular, for so long as Blackstone continues to own a significant percentage of our stock, Blackstone will be able to cause or prevent a change of control of our company or a change in the composition of our board of directors and could preclude any unsolicited acquisition of our company. The concentration of ownership could deprive you of an opportunity to receive a premium for your shares of Class A common stock as part of a sale of our company and ultimately might affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

Blackstone and its affiliates engage in a broad spectrum of activities. In the ordinary course of their business activities, Blackstone and its affiliates may engage in activities where their interests conflict with our interests or those of our stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that none of Blackstone, any of its affiliates or any director who is not employed by us (including any non-employee director who serves as one of our officers in both his director and officer capacities) or his or her affiliates will have any duty to refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in the same business activities or similar business activities or lines of business in which we operate. Blackstone also may pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. In

 

35


Table of Contents

addition, Blackstone may have an interest in us pursuing acquisitions, divestitures and other transactions that, in its judgment, could enhance its investment, even though such transactions might involve risks to you.

Upon the listing of our shares of Class A common stock on the NYSE, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of NYSE rules and, as a result, will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

After completion of this offering, affiliates of Blackstone will continue to control a majority of the combined voting power of all classes of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NYSE. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power in the election of directors is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that, within one year of the date of the listing of our Class A common stock:

 

    we have a board that is composed of a majority of “independent directors,” as defined under the rules of such exchange;

 

    we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors; and

 

    we have a corporate governance and nominating committee that is composed entirely of independent directors.

Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions. As a result, we do not expect that a majority of the directors on our board will be independent upon completion of this offering. In addition, we do not expect that any of the committees of the board will consist entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE.

We will incur increased costs and become subject to additional regulations and requirements as a result of becoming a public company, which could lower our profits or make it more difficult to run our business.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we have not incurred as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements. We also have incurred and will incur costs associated with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), and related rules implemented by the SEC and the NYSE. The expenses incurred by public companies generally for reporting and corporate governance purposes have been increasing. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly, although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with any degree of certainty. These laws and regulations also could make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as our executive officers. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our Class A common stock, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.

If we are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our Class A common stock may be negatively affected.

As a public company, we will be required to maintain internal controls over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal controls. In addition, beginning with our second annual report on

 

36


Table of Contents

Form 10-K, we expect we will be required to furnish a report by management on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until after we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. At such time, however, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our internal control over financial reporting is documented, designed or operating.

The process of designing, implementing, and testing the internal control over financial reporting required to comply with this obligation is time consuming, costly, and complicated. If we identify material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, if we are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner or to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting once we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our Class A common stock could be negatively affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

There may not be an active trading market for shares of our Class A common stock, which may cause shares of our Class A common stock to trade at a discount from the initial offering price and make it difficult to sell the shares of Class A common stock you purchase.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public trading market for shares of our Class A common stock. It is possible that after this offering, an active trading market will not develop or continue or, if developed, that any market will not be sustained, which would make it difficult for you to sell your shares of Class A common stock at an attractive price or at all. The initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock was determined by agreement among us and the representatives of the underwriters, and may not be indicative of the price at which shares of our Class A common stock will trade in the public market after this offering.

The market price of shares of our Class A common stock may be volatile, which could cause the value of your investment to decline.

Even if a trading market develops, the market price of our Class A common stock may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations. Securities markets worldwide experience significant price and volume fluctuations. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market or political conditions, could reduce the market price of shares of our Class A common stock regardless of our operating performance. In addition, our operating results could be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors due to a number of potential factors, including variations in our quarterly operating results or dividends, if any, to stockholders, additions or departures of key management personnel, failure to meet analysts’ earnings estimates, publication of research reports about our industry, litigation and government investigations, changes or proposed changes in laws or regulations or differing interpretations or enforcement thereof affecting our business, adverse market reaction to any indebtedness we may incur or securities we may issue in the future, changes in market valuations of similar companies or speculation in the press or investment community, announcements by our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, dispositions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments, adverse publicity about the industries we participate in or individual scandals, and in response the market price of shares of our Class A common stock could decrease significantly. You may be unable to resell your shares of Class A common stock at or above the initial public offering price.

In the past few years, stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. In the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. Such litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.

 

37


Table of Contents

Because we have no current plans to pay cash dividends on our Class A common stock, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your Class A common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

We have no current plans to pay any cash dividends. The declaration, amount and payment of any future dividends on shares of Class A common stock will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors. Our board of directors may take into account general and economic conditions, our financial condition and results of operations, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions and implications on the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or by our subsidiaries to us and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is limited by our senior secured credit facility and our senior notes and may be limited by covenants of other indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur in the future. As a result, you may not receive any return on an investment in our Class A common stock unless you sell our Class A common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

Investors in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock will be substantially higher than our pro forma net tangible book deficit per share immediately after this offering. As a result, you will pay a price per share of Class A common stock that substantially exceeds the per share book value of our tangible assets after subtracting our liabilities. In addition, you will pay more for your shares of Class A common stock than the amounts paid for the LP Units by our pre-IPO owners. Assuming an offering price of $         per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the range on the front cover of this prospectus, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in an amount of $         per share of Class A common stock. See “Dilution.”

You may be diluted by the future issuance of additional Class A common stock in connection with our incentive plans, acquisitions or otherwise.

After this offering we will have approximately             shares of Class A common stock authorized but unissued, including approximately             shares of Class A common stock issuance upon exchange of LP units that will be held by limited partners of Summit Holdings. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to become effective immediately prior to the consummation of this offering authorizes us to issue these shares of Class A common stock and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to Class A common stock for the consideration and on the terms and conditions established by our board of directors in its sole discretion, whether in connection with acquisitions or otherwise. Similarly, the limited partnership agreement of Summit Holdings permits Summit Holdings to issue an unlimited number of additional limited partnership interests of Summit Holdings with designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties that are different from, and may be senior to, those applicable to the LP Units, and which may be exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock. Additionally, we have reserved an aggregate of             shares of Class A common stock and LP Units for issuance under our Omnibus Incentive Plan. See “Executive and Director Compensation—Summit Materials, Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan.” Any Class A common stock that we issue, including under our Omnibus Incentive Plan or other equity incentive plans that we may adopt in the future, would dilute the percentage ownership held by the investors who purchase Class A common stock in this offering.

If we or our existing investors sell additional shares of our Class A common stock after this offering, the market price of our Class A common stock could decline.

The sale of substantial amounts of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could harm the prevailing market price of shares of our Class A common stock. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate. Upon completion of this offering we will have a total of             shares of our Class A common stock outstanding. Of the outstanding shares,

 

38


Table of Contents

the             shares sold in this offering (or             shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares) will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except that any shares held by our affiliates, as that term is defined under Rule 144 of the Securities Act, may be sold only in compliance with the limitations described in “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

The remaining outstanding             shares of Class A common stock held by our existing owners and management after this offering (or             shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares) will be subject to certain restrictions on resale. We, our officers, directors and holders of certain of our outstanding shares of Class A common stock immediately prior to this offering, including Blackstone, that collectively will own             shares of Class A common stock following this offering (or             shares of Class A common stock if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), will sign lock-up agreements with the underwriters that will, subject to certain customary exceptions, restrict the sale of the shares of our common stock held by them for 180 days following the date of this prospectus, subject to extension in the case of an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us. The representatives of the underwriters may, in their sole discretion, release all or any portion of the shares of Class A common stock subject to lock-up agreements. Participants in the directed share program, which provides for the sale of up to 5% of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus, have agreed to similar restrictions for 180 days following the date of this prospectus, which restrictions may be waived with the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)—Directed Share Program.” See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)” for a description of these lock-up agreements. Upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements, all of such shares will be eligible for resale in a public market, subject, in the case of shares held by our affiliates, to volume, manner of sale and other limitations under Rule 144. We expect that Blackstone will be considered an affiliate 180 days after this offering based on their expected share ownership, as well as their board nomination rights. Certain other of our stockholders may also be considered affiliates at that time. However, commencing 180 days following this offering, the holders of these shares of Class A common stock will have the right, subject to certain exceptions and conditions, to require us to register their shares of Class A common stock under the Securities Act, and they will have the right to participate in future registrations of securities by us. Registration of any of these outstanding shares of Class A common stock would result in such shares becoming freely tradable without compliance with Rule 144 upon effectiveness of the registration statement. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of our Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock issued pursuant to our Omnibus Incentive Plan. Any such Form S-8 registration statements will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statements will be available for sale in the open market. We expect that the initial registration statement on Form S-8 will cover             shares of our Class A common stock.

As restrictions on resale end, the market price of our shares of Class A common stock could drop significantly if the holders of these restricted shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to raise additional funds through future offerings of our shares of Class A common stock or other securities.

Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents and Delaware law might discourage or delay acquisition attempts for us that you might consider favorable.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to become effective immediately prior to the consummation of this offering will contain provisions that may make the merger or acquisition of our company more difficult without the approval of our board of directors. Among other things, these provisions:

 

   

would allow us to authorize the issuance of undesignated preferred stock in connection with a stockholder rights plan or otherwise, the terms of which may be established and the shares of which

 

39


Table of Contents
 

may be issued without stockholder approval, and which may include super voting, special approval, dividend, or other rights or preferences superior to the rights of the holders of Class A common stock;

 

    prohibit stockholder action by written consent from and after the date on which the parties to our stockholders’ agreement cease to beneficially own at least 30% of the total voting power of all then outstanding shares of our capital stock unless such action is recommended by all directors then in office;

 

    provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, or repeal our bylaws and that our stockholders may only amend our bylaws with the approval of 66  2 3 % or more in voting power of all outstanding shares of our capital stock, if Blackstone and its affiliates beneficially own less than 30% in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; and

 

    establish advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our board or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings.

Further, as a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to provisions of Delaware law, which may impair a takeover attempt that our stockholders may find beneficial. These anti-takeover provisions and other provisions under Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our company, including actions that our stockholders may deem advantageous, or negatively affect the trading price of our Class A common stock. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing and to cause us to take other corporate actions you desire.

 

40


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that reflect our current views with respect to, among other things, our operations and financial performance. Forward-looking statements include all statements that are not historical facts. In some cases, you can identify these forward-looking statements by the use of words such as “outlook,” “believes,” “expects,” “potential,” “continues,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “seeks,” “approximately,” “predicts,” “intends,” “trends,” “plans,” “estimates,” “anticipates” or the negative version of these words or other comparable words. Such forward-looking statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, there are or will be important factors that could cause actual outcomes or results to differ materially from those indicated in these statements. These factors include but are not limited to those described under “Risk Factors.” These factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read in conjunction with the other cautionary statements that are included in this prospectus. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as required by law.

MARKET DATA

This prospectus includes market and industry data and forecasts that we have derived from independent consultant reports, publicly available information, various industry publications, other published industry sources and our internal data and estimates. Independent consultant reports, industry publications and other published industry sources generally indicate that the information contained therein was obtained from sources believed to be reliable.

Our internal data and estimates are based upon information obtained from trade and business organizations and other contacts in the markets in which we operate and our management’s understanding of industry conditions. Although we believe that such information is reliable, we have not had this information verified by any independent sources.

 

41


Table of Contents

ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

Existing Organizational Structure

The diagram below depicts our current organizational structure:

 

LOGO

 

42


Table of Contents

 

(1) Guarantor under our senior secured credit facilities, but not our senior notes.

 

(2) Summit Materials, LLC and Summit Materials Finance Corp. are the issuers of our senior notes and Summit Materials, LLC is the borrower under our senior secured credit facilities. Summit Materials Finance Corp. was formed in December 2011 solely to act as co-issuer of the senior notes and other indebtedness, has no assets and does not conduct any operations.

 

(3) Guarantor under our senior notes and guarantor under our senior secured credit facilities.

 

(4) Pursuant to the terms of the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Continental Cement, in the absence of a dissolution or liquidation of Continental Cement, Summit Materials Holdings II, LLC (“Summit II”), which holds Class A Units of Continental Cement, and the holders of the Class B Units of Continental Cement are each entitled to receive a percentage of the distributions on a pari passu basis. The percentage received by the holders of the Class B Units relative to Summit II adjusts based on the time period that the Class A Units have been outstanding and whether Summit II has received a certain return on the capital contributions it made to purchase the Class A Units it holds. Summit II’s sharing percentage is generally between 70% and 80%. The holders of the Class B Units collectively share in the remaining distributions not allocated to Summit II. In connection with a dissolution or liquidation of Continental Cement, distributions are made either in the manner set forth above or, if it provides a greater return to Summit II with respect to the Class A Units, Summit II will receive a priority distribution ahead of the Class B Units up to an amount equal to the capital contributions made by Summit II in respect of the Class A Units, plus interest on such capital contributions of 11%, accruing daily and compounding annually from the date of issuance of the Class A Units. Any excess amount to be distributed after the priority payment to Summit II is then made to the holders of the Class B Units. Subject to certain exceptions and conditions, Summit II has the right to require Continental Cement to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Class B Units at any time after May 27, 2016. In addition, subject to certain exceptions and conditions, holders of the Class B Units have the right to require Continental Cement to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Class B Units at a strike price that approximates fair value, including in the event of a change of control of Summit Holdings prior to May 27, 2016, or at any time thereafter. Holders of Class B Units also have certain rights that allow them to rollover their interests in connection with an initial public offering. Upon consummation of this offering, we expect to acquire all of the Class B Units of Continental Cement and that Continental Cement will become a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of Summit Holdings. See footnote (2) to the diagram included under “—Organizational Structure Following this Offering” below for additional details.

Organizational Structure Following this Offering

Immediately following this offering, Summit Materials, Inc. is expected to be a holding company, and its sole material asset is expected to be a controlling equity interest in Summit Holdings. As the general partner of Summit Holdings, Summit Materials, Inc. is expected to operate and control all of the business and affairs of Summit Holdings and, through Summit Holdings and its subsidiaries, conduct our business. Under U.S. GAAP, Summit Holdings is expected to meet the definition of a variable interest entity since the voting rights of its investors is not expected to be proportional to their obligations to absorb the expected losses of Summit Holdings. That is, Summit Materials, Inc. is expected to hold 100% of the voting power in Summit Holdings but is expected to initially own less than 50% of the LP Units and our pre-IPO owners are expected to hold no voting rights in Summit Holdings but initially own more than 50% of the LP Units. Summit Materials, Inc. is expected to be the primary beneficiary of Summit Holdings as a result of its 100% voting power and control over Summit Holdings and as a result of its obligation to absorb losses and its right to receive benefits of Summit Holdings that could potentially be significant to Summit Holdings. Summit Materials, Inc. is expected to consolidate Summit Holdings on its consolidated financial statements and record a noncontrolling interest related to the LP Units held by our pre-IPO owners on its consolidated statements of condition, operations, and comprehensive income.

 

43


Table of Contents

Summit Owner Holdco, an entity that will be owned by our pre-IPO owners and Class B Unitholders of Continental Cement, will initially hold all of the shares of our Class B common stock that will be outstanding upon consummation of this offering. The Class B common stock will entitle (x) Summit Owner Holdco, without

regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by it, to a number of votes that is equal to the aggregate number of Initial LP Units less the aggregate number of such Initial LP Units that, after the IPO Date, have been transferred to Summit Materials, Inc. in accordance with the exchange agreement, are forfeited in accordance with agreements governing unvested Initial LP Units or are transferred to a holder other than Summit Owner Holdco together with a share of Class B common stock (or fraction thereof) and (y) any other future holder of Class B common stock, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by such other holder, to a number of votes that is equal to the number of LP Units held by such other holder. At the completion of this offering, our pre-IPO owners will comprise all of the limited partners of Summit Holdings. However, Summit Holdings may in the future admit additional limited partners, in connection with an acquisition or otherwise, that would not constitute pre-IPO owners. Limited partners of Summit Holdings are not entitled to shares of Class B common stock solely as a result of their admission as limited partners. However, we may in the future issue shares of Class B common stock to one or more limited partners to whom LP Units are also issued, for example in connection with the contribution of assets to us or Summit Holdings by such limited partner. Accordingly, as a holder of both LP Units and Class B common stock, any such holder of Class B common stock would be entitled to a number of votes equal to the number of LP Units held by it. If at any time the ratio at which LP Units are exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock changes from one-for-one as described under “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Exchange Agreement,” for example, as a result of conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends or reclassifications, the number of votes to which Class B common stockholders are entitled will be adjusted accordingly. Holders of shares of our Class B common stock will vote together with holders of our Class A common stock as a single class on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally, except as otherwise required by law.

 

44


Table of Contents

The diagram below depicts our organizational structure immediately following this offering:

 

LOGO

 

45


Table of Contents

 

(1) The Class B common stock will entitle Summit Owner Holdco, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by it, to a number of votes that is equal to the aggregate number of Initial LP Units less the aggregate number of such Initial LP Units that, after the IPO Date, have been transferred to Summit Materials, Inc. in accordance with the exchange agreement, are forfeited in accordance with agreements governing unvested Initial LP Units or are transferred to a holder other than Summit Owner Holdco together with a share of Class B common stock (or fraction thereof) and entitle each other holder of Class B common stock, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by such other holder, to a number of votes that is equal to the number of LP Units held by such holder. If Summit Owner Holdco were to transfer shares of Class B common stock to a holder of Initial LP Units, such holder of Initial LP Units and shares of Class B common stock would be entitled to a number of votes equal to the number of Initial LP Units held and the number of votes available to Summit Owner Holdco would decrease commensurately.
(2) As of the IPO Date,              of the LP Units, or approximately     % of the total LP Units outstanding will be unvested and will be subject to certain time and performance vesting conditions. See “Executive and Director Compensation—Executive Compensation—Considerations Regarding 2014 NEO Compensation—Long-Term Incentives—Conversion of Class D Interests” on page 145.
(3) Pursuant to the terms of the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Continental Cement, a non-wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of Summit Holdings, the Class B Unitholders have the right to elect to rollover their interests in Continental Cement in connection with an initial public offering. In lieu of the Class B Unitholders electing to rollover their interests in connection with this offering, we have entered into a contribution and purchase agreement with the Class B Unitholders whereby, concurrently with the consummation of this offering (v) the Class B Unitholders will contribute 28,571,429 of the Class B Units of Continental Cement to Summit Owner Holdco in exchange for Series A Units of Summit Owner Holdco, (w) the existing general partner of Summit Holdings will contribute to Summit Owner Holdco its right to act as the general partner of Summit Holdings in exchange for Series B Units of Summit Owner Holdco, (x) Summit Owner Holdco will in turn contribute the Class B Units of Continental Cement to Summit Materials, Inc. in exchange for shares of Class A common stock and will contribute to Summit Materials, Inc. its right to act as the general partner of Summit Holdings in exchange for shares of Class B common stock, (y) Summit Materials, Inc. will in turn contribute the Class B Units of Continental Cement it receives to Summit Holdings in exchange for LP Units and (z) the Class B Unitholders will deliver the remaining 71,428,571 Class B Units of Continental Cement to Summit Holdings in exchange for a payment to be made by Summit Holdings in the amount of $35.0 million in cash and $15.0 million aggregate principal amount of non-interest bearing notes that will be payable in six aggregate annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the closing of this offering, of $2.5 million. The number of shares of Class A common stock to be held by Summit Owner Holdco as a result of the foregoing transactions will be equal to 1.469496% of the number of outstanding LP Units of Summit Holdings immediately prior to giving effect to the LP Units issued in connection with this offering. As a result of the foregoing transactions, Continental Cement will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Summit Holdings. Based on                  aggregate LP Units outstanding after the reclassification of Summit Holdings and prior to giving effect to this offering, Summit Owner Holdco would receive                  shares of Class A common stock and                  shares of Class B common stock (representing all outstanding shares of Class B common stock at the time of the consummation of this offering). As of September 27, 2014, Continental Cement had total assets of $368.9 million and for the year ended December 28, 2013 and nine months ended September 27, 2014 generated net income of $9.9 million and $2.0 million, respectively.

Incorporation of Summit Materials

Summit Materials, Inc. was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on September 23, 2014. Summit Materials, Inc. has not engaged in any business or other activities except in connection with its formation. The certificate of incorporation of Summit Materials authorizes two classes of common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock, each having the terms described in “Description of Capital Stock.”

 

46


Table of Contents

Reclassification and Amendment and Restatement of Limited Partnership Agreement of Summit Materials Holdings L.P.

The capital structure of Summit Holdings currently consists of six different classes of limited partnership interests (Class A-1, Class A-2, Class B-1, Class C, Class D-1 and Class D-2), each of which has different amounts of aggregate distributions above which its holders would share in distributions. Prior to the completion of this offering, the limited partnership agreement of Summit Holdings will be amended and restated to, among other things, modify its capital structure by creating a single new class of units that we refer to as “LP Units.” We refer to this as the “Reclassification.” Immediately following the Reclassification and the issuance of LP Units in connection with the contribution and purchase agreement described above, but prior to the Offering Transactions described below, there will be             LP Units issued and outstanding.

Pursuant to the limited partnership agreement of Summit Holdings, Summit Materials, Inc. will be the sole general partner of Summit Holdings upon consummation of this offering. Accordingly, Summit Materials, Inc. will have the right to determine when distributions will be made to the holders of LP Units and the amount of any such distributions. If Summit Materials, Inc., as sole general partner, authorizes a distribution, such distribution will be made to holders of LP Units pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective limited partnership interests.

The holders of LP Units, including Summit Materials, Inc., will incur U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on their proportionate share of any taxable income of Summit Holdings. Net profits and net losses of Summit Holdings will generally be allocated to its holders (including Summit Materials, Inc.) pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective limited partnership interests, except as otherwise required by law. The limited partnership agreement of Summit Holdings provides for cash distributions to the holders of the LP Units if Summit Materials, Inc. determines that the taxable income of Summit Holdings will give rise to taxable income for the holders of LP Units. In accordance with the limited partnership agreement, we intend to cause Summit Holdings to make pro rata cash distributions to the holders of LP Units for purposes of funding their tax obligations in respect of the income of Summit Holdings that is allocated to them. These distributions will only be paid to the extent that other distributions made by Summit Holdings were otherwise insufficient to cover the tax liabilities of holders of LP Units. Generally, these distributions will be computed based on our estimate of the net taxable income of Summit Holdings multiplied by an assumed tax rate equal to the highest effective marginal combined U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate applicable to an individual resident in New York, New York. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Summit Materials Holdings L.P. Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement.”

Exchange Agreement

We and the holders of outstanding LP Units will enter into an exchange agreement at the time of this offering under which they (or certain of their permitted transferees) will have the right, from and after the first anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement), to exchange their LP Units for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. The exchange agreement will also provide that a holder of LP Units will not have the right to exchange LP Units if Summit Materials, Inc. determines that such exchange would be prohibited by law or regulation or would violate other agreements with Summit Materials, Inc. or its subsidiaries to which the holder of LP Units may be subject. Summit Materials, Inc. may impose additional restrictions on exchange that it determines to be necessary or advisable so that Summit Holdings is not treated as a “publicly traded partnership” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a holder exchanges LP Units for shares of Class A common stock, the number of LP Units held by Summit Materials, Inc. is correspondingly increased as it acquires the exchanged LP Units. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Blackstone is generally permitted to exchange LP Units at any time. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Exchange Agreement.”

 

47


Table of Contents

Offering Transactions

At the time of the consummation of this offering, Summit Materials, Inc. intends to purchase, for cash, newly-issued LP Units from Summit Holdings at a purchase price per unit equal to the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock in this offering net of underwriting discounts. At the time of this offering, Summit Materials, Inc. will purchase from Summit Holdings             newly-issued LP Units for an aggregate of $         million (or             LP Units for an aggregate of $         million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock). The issuance and sale of such newly-issued LP Units by Summit Holdings to Summit Materials, Inc. will correspondingly dilute the ownership interests of our pre-IPO owners in Summit Holdings. Accordingly, following this offering Summit Materials, Inc. will hold a number of LP Units that is equal to the number of shares of Class A common stock that it has issued, as a result a single share of Class A common stock will represent (albeit indirectly) the same percentage equity interest in Summit Holdings as a single LP Unit.

Holders of LP Units (other than Summit Materials, Inc.) may, subject to certain conditions and transfer restrictions applicable to such holders as set forth in the limited partnership agreement of Summit Holdings (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement), exchange their LP Units for Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. The exchanges are expected to result in increases in the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Summit Holdings. These increases in tax basis may increase (for tax purposes) depreciation and amortization deductions and therefore reduce the amount of tax that Summit Materials, Inc. would otherwise be required to pay in the future, although the IRS may challenge all or part of that tax basis increase, and a court could sustain such a challenge. Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into a tax receivable agreement with the holders of LP Units that provides for the payment by Summit Materials, Inc. to exchanging holders of LP Units and certain other indirect pre-IPO owners of 85% of the benefits, if any, that Summit Materials, Inc. is deemed to realize as a result of (i) these increases in tax basis and (ii) our utilization of certain net operating losses of the Investor Entities and of certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. This payment obligation is an obligation of Summit Materials, Inc. and not of Summit Holdings. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

We refer to the foregoing transactions as the “Offering Transactions.”

As a result of the transactions described above:

 

    the investors in this offering will collectively own             shares of our Class A common stock (or             shares of Class A common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) and Summit Materials, Inc. will hold             LP Units (or             LP Units if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock);

 

    our pre-IPO owners will hold             LP Units;

 

    the investors in this offering will collectively have         % of the voting power in Summit Materials, Inc. (or         % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock); and

 

    Summit Owner Holdco, an entity owned by our pre-IPO owners and the Class B Unitholders of Continental Cement, will initially hold all of the shares of Class B common stock that will be outstanding upon consummation of this offering, and will have         % of the voting power in Summit Materials, Inc. (or         % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock).

 

48


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to Summit Materials, Inc. from this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $         million (or $         million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock). A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to Summit Materials, Inc. from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us remains the same as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Summit Holdings will bear or reimburse Summit Materials, Inc. for all of the expenses payable by it in this offering, which we estimate will be approximately $         million.

We intend to use all of the net proceeds from this offering (including from any exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) to purchase a number of newly-issued LP Units from Summit Holdings that is equivalent to the number of shares of Class A common stock that we offer and sell in this offering, as described under “Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions.”

We intend to cause Summit Holdings to use these proceeds as follows: (i) to redeem $         million in aggregate principal amount of the senior notes at a redemption price of 110.5% pursuant to a provision in the indenture governing the senior notes that permits us to redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the senior notes with the net cash proceeds of certain equity offerings, plus accrued interest; (ii) to redeem $        million in aggregate principal amount of the senior notes at a redemption price of 100%, plus accrued interest and an applicable premium thereon; (iii) to purchase 71,428,571 Class B Units of Continental Cement; (iv) to pay a one-time termination fee of $         million to an affiliate of Blackstone in connection with the termination of a transaction and management fee agreement; and (v) for general corporate purposes. As of September 27, 2014, $625.0 million aggregate principal amount of the senior notes was outstanding. The senior notes mature on January 31, 2020 and have an interest rate of 10.5% per annum. As of September 27, 2014, the applicable interest rate on our senior secured term loan facility, which matures on January 30, 2019, was 5.00%. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness—Senior Notes,” and “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Transaction and Management Fee Agreement.”

 

49


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have no current plans to pay dividends on our Class A common stock. The declaration, amount and payment of any future dividends on shares of Class A common stock will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors and we may reduce or discontinue entirely the payment of any such dividends at any time. Our board of directors may take into account general and economic conditions, our financial condition and operating results, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions and implications on the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or by our subsidiaries to us, and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant.

Summit Materials, Inc. is a holding company and will have no material assets other than its ownership of LP Units in Summit Holdings. We intend to cause Summit Holdings to make distributions to us in an amount sufficient to cover cash dividends, if any, declared by us. If Summit Holdings makes such distributions to Summit Materials, Inc., the other holders of LP Units will also be entitled to receive distributions pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective limited partnership interests.

The agreements governing our senior secured credit facilities and senior notes contain a number of covenants that restrict, subject to certain exceptions, Summit Materials, LLC’s ability to pay dividends to us. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

Any financing arrangements that we enter into in the future may include restrictive covenants that limit our ability to pay dividends. In addition, Summit Holdings is generally prohibited under Delaware law from making a distribution to a limited partner to the extent that, at the time of the distribution, after giving effect to the distribution, liabilities of Summit Holdings (with certain exceptions) exceed the fair value of its assets. Subsidiaries of Summit Holdings are generally subject to similar legal limitations on their ability to make distributions to Summit Holdings.

Because Summit Materials, Inc. must pay taxes and make payments under the tax receivable agreement, any amounts ultimately distributed as dividends to holders of our Class A common stock are expected to be less than the amounts distributed by Summit Holdings to its partners on a per LP Unit basis.

 

50


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our consolidated cash and capitalization as of September 27, 2014 for:

 

    Summit Materials Holdings L.P., on an unaudited historical basis; and

 

    Summit Materials, Inc., on a pro forma basis to give effect to:

 

    the sale by us of             shares of Class A common stock in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus;

 

    the application of net proceeds from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds,” as if this offering and the application of the net proceeds of this offering had occurred on September 27, 2014; and

 

    the other transactions described under “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information.”

The information below is illustrative only and our capitalization following this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Cash is not a component of our total capitalization. You should read this table together with the information contained in this prospectus, including “Organizational Structure,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the historical financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     September 27, 2014  
(in thousands, except shares and per share data)    Historical
Summit
Holdings
    Pro Forma
Summit
Materials, Inc.
 

Cash

   $ 9,995      $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Debt:

    

Senior secured credit facilities(1)

   $ 440,692      $     

Capital leases and other

     28,395     

10  1 2 % senior notes due 2020(2)

     625,000     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt

   $ 1,094,087      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity:

    

Partners’ interest

     288,232     

Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized,             shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted

     —       

Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share; 250,000,000 shares authorized, shares             issued and outstanding, as adjusted

     —       

Preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share; 250,000,000 shares authorized,
             shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted

     —       

Additional paid-in capital

     11,796     

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (7,236  

Accumulated deficit

     (218,128  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity(3)

     292,792     

Noncontrolling interests

     1,288     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     294,080     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization(3)

   $ 1,388,167      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

51


Table of Contents

 

(1) The senior secured credit facilities provide senior secured financing in an amount of $572.0 million, consisting of a $150.0 million five-year revolving credit facility and a $422.0 million seven-year term loan facility. In connection with this offering we anticipate entering into an amendment that will, among other things, increase the revolving credit commitments from $150.0 million to $235.0 million. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness—Senior Secured Credit Facilities.” Amount shown represents the principal amount of loans without giving effect to original issue discount.
(2) Represents the aggregate principal amount of senior notes, without giving effect to original issuance discounts or premium to par or commissions to the initial purchasers.
(3) To the extent we change the number of shares of Class A common stock sold by us in this offering from the shares we expect to sell or we change the initial public offering price from the $         per share assumed initial public offering price, representing the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, or any combination of these events occurs, the net proceeds to us from this offering and each of total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization may increase or decrease. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price per share, assuming no change in the number of shares to be sold, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds that we receive in this offering and each of total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $         million. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the expected number of shares to be sold in the offering, assuming no change in the assumed initial offering price per share, would increase (decrease) our net proceeds from this offering and our total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $         million. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, the pro forma amount of each of cash, total cash, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity, total equity and total capitalization would increase by approximately $         million, after deducting underwriting discounts, and we would have             shares of our Class A common stock issued and outstanding, as adjusted.

 

52


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in shares of our Class A common stock, your investment will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the per share offering price of the shares of Class A common stock is substantially in excess of the pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to our pre-IPO owners.

Pro forma net tangible book value represents the amount of total tangible assets less total liabilities, and pro forma net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock represents pro forma net tangible book value divided by the number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding, after giving effect to the Offering Transactions and assuming that all of the holders of LP Units in Summit Holdings (other than Summit Materials, Inc.) exchanged their LP Units for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 27, 2014, was approximately $         million, or $         per share of Class A common stock.

After giving effect to the sale of             shares of Class A common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price per share of $         and the other transactions described under “Organizational Structure” and “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information” and assuming that all of the pre-IPO owners exchanged their LP Units for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 27, 2014, would have been $         million, or $         per share of Class A common stock. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $         per share of Class A common stock to our pre-IPO owners and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $         per share of Class A common stock to investors in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share of Class A common stock basis assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock

      $               

Pro forma net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock as of September 27, 2014

   $       

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock attributable to the Offering Transactions

   $       
  

 

 

    

Pro forma net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock as of September 27, 2014 after giving effect to this offering and the application of the net proceeds

      $    
     

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock to investors in this offering

      $    
     

 

 

 

The pro forma information discussed above is for illustrative purposes only. Our net tangible book value following the completion of the offering is subject to adjustment based on the actual offering price of our Class A common stock and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

53


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes, on the same pro forma basis as of September 27, 2014, the total number of shares of Class A common stock purchased from us, the total cash consideration paid to us and the average price per share of Class A common stock paid by our pre-IPO owners, the Class B Unitholders and by new investors purchasing shares of Class A common stock in this offering, assuming that all of the pre-IPO owners exchanged their LP Units for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis.

 

     Shares of Class A
Common Stock
Purchased
    Total
Consideration
    Average
Price per
Share
of Class A

Common
Stock
 

(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

   Number    Percent     Amount      Percent    

Pre-IPO owners

                   $                                 $               

Class B Unitholders(1)

                   $                      $    

Investors in this offering

                   $                      $    
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

        100.0   $           100.0   $    
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents a number of shares of Class A common stock that is equal to 1.469496% of the number of outstanding LP Units of Summit Holdings immediately prior to giving effect to the LP units issued to Summit Materials, Inc. in connection with this offering. See “Organizational Structure—Organizational Structure Following this Offering.”

If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, the number of shares of Class A common stock held by pre-IPO owners would be                 , or         %, and the number of shares of Class A common stock held by new investors would increase to                 , or         %, of the total number of shares of our Class A common stock outstanding after this offering, respectively.

 

54


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information has been derived by applying pro forma adjustments to our historical financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The pro forma adjustments are based on currently available information, accounting judgments and assumptions that we believe are reasonable. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations and balance sheet are presented for illustrative purposes only and do not purport to represent our results of operations or balance sheet that would actually have occurred had the transactions referred to below been consummated on December 30, 2012 for the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations, as applicable, and on September 27, 2014 for the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet, or to project our results of operations or financial position for any future date or period. The adjustments are described in the notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 27, 2014 and the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 28, 2013 and for the nine months ended September 27, 2014 are presented on a pro forma adjusted basis to give effect to the following items:

 

    the sale of             shares of our Class A common stock by us in this offering at the initial public offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), and the application of $         million of the net proceeds to redeem a portion of the outstanding senior notes;

 

    the consummation of the transactions involving Continental Cement described in “Organizational Structure—Organizational Structure Following this Offering”; and

 

    the consummation of the Offering Transactions described in “Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions”.

Following the Offering Transactions described in “Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions,” Summit Materials, Inc. will be subject to U.S. federal income taxes, in addition to state and local taxes with respect to its allocable share of any taxable income of Summit Holdings. However, given cumulative losses in recent years, we expect to record a valuation allowance on net deferred tax assets. Accordingly, we have not recorded any tax impact in the pro forma statement of operations upon becoming subject to income taxes, and we have not recorded any incremental tax impacts related to the tax impact of other pro forma adjustments.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information presented assumes no exercise by the underwriters of the option to purchase up to an additional                 shares of Class A common stock from us.

As described in greater detail under “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement,” prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into a tax receivable agreement with the holders of LP Units and certain other indirect pre-IPO owners that provides for the payment by Summit Materials, Inc. to exchanging holders of LP Units of 85% of the cash savings in income tax, if any, that Summit Materials, Inc. realizes as a result of (i) increases in tax basis described in “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement” and (ii) our utilization of certain net operating losses of the Investor Entities and certain other benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. No such exchanges or other tax benefits have been assumed in the unaudited pro forma financial information and therefore no pro forma adjustment is necessary.

Following the offering, we will incur costs associated with being a U.S. publicly traded company. Such costs will include new or increased expenses for such items as insurance, directors’ fees, accounting work, legal advice and compliance with applicable U.S. regulatory and stock exchange requirements, including costs

 

55


Table of Contents

associated with compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and periodic or current reporting obligations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). No pro forma adjustments have been made to reflect such costs due to the fact that they currently are not objectively determinable.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information is included for informational purposes only and does not purport to reflect our results of operations or financial condition that would have occurred had we operated as a public company during the periods presented. You should read this unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information together with the other information contained in this prospectus, including “Organizational Structure,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto.

 

56


Table of Contents

Summit Materials, Inc.

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

As of September 27, 2014

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

    Summit
Holdings
Historical
     Pro Forma
Adjustments
     Summit
Materials, Inc.
Pro Forma
 
Assets        

Current assets:

       

Cash

  $ 9,995       $                    $                

Accounts receivable, net

    179,328         

Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings

    26,542         

Inventories

    111,137         

Other current assets

    16,157         
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

    343,159         

Property, plant and equipment, less accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization

    946,980         

Goodwill

    390,338         

Intangible assets, less accumulated amortization

    18,026         

Other assets

    51,255                      (b)(c)    
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 1,749,758       $         $     
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities, Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest and Partners’ Interest

       

Current liabilities:

       

Current portion of debt

  $ 28,187       $                    $     

Current portion of acquisition-related liabilities

    20,571                      (d)    

Accounts payable

    87,604         

Accrued expenses

    87,513         

Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings

    9,533         
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    233,408         

Long-term debt

    1,062,921                      (a)    

Acquisition-related liabilities

    41,287                      (d)    

Other noncurrent liabilities

    86,242         
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    1,423,858         
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Redeemable noncontrolling interest

    31,820                      (d)    

Partners’ interests/stockholders’ equity:

       

Partners’ interests

    518,156                      (b)    

Accumulated deficit

    (218,128                   (a)(c)(d)    

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (7,236      
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Partners’ interests

    292,792         

Noncontrolling interest

    1,288                      (b)    

Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share

    —                        (b)    

Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share

    —                        (b)    

Additional paid-in capital

    —                        (b)(d)    
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity

    294,080         
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable noncontrolling interest and partners’ interests/stockholders’ equity

    $1,749,758       $ —         $ —     
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Reflects the net effect of the application of $         million of the net offering proceeds to redeem a portion of the outstanding senior notes recorded as long-term debt and a $             million reduction in the premium on debt. The premium reduction is also reflected in accumulated deficit.

 

57


Table of Contents
(b) Represents an adjustment to stockholders’ equity reflecting (i) par value for Class A and Class B common stock to be outstanding following this offering, (ii) an increase of $         million of additional paid-in capital as a result of net proceeds from this offering, (iii) the elimination of partners’ capital of $518.2 million upon consolidation and (iv) transaction costs incurred through September 27, 2014 of $             million.
(c) Represents adjustments to the accumulated deficit of $         million and $         million for the redemption fees and the write off of deferred financing fees, respectively, as a result of the $         million redemption of the outstanding senior notes. This also reflects the charge of approximately $             million relating to the termination of our transaction and management fee agreement with Blackstone Management Partners L.L.C. to provide monitoring, advisory and consulting services.
(d) Represents the purchase of the outstanding redeemable noncontrolling interest of Continental Cement that reduces redeemable noncontrolling interest balance by $         million. See “Organizational Structure—Organizational Structure Following this Offering.” Other accounts impacted by such transaction include current portion of acquisition-related liabilities and acquisition-related liabilities for $             million and $             million, respectively, for the deferred payments, accumulated deficit of $             million for the net increase to the fair value of the redeemable noncontrolling interest, and additional paid-in capital of $             million for consideration in the purchase of the outstanding redeemable noncontrolling interest of Continental Cement.

 

58


Table of Contents

Summit Materials, Inc.

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations

Nine Months Ended September 27, 2014

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

     Summit
Holdings
Historical
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Summit
Materials, Inc.
Pro Forma
 

Revenue

   $ 870,145      $                   $            

Cost of revenue

     645,934       

General and administrative expenses

     105,872       

Depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion

     63,950       

Transaction costs

     7,737       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     46,652       

Other income, net

     (2,299    

Interest expense

     62,555                     (a)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from continuing operations before taxes

     (13,604    

Income tax benefit

     (2,498                  (d)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

     (11,106    

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     —                       (b)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Summit Materials, Inc.

   $ (11,106   $                   $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares of Class A common stock outstanding

      

Basic and diluted net income per share of Class A common stock outstanding

           (c) 

 

(a) Reflects reduction in interest expense and related amortization of deferred financing fees and net original issuance premium of $         million as a result of the $         million redemption of the outstanding senior notes.
(b) Reflects an adjustment to record the         % noncontrolling interests that partners of Summit Holdings (other than Summit Materials, Inc.) own in Summit Holdings relating to their         LP Units. After this offering,             shares of Class A common stock will be outstanding and         LP Units will be held by limited partners of Summit Holdings (excluding Summit Materials, Inc.).
(c) Reflects net income attributable to Class A common stockholders divided by weighted average Class A common stock outstanding. The stock options we expect to grant at the time of this offering and unvested LP Units would have an antidilutive effect on net income attributable to Class A common stock and therefore basic and diluted net income per share attributable to Class A common stock are the same.
(d) Following the Offering Transactions described in “Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions,” Summit Materials, Inc. will be subject to U.S. federal income taxes, in addition to state and local taxes with respect to its allocable share of any taxable income of Summit Holdings. However, given cumulative losses in recent years, we expect to record a valuation allowance on net deferred tax assets. Accordingly, we have not recorded any tax impact in the pro forma statement of operations upon becoming subject to income taxes, and we have not recorded any incremental tax impacts related to the tax impact of other pro forma adjustments.

 

59


Table of Contents

Summit Materials, Inc.

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations

Year Ended December 28, 2013

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

     Summit
Holdings
Historical
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Summit
Materials, Inc.
Pro Forma
 

Revenue

   $ 916,201      $                   $                

Cost of revenue

     677,052       

General and administrative expenses

     142,000                     (e)   

Goodwill impairment

     68,202       

Depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion

     72,934       

Transaction costs

     3,990       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (47,977    

Other income, net

     (1,737    

Loss on debt financings

     3,115       

Interest expense

     56,443                     (a)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from continuing operations before taxes

     (105,798    

Income tax benefit

     (2,647                  (d)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

     (103,151    

Loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

     —                       (b)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income attributable to Summit Materials

   $ (103,151   $        $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares of Class A common stock outstanding

     —         

Basic and diluted net (loss) per share of Class A common stock outstanding

     —                         (c) 

 

(a) Reflects the net reduction in interest expense and related amortization of deferred financing fees and original issuance discount of $         million as a result of the $         million redemption of the outstanding senior notes. There will be a one-time charge of approximately $         million for write off of deferred financing fees, the original issue discount and the expected fees associated with the senior notes redemption.
(b) Reflects an adjustment to record the         % noncontrolling interests that partners of Summit Holdings (other than Summit Materials, Inc.) own in Summit Holdings relating to their          LP Units. After this offering,             shares of Class A common stock will be outstanding and         LP Units will be held by limited partners of Summit Holdings (excluding Summit Materials, Inc.).
(c) Reflects net loss attributable to Class A common stockholders divided by weighted average Class A common stock outstanding. The stock options we expect to grant at the time of this offering and unvested LP Units would have an antidilutive effect on net loss attributable to Class A common stock and therefore basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to Class A common stock are the same.
(d) Following the Offering Transactions described in “Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions,” Summit Materials, Inc. will be subject to U.S. federal income taxes, in addition to state and local taxes with respect to its allocable share of any taxable income of Summit Holdings. However, given cumulative losses in recent years, we expect to record a valuation allowance on net deferred tax assets. Accordingly, we have not recorded any tax impact in the pro forma statement of operations upon becoming subject to income taxes, and we have not recorded any incremental tax impacts related to the tax impact of other pro forma adjustments.
(e) In connection with the formation of Summit Holdings, Summit Holdings entered into a transaction and management fee agreement with Blackstone Management Partners L.L.C. to provide monitoring, advisory and consulting services. There is a one-time termination charge of approximately $             million that has not been reflected in this statement as it is not a recurring expense.

 

60


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected historical consolidated financial data of Summit Holdings should be read together with “Organizational Structure,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the historical financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. Summit Holdings, which commenced operations on August 26, 2009, will be considered our predecessor for accounting purposes, and its consolidated financial statements will be our historical financial statements following this offering. Under U.S. GAAP, Summit Holdings is expected to meet the definition of a variable interest entity.

The selected successor statements of operations data for the three years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and the selected balance sheet data as of December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012 are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of Summit Holdings included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected successor balance sheet data as of December 31, 2011 are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of Summit Holdings not included in this prospectus. The selected statements of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2010 and for the period from August 26, 2009 to December 31, 2009 and the selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 are derived from the unaudited consolidated financial statements of Summit Holdings not included in this prospectus.

The selected historical consolidated financial data as of September 27, 2014 and for the nine months ended September 27, 2014 and September 28, 2013 were derived from the unaudited consolidated financial statements of Summit Holdings included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared our unaudited consolidated financial statements on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and, in our opinion, have included all adjustments, which include normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly in all material respects our financial position and results of operations. The results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year. Additionally, our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for any future period.

In 2011, we adopted a fiscal year based on a 52-53 week year with each quarter composed of 13 weeks ending on a Saturday.

 

61


Table of Contents

You should read the following information together with the more detailed information contained in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

(in thousands)   Nine Months
Ended
September 27,
2014
    Nine Months
Ended
September 28,
2013
    Year Ended
December 28,
2013
    Year Ended
December 29,
2012
    Year Ended
December 31,
2011
    Year Ended
December 31,
2010
    Period from
August 26,
2009 to
December 31,
2009
 

Statement of Operations Data:

             

Total revenue

  $ 870,145      $ 677,934      $ 916,201      $ 926,254      $ 789,076      $ 405,297      $ 29,348   

Total cost of revenue (excluding items shown separately below)

    645,934        503,198        677,052        713,346        597,654        284,336        21,582   

General and administrative expenses

    105,877        107,219        142,000        127,215        95,826        48,557        4,210   

Goodwill impairment

    —          —          68,202        —          —          —          —     

Depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion

    63,950        54,577        72,934        68,290        61,377        33,870        3,148   

Transaction costs

    7,737        3,175        3,990        1,988        9,120        22,268        4,682   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating (loss) income

    46,652        9,765        (47,977)        15,415        25,099        16,266        (4,274)   

Other (income) expense, net

    (2,299)        (988)        (1,737)        (1,182)        (21,244)        1,583        192   

Loss on debt financings

    —          3,115        3,115        9,469        —          9,975        —     

Interest expense

    62,555        42,380        56,443        58,079        47,784        25,430        574   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations before taxes

    (13,604)        (34,742)        (105,798)        (50,951)        (1,441)        (20,722)        (5,040)   

Income tax (benefit) expense

    (2,498)        (1,782)        (2,647)        (3,920)        3,408        2,363        216   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

  $ (11,106)      $ (32,960)      $ (103,151)      $ (47,031)      $ (4,849)      $ (23,085)      $ (5,256)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flow Data:

             

Net cash (used for) provided by:

             

Operating activities

  $ (10,836)      $ 123      $ 66,412      $ 62,279      $ 23,253      $ (20,529)      $ 3,897   

Investing activities

    (405,853)        (105,930)        (111,515)        (85,340)        (192,331)        (500,854)        (48,914)   

Financing activities

    408,501        97,583        32,589        7,702        146,775        578,855        55,896   

Balance Sheet Data (as of period end):

             

Cash

  $ 9,995        $ 18,183      $ 30,697      $ 46,056      $ 68,359      $ 10,877   

Total assets

    1,749,758          1,251,060        1,284,479        1,287,531        1,104,847        113,048   

Total debt (including current portion of long-term debt)

    1,091,108          688,987        639,843        608,981        559,980        28,750   

Capital leases

    28,395          8,026        3,092        3,158        3,217        —     

Total partners’ interest

    294,080          286,817        385,694        439,638        349,259        37,700   

Redeemable noncontrolling interests

    31,820          24,767        22,850        21,300        21,300        —     

Other Financial Data (as of period end):

             

Total hard assets(1)

  $ 1,058,117        $ 928,210      $ 906,584      $ 906,166      $ 775,457      $ 92,309   

 

(1) Defined as the sum of (a) net property, plant and equipment and (b) inventories.

 

62


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion of our results of operations and financial condition with the “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data” section of this prospectus and our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements and involves numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, those described in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus. Our actual results may differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.

The historical consolidated financial information discussed below reflects the historical results of operations and financial position of Summit Holdings and its subsidiaries. The historical consolidated financial information discussed below does not give effect to this offering or the Offering Transactions. See “Organizational Structure” and “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We are one of the fastest growing heavy-side construction materials companies in the United States, with a 126% increase in revenue between the year ended December 31, 2010 and the year ended December 28, 2013, as compared to an average increase of approximately 17% in revenue reported by our competitors over the same period. Our materials include aggregates, which we supply across the country, with a focus on Texas, Kansas, Kentucky, Missouri and Utah, and cement, which we supply primarily in Missouri, Iowa and Illinois. Within our markets, we offer customers a single-source provider for heavy-side construction materials and related downstream products through our vertical integration. In addition to supplying aggregates to customers, we use our materials internally to produce ready-mixed concrete and asphalt paving mix, which may be sold externally or used in our paving and related services businesses. Our vertical integration creates opportunities to increase aggregates volumes and optimize margin at each stage of production and enables us to provide customers with efficiency gains, convenience and reliability, which we believe gives us a competitive advantage.

Since our first acquisition five years ago, we have received equity commitments of $798.1 million, of which $467.5 million has been deployed. Through the deployed equity and debt financings, we have completed 34 acquisitions, which are organized into eleven operating companies that make up our three distinct operating segments—West, Central and East regions—spanning 17 U.S. states and Vancouver, Canada and 27 metropolitan statistical areas. We believe each of our operating companies has a top three market share position in its local market area achieved through their respective, extensive operating history, averaging over 35 years. Our highly experienced management team, led by our President and Chief Executive Officer, Tom Hill, a 30-year industry veteran, has successfully enhanced the operations of acquired companies by focusing on scale advantages, cost efficiencies and pricing discipline to improve profitability and cash flow.

 

63


Table of Contents

Our proven and probable aggregates reserves were 2.1 billion tons and 1.6 billion tons as of September 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, respectively. From time to time, in connection with certain acquisitions, we engage a third party engineering firm to perform an aggregates reserves audit, but we do not perform annual reserve audits. By segment, our estimate of proven and probable reserves for which we have permits for extraction and that we consider to be recoverable aggregates of suitable quality for economic extraction, including the underground mine that was substantially completed in 2014 to support our cement plant, are shown in the table below along with average annual production.

 

     Aggregate
producing
sites
     Tonnage of reserves for
each general type of
aggregate
     Annual
production(1)
     Average years
until depletion
at current
production
     Percent of
reserves owned and
percent leased
 

Segment

      Hard rock(1)      Sand and
gravel(1)
           Owned     Leased(2)  

West

     48         334,566         349,880         19,683         35         34     66

Central

     61         888,441         53,442         5,632         167         68     32

East

     24         460,273         7,216         4,878         96         39     61
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

         

Total

     133         1,683,280         410,538         30,193           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

         

 

(1) Hard rock, sand and gravel and annual production tons are shown in thousands.
(2) Lease terms range from monthly to on-going with an average lease expiry of 2020.

We operate in 17 U.S. states and Vancouver, Canada, and we currently have assets in 15 states and Vancouver, Canada across our three geographic regions. The map below illustrates our geographic footprint:

 

LOGO

For the nine months ended September 27, 2014 and the year ended December 28, 2013, approximately 53% and 42%, respectively, of our revenue related to residential and nonresidential construction and approximately

 

64


Table of Contents

47% and 58%, respectively, related to public infrastructure projects. In general, our aggregates, asphalt paving mix and paving businesses are weighted towards public infrastructure projects. Our cement and ready-mixed concrete businesses serve both the private construction and public infrastructure markets.

Private construction includes both residential and nonresidential new construction and the repair and remodel markets. From a macroeconomic view, we see positive indicators for the construction sector, including upward trends in housing starts and construction employment and highway obligations. All of these factors should result in increased construction activity in the private sector. However, we do not expect this recovery to be consistent across the United States. Certain markets, such as Texas, are showing greater, more rapid signs of recovery than other markets.

Public infrastructure includes spending by federal, state and local governments for roads, highways, bridges, airports and other public infrastructure projects. Public infrastructure projects have historically been a relatively stable portion of state and federal budgets. Our acquisitions to date have been primarily focused in states with constitutionally-protected transportation funding sources, which we believe limits our exposure to state and local budgetary uncertainties. Funding for the existing federal transportation funding program, MAP-21, expired on September 30, 2014, and any additional funding or successor programs have yet to be approved. We also continue to monitor the status of the Highway Trust Fund. On August 1, 2014, a Highway Trust Fund extension bill was enacted. The bill provides approximately $10.8 billion of funding, which is expected to last until May 2015. With the nation’s infrastructure aging, we expect U.S. infrastructure spending to grow over the long term, and we believe we are well positioned to capitalize on any such increase.

Business Trends and Conditions

The U.S. heavy-side construction materials industry is composed of four primary sectors: aggregates; cement; ready-mixed concrete; and asphalt paving mix. Each of these materials is widely used in most forms of construction activity. Competition is limited in part by the distance materials can be transported efficiently, resulting in predominantly local or regional operations. Participants in these sectors typically range from small, privately-held companies focused on a single material, product or market to multinational companies that offer a wide array of paving and related materials, products and construction services. We estimate that approximately 65% of the aggregates in the United States are held by private companies.

Our revenue is derived from multiple end-use markets including private residential and nonresidential construction, as well as public infrastructure construction. Residential and nonresidential construction consists of new construction and repair and remodel markets. The construction sectors in the local economies in which we operate have begun to show signs of recovery. However, we could still be affected by any economic stagnation or decline, which could vary by local region and market. Our sales and earnings are sensitive to national, regional and local economic conditions and particularly to cyclical changes in construction spending, especially in the private sector. From a macroeconomic view, we see positive indicators for the construction sector, including upward trends in housing starts, construction employment and highway obligations. All of these factors should result in increased construction activity in the private sector. However, we do not expect this recovery to be consistent across the United States. Certain markets, such as Texas, are showing greater, more rapid signs of recovery. Increased construction activity in the private sector could lead to increased public infrastructure spending in the relatively near future. Public infrastructure includes spending by federal, state and local governments for roads, highways, bridges, airports and other infrastructure projects. Public infrastructure projects have historically been a relatively stable portion of state and federal budgets. Our acquisitions to date have been primarily focused in states with constitutionally-protected transportation funding sources, which we believe limits our exposure to state and local budgetary uncertainties.

Transportation infrastructure projects, driven by both federal and state funding programs, represent a significant share of the U.S. heavy-side construction materials market. Funding for MAP-21 expired on September 30, 2014, and any additional funding or successor programs have yet to be approved. We also continue to monitor the status of the Highway Trust Fund. On August 1, 2014, a Highway Trust Fund extension bill was enacted. The bill provides approximately $10.8 billion of funding, which is expected to last until May

 

65


Table of Contents

2015. With the nation’s infrastructure aging, we expect U.S. infrastructure spending to grow over the long term, and we believe we are well positioned to capitalize on any such increase.

In addition to federal funding, highway construction and maintenance funding is also available through state, county and local agencies. Our five largest states by revenue (Texas, Kansas, Kentucky, Missouri and Utah, which represented approximately 25%, 20%, 17%, 12% and 11%, respectively, of our total revenue in 2013) each have funds whose revenue sources are constitutionally protected and are dedicated for transportation projects.

 

    Texas Department of Transportation’s budget from 2014 to 2016 is $25.3 billion.

 

    Kansas has a 10-year $8.2 billion highway bill that was passed in May 2010.

 

    Kentucky’s biennial highway construction plan has funding of $3.6 billion from July 2014 to June 2016.

 

    Missouri has an estimated $0.7 billion in annual construction funding committed to essential road and bridge programs through 2017.

 

    Utah’s transportation investment fund has $3.5 billion committed through 2018.

Within many of our markets, state and local governments have taken actions to maintain or grow highway funding during a time of uncertainty with respect to federal funding. For example:

 

    The Texas legislature recently passed the largest two-year budget in the history of the Texas Department of Transportation (with growth in both new construction and maintenance). In addition, increased energy sector activity in parts of Texas has driven an increase in private construction demand, which we expect to continue. In particular, Austin and Houston, Texas have seen rapid residential demand expansion, which we expect to provide a stimulus for nonresidential and public infrastructure demand, as job growth has drawn new residents. On November 4, 2014, voters in Texas passed a proposition that is expected to provide between $1.2 billion and $1.7 billion of incremental funding annually to the Texas Department of Transportation. The funds must be used for construction, maintenance, rehabilitation and acquiring right-of-way for public roads.

 

    Increases in heavy truck registration fees, dedicated sales tax revenue and bond issuances have enabled Kansas to maintain stability in public infrastructure spending.

 

    We believe that public infrastructure spending in Kentucky, which comprises the majority of our revenue in the state, will remain consistent in the upcoming years.

 

    We expect primarily maintenance-related public demand in Missouri and Utah, both of which have recently completed large spending programs.

The table below sets forth additional details regarding the five states our operations focus on, including growth rates as compared to comparable U.S. growth rates:

 

   

 

    Revenue by End Market (1)(2)     Projected Industry Growth by End Market
2013 to 2018(3)
 
    Percentage of
Our Total
Revenue(1)
    Residential and
Nonresidential
Construction
    Public
Infrastructure
Construction
    Residential
Construction
    Nonresidential
Construction
    Public
Infrastructure
Construction
 

State

                                   

Texas

    35     61     39     8.9     6.8     6.1

Kansas

    18     41     59     11.6     5.8     3.4

Kentucky

    12     11     89     12.2     5.7     7.2

Utah

    10     84     16     7.5     6.0     5.8

Missouri

    10     72     28     10.9     5.8     2.8
       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average(4)

          10.0     6.2     5.3

United States(3)

          9.1     5.2     4.5

 

(1) Percentages based on our revenue for the nine months ended September 27, 2014.

 

66


Table of Contents
(2) Percentages based on our revenue by state the nine months ended September 27, 2014 and management’s estimates as to end markets.
(3) Source: FMI Management Consulting.
(4) Calculated using weighted average based on each state’s percentage contribution to our total revenue.

In addition to being subject to cyclical changes in the economy, our business is seasonal in nature. Substantially all of our products and services are produced, consumed and performed outdoors. Severe weather, seasonal changes and other weather-related conditions can significantly affect the production and sales volumes of our products. Typically, the highest sales and earnings are in the second and third quarters, and the lowest are in the first and fourth quarters. Winter weather months are generally periods of lower sales as we, and our customers, generally cannot cost-effectively mobilize and demobilize equipment and manpower under adverse weather conditions. Periods of heavy rainfall also adversely affect our work patterns and demand for our products. Our working capital may vary greatly during peak periods, but generally returns to average levels as our operating cycle is completed each fiscal year.

We are subject to commodity price risk with respect to price changes in liquid asphalt and energy, including fossil fuels and electricity for aggregates, cement, ready-mixed concrete and asphalt paving mix production, natural gas for hot mix asphalt production and diesel fuel for distribution vehicles and production related mobile equipment. Liquid asphalt escalator provisions in most of our private and commercial contracts limit our exposure to price fluctuations in this commodity. We often obtain similar escalators on public infrastructure contracts. In addition, we enter into various firm purchase commitments, with terms generally less than one year, for certain raw materials. As a result of the contract escalation clauses and effective use of the firm purchase commitments, commodity prices did not have a material effect on our results of operations in the nine months ended September 27, 2014 as compared to the nine months ended September 28, 2013 or in 2013, as compared to 2012.

Our acquisition strategy requires capital contributions or debt financings. As of September 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, our long-term borrowings, including the current portion, totaled $1,041.7 million and $695.9 million, respectively, and we incurred $62.6 million and $56.4 million of interest expense in the nine months ended September 27, 2014 and the year ended December 28, 2013, respectively. Although the amounts borrowed and related interest expense are relatively material to us, we have been in compliance with our debt covenants and have made all required principal and interest payments. In addition, our cash flows provided by operating activities were $66.4 million and $62.3 million in the years ended December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, respectively, which is net of interest payments. Our senior secured revolving credit facility provides us with up to $150.0 million of borrowings, which has been adequate to fund our seasonal working capital needs and certain acquisitions. As of September 27, 2014, our outstanding borrowings under our senior secured revolving credit facility were $24.0 million. When we have made additional issuances of senior notes to fund acquisitions, we have complied with the incurrence tests in the indenture governing our senior notes. To the extent that a portion of the net proceeds from the offering described herein is used to pay down debt, our interest payments will correspondingly decrease, which will further increase our cash flow provided by operating activities and amounts available for operations and acquisitions.

Financial Highlights—Nine Months Ended September 27, 2014

The principal factors in evaluating our financial condition and operating results for the nine months ended September 27, 2014, as compared to the nine months ended September 28, 2013, are:

 

    Revenue increased $192.2 million in the nine months ended September 27, 2014 as a result of pricing and volume increases across our product lines, which includes volume contributions from acquisitions.

 

    Our operating earnings improved $36.9 million in the nine months ended September 27, 2014. This improvement in earnings was largely driven by price increases in aggregates, cement and asphalt and volume increases in aggregates, ready-mixed concrete and asphalt.

 

67


Table of Contents
    In 2014, we increased our long-term debt by $375.0 million with the issuance of additional 10  1 2 % senior notes due 2020.

Financial Highlights—Year Ended December 28, 2013

The principal factors in evaluating our financial condition and operating results for the year ended December 28, 2013, as compared to the year ended December 29, 2012, are:

 

    Product revenue increased $4.8 million in 2013 as a result of pricing increases across our product lines, somewhat offset by declines in cement and asphalt volumes. In 2013, we increased our focus on higher-margin, low-volume paving projects, which resulted in increased operating margin, which we define as operating income as a percentage of revenue, but a decrease in asphalt volumes. The following table presents volume and average selling price changes by product:

 

     Volume in 2013
Compared to 2012
    Average Selling Prices in 2013
Compared to 2012
 

Aggregate

     5     7

Cement

     (4 %)      3

Ready-mixed concrete

     9     4

Asphalt

     (14 %)      5

 

    Service revenue declined $14.9 million in 2013 as a result of the increased focus on higher-margin, lower-volume projects.

 

    Our operating earnings declined $63.4 million to a loss of $48.0 million in 2013 from income of $15.4 million in 2012. In 2013, we recognized goodwill impairment charges of $68.2 million as a result of uncertainties in the timing of a sustained recovery in the Utah and Kentucky construction markets.

 

    Our operating earnings improved $4.8 million in 2013 excluding the $68.2 million goodwill impairment recognized in 2013. This improvement in earnings was predominantly driven by the price increases discussed above and higher margins on our paving and related services businesses in 2013.

 

    Cash provided by operations improved to $66.4 million in 2013, compared to $62.3 million in 2012, as a result of the increase in operating earnings (excluding the goodwill impairment).

Acquisitions

In addition to our organic growth, we continued to grow our business through acquisitions in 2014 and 2013, completing the following transactions:

 

    On October 3, 2014, we purchased Concrete Supply, which included 10 ready-mixed concrete plants and two sand and gravel sites in Topeka and northeast Kansas, and a ready-mixed concrete plant in western Missouri.

 

    On September 30, 2014, we acquired all of the outstanding ownership interests in Colorado County Sand & Gravel Co., L.L.C., a Texas limited liability company, M & M Gravel Sales, Inc., a Texas corporation, Marek Materials Co. Operating, Ltd., a Texas limited partnership, and Marek Materials Co., L.L.C., a Texas limited liability company, which collectively supply aggregates to the west Houston, Texas markets.

 

    On September 19, 2014, we acquired all of the membership interests of Southwest Ready Mix, LLC, which included two ready-mixed concrete plants and serves the downtown and southwest Houston, Texas markets.

 

    On September 4, 2014, we acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares and certain shareholder notes of Rock Head Holdings Ltd. and B.I.M. Holdings Ltd., which collectively indirectly own all the shares of Mainland Sand and Gravel Ltd., a supplier of construction aggregates to the Vancouver metropolitan area based in Surrey, British Columbia.

 

68


Table of Contents
    On July 29, 2014, we acquired all of the assets of Canyon Redi-Mix, Inc., and CRM Mixers LP. The acquired assets include two ready-mixed concrete plants, which serve the Permian Basin region of West Texas.

 

    On June 9, 2014, we acquired all of the membership interests of Buckhorn Materials, LLC, an aggregates quarry in South Carolina, and Construction Materials Group LLC, a sand pit in South Carolina.

 

    On March 31, 2014, we acquired all of the stock of Troy Vines, Incorporated, an integrated aggregates and ready-mixed concrete business headquartered in Midland, Texas, which serves the Permian Basin region of West Texas.

 

    On January 17, 2014, we acquired certain aggregates and ready-mixed concrete assets of Alleyton in Houston, Texas, which expands our presence in the Texas market.

 

    On April 1, 2013, we acquired certain aggregates, ready-mixed concrete and asphalt assets of Lafarge in and around Wichita, Kansas, which expanded our footprint in the Wichita market across our lines of business.

 

    On April 1, 2013, we acquired the membership interests of Westroc in Utah. The Westroc acquisition expanded our market coverage for aggregates and ready-mixed concrete in Utah.

Components of Operating Results

Total Revenue

We derive our revenue predominantly by selling heavy-side construction materials and products and providing paving and related services. Heavy-side construction materials consist of aggregates and cement. Products consist of related downstream products, including ready-mixed concrete, asphalt paying mix and concrete products. Paving and related services that we provide are primarily asphalt paving and related services.

Revenue derived from construction materials sales are recognized when risks associated with ownership have passed to unaffiliated customers. Typically this occurs when products are shipped. Product revenue generally includes sales of aggregates, cement and related downstream products and other materials to customers, net of discounts or allowances and taxes, if any.

Revenue derived from paving and related services are recognized on the percentage-of-completion basis, measured by the cost incurred to date compared to estimated total cost of each project. This method is used because management considers cost incurred to be the best available measure of progress on these contracts. Due to the inherent uncertainties in estimating costs, it is at least reasonably possible that the estimates used will change over the life of the contract.

Operating Costs and Expenses

The key components of our operating costs and expenses consist of the following:

Cost of Revenue (excluding items shown separately)

Cost of revenue consists of all production and delivery costs and primarily includes labor, repair and maintenance, utilities, raw materials, fuel, transportation, subcontractor costs, royalties and other direct costs incurred in the production and delivery of our products and services. Our cost of revenue is directly affected by fluctuations in commodity energy prices, primarily diesel fuel, liquid asphalt and other petroleum-based resources. As a result, our operating profit margins can be significantly affected by changes in the underlying cost of certain raw materials if they are not recovered through corresponding changes in revenue. We attempt to limit our exposure to changes in commodity energy prices by entering into forward purchase commitments when

 

69


Table of Contents

appropriate. In addition, we have sales price adjustment provisions that provide for adjustments based on fluctuations outside a limited range in certain energy-related production costs. These provisions are in place for most of our public infrastructure contracts, and we aggressively seek to include similar price adjustment provisions in our private contracts.

Goodwill Impairment

Goodwill impairment charges consist of the amount by which the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, as determined in an annual two-step impairment test. See “—Critical Accounting Policies—Goodwill and Goodwill Impairment.”

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and personnel costs for our sales and marketing, administration, finance and accounting, legal, information systems, human resources and certain managerial employees. Additional expenses include audit, consulting and professional fees, travel, insurance, rental costs, property taxes and other corporate and overhead expenses.

Transaction Costs

Transaction costs consist primarily of third party accounting, legal, valuation and financial advisory fees incurred in connection with acquisitions.

Depreciation, Depletion, Amortization and Accretion

Our business is capital intensive. We carry property, plant and equipment on our balance sheet at cost, net of applicable depreciation, depletion and amortization. Depreciation on property, plant and equipment is computed on a straight-line basis or based on the economic usage over the estimated useful life of the asset. The general range of depreciable lives by category, excluding mineral reserves, which are depleted based on the units of production method on a site-by-site basis, is as follows:

 

Buildings and improvements

     7 - 40 years   

Plant, machinery and equipment

     3 - 40 years   

Truck and auto fleet

     3 - 10 years   

Mobile equipment and barges

     3 - 20 years   

Landfill airspace and improvements

     5 - 60 years   

Other

     2 - 10 years   

Amortization expense is the periodic expense related to leasehold improvements and intangible assets, which were primarily acquired with certain acquisitions. The intangible assets are generally amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the life of the underlying asset or the remaining lease term.

Accretion expense is the periodic expense recorded for the accrued mining reclamation liabilities and landfill closure and post-closure liabilities using the effective interest method .

Results of Operations

The following discussion of our results of operations is focused on the key financial measures we use to evaluate the performance of our business from both a consolidated and operating segment perspective. Operating income and margins are discussed in terms of changes in volume, pricing and mix of revenue source (i.e., type of product sales or service revenue). We focus on operating margin, which we define as operating income as a percentage of revenue, as a key metric when assessing the performance of the business, as we believe that analyzing changes in costs in relation to changes in revenue provides more meaningful insight into the results of operations than examining costs in isolation.

 

70


Table of Contents

Operating income reflects our profit from continuing operations after taking into consideration cost of revenue, general and administrative expenses, depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion and transaction costs. Cost of revenue generally increases ratably with revenue, as labor, transportation costs and subcontractor costs are recorded in cost of revenue. General and administrative costs as a percentage of revenue vary throughout the year due to the seasonality of our business. Considering the percentage of our historic growth that was derived from acquisitions and our focus on infrastructure development (finance, information technology, legal and human resources), annual general and administrative costs historically grew ratably with revenue. However, we expect the growth in general and administrative costs to stabilize in fiscal 2014 and beyond. Also as a result of our revenue growth occurring primarily through acquisitions, depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion have generally grown ratably with revenue. As volumes increase, we expect these costs, as a percentage of revenue, to decrease. Our transaction costs fluctuate with the number and size of acquisitions consummated each year.

The table below includes revenue and operating income (loss) by segment for the periods indicated. Operating income (loss) by segment is computed as earnings before interest, taxes and other income / expense.

 

     Nine months ended     Year ended  
     September 27, 2014     September 28, 2013     December 28, 2013     December 29, 2012     December 31, 2011  
(in thousands)    Total
Revenue
     Operating
income
(loss)
    Total
Revenue
     Operating
income
(loss)
    Total
Revenue
     Operating
income
(loss)
    Total
Revenue
     Operating
income
(loss)
    Total
Revenue
     Operating
income
(loss)
 

West

   $ 478,432       $ 47,658      $ 322,640       $ 2,312      $ 426,195       $ (47,476   $ 484,922       $ (6,625   $ 362,577       $ (455

Central

     283,541         30,433        244,207         25,093        329,621         39,246        302,113         37,560        264,008         38,105   

East

     108,172         (1,925     111,087         669        160,385         (14,207     139,219         (245     162,491         2,687   

Corporate(1)

     —           (29,514     —           (18,309     —           (25,540     —           (15,275     —           (15,238
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 870,145       $ 46,652      $ 677,934       $ 9,765      $ 916,201       $ (47,977   $ 926,254       $ 15,415      $ 789,076       $ 25,099   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Corporate results primarily consist of compensation and office expenses for employees included in our headquarters. The increase in cost is primarily attributable to the strengthening of our infrastructure with respect to finance, information technology, legal and human resources functions and relocation of the headquarters to Denver, Colorado in August 2013.

Non-U.S. GAAP Performance Measures

We evaluate our operating performance using a metric that we refer to as “Adjusted EBITDA” which is not defined by U.S. GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to earnings measures defined by U.S. GAAP. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net loss before interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation, depletion and amortization, accretion, goodwill impairment and (income) loss from discontinued operations. We present this metric for the convenience of investment professionals who use such metrics in their analyses. The investment community often uses this metric as an indicator of a company’s ability to incur and service debt, to assess the operating performance of a company’s business and to provide a more consistent comparison of performance from period to period. We use Adjusted EBITDA, among other metrics, to assess the operating performance of our individual segments and the consolidated company. In addition, we use a metric we refer to as “Further Adjusted EBITDA,” which we define as Adjusted EBITDA plus certain non-cash or non-operating items and the EBITDA contribution of certain recent acquisitions, to measure our compliance with debt covenants and to evaluate flexibility under certain restrictive covenants. See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Our Long-Term Debt” on pages 94 and 95 for more information.

Adjusted EBITDA is used for certain items to provide a more consistent comparison of performance from period to period. We do not use these metrics as a measure to allocate resources. In addition, non-U.S. GAAP financial measures are not standardized; therefore, it may not be possible to compare such financial measures with other companies’ non-U.S. GAAP financial measures having the same or similar names. We strongly encourage investors to review our consolidated interim and audited financial statements in their entirety and not rely on any single financial measure.

 

71


Table of Contents

The tables below reconcile our net loss to Adjusted EBITDA and present Adjusted EBITDA by segment for the periods indicated:

 

    Nine months ended     Year ended  
    September 27,
2014
    September 28,
2013
    December 28,
2013
    December 29,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

Reconciliation of Net Loss to Adjusted EBITDA

         

(in thousands)

         

Net loss

  $ (10,750 )   $ (33,217 )   $ (103,679   $ (50,577   $ (10,050

Income tax (benefit) expense

    (2,498 )     (1,782 )     (2,647     (3,920     3,408   

Interest expense

    62,555        42,380        56,443        58,079        47,784   

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

    63,302        54,040        72,217        67,665        60,687   

Accretion

    648        537        717        625        690   

Goodwill impairment

    —          —          68,202        —          —     

(Income) loss from discontinued operations

    (356 )     257        528        3,546        5,201   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 112,901      $ 62,215      $ 91,781      $ 75,418      $ 107,720   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA by Segment

         

(in thousands)

         

West

  $ 71,646      $ 19,260      $ 28,607      $ 14,429      $ 36,442   

Central

    59,220        49,892        72,918        65,767        65,651   

East

    10,462        10,790        15,134        10,782        15,504   

Corporate(1)

    (28,427 )     (17,727 )     (24,878     (15,560     (9,877
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 112,901      $ 62,215      $ 91,781      $ 75,418      $ 107,720   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) The decrease in Corporate EBITDA in the nine months ended September 27, 2014 is due to a $3.4 million increase in transaction fees from the increase in 2014 acquisitions, a $3.3 million increase in monitoring fees paid to our Sponsors, which are based on a percentage of earnings and were allocated as a regional expense in 2013, and an increase in labor costs from the infrastructure development in the prior year.

 

72


Table of Contents

Consolidated Results of Operations

The table below sets forth our consolidated results of operations for the periods indicated:

 

    Nine months ended     Year ended  
(in thousands)   September 27,
2014
    September 28,
2013
    December 28,
2013
    December 29,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

Total revenue

  $ 870,145      $ 677,934      $ 916,201      $ 926,254      $ 789,076   

Total cost of revenue (excluding items shown separately below)

    645,934        503,198        677,052        713,346        597,654   

General and administrative expenses

    105,872        107,219        142,000        127,215        95,826   

Goodwill impairment

    —          —          68,202        —          —     

Depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion

    63,950        54,577        72,934        68,290        61,377   

Transaction costs

    7,737        3,175        3,990        1,988        9,120   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating (loss) income

    46,652        9,765        (47,977     15,415        25,099   

Other income, net

    (2,299 )     (988 )     (1,737     (1,182     (21,244

Loss on debt financings

    —          3,115        3,115        9,469        —     

Interest expense

    62,555        42,380        56,443        58,079        47,784   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations before taxes

    (13,604 )     (34,742 )     (105,798     (50,951     (1,441

Income tax (benefit) expense

    (2,498 )     (1,782 )     (2,647     (3,920     3,408   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

    (11,106 )     (32,960 )     (103,151     (47,031     (4,849

(Income) loss from discontinued operations

    (356 )     257        528        3,546        5,201   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (10,750 )     (33,217 )     (103,679     (50,577     (10,050

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

    674        1,105        3,112        1,919        695   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to partners of Summit Holdings.

  $ (11,424 )   $ (34,322 )   $ (106,791   $ (52,496   $ (10,745
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nine months ended September 27, 2014 compared to the nine months ended September 28, 2013

 

     Nine months ended     Variance  
($ in thousands)    September 27,
2014
    September 28,
2013
   

Revenue

   $ 870,145      $ 677,934        28.4 %

Operating income

     46,652        9,765        377.7 %

Operating margin

     5.4     1.4  

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 112,901      $ 62,215        81.5 %

Revenue increased $192.2 million in the nine months ended September 27, 2014, of which $128.7 million resulted from acquisitions and $63.5 million was organic growth.

 

73


Table of Contents

Of the total $192.2 million revenue increase, $147.5 million was attributable to increased product revenue and $44.7 million was attributable to increased service revenue, which is primarily paving and related services, but also includes certain other revenues earned. Service revenue in the nine months ended September 27, 2014 and September 28, 2013 included $93.6 million and $65.7 million, respectively, of delivery and subcontract revenue, which is recorded gross in revenue and cost of revenue. Revenue that was not derived from acquisitions during the period or the prior year period (“organic revenue”) increased 9.4% in the nine months ended September 27, 2014. Detail of consolidated percent changes in sales volumes and pricing in the nine months ended September 27, 2014 from the nine months ended September 28, 2013 were as follows:

 

     Percentage Change in  
     Volume     Pricing  

Aggregates

     35.1     2.0 %

Cement

     2.1     8.5 %

Ready-mixed concrete

     122.9     3.2 %

Asphalt

     8.7     (0.8 )%

Aggregates and ready-mixed concrete volumes were positively affected by the 2014 and 2013 acquisitions. However, the increase in ready-mixed concrete pricing was constrained by different pricing structures in our new markets. The majority of the increase in volumes occurred in Texas, where we have lower average selling prices than we have in our operations outside of Texas. Our cement volumes increased 2.1% due primarily to a shift in customer mix. Cement pricing improved from an overall market increase and from the customer mix shift. Asphalt volume increased 8.7%, while average asphalt pricing declined 0.8%, primarily as a result of product mix despite an increase in underlying prices. Asphalt product mix in 2014 included a higher percentage of base materials, which typically is the lowest priced of our asphalt products.

As a vertically-integrated company, we include intercompany sales from materials to products and from products to services when assessing the operating results of our business. These intercompany transactions are eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. Prior to eliminations, the net effect of the volume and pricing changes on revenue was approximately $165.0 million and $30.8 million, respectively. Revenue for paving and related services increased by $47.1 million, primarily as a result of increased demand for our services in Utah, Texas and Kansas. Revenue changes by product/service were as follows:

 

     Nine months ended  
(in thousands)    September 27,
2014
    September 28,
2013
    Variance  

Revenue by product:*

      

Aggregates

   $ 160,362      $ 119,757      $ 40,605   

Cement

     66,116        59,160        6,956   

Ready-mixed concrete

     189,198        82,447        106,751   

Asphalt

     203,944        162,485        41,459   

Paving and related services

     390,469        343,346        47,123   

Other

     (139,944     (89,261     (50,683
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 870,145      $ 677,934      $ 192,211   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Revenue by product includes intracompany sales transferred at market value. The elimination of intracompany transactions is included in Other.

 

74


Table of Contents

In the nine months ended September 27, 2014, operating income increased $36.9 million and Adjusted EBITDA increased $50.7 million as a result of increased revenue and a 400 basis point increase in operating margin. The increase in operating margin was primarily attributable to the following:

 

Operating margin - September 28, 2013

            1.4

General and administrative costs (“G&A”) reduction(1)

    3.6

Depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion(2)

    0.8

2014 curtailment benefit(3)

    0.1

2013 charge to remove barge from waterway(4)

    0.2

Transaction costs(5)

    (0.5 )% 

Other

    (0.2 )% 
 

 

 

 

Operating margin - September 27, 2014

    5.4
 

 

 

 

 

(1) G&A, as a percentage of revenue, declined from 15.8% to 12.2% in the nine months ended September 27, 2014. During 2013, we invested in our infrastructure (finance, information technology, legal and human resources) and expect the decline in G&A, as a percentage of revenue, to stabilize in 2014 and beyond.
(2) The reduction in depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion, as a percentage of revenue, contributed a 0.8% increase in operating margin in the nine months ended September 27, 2014. Increased investments in depreciable assets through either capital expenditures or business acquisitions generally increase depreciation expense, while assets being fully depreciated or disposed generally decrease depreciation expense. In the nine months ended September 27, 2014, approximately 67% of our revenue growth was attributable to acquisitions, which exceeded the percentage increase in depreciation expense recognized from the acquisitions. As a result, depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion, as a percentage of revenue, decreased from the nine months ended September 28, 2013 despite an overall increase in depreciable assets.
(3) A $1.3 million curtailment benefit recognized in the nine months ended September 27, 2014 related to a retiree postretirement benefit plan maintained for certain union employees at our cement plant, which was amended to eliminate all future retiree health and life coverage for the remaining union employees, effective January 1, 2014.
(4) A $1.8 million charge was recognized in the nine months ended September 28, 2013 to remove a sunken barge from the Mississippi River. No charges for the barge removal were recognized in 2014.
(5) Partially offsetting these profit improvements were $4.5 million of increased transaction costs in the nine months ended September 27, 2014, as a result of the six acquisitions made in 2014.

In addition to the items discussed above, approximately $3.1 million of the improvement in Adjusted EBITDA was attributable to the loss on debt financings recognized in the nine months ended September 28, 2013 related to the February 2013 debt repricing.

Other Financial Information

Loss on debt financings

In February 2013, we completed a repricing of our credit facilities, which provide for term loans in an aggregate amount of $422.0 million and revolving credit commitments in an aggregate amount of $150.0 million. The repricing reduced our stated term-loan interest rate by 1.0% and provided additional borrowing capacity of $25.0 million. As a result of the repricing, we recognized a loss of $3.1 million for related bank fees in 2013. Fees associated with the $375.0 million of 10 ½% senior notes issued in 2014 were deferred in other non-current assets and are being amortized over the term of the debt as a charge to interest expense.

Interest expense

Interest expense increased $20.2 million in the nine months ended September 27, 2014 from the comparable period in 2013, due to the additional $375.0 million of 10 ½% senior notes issued in 2014, which were outstanding for a weighted average of 6.1 months during the nine months ended September 27, 2014.

 

75


Table of Contents

Segment results of operations

West Region

 

     Nine months ended     Variance  

($ in thousands)

   September 27,
2014
    September 28,
2013
   

Revenue

   $ 478,432      $ 322,640        48.3 %

Operating income

     47,658        2,312        1,961.3 %

Operating margin

     10.0 %     0.7 %  

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 71,646      $ 19,260        272.0 %

Revenue in the West region increased $155.8 million, or 48%, in the nine months ended September 27, 2014, of which $121.2 million resulted from acquisitions and $34.6 million was organic growth.

Of the total $155.8 million revenue increase, $130.1 million was attributable to product revenue and $25.7 million was attributable to increased service revenue, which is primarily paving and related services, but also includes certain other revenues earned. Organic revenue increased 10.7% in the nine months ended September 27, 2014.

In the nine months ended September 27, 2014, the West region’s aggregates, ready-mixed concrete and asphalt volumes increased and aggregates pricing improved. Ready-mixed concrete pricing declined as a result of the 2014 acquisitions in Texas, as ready-mixed concrete prices in the Texas markets are generally lower than in our markets outside of Texas. Average asphalt pricing declined primarily as a result of product mix, with 2014 volumes including a higher percentage of low-priced base materials, although prices grew. The West region’s percent changes in sales volumes and pricing in the nine months ended September 27, 2014 from the nine months ended September 28, 2013 were as follows:

 

     Percentage Change in  
     Volume     Pricing  

Aggregates

     99.0     5.3 %

Ready-mixed concrete

     230.6     (0.1 )%

Asphalt

     5.9     (1.0 )%

As a vertically-integrated company, we include intercompany sales from materials to products and from products to services when assessing the operating results of our business. These intercompany transactions are eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. Prior to eliminations, the net effect of the volume and pricing changes on revenue was approximately $154.4 million and $0.6 million, respectively. Revenue for paving and related services increased by $26.6 million primarily as a result of increased demand for our services in Texas and Utah. Total revenue in Texas and in our Utah-based operations, which includes Idaho, Wyoming and Colorado, increased 73% and 20%, respectively, in the nine months ended September 27, 2014. Revenue changes by product/service were as follows:

 

     Nine months ended  
(in thousands)    September 27,
2014
    September 28,
2013
    Variance  

Revenue by product:*

      

Aggregates

   $ 69,184      $ 34,266      $ 34,918   

Ready-mixed concrete

     148,444        45,142        103,302   

Asphalt

     125,988        109,212        16,776   

Paving and related services

     220,304        193,660        26,644   

Other

     (85,488     (59,640     (25,848
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 478,432      $ 322,640      $ 155,792   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Revenue by product includes intracompany sales transferred at market value. The elimination of intracompany transactions is included in Other.

 

76


Table of Contents

In the nine months ended September 27, 2014, the West region’s operating income increased $45.3 million and Adjusted EBITDA increased $52.4 million as a result of increased revenue and an increase in operating margins from 0.7% to 10.0%. The profit improvement was primarily driven by the 2014 acquisitions in the Houston and Midland/Odessa, Texas markets, which contributed $26.3 million of operating income in the nine months ended September 27, 2014, higher aggregates pricing and organic volume growth. The increase in operating margin was primarily attributable to the following:

 

Operating margin - September 28, 2013

     0.7

G&A reduction(1)

     5.5

Depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion(2)

     0.8

Other(3)

     3.0
  

 

 

 

Operating margin - September 27, 2014

     10.0
  

 

 

 

 

(1) G&A, as a percentage of revenue, declined from 14.9% to 9.4% in the nine months ended September 27, 2014. The improvement in G&A, as a percentage of revenue, was partially attributable to a $8.8 million decrease at our Utah-based operations from a headcount reduction of 36 employees, which was 20% of the Utah operations’ G&A headcount, and a $4.4 million loss on the disposition of certain assets in Colorado that was recognized in the nine months ended September 28, 2013.
(2) The reduction in depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion, as a percentage of revenue, contributed a 0.8% increase in operating margin in the nine months ended September 27, 2014. In the nine months ended September 27, 2014, approximately 78% of the West region’s revenue growth was attributable to acquisitions, which exceeded the percentage increase in depreciation expense recognized from the acquisitions. As a result, depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion, as a percentage of revenue, decreased from the nine months ended September 28, 2013 despite an overall increase in depreciable assets.
(3) The 2014 acquisitions, which were aggregates and ready-mixed concrete businesses, shifted the West region’s product mix significantly from the lower margin services operations to sales of products and materials, which contributed to the increase in operating margin from the nine months ended September 28, 2013. Revenue from paving and related services was 60.0% of the West region’s revenue in the nine months ended September 28, 2013 compared to 46.0% in the nine months ended September 27, 2014. Aggregates and ready-mixed concrete were 14.5% and 31.0%, respectively, of revenue in the nine months ended September 27, 2014 compared to 10.6% and 14.0%, respectively, in the nine months ended September 28, 2013.

In addition to the items discussed above, approximately $1.6 million of the improvement in Adjusted EBITDA was attributable to the loss on debt financings allocated to the West region in the nine months ended September 28, 2013 related to the February 2013 debt repricing.

Central Region

 

     Nine months ended        
($ in thousands)    September 27,
2014
    September 28,
2013
    Variance  

Revenue

   $ 283,541      $ 244,207        16.1 %

Operating income

     30,433        25,093        21.3 %

Operating margin

     10.7     10.3 %  

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 59,220      $ 49,892        18.7 %

Revenue in the Central region increased $39.3 million, or 16.1%, in the nine months ended September 27, 2014, of which $4.9 million resulted from acquisitions and $34.4 million was organic growth.

 

77


Table of Contents

Of the total $39.3 million revenue increase, $21.1 million was attributable to increased product revenue and $18.2 million was attributable to increased service revenue, which is primarily paving and related services, but also includes certain other revenues earned. Organic revenue increased 7.0% in the nine months ended September 27, 2014.

In the nine months ended September 27, 2014, volumes increased among all of the Central region’s product lines. The increase in aggregates and asphalt volumes are due to strong, primarily organic, demand in our Kansas markets. Cement volumes increased 2.1% and prices increased 8.5% due to overall price improvements and a shift in customer mix. Cement sales in 2014 included a greater percentage of low volume, or retail, sales, which generally are sold at a higher price than sales to high-volume customers. Customer mix varies each year based on demand in the applicable markets. Overall, product pricing increased, while average asphalt pricing declined despite an increase in underlying prices, due to a change in product mix to lower-priced products.

The Central region’s percent changes in sales volumes and pricing in the nine months ended September 27, 2014 from the nine months ended September 28, 2013 were as follows:

 

     Percentage Change in  
     Volume     Pricing  

Aggregates

     8.2     5.5 %

Cement

     2.1     8.5 %

Ready-mixed concrete

     1.4     7.7 %

Asphalt

     40.0     (2.3 )%

As a vertically-integrated company, we include intercompany sales from materials to products and from products to services when assessing the operating results of our business. These intercompany transactions are eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. Prior to eliminations, the net effect of the volume and pricing changes on revenue was approximately $13.8 million and $10.8 million, respectively. Revenue for paving and related services increased by $20.6 million primarily as a result of increased demand for our services in Kansas. Revenue changes by product/service were as follows:

 

     Nine months ended  
(in thousands)    September 27,
2014
    September 28,
2013
     Variance  

Revenue by product:*

       

Aggregates

   $ 60,535      $ 54,453       $ 6,082   

Cement

     66,116        59,160         6,956   

Ready-mixed concrete

     40,754        37,305         3,449   

Asphalt

     26,989        18,845         8,144   

Paving and related services

     93,670        73,072         20,598   

Other

     (4,523     1,372         (5,895
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 283,541      $ 244,207       $ 39,334   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Revenue by product includes intracompany sales transferred at market value. The elimination of intracompany transactions is included in Other.

 

78


Table of Contents

In the nine months ended September 27, 2014, the Central region’s operating income increased $5.3 million and Adjusted EBITDA increased $9.3 million as a result of increased revenue and a 40 basis point increase in operating margins. The increase in operating margin was primarily attributable to the following:

 

Operating margin - September 28, 2013

     10.3

2014 curtailment benefit(1)

     0.5

2013 charge to remove barge from waterway(2).

     0.6

2014 inventory impairment charge(3).

     (0.3 )% 

Other

     (0.4 )% 
  

 

 

 

Operating margin - September 27, 2014

     10.7
  

 

 

 

 

(1) A $1.3 million curtailment benefit was recognized in the nine months ended September 27, 2014 related to a retiree postretirement benefit plan maintained for certain union employees at our cement plant, which was amended to eliminate all future retiree health and life coverage for the remaining union employees, effective January 1, 2014.
(2) A $1.8 million charge was recognized in the nine months ended September 28, 2013 to remove a sunken barge from the Mississippi River. No charges for the barge removal were recognized in 2014.
(3) A $0.8 million impairment charge on inventory was recognized in the nine months ended September 27, 2014.

In addition to the items discussed above, approximately $0.6 million of the improvement in Adjusted EBITDA was attributable to the loss on debt financings allocated to the Central region in the nine months ended September 28, 2013 related to the February 2013 debt repricing.

East Region

 

     Nine months ended        
($ in thousands)    September 27,
2014
    September 28,
2013
    Variance  

Revenue

   $ 108,172      $ 111,087        (2.6 )%

Operating (loss) income

     (1,925     669        (387.7 )%

Operating margin

     (1.8 )%      0.6 %  

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 10,462      $ 10,790        (3.0 )%

Revenue in the East region decreased $2.9 million, or 2.6%, in the nine months ended September 27, 2014. Of the total $2.9 million revenue decrease, $3.7 million was from decreased product revenue offset by a $0.8 million increase in service revenue, which is primarily paving and related services, but also includes certain other revenues earned.

Aggregate volumes and pricing and asphalt volumes were stable and asphalt volumes declined slightly. The East region’s percent changes in sales volumes and pricing in the nine months ended September 27, 2014 from the nine months ended September 28, 2013 were as follows:

 

     Percentage Change in  
     Volume     Average Selling
Pricing
 

Aggregates

     0.0     0.9 %

Asphalt

     (0.5 )%      1.7 %

 

79


Table of Contents

As a vertically-integrated company, we include intercompany sales from materials to products and from products to services when assessing the operating results of our business. These intercompany transactions are eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. Prior to eliminations, the net effect of the volume and pricing changes on revenue was approximately ($3.2) million and $19.4 million, respectively. Revenue for paving and related services decreased by $0.1 million primarily as a result of a slight decrease in demand for our services in Kentucky. Revenue changes by product/service were as follows:

 

     Nine months ended  
(in thousands)    September 27,
2014
    September 28,
2013
    Variance  

Revenue by product:*

      

Aggregates

   $ 30,643      $ 31,038      $ (395

Asphalt

     50,967        34,428        16,539   

Paving and related services

     76,495        76,614        (119

Other

     (49,933     (30,993     (18,940
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 108,172        111,087      $ (2,915
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Revenue by product includes intracompany sales transferred at market value. The elimination of intracompany transactions is included in Other.

In the nine months ended September 27, 2014, the East region’s operating income (loss) and decreased $2.6 million and Adjusted EBITDA decreased $0.3 million as a result of decreased revenue and a 240 basis point decrease in operating margins. The decrease in operating margin was primarily attributable to the following:

 

Operating margin - September 28, 2013

     0.6

Depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion

     0.6

Transaction costs(1)

     (2.9 )% 

Other

     (0.1 )% 
  

 

 

 

Operating margin - September 27, 2014

     (1.8 )% 
  

 

 

 

 

(1) Approximately $1.3 million of transaction costs were recognized in the nine months ended September 27, 2014 related to the 2014 acquisition of Buckhorn Materials.

We intend to reduce certain operating costs, including G&A, with the objective of generating operating income in the East region in 2015.

Fiscal Year 2013 Compared to 2012

 

(in thousands)    2013     2012     Variance  

Total revenue

   $ 916,201      $ 926,254      $ (10,053     (1.1 )% 

Operating (loss) income

     (47,977     15,415        (63,392     (411.2 )% 

Operating margin

     (5.2 )%      1.7    

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 91,781      $ 75,418      $ 16,363        21.7

Revenue decreased $10.1 million in 2013 due to a $14.9 million decline in service revenue, partially offset by a $4.8 million increase in product revenue. The $14.9 million decrease in service revenue, which is primarily paving and related services, but also includes certain other revenues earned, was a result of an increased focus on higher-margin, lower-volume paving projects and completion of low-margin projects, such as grading and structural work. In 2012, we completed certain construction projects that provided significant revenue, but at below-average margins, including a project in Austin, Texas that contributed $47.5 million of revenue in 2012. The decreased service revenue primarily occurred in our Utah and Texas operations.

Aggregates and ready-mixed concrete volumes were positively affected from the April 1, 2013 acquisitions of the Lafarge-Wichita assets and Westroc near Salt Lake City, Utah. Our cement volumes decreased 4.1% due

 

80


Table of Contents

primarily to lower volumes in the fourth quarter of 2013, as compared to the fourth quarter of 2012. Adverse weather in 2013, compared to much dryer weather in 2012, and an increased focus on higher-margin, lower-volume paving projects largely offset the effect of the acquisitions and drove the decline in asphalt volumes.

Detail of consolidated percent changes in sales volumes and pricing from 2012 to 2013 were as follows:

 

     Percentage
Change in
 
     Volume     Average
Selling
Price
 

Aggregate

     4.5     7.4

Cement

     (4.1 %)      3.4

Ready-mixed concrete

     9.2     3.6

Asphalt

     (13.8 %)      4.8

 

As a vertically-integrated company, we include intercompany sales from materials to products and from products to services when assessing the operating results of our business. These intercompany transactions are eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. Prior to eliminations, the net effect of the volume and pricing changes on revenue was approximately ($33.1) million and $32.9 million, respectively. Revenue for paving and related services decreased by $26.9 million primarily as a result of the completion of certain construction projects, primarily in Texas, which provided significant revenue, but at below-average margins. Revenue changes by product/service were as follows:

 

(in thousands)    2013     2012     Variance  

Revenue by product:*

      

Aggregates

   $ 159,019      $ 146,991      $ 12,028   

Cement

     76,211        77,676        (1,465

Ready-mixed concrete

     112,878        100,941        11,937   

Asphalt

     219,811        242,458        (22,647

Paving and related services

     478,280        505,189        (26,909

Other

     (129,998     (147,001     17,003   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 916,201      $ 926,254      $ (10,053
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Revenue by product includes intracompany sales transferred at market value. The elimination of intracompany transactions is included in Other.

In 2013, operating (loss) income decreased $63.4 million and Adjusted EBITDA increased $16.3 million as a result of a 690 basis point decrease in operating margin. The decrease in operating profit and margin was primarily attributable to goodwill impairment charges recognized in 2013. The decrease in operating margin was primarily attributable to the following:

 

Operating margin — 2012

     1.7

Goodwill impairment(1)

     (7.4 )% 

2013 charge to remove barge from waterway(2)

     (0.1 )% 

Transaction costs(3)

     (0.2 )% 

2012 loss on indemnification agreement(4)

     0.9

Other

     (0.1 )% 
  

 

 

 

Operating margin — 2013

     (5.2 )% 
  

 

 

 

 

(1)

In 2013, we recognized $68.2 million of goodwill impairment charges. Approximately $53.3 million and $14.9 million of the goodwill impairments charges were recognized in our West (Utah) and East (Kentucky)

 

81


Table of Contents
  regions, respectively. The goodwill impairment was a result of a decline in the estimated fair value of certain reporting units caused by uncertainties in the timing of a sustained recovery in the Utah and Kentucky construction markets.

Revenue generated from the Utah-based operations declined 7.2% from $204.1 million in 2012 to $189.4 million in 2013, compared to $215.1 million, or a 5.4% increase, adjusted for acquisitions, that was assumed in the 2012 goodwill impairment analysis. The Utah operations incurred an operating loss of $4.5 million, excluding the goodwill impairment charge, and $13.3 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively, demonstrating an improvement in operating loss, but not yet earning operating income. The fair value estimates used in this assessment were dependent upon assumptions and estimates about the future profitability and other financial metrics of our reporting units, as well as relevant financial data, recent transactions and market valuations of comparable public companies. The increase in cash flows from 2012 to 2013 projected in the 2012 goodwill analysis assumed that an increase in housing permits and infrastructure spending in Utah would result in increased revenue for our operations. However, our revenue, and the private construction and public infrastructure spending, did not increase as projected. In the 2013 goodwill analysis, we assumed that an economic recovery in this market would be delayed beyond 2014, which resulted in a decrease in the overall valuation of the Utah operations. Subsequent to the 2013 goodwill analysis, management determined that certain cost savings measures would be required for 2014, including a reduction in G&A. Any benefits from such cost reductions were not assumed in the 2013 goodwill analysis, as they had not been fully quantified when it was completed. Through the nine months ended September 27, 2014, the Utah-based operations’s earnings have exceeded the 2014 full year earnings that were forecast in the 2013 goodwill analysis. This earnings improvement was driven by $8.8 million of G&A reductions, which was primarily a result of a 20% headcount reduction of Utah’s G&A operations, and a $4.4 million loss on the disposition of certain assets in Colorado that was recognized in the nine months ended September 28, 2013. We believe that the risk of additional impairment of the $36.6 million of the Utah operation’s remaining goodwill is low given that the 2013 analysis assumed a delayed market recovery and did not take into consideration cost cutting measures that could be, and were, implemented in 2014.

The operating loss in the East region, which is the Kentucky reporting unit, improved from a loss of $0.2 million in 2012 to approximately break-even in 2013, excluding the goodwill impairment charge. An operating loss was incurred despite a 15.2% increase in revenue. We had expected revenue growth from public infrastructure projects to exceed that which has been realized and is expected in the near term. We also had expected operating income improvements at a greater rate than was projected at the time the 2013 goodwill analysis was performed.

After recognizing these impairment charges, the goodwill attributable to the Utah and Kentucky reporting units was $36.6 million and zero, respectively. We do not believe material uncertainty that could result in an additional impairment charge exists in these reporting units.

 

(2) In 2013, a $0.8 million charge was recognized to remove a sunken barge from the Mississippi River.
(3) Transaction costs increased $2.0 million in 2013 as a result of the April 1, 2013 Lafarge-Wichita and Westroc acquisitions and costs incurred in advance of the January 17, 2014 Alleyton acquisition.
(4) In 2012, we recognized a $8.0 million loss on an indemnification agreement.

In addition to the items discussed above, approximately $6.4 million of the improvement in Adjusted EBITDA was attributable to a decrease in the loss on debt financings. In 2013, we recognized a $3.1 million loss related to the February 2013 debt repricing and recognized a $9.5 million loss in 2012 related to the January 2012 financing transactions.

Other Financial Information

Loss on Debt Financings

In February 2013, we completed a repricing of our credit facilities, which provide for term loans in an aggregate amount of $422.0 million and revolving credit commitments in an aggregate amount of $150.0 million (the “senior secured credit facilities”), which reduced our stated term-loan interest rate by 1.0% and provided

 

82


Table of Contents

additional borrowing capacity of $25.0 million. As a result of the repricing, we recognized a loss of $3.1 million for related bank fees. In January 2012, we refinanced our debt existing at that time, resulting in a net loss of $9.5 million. Both the repricing and the refinancing were accounted for as partial extinguishments.

Discontinued Operations

As part of our strategy to focus on our core business as a heavy-side construction materials company, we have exited certain activities, including certain concrete paving operations, our railroad construction and maintenance operations (the “railroad business”), which involved building and repairing railroad sidings, and our environmental remediation operations (the “environmental remediation business”), which primarily involved the repair of retaining walls along highways in Kentucky and the removal and remediation of underground fuel storage tanks. The concrete paving operations were wound down in the second quarter of 2013, and all assets have been sold. The railroad and environmental remediation businesses were sold in 2012 in separate transactions for aggregate proceeds of $3.1 million.

The results of these operations have been removed from the results of continuing operations for all periods presented. Prior to recognition as discontinued operations, all of these businesses were included in the East region’s operations. Revenue from these discontinued operations was $3.9 million in 2013 and $50.2 million in 2012. The loss from discontinued operations was $0.5 million in 2013 and $3.5 million in 2012.

Segment Results of Operations

West Region

 

(in thousands)    2013     2012     Variance  

Total revenue

   $ 426,195      $ 484,922      $ (58,727     (12.1 )% 

Operating loss

     (47,476     (6,625     (40,851     616.6

Operating margin

     (11.1 )%      (1.4 )%     

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 28,607      $ 14,429      $ 14,178        98.3

Revenue in the West region decreased $58.7 million in 2013 due to a $6.2 million decline in product revenue and a $52.5 million decline in service revenue, which is primarily paving and related services, but also includes certain other revenues earned. The $52.5 million decrease in paving and related services was a result of an increased focus on higher-margin, lower-volume paving projects and completion of low-margin projects, such as grading and structural work. In 2012, we completed certain construction projects that provided significant revenue, but at below-average margins, including a project in Austin, Texas that contributed $47.5 million of revenue in 2012.

The effect on revenue from the decrease in asphalt volumes was partially offset by improved pricing across our products lines and increased aggregate and ready-mixed concrete volumes from the April 1, 2013 Westroc acquisition. The West region’s percent changes in sales volumes and pricing from 2012 to 2013 were as follows:

 

     Percentage
Change in
 
     Volume     Average
Selling
Price
 

Aggregate

     2.8     9.5

Ready-mixed concrete

     12.7     5.8

Asphalt

     (24.5 %)      7.8

 

83


Table of Contents

As a vertically-integrated company, we include intercompany sales from materials to products and from products to services when assessing the operating results of our business. These intercompany transactions are eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. Prior to eliminations, the net effect of the volume and pricing changes on revenue was approximately ($44.6) million and $26.3 million, respectively. Revenue for paving and related services decreased by $69.6 million primarily as a result of completing certain construction projects which provided significant revenue, but at below-average margins, including a project in Austin, Texas that contributed $47.5 million of revenue in 2012. Revenue changes by product/service were as follows:

 

(in thousands)    2013     2012     Variance  

Revenue by product:*

      

Aggregates

   $ 46,645      $ 41,409      $ 5,236   

Ready-mixed concrete

     61,780        52,982        8,798   

Asphalt

     141,271        173,571        (32,300

Paving and related services

     259,630        329,268        (69,638

Other

     (83,131     (112,308     (29,177
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 426,195      $ 484,922      $ (58,727
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Revenue by product includes intracompany sales transferred at market value. The elimination of intracompany transactions is included in Other.

In 2013, the West region’s operating loss increased $40.9 million and Adjusted EBITDA increased $14.2 million as a result of a decrease in operating margin from (1.4)% in 2012 to (11.1)% in 2013. The decrease in operating profit and margin was primarily attributable to a goodwill impairment charge recognized in 2013. The decrease in operating margin was primarily attributable to the following:

 

Operating margin – 2012

     (1.4 )% 

Goodwill impairment(1)

     (12.5 )% 

Disposition of certain Colorado assets(2)

     (1.0 )% 

2012 loss on indemnification agreement(3)

     1.9

Other(4)

     1.9
  

 

 

 

Operating margin – 2013

     (11.1 )% 
  

 

 

 

 

(1) A $53.3 million goodwill impairment charge from a decline in the estimated fair value of our reporting unit based in Utah caused by uncertainties in the timing of a sustained recovery in the Utah construction market. Excluding the goodwill impairment charge, operating earnings improved $12.4 million, and operating margin improved 280 basis points in 2013 from 2012.
(2) A $4.4 million loss in 2013 on the disposition of certain assets in Colorado.
(3) These charges were partially offset by an $8.0 million loss on an indemnification agreement in 2012.
(4) The remaining margin improvement was primarily a result of a shift in product and customer mix. In 2013, we increased our focus on higher margin, lower-volume paving projects and completed certain low-margin projects, such as grading and structural work. In 2012, we completed certain construction projects that provided significant revenue, but at below-average margins, including a project in Austin, Texas that contributed $47.5 million of revenue in 2012. As shown in the table above, revenue from paving and related services was 67.9% of the West region’s revenue in 2012 compared to 60.9% in 2013. Aggregates and ready-mixed concrete were 10.9% and 14.5%, respectively, of 2013 revenue compared to 8.5% and 10.9%, respectively, in 2012.

In addition to the items discussed above, approximately $1.7 million of the improvement in Adjusted EBITDA was attributable to a reduction in the loss on debt financings allocated to the West region.

 

84


Table of Contents

Central Region

 

(in thousands)    2013     2012     Variance  

Total revenue

   $ 329,621      $ 302,113      $ 27,508         9.1

Operating income

     39,246        37,560        1,686         4.5

Operating margin

     11.9     12.4     

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 72,918      $ 65,767      $ 7,151         10.9

Revenue in the Central region increased $27.5 million in 2013 due to an $8.1 million increase in product revenue and a $19.4 million increase in service revenue, which is primarily paving and related services, but also includes certain other revenues earned.

The acquisition of the Lafarge assets in and around Wichita, Kansas contributed to the increases in aggregates, ready-mixed concrete and asphalt volumes. Asphalt prices decreased 1.9% from 2012 due to a concentration of higher grade asphalt mixes in 2012, which commanded a higher price due to higher material input cost. Cement volumes decreased 4.1% with a 3.4% price increase. Price and volume variances across the Central region’s products increased revenue by $6.4 million and $10.2 million in 2013, respectively. The remaining revenue increase in 2013 was primarily due to paving and related projects.

The Central region’s percent changes in sales volumes and pricing from 2012 to 2013 were as follows:

 

     Percentage
Change in
 
     Volume     Average
Selling
Price
 

Aggregate

     7.9     5.5

Cement

     (4.1 %)      3.4

Ready-mixed concrete

     5.6     1.0

Asphalt

     25.9     (1.9 %) 

As a vertically-integrated company, we include intercompany sales from materials to products and from products to services when assessing the operating results of our business. These intercompany transactions are eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. Prior to eliminations, the net effect of the volume and pricing changes on revenue was approximately $6.9 million and $4.3 million, respectively. The $21.7 million increase in paving and related services was driven by increased demand for our services in Kansas. Revenue changes by product/service were as follows:

 

(in thousands)    2013     2012      Variance  

Revenue by product:*

       

Aggregates

   $ 72,130      $ 67,895       $ 4,235   

Cement

     76,211        77,676         (1,465

Ready-mixed concrete

     51,098        47,959         3,139   

Asphalt

     28,004        22,697         5,307   

Paving and related services

     102,542        80,882         21,660   

Other

     (364     5,004         (5,368
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 329,621        302,113       $ 27,508   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Revenue by product includes intracompany sales transferred at market value. The elimination of intracompany transactions is included in Other.

 

85


Table of Contents

In 2013, the Central region’s operating income increased $1.6 million and Adjusted EBITDA increased $7.2 million as a result of increased revenue, partially offset by a 50 basis point decrease in operating margin. The decrease in operating margin was primarily attributable to the following:

 

Operating margin — 2012

     12.4

2013 charge to remove barge from waterway(1)

     (0.2 )% 

Other

     (0.3 )% 
  

 

 

 

Operating margin — 2013

     11.9
  

 

 

 

 

(1) A $0.8 million charge was recognized in 2013 to remove a sunken barge from the Mississippi River.

In addition to the items discussed above, approximately $1.5 million of the improvement in Adjusted EBITDA was attributable to a reduction in the loss on debt financings allocated to the Central region.

East Region

 

(in thousands)    2013     2012     Variance  

Total revenue

   $ 160,385      $ 139,219      $ 21,166        15.2

Operating loss

     (14,207     (245     (13,962     5,698.8

Operating margin

     (8.9 )%      (0.2 )%     

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 15,134      $ 10,782      $ 4,352        40.4

Revenue in the East region increased $21.1 million in 2013 due to a $2.9 million increase in product revenue and an $18.2 million increase in service revenue, which is primarily paving and related services, but also includes certain other revenues earned.

The East region’s percent changes in sales volumes and pricing from 2012 to 2013 were as follows:

 

     Percentage
Change in
 
     Volume     Average
Selling
Price
 

Aggregate

     1.2     8.0

Asphalt

     9.3     (1.4 %) 

As a vertically-integrated company, we include intercompany sales from materials to products and from products to services when assessing the operating results of our business. These intercompany transactions are eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. Prior to eliminations, the net effect of the volume and pricing changes on revenue was approximately $4.6 million and $2.3 million, respectively. The $21.1 million increase in paving and related services was driven by increased demand for our services in Kentucky. Revenue changes by product/service were as follows:

 

(in thousands)    2013     2012     Variance  

Revenue by product:*

      

Aggregates

   $ 40,244      $ 37,687      $ 2,557   

Asphalt

     50,536        46,190        4,346   

Paving and related services

     116,108        95,039        21,069   

Other

     (46,503     (39,697     (6,806
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 160,385        139,219      $ 21,166   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

86


Table of Contents

 

* Revenue by product includes intracompany sales transferred at market value. The elimination of intracompany transactions is included in Other.

In 2013, the East region’s operating loss increased $14.0 million and Adjusted EBITDA increased $4.4 million as a result of a decrease in operating margin from (0.2)% in 2012 to (8.9)% in 2013. The decrease in operating margin was primarily attributable to the following:

 

Operating margin — 2012

     (0.2 )% 

Goodwill impairment(1)

     (9.3 )% 

Other(2)

     0.6
  

 

 

 

Operating margin – 2013

     (8.9 )% 
  

 

 

 

 

(1) In 2013, we recognized a $14.9 million goodwill impairment charge from a decline in the estimated fair value of the reporting unit caused by uncertainties in the timing of a sustained recovery in the Kentucky construction market.
(2) In 2013, we implemented various cost savings initiatives, including headcount reductions of approximately 60 salaried employees. We intend to continue to reduce operating costs with the objective of generating operating income in the East region. The goodwill impairment charge of $14.9 million is not expected to reoccur and, absent that charge, the operating loss in 2013 would have been operating income.

In addition to the items discussed above, approximately $2.4 million of the improvement in Adjusted EBITDA was attributable to a reduction in the loss on debt financings allocated to the East region.

Fiscal Year 2012 Compared to 2011

 

(in thousands)    2012     2011     Variance  

Total revenue

   $ 926,254      $ 789,076      $ 137,178        17.4

Operating income

     15,415        25,099        (9,684     (38.6 )% 

Operating margin

     1.7     3.2    

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 75,418      $ 107,720      $ (32,302     (30.0 )% 

Revenue in 2012 increased to $926.3 million compared to $789.1 million in 2011. Of the total $137.2 million increase in revenue, $161.3 million resulted from increased product revenue, partially offset by a $24.1 million decrease in service revenue, primarily in our Utah, Texas and Kentucky operations as we completed certain low-margin projects from 2011 and began exiting certain construction services. Detail of consolidated percent changes in sales volumes and pricing from 2011 to 2012 were as follows:

 

     Percentage Change in  
     Volume     Average
Selling
Price
 

Aggregates

     20.8     3.9

Cement

     18.0     (2.2 %) 

Ready-mixed concrete

     13.7     5.9

Asphalt

     11.8     10.7

Volume increased among all of our product lines, primarily driven by acquisitions. Cement volumes increased 18.0%, driven by an increase in large-volume customers, which also contributed to the 2.2% decrease pricing.

 

87


Table of Contents

As a vertically-integrated company, we include intercompany sales from materials to products and from products to services when assessing the operating results of our business. These intercompany transactions are eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. Prior to eliminations, the net effect of the volume and pricing changes on revenue was approximately $82.6 million and $33.9 million, respectively. Revenue for paving and related services increased by $40.3 million, on a gross basis before intracompany transactions were eliminated, but, as discussed above, total service revenue decreased $24.1 million primarily as a result of decreased demand for our services in Utah, Texas and Kentucky. Revenue changes by product/service were as follows:

 

(in thousands)    2012     2011     Variance  

Revenue by product:*

      

Aggregates

   $ 146,991      $ 116,082      $ 30,909   

Cement

     77,676        69,664        8,012   

Ready-mixed concrete

     100,941        94,302        6,639   

Asphalt

     242,458        182,952        59,506   

Paving and related services

     505,189        464,866        40,323   

Other

     (147,001     (138,790     (8,211
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 926,254        789,076      $ 137,178   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Revenue by product includes intracompany sales transferred at market value. The elimination of intracompany transactions is included in Other.

In 2012, operating income decreased $9.7 million and Adjusted EBITDA decreased $32.3 million. Operating margin decreased 150 basis points from 2011. The decrease in operating margin was primarily attributable to the following:

 

Operating margin – 2011

     3.2

2012 loss on indemnification agreement(1)

     (0.7 )% 

2011 landfill closure gain(2)

     (0.4 )% 

Transaction costs(3)

     0.8

Other(4)

     (1.2 )% 
  

 

 

 

Operating margin – 2012

     1.7
  

 

 

 

 

(1) In 2012, we recognized a $8.0 million loss on an indemnification agreement, compared to $1.9 million in 2011.
(2) In 2011, we recognized a $3.4 million gain on the asset reclamation obligation for a landfill in Kansas as a result of revisions to landfill closure plans.
(3) Transaction costs decreased $7.1 million in 2012 compared to 2011 due to a decrease in acquisition activity. We closed eight acquisitions in 2011 with an average purchase price of $23.6 million compared to three in 2012 for an average purchase price of $19.8 million.
(4) Operating income was affected by cost overruns on various projects that were not material individually, or in the aggregate.

In addition to the items discussed above, Adjusted EBITDA was affected by:

 

    A $9.5 million loss associated with the January 2012 financing transactions.

 

    In 2011, we recognized $12.1 million of bargain purchase gains on certain acquisitions in the West region. The amount of the bargain purchase gains are equal to the amount by which the fair value of net assets acquired exceeded the consideration transferred. We believe that the resulting bargain purchase gains are reasonable as the sellers were highly motivated.

 

88


Table of Contents
    In 2011, we recognized a $10.3 million favorable fair value adjustment on contingent consideration, compared to $0.4 million in 2012. The $10.3 million adjustment in 2011 was due primarily to revised estimates of the probability of achieving the specified targets that would require contingent payments related to certain acquisitions.

As a result of the contract escalation clauses and effective use of the firm purchase commitments discussed above, commodity prices did not have a material effect on our results of operations in 2012, as compared to 2011.

Other Financial Information

Other Income, Net

Other income decreased to $1.2 million in 2012 from $21.2 million in 2011. Included in other income in 2011 were $12.1 million of bargain purchase gains on certain acquisitions in the West region and a $10.3 million gain from fair value adjustments to contingent consideration, compared to a $0.4 million fair value adjustment in 2012.

Loss on Debt Refinancing

We refinanced our long-term debt and accrued interest in January 2012 resulting in a $9.5 million charge, which was accounted for as a partial extinguishment. We did not refinance our long-term debt in 2011.

Interest Expense

Interest expense increased $10.3 million, or 21.5%, to $58.1 million in 2012 compared to $47.8 million in 2011. The increase in our interest expense reflects an increase in our average debt. Our debt, without giving effect to original issuance discount, increased to $648.0 million at December 29, 2012 from $609.0 million at December 31, 2011. In addition, although our outstanding borrowings on our revolver were zero at year-end 2012, we carried an average balance of $36.7 million during 2012. The additional borrowings were primarily used to fund acquisitions ($48.8 million) and seasonal working capital requirements.

Discontinued Operations

The results of our discontinued operations have been removed from the results of continuing operations for all periods presented. Revenue from these discontinued operations was $50.2 million and $49.5 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively. The loss from discontinued operations, inclusive of an immaterial gain on the sale in 2012, was $3.5 million and $5.2 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Segment Results of Operations

West Region

 

(in thousands)    2012     2011     Variance  

Total revenue

   $ 484,922      $ 362,577      $ 122,345        33.7

Operating loss

     (6,625     (455     (6,170     (1,356.0 )% 

Operating margin

     (1.4 )%      (0.1 )%     

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 14,429      $ 36,442      $ (22,013     (60.4 )% 

 

89


Table of Contents

Revenue in the West region increased $122.3 million, or 33.7%. The majority of the increase is due to a full year of revenue from the six acquisitions that expanded our presence in Utah, Texas and Colorado in 2011. Incremental revenue from businesses acquired in 2011 totaled $147.4 million in 2012. These increases were partially offset by volume declines in the Utah market. The West region’s percent changes in sales volumes and pricing from 2011 to 2012 were as follows:

 

     Percentage Change in  
     Volume     Average
Selling
Price
 

Aggregates

     22.7     5.6

Ready-mixed concrete

     4.9     6.2

Asphalt

     25.5     7.8

Volume and pricing increased among all of our product lines primarily due to the inclusion of a full year of operations from our 2011 acquisitions and from incremental revenue from our 2012 acquisition.

As a vertically-integrated company, we include intercompany sales from materials to products and from products to services when assessing the operating results of our business. These intercompany transactions are eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. Prior to eliminations, the net effect of the volume and pricing changes on revenue was approximately $55.9 million and $19.4 million, respectively. Revenue for paving and related services increased by $89.2 million primarily as a result of the acquisitions in Austin, Texas, offset by declines in our existing operations in Utah and Texas. Revenue changes by product/service were as follows:

 

(in thousands)    2012     2011     Variance  

Revenue by product:*

      

Aggregates

   $ 41,409      $ 30,900      $ 10,509   

Ready-mixed concrete

     52,982        46,506        6,476   

Asphalt

     173,571        115,301        58,270   

Paving and related services

     329,268        240,067        89,201   

Other

     (112,308     (70,197     (42,111
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 484,922        362,577      $ 122,345   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Revenue by product includes intracompany sales transferred at market value. The elimination of intracompany transactions is included in Other.

In 2012, operating income decreased $6.2 million and Adjusted EBITDA decreased $22.0 million as a result of a 130 basis point decrease in operating margin from 2011. The decrease in operating margin was primarily attributable to the following:

 

Operating margin – 2011

     (0.1 )% 

2012 loss on indemnification agreement(1)

     (1.3 )% 

Transaction costs(2)

     0.8

Other(3)

     (0.8 )% 
  

 

 

 

Operating margin – 2012

     (1.4 )% 
  

 

 

 

 

(1) In 2012, we recognized a $8.0 million loss on an indemnification agreement, compared to $1.9 million in 2011.
(2) Transaction costs decreased $3.9 million in 2012 compared to 2011 due to a decrease in acquisition activity in the region.

 

90


Table of Contents
(3) The reduction in depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion, as a percentage of revenue, contributed a 0.8% increase in operating margin 2012. In 2012, a significant portion of our revenue growth was attributable to acquisitions, which exceeded the percentage increase in depreciation expense recognized from the acquisitions. As a result, depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion, as a percentage of revenue, decreased from 2011 despite an overall increase in depreciable assets.

In addition to the items discussed above, Adjusted EBITDA was affected by:

 

    Approximately $3.3 million attributable to the loss allocated to the West region associated with the January 2012 financing transactions.

 

    In 2011, we recognized $12.1 million of bargain purchase gains on certain acquisitions in the West region. The amount of the bargain purchase gains are equal to the amount by which the fair value of net assets acquired exceeded the consideration transferred. We believe that the resulting bargain purchase gains are reasonable as the sellers were highly motivated.

 

    In 2011, we recognized a $5.0 million favorable fair value adjustment on contingent consideration, compared to $0.4 million in 2012. The $5.0 million adjustment in 2011 was due primarily to revised estimates of the probability of achieving the specified targets that would require the payment of contingent consideration related to certain acquisitions.

Central Region

 

(in thousands)    2012     2011     Variance  

Total revenue

   $ 302,113      $ 264,008      $ 38,105        14.4

Operating income

     37,560        38,105        (545     (1.4 )% 

Operating margin

     12.4     14.4    

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 65,767      $ 65,651      $ 116        0.2

Revenue in the Central region increased $38.1 million, or 14.4%, in 2012 to $302.1 million compared to $264.0 million in 2011 due to acquisitions and a $15.4 million increase in cement sales, driven by an 18% increase in cement volumes. Revenue from businesses acquired in 2012 totaled $23.3 million and the incremental revenue in 2012 from businesses acquired in 2011 was $1.5 million. The Central region’s percent changes in sales volumes and pricing from 2011 to 2012 were as follows:

 

     Percentage Change in  
     Volume     Average
Selling
Price
 

Aggregates

     35.6     4.6

Cement

     18.0     (2.2 %) 

Ready-mixed concrete

     24.9     5.7

Asphalt

     (30.0 )%      10.4

Aggregate revenue increased $19.6 million in 2012 due to a volume and pricing increase of 35.6% and 4.6%, respectively.

 

91


Table of Contents

As a vertically-integrated company, we include intercompany sales from materials to products and from products to services when assessing the operating results of our business. These intercompany transactions are eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. Prior to eliminations, the net effect of the volume and pricing changes on revenue was approximately $27.3 million and $5.3 million, respectively. Revenue for paving and related services decreased by $10.5 million primarily as a result of public infrastructure projects in Kansas moving to areas of the state in which we do not have operations. Revenue changes by product/service were as follows:

 

(in thousands)    2012      2011     Variance  

Revenue by product:*

       

Aggregates

   $ 67,895       $ 48,263      $ 19,632   

Cement

     77,676         69,664        8,012   

Ready-mixed concrete

     47,959         36,356        11,603   

Asphalt

     22,697         29,379        (6,682

Paving and related services

     80,882         91,336        (10,454

Other

     5,004         (10,990     15,994   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 302,113         264,008      $ 38,105   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Revenue by product includes intracompany sales transferred at market value. The elimination of intracompany transactions is included in Other.

In 2012, operating income decreased $0.5 million and Adjusted EBITDA increased $0.1 million as a result of a 200 basis point decrease in operating margin from 2011. The decrease in operating margin was primarily attributable to the following:

 

Operating margin – 2011

     14.4

2011 Landfill closure gain(1)

     (1.1 )% 

Other

     (0.9 )% 
  

 

 

 

Operating margin – 2012

     12.4
  

 

 

 

 

(1) In 2011, we recognized a $3.4 million gain on the asset reclamation obligation for a landfill in Kansas as a result of revisions to landfill closure plans.

In addition to the items discussed above, Adjusted EBITDA was affected by approximately $2.1 million attributable to the loss allocated to the Central region associated with the January 2012 financing transactions.

East Region

 

(in thousands)    2012     2011     Variance  

Total revenue

   $ 139,219      $ 162,491      $ (23,272     (14.3 )% 

Operating (loss) income

     (245     2,687        (2,932     (109.1 )% 

Operating margin

     (0.2 )%      1.7    

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 10,782      $ 15,504      $ (4,722     (30.5 )% 

Our East region’s revenue decreased $23.3 million from $162.5 million in 2011 to $139.2 million in 2012 due to a decline in paving and related activities in Kentucky. The East region’s percent changes in sales volumes and pricing from 2011 to 2012 were as follows:

 

     Percentage Change in  
     Volume     Average
Selling
Price
 

Aggregates

     0.5     0.9

Asphalt

     (1.9 )%      23.0

 

92


Table of Contents

The increase in asphalt revenue of $7.9 million was impacted by a 23.0% increase in pricing, offset by a 1.9% decline in volumes.

As a vertically-integrated company, we include intercompany sales from materials to products and from products to services when assessing the operating results of our business. These intercompany transactions are eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. Prior to eliminations, the net effect of the volume and pricing changes on revenue was approximately ($0.5) million and $9.2 million, respectively. Revenue for paving and related services decreased by $38.4 million primarily as a result of decreased demand for our products in Kentucky. Revenue changes by product/service were as follows:

 

(in thousands)    2012     2011     Variance  

Revenue by product:*

      

Aggregates

   $ 37,687      $ 36,919      $ 768   

Asphalt

     46,190        38,272        7,918   

Paving and related services

     95,039        133,463        (38,424

Other

     (39,697     (46,163     17,906   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 139,219        162,491      $ (23,272
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Revenue by product includes intracompany sales transferred at market value. The elimination of intracompany transactions is included in Other.

In 2012, operating (loss) income decreased $2.9 million and Adjusted EBITDA decreased $4.7 million as a result of a 190 basis point decrease in operating margin from 2011. The decrease in operating margin was primarily attributable to the following:

 

Operating margin – 2011

     1.7

Various immaterial items(1)

     (1.9 )% 
  

 

 

 

Operating margin – 2012

     (0.2 )% 
  

 

 

 

 

(1) Operating income was affected by cost overruns on various projects that were not material individually, or in the aggregate.

In addition to the items discussed above, Adjusted EBITDA was affected by:

 

    Approximately $3.7 million attributable to the loss allocated to the East region associated with the January 2012 financing transactions.

 

    In 2011, we recognized a $5.3 million favorable fair value adjustment on contingent consideration due primarily to revised estimates of the probability of achieving the specified targets that would require contingent payments related to certain acquisitions.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our primary sources of liquidity include cash on-hand, cash provided by our operations and amounts available for borrowing under our credit facilities. As of September 27, 2014, we had $6.7 million in cash and working capital of $109.8 million as compared to cash and working capital of $14.9 million and $58.4 million, respectively, at December 28, 2013. Working capital is calculated as current assets less current liabilities. There were no restricted cash balances as of September 27, 2014 or December 28, 2013. Our remaining borrowing capacity on our senior secured revolving credit facility as of September 27, 2014 was $102.7 million, which is net of $23.3 million of outstanding letters of credit, and is fully available to us within the terms and covenant requirements of our credit agreement.

 

93


Table of Contents

Given the seasonality of our business, we typically experience significant fluctuations in working capital needs and balances throughout the year. Our working capital requirements generally increase during the first half of the year as we build up inventory and focus on repair and maintenance and other set-up costs for the upcoming season. Working capital levels then decrease as the construction season winds down and we enter the winter months, which is when we see significant inflows of cash from the collection of receivables. For example, net cash provided by operating activities in the nine months ended September 28, 2013 was $0.1 million, compared to full year 2013 net cash provided by operating activities of $66.4 million. Net cash used for operating activities in the nine months ended September 27, 2014 was $11.4 million.

We believe we have access to sufficient financial resources from our liquidity sources to fund our business and operations, including contractual obligations, capital expenditures and debt service obligations, for at least the next twelve months. Our growth strategy contemplates future acquisitions for which we believe we have sufficient access to capital. As of September 27, 2014, we had approximately $330.6 million of funding commitments outstanding from our equity sponsors. We do not expect outstanding equity funding commitments will be available to us after consummation of this offering.

Our Long-Term Debt

Please refer to the notes to the consolidated financial statements found elsewhere in this prospectus for detailed information regarding our long-term debt and senior secured revolving credit facility, scheduled maturities of long-term debt and affirmative and negative covenants. Among other things, we are required to maintain a consolidated first lien net leverage ratio that is no greater than 4.50 to 1.00 for the period from July 1, 2014 through June 30, 2015, and 4.25 to 1.00 thereafter. Our first lien net leverage ratio, for purposes of the senior secured credit facility, is calculated following each quarter and is based on information for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial information is available by dividing our consolidated first lien net debt as of the end of such period by our consolidated EBITDA for such period. Consolidated EBITDA for purposes of our senior secured credit facility is calculated in accordance with our presentation of Further Adjusted EBITDA below.

For the twelve months ended September 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013 our consolidated first lien net leverage ratio was 2.36 to 1.00 and 3.43 to 1.00, respectively, based on consolidated first lien net debt of $462.7 million and $440.6 million as of September 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013 respectively, divided by Further Adjusted EBITDA of $196.4 million and $128.5 million for the twelve months ended September 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, respectively. As of September 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, we were in compliance with all debt covenants.

Based on our preliminary financial results for the fiscal year ended December 27, 2014, we expect our consolidated first lien net leverage ratio to be between                  to 1.00 and                  to 1.00, based on consolidated first lien net debt of $                 million, divided by Further Adjusted EBITDA of between $                 million and $                 million. Based on our preliminary financial results, as of December 27, 2014, we were in compliance with all debt covenants.

 

94


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA and Further Adjusted EBITDA for the periods indicated. Adjusted EBITDA and Further Adjusted EBITDA are not U.S. GAAP measures and should not be considered in isolation, or as a substitute for our results as reported under U.S. GAAP.

 

(in thousands)   Year Ended
December 27,
2014(a)
    Twelve Months
Ended September 27,
2014(b)
    Nine Months Ended
September 27,
2014
    Nine Months Ended
September 28,
2013
    Year Ended
December 28,
2013
 
    Low     High                          

Net loss

  $                   $                   $ (81,212   $ (10,750   $ (33,217   $ (103,679

Interest expense

        76,618        62,555        42,380        56,443   

Income tax benefit

        (3,363     (2,498     (1,782     (2,647

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

        81,479        63,302        54,040        72,217   

Accretion

        828        648        537        717   

Goodwill impairment

        68,202        —          —          68,202   

Discontinued operations(c)

        (85     (356     257        528   

Adjusted EBITDA

  $        $        $ 142,467        112,901      $ 62,215      $ 91,781   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition transaction expenses(d)

        8,552          3,175        3,990   

Management fees and expenses(e)

        3,908        3,255        1,967        2,620   

Strategic fees and initiatives(f)

        1,487        278        2,678        3,887   

Non-cash compensation(g)

        2,319        1,746        1,742        2,315   

Loss on disposal and impairment of fixed assets(h)

        4,677        (34     7,708        12,419   

Severance and relocation costs

        1,461        749        2,043        2,755   

Other(i)

        (433     438        11,001        10,130   

EBITDA for certain completed acquisitions(j)

        31,418        18,012        (15,002     (1,596
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Further Adjusted EBITDA

  $        $        $ 196,370      $ 145,082      $ 77,163      $ 128,451   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) The data presented with respect to the fiscal year ended December 27, 2014 reflects our preliminary financial results based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, is not a comprehensive statement of our financial results for the fiscal year ended December 27, 2014 and has not been audited or reviewed by our independent registered public accounting firm. Our actual results may differ materially from this preliminary data. During the course of the preparation of our financial statements and related notes, additional adjustments to the preliminary financial information presented below may be identified. Any such adjustments may be material. See “Summary—Recent Developments.”
(b) The statement of operations data for the twelve months ended September 27, 2014, which are unaudited, have been calculated by subtracting the data for the nine months ended September 28, 2013 from the data for the year ended December 28, 2013, and adding the data for the nine months ended September 27, 2014. This presentation is not in accordance with U.S. GAAP. However, we use trailing four quarter financial data to test compliance with covenants under our senior secured credit facilities.
(c) Represents certain concrete paving operations and railroad construction and repair operations that we have exited.
(d) Represents the transaction expenses associated with past acquisitions and potential acquisitions, consisting primarily of accounting, legal, valuation and financial advisory fees for the acquisitions that were completed in the periods presented.
(e) Represents certain fees paid and expenses reimbursed to affiliates of our Sponsors. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Transaction and Management Fee Agreement.”
(f) Represents incurred “costs of” strategic initiatives we put in place, including costs incurred for finance effectiveness improvements and information technology start-up costs. We cannot assure you that we will achieve the synergies that we anticipate achieving in connection with these strategic initiatives.
(g) Represents non-cash equity-based compensation granted to executives and other members of senior management.
(h) Represents the loss recognized on assets disposed, net of gains realized on asset sales.
(i) Includes non-recurring or one time income and expense that was incurred outside normal operating activities.

 

95


Table of Contents
(j) In the case of the year ended December 27, 2014, represents EBITDA for the period from December 29, 2013 to the respective dates of acquisition for the Alleyton, Troy Vines, Buckhorn Materials, Canyon Redi-Mix, Mainland, Southwest Ready Mix, Colorado County S&G and Concrete Supply acquisitions. In the case of other periods presented, represents the EBITDA for the period from September 29, 2013 to the respective dates of acquisition for the Alleyton, Troy Vines, Buckhorn Materials, Canyon Redi-Mix, Mainland and Southwest Ready Mix acquisitions and does not reflect the EBITDA estimated to have been generated by Colorado County S&G or Concrete Supply because these acquisitions were completed after September 27, 2014.

At September 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, $1,041.7 million and $695.9 million, respectively, of total debt, without giving effect to original issuance discount or premium, were outstanding under our respective debt agreements. Summit Materials, LLC and its indirect wholly-owned subsidiary, Summit Materials Finance Corp. (together, the “Issuers”), have issued $625.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10  1 2 % senior notes due January 31, 2020 under an indenture dated as of January 30, 2012 (as amended and supplemented, the “Indenture”). We initially issued $250.0 million of senior notes on January 30, 2012. We issued an additional $260.0 million and $115.0 million of senior notes on January 17, 2014 and September 8, 2014 at a premium over their par value, receiving proceeds of $409.3 million, before payment of fees and expenses. The proceeds from the January and September 2014 issuances were used for the purchase of Alleyton and Mainland, to make payments on the senior secured revolving credit facility and for general corporate purposes.

In addition to the senior notes, Summit Materials, LLC’s senior secured credit facilities provide for term loans in an aggregate amount of $422.0 million and credit commitments under the senior secured revolving credit facility in an aggregate amount of $150.0 million. Summit Materials’ domestic wholly-owned subsidiary companies and its non wholly-owned subsidiary, Continental Cement, are named as guarantors of the senior notes and the senior secured credit facilities. Certain other partially-owned subsidiaries, including a subsidiary of Continental Cement, and the Canadian subsidiary, Mainland, do not guarantee the senior notes. Summit Materials, LLC has pledged substantially all of its assets as collateral for the senior secured credit facilities.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our net cash used for or provided by operating, investing and financing activities and our capital expenditures for the periods indicated:

 

     Nine months ended     Year ended  
(in thousands)    September 27,
2014
    September 28,
2013
    December 28,
2013
    December 29,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

Net cash (used for) provided by

          

Operating activities

   $  (10,836   $ 123      $ 66,412      $ 62,279      $ 23,253   

Investing activities

     (405,853     (105,930     (111,515     (85,340     (192,331

Financing activities

     408,501        97,583        32,589        7,702        146,775   

Cash paid for capital expenditures

   $ (64,244   $ (53,659   $ (65,999   $ (45,488   $ (38,656

Operating Activities

During the nine months ended September 27, 2014, cash used in operating activities was $10.8 million primarily as a result of:

 

    Net loss of $10.8 million, adjusted for $69.0 million of non-cash expenses, including $68.0 million of depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion.

 

    An increase in accounts receivable and costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings of $69.5 million. In conjunction with the seasonality of our business, the majority of our sales occur in the spring, summer and fall and we typically incur an increase in accounts receivable (net billed and unbilled) during the second and third quarters of each year. This amount is typically converted to cash in the fourth and first quarters.

 

96


Table of Contents
    Additional investment in inventory of $3.8 million consistent with the seasonality of our business for which our inventory levels typically decrease in the fourth quarter in preparation for the winter slowdown and are then increased during the second quarter in preparation for the increased sales volumes in the spring and summer.

 

    The timing of payments associated with accounts payable and accrued expenses utilized $12.0 million of cash in conjunction with the build-up of inventory levels and incurrence of repairs and maintenance costs to ready the business for increased sales volumes in the summer and fall. In addition, we made $59.2 million of interest payments in the nine months ended September 27, 2014.

During the nine months ended September 28, 2013, cash provided by operating activities was $0.1 million primarily as a result of:

 

    Net loss of $33.2 million, adjusted for $69.0 million of non-cash expenses, including $56.8 million of depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion and $7.7 million of losses on asset dispositions.

 

    An increase in accounts receivable and costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings of $40.6 million and a decrease in billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings of $2.4 million consistent with the seasonality of our business.

 

    The timing of payments associated with accounts payable and accrued expenses provided $9.9 million of cash in conjunction with the build-up of inventory levels and incurrence of repairs and maintenance. These cash inflows were affected by increased interest payments. In the nine months ended September 28, 2013, we made interest payments of $45.6 million.

During the year ended December 28, 2013, cash provided by operating activities was $66.4 million primarily as a result of:

 

    Net loss of $106.8 million, adjusted for non-cash expenses, including $75.9 million of depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion, a $68.2 million goodwill impairment charge and $12.4 million from net losses on asset disposals.

 

    Collection of accounts receivable providing $9.9 million of additional cash in 2013 due to an increased focus on processing billings and collecting on outstanding receivables.

During the year ended December 29, 2012, cash provided by operating activities was $62.3 million primarily as a result of:

 

    Net loss of $52.5 million, adjusted for non-cash expenses, including $72.2 million of depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion, which increased in 2012 in connection with our 2011 and 2012 acquisitions, and a $9.5 million loss on our January 2012 debt refinancing.

 

    Collection of accounts receivable and costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings providing $12.1 million of additional cash in 2012 due to an increased focus on processing billings and collecting on outstanding receivables.

 

    Reduced payments of accounts payable and accrued expenses providing additional cash from operations, on a net basis, of $11.1 million in 2012 due primarily to a $16.0 million increase in accrued interest. Our December 2012 payment was accrued at year-end 2012 and paid in the first quarter of 2013.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, cash provided by operating activities was $23.3 million primarily as a result of:

 

    Net loss of $10.7 million, adjusted for non-cash expenses, including $65.0 million of depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion, a $12.1 million bargain purchase gain and a $10.3 million gain on the revaluation of contingent consideration.

 

97


Table of Contents
    Collection of accounts receivable and costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings providing $13.3 million of additional cash in 2011 due to an increased focus on timely billings and cash collections as compared to the legacy processes of the businesses acquired in 2010.

 

    Inventory utilizing $12.6 million of cash in 2011 as we increased our inventory balances to support the growth in business activities (revenue increased 94.7% from 2010 to 2011).

 

    Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings utilizing $8.2 million of cash in 2011 due to certain contracts that were completed in 2011.

Investing Activities

During the nine months ended September 27, 2014, cash used for investing activities was $405.9 million, $351.9 million of which related to the 2014 acquisitions of Alleyton, Troy Vines, Buckhorn Materials, Southwest Ready Mix, Colorado Country S&G and Mainland. In addition, we invested $64.2 million in capital expenditures, offset by $9.6 million of proceeds from asset sales, primarily equipment.

During the nine month period ended September 28, 2013, cash used for investing activities was $105.9 million, $60.9 million of which related to the April 1, 2013 acquisitions of certain assets of Lafarge in and around Wichita, Kansas and all of the membership interests of Westroc. In addition, we invested $53.7 million in capital expenditures, offset by $8.6 million of proceeds from asset sales, primarily equipment.

During the year ended December 28, 2013, cash used for investing activities was $111.5 million, $61.6 million of which was used for the April 1, 2013 acquisitions of certain Lafarge assets in and around Wichita, Kansas and all of the membership interests of Westroc near Salt Lake City, Utah. In addition, we invested $66.0 million in capital expenditures, offset by $16.1 million of proceeds from asset sales. Approximately $25.6 million of the capital expenditures were invested in our cement business in Hannibal, Missouri, for continued development of an underground mine ($15.3 million), a cement terminal expansion to store additional cement in St. Louis, Missouri ($2.8 million), as well as improvements made to our cement plant during the scheduled shutdowns. We also invested $6.4 million in a new hot mix asphalt plant in Austin, Texas.

During the year ended 2012, cash used for investing activities was $85.3 million. We paid $48.8 million for three acquisitions, which expanded our presence in certain of our existing markets and $45.5 million for capital expenditures. Approximately half of our 2012 capital expenditures were to replace or maintain equipment and the remaining portion reflects capital investments in the business, the most significant of which is the development of an underground mine at our cement plant. We spent $5.0 million on the underground mine development in 2012.

During the year ended 2011, cash used for investing activities was $192.3 million. We paid $161.1 million for eight acquisitions and $38.7 million for capital expenditures. Six of the eight acquisitions were in the West region through which we entered the western Colorado and Austin, Texas markets as well as expanded our presence in Utah and Idaho.

Financing Activities

During the nine months ended September 27, 2014, cash provided by financing activities was $408.5 million, which was primarily composed of $398.9 million of net borrowings on debt. We issued $375.0 million of senior notes in 2014 at a premium, receiving $409.3 million of aggregate proceeds. The funds from the borrowings were primarily used to purchase Alleyton and Mainland, make payments on the revolving credit facility and for general corporate purposes. In addition, we received equity contributions of $24.4 million and made $5.8 million of payments on our acquisition related liabilities in the nine months ended September 27, 2014.

 

98


Table of Contents

During the nine months ended September 28, 2013, cash provided by financing activities was $97.6 million, which was primarily composed of $105.8 million net borrowings on the senior secured credit facilities, including proceeds from the February 2013 repricing transaction, through which our outstanding borrowings increased $25.0 million. Approximately $60.9 million of the funds from the borrowings were used on April 1, 2013 to purchase certain assets of Lafarge in and around Wichita, Kansas and of Westroc near Salt Lake City, Utah. The remaining funds have been used to fund seasonal working capital fluctuations. In addition, we made $4.9 million of payments on our acquisition-related liabilities in the nine months ended September 28, 2013.

During the year ended 2013, cash provided by financing activities was $32.6 million, which was primarily composed of $42.4 million in net borrowings on the Revolver and proceeds from the February 2013 repricing transaction, through which our outstanding borrowings increased $25.0 million. Approximately $61.6 million of the funds from the borrowings were used on April 1, 2013 to purchase certain assets of Lafarge in and around Wichita, Kansas and all of the membership interests in Westroc. The remaining funds have been used for seasonal working capital requirements. In addition, we made $9.8 million of payments on our acquisition-related liabilities in 2013.

During the year ended 2012, cash provided by financing activities was $7.7 million, which is primarily composed of $16.5 million of proceeds from the January 2012 financing transactions, offset by $7.5 million of payments on our acquisition-related liabilities.

During the year ended 2011, cash provided by financing activities was $146.8 million. The $103.6 million capital contributions from our member were used to fund certain acquisitions. The remaining cash provided by financing activities primarily reflects the $47.7 million of net proceeds from new debt issuances, which were also used to fund acquisitions, partially offset by $4.6 million of payments on our acquisition-related liabilities.

Cash Paid for Capital Expenditures

We estimate that we will invest between $80.0 million and $85.0 million in capital expenditures in 2014, which we have funded or expect to fund through cash on hand, cash from operations, outside financing arrangements and available borrowings under our senior secured credit facilities. In 2014, we expect to continue investing in Texas, including approximately $6.0 million on installation of a new sand and gravel processing plant near Houston, Texas and $5.9 million to complete the underground mine at our cement plant, which we expect to provide us with access to over 200 years of proven and probable limestone reserves.

We expended approximately $64.2 million and $66.0 million in the nine months ended September 27, 2014 and the year ended December 28, 2013, respectively. A portion of our 2014 and 2013 capital investment related to the development of an underground mine to extract limestone on our Hannibal, Missouri property where our cement plant is located. We spent $5.0 million and $15.3 million on the underground mine development in the nine months ended September 27, 2014 and the year ended December 28, 2013, respectively.

We expended approximately $45.5 million in capital expenditures in 2012 and $38.7 million in 2011. A significant portion of the increase in capital expenditures in 2012 relates to development of the underground mine for our cement plant. We spent $5.0 million on the underground mine development in 2012 compared to $0.2 million in 2011.

Tax Receivable Agreement

Future exchanges of LP Units for shares of Class A common stock are expected to result in increases in the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Summit Holdings. These increases in tax basis may increase (for tax purposes) depreciation and amortization deductions and therefore reduce the amount of tax that Summit Materials, Inc. would otherwise be required to pay in the future. Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into a tax receivable agreement with the holders of LP Units and certain other indirect pre-IPO owners that

 

99


Table of Contents

provides for the payment by Summit Materials, Inc. to exchanging holders of LP Units of 85% of the benefits, if any, that Summit Materials, Inc. is deemed to realize as a result of (i) these increases in tax basis and (ii) our utilization of certain net operating losses of the Investor Entities and certain other tax benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. The increases in tax basis as a result of an exchange of LP Units for shares of Class A common stock, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the tax receivable agreement, are difficult to accurately estimate as they will vary depending upon a number of factors, including:

 

    the timing of exchanges —for instance, the increase in any tax deductions will vary depending on the fair market value, which may fluctuate over time, of the depreciable or amortizable assets of Summit Holdings at the time of each exchange;

 

    the price of shares of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchange —the increase in any tax deductions, as well as the tax basis increase in other assets, of Summit Holdings, is directly proportional to the price of shares of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchange;

 

    the extent to which such exchanges are taxable —if an exchange is not taxable for any reason, increased deductions will not be available;

 

    the amount of net operating losses —the amount of net operating losses of the Investor Entities at the time of any applicable merger or contribution transaction will impact the amount and timing of payments under the tax receivable agreement; and

 

    the amount and timing of our income —Summit Materials, Inc. will be required to pay 85% of the cash tax savings as and when realized, if any. If Summit Materials, Inc. does not have taxable income, Summit Materials, Inc. is not required (absent a change of control or circumstances requiring an early termination payment) to make payments under the tax receivable agreement for that taxable year because no cash tax savings will have been realized. However, any tax attributes that do not result in realized benefits in a given tax year will likely generate tax attributes that may be utilized to generate benefits in previous or future tax years. The utilization of such tax attributes will result in cash tax savings that will result in payments under the tax receivable agreement.

We anticipate funding payments under the tax receivable agreement from cash flow from operations of our subsidiaries, available cash and available borrowings under our senior secured revolving credit facility.

In addition, the tax receivable agreement provides that upon certain changes of control, Summit Materials, Inc.’s (or its successor’s) obligations would be based on certain assumptions, including that Summit Materials, Inc. would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions arising from tax basis and other tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement. With respect to our obligations under the tax receivable agreement relating to previously exchanged or acquired LP Units and certain net operating losses, we would be required to make a payment equal to the present value (at a discount rate equal to one year LIBOR plus 100 basis points) of the anticipated future tax benefits determined using assumptions (ii) through (v) of the following paragraph.

Furthermore, Summit Materials, Inc. may elect to terminate the tax receivable agreement early by making an immediate payment equal to the present value of the anticipated future cash tax savings. In determining such anticipated future cash tax savings, the tax receivable agreement includes several assumptions, including that (i) any LP Units that have not been exchanged are deemed exchanged for the market value of the shares of Class A common stock at the time of termination, (ii) Summit Materials, Inc. will have sufficient taxable income in each future taxable year to fully realize all potential tax savings, (iii) Summit Materials, Inc. will have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize any remaining net operating losses subject to the tax receivable agreement on a straight line basis over the shorter of the statutory expiration period for such net operating losses or the five-year period after the early termination or change of control, (iv) the tax rates for future years will be those specified in the law as in effect at the time of termination and (v) certain non-amortizable assets are

 

100


Table of Contents

deemed disposed of within specified time periods. In addition, the present value of such anticipated future cash tax savings are discounted at a rate equal to LIBOR plus 100 basis points. Assuming that the market value of a share of Class A common stock were to be equal to an assumed initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock in this offering of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and that LIBOR were to be     %, we estimate that the aggregate amount of these termination payments would be approximately $             if Summit Materials, Inc. were to exercise its termination right immediately following this offering.

As a result of the change in control provisions and the early termination right, Summit Materials, Inc. could be required to make payments under the tax receivable agreement that are greater than or less than the specified percentage of the actual cash tax savings that Summit Materials, Inc. realizes in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement (although any such overpayment would be taken into account in calculating future payments, if any, under the tax receivable agreement) or that are prior to the actual realization, if any, of such future tax benefits. Also, the obligations of Summit Materials, Inc. would be automatically accelerated and be immediately due and payable in the event that Summit Materials, Inc. breaches any of its material obligations under the agreement and in certain events of bankruptcy or liquidation. In these situations, our obligations under the tax receivable agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity.

See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement” for additional details.

Contractual Obligations

The following table presents, as of December 28, 2013, our obligations and commitments to make future payments under contracts and contingent commitments (in thousands). The information below does not give effect to this offering or the use of proceeds therefrom.

 

     Total      2014      2015-2016      2017-2018      Thereafter  

Short term borrowings and long-term debt, including current portion(1)

   $ 695,890       $ 30,220       $ 9,495       $ 7,385       $ 648,790   

Capital lease obligations

     11,001         2,069         4,042         720         4,170   

Operating lease obligations

     18,260         4,034         6,988         4,359         2,879   

Interest payments(2)

     281,096         47,398         99,360         88,099         46,239   

Acquisition-related liabilities

     47,337         10,790         14,254         12,330         9,963   

Royalty payments

     21,937         2,044         4,039         3,480         12,374   

Defined benefit plans(3)

     4,880         972         2,410         1,280         218   

Asset retirement obligation payments

     39,468         1,101         3,239         4,509         30,619   

Other

     9,465         3,088         3,220         3,157         —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations(4)

   $ 1,129,334       $ 101,716       $ 147,047       $ 125,319       $ 755,252   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) We issued an additional $260.0 million and $115.0 million of senior notes due January 2020 on January 17, 2014 and September 8, 2014, respectively. Had these amounts been outstanding at December 28, 2013, total contractual payments on short term borrowings and long-term debt, including current portion, would increase to $1,071 million and payments due after 2018 would increase to $1,024 million.
(2) Future interest payments were calculated using the applicable fixed and floating rates charged by our lenders in effect as of December 28, 2013 and may differ from actual results.
(3) Amounts represent estimated future payments to fund our defined benefit plans.
(4) Any future payouts on the redeemable noncontrolling interest are excluded from total contractual obligations as the expected timing of settlement is not estimable.

 

101


Table of Contents

Commitments and Contingencies

We are party to certain legal actions arising from the ordinary course of business activities. Accruals are recorded when the outcome is probable and can be reasonably estimated. While the ultimate results of claims and litigation cannot be predicted with certainty, management expects that the ultimate resolution of all current pending or threatened claims and litigation will not have a material effect on our consolidated results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

We are obligated under an indemnification agreement entered into with the sellers of Harper Contracting for the sellers’ ownership interests in a joint venture agreement. We have the rights to any benefits under the joint venture as well as the assumption of any obligations, but do not own equity interests in the joint venture. The joint venture has incurred significant losses on a highway project in Utah, which have resulted in requests for funding from the joint venture partners and, ultimately, from us. Through September 27, 2014, we have funded $8.8 million, $4.0 million was funded in 2012 and $4.8 million was funded in 2011. As of September 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, an accrual of $4.3 million was recorded in other noncurrent liabilities for this matter.

In 2013, a dispute with the sellers of Harper Contracting related to the calculation of working capital from the August 2010 acquisition was settled. The working capital dispute was submitted to binding arbitration, the outcome of which resulted in the payment of $1.9 million to the sellers. In addition, various other acquisition-related disputes with the sellers were settled for approximately $0.8 million. The total payments of $2.7 million were made in 2013. There was no material effect to 2013 earnings as a result of these settlements.

In February 2011, we incurred a property loss related to a sunken barge with cement product aboard. In 2013, we recognized $0.8 million of charges for costs to remove the barge from the waterway. As of September 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, we had $0.4 million and $0.9 million, respectively, included in accrued expenses as management’s best estimate of the remaining costs to remove the barge.

We are obligated under various firm purchase commitments for certain raw materials and services that are in the ordinary course of business. The terms of these agreements are generally less than one year. Management does not expect any significant changes in the market value of these goods and services during the commitment period that would have a material adverse effect on the financial position, results of operations or liquidity of the Company.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of September 27, 2014, we had no material off-balance sheet arrangements.

New Accounting Standards

In May 2014, the FASB issued a new accounting standard to improve and converge the financial reporting requirements for revenue from contracts with customers. Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers , prescribes a five-step model for revenue recognition that will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in U.S. GAAP. The ASU will supersede nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under U.S. GAAP and provides that an entity recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. This update also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments, and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. ASU No. 2014-09 allows for either full retrospective or modified retrospective adoption and will become effective for us in the first quarter of 2017. Early adoption is prohibited. Management is currently assessing the effect that the adoption of this standard will have on the consolidated financial statements.

In April 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-08, Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity , which changes the criteria for determining which disposals can be presented as discontinued operations and modifies related disclosure requirements. Under the new guidance, a

 

102


Table of Contents

discontinued operation is defined as a disposal of a component or group of components that is disposed of or is classified as held for sale and “represents a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results.” This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2014, and interim periods within that annual period, with early adoption permitted. We adopted this standard in 2014 with no material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

Emerging Growth Company Status

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the JOBS Act and are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various public company reporting requirements. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Industry and Our Business—Other Risks—As an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, we are permitted to, and intend to, rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements.”

Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act to comply with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards apply to private companies. As an “emerging growth company,” we may elect to delay adoption of new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies until such standards are made applicable to private companies. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of issuers who are required to comply with the effective dates for new or revised accounting standards that are applicable to public companies.

We will remain an “emerging growth company” until the earliest of: (1) the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering; (2) the last day of the first fiscal year during which our annual gross revenues were $1.0 billion or more; (3) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or (4) the end of any fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reported period.

On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates, including those related to the valuation of accounts receivable, inventories, goodwill, intangibles and other long-lived assets, pension and other postretirement obligations, asset retirement obligations and the noncontrolling interest. We base our estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Acquisitions—Purchase Price Allocation

We regularly review strategic long-term plans, including potential investments in value-added acquisitions of related or similar businesses, which would increase our market share and/or are related to our existing markets. When an acquisition is completed, our consolidated statement of operations includes the operating results of the acquired business starting from the date of acquisition, which is the date that control is obtained. The purchase price is determined based on the fair value of assets given to and liabilities assumed from the seller as of the date of acquisition. We allocate the purchase price to the fair values of the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed as valued at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is recorded for the excess of the

 

103


Table of Contents

purchase price over the net of the fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date. The estimation of fair values of acquired assets and assumed liabilities is judgmental and requires various assumptions and the amounts and useful lives assigned to depreciable and amortizable assets compared to amounts assigned to goodwill, which is not amortized, can significantly affect the results of operations in the period of and periods subsequent to a business combination.

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction, and therefore represents an exit price. A fair value measurement assumes the highest and best use of the asset by market participants, considering the use of the asset that is physically possible, legally permissible, and financially feasible at the measurement date. We assign the highest level of fair value available to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the following options:

 

    Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.

 

    Level 2—Observable inputs, other than quoted prices, for similar assets or liabilities in active markets.

 

    Level 3—Unobservable inputs, which includes the use of valuation models.

Level 2 inputs are typically used to estimate the fair value of acquired machinery, equipment and land and assumed liabilities for asset retirement obligations, environmental remediation and compliance obligations and contingencies.

Level 3 inputs are used to estimate the fair value of acquired mineral reserves, mineral interests and separately-identifiable intangible assets.

There is a measurement period after the acquisition date during which we may adjust the amounts recognized for a business combination. Any such adjustments are based on us obtaining additional information that existed at the acquisition date regarding the assets acquired or the liabilities assumed. Measurement period adjustments are generally recorded as increases or decreases to the goodwill recognized in the transaction. Material adjustments are applied retroactively to the date of acquisition and reported retrospectively. The measurement period ends once we have obtained all necessary information that existed as of the acquisition date, but does not extend beyond one year from the date of acquisition. Any adjustments to assets acquired or liabilities assumed beyond the measurement period are recorded in earnings.

We have invested $351.9 million, $61.6 million and $48.8 million in business combinations and allocated this amount to assets acquired and liabilities assumed during the nine months ended September 27, 2014 and the years ended December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, respectively.

Goodwill and Goodwill Impairment

Goodwill is tested annually for impairment and in interim periods if certain events occur indicating that the carrying amounts may be impaired. The evaluation involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions and considerable management judgment. Our judgments regarding the existence of impairment indicators and future cash flows are based on operational performance of our businesses, market conditions and other factors. Although there are inherent uncertainties in this assessment process, the estimates and assumptions we use, including estimates of future cash flows, volumes, market penetration and discount rates, are consistent with our internal planning. The estimated future cash flows are derived from internal operating budgets and forecasts for long-term demand and pricing in our industry and markets. If these estimates or their related assumptions change in the future, we may be required to record an impairment charge on all or a portion of our goodwill. Furthermore, we cannot predict the occurrence of future impairment-triggering events nor the affect such events might have on our reported values. Future events could cause us to conclude that impairment indicators exist and that goodwill associated with our acquired businesses are impaired. Any resulting impairment loss could have an adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.

 

104


Table of Contents

Under the two-step quantitative impairment test, step one of the evaluation of impairment involves comparing the current fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill. We use a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) model to estimate the current fair value of our reporting units when testing for impairment, as management believes forecasted cash flows are the best indicator of fair value. A number of significant assumptions and estimates are involved in the application of the DCF model to forecast operating cash flows, including macroeconomic trends in the private construction and public infrastructure industries, the timing of work embedded in our backlog, our performance and profitability under our contracts, our success in securing future sales and the appropriate interest rate used to discount the projected cash flows. Most of these assumptions vary significantly among the reporting units. This discounted cash flow analysis is corroborated by “top-down” analyses, including a market assessment of our enterprise value. We believe the estimates and assumptions used in the valuations are reasonable.

We assessed the fair value of our reporting units in relation to their carrying values as of the first day of the fourth quarter of 2013. Step one of the impairment test concluded that the book values of two of our reporting units, the Utah-based operations in the West region and our one reporting unit in the East region exceeded their estimated fair values. For our remaining reporting units, the estimated fair values were substantially in excess of carrying values ranging from 56% to 182%.

For the Utah-based and East region reporting units, we performed the second step of the goodwill impairment test to measure the amount of the impairment loss, if any. The second step of the test requires the allocation of the reporting unit’s fair value to its assets and liabilities, including any unrecognized intangible assets, in a hypothetical analysis that calculates the implied fair value of goodwill as if the reporting unit was being acquired in a business combination. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the carrying value, the difference is recorded as an impairment loss. Based on the results of the step two analyses, we recorded impairment charges to goodwill of $53.3 million and $14.9 million for the Utah-based and East region reporting units, respectively. After recognizing these impairment charges, the goodwill attributable to the Utah and Kentucky reporting units was $36.6 million and zero, respectively. As of September 27, 2014, we determined that no events or circumstances from September 28, 2013 through September 27, 2014 indicated that a further assessment was necessary.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets, Excluding Goodwill

We evaluate the carrying value of long-lived assets, including intangible assets subject to amortization, when events and circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Long-lived assets are material to our total assets (as of December 28, 2013, net property, plant and equipment, represented 66.7% of total assets) and the evaluation involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions and considerable management judgment. Such indicators may include deterioration in general economic conditions, negative developments in equity and credit markets, adverse changes in the markets in which an entity operates, increases in input costs that have a negative effect on earnings and cash flows, or a trend of negative or declining cash flows over multiple periods, among others. A one year increase or decrease in the average useful lives of our property, plant and equipment would have affected 2013 depreciation expense by ($4.5) million or $5.2 million, respectively. An impairment charge could be material to our financial condition and results of operations. The carrying value of long-lived assets is considered impaired when the estimated undiscounted cash flows from such assets are less than their carrying value. In that event, we recognize a loss equal to the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the long-lived assets.

Fair value is determined by primarily using a cash flow methodology that requires considerable management judgment and long-term assumptions. Our estimate of net future cash flows is based on historical experience and assumptions of future trends, which may be different from actual results. The goodwill impairment recognized at two reporting units was considered to be an indication that the carrying value of long-lived assets may not be recoverable at those reporting units requiring further evaluation, despite positive cash flows in the year ended December 28, 2013 at both the Utah and Kentucky reporting units.

The net book value of the long-lived assets at the Utah and Kentucky reporting units, as of the first day of the fourth quarter, was $117.3 million and $127.8 million, respectively. The evaluation indicated that the

 

105


Table of Contents

carrying value of the reporting units’ long-lived assets was less than the undiscounted future cash flows, resulting in no impairment of the evaluated long-lived assets. The type of long-lived assets at the reporting units, primarily plant and equipment, when purchased new, had generally increased in value from the date the long-lived assets at these reporting units were purchased. As a result, management does not believe that there is a risk that a material impairment charge will be recognized at these reporting units in the near future.

We also consider the identification of an asset for disposal to be an event requiring evaluation of the asset’s fair value. Fair value is often determined to be the estimated sales price, less selling costs. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, then an impairment charge is recognized equal to the expected loss on disposal. Throughout 2013, we recognized $12.4 million of net losses on asset dispositions, which include both the net loss on disposed assets and losses on assets identified for disposition in the succeeding twelve months. The losses commonly occur because the cash flows expected from selling the asset are less than the cash flows that could be generated from holding the asset for use.

There were no changes to the useful lives of assets having a material effect on our financial position or results of operations in 2013 or 2012.

Revenue Recognition

We earn revenue from the sale of products, which primarily include aggregates, cement, ready-mixed concrete and asphalt, but also include concrete products and plastics components, and from the provision of services, which are primarily paving and related services, but also include landfill operations, the receipt and disposal of waste, which is converted to fuel used in our cement plant, and underground storage space rental.

Revenue for product sales is recognized when evidence of an arrangement exists, the fee is fixed or determinable, title passes, which generally is when the product is shipped, and collection is reasonably assured. Product revenue generally include sales of aggregates, cement and other materials to customers, net of discounts or allowances, if any, and generally include freight and delivery charges billed to customers. Freight and delivery charges associated with cement sales are recorded on a net basis together with freight costs within cost of sales.

Revenue from the receipt of waste fuels is recognized when the waste is accepted and a corresponding liability is recognized for the costs to process the waste into fuel for the manufacturing of cement or to ship the waste offsite for disposal in accordance with applicable regulations.

We account for revenue and earnings on our long-term paving and related services contracts as service revenue using the percentage-of-completion method of accounting. Under the percentage-of-completion method, we recognize paving and related services revenue as services are rendered. We estimate profit as the difference between total estimated revenue and total estimated cost of a contract and recognize that profit over the life of the contract based on input measures (e.g., costs incurred). We generally measure progress toward completion on long-term paving and related services contracts based on the proportion of costs incurred to date relative to total estimated costs at completion. We include revisions of estimated profits on contracts in earnings under the cumulative catch-up method, under which the effect of revisions in estimates is recognized immediately. If a revised estimate of contract profitability reveals an anticipated loss on the contract, we recognize the loss in the period it is identified.

The percentage-of-completion method of accounting involves the use of various estimating techniques to project costs at completion, and in some cases includes estimates of recoveries asserted against the customer for changes in specifications or other disputes. Contract estimates involve various assumptions and projections relative to the outcome of future events over multiple periods, including future labor productivity and availability, the nature and complexity of the work to be performed, the cost and availability of materials, the effect of delayed performance, and the availability and timing of funding from the customer. These estimates are based on our best judgment. A significant change in one or more of these estimates could affect the profitability of one or more of our contracts. We review our contract estimates regularly to assess revisions in contract values and estimated costs at completion. No material contract adjustments were recognized between 2011 and the nine months ended September 27, 2014.

 

106


Table of Contents

We recognize revenue arising from claims either as income or as an offset against a potential loss only when the amount of the claim can be estimated reliably and its realization is probable. In evaluating these criteria, we consider the contractual/legal basis for the claim, the cause of any additional costs incurred, the reasonableness of those costs and the objective evidence available to support the claim.

Mining Reclamation Obligations

We incur reclamation obligations as part of our mining activities. Our quarry activities require the removal and relocation of significant levels of overburden to access stone of usable quantity and quality. The same overburden material is used to reclaim depleted mine areas, which must be sloped to a certain gradient and seeded to prevent erosion in the future. Reclamation methods and requirements can differ depending on the quarry and state rules and regulations in existence for certain locations. This differentiation affects the potential obligation required at each individual subsidiary. As of December 28, 2013, our undiscounted reclamation obligations totaled $19.7 million, of which 21.9% is expected to be settled within the next five years and the remaining 78.1% thereafter.

Reclamation costs resulting from the normal use of long-lived assets, either owned or leased, are recognized over the period the asset is in use. The obligation, which cannot be reduced by estimated offsetting cash flows, is recorded at fair value as a liability at the obligating event date and is accreted through charges to operating expenses. The fair value is based on our estimate for a third party to perform the legally required reclamation tasks including a reasonable profit margin. This fair value is also capitalized as part of the carrying amount of the underlying asset and depreciated over the estimated useful life of the asset.

The mining reclamation reserve is based on management’s estimate of future cost requirements to reclaim property at both currently operating and closed quarry sites. Costs are estimated in current dollars and inflated until the expected time of payment using a future estimated inflation rate and then discounted back to present value using a credit-adjusted, risk-free rate on obligations of similar maturity adjusted to reflect our credit rating. We review reclamation obligations at least every three years for a revision to the cost or a change in the estimated settlement date. Additionally, reclamation obligations are reviewed in the period that a triggering event occurs that would result in either a revision to the cost or a change in the estimated settlement date. Examples of events that would trigger a change in the cost include a new reclamation law or amendment to an existing mineral lease. Examples of events that would cause a change in the estimated settlement date include the acquisition of additional reserves or early or delayed closure of a site. Any affect to earnings from cost revisions is included in cost of revenue.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to certain market risks arising from transactions that are entered into in the normal course of business. Our operations are highly dependent upon the interest rate-sensitive construction industry as well as the general economic environment. Consequently, these marketplaces could experience lower levels of economic activity in an environment of rising interest rates or escalating costs. Management has considered the current economic environment and its potential effect to our business. Demand for aggregates-based products, particularly in the residential and nonresidential construction markets, could decline if companies and consumers are unable to obtain financing for construction projects or if an economic recession causes delays or cancellations to capital projects. Additionally, in preceding years, declining tax revenue, state budget deficits and unpredictable or inconsistent federal funding have negatively affected states’ abilities to finance infrastructure construction projects.

Pension and Other Postretirement Plans

At our cement plant, we sponsor two non-contributory defined benefit pension plans for hourly and salaried employees and healthcare and life insurance benefits for certain eligible retired employees. As of January 2014, the pension plans have been frozen to new participants and the healthcare and life insurance benefit plan has been amended to eliminate all future retiree health and life coverage. Our results of operations are affected by our net periodic benefit cost from these plans, which totaled $1.2 million in 2013. Assumptions that affect this expense include the discount rate and, for the pension plans only, the expected long-term rate of return on assets. Therefore, we have interest rate risk associated with these factors.

 

107


Table of Contents

The healthcare and life insurance benefit plan are exposed to changes in the cost of healthcare services. A one percentage-point increase or decrease in assumed health care cost trend rates would have affected the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation by approximately $1.3 million or $(1.1) million, respectively, at December 28, 2013.

Commodity and Energy Price Risk

We are subject to commodity price risk with respect to price changes in liquid asphalt and energy, including fossil fuels and electricity for aggregates, cement, ready-mixed concrete and asphalt paving mix production, natural gas for hot mix asphalt production and diesel fuel for distribution vehicles and production related mobile equipment. Liquid asphalt escalators in most of our public infrastructure contracts limit our exposure to price fluctuations in this commodity, and we seek to obtain escalators on private and commercial contracts.

Inflation Risk

Inflation rates in recent years have not been a significant factor in our revenue or earnings due to relatively low inflation and our ability to recover increasing costs by obtaining higher prices for our products through sale price escalators in place for most public infrastructure sector contracts. Inflation risk varies with the level of activity in the construction industry, the number, size and strength of competitors and the availability of products to supply a local market.

Foreign Currency Risk

In September 2014, we expanded our operations into Canada with the acquisition of Mainland. With this expansion, we are subject to foreign currency risk related to changes in the U.S. dollar/Canadian dollar exchange rates. A 10% adverse change in foreign currency rates from September 2014 levels would not materially affect our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Variable-Rate Borrowing Facilities

We have $150.0 million of revolving credit commitments and $422.0 million of term loans under the senior secured credit facilities, which bear interest at a variable rate. In February 2013, we entered into amendments to our senior secured credit facilities that, among other things, reduced the applicable margins used to calculate interest rates for term loans under our credit facilities by 1.0% and reduced the applicable margins used to calculate interest rates for $131.0 million of $150.0 million Tranche A revolving credit loans available under the senior secured credit facilities by 1.0%. Had this reduction been in place throughout 2012, our interest expense would have been reduced by $4.4 million. A hypothetical 100-basis-point increase in interest rates on the December 28, 2013 outstanding Revolver borrowings of $26.0 million would increase interest expense by $0.3 million on an annual basis. The interest rate on the term loans has a floor of 1.25%. The rate in effect at December 28, 2013 was 0.25%. As a result, the 100-basis-point increase in the interest rate at December 28, 2013 would not result in a rate greater than the floor rate of 1.25%. Therefore, a hypothetical 100-basis-point increase in the term loans’ interest rate would have no effect on annual interest expense.

 

108


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are one of the fastest growing heavy-side construction materials companies in the United States, with a 126% increase in revenue between the year ended December 31, 2010 and the year ended December 28, 2013, as compared to an average increase of approximately 17% in revenue reported by our competitors over the same period. Our materials include aggregates, which we supply across the country, with a focus on Texas, Kansas, Kentucky, Missouri and Utah, and cement, which we supply primarily in Missouri, Iowa and Illinois. Within our markets, we offer customers a single-source provider for heavy-side construction materials and related downstream products through our vertical integration. In addition to supplying aggregates to customers, we use our materials internally to produce ready-mixed concrete and asphalt paving mix, which may be sold externally or used in our paving and related services businesses. Our vertical integration creates opportunities to increase aggregates volumes and optimize margin at each stage of production and enables us to provide customers with efficiency gains, convenience and reliability, which we believe gives us a competitive advantage.

Since our first acquisition over five years ago, we have rapidly become a major participant in the U.S. heavy-side construction materials industry. We believe that, by volume, we are a top 10 aggregates supplier, a top 25 cement producer and a major producer of ready-mixed concrete and asphalt paving mix. Our revenue in 2013 and the first nine months of 2014 was $916.2 million and $870.1 million, respectively, with net losses for the same periods of $103.7 million and $10.8 million, respectively. Our proven and probable aggregates reserves were 2.1 billion tons as of September 27, 2014. In the twelve months ended September 27, 2014 we sold 22.1 million tons of aggregates, 1.0 million tons of cement, 2.3 million cubic yards of ready-mixed concrete and 4.2 million tons of asphalt paving mix across our more than 200 sites and plants.

The rapid growth we have achieved over the last five years has been due in large part to our acquisitions, which we funded with equity commitments that our Sponsors and certain other investors made to Summit Holdings together with debt financing. During this period, we witnessed a cyclical decline and slow recovery in the private construction market and nominal growth in public infrastructure spending. However, the private construction market is beginning to rebound, which we believe signals the outset of a strong growth period in our industry and end markets. We believe we are well positioned to capitalize on this anticipated recovery in order to grow our business and reduce our leverage over time. As of September 27, 2014, our total indebtedness was approximately $1,091.1 million, or $         million on a pro forma basis after giving effect to this offering and the application of the net proceeds.

The private construction market includes residential and nonresidential new construction and the repair and remodel market. According to the National Association of Home Builders, the number of total housing starts in the United States, a leading indicator for our residential business, is expected to grow 57% from 2013 to 2016. In addition, the PCA projects that spending in private nonresidential construction will grow 26% over the same period. The private construction market represented 53% of our revenue for the nine months ended September 27, 2014.

Public infrastructure, which includes spending by federal, state and local governments for roads, highways, bridges, airports and other public infrastructure projects, has been a relatively stable portion of government budgets providing consistent demand to our industry and is projected by the PCA to grow approximately 3% from 2013 to 2016. With the nation’s infrastructure aging, we expect U.S. infrastructure spending to grow over the long term, and we believe we are well positioned to capitalize on any such increase. Despite this projected growth, we do not believe it will be consistent across the United States, but will instead be concentrated in certain regions, like Texas, which represented 35% of our revenue for the nine months ended September 27, 2014 and has consistently shown more growth over the last few years than almost all other major markets. The public infrastructure market represented 47% of our revenue for the nine months ended September 27, 2014.

In addition to the anticipated growth in our end markets, we expect higher volume and pricing in our core product categories. The PCA estimates cement consumption will increase approximately 30% from 2013 to

 

109


Table of Contents

2016, reflecting rising demand in the major end markets. At the same time, we believe that cement pricing will be driven higher by tightening production capacity in the United States, where the PCA projects consumption will exceed domestic cement capacity by 2017 driven by both increasing demand and by other capacity constraints arising from the PC-MACT regulation, with which compliance is generally required in 2015. Favorable market dynamics can also be seen in aggregates, where volumes decreased from 3.1 billion tons in 2006 to an estimated 2.1 billion tons in 2013, a 34% decline that has been offset by growth in the average price per ton, which increased from $7.37 in 2006 to an estimated $8.94 in 2013, a 21% increase, according to the U.S. Geological Survey. Consistent with these market trends, our cement and aggregates average pricing increased 5% and 3%, respectively, from the year ended December 31, 2010 to the nine months ended September 27, 2014.

Historically, we have sought to supplement organic growth potential with acquisitions, by strategically targeting attractive, new markets or expanding in existing markets. We consider population trends, employment rates, competitive landscape, private construction outlook, public funding and various other factors prior to entering a new market. In addition to analyzing macroeconomic data, we seek to establish a top position in our local markets, which we believe supports our achieving sustainable organic growth and attractive returns. This positioning provides local economies of scale and synergies, which benefit our pricing, costs and profitability. We believe that each of our operating companies has a top three market share position in its local market.

Our acquisition strategy, to date, has helped us to achieve scale and rapid growth, and we believe that significant opportunities remain for growth through acquisition. We estimate that approximately 65% of the U.S. heavy-side construction materials market is privately owned. From this group, our senior management team maintains contact with over 300 private companies. These long-standing relationships, cultivated over decades, have been the primary source for our past acquisitions and, we believe, will be a key driver of our future growth. We believe the value proposition we offer to potential sellers has made us a buyer of choice and has enabled us to largely avoid competitive auctions and instead negotiate directly with sellers at attractive valuations.

Our Regional Platforms

We currently operate across 17 U.S. states and in Vancouver, Canada through our three regional platforms: West; Central; and East. Each of our operating businesses has its own management team that, in turn, reports to a regional president who is responsible for overseeing the operating businesses, developing growth opportunities, implementing best practices and integrating acquired businesses. Acquisitions are an important element of our strategy, as we seek to enhance value through increased scale and cost savings within local markets.

 

    West Region:  Our West region includes operations in Texas, the Mountain states of Utah, Colorado, Idaho and Wyoming and in Vancouver, Canada where we supply aggregates, ready-mixed concrete, asphalt paving mix and paving and related services. As of September 27, 2014, the West region controlled approximately 0.7 billion tons of proven and probable aggregates reserves and $363.9 million of hard assets. During the year ended December 28, 2013, approximately 47% of our revenue and approximately 25% of our Adjusted EBITDA, excluding corporate charges, were generated in the West region. In 2014, we continued to expand the West region, with significant growth in Texas through key acquisitions in Houston and the Permian Basin region of West Texas as well as the establishment of a new platform in Vancouver, Canada with our September acquisition of Mainland.

 

    Central Region:  Our Central region extends across the Midwestern United States, most notably in Kansas, Missouri, Nebraska, Iowa and Illinois, where we supply aggregates, cement, ready-mixed concrete, asphalt paving mix and paving and related services. As of September 27, 2014, the Central region controlled approximately 0.9 billion tons of proven and probable aggregates reserves, approximately 0.4 billion of which serve its cement business, and $529.8 million of hard assets. During the year ended December 28, 2013, approximately 36%, of our revenue and approximately 63% of our Adjusted EBITDA, excluding corporate charges, was generated in the Central region.

 

110


Table of Contents

Our cement plant, commissioned in 2008, is a highly efficient, technologically advanced, integrated manufacturing and distribution system strategically located near Hannibal, Missouri, 100 miles north of St. Louis along the Mississippi River. We utilize an on-site solid and liquid waste fuel processing facility, which can reduce the plant’s fuel costs by up to 50% and is one of only 12 facilities in the United States with such capabilities. Our cement business primarily serves markets in Missouri, Iowa and Illinois.

 

    East Region:  Our East region serves markets in Kentucky, South Carolina, North Carolina, Tennessee and Virginia, where we supply aggregates, asphalt paving mix and paving and related services. As of September 27, 2014, the East region controlled approximately 0.5 billion tons of proven and probable aggregates reserves and $157.8 million of hard assets. During the year ended December 28, 2013, approximately 17% of our revenue and approximately 12% of our Adjusted EBITDA, excluding corporate charges, was generated in the East region.

Acquisition History

The following table lists acquisitions we have completed since August 2009:

 

Company

  

Date of Acquisition

   Region

Hamm

   August 25, 2009    Central

Hinkle Contracting Company, LLC

   February 1, 2010    East

Cornejo

   April 16, 2010    Central

Elmo Greer & Sons, LLC

   April 20, 2010    East

Continental Cement

   May 27, 2010    Central

Harshman Construction L.L.C. and Harshman Farms, Inc.

   June 15, 2010    Central

South Central Kentucky Limestone, LLC

   July 23, 2010    East

Harper Contracting

   August 2, 2010    West

Kilgore Pavement Maintenance, LLC and Kilgore Properties, LLC

   August 2, 2010    West

Con-Agg of MO, L.L.C.

   September 15, 2010    Central

Altaview Concrete

   September 15, 2010    West

EnerCrest Products, Inc.

   September 28, 2010    West

RK Hall

   November 30, 2010    West

Triple C Concrete, Inc.

   January 14, 2011    West

Elam Construction, Inc.

   March 31, 2011    West

Bourbon Limestone Company

   May 27, 2011    East

Fischer Quarries, L.L.C.

   May 27, 2011    Central

B&B

   June 8, 2011    West

Grand Junction Concrete Pipe, Inc.

   June 10, 2011    West

Industrial Asphalt

   August 2, 2011    West

Ramming Paving

   October 28, 2011    West

Norris

   February 29, 2012    Central

Kay & Kay

   October 5, 2012    East

Sandco

   November 30, 2012    West

Lafarge

   April 1, 2013    Central

Westroc

   April 1, 2013    West

Alleyton

   January 17, 2014    West

Troy Vines

   March 31, 2014    West

Buckhorn Materials

   June 9, 2014    East

Canyon Redi-Mix

   July 29, 2014    West

Mainland

   September 4, 2014    West

Southwest Ready Mix

   September 19, 2014    West

Colorado County S&G

   September 30, 2014    West

Concrete Supply

   October 3, 2014    Central

 

111


Table of Contents

Our End Markets

Residential Construction . Residential construction includes single family houses and multi-family units such as apartments and condominiums. Demand for residential construction is influenced by employment prospects, new household formation and mortgage interest rates. In recent years, foreclosures have resulted in an oversupply of available houses, which had dampened the demand for new residential construction in many markets in the United States. However, employment prospects have improved, foreclosure rates have stabilized and demand has begun to grow, although the rate of growth is inconsistent across the United States.

Nonresidential Construction . Nonresidential construction encompasses all privately financed construction other than residential structures. Demand for nonresidential construction is driven by population and economic growth. Population growth spurs demand for stores, shopping centers and restaurants. Economic growth creates demand for projects such as hotels, office buildings, warehouses and factories. The supply of nonresidential construction projects is affected by interest rates and the availability of credit to finance these projects.

Public Infrastructure Construction . Public infrastructure construction includes spending by federal, state and local governments for highways, bridges, airports, schools, public buildings and other public infrastructure projects. Public infrastructure spending has historically been more stable than private sector construction. We believe that public infrastructure spending is less sensitive to interest rate changes and economic cycles and often is supported by multi-year federal and state legislation and programs. A significant portion of our revenue is derived from public infrastructure projects. As a result, the supply of federal and state funding for public infrastructure highway construction significantly affects our public infrastructure end-use business.

Historically, public infrastructure funding has been underpinned by a series of six-year federal highway authorization bills. Federal funds are allocated to the states, which are required to match a portion of the federal funds they receive. Federal highway spending uses funds predominantly from the Federal Highway Trust Fund, which derives its revenue from taxes on diesel fuel, gasoline and other user fees. The dependability of federal funding allows the state departments of transportation to plan for their long term highway construction and maintenance needs. On August 1, 2014, a Highway Trust Fund extension bill was enacted. The bill provides approximately $10.8 billion of funding, which is expected to last until May 2015.

Funding for the existing federal transportation funding program, MAP-21, expired on September 30, 2014, and any additional funding or successor programs have yet to be approved.

Our Competitive Strengths

Leading market positions . We believe each of our operating companies has a top three market share position in its local market area achieved through their respective, extensive operating histories, averaging over 35 years. We believe we are a top 10 supplier of aggregates, a top 25 producer of cement and a major producer of ready-mixed concrete and asphalt paving mix in the United States by volume. We focus on acquiring companies that have leading local market positions in aggregates, which we seek to enhance by building scale with other local aggregates and downstream products and services. The heavy-side construction materials industry is highly local in nature due to transportation costs from the high weight-to-value ratio of the products. Given this dynamic, we believe achieving local market scale provides a competitive advantage that drives growth and profitability for our business. We believe that our ability to prudently acquire, improve and rapidly integrate multiple businesses has enabled, and will continue to enable, us to become market leaders.

Operations positioned to benefit from attractive industry fundamentals . We believe the heavy-side construction materials industry has attractive fundamentals, characterized by high barriers to entry and a stable competitive environment in the majority of markets. Barriers to entry are created by scarcity of raw material resources, limited efficient distribution range, asset intensity of equipment, land required for quarry operations and a time-consuming and complex regulatory and permitting process. According to the April 2014 U.S. Geological Survey, aggregates pricing in the United States had increased in 65 of the previous 70 years, with

 

112


Table of Contents

growth accelerating since 2002 as continuing resource scarcity in the industry has led companies to focus increasingly on improved pricing strategies. While aggregates volumes decreased 19% from 2.6 billion tons in 2008 to 2.1 billion tons in 2013, average price per ton of aggregates in the United States during this same time period increased 4% from $8.57 in 2008 to $8.95 in 2013. Pricing growth remained strong in 2013, despite volume declines in certain key end markets. Consistent with these market trends, our average aggregates and cement pricing increased 3% and 5%, respectively, from average prices for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to average prices for the nine months ended September 27, 2014.

One significant factor that allows for pricing growth in periods of volume declines is that aggregates and asphalt paving mix have significant exposure to public road construction, which has demonstrated growth over the past 30 years, even during times of broader economic weakness. The majority of public road construction spending is funded at the state level through the states’ respective departments of transportation. The five key states in which we operate (Texas, Kansas, Kentucky, Missouri and Utah) have funds with constitutionally-protected revenue sources dedicated for transportation projects. These dedicated, earmarked funding sources limit the negative effect current state deficits may have on public spending. As a result, we believe our business exhibits significantly more stability in profitability than witnessed in most other building product subsectors. We believe these business characteristics have helped mitigate the impact of the challenging economic environment on our profitability. Profits in the heavy-side construction materials industry are relatively stable throughout various economic cycles compared to other businesses in the construction industry, aided by favorable pricing dynamics with historically stable public infrastructure spending.

Vertically-integrated business model . We generate revenue across a spectrum of related products and services. We internally supply over approximately 80% of the aggregates used in the ready-mixed concrete and asphalt paving mixes that we produce and the asphalt paving mix that our paving crews lay. Our vertically-integrated business model enables us to operate as a single source provider of materials and paving and related services, creating cost, convenience and reliability advantages for our customers, while at the same time creating significant cross-marketing opportunities among our interrelated businesses. We believe this creates opportunities to increase aggregates volumes and optimize margin at each stage of production, fosters more stable demand for aggregates through a captive demand outlet, creates a competitive advantage through the efficiency gains, convenience and reliability provided to customers and enhances our acquisition strategy by allowing a greater range of target companies.

Attractive diversity, scale and product portfolio . Our three regional platforms operate across 17 U.S. states and Vancouver, Canada in 27 metropolitan statistical areas. Between the year ended December 31, 2010 and the twelve months ended September 27, 2014, we grew our revenue by 173% and brought substantial additional scale and geographic diversity to our operations. A combination of increased scale and vertical integration enabled us to improve profitability with Adjusted EBITDA margins increasing 330 basis points from 2010 to the twelve months ended September 27, 2014. In the twelve months ended September 27, 2014, 85.2% of EBITDA was derived from materials and products, with 52.5% coming from materials and 32.7% from products, and the remaining 14.8% of EBITDA being derived from services. We have approximately 2.1 billion tons of proven and probable aggregates reserves serving our aggregates and cement business. Assuming production rates in future years are equal to those in 2013, we estimate that the useful life of the proven and probable reserves for our aggregates and cement businesses are over 55 years and 300 years, respectively.

We own a dry process cement plant that was commissioned in 2008. This large capacity plant has technologically advanced manufacturing capabilities and favorable environmental performance compared to older facilities within the industry that will require upgrades to comply with stringent EPA standards coming into effect in the near term. According to PCA forecasts, consumption of cement in the United States is expected to exceed production capacity by the year 2017, creating opportunities for existing cement plants. In addition, our plant is strategically located on the Mississippi River. The U.S. cement industry is regional in nature, with customers typically purchasing material from local sources due to transportation costs. According to the PCA 2014 United States Cement Industry Annual Yearbook, approximately 98% of cement sold in the United States

 

113


Table of Contents

was shipped to customers by truck in 2012. However, in 2013, as a result of our plant’s strategic location on the Mississippi River, we shipped approximately 15% of our cement sold by barge, which is generally more cost-effective than truck transport.

Proven ability to incorporate new acquisitions and grow businesses . Since July 2009, we have acquired 34 companies, successfully integrating the businesses into three regions through the implementation of operational improvements, industry-proven information technology systems, a comprehensive safety program and best in class management programs. A typical acquisition generally involves retaining the local management team of the acquired business, maintaining operational decisions at the local level and providing strategic insights and leadership directed by our President and Chief Executive Officer, a 30-year industry veteran. These acquisitions have helped us achieve significant revenue growth, from $405.3 million in 2010 to $916.2 million in 2013.

Experienced and proven leadership driving organic growth and acquisition strategy . Our management team, led by Tom Hill, our President and Chief Executive Officer, has a proven track record of creating value. In addition to Mr. Hill, our management team, including corporate and regional operations managers, corporate development, finance executives and other heavy side industry operators, has extensive experience in the industry. Our management team has a track record of executing and successfully integrating acquisitions in the sector. Mr. Hill and his team successfully executed a similar consolidation strategy at another company in the industry, where Mr. Hill led the integration of numerous acquisitions, taking the business from less than $0.3 billion to $7.4 billion in sales from 1992 to 2008 through 173 acquisitions worth approximately $6.3 billion in the aggregate.

Our Business Strategy

Capitalize on expected recovery in U.S. economy and construction markets . The residential and nonresidential markets are starting to show positive growth signs in varying degrees across our markets. The National Association of Home Builders forecasts total housing starts to accelerate to 1.46 million in the United States by 2016, representing a compounded annual growth rate of 16.4% from 2013 to 2016. The American Institute of Architects’ Consensus Construction Forecast projects nonresidential construction to grow 8.1% in 2015. We believe that we have sufficient exposure to the residential and nonresidential end markets to benefit from a potential recovery in all of our markets. In 2013, approximately 85% of our revenue was derived from Texas, Kansas, Kentucky, Missouri and Utah—five key states with attractive construction and growth stories. Across these states, DOT budgets grew a combined 12.9% from 2013 to 2014. Given the nation’s aging infrastructure and considering longstanding historical spending trends, we expect U.S. infrastructure investment to grow over time. We believe we are well positioned to capitalize on any such increase in investment.

Of our markets, Texas is currently experiencing the most active growth. According to the PCA’s October 2014 Regional Construction InVue, total construction spending in Texas increased 20.5% from September 2013 to September 2014 and public construction and nonresidential spending increased 8.2% and 22.6%, respectively, over this same period. We are capitalizing on the growth in the Texas market by significantly increasing our investment there through acquisitions in Houston and the Permian Basin region of west Texas in 2014.

Expand local positions in the most attractive markets through targeted capital investments and bolt-on acquisitions . We plan to expand our business through organic growth and bolt-on acquisitions in each of our local markets. Our acquisition strategy involves acquiring platforms that serve as the foundation for continued incremental and complementary growth via locally situated bolt-on acquisitions to these platforms. We believe that increased local market scale will drive profitable growth. Our existing platform of operations is expected to enable us to grow significantly as we expand in our existing markets. We believe that our balance sheet and liquidity position will support our growth strategy.

Drive profitable growth through strategic acquisitions . Our goal is to become a top-five U.S. heavy-side construction materials company through the successful execution of our acquisition strategy and implementation of best practices to drive organic growth. Based on aggregates sales, in volumes, we believe that we are currently

 

114


Table of Contents

a top-ten player, which we achieved within five years of our first acquisition. We believe that the relative fragmentation of our industry creates an environment in which we can continue to acquire companies at attractive valuations and increase scale and diversity over time through strategic acquisitions in markets adjacent to our existing markets within the states where we currently operate, as well as into additional states as market and competitive conditions support further growth.

Enhance margins and free cash flow generation through implementation of operational improvements . Our management team includes individuals with decades of experience in our industry and proven success in integrating acquired businesses and organically growing operations. This experience represents a significant source of value to us that has driven Adjusted EBITDA margins up 330 basis points from 2010 to the twelve months ended September 27, 2014. These margin improvements are accomplished through proven profit optimization plans, leveraging information technology and financial systems to control costs, managing working capital, achieving scale-driven purchasing synergies and fixed overhead control and reduction. Our regional presidents, supported by our central operations, risk management and finance and information technology teams, drive the implementation of detailed and thorough profit optimization plans for each acquisition post close, which typically includes, among other things, implementation of a systematic pricing strategy and an equipment utilization analysis that assesses repair and maintenance spending, the health of each piece of equipment and a utilization review to ensure we are maximizing productivity and selling any pieces of equipment that are not needed in the business.

Leverage vertically-integrated and strategically located operations for growth . We believe that our vertical integration of heavy-side construction materials, products and services is a significant competitive advantage that we will leverage to grow share in our existing markets and enter into new markets. A significant portion of materials used to produce our products and provide services to our customers is internally supplied, which enables us to operate as a single source provider of materials, products and paving and related services, creating cost, convenience and reliability advantages for our customers and enabling us to capture additional value throughout the supply chain, while at the same time creating significant cross-marketing opportunities among our interrelated businesses.

Our Industry

The U.S. heavy-side construction materials industry is composed of four primary sectors: aggregates; cement; ready-mixed concrete; and asphalt paving mix. Each of these materials is widely used in most forms of construction activity. Participants in these sectors typically range from small, privately-held companies focused on a single material, product or market to multinational corporations that offer a wide array of construction materials and construction services. Competition is constrained in part by the distance materials can be transported efficiently, resulting in predominantly local or regional operations. Due to the lack of product differentiation, competition for all of our products is predominantly based on price and, to a lesser extent, quality of products and service. As a result, the prices we charge our customers are not likely to be materially different from the prices charged by other producers in the same markets. Accordingly, our profitability is generally dependent on the level of demand for our products and our ability to control operating costs.

Transportation infrastructure projects, driven by both state and federal funding programs, represent a significant share of the U.S. heavy-side construction materials market. In addition to federal funding, highway construction and maintenance funding is also available through state, county and local agencies. Our five largest states by revenue (Texas, Kansas, Kentucky, Missouri and Utah, which represented approximately 25%, 20%, 17%, 12% and 11%, respectively, of our total revenue in 2013) each have funds whose revenue sources are constitutionally protected and may only be spent on transportation projects:

 

    Texas Department of Transportation’s budget from 2014 to 2016 is $25.3 billion.

 

    Kansas has a 10 year $8.2 billion highway bill that was passed in May 2010.

 

115


Table of Contents
    Kentucky’s biennial highway construction plan has funding of $3.6 billion from July 2014 to June 2016.

 

    Missouri has an estimated $0.7 billion in annual construction funding committed to essential road and bridge programs through 2017.

 

    Utah’s transportation investment fund had $3.0 billion committed through 2018.

Demand for our products is observed to have low elasticity in relation to prices. We believe this is partially explained by the absence of competitive replacement products and relatively low contribution of our products to total construction costs. We do not believe that increases in our products’ prices are likely to affect the decision to undertake a construction project since these costs usually represent a small portion of total construction costs.

Aggregates

Aggregates are key material components used in the production of cement, ready-mixed concrete and asphalt paving mixes for the residential, nonresidential and public infrastructure markets and are also widely used for various applications and products, such as road and building foundations, railroad ballast, erosion control, filtration, roofing granules and in solutions for snow and ice control. Generally extracted from the earth using surface or underground mining methods, aggregates are produced from natural deposits of various materials such as limestone, sand and gravel, granite and trap rock. Once extracted, processed and graded, aggregates are supplied directly to their end use or incorporated for further processing into construction materials and products, such as cement, ready-mixed concrete and asphalt paving mix.

According to the March 2014 U.S. Geological Survey, approximately 1.3 billion tons of crushed stone with a value of approximately $11.9 billion was produced in the United States in 2013, in line with the 1.3 billion tons produced in 2012. Sand and gravel production was approximately 935 million tons in 2013 valued at approximately $6.7 billion, up from 899 million tons produced in 2012. The U.S. aggregate industry is highly fragmented relative to other building product markets, with numerous participants operating in localized markets and the top ten players controlling approximately 30% of the national market in 2013. In February 2014, the U.S. Geological Survey reported that a total of 1,550 companies operating 4,000 quarries and 91 underground mines produced or sold crushed stone in 2013 in the United States.

Transportation costs are a major variable in determining aggregate pricing and marketing radius. The cost of transporting aggregate products from the plant to the market often equates to or exceeds the sale price of the product at the plant. As a result of the high transportation costs and the large quantities of bulk material that have to be shipped, finished products are typically marketed locally. High transportation costs are responsible for the wide dispersion of production sites. Where possible, heavy-side construction material producers maintain operations adjacent to highly populated areas to reduce transportation costs and enhance margins. However, more recently, rising land values combined with local environmental concerns have been forcing production sites to move further away from the end-use locations.

 

116


Table of Contents

We believe that the long-term growth of the market for aggregates is predominantly driven by growth in population, employment and households, which in turn affects demand for nonresidential construction, including stores, shopping centers and restaurants and increases transportation infrastructure spending. In recent years, the recession and subsequent slow recovery in the United States has led to a decrease in overall private and public infrastructure construction activity. While short-term demand for aggregates fluctuates with economic cycles, the declines have historically been followed by strong recovery, with each peak establishing a new historical high. In addition, according to the U.S. Geological Survey, during periods of economic decline in which aggregates volumes sold has decreased, prices have historically continued to grow, as illustrated in the following table:

 

 

LOGO

A significant portion of annual demand for aggregates is derived from large public infrastructure and highway construction projects. According to the Montana Contractors’ Association, approximately 38,000 tons of aggregate are required to construct a one mile stretch of a typical four-lane interstate highway. Highways located in markets with significant seasonal temperature variances are particularly vulnerable to freeze-thaw conditions that exert excessive stress on pavement and lead to more rapid surface degradation. Surface maintenance repairs, as well as general highway construction, occur in the warmer months, resulting in a majority of aggregates production and sales in the period from April through November in most states.

Cement

Portland cement, an industry term for the common cement in general use around the world, is made from a combination of limestone, shale, clay, silica and iron ore. It is a fundamental building material consumed in several stages throughout the construction cycle of residential, nonresidential and public infrastructure projects. It is a binding agent that, when mixed with sand or aggregates and water, produces either ready-mixed concrete or mortar and is an important component of other essential construction materials. Cement is sold either in bulk or in bags as branded products, depending on its final user. Few construction projects can take place without utilizing cement somewhere in the design, making it a key ingredient used in the construction industry. The majority of all cement shipments are sent to ready-mixed concrete operators. The remaining shipments are directed to manufacturers of concrete related products such as block and precast. Nearly two-thirds of U.S. consumption occurs between May and November, coinciding with end-market construction activity.

The principal raw materials in cement are a blend of approximately 80% limestone and approximately 5% shale, with the remaining raw materials being clay and iron ore. Generally, the limestone and shale are mined from quarries located on site with the production plant. These core ingredients are blended and crushed into a fine grind and then preheated and ultimately introduced into a kiln heated to about 3,000°F. Under this extreme heat, a chemical transformation occurs uniting the elements to form a new substance with new physical and chemical characteristics. This new substance is called clinker and it is formed into pieces about the size of marbles. The clinker is then cooled and later ground into a fine powder that then is classified as Portland cement.

Cement production in the United States is distributed among 98 production facilities located across 34 states. It is a capital-intensive business with variable costs dominated by raw materials and energy required to

 

117


Table of Contents

fuel the kiln. Building new plants is challenging given the extensive permitting that is required and significant costs. We estimate new plant construction costs in the United States to be approximately $250-300 per ton, not including costs for property or securing raw materials and the required distribution network. Assuming construction costs of $275 per ton, a 1.25 million ton facility, comparable to our cement plant’s potential annual capacity, would cost approximately $343.8 million to construct.

As reported by the PCA in the 2014 United States Cement Industry Annual Yearbook, consumption is down significantly from the industry peak of approximately 141.1 million tons in 2005 to approximately 90.3 million tons in 2013 because of the decline in U.S. construction activity. U.S. cement consumption has at times outpaced domestic production capacity with the shortfall being supplied with imports, primarily from China, Canada, Greece, Mexico and South Korea. The PCA reports that cement imports have declined since their peak of approximately 39.6 million tons in 2006 to approximately 8.0 million tons in 2013, in a manner indicative of the industry’s general response to the current demand downturn. In addition to the reduction in imports, U.S. excess capacity increased from 5% in 2006 to approximately 32% in 2013 according to the PCA. Our cement plant operated above the industry mean at 86% capacity utilization in 2013 as its markets did not suffer the pronounced demand declines seen in states like Florida, California and Arizona.

On December 20, 2012, the EPA signed the PC-MACT, which in most instances requires compliance in 2015. The PCA had estimated that 18 plants could be forced to close due to the inability to meet PC-MACT standards or because the compliance investment required may not be justified on a financial basis. Our cement plant utilizes alternative fuel (hazardous and non-hazardous) as well as coal, natural gas and petroleum coke and, as a result, is subject to the Hazardous Waste Combustor NESHAP (“HWC-MACT”) standards, rather than PC-MACT standards. Any future costs to comply with the existing HWC-MACT standards are not expected to be material.

Ready-Mixed Concrete

Ready-mixed concrete is one of the most versatile and widely used materials in construction today. Its flexible recipe characteristics allow for an end product that can assume almost any color, shape, texture and strength to meet the many requirements of end users that range from bridges, foundations, skyscrapers, pavements, dams, houses, parking garages, water treatment facilities, airports, tunnels, power plants, hospitals and schools. The versatility of ready-mixed concrete gives engineers significant flexibility when designing these projects.

Cement, coarse aggregate, fine aggregate, water and admixtures are the primary ingredients that constitute a basic ready-mixed concrete. The cement and water are combined and a chemical reaction is produced called hydration. This paste or binder represents between 15 to 20% of the volume of the mix that coats each particle of aggregate and serves as the agent that binds the aggregates together, according to the NRMCA. The aggregates represent 60 to 75% of the mix by volume, with a small portion of volume (5 to 8%) consisting of entrapped air that is generated by using air entraining admixtures. Once fully hydrated, the workable concrete will then harden and take on the shape of the form in which it was placed.

The quality of a concrete mix is generally determined by the weight ratio of water to cement. Higher quality concrete is produced by lowering the water-cement ratio as much as possible without sacrificing the workability of the fresh concrete. Specialty admixtures such as high range water reducers can aid in achieving this condition without sacrificing quality.

Other materials commonly used in the production of ready-mixed concrete include fly-ash, a waste by-product from coal burning power plants, silica fume, a waste by-product generated from the manufacture of silicon and ferro-silicon metals, and ground granulated blast furnace slag, a by-product of the iron and steel manufacturing process. All of these products have cemetitious properties that enhance the strength, durability and permeability of the concrete. These materials are available directly from the producer or via specialist distributors who intermediate between the ready-mixed concrete producers and the users.

 

118


Table of Contents

Given the high weight-to-value ratio, delivery of ready-mixed concrete is typically limited to a one-hour haul from a production plant location and is further limited by a 90 minute window in which newly-mixed concrete must be poured to maintain quality and performance. As a result of the transportation constraints, the ready-mixed concrete market is highly localized, with an estimated 5,500 ready-mixed concrete plants in the United States according to the NRMCA. According to the NRMCA, 300.9 million cubic yards of ready-mixed concrete was produced in 2013, which is a 4% increase from the 289.8 million cubic yards produced in 2012 but a 34% decrease from the industry peak of 458.3 million cubic yards in 2005.

Asphalt Paving Mix

Asphalt paving mix is the most common roadway material used today. It is a versatile and essential building material that has been used to surface 93% of the more than 2.6 million miles of paved roadways in the United States, according to NAPA.

Typically, asphalt paving mix is placed in three distinct layers to create a flexible pavement structure. These layers consist of a base course, an intermediate or binder course, and a surface or wearing course. These layers vary in thicknesses of three to six inches for base mix, two to four inches for intermediate mix and one to two inches for surface mix.

According to NAPA, the components of asphalt paving mix by weight are approximately 95% aggregates and 5% asphalt cement, a petroleum based product that serves as the binder. The ingredients are then metered, mixed and heated to a temperature in excess of 300° F before being placed in a truck and delivered to the jobsite for final placement.

Asphalt pavement is generally 100% recyclable and reusable and is the most reused and recycled pavement material in the United States. Reclaimed asphalt pavement can be incorporated into new pavement at replacement rates in excess of 30% depending upon the mix and the application of the product. We actively engage in the recycling of previously used asphalt pavement and concrete. This material is crushed and repurposed in the construction cycle. Approximately 68.3 million tons of used asphalt is recycled annually by the industry according to a December 2013 National Asphalt Pavement Association survey.

The use of warm mix asphalt (“WMA”) or “green” asphalt is gaining popularity. The immediate benefit to producing WMA is the reduction in energy consumption required by burning fuels to heat traditional hot mix asphalt (“HMA”) to temperatures in excess of 300°F at the production plant. These high production temperatures are needed to allow the asphalt binder to become viscous enough to completely coat the aggregate in the HMA, have good workability during laying and compaction, and durability during traffic exposure. According to the Federal Highway Administration, WMA can reduce the temperature by 50 to 70°F, resulting in lower emissions, fumes and odors generated at the plant and the paving site.

According to the National Asphalt Pavement Association, there are approximately 4,000 asphalt paving mix plants in the United States and an estimated 350.7 million tons of asphalt paving mix was produced in 2013 which was broadly in line with the estimated 360.3 million tons produced in 2012.

Our Operations

We operate our construction materials and products and paving and related services businesses through local operations and marketing teams, which work closely with our end customers to deliver the products and services that meet each customer’s specific needs for a project. We believe that this strong local presence gives us a competitive advantage by keeping our costs low and allowing us to obtain a unique understanding for the evolving needs of our customers.

We have operations in 17 U.S. states and in Vancouver, Canada. Our business in each region is vertically-integrated. We supply aggregates internally for the production of cement, ready-mixed concrete and asphalt

 

119


Table of Contents

paving mix, a significant portion of which is used internally by our paving and related services businesses. In the year ended December 28, 2013, approximately 73% of our aggregates production was sold directly to outside customers with the remaining amount being further processed by us and sold as a downstream product. In addition, we operate a municipal waste landfill and a construction and demolition debris landfill in our Central region and we have liquid asphalt terminal operations in our East region.

Approximately 83% of our asphalt paving mix products was installed by our paving and related services businesses in the year ended December 28, 2013. We charge a market price and competitive margin at each stage of the production process in order to optimize profitability across our operations. Our production value chain is illustrated as follows:

 

 

LOGO

Construction Materials

We are a leading provider of heavy-side construction materials in the markets we serve. Our construction materials operations are composed of aggregates production, including crushed stone and construction sand and gravel, cement and ready-mixed concrete production and asphalt paving mix production.

Our Aggregates Operations

Aggregates Products

We mine limestone, gravel, and other natural resources from 84 crushed stone quarries and 49 sand and gravel deposits throughout the United States. Aggregates are produced mainly from blasting hard rock from quarries and then crushing and screening it to various sizes to meet our customers’ needs. The production of aggregates also involves the extraction of sand and gravel, which requires less crushing, but still requires screening for different sizes. Aggregate production utilizes capital intensive heavy equipment which includes the use of loaders, large haul trucks, crushers, screens and other heavy equipment at quarries.

Once extracted, the minerals are processed and/or crushed on site into crushed stone, concrete and masonry sand, specialized sand, pulverized lime or agricultural lime. The minerals are processed to meet customer specifications or to meet industry standard sizes. Crushed stone is used primarily in ready-mixed concrete, asphalt paving mix, and the construction of road base for highways.

Our extensive network of quarries, plants and facilities, located throughout our three regions, enables us to have a nearby operation to meet the needs of customers in each of our markets.

 

120


Table of Contents

Aggregates Reserves

Our September 27, 2014 estimate of 2.1 billion tons of proven and probable reserves of recoverable stone, and sand and gravel of suitable quality for economic extraction is based on drilling and studies by geologists and engineers, recognizing reasonable economic and operating restraints as to maximum depth of extraction and permit or other restrictions.

Reported proven and probable reserves include only quantities that are owned or under lease, and for which all required zoning and permitting have been obtained. Of the 2.1 billion tons of proven and probable aggregates reserves, 1.1 billion, or 51%, are located on owned land and 1.0 billion are located on leased land.

Aggregates Sales and Marketing

The cost of transportation from each quarry and the proximity of competitors are key factors that determine the effective market area for each quarry. Each quarry location is unique with regards to demand for each product, proximity to competition and distribution network. Each of our aggregates operations is responsible for the sale and marketing of its aggregates products. Approximately 73% of our aggregates production is sold directly to outside customers and the remaining amount is further processed by us and sold as a downstream product. Even though aggregates are a commodity product, we work to optimize pricing depending on the site location, availability of particular product, customer type, project type and haul cost. We sell aggregates to internal downstream operations at market prices.

Aggregates Competition

The U.S. aggregate industry is highly fragmented with numerous participants operating in localized markets. The February 2014 U.S. Geological Survey reported that a total of 1,550 companies operating 4,000 quarries and 91 underground mines produced or sold crushed stone in 2013 in the United States. This fragmentation is a result of the cost of transporting aggregates, which typically limits producers to a market area within approximately 40 miles of their production facilities.

The primary national players are large vertically-integrated companies, including Vulcan Materials Company, Martin Marietta Materials, Inc., CRH plc, Heidelberg, Lafarge North America Inc. and Cemex, S.A.B. de C.V., that have a combined estimated market share of approximately 30%.

Competitors by region include:

 

    West—CRH plc, Heidelberg Cement plc, Martin Marietta, CEMEX, S.A.B. de C.V., Lafarge and various local suppliers.

 

    Central—Martin Marietta Materials, Inc., CRH plc, Holcim (US) Inc. and various local suppliers.

 

    East—CRH plc, Heidelberg Cement plc, Vulcan Materials Company and various local suppliers.

We believe we have a strong competitive advantage in aggregates through our well located reserves in key markets, high quality reserves and our logistic networks. We further share and implement best practices relating to safety, strategy, sales and marketing, production, and environmental and land management. As a result of our vertical integration and local market knowledge, we have a strong understanding of the needs of our aggregates customers. In addition, our companies have a reputation for responsible environmental stewardship and land restoration, which assists us in obtaining new permits and new reserves.

 

121


Table of Contents

Our Cement Operations

Cement Products

We operate a highly-efficient, technologically-advanced integrated cement manufacturing and distribution system located near Hannibal, Missouri, 100 miles north of St. Louis along the Mississippi River. We also operate an on-site waste fuel processing facility, which can reduce fuel costs for the plant by up to 50%. Our cement plant is one of only 12 with hazardous waste fuel facilities permitted and operating out of 98 total cement plants in the United States. Our cement plant’s potential capacity is 1.25 million tons per annum. Our cement plant is subject to the HWC-MACT standards. See “—Our Industry—Cement.”

Cement Markets

Cement is a product that is costly to transport. Consequently, the radius within which a typical cement plant in the Midwest is competitive extends for only up to 150 miles from any shipping/distribution point. Cement is distributed to local customers primarily by truck from our Hannibal plant and distribution terminals in St. Louis, Missouri and Bettendorf, Iowa. We also transport cement by inland waterway barges on the Mississippi River to our storage and distribution terminals. In 2013, approximately 15% of our cement sales were delivered by barge. Our location on the Mississippi River extends our market beyond the typical 150 miles, as barge transport is more cost effective than trucking or moving by rail. Our traditional markets include eastern Missouri, southeastern Iowa and central/northwestern Illinois.

Cement Sales and Marketing

Our cement customers are ready-mixed concrete and concrete products producers and contractors within our markets. Sales are made on the basis of competitive prices in each market and, as is customary in the industry, we do not typically enter into long-term sales contracts.

Cement Competition

Construction of cement production facilities is highly capital intensive and requires long lead times to complete engineering design, obtain regulatory permits, acquire equipment and construct a plant. Most U.S. cement producers are owned by large foreign companies operating in multiple international markets. Our largest competitors include Holcim (US) Inc., and Lafarge North America Inc., whose parent companies announced a merger plan in April 2014 that would create the world’s largest cement maker, in addition to Buzzi Unicem USA, Inc. and Eagle Materials Inc. Competitive factors include price, reliability of deliveries, location, quality of cement and support services. With a new cement plant, on-site raw material aggregate supply, a network of cement terminals, and longstanding customer relationships, we believe we are well positioned to serve our customers.

Our Ready-mixed Concrete Operations

Ready-mixed Concrete Products

We believe our West and Central regions are leaders in the supply of ready-mixed concrete in their respective markets. The West region has ready-mixed concrete operations in the Houston and Midland/Odessa, Texas, Salt Lake Valley, Utah, Twin Falls, Idaho and Grand Junction, Colorado markets. Our Central region supplies ready-mixed concrete to the Wichita, Kansas and Columbia, Missouri markets and surrounding areas. We produce ready-mixed concrete by blending aggregates, cement, chemical admixtures in various ratios and water at our concrete production plants and placing the resulting product in ready-mixed concrete trucks where it is then delivered to our customers.

Our aggregates business serves as the primary source of the raw materials for our concrete production, functioning essentially as a supplier to our ready-mixed concrete operations. Different types of concrete include

 

122


Table of Contents

lightweight concrete, high performance concrete, self-compacting/consolidating concrete and architectural concrete and are used in a variety of activities ranging from building construction to highway paving.

We operated 41 ready-mixed concrete plants and 391 concrete delivery trucks in the West region and 23 ready-mixed concrete plants and 232 concrete delivery trucks in the Central region as of October 3, 2014.

Ready-mixed Concrete Competition

Ready-mixed concrete production requires relatively small amounts of capital to build a concrete batching plant and acquire delivery trucks. As a result, in each local market, we face competition from numerous small producers, as well as other large vertically-integrated companies with facilities in multiple markets. There are approximately 5,500 ready-mixed concrete plants in the United States, and in 2013 the U.S. ready-mixed concrete industry produced approximately 300.9 million cubic yards of ready-mixed concrete according to the NRMCA.

Our ready-mixed concrete operations compete with CEMEX, S.A.B. de C.V. in Texas and CRH plc in Utah and Colorado and various other privately owned competitors in other parts of the West and Central regions.

Competition among ready-mixed concrete suppliers is generally based on product characteristics, delivery times, customer service and price. Product characteristics such as tensile strength, resistance to pressure, durability, set times, ease of placing, aesthetics, workability under various weather and construction conditions as well as environmental effect are the main criteria that our customers consider for selecting their product. Our quality assurance program produces results in excess of design strengths while optimizing material costs. Additionally, we believe our strategic network of locations and superior customer service gives us a competitive advantage relative to other producers.

Our Asphalt Paving Mix Operations

Asphalt Paving Mix Products

Our asphalt paving mix products are produced by first heating carefully measured amounts of aggregates at high temperatures to remove the moisture from the materials in an asphalt paving mix plant. As the aggregates are heated, liquid asphalt is then introduced to coat the aggregates. Depending on the specifications of a particular mix, recycled asphalt may be added to the mix, which lowers the production costs. The aggregates used for production of these products are generally supplied from our quarries or sand and gravel plants. The ingredients are metered, mixed and brought up to a temperature in excess of 300°F before being placed in a truck and delivered to the jobsite for final placement.

As of September 27, 2014, we operated 20 asphalt paving mix plants in the West region, five plants in the Central region and 14 plants in the East region. Approximately 95% of our plants can utilize recycled asphalt pavement.

Asphalt Paving Mix Sales and Marketing

Approximately 83% of the asphalt paving mix we produce is installed by our own paving crews. The rest is sold on a per ton basis to road contractors for the construction of roads, driveways and parking lots, as well as directly to state departments of transportation and local authorities.

Asphalt Paving Mix Competition

According to NAPA, there are approximately 4,000 asphalt paving mix plants in the United States and an estimated 350.7 million tons of asphalt paving mix was produced in 2013. Our asphalt paving mix operations compete with CRH plc and other local suppliers in each of our three regions. Based on availability of internal aggregate supply, quality, operating efficiencies, and location advantages, we believe we are well positioned vis-à-vis our competitors.

 

123


Table of Contents

Asphalt paving mix is generally applied at high temperatures. Prolonged exposure to air causes the mix to lose temperature and harden. Therefore, delivery is typically within close proximity to the asphalt paving mix plant. Local market demand, proximity to competition, transportation costs and supply of aggregates and liquid asphalt vary widely from market to market. Most of our asphalt operations use a combination of company-owned and hired haulers to deliver materials to job sites.

Asphalt Paving and Related Services

As part of our vertical integration strategy, we provide asphalt paving and related services to both the private and public infrastructure sectors as either a prime or sub-contractor. These services complement our heavy-side construction materials and products businesses by providing a reliable downstream outlet, in addition to our external distribution channels.

Our asphalt paving and related services businesses bid on both private construction and public infrastructure projects in their respective local markets. We only provide paving and related services operations as a complement to our heavy-side construction materials operation, which we believe is a major competitive strength. Factors affecting competitiveness in this business segment include price, estimating abilities, knowledge of local markets and conditions, project management, financial strength, reputation for quality and the availability of machinery and equipment.

Contracts with our customers are primarily fixed unit price or fixed price. Under fixed unit price contracts, we provide materials or services at fixed unit prices (for example, dollars per ton of asphalt placed). While the fixed unit price contract shifts the risk of estimating the quantity of units required for a particular project to the customer, any increase in our unit cost over the bid amount, whether due to inflation, inefficiency, errors in our estimates or other factors, is borne by us unless otherwise provided in the contract. Most of our contracts contain escalators for increases in liquid asphalt prices.

Customers

Our business is not dependent on any single customer or a few customers. Therefore, the loss of any single or particular small number of customers would not have a material adverse effect on any individual respective market in which we operate or on us as a whole. No individual customer accounted for more than 10% of our 2013 revenue.

Seasonality

Use and consumption of our products fluctuate due to seasonality. Nearly all of the products used by us, and by our customers, in the private construction or public infrastructure industries are used outdoors. Our highway operations and production and distribution facilities are also located outdoors. Therefore, seasonal changes and other weather-related conditions, in particular extended rainy and cold weather in the spring and fall and major weather events, such as hurricanes, tornadoes, tropical storms and heavy snows, can adversely affect our business and operations through a decline in both the use of our products and demand for our services. In addition, construction materials production and shipment levels follow activity in the construction industry, which typically occurs in the spring, summer and fall. Warmer and drier weather during the second and third quarters of our fiscal year typically result in higher activity and revenue levels during those quarters. The first quarter of our fiscal year has typically lower levels of activity due to weather conditions.

Backlog

Our products are generally delivered upon receipt of orders or requests from customers, or shortly thereafter. Accordingly, the backlog associated with product sales is converted into revenue within a relatively short period of time. Inventory for products is generally maintained in sufficient quantities to meet rapid delivery requirements of customers. A period over period increase or decrease of backlog does not necessarily result in an

 

124


Table of Contents

improvement or a deterioration of our business. Our backlog includes only those products and projects for which we have obtained a purchase order or a signed contract with the customer and does not include products purchased and sold or services awarded and provided within the period.

Our paving and related services backlog represents our estimate of revenue that will be realized under the applicable contracts. We generally include a project in backlog at the time it is awarded and funding is in place. Many of our paving and related services are awarded and completed within one year and therefore may not be reflected in our beginning or ending contract backlog. Historically, we have not been materially adversely affected by contract cancellations or modifications. However, in accordance with applicable contract terms, substantially all contracts in our backlog may be cancelled or modified by our customers.

As a vertically-integrated business, approximately 32% of our aggregates sales volume was further processed and sold as a downstream product, such as ready-mixed concrete or asphalt paving mix, or used in our paving and related services business, and approximately 80% of the asphalt paving mix we sold was installed by our own paving crews during the nine months ended September 27, 2014. The following table sets forth our backlog as of the indicated dates:

 

(in thousands)    September 27,
2014
     September 28,
2013
     December 28,
2013
     December 29,
2012
 

Aggregate (in tons)

     4,548         4,672         5,153         3,881   

Ready-mixed concrete (in cubic yards)

     199         196         138         155   

Asphalt (in tons)

     2,831         2,441         2,387         2,314   

Paving and related services (1)

   $ 395,465       $ 375,561       $ 359,263         288,673   

 

(1) The dollar value of the construction services backlog includes the value of the aggregate and asphalt tons and ready-mixed concrete cubic yards in backlog that are expected to be sourced internally.

Intellectual Property

We do not own or have a license or other rights under any patents that are material to our business.

Employees

As of September 27, 2014 we had approximately 4,000 employees, of whom approximately 75% were hourly workers and the remainder were salaried employees. Because of the seasonal nature of our industry, many of our hourly and certain of our full time employees are subject to seasonal layoffs. The scope of layoffs varies greatly from season to season as they are predominantly a function of the type of projects in process and the weather during the late fall through early spring.

Approximately 6.9% of our hourly employees and approximately 0.4% of our full time salaried employees are union members. We believe we enjoy a satisfactory working relationship with our employees and their unions.

Properties

Our headquarters are located in a 16,653 square foot office space, which we lease in Denver, Colorado, under a lease expiring on August 31, 2017.

As of October 3, 2014, we also operated 133 quarries and sand deposits, 39 asphalt paving mix plants and 64 fixed and portable ready-mixed concrete plants and had 50 office locations.

 

125


Table of Contents

The following chart sets forth specifics of our production and distribution facilities as of October 3, 2014:

 

Region

 

Property

 

Owned/
Leased

 

Aggregates

 

Asphalt
Plant

 

Ready
Mixed
Concrete

 

Cement

 

Landfill

 

Other*

West

  DeQueen, Arkansas   Leased   —     X   —     —     —     —  

West

  Kirby, Arkansas   Leased   Sandstone   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Texarkana, Arkansas   Leased   —     X   —     —     —     —  

West

  Abbotsford, British Columbia   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     X

West

  Abbotsford, British Columbia   Leased   Granite   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Abbotsford, British Columbia   Leased   Granite   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Richmond, British Columbia   Owned/Leased   —     —     —     —     —     X

West

  Richmond, British Columbia   Leased   —     —     —     —     —     X

West

  Surrey, British Columbia   Leased   —     —     —     —     —     X

West

  Surrey, British Columbia   Leased   —     —     —     —     —     X

West

  Langley, British Columbia   Leased   —     —     —     —     —     X

West

  Clark, Colorado   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Craig, Colorado   Owned   Sand and Gravel   X   —     —     —     —  

West

  Craig, Colorado   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Craig, Colorado   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Delta, Colorado   Owned/Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Delta, Colorado   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Durango, Colorado   Leased   Sand and Gravel   X   —     —     —     —  

West

  Durango, Colorado   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Eagle, Colorado   Leased   —     X   —     —     —     —  

West

  Fruita, Colorado   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Grand Junction, Colorado   Owned   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Grand Junction, Colorado   Owned   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Grand Junction, Colorado   Owned   —     X   —     —     —     —  

West

  Grand Junction, Colorado   Owned/Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Grand Junction, Colorado   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Grand Junction, Colorado   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Parachute, Colorado   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Parachute, Colorado   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Silverton, Colorado   Leased   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Whitewater, Colorado   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Whitewater, Colorado   Owned/Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Whitewater, Colorado   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Woody Creek, Colorado   Owned   Sand and Gravel   X   —     —     —     —  

Central

  Bettendorf, Iowa   Owned   —     —     —     X   —     —  

West

  Bliss, Idaho   Owned   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Burley, Idaho   Owned   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Jerome, Idaho   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     X

West

  Rupert, Idaho   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Rupert, Idaho   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Rupert, Idaho   Owned   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Rupert, Idaho   Owned   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Twin Falls, Idaho   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     X

Central

  Andover, Kansas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

Central

  Chapman, Kansas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Cummings, Kansas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Derby, Kansas   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     X

Central

  Easton, Kansas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  El Dorado, Kansas   Leased   —     —     X   —     —     —  

Central

  El Dorado, Kansas   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Emporia, Kansas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

Central

  Eudora, Kansas   Owned   Limestone   X   —     —     —     —  

Central

  Eudora, Kansas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Eureka, Kansas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

Central

  Garnett, Kansas   Leased   —     —     X   —     —     —  

Central

  Grantville, Kansas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Herington, Kansas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Highland, Kansas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Holton, Kansas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Holton, Kansas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

Central

  Howard, Kansas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

Central

  Lawrence, Kansas   Owned   —     —     —     —     X   —  

Central

  Lawrence, Kansas   Owned   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Lawrence, Kansas   Owned   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Lawrence, Kansas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Leavenworth, Kansas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Linwood, Kansas   Owned   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Moline, Kansas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  New Strawn, Kansas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

Central

  Olsburg, Kansas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Onaga, Kansas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Osage City, Kansas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Osage City, Kansas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

Central

  Ottawa, Kansas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

Central

  Oxford, Kansas   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Ozawkie, Kansas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

Central

  Perry, Kansas   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     X

Central

  Perry, Kansas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

 

126


Table of Contents

Region

 

Property

 

Owned/
Leased

 

Aggregates

 

Asphalt
Plant

 

Ready
Mixed
Concrete

 

Cement

 

Landfill

 

Other*

Central

  Salina, Kansas   Leased   —     —     X   —     —     —  

Central

  Severy, Kansas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  St. Joseph, Kansas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

Central

  St. Joseph, Kansas   Leased   —     —     —     —     —     X

Central

  St. Mary’s, Kansas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Tonganoxie, Kansas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Topeka, Kansas   Leased   —     X   —     —     —     —  

Central

  Topeka, Kansas   Leased   —     —     X   —     —     —  

Central

  Topeka, Kansas   Leased   —     —     X   —     —     —  

Central

  Topeka, Kansas   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     X

Central

  Topeka, Kansas   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Topeka, Kansas   Owned   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Troy, Kansas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Washington, Kansas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  White City, Kansas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Wichita, Kansas   Owned   —     —     —     —     X   —  

Central

  Wichita, Kansas   Owned   —     —     —     —     X   —  

Central

  Wichita, Kansas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

Central

  Wichita, Kansas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

Central

  Wichita, Kansas   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     X

Central

  Wichita, Kansas   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Wichita, Kansas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

Central

  Wichita, Kansas   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     X

Central

  Wichita, Kansas   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     X

Central

  Wichita, Kansas   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     X

Central

  Wichita, Kansas   Owned   —     X   —     —     —     —  

Central

  Wichita, Kansas   Owned   —     X   —     —     —     —  

Central

  Wichita, Kansas   Owned   —     X   —     —     —     —  

Central

  Wichita, Kansas   Owned   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Wichita, Kansas   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Wichita, Kansas   Owned   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Wichita, Kansas   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     X

Central

  Wichita, Kansas   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Wichita, Kansas   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Wichita, Kansas   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Wichita, Kansas   Owned   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Winchester, Kansas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Woodbine, Kansas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Woodbine, Kansas   Owned   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

East

  Avon, Kentucky   Leased   —     —     —     —     —     X

East

  Beattyville, Kentucky   Leased   Limestone   X   —     —     —     —  

East

  Bethelridge, Kentucky   Owned   Limestone   X   —     —     —     —  

East

  Burnside, Kentucky   Owned/Leased   Limestone   X   —     —     —     —  

East

  Carrollton, Kentucky   Leased   —     X   —     —     —     —  

East

  Carrollton, Kentucky   Leased   —     —     —     —     —     X

East

  Carrollton, Kentucky   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     X

East

  Cave City, Kentucky   Owned   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

East

  Cave City, Kentucky   Owned   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

East

  Crestwood, Kentucky   Leased   —     X   —     —     —     —  

East

  Flat Lick, Kentucky   Owned   —     X   —     —     —     —  

East

  Glasgow, Kentucky   Leased   —     —     —     —     —     X

East

  Glasgow, Kentucky   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

East

  Glasgow, Kentucky   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

East

  Horsecave, Kentucky   Owned/Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

East

  Jackson, Kentucky   Owned   —     X   —     —     —     —  

East

  Knob Lick, Kentucky   Owned   Limestone   —     —     —     —     X

East

  Magnolia, Kentucky   Owned   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

East

  Middlesboro, Kentucky   Owned   —     X   —     —     —     —  

East

  Monticello, Kentucky   Owned   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

East

  Morehead, Kentucky   Leased   —     X   —     —     —     X

East

  Paris, Kentucky   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     X

East

  Paris, Kentucky   Leased/Owned   Limestone   X   —     —     —     X

East

  Pineville, Kentucky   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

East

  Ravenna, Kentucky   Leased   Limestone   X   —     —     —     —  

East

  Richmond, Kentucky   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     X

East

  Scottsville, Kentucky   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

East

  Somerset, Kentucky   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

East

  Somerset, Kentucky   Owned/Leased   Limestone   X   —     —     —     X

East

  Stanton, Kentucky   Owned/Leased   Limestone   X   —     —     —     —  

East

  Tompkinsville, Kentucky   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

East

  West Liberty, Kentucky   Owned   Limestone   X   —     —     —     —  

Central

  Amazonia, Missouri   Owned   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Barnard, Missouri   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Bethany, Missouri   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Blythedale, Missouri   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Cameron, Missouri   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     X

Central

  Chesterfield, Missouri   Leased   —     —     —     X   —     —  

Central

  Columbia, Missouri   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Columbia, Missouri   Owned   Limestone   —     X   —     —     —  

Central

  Columbia, Missouri   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     X

Central

  Columbia, Missouri   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Columbia, Missouri   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

Central

  Columbia, Missouri   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

 

127


Table of Contents

Region

 

Property

 

Owned/
Leased

 

Aggregates

 

Asphalt
Plant

 

Ready
Mixed
Concrete

 

Cement

 

Landfill

 

Other*

Central

  Columbia, Missouri   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

Central

  Columbia, Missouri   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Cowgil, Missouri   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Dawn, Missouri   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Edinburg, Missouri   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Gallatin, Missouri   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Hannibal, Missouri   Owned   Limestone   —     —     X   —     X

Central

  Huntsville, Missouri   Owned/Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Maitland, Missouri   Owned/Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Mercer, Missouri   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Moberly, Missouri   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

Central

  Oregon, Missouri   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Owensville, Missouri   Owned   Clay   —     —     X   —     —  

Central

  Pattonsburg, Missouri   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Pattonsburg, Missouri   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Princeton, Missouri   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Ravenwood, Missouri   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Savannah, Missouri   Owned/Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Savannah, Missouri   Leased   —     —     —     —     —     X

Central

  Sedalia, Missouri   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  St. Louis, Missouri   Owned   —     —     —     X   —     —  

Central

  Stet, Missouri   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Trenton, Missouri   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

Central

  Pawnee City, Nebraska   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Sawyer, Oklahoma   Owned/Leased   Sandstone   —     —     —     —     —  

East

  Jefferson, South Carolina   Leased   Granite   —     —     —     —     —  

East

  Mt. Croghan, South Carolina   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

East

  Jellico, Tennessee   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Altair, Texas   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Amarillo, Texas   Leased   —     X   —     —     —     —  

West

  Austin, Texas   Leased   —     —     —     —     —     X

West

  Austin, Texas   Leased   —     —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Big Springs, Texas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Brookshire, Texas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Buda, Texas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     X

West

  Buda, Texas   Leased   —     X   —     —     —     —  

West

  Buda, Texas   Owned   —     X   —     —     —     —  

West

  Columbus, Texas   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Columbus, Texas   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Columbus, Texas   Leased   —     —     —     —     —     X

West

  Crane, Texas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Cypress, Texas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Denison, Texas   Owned   —     X   —     —     —     —  

West

  Denison, Texas   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     X

West

  Eagle Lake, Texas   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Eagle Lake, Texas   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Eagle Lake, Texas   Owned   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Edna, Texas   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     X

West

  El Campo, Texas   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     X

West

  Florence, Texas   Owned   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Florence, Texas   Owned   —     X   —     —     —     —  

West

  Garwood, Texas   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Gonzales, Texas   Leased   —     —     —     —     —     X

West

  Greenville, Texas   Owned   —     X   —     —     —     —  

West

  Greenville, Texas   Owned   —     X   —     —     —     —  

West

  Greenwood, Texas   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     X

West

  Guthrie, Texas   Leased   —     X   —     —     —     —  

West

  Hartley, Texas   Leased   —     X   —     —     —     —  

West

  Holiday, Texas   Leased   —     —     —     —     —     X

West

  Houston, Texas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Houston, Texas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Katy, Texas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Manvel, Texas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Midland, Texas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Midland, Texas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Monahans, Texas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Monahans, Texas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Mount Pleasant, Texas   Leased   —     X   —     —     —     —  

West

  Mustang Ridge, Texas   Owned   —     X   —     —     —     —  

West

  Odessa, Texas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Odessa, Texas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Paris, Texas   Leased   —     —     —     —     —     X

West

  Paris, Texas   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     X

West

  Paris, Texas   Owned   —     X   —     —     —     —  

West

  Pecos, Texas   Leased   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Pyote, Texas   Owned   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     X

West

  Richmond, Texas   Leased   —     —     —     —     —     X

West

  Richmond, Texas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Rosenberg, Texas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Sulphur Springs, Texas   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     X

West

  Texarkana, Texas   Leased   —     —     —     —     —     X

West

  Victoria, Texas   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     X

West

  Waller, Texas   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

 

128


Table of Contents

Region

 

Property

 

Owned/
Leased

 

Aggregates

 

Asphalt
Plant

 

Ready
Mixed
Concrete

 

Cement

 

Landfill

 

Other*

West

  American Fork, Utah   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Aurora, Utah   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Bluffdale, Utah   Owned   Sand and Gravel   —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Highland, Utah   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Manti, Utah   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Midvale, Utah   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Mona, Utah   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Mona, Utah   Owned   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Mount Pleasant, Utah   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Parley’s Canyon, Utah   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Salt Lake City, Utah   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Sandy, Utah   Owned   —     —     —     —     —     X

West

  Springville, Utah   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Stockton, Utah   Owned   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Tooele, Utah   Leased   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Tooele, Utah   Owned   Sand and Gravel   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  West Haven, Utah   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  West Jordan, Utah   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     X

West

  West Valley City, Utah   Leased   —     —     —     —     —     X

West

  West Valley City, Utah   Owned   Sand and Gravel   X   X   —     —     —  

East

  Ewing, Virginia   Leased   Limestone   —     —     —     —     —  

West

  Big Piney, Wyoming   Leased   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Evanston, Wyoming   Owned   —     —     X   —     —     —  

West

  Kemmerer, Wyoming   Leased   —     —     X   —     —     —  

 

* Other primarily consists of office space.

Legal Proceedings

We are party to certain legal actions arising from the ordinary course of business activities. While the ultimate results of claims and litigation cannot be predicted with certainty, management expects that the ultimate resolution of all current pending or threatened claims and litigation will not have a material effect on our consolidated results of operations, financial position or liquidity.

Environmental and Government Regulation

We are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the environment and to health and safety, including noise, discharges to air and water, waste management including the management of hazardous waste used as a fuel substitute at our Hannibal, Missouri cement kiln, remediation of contaminated sites, mine reclamation, operation and closure of landfills and dust control and to zoning, land use and permitting. Our failure to comply with such laws and regulations can result in sanctions such as fines or the cessation of part or all of our operations. From time to time, we may also be required to conduct investigation or remediation activities. There also can be no assurance that our compliance costs associated with such laws and regulations or activities will not be significant.

In addition, our operations require numerous governmental approvals and permits. Environmental operating permits are subject to modification, renewal and revocation and can require us to make capital, maintenance and operational expenditures to comply with the applicable requirements. Stricter laws and regulations, or more stringent interpretations of existing laws or regulations, may impose new liabilities on us, reduce operation hours, require additional investment by us in pollution control equipment or impede our opening new or expanding existing plants or facilities. We regularly monitor and review our operations, procedures and policies for compliance with existing environmental laws and regulations, changes in interpretations of existing laws and enforcement policies, new laws that are adopted, and new requirements that we anticipate will be adopted that could affect our operations.

Multiple permits are required for our operations, including those required to operate our cement plant. Applicable permits may include conditional use permits to allow us to operate in certain areas absent zoning approval and operational permits governing, among other matters, air and water emissions, dust, particulate matter and storm water management and control. In addition, we are often required to obtain bonding for future

 

129


Table of Contents

reclamation costs, most commonly specific to restorative grading and seeding of disturbed surface areas. As of September 27, 2014, we believe we were in substantial compliance with the permitting requirements that are material to the operation of our business.

Like others in our industry, we expend substantial amounts to comply with applicable environmental laws and regulations and permit limitations, which include amounts for pollution control equipment required to monitor and regulate emissions into the environment. Since many of these requirements are likely to be affected by future legislation or rule making by government agencies, and are therefore not quantifiable, it is not possible to accurately predict the aggregate future costs of compliance and their effect on our future results of operations, financial condition or liquidity.

At most of our quarries, we incur reclamation obligations as part of our mining activities. Reclamation methods and requirements can vary depending on the individual site and state regulations. Generally, we are required to grade the mined properties to a certain slope and seed the property to prevent erosion. We record a mining reclamation liability in our consolidated financial statements to reflect the estimated fair value of the cost to reclaim each property including active and closed sites.

Our operations in Kansas include one municipal waste landfill and two construction and demolition debris landfills, one of which has been closed. Among other environmental, health and safety requirements, we are subject to obligations to appropriately close those landfills at the end of their useful lives and provide for appropriate post-closure care. Asset retirement obligations relating to these landfills are recorded in our consolidated financial statements.

Health and Safety

Our facilities and operations are subject to a variety of worker health and safety requirements, particularly those administered by the federal OSHA and MSHA, which may become stricter in the future. Throughout our organization, we strive for a zero-incident safety culture and full compliance with safety regulations. Failure to comply with these requirements can result in sanctions such as fines and penalties and claims for personal injury and property damage. These requirements may also result in increased operating and capital costs in the future. We cannot guarantee that violations of such requirements will not occur, and any violations could result in additional costs.

Worker safety and health matters are overseen by our corporate risk management and safety department as well as operating company level safety managers. We provide leadership and support, comprehensive training, and other tools designed to accomplish health and safety goals, reduce risk, eliminate hazards, and ultimately make our work places safer.

Insurance

Our insurance program is structured using multiple “A” rated insurance carriers, and a variety of deductible amounts. In particular, our workers compensation, general liability and auto liability policies are subject to a $500,000 per occurrence deductible. Losses within these deductibles are accrued for using projections based on past loss history.

We also maintain $50.0 million in combined umbrella insurance. Other policies have smaller deductibles and include property, contractors equipment, contractors pollution and professional, directors and officers, employment practices liability and fiduciary and crime. We also have a separate marine insurance policy for our cement business, which is located adjacent to the Mississippi River and ships cement on the river via barge.

 

130


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of our directors and executive officers as of the date of this prospectus.

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Thomas W. Hill

     58       President and Chief Executive Officer; Director

Howard L. Lance

     59       Director; Chairman of the Board of Directors

Ted A. Gardner

     56       Director

Julia C. Kahr

     36       Director

John R. Murphy

     64       Director; Audit Committee Chairman

Neil P. Simpkins

     48       Director

Anne Lee Benedict

     42       Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary

Michael J. Brady

     47       Executive Vice President and Chief Business Development Officer

M. Shane Evans

     44       Executive Vice President and West Region President

Kevin A. Gill

     54       Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer

Brian J. Harris

     58       Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Damian J. Murphy

     45       Executive Vice President and Central Region President

Douglas C. Rauh

     54       Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

Thomas W. Hill is the founder of Summit Materials and has been President and Chief Executive Officer since its inception. He has been a member of the board of directors since August 2009. From 2006 to 2008, he was the Chief Executive Officer of Oldcastle, Inc., the North American arm of CRH plc, one of the world’s leading construction materials companies. Mr. Hill served on the CRH plc Board of Directors from 2002 to 2008 and, from 1992 to 2006, ran the Materials division of Oldcastle. Mr. Hill served as Chairman of the American Road and Transportation Builders Association (“ARTBA”) from 2002 to 2004, during congressional consideration of the multi-year transportation bill “SAFETEA-LU.” Mr. Hill has been Treasurer of both the National Asphalt Pavement Association and the National Stone Association, and he remains active with ARTBA’s Executive Committee. Mr. Hill received a Bachelor of Arts in Economics and History from Duke University and a Masters of Business Administration from Trinity College in Dublin, Ireland.

Howard L. Lance began to serve on our board starting in October 2012 and was formally elected as a director and Chairman in February 2013. He was Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer of Harris Corporation from 2003 to 2011. Before joining Harris Corporation, Mr. Lance was president of NCR Corporation and Chief Operating Officer of its Retail and Financial Group. Previously, he spent 17 years with Emerson Electric Co., where he held senior management positions including Executive Vice President of its Electronics and Telecommunications segment, Chief Executive Officer and director of its Astec electronics subsidiary in Hong Kong, Group Vice President of its Climate Technologies segment and President of its Copeland Refrigeration division. Mr. Lance has a Bachelor of Science degree in Industrial Engineering from Bradley University and a Master of Science degree in Management from the Krannert School of Management at Purdue University.

Ted A. Gardner was elected as a director in August 2009. He is a Managing Partner of Silverhawk. Prior to co-founding Silverhawk in 2005, Mr. Gardner was a Managing Partner of Wachovia Capital Partners (formerly,

 

131


Table of Contents

First Union Capital Partners) from 1989 until 2002. He was a director and Chairman of the Compensation Committee of Kinder Morgan, Inc. from 1999 to 2007 and was a director and the Chairman of the Audit Committee of Encore Acquisition Company from 2001 to 2010. He is currently a director of Kinder Morgan Energy Partners, Spartan Energy Partners and Athlon Energy Inc. Mr. Gardner received a Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics from Duke University and a Juris Doctor and Masters of Business Administration from the University of Virginia.

Julia C. Kahr was elected as a director in August 2009. She is a Managing Director in Blackstone’s Corporate Private Equity group. Since joining Blackstone in 2004, she has been involved in the execution of Blackstone’s investments in SunGard, Encore Medical, DJ Orthopedics, Summit Materials and Gates Corporation. Before joining Blackstone, she was a Project Leader at the Boston Consulting Group, where she worked with companies in a variety of industries, including health care, financial services, media and entertainment and consumer goods. She is also the sole author of Working Knowledge, a book published by Simon & Schuster in 1998. She currently serves on the Board of Directors of DJ Orthopedics and Gates Corporation and is also a member of the Board of Directors of Episcopal Social Services. Ms. Kahr received a Bachelor of Arts in Classical Civilization from Yale University where she graduated summa cum laude. She received a Masters of Business Administration from Harvard Business School.

John R. Murphy was elected as a director and Chairman of the Audit Committee in February 2012. Mr. Murphy served as Summit Materials’ Interim Chief Financial Officer from January 2013 to May 2013 and from July 2013 to October 2013. He was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Smurfit-Stone Container Corporation from 2009 to 2010 and served in various senior management roles from 1998 to 2008, including Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer and as President and Chief Executive Officer of Accuride Corporation. Accuride Corporation filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection in October 2009 and emerged in 2010. Since 2003, Mr. Murphy has served on the Board of Directors, the Governance Committee and as Chairman of the Audit Committee of O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. He has also served as a director and Audit Committee Chairman of DJO Global Inc. since January 2012. Mr. Murphy was elected as a director and Audit Committee member of Graham Packaging in February 2011. Graham Packaging was subsequently sold in September 2011. Mr. Murphy has a Bachelor of Science degree in Accounting from Pennsylvania State University and a Master of Business Administration degree from the University of Colorado and is a Certified Public Accountant.

Neil P. Simpkins was elected as a director in August 2009. He is a Senior Managing Director of Blackstone’s Corporate Private Equity Group. Since joining Blackstone in 1998, Mr. Simpkins has led the acquisitions of TRW Automotive, Vanguard Health Systems, Team Health, LLC, Apria Healthcare Group, Summit Materials, Emdeon, Inc. and Gates Corporation. Before joining Blackstone, Mr. Simpkins was a Principal at Bain Capital. While at Bain Capital, Mr. Simpkins was involved in the execution of investments in the consumer products, industrial, healthcare and information industries. Prior to joining Bain Capital, Mr. Simpkins was a consultant at Bain & Company in the Asia Pacific region and in London. He currently serves as Lead Director of TRW Automotive and as a Director of Apria Healthcare Group, Gates Corporation and Emdeon, Inc. Mr. Simpkins graduated with honors from Oxford University and received a Masters of Business Administration from Harvard Business School.

Anne Lee Benedict joined Summit Materials in October 2013. Prior to joining Summit Materials, Ms. Benedict was a corporate partner in the Washington, D.C. office of Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher, where she had practiced since 2000. Ms. Benedict’s practice involved a wide range of corporate law matters, including mergers and acquisitions, joint ventures and other strategic transactions, securities offerings, securities regulation and disclosure issues, and corporate governance matters. Ms. Benedict earned a Bachelor of Arts degree in English and Psychology from the University of Michigan and graduated from the University of Pennsylvania Law School.

Michael J. Brady joined Summit Materials in April 2009 as Executive Vice President. Before joining Summit Materials, Mr. Brady was a Senior Vice President at Oldcastle with overall responsibility for

 

132


Table of Contents

acquisitions and business development, having joined the company in 2000. Prior to that, Mr. Brady worked in several operational and general management positions in the paper and packaging industry in Ireland, the United Kingdom and Asia Pacific with the Jefferson Smurfit Group, plc (now Smurfit Kappa Group plc). Mr. Brady has a Bachelor of Engineering (Electrical) and a Master of Engineering Science (Microelectronics) from University College, Cork in Ireland. He earned his Masters of Business Administration degree from INSEAD in Fontainebleau, France.

M. Shane Evans joined Summit Materials as Regional President of the West Region in August 2010 with over 20 years of experience in the construction materials industry. Prior to joining Summit Materials, Mr. Evans worked at Oldcastle for 12 years, most recently as a Division President. He started his career working in his family’s construction and materials business where he held various operational and executive positions. Mr. Evans has a Bachelor of Science degree from Montana State University.

Kevin A. Gill joined Summit Materials in May 2013 after having been Human Resources Vice President for Guilford Performance Textiles, a Cerberus portfolio company, since November 2008. In this role, he provided Human Resources Leadership that fueled the monetization to Lear Corporation. Prior to Guilford, Mr. Gill held a variety of Human Resources leadership roles with companies such as Honeywell, Citibank and Monsanto Chemical. Mr. Gill holds a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration from Villanova University and a Master of Arts in Industrial Relations from Wayne State in Detroit, Michigan.

Brian J. Harris joined Summit Materials as Chief Financial Officer in October 2013. Prior to joining the Summit Materials, from 2009 to 2013, Mr. Harris served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Bausch & Lomb Holdings Incorporated, a leading global eye health company. From 1990 to 2009, Mr. Harris held positions of increasing responsibility with industrial, automotive, building products and engineering manufacturing conglomerate Tomkins plc, including President of the $2 billion worldwide power transmission business for Gates Corporation, and Senior Vice President for Strategic Business Development and Business Administration, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of Gates Corporation. Mr. Harris earned his Bachelor of Accountancy from Glasgow University and is qualified as a Scottish Chartered Accountant.

Damian J. Murphy joined Summit Materials as Regional President of the Central Region in August 2009 with over 20 years of experience in the construction materials and mining industries, working with both public and privately held companies. Prior to joining Summit Materials, Mr. Murphy served roles as regional president and company president for Oldcastle starting in 2004. Prior to that Mr. Murphy served as vice president of Aggregate Industries’ Rocky Mountain region, responsible for aggregates and hot mix asphalt production and sales. Before joining Aggregate Industries, Mr. Murphy worked in the mid-Atlantic for a top 10 privately held aggregate supplier and began his career in the industry in Europe. Mr. Murphy holds a Bachelor of Engineering degree with a concentration in Minerals Engineering from the Camborne School of Mines/ Exeter University in the United Kingdom.

Douglas C. Rauh joined Summit Materials as the Regional President of the East Region in January 2012 with over 30 years of experience in the construction materials industry. Effective March 1, 2013, Mr. Rauh, became the Summit Materials’ Chief Operating Officer. Prior to joining Summit Materials, from 2000 to 2012, Mr. Rauh held positions of increasing responsibility with Oldcastle, including President and Chief Executive Officer of The Shelly Co. (“Shelly”), Oldcastle’s operations in Ohio. During Mr. Rauh’s tenure with Shelly, he was an integral part of the team that completed over 30 acquisitions. Mr. Rauh started his career working for his family’s business, Northern Ohio Paving Company (“NOPCO”), where he held roles of increasing responsibility from 1983 to 2000, including Vice President. He attended The Ohio State University and graduated with a Bachelor of Science degree in Business Administration.

There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

 

133


Table of Contents

Composition of the Board of Directors

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. Following the completion of this offering, we expect our board of directors to initially consist of six directors, of whom Mr. Gardner and Mr. Murphy will be independent. As of the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide for a classified board of directors consisting of three classes of directors, each serving staggered three-year terms, as follows:

 

    Our Class I directors will be Mr. Hill and Mr. Simpkins, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016.

 

    Our Class II directors will be Mr. Gardner and Mr. Murphy, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2017.

 

    Our Class III directors will be Ms. Kahr and Mr. Lance, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2018.

Upon expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors for that class will be elected for three-year terms at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which that term expires. Each director’s term continues until the election and qualification of his or her successor or his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Any increase or decrease in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our Company.

In addition, we intend to enter into a stockholders agreement with affiliates of Blackstone in connection with this offering. This agreement will grant affiliates of Blackstone the right to designate nominees to our board of directors subject to the maintenance of certain ownership requirements in us. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders’ Agreement” for additional information.

Background and Experience of Directors

When considering whether directors and nominees have the experience, qualifications, attributes or skills, taken as a whole, to enable our board of directors to satisfy its oversight responsibilities effectively in light of our business and structure, the board of directors focuses primarily on each person’s background and experience as reflected in the information discussed in each of the directors’ individual biographies set forth above. We believe that our directors provide an appropriate mix of experience and skills relevant to the size and nature of our business. In particular, the members of our board of directors considered the following important characteristics, among others:

 

    Mr. Hill’s extensive knowledge of our industry and significant experience in leading companies.

 

    Mr. Lance’s significant management and operational experience from his service in various senior management roles, including as President and Chief Executive Officer of Harris Corporation and President of NCR Corporation.

 

    Mr. Gardner’s extensive business and leadership experience, including as a Managing Partner of Silverhawk and Managing Partner of Wachovia Capital Partners (formerly, First Union Capital Partners).

 

    Ms. Kahr’s extensive knowledge of a variety of different industries and her significant financial and investment experience from her involvement in Blackstone, including as Managing Director.

 

    Mr. Murphy’s extensive financial knowledge, including from his service as Chief Financial Officer of Smurfit-Stone Container Corporation and Accuride Corporation.

 

    Mr. Simpkins’ significant financial and business experience, including as a Senior Managing Director in the Private Equity Group at Blackstone and Principal at Bain Capital.

 

134


Table of Contents

Controlled Company Exception

After the completion of this offering, affiliates of Blackstone, who will be parties to the stockholders’ agreement, will continue to hold more than a majority of the voting power of our common stock eligible to vote in the election of our directors. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of corporate governance standards. Under these corporate governance standards, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance standards, including the requirements (1) that a majority of our board of directors consist of independent directors, (2) that our board of directors have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities and (3) that our board of directors have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities. For at least some period following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions. As a result, immediately following this offering we do not expect that the majority of our directors will be independent or that any committees of the board of directors will be composed entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of these corporate governance requirements. In the event that we cease to be a “controlled company” and our shares continue to be listed on the NYSE, we will be required to comply with these provisions within the applicable transition periods.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established an audit committe. In addition, we anticipate that, prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will establish a compensation committee and a corporate governance and nominating committee. The composition and responsibilities of each committee are described below. Our board of directors may also establish from time to time any other committees that it deems necessary or desirable. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of Mr. Murphy, Mr. Gardner and Ms. Kahr, with Mr. Murphy serving as chair. Our audit committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

    selecting and hiring our independent auditors, and approving the audit and non-audit services to be performed by our independent auditors;

 

    assisting the board of directors in evaluating the qualifications, performance and independence of our independent auditors;

 

    assisting the board of directors in monitoring the quality and integrity of our financial statements and our accounting and financial reporting;

 

    assisting the board of directors in monitoring our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements;

 

    reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting processes;

 

    assisting the board of directors in monitoring the performance of our internal audit function;

 

    monitoring the performance of our internal audit function;

 

    reviewing with management and our independent auditors our annual and quarterly financial statements;

 

    establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters and the confidential, anonymous submission by our employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters; and

 

135


Table of Contents
    preparing the audit committee report that the rules and regulations of the SEC require to be included in our annual proxy statement.

The SEC rules and NYSE rules require us to have one independent audit committee member upon the listing of our Class A common stock on the NYSE, a majority of independent directors within 90 days of the effective date of the registration statement and all independent audit committee members within one year of the effective date of the registration statement. Messrs. Murphy and Gardner qualify as independent directors under the NYSE governance standards and the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act.

Compensation Committee

Upon completion of this offering, we expect our compensation committee will consist of Mr. Simpkins, Mr. Lance and Mr. Gardner, with Mr. Simpkins serving as chair. The compensation committee will be responsible for, among other things:

 

    reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our chief executive officer, evaluating our Chief Executive Officer’s performance in light of those goals and objectives, and, either as a committee or together with the other independent directors (as directed by the board of directors), determining and approving our Chief Executive Officer’s compensation level based on such evaluation;

 

    reviewing and approving, or making recommendations to the board of directors with respect to, the compensation of our other executive officers, including annual base salary, bonus and equity-based incentives and other benefits;

 

    reviewing and recommending the compensation of our directors;

 

    reviewing and discussing annually with management our “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” disclosure required by SEC rules;

 

    preparing the compensation committee report required by the SEC to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

 

    reviewing and making recommendations with respect to our equity compensation plans.

Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee

Upon completion of this offering, we expect our corporate governance and nominating committee will consist of Mr. Lance, Mr. Murphy and Mr. Simpkins, with Mr. Lance serving as chair. The corporate governance and nominating committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

    assisting our board of directors in identifying prospective director nominees and recommending nominees to the board of directors;

 

    overseeing the evaluation of the board of directors and management;

 

    reviewing developments in corporate governance practices and developing and recommending a set of corporate governance guidelines; and

 

    recommending members for each committee of our board of directors.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

We do not presently have a compensation committee. Decisions regarding the compensation of our executive officers have historically been made by the board. Mr. Hill, who is our President and Chief Executive Officer, generally participates in discussions and deliberations of the board regarding executive compensation.

 

136


Table of Contents

Other than Mr. Hill and Mr. Murphy, who served as our Interim Chief Financial Officer from December 18, 2012 to May 12, 2013 and from July 1, 2013 to October 14, 2013, no member of the board was at any time during fiscal years 2013 or 2012, or at any other time, one of our officers or employees.

Upon completion of this offering, the members of our compensation committee will be Mr. Gardner, Mr. Simpkins and Mr. Lance. None of the members of our compensation committee will have at any time been one of our executive officers or employees.

None of our executive officers currently serves, or has served during the last completed fiscal year, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee (or other committee performing equivalent functions) of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee. We are party to certain transactions with affiliates of Blackstone described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Code of Ethics

We will adopt a new Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all of our officers, directors and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer and controller, or persons performing similar functions, which will be posted on our website. Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is a “code of ethics,” as defined in Item 406(b) of Regulation S-K. We will make any legally required disclosures regarding amendments to, or waivers of, provisions of our code of ethics on our website. The information contained on, or accessible from, our website is not part of this prospectus by reference or otherwise.

 

137


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Executive Compensation

Introduction

The executive compensation disclosure that follows explains the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to Thomas W. Hill, our Chief Executive Officer, Brian J. Harris and Doug C. Rauh, our two most highly compensated executive officers other than our Chief Executive Officer, for fiscal year 2014. We refer to these individuals in this section as our “named executive officers” or “NEOs.”

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth the compensation and principal positions of our named executive officers as of and for the year ended December 27, 2014 and, as applicable, compensation for the year ended December 28, 2013.

 

Name and Principal
Position

   Year      Salary      Bonus(1)      Stock
Awards(2)
     Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation(1)
     All Other
Compensation(3)
     Total  

Thomas W. Hill

     2014       $ 725,000       $ —        $ 55,397      $ —         $ 20,163       $ 800,560   

President and Chief Executive Officer, Director

     2013         525,000         —          —          563,850         18,665         1,107,515   

Brian J. Harris

     2014         489,250         —          248,828        —           24,667         762,745   

Chief Financial Officer

                    

Douglas C. Rauh

     2014       $ 489,250         —           17,586         —           44,132         550,968   

Chief Operating Officer

     2013         475,000         29,212         103,553         382,073         68,496         1,058,334   

 

(1) Bonus and non-equity incentive plan compensation awards for services rendered in 2014 have not yet been determined. The cash bonuses paid for services rendered in 2013 were paid in 2014. The amounts of the bonus payments were determined by the Board in its discretion. For more information, see “—Bonus and Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation.”
(2) The amount reported in the Stock Awards column reflects the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (“ASC 718”). The assumptions applied in determining the fair value of the 2014 Stock Awards included a risk-free rate of 0.68%, dividend yield of zero, volatility rate of 58% and an expected term of three years. The assumptions applied in determining the fair value of the 2013 stock awards are discussed in Note 19, Employee Long-Term Incentive Plan, to our December 28, 2013 audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This amount reflects our calculation of the value of the awards at the grant date and do not necessarily correspond to the actual value that may ultimately be recognized by the named executive officer. A portion of the shares granted in 2014 and 2013 vest under certain performance conditions, which are not currently deemed probable of occurring, and therefore have not been included in the table above. The unrecognized value of these awards assuming the highest level of performance conditions would be achieved and based on the aggregate grant date fair value was $102,961 for Mr. Hill in 2014, $597,171 for Mr. Harris in 2014 and $30,079 and $111,831 for Mr. Rauh in 2014 and 2013, respectively.
(3)

All Other Compensation includes the following items: (a) amounts contributed by Summit Materials, LLC under the Summit Materials, LLC Retirement Plan, (b) payments for term life insurance, (c) car allowances, (d) relocation costs and related tax gross-ups, (e) gym membership costs, (f) country club dues and (g) fuel reimbursement for commuting. Amounts contributed to the Summit Materials, LLC Retirement Plan are matching contributions up to 4% of eligible compensation subject to IRS limits and totaled $10,400 for each

 

138


Table of Contents
  of Mr. Hill, Mr. Harris and Mr. Rauh in 2014 and $10,200 for both Mr. Hill and Mr. Rauh in 2013. Matching contributions are immediately vested. For more information, see “—Summit Materials, LLC Retirement Plan.” Payments for term life insurance were as follows: Mr. Hill—$9,223; Mr. Harris—$2,267 and Mr. Rauh—$1,212 in 2014 and Mr. Hill—$2,451 and Mr. Rauh—$1,173 in 2013. Payments made by Summit Materials, LLC for car allowances were as follows: Mr. Harris—$12,000 in 2014 and Mr. Rauh—$20,851 in 2014 and 2013. Payments made by Summit Materials, LLC associated with Mr. Rauh’s relocation were $1,065 in 2013. For more details about the payments made to Mr. Rauh, see “—Employment Agreements—Douglas C. Rauh.”

Narrative Disclosure to the Summary Compensation Table

Executive Summary

Overview

Our board has overall responsibility for the compensation program for our named executive officers, which will be delegated to a compensation committee following this offering. Members of the compensation committee will be appointed by our board.

2014 Executive Compensation Structure

Our executive compensation structure consists of three primary components: base salary; annual bonus and non-equity incentives; and grants of Class D interests through our unit interest program.

 

 

LOGO

Compensation Program Following This Offering

The design of our compensation program following this offering is expected to evolve as we move from our current private structure to that of a public company. We believe that we will have more flexibility in designing compensation programs to attract, motivate and retain our executives following this offering, including permitting us to regularly compensate executives with non-cash compensation reflective of our stock performance. We anticipate that long-term incentive compensation will be an integral part of our compensation program going forward. In connection with this offering, we will adopt a new omnibus incentive plan. See “—Summit Materials, Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan.”

We anticipate that our named executive officers will continue to be subject to employment agreements that are substantially similar to their existing employment agreements, which are described in “—Employment Agreements.” It is also anticipated that our current named executive officers will hold substantially similar positions following the offering.

 

139


Table of Contents

While we are still in the process of determining specific details of the compensation program that will take effect following the offering, it is anticipated that our compensation program following the offering will be based on the same principles and designed to achieve the same objectives as our current compensation program.

Compensation Program Governance Highlights

 

What We Do (Best Practice)

  

What We Don’t Do / Don’t Allow

ü   Disclose performance goals for 2014 incentive payments

  

ü   No hedging or pledging of Company stock by executives or directors

ü   Set maximum payout caps on our annual incentives

  

ü   No single-trigger or modified single-trigger change-in-control arrangements

ü   Pay for performance with a significant portion of our Chief Executive Officer’s total pay opportunity being performance-based compensation

  

ü   No change-in-control severance multiple in excess of three times salary and target bonus

ü   Limit perquisites and other benefits, as well as related tax gross-ups

  

ü   No excise tax gross-ups upon a change in control

ü   Incorporate general severance and change-in-control provisions that are consistent with market practice, including double-trigger requirements for change-in-control protection

  

ü   No enhanced retirement formulas

ü   Perform an annual compensation risk assessment

  

Compensation Decision Process

Our board has overall responsibility for the compensation program for our named executive officers, which we anticipate will be delegated to a compensation committee of our board of directors following this offering.

Objectives for NEO Compensation

Our executive compensation program is intended to attract, motivate, and retain executive officers and to align the interests of our executive officers with equity holders’ interests. The board’s objectives for our program include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

    attract and retain talented and experienced executives in our industry;

 

    recognize and reward executives whose knowledge, skills and performance are critical to our success;

 

    align the interests of our executive officers and equity holders by motivating executive officers to increase equity holder value and rewarding them when that value increases; and

 

    compensate our executives in a manner that encourages them to manage our business in such a way that we meet our long-range objectives.

For our NEOs and select other senior executives, the board employs a “pay-for-performance” philosophy that ties a significant portion of incentive compensation opportunity to our company-wide performance, primarily an EBITDA metric, cash flows, and certain safety metrics. Our long-term incentive compensation is comprised of time-based and performance-based Class D interests. See “—Bonus and Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” and “—Long-Term Incentives” for detailed explanations of these plans.

 

140


Table of Contents

Role of Management and the Board

The board currently approves all compensation for executive officers. Our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Hill, recommends compensation levels for each NEO, excluding himself, to the board. In making these recommendations, Mr. Hill considers individual experience and performance, financial contribution to the Company and knowledge of executive compensation levels gained through years of experience in our industry. The board reviews and discusses all recommendations prior to approval.

The board is solely responsible for assessing performance of and compensation for Mr. Hill. Management does not make compensation-related recommendations for the Chief Executive Officer. In executive session, without management present, the board reviews Mr. Hill’s compensation and individual performance contributions.

Prior compensation realized does not affect the setting of future pay opportunities.

Role of the Compensation Consultant

Beginning in fall 2013, we retained an independent compensation consultant, Aon Hewitt, to assist us with respect to the 2014 salaries and the 2013 bonus and other non-equity incentive plan compensation. The consultant was retained by and reports to management. Other than Aon Hewitt’s roles and services listed below with respect to compensation consulting, it performs no other services for us.

Aon Hewitt’s specific compensation consultation roles include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

    advise management on executive compensation trends and regulatory developments;

 

    provide compensation studies for executives and recommendations for executive pay;

 

    provide advice to management on governance best practices, as well as any other areas of concern or risk; and

 

    review and comment on disclosure items, including “Executive and Director Compensation” disclosures.

Aon Hewitt provided management and the board of directors with benchmarking studies, which were used in determining the 2014 salaries and 2013 bonuses and non-equity incentive plan compensation for executives.

Role of Competitive Market Data

Through 2014, we have not relied on market survey data in making decisions regarding executive compensation. Our board has exercised its discretion in setting both the individual compensation components and the total pay of each of our named executive officers at levels believed to be commensurate with their specific positions and job responsibilities, taking into account the need to retain and motivate our named executive officers to achieve superior levels of performance.

We anticipate that our board and/or a compensation committee may, in the future, more formally benchmark executive compensation against a peer group of comparable companies and may target specific percentile pay levels. We also anticipate that our board and/or compensation committee may make adjustments in executive compensation levels in the future as a result of this more formal benchmarking process.

 

141


Table of Contents

Considerations Regarding 2014 NEO Compensation

Components of 2014 NEO Compensation

The following table outlines the major components of our 2014 executive compensation program for our NEOs:

 

Pay Component

 

Purpose

 

Characteristics

 

Fixed or
Performance

 

Short or

Long-Term

Base Salary   Attract and retain executives through market-based pay   Reflects executive’s experience, performance, and the board’s knowledge of executive compensation practices   Fixed   Short-Term
Bonus and Non- Equity Incentive Plan Compensation   Encourages achievement of strategic and financial performance metrics that create long-term equity holder value   Based on achievement of predefined performance objectives and an assessment of individual performance   Performance   Short-Term

Long-Term

Incentives

  Aligns executives’ long-term compensation with equity holders’ investment interests; creates a retention incentive through multi-year vesting and performance cycles   Value to the executive is based on long-term value creation   Performance   Long-Term
Health/Welfare Plans and Retirement Benefits   Provides competitive benefits that promote employee health and productivity and support financial security   Similar to benefits offered to other employees   Fixed   Long-Term
Perquisites   Provides business-related benefits, where appropriate   Limited to car allowance, relocation expenses, club memberships and other business related reimbursements.   Fixed   Short-Term

Base Salary

Annual base salaries compensate our executive officers for fulfilling the requirements of their respective positions and provide them with a level of cash income predictability and stability with respect to a portion of their total compensation. The board determines base salaries for the NEOs and other executives based on a number of factors, including but not limited to, the board’s understanding of executive pay practices, individual performance, Company performance and management recommendations (except for the Chief Executive Officer). The board approved the following base salary amounts for 2014.

 

     Base Salary  

Thomas W. Hill

   $ 725,000   

Brian J. Harris

   $ 489,250   

Douglas C. Rauh

   $ 489,250   

 

142


Table of Contents

Bonus and Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation

Each named executive officer is eligible to earn an annual incentive based upon the achievement of performance targets established by the board within the first three months of the fiscal year.

Annual Incentive Targets. At the start of each fiscal year the board approves annual incentive compensation targets, as a percentage of base salary, based on the board’s understanding of executive pay practices, management’s recommendations and other relevant factors. The 2014 annual incentive targets for our NEOs follow:

 

       Target Bonus  

Thomas W. Hill

     100

Brian J. Harris

     75

Douglas C. Rauh

     75

2014 Annual Incentive Metrics. The performance targets may be based on an EBITDA metric and/or free cash flow targets; however, the board, in its discretion, may adjust such performance targets in any fiscal year to reflect any merger, acquisition or divestiture affected by us during such fiscal year. In fiscal 2014, the performance targets were primarily based on an EBITDA metric, cash flows and safety and discretionary evaluations related primarily to the successful integration of acquired businesses. These may be measured at either the corporate or regional business level. For 2014, the measures were weighted as follows:

 

       EBITDA
Metric
    Cash Flow     Safety/
Discretionary
 

Thomas W. Hill

     60     20     20

Brian J. Harris

     60     20     20

Douglas C. Rauh

     60     20     20

Performance / Payout Scales. The payout opportunities associated with minimum, target, and maximum performance levels are consistent across the EBITDA and cash flow performance metrics. The minimum payout opportunity is 10% of target if the minimum performance level of 91% of goal is achieved. Target is earned if targeted performance is achieved. The maximum payout opportunity is 201% of target if the maximum performance level of 120% of goal is achieved.

2014 Actual Performance. Bonus and non-equity incentive plan compensation awards for services rendered in 2014 have not yet been determined.

2013 Actual Performance. Actual results for the 2013 Bonus and Non-Equity Incentive Plan were certified by the board, as follows, based on the performance goals and funding scales approved in the first quarter of 2013:

 

    EBITDA Metric: The 2013 performance target was $126.1 million. We achieved an EBITDA metric of $127.7 million. The EBITDA metric portion was paid at 101% of target.

 

    Cash Flow: The 2013 performance target was $13.9 million. We achieved $12.2 million. The Cash Flow portion was paid at 90% of target.

 

    Safety/Discretionary Metrics: Payouts earned against target were 150%.

The following table summarizes the 2013 bonuses earned based on actual performance, as compared to the target opportunity for each NEO:

 

       Incentive
Earned
     Target
Incentive
     % of
Target Earned
 

Thomas W. Hill

   $ 563,850       $ 525,000         107

Douglas C. Rauh(1)

   $ 382,073       $ 356,250         107

 

143


Table of Contents

 

(1) Mr. Rauh received an additional discretionary bonus of $29,752 for performing dual roles as Chief Operating Officer and President—East region.

Long-Term Incentives

Certain of our employees, including our named executive officers, received Class D interests in Summit Holdings between 2009 and 2014. The Class D interests provide rights to cash distributions based on a predetermined distribution formula (as provided for in the Third Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement dated December 23, 2013) upon Summit Holdings’ general partner declaring a distribution. Under the limited partnership agreement, these interests would be entitled to distributions as determined by the board on a pro rata basis with the Class B and Class C interests after returns of capital to Class A and Class B holders (Blackstone and other investors) and a preferential distribution to Class C Holders.

We do not anticipate further grants of the Class D interests after this offering. Existing grants will be unitized in connection with this offering. In connection with this offering, we expect that our directors, officers and employees will surrender all vested and unvested Class D interests held by them and receive vested and unvested LP Units pursuant to the Reclassification, as described in “Organizational Structure—Reclassification and Amendment and Restatement of Limited Partnership Agreement of Summit Materials Holdings L.P.,” and stock options. The LP Units and stock options issued in exchange for unvested Class D interests will generally be subject to the same vesting conditions as were applicable to the corresponding Class D interests, as described below. For more information, see “—Outstanding Equity Awards at 2013 Fiscal Year-end.”

Vesting

There are four categories of Class D interests:

 

    Class D-1 U.S. Interests;

 

    Class D-1 Non-U.S. Interests;

 

    Class D-2 U.S. Interests; and

 

    Class D-2 Non-U.S. Interests.

Generally, 50% of each category of Class D-1 interests vest with the passage of time (“time-vesting interests”) and the remaining 50% of the Class D-1 interests and all Class D-2 interests vest when certain investment returns are achieved by Summit Holdings’ investors (“performance-vesting interests”).

Time vesting interests generally vest as follows: 20% vest on the first anniversary of the grant date and the remaining 80% vest monthly over the four years following the first anniversary of the grant date. The time-vesting interests will become fully vested on an accelerated basis upon a change in control while the employee continues to provide services to us. Any of the time-vesting interests that are unvested upon termination of the employee’s services will be forfeited by the employee.

Performance-vesting interests vest when certain investment returns are achieved by Summit Holdings’ Blackstone-affiliated investors while the employee continues to provide services to us or our subsidiaries. There are two performance levels at which performance-vesting interests generally vest, with performance-vesting interests that are Class D-1 interests vesting if Summit Holdings’ Blackstone-affiliated investors receive a return on invested capital of 1.75 times their initial investment, and performance-vesting interests that are Class D-2 interests vesting if Summit Holdings’ Blackstone-affiliated investors receive a return on invested capital of 3.00 times their initial investment.

Unvested interests are generally forfeited upon termination of employment by the holder. However, if the employee is terminated without “cause” or resigns due to a “constructive termination” (each as defined in such employee’s employment agreement with us) within 12 months preceding a “change of control” or a “public

 

144


Table of Contents

offering” (each as defined in Summit Holdings’ limited partnership agreement), any performance-vesting interests that would have been eligible to vest in connection with such transaction shall be restored and shall be eligible to vest based on the proceeds of such transaction.

If a holder’s employment is terminated by us for “cause,” or the holder violates a restrictive covenant, any vested Class D interests are automatically forfeited. If a holder’s employment is terminated by us without “cause,” we may, under specified circumstances, repurchase the holder’s vested Class D interests at a price per unit equal to the fair market value of such Class D interests, minus any amounts already distributed to the holder in respect of such Class D interests.

If a holder’s employment terminates as a result of the voluntary resignation of the holder, we may elect to convert all of the employee’s Class D interests into a right to a fixed cash payment capped at a specified amount determined at the time of termination. The fixed cash payment calculated for this purpose is an amount equal to the fair market value of the holder’s vested Class D interests minus any amounts already distributed to the holder in respect of such Class D interests.

Grants of Class D interests are generally awarded at hire and when there are additional Class A and Class B investments. Grants to employees are based on the role and responsibility of the executive. In 2014, the following NEOs were granted Class D interests:

 

    Thomas W. Hill: 40.5 Class D-1 time vesting interests and 40.5 Class D-1 performance vesting interests and 12.1 Class D-2 performance vesting interests. Grants were made upon additional Class A and Class B investments.

 

    Brian J. Harris: 235.9 Class D-1 time vesting interests and 235.9 Class D-1 performance vesting interests and 68.8 Class D-2 performance vesting interests. Grants were made for Mr. Harris’s 2013 hire and upon additional Class A and Class B investments.

 

    Douglas C. Rauh: 12.9 Class D-1 time vesting interests and 12.9 Class D-1 performance vesting interests and 3.8 Class D-2 performance vesting interests. Grants were made upon additional Class A and Class B investments.

Conversion of Class D Interests. In connection with the Reclassification, all vested and unvested Class D interests will be converted into vested and unvested LP Units. The number of LP Units delivered in respect of each Class D interest will be determined based the amount of proceeds that would be distributed to such Class D interest if the company were to be sold at a value derived from the initial public offering price, and the intrinsic value of the LP Units issued in respect of each Class D interest will have an intrinsic value equal to the hypothetical proceeds such Class D interest would have received.

Vested Class D interests will be converted into fully vested LP Units and unvested Class D interests will be converted into unvested LP Units, which will be subject to vesting terms substantially similar to those applicable to the unvested Class D interests immediately prior to the Reclassification, as described above. The precise number of LP Units delivered in respect of Class D interests will be based on the initial public offering price. Assuming an offering price of $            per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the range on the front cover of this prospectus, the aggregate number of vested and unvested LP Units issued to holders of Class D interests would be            , and the number of LP Units issued to our named executive officers would be: Mr. Hill,            ; Mr. Harris,            ; and Mr. Rauh,            . The total number of unvested LP Units issued would be             , or approximately     % of the total of              LP Units issued and outstanding following this offering and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the contribution and purchase agreement with the Class B Unitholders of Continental Cement. The vesting conditions applicable to these unvested LP Units would be as follows:

 

                , or approximately     % of such unvested LP Units will become vested based on the holder’s continued employment (or upon certain qualifying terminations of employment, as described above), with substantially all of such LP Units eligible to become vested by September 1, 2019;

 

145


Table of Contents
                , or approximately      % of such unvested LP Units will generally only vest if Summit Holdings’ Blackstone-affiliated investors receive a return multiple on invested capital of 1.75 times their initial investment, generally subject to the holder’s continued employment through that realization date; and

 

                , or approximately     % of such unvested LP Units will generally only vest if such investors receive a return multiple on invested capital of 3.00 times their initial investment, generally subject to the holder’s continued employment through that realization date.

In connection with the Reclassification, we also expect to grant options to purchase Class A shares under the Omnibus Incentive Plan to all holders of Class D interests whose interests are converted in the Reclassification, including each of our named executive officers, in substitution for part of the economic benefit of the Class D interests that is not reflected in the conversion of Class D interests to LP Units. We refer to these stock options as “leverage restoration options”. The leverage restoration options will have an exercise price per share that will be equal to or higher than the initial public offering price per share, and generally be subject to vesting terms substantially similar to those applicable to the corresponding Class D interests immediately prior to the Reclassification, except that the leverage restoration options that correlate to time-vesting interests will vest over four years, beginning on the Reclassification date, instead of over five years, and the leverage restoration options that correlate to performance-vesting interests will become vested only when both the relevant return multiple is achieved and a time-vesting condition is satisfied. The time-based vesting condition will be satisfied with respect to 25% of the performance-vesting options on each of the first four anniversaries of the Reclassification date. The precise number of leverage restoration options we grant in respect of each Class D interest will be based on the initial public offering price. Assuming an offering price of $            per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the range on the front cover of this prospectus, the aggregate number of leverage restoration options granted to holders of Class D interests would be            , and the number of leverage restoration options granted to our named executive officers would be: Mr. Hill,            ; Mr. Harris,            ; and Mr. Rauh,            .

In connection with this offering, we also expect to grant options to purchase Class A shares under the Omnibus Incentive Plan to other employees who do not currently hold equity-based incentive awards. These stock options will have an exercise price per share that will be equal to or higher than the initial public offering price per share, and generally be subject to time- and/or performance-based vesting criteria. See “—Summit Materials, Inc. Omnibus Incentive Plan.”

The precise number of stock options we grant to other employees will be based on the initial public offering price. Assuming an offering price of $            per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the range on the front cover of this prospectus, the aggregate number of stock options granted to other employees would be            .

Retirement, Perquisites, and Other Benefits

Members of senior management participate in our other benefit plans on the same terms as other employees. These plans include 401(k) matching contributions, and medical, dental, vision and life insurance. We offer car allowances to certain of our NEOs. Relocation benefits also are reimbursed from time to time, but are individually negotiated when they occur. Additional perquisites include gym memberships, country club dues and fuel cost reimbursement.

Summit Materials, LLC Retirement Plan

We have a qualified contributory retirement plan established to qualify as a deferred salary arrangement under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). The plan covers all corporate employees, including our named executive officers, who are limited to their annual tax deferred contribution limit as allowed by the IRS and may contribute up to 75% of their gross wages. We provide for matching contributions to the plan, including 100% of pre-tax employee contributions and up to 4% of eligible compensation. Employer contributions vest immediately. Employees outside of the corporate office are covered by a variety of other plans, all of which qualify as deferred salary arrangements under Section 401(k) of the Code.

 

146


Table of Contents

Limitations on the Deductibility of Compensation

Section 162(m) of the Code generally disallows a federal income tax deduction to public corporations for compensation greater than $1 million paid for any fiscal year to the corporation’s named executive officers other than the Chief Financial Officer. As we are not currently publicly-traded, our board has not previously taken the deductibility limit imposed by Section 162(m) into consideration in setting compensation. We expect that our compensation committee, when formed, will adopt a policy that, where reasonably practicable, will seek to qualify the variable compensation paid to our named executive officers for an exemption from the deductibility limitations of Section 162(m). Until such policy is implemented, the compensation committee may, in its judgment, authorize compensation payments that do not consider the deductibility limit imposed by Section 162(m) when it believes that such payments are appropriate to attract and retain executive talent.

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control

In the event of a termination of employment or change of control, Class D interests are subject to acceleration or extended periods during which the Class D interests have an opportunity to vest, as described in “—Long-Term Incentives” above, and the named executive officers are entitled to the cash and non-cash severance benefits in accordance with the terms of their employment agreements, as described in “—Employment Agreements.”

Employment Agreements

Messrs. Hill, Rauh, and Gill each have employment agreements. Their employment agreements provide for base salary subject to annual adjustment by the board, an annual incentive award, participation in Company-sponsored broad-based and executive benefit plans and such other compensation as may be approved by the board. Generally, our employment agreements have an initial term of three years, unless earlier terminated or otherwise renewed pursuant to the terms thereof and are automatically extended for successive one-year periods following the expiration of each term unless notice is given by us or the executive not to renew.

Thomas W. Hill

Summit Holdings entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Hill, dated as of July 30, 2009, whereby Mr. Hill serves as the Chief Executive Officer of Summit Holdings and the Chief Executive Officer of the entity that served as the general partner of Summit Holdings prior to the consummation of this offering. Mr. Hill also will continue to serve as a member of the board so long as he serves in the foregoing capacities. Mr. Hill’s employment agreement had an initial term equal to three years commencing on July 30, 2009, which is automatically extended for additional one-year periods, unless Summit Holdings or Mr. Hill provides the other party 60 days’ prior written notice before the next extension date that the employment term will not be so extended. However, if Summit Holdings is dissolved pursuant to the terms of its limited partnership agreement, then the employment term shall automatically and immediately be terminated. On July 30, 2014, Mr. Hill’s employment agreement was automatically extended for an additional year.

Pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. Hill’s initial annual base salary was $300,000, which amount is reviewed annually by the board, and may be increased (but not decreased). His base salary in 2014 was $725,000. Mr. Hill is also eligible to earn an annual bonus of up to 100% of his base salary based upon the achievement of performance targets established by the board within the first three months of each fiscal year during the employment term. The board, in its sole discretion, may appropriately adjust such performance targets in any fiscal year to reflect any merger, acquisition or divestiture effected by Summit Holdings during such fiscal year. Mr. Hill is also entitled to participate in Summit Holdings’ employee benefit plans, as in effect from time to time, on the same basis as those benefits are generally made available to other senior executives of Summit Holdings.

If Mr. Hill’s employment is terminated (i) by Summit Holdings with “cause” (as defined in the employment agreement) or (ii) by him other than as a result of a “constructive termination” (as defined in the employment agreement), he will be entitled to certain accrued amounts. If Mr. Hill’s employment is terminated as a result of

 

147


Table of Contents

his death or “disability” (as defined in the employment agreement), he will be entitled to receive (a) certain accrued amounts and (b) a pro rata portion of the annual bonus, if any, that Mr. Hill would have been entitled to receive, payable when such annual bonus would have otherwise been payable to him had his employment not been terminated. If Mr. Hill’s employment is terminated (i) by Summit Holdings without “cause” or (ii) by him as a result of a “constructive termination,” subject to his continued compliance with certain restrictive covenants and his non-revocation of a general release of claims, he will be entitled to receive (a) certain accrued amounts, (b) continued payment of his base salary in accordance with Summit Holdings’ normal payroll practices, as in effect on the date of termination of his employment, until 18 months after the date of such termination and (c) an amount equal to one and one-half times his annual bonus in respect of the fiscal year immediately preceding the applicable year of his termination of employment; provided that the aggregate amounts shall be reduced by the present value of any other cash severance or termination benefits payable to him under any other plans, programs or arrangements of Summit Holdings or its affiliates.

In the event (i) Mr. Hill elects not to extend the employment term or (ii) of a “dissolution” with a “negative return” (as such terms are defined in the employment agreement), unless Mr. Hill’s employment is earlier terminated as described above, Mr. Hill’s termination of employment shall be deemed to occur on the close of business on the earlier of the effective date of “dissolution” or the day immediately preceding the next scheduled extension date, and Mr. Hill shall be entitled to receive certain accrued amounts. In the event (i) that Summit Holdings elects not to extend the employment term or (ii) of a “dissolution” with a “positive return” (as such terms are defined in his employment agreement), Mr. Hill shall be treated as terminated without “cause” effective as of the close of business on the day immediately preceding the next scheduled extension date or the effective date of the “dissolution,” and shall be entitled to receive the amounts and benefits for termination without “cause” described above.

Pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. Hill is subject to the following covenants: (i) a covenant not to disclose confidential information while employed and at all times thereafter; (ii) a covenant not to compete for a period of 18 months following his termination of employment for any reason; and (iii) a covenant not to solicit employees or customers for a period of 18 months following his termination of employment for any reason.

Brian J. Harris

Summit Holdings entered into an employment agreement with Brian J. Harris on December 3, 2013, for a period of employment beginning on October 14, 2013, pursuant to which Mr. Harris became our Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Harris’s employment agreement has an initial term equal to three years, which will be automatically extended for additional one-year periods, unless Summit Holdings or Mr. Harris provides the other party with 60 days’ prior written notice before the next extension date that the employment term will not be so extended.

Pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. Harris’s annual base salary was $475,000, which amount is reviewed annually by the board, and may be increased (but not decreased). Mr. Harris’s base salary for 2014 was $489,250. Mr. Harris is also eligible to earn an annual bonus of up to 150% of his base salary upon the achievement of performance targets established by the board within the first three months of each fiscal year during the employment term. The board, in its sole discretion, may appropriately adjust such performance targets in any fiscal year to reflect any merger, acquisition or divestiture effected by Summit Holdings during such fiscal year. Mr. Harris is entitled to a car allowance in the amount of $1,000 per month for car expenses.

If Mr. Harris’s employment is terminated (i) by Summit Holdings with “cause” (as defined in the employment agreement) or (ii) by him other than as a result of a “constructive termination” (as defined in the employment agreement), he will be entitled to receive certain accrued amounts. If Mr. Harris’s employment is terminated as a result of his death or “disability” (as defined in his employment agreement), he will be entitled to receive (a) certain accrued amounts and (b) a pro rata portion of the annual bonus, if any, that Mr. Harris would have been entitled to receive, payable when such annual bonus would have otherwise been payable to him had

 

148


Table of Contents

his employment not terminated. If Mr. Harris’s employment is terminated (i) by Summit Holdings without “cause” or (ii) by him as a result of a “constructive termination,” subject to his continued compliance with certain restrictive covenants and his non-revocation of a general release of claims, he will be entitled to receive (a) certain accrued amounts, (b) continued payment of his base salary in accordance with Summit Holdings’ normal payroll practices, as in effect on the date of termination of his employment, until 12 months after the date of such termination, (c) an amount equal to Mr. Harris’s annual bonus in respect of the fiscal year immediately preceding the applicable year of Mr. Harris’s termination of employment, payable in equal monthly installments and (d) the costs of COBRA health continuation coverage for the lesser of 12 months after the date of such termination or until Mr. Harris is no longer eligible for COBRA health continuation coverage under applicable law.

In the event (i) Mr. Harris elects not to extend the employment term or (ii) of a “dissolution” (as defined in the employment agreement) in connection with which the Sponsors do not receive a return on their investment, unless Mr. Harris’s employment is earlier terminated as described above, Mr. Harris’s termination of employment shall be deemed to occur on the close of business on the earlier of the effective date of “dissolution” or the day immediately preceding the next scheduled extension date, and Mr. Harris shall be entitled to receive certain accrued amounts. In the event (i) that Summit Holdings elects not to extend the employment term or (ii) of a “dissolution” in connection with which the Sponsors receive a return on their investment, Mr. Harris shall be treated as terminated without “cause” effective as of the close of business on the day immediately preceding the next scheduled extension date or the effective date of the “dissolution,” and shall be entitled to receive the amounts and benefits for termination without “cause” described above.

Pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. Harris is subject to the following covenants: (i) a covenant not to disclose confidential information while employed and at all times thereafter; (ii) a covenant not to compete for a period of 12 months following his termination of employment for any reason; and (iii) a covenant not to solicit employees or customers for a period of 12 months following his termination of employment for any reason.

Douglas C. Rauh

Summit Holdings entered into an employment agreement with Douglas C. Rauh, dated as of December 29, 2011, pursuant to which Mr. Rauh became our Regional President, East Region. Effective April 1, 2013, Mr. Rauh assumed the role of our Chief Operating Officer. His employment agreement otherwise remained in effect. Mr. Rauh’s employment agreement has an initial term equal to three years commencing on January 1, 2012 which will be automatically extended for additional one-year periods, unless Summit Holdings or Mr. Rauh provides the other party 60 days’ prior written notice before the next extension date that the employment term will not be so extended. The employment term will automatically and immediately be terminated upon a “dissolution” (as defined in the employment agreement).

Pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. Rauh’s annual base salary was $450,000, which amount is reviewed annually by the board, and may be increased (but not decreased). Mr. Rauh’s base salary for 2014 was $489,250. Mr. Rauh is also eligible to earn an annual bonus of up to 60% of his base salary based upon the achievement of performance targets established by the board within the first three months of each fiscal year during the employment term, with a potential bonus of up to 90% of his base salary for extraordinary performance. The board, in its sole discretion, may appropriately adjust such performance targets in any fiscal year to reflect any merger, acquisition or divestiture effected by Summit Holdings during such fiscal year. Mr. Rauh is entitled to a car allowance in the amount of $1,000 per month for car expenses, in addition to reimbursement from Summit Holdings for Mr. Rauh’s actual expenditures for gasoline, upon submission of appropriate documentation.

If Mr. Rauh’s employment is terminated (i) by Summit Holdings with “cause” (as defined in the employment agreement) or (ii) by him other than as a result of a “constructive termination” (as defined in the

 

149


Table of Contents

employment agreement), he will be entitled to receive (a) certain accrued amounts, (b) a pro rata portion of the annual bonus and (c) certain vested employee benefits, and if Mr. Rauh’s employment is terminated as a result of his death or “disability” (as defined in his employment agreement), he will be entitled to receive (a) certain accrued amounts, (b) a pro rata portion of the annual bonus, if any, that Mr. Rauh would have been entitled to receive, payable when such annual bonus would have otherwise been payable to him had his employment not terminated and (c) the costs of COBRA health continuation coverage for 18 months (or, if shorter, until COBRA coverage ends under Summit Holdings’ group health plan). If Mr. Rauh’s employment is terminated (i) by Summit Holdings without “cause” or (ii) by him as a result of a “constructive termination,” subject to his continued compliance with certain restrictive covenants and his non-revocation of a general release of claims, he will be entitled to receive (a) certain accrued amounts, (b) continued payment of his base salary in accordance with Summit Holdings’ normal payroll practices, as in effect on the date of termination of his employment, until 12 months after the date of such termination (the “Severance Period”), (c) an amount equal to Mr. Rauh’s annual bonus in respect of the fiscal year immediately preceding the applicable year of Mr. Rauh’s termination of employment, payable in equal monthly installments for 18 months after the date of such termination and (d) the costs of COBRA health continuation coverage for the lesser of the Severance Period or 18 months after the date of such termination (or, if shorter, until COBRA coverage ends under Summit Holdings’ group health plan); provided that the aggregate amounts shall be reduced by the present value of any other cash severance or termination benefits payable to Mr. Rauh under any other plans, programs or arrangements of Summit Holdings or its affiliates.

In the event (i) Mr. Rauh elects not to extend the employment term or (ii) of a “dissolution” (as defined in the employment agreement) in connection with which the Sponsors do not receive a return on their investment, unless Mr. Rauh’s employment is earlier terminated as described above, Mr. Rauh’s termination of employment shall be deemed to occur on the close of business on the earlier of the effective date of “dissolution” or the day immediately preceding the next scheduled extension date, and Mr. Rauh shall be entitled to receive certain accrued amounts. In the event (i) that Summit Holdings elects not to extend the employment term or (ii) of a “dissolution” in connection with which the Sponsors receive a return on their investment, Mr. Rauh shall be treated as terminated without “cause” effective as of the close of business on the day immediately preceding the next scheduled extension date or the effective date of the “dissolution,” and shall be entitled to receive the amounts and benefits for termination without “cause” described above.

Pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement, Mr. Rauh is subject to the following covenants: (i) a covenant not to disclose confidential information while employed and at all times thereafter; (ii) a covenant not to compete for a period of 12 months following his termination of employment for any reason; and (iii) a covenant not to solicit employees or customers for a period of 12 months following his termination of employment for any reason.

 

150


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2014 Fiscal Year End

A summary of the outstanding equity awards for each named executive officer as of December 27, 2014 is as follows:

 

     Stock Awards  

Name

   Grant Date      Number of
shares or units of
stock that have
not vested (#)(1)
     Market value of
shares or units of
stock that have
not vested ($)(2)
     Equity incentive
plan awards:
Number of
unearned shares,
units or other
rights that have
not vested (#)(3)
     Equity incentive
plan awards:
Market or
payout value of
unearned shares,
units or other
rights that have
not vested ($)(2)
 

Thomas W. Hill

     08/25/2009                         195         382,340   
     02/17/2010         4         5,718         312         611,079   
     04/16/2010         2         2,618         58         114,339   
     05/27/2010         26         35,842         407         795,890   
     06/15/2010         3         4,420         45         88,013   
     08/02/2010         16         21,453         173         338,927   
     09/15/2010         14         19,607         123         241,434   
     11/30/2010         2         3,163         20         39,504   
     05/27/2011         30         41,372         140         272,850   
     08/02/2011         26         35,911         107         209,770   
     10/28/2011         17         23,597         61         119,389   
     09/10/2014         41         55,397         53         102,961   

Brian J. Harris

     04/01/2014         169         231,242         290         567,092   
     09/10/2014         13         17,586         15         30,079   

Douglas C. Rauh

     01/01/2012         89         122,008         290         567,099   
     08/21/2013         15         20,751         48         94,509   
     09/10/2014         13         17,586         17         30,079   

 

(1) Reflects time-vesting Class D interests, 20% of which vest on the first anniversary of the grant date and the remaining 80% vest monthly over the four years following the first anniversary of the grant date. The time-vesting interests will become fully vested on an accelerated basis upon a change in control while the employee continues to provide services to us. Any of the time-vesting interests that are unvested upon termination of the employee’s services will be forfeited by the employee.
(2) Reflects the aggregated market values at December 27, 2014 based on the most recent valuation of the Class D interests.
(3) Reflects performance-vesting interests that vest when certain investment returns are achieved by Summit Holdings’ investors while the employee continues to provide services to us or our subsidiaries.

In connection with this offering, we expect that our directors, officers and employees will surrender all Class D interests held by them and receive LP Units and leverage restoration options (as described above). The number of LP Units and leverage restoration options (as described above) delivered to such Class D interest holders will be determined in a manner intended to replicate the economic benefit provided by the Class D interests based upon the valuation of us derived from the initial public offering price. The LP Units delivered to each Class D interest holder will have approximately the same value as the liquidation value of the Class D interests held by the equity holder immediately prior to such transaction, and the options to purchase Class A shares will restore part of the economic benefit of the Class D interests that is not reflected in the LP Units.

 

151


Table of Contents

Compensation Program Risk Assessment

The board performed a risk assessment and concluded that our compensation programs are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us. The following factors mitigate risk associated with our compensation programs:

 

    annual Goal setting process with incentives linked to business results;

 

    annual performance review process where results are assessed against goals;

 

    board review of goals, results and incentive amounts; and

 

    maximum payout opportunity is capped.

Director Compensation

We do not currently pay our directors who are either employed by us, Blackstone or Silverhawk compensation for their services as directors. In connection with this offering, we expect that directors who are employed by Blackstone or Silverhawk will waive their right to any compensation for their service on the board of directors. Our other directors receive compensation for each quarter serving as a director and equity incentive awards. Following this offering, our directors (other than the directors employed by us, Blackstone or Silverhawk) will be entitled to annual compensation of $             and the respective chairpersons of the audit committee, compensation committee and corporate governance and nominating committee will receive an additional $            , $             and $            , respectively. We may pay such compensation in equity. We may also reimburse our other directors for any reasonable expenses incurred by them in connection with services provided in such capacity.

Howard L. Lance

Howard L. Lance is entitled to an annual cash retainer of $250,000 pursuant to an agreement under which Mr. Lance agreed to serve as a director. In March 2013, Mr. Lance was granted 434.34 Class D-1 interests and 65.2 Class D-2 interests consistent with the terms describe above in “—Long-Term Incentives” above, except that Mr. Lance’s equity award is subject to vesting based solely on his continued service on the board. Assuming an offering price of $             per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the range on the front cover of this prospectus, the aggregate number of vested and unvested LP Units issued to Mr. Lance in respect of Class D interests would be             , and the number of leverage restoration options would be             .

John R. Murphy

John R. Murphy is entitled to an annual cash retainer of $100,000. In addition, Mr. Murphy is entitled to an annual equity grant of $50,000 for his service as director, for which, in 2014, he was granted 6.2 Class D-1 interests and 0.9 Class D-2 interests in 2013, he was granted 8.6 Class D-1 interests and 1.3 Class D-2 interests, consistent with the terms describe above in “—Long-Term Incentives” above, except that Mr. Murphy’s equity award is subject to vesting based solely on his continued service on the board. Mr. Murphy was compensated $316,274 for his services as our Interim Chief Financial Officer from January 2013 to May 2013 and from July 2013 to October 2013. Assuming an offering price of $             per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the range on the front cover of this prospectus, the aggregate number of vested and unvested LP Units issued to Mr. Murphy in respect of Class D interests would be              , and the number of leverage restoration options would be             .

 

152


Table of Contents

The table below summarizes the compensation paid to non-employee directors for their board service during the year ended December 27, 2014.

 

Name

   Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash
     Stock
Awards(1)
     Total
Compensation
 

Howard L. Lance

   $ 250,000       $ —         $ 250,000   

John R. Murphy

     100,000         4,206         104,206   

Neil P. Simpkins

     —           —           —     

Ted A. Gardner

     —           —           —     

Julia C. Kahr

     —           —           —     

 

(1) The amount reported in the Stock Awards column reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of our Class D interests computed in accordance with ASC 718. The assumptions applied in determining the fair value of the 2014 Stock Awards included a risk-free rate of 0.68%, dividend yield of zero, volatility rate of 58% and an expected term of three years. This amount reflects our calculation of the value of the awards at the grant date and does not necessarily correspond to the actual value that may ultimately be recognized by the director.

Summit Materials, Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan

In connection with this offering, our board of directors expects to adopt, and our stockholders expect to approve, the Omnibus Incentive Plan prior to the completion of the offering.

Purpose

The purpose of the Omnibus Incentive Plan is to provide a means through which to attract and retain key personnel and to provide a means whereby our directors, officers, employees, consultants and advisors (and prospective directors, officers, employees, consultants and advisors) can acquire and maintain an equity interest in us, or be paid incentive compensation, including incentive compensation measured by reference to the value of our Class A common stock, thereby strengthening their commitment to our welfare and aligning their interests with those of our stockholders.

Administration

The Omnibus Incentive Plan will be administered by the compensation committee of our board of directors or such other committee of our board of directors to which it has delegated power, or if no such committee or subcommittee thereof exists, the board of directors (as applicable, the “Committee”). The Committee has the sole and plenary authority to establish the terms and conditions of any award consistent with the provisions of the Omnibus Incentive Plan. The Committee is authorized to interpret, administer, reconcile any inconsistency in, correct any defect in and/or supply any omission in the Omnibus Incentive Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or any award granted under, the Omnibus Incentive Plan; establish, amend, suspend, or waive any rules and regulations and appoint such agents as the Committee deems appropriate for the proper administration of the Omnibus Incentive Plan; and to make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Omnibus Incentive Plan. Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law or the applicable rules and regulations of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company are listed or traded, the Committee may allocate all or any portion of its responsibilities and powers to any one or more of its members and may delegate all or any part of its responsibilities and powers to any person or persons selected by it in accordance with the terms of the Omnibus Incentive Plan. Any such allocation or delegation may be revoked by the Committee at any time. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Omnibus Incentive Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the Omnibus Incentive Plan or any award or any documents evidencing awards granted pursuant to the Omnibus Incentive Plan are within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time and are final, conclusive and binding upon all persons or entities, including, without limitation, us, any participant, any holder or beneficiary of any award, and any of our stockholders.

 

153


Table of Contents

Shares Subject to the Omnibus Incentive Plan

The Omnibus Incentive Plan provides that the total number of shares of Class A common stock that may be issued under the Omnibus Incentive Plan is             . Of this amount, the maximum number of shares of Class A common stock for which incentive stock options may be granted is             ; the maximum number of shares of Class A common stock for which options or stock appreciation rights may be granted to any individual participant during any single fiscal year is             ; the maximum number of shares for which performance compensation awards denominated in shares may be granted to any individual participant in respect of a single fiscal year is              (or if any such awards are settled in cash, the maximum amount may not exceed the fair market value of such shares on the last day of the performance period to which such award relates); the maximum number of shares of Class A common stock granted during a single fiscal year to any non-employee director, taken together with any cash fees paid to such non-employee director during the fiscal year, shall not exceed $         million in total value; and the maximum amount that may be paid to any individual participant for a single fiscal year under a performance compensation award denominated in cash is $         million. Except for substitute awards (as described below), in the event any award terminates, lapses, or is settled without the payment of the full number of shares subject to such award, including as a result of net settlement of the award or as a result of the award being settled in cash, the undelivered shares may be granted again under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, unless the shares are surrendered after the termination of the Omnibus Incentive Plan, and only if stockholder approval is not required under the then-applicable rules of the exchange on which the shares of Class A common stock are listed. Awards may, in the sole discretion of the Committee, be granted in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by an entity directly or indirectly acquired by us or with which we combine (referred to as “substitute awards”), and such substitute awards shall not be counted against the total number of shares that may be issued under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, except that substitute awards intended to qualify as “incentive stock options” shall count against the limit on incentive stock options described above. No award may be granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan after the tenth anniversary of the effective date (as defined therein), but awards theretofore granted may extend beyond that date.

Options

The Committee may grant non-qualified stock options and incentive stock options under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, with terms and conditions determined by the Committee that are not inconsistent with the Omnibus Incentive Plan; provided that all stock options granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan are required to have a per share exercise price that is not less than 100% of the fair market value of our Class A common stock underlying such stock options on the date such stock options are granted (other than in the case of options that are substitute awards), and all stock options that are intended to qualify as incentive stock options must be granted pursuant to an award agreement expressly stating that the options are intended to qualify as an incentive stock option, and will be subject to the terms and conditions that comply with the rules as may be prescribed by Section 422 of the Code. The maximum term for stock options granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan will be ten years from the initial date of grant, or with respect to any stock options intended to qualify as incentive stock options, such shorter period as prescribed by Section 422 of the Code. However, if a non-qualified stock option would expire at a time when trading of shares of Class A common stock is prohibited by our insider trading policy (or “blackout period” imposed by us), the term will automatically be extended to the 30th day following the end of such period. The purchase price for the Class A shares as to which a stock option is exercised may be paid to us, to the extent permitted by law (1) in cash or its equivalent at the time the stock option is exercised, (2) in Class A shares having a fair market value equal to the aggregate exercise price for the shares being purchased and satisfying any requirements that may be imposed by the Committee, or (3) by such other method as the Committee may permit in its sole discretion, including without limitation (A) in other property having a fair market value on the date of exercise equal to the purchase price, (B) if there is a public market for the Class A shares at such time, through the delivery of irrevocable instructions to a broker to sell the shares being acquired upon the exercise of the stock option and to deliver to us the amount of the proceeds of such sale equal to the aggregate exercise price for the Class A shares being purchased, or (C) through a “net exercise” procedure effected by withholding the minimum number of shares needed to pay the exercise price and all applicable required withholding taxes. Any fractional shares of Class A common stock will be settled in cash.

 

154


Table of Contents

Stock Appreciation Rights

The Committee may grant stock appreciation rights, with terms and conditions determined by the Committee that are not inconsistent with the Omnibus Incentive Plan. Generally, each stock appreciation right will entitle the participant upon exercise to an amount (in cash, Class A shares or a combination of cash and Class A shares, as determined by the Committee) equal to the product of (1) the excess of (A) the fair market value on the exercise date of one share of Class A common stock, over (B) the strike price per share, times (2) the numbers of shares of Class A common stock covered by the stock appreciation right. The strike price per share of a stock appreciation right will be determined by the Committee at the time of grant but in no event may such amount be less than the fair market value of a share of Class A common stock on the date the stock appreciation right is granted (other than in the case of stock appreciation rights granted in substitution of previously granted awards). The Committee may in its sole discretion substitute, without the consent of the holder or beneficiary of such stock appreciation rights, stock appreciation rights settled in shares of Class A common stock (or settled in shares or cash in the sole discretion of the Committee) for nonqualified stock options.

Restricted Shares and Restricted Stock Units

The Committee may grant restricted shares of our Class A common stock or restricted stock units, representing the right to receive, upon the expiration of the applicable restricted period, one share of Class A common stock for each restricted stock unit, or, in the sole discretion of the Committee, the cash value thereof (or any combination thereof). As to restricted shares of our Class A common stock, subject to the other provisions of the Omnibus Incentive Plan, the holder will generally have the rights and privileges of a stockholder as to such restricted shares of Class A common stock, including, without limitation, the right to vote such restricted shares of Class A common stock and to receive any dividends payable on such restricted shares (except, that if the lapsing of restrictions with respect to such restricted shares of Class A common stock is contingent on satisfaction of performance conditions other than or in addition to the passage of time, any dividends payable on such restricted shares of Class A common stock will be retained, and delivered without interest to the holder of such shares when the restrictions on such shares lapse). To the extent provided in the applicable award agreement, the holder of outstanding restricted stock units will be entitled to be credited with dividend equivalent payments (upon the payment by us of dividends on shares of Class A common stock) either in cash or, at the sole discretion of the Committee, in shares of Class A common stock having a value equal to the amount of such dividends (and interest may, at the sole discretion of the Committee, be credited on the amount of cash dividend equivalents at a rate and subject to such terms as determined by the Committee), which will be payable at the same time as the underlying restricted stock units are settled following the release of restrictions on such restricted stock units.

LP Unit Awards

The Committee may issue awards in the form of LP Units or other classes of partnership units in Summit Holdings established pursuant to Summit Holdings’ agreement of limited partnership. LP Unit awards will be valued by reference to, or otherwise determined by reference to or based on, shares of our Class A common stock. LP Unit awards may be (1) convertible, exchangeable or redeemable for other limited partnership interests in Summit Holdings or shares of our Class A common stock or (2) valued by reference to the book value, fair value or performance of Summit Holdings. Other than to the extent required in connection with the issuance of our Class A common stock, we generally do not expect to issue awards of LP Units under the Omnibus Incentive Plan unless the Committee determines that an award of LP Units is appropriate.

For purposes of calculating the number of shares underlying LP Unit award relative to the total number of shares of our Class A common stock available for issuance under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, the Committee will establish in good faith the maximum number of shares to which a participant receiving LP Unit award may be entitled upon fulfillment of all applicable conditions set forth in the relevant award documentation, including vesting conditions, partnership capital account allocations, value accretion factors, conversion ratios, exchange ratios and other similar criteria. If and when any such conditions are no longer capable of being met, in whole or

 

155


Table of Contents

in part, the number of shares of our Class A common stock underlying such LP Unit award will be reduced accordingly by the Committee, and the number of shares available under the Omnibus Incentive Plan will be increased by one share for each share so reduced. The Committee will determine all other terms of LP Unit award. The award documentation in respect of LP Unit award may provide that the recipient will be entitled to receive, currently or on a deferred or contingent basis, dividends or dividend equivalents with respect to the number of shares of our Class A common stock underlying the award or other distributions from Summit Holdings prior to vesting (whether based on a period of time or based on attainment of specified performance conditions), as determined at the time of grant by the Committee, in its sole discretion, and the Committee may provide that such amounts (if any) will be deemed to have been reinvested in additional shares of our Class A common stock or other LP Units.

Other Stock-Based or Cash-Based Awards

The Committee may issue unrestricted Class A common stock, rights to receive grants of awards at a future date, or other awards denominated in shares of Class A common stock (including, without limitation, performance shares or performance units) or other awards denominated in cash (including cash bonuses), under the Omnibus Incentive Plan, including performance-based awards, with terms and conditions determined by the Committee that are not inconsistent with the Omnibus Incentive Plan.

Performance Compensation Awards

The Committee may also designate any award as a “performance compensation award” intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. The Committee also has the authority to make an award of a cash bonus to any participant and designate such award as a performance compensation award under the Omnibus Incentive Plan. The Committee has sole discretion to select the length of any applicable performance periods, the types of performance compensation awards to be issued, the applicable performance criteria and performance goals, and the kinds and/or levels of performance goals that are to apply. The performance criteria that will be used to establish the performance goals may be based on the attainment of specific levels of our performance (and/or one or more affiliates, divisions or operational and/or business units, product lines, brands, business segments, administrative departments, or any combination of the foregoing) and are limited to following, which may be determined in accordance with GAAP or on a non-GAAP basis: net earnings or net income (before or after taxes); cash flow, including but not limited to operating cash flow or free cash flow; cash and/or funds available for distribution; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”); growth in EBITDA determined on an annual, multi-year or other basis; deployment of value-adding capital via organic investment or acquisitions; return measures (including, but not limited to, return on assets, investment, capital, invested capital, equity and/or development); share price (including, but not limited to, appreciation, growth measures and total stockholder return on an annual, multi-year or other basis); debt and debt related ratios, including debt to total market capitalization, debt to EBITDA, debt to assets and fixed charge coverage ratios (determined with or without the pro rata share of the Company’s ownership interest in co-investment partnerships); net asset value per share; growth in net asset value per share determined on an annual, multi-year or other basis; basic or diluted earnings per share (before or after taxes); expense targets or cost reduction goals, general and administrative expense savings; operating efficiency; working capital targets; measures of economic value added or other “value creation” metrics; enterprise value; competitive market metrics; performance or yield on development or redevelopment projects; objective measures of personal targets, goals or completion of projects (including but not limited to succession and hiring projects, completion of specific acquisitions, dispositions, reorganizations or other corporate transactions or capital-raising transactions, expansions of specific business operations and meeting divisional or project budgets); market share; operational or performance measurements relative to peers; strategic objectives and related revenue; productivity measures; employee retention; workplace health and safety; objective measures of employee morale and satisfaction; corporate social responsibility measures; environmental safety or compliance metrics; or any combination of the foregoing. Any one or more of the performance criteria may be stated as a percentage of another performance criteria, or used on an absolute or relative basis to measure our performance as a whole or any of our divisions or

 

156


Table of Contents

operational and/or business units, product lines, brands, business segments, administrative departments or any combination thereof, as the Committee may deem appropriate, or any of the above performance criteria may be compared to the performance of a selected group of comparison companies, or a published or special index that the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate, or as compared to various stock market indices. Unless

otherwise determined by the Committee at the time a performance compensation award is granted, the Committee shall, during the first 90 days of a performance period (or, within any other maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code), or at any time thereafter to the extent the exercise of such authority at such time would not cause the performance compensation awards granted to any participant for such performance period to fail to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, specify adjustments or modifications to be made to the calculation of a performance goal for such performance period, based on and in order to appropriately reflect the following events: (1) asset write-downs; (2) litigation, claims, judgments or settlements; (3) the effect of changes in tax laws, accounting principles, or other laws or regulatory rules affecting reported results; (4) any reorganization and restructuring programs; (5) extraordinary nonrecurring items as described in Accounting Standards Codification Topic 225-20 (or any successor pronouncement thereto) and/or in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations appearing in our annual report to stockholders for the applicable year; (6) acquisitions or divestitures; (7) any other specific, unusual or nonrecurring events, or objectively determinable category thereof; (8) foreign exchange gains and losses; (9) discontinued operations and nonrecurring charges; (10) a change in our fiscal year; (11) accruals for payments to be made in respect of the Omnibus Incentive Plan or other specified compensation arrangements; and (12) any other changes in capital structure (or similar events) specified in the Omnibus Incentive Plan.

Following the completion of a performance period, the Committee will review and certify in writing whether, and to what extent, the performance goals for the performance period have been achieved and, if so, calculate and certify in writing that amount of the performance compensation awards earned for the period based upon the performance formula. In determining the actual amount of an individual participant’s performance compensation award for a performance period, the Committee has the discretion to reduce or eliminate the amount of the performance compensation award consistent with Section 162(m) of the Code. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, the Committee does not have the discretion to (A) grant or provide payment in respect of performance compensation awards for a performance period if the performance goals for such performance period have not been attained; or (B) increase a performance compensation award above the applicable limitations set forth in the Omnibus Incentive Plan.

Effect of Certain Events on Omnibus Incentive Plan and Awards

In the event of (a) any dividend (other than regular cash dividends) or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, shares of Class A common stock, other securities or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of our shares of Class A common stock or other securities, issuance of warrants or other rights to acquire our shares of Class A common stock or other securities, or other similar corporate transaction or event (including, without limitation, a change in control, as defined in the Omnibus Incentive Plan) that affects the shares of Class A common stock, or (b) unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, a change in control) affecting us, any affiliate, or the financial statements of us or any affiliate, or changes in applicable rules, rulings, regulations or other requirements of any governmental body or securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system, accounting principles or law, such that in either case an adjustment is determined by the Committee in its sole discretion to be necessary or appropriate, then the Committee must make any such adjustments in such manner as it may deem equitable, including, without limitation, any or all of: (i) adjusting any or all of (A) the share limits applicable under the Omnibus Incentive Plan with respect to the number of awards which may be granted hereunder, (B) the number of our shares of common stock or other securities which may be delivered in respect of awards or with respect to which awards may be granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan and (C) the terms of any outstanding award, including, without limitation, (1) the number of shares of Class A common stock subject to outstanding awards or to which outstanding awards relate, (2) the exercise price or strike price with respect to any award or (3) any applicable performance measures;

 

157


Table of Contents

(ii) providing for a substitution or assumption of awards, accelerating the exercisability of, lapse of restrictions on, or termination of, awards or providing for a period of time for participants to exercise outstanding awards prior to the occurrence of such event; and (iii) cancelling any one or more outstanding awards and causing to be paid to the holders holding vested awards (including any awards that would vest as a result of the occurrence of such event but for such cancellation) the value of such awards, if any, as determined by the Committee (which if applicable may be based upon the price per share of Class A common stock received or to be received by other holders of our Class A common stock in such event), including without limitation, in the case of options and stock appreciation rights, a cash payment equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the shares of Class A common stock subject to the option or stock appreciation right over the aggregate exercise price thereof. For the avoidance of doubt, the Committee may cancel any stock option or stock appreciation right for no consideration if the fair market value of the shares subject to such option or stock appreciation right is less than or equal to the aggregate exercise price or strike price of such stock option or stock appreciation right.

Nontransferability of Awards

An award will not be transferable or assignable by a participant, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance will be void and unenforceable against us or any affiliate. However, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit awards (other than incentive stock options) to be transferred, including transfers to a participant’s family members, any trust established solely for the benefit of a participant or such participant’s family members, any partnership or limited liability company of which a participant, or such participant and such participant’s family members, are the sole member(s), and a beneficiary to whom donations are eligible to be treated as “charitable contributions” for tax purposes.

Amendment and Termination

The board of directors may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Omnibus Incentive Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided, that no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination may be made without stockholder approval if (1) such approval is necessary to comply with any regulatory requirement applicable to the Omnibus Incentive Plan or for changes in GAAP to new accounting standards, (2) it would materially increase the number of securities which may be issued under the Omnibus Incentive Plan (except for adjustments in connection with certain corporate events), or (3) it would materially modify the requirements for participation in the Omnibus Incentive Plan; provided, further, that any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any participant or any holder or beneficiary of any award shall not to that extent be effective without such individual’s consent. The Committee may also, to the extent consistent with the terms of any applicable award agreement, waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate, any award granted or the associated award agreement, prospectively or retroactively, subject to the consent of the affected participant if any such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant with respect to such award; provided, further, that without stockholder approval, except as otherwise permitted in the Omnibus Incentive Plan, (1) no amendment or modification may reduce the exercise price of any option or the strike price of any stock appreciation right, (2) the Committee may not cancel any outstanding option or stock appreciation right and replace it with a new option or stock appreciation right (with a lower exercise price or strike price, as the case may be) or other award or cash payment that is greater than the value of the cancelled option or stock appreciation right, and (3) the Committee may not take any other action which is considered a “repricing” for purposes of the stockholder approval rules of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which our securities are listed or quoted.

 

158


Table of Contents

Dividends and Dividend Equivalents

The Committee in its sole discretion may provide part of an award with dividends or dividend equivalents, on such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion; provided, that no dividends or dividend equivalents shall be payable in respect of outstanding (1) options or stock appreciation rights or (2) unearned performance compensation awards or other unearned awards subject to performance conditions (other than or in addition to the passage of time and other than awards structured as restricted stock) (although dividends or dividend equivalents may be accumulated in respect of unearned awards and paid within 15 days after such awards are earned and become earned, payable or distributable).

Clawback/Forfeiture

An award agreement may provide that the Committee may in its sole discretion cancel such award if the participant, while employed by or providing services to us or any affiliate or after termination of such employment or service, violates a non-competition, non-solicitation or non-disclosure covenant or agreement or otherwise has engaged in or engages in other detrimental activity that is in conflict with or adverse to the interests of any affiliate, including fraud or conduct contributing to any financial restatements or irregularities, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. The Committee may also provide in an award agreement that if the participant otherwise has engaged in or engages in any activity referred to in the preceding sentence, the participant will forfeit any gain realized on the vesting or exercise of such award, and must repay the gain to us. The Committee may also provide in an award agreement that if the participant receives any amount in excess of what the participant should have received under the terms of the award for any reason (including without limitation by reason of a financial restatement, mistake in calculations or other administrative error), then the participant shall be required to repay any such excess amount to us. Without limiting the foregoing, all awards shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law.

 

159


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

The agreements described in this section, or forms of such agreements as they will be in effect at the time of this offering, are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and the following descriptions are qualified by reference thereto.

Exchange Agreement

We will enter into an exchange agreement with the holders of LP Units pursuant to which each holder of LP Units (and certain permitted transferees thereof) may, from and after the first anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) exchange their LP Units for shares of Class A common stock of Summit Materials, Inc. on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Blackstone is generally permitted to exchange LP Units at any time. The exchange agreement also provides that a holder of LP Units will not have the right to exchange LP Units if Summit Materials, Inc. determines that such exchange would be prohibited by law or regulation or would violate other agreements with Summit Materials, Inc. or its subsidiaries to which such holder may be subject. Summit Materials, Inc. may impose additional restrictions on exchange that it determines to be necessary or advisable so that Summit Holdings is not treated as a “publicly traded partnership” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a holder exchanges LP Units for shares of Class A common stock, the number of LP Units held by Summit Materials, Inc. is correspondingly increased as it acquires the exchanged LP Units. In accordance with the exchange agreement, any holder other than Summit Owner Holdco who surrenders all of its LP Units for exchange must concurrently surrender all shares of Class B common stock held by it (including fractions thereof) to Summit Materials, Inc. For so long as affiliates of Blackstone collectively own at least 5% of the outstanding LP Units (excluding LP Units held by Summit Materials, Inc.), the consent of each Blackstone holder will be required to amend the exchange agreement.

Registration Rights Agreement

We will enter into a registration rights agreement with our pre-IPO owners and the Class B Unitholders pursuant to which we will grant them, their affiliates and certain of their transferees the right, under certain circumstances and subject to certain restrictions, to require us to register under the Securities Act the offering of shares of Class A common stock delivered in exchange for LP Units. Under the registration rights agreement, we will agree to register the exchange of LP Units for shares of Class A common stock by our pre-IPO owners. In addition, Blackstone will have the right to request an unlimited number of “demand” registrations, the Class B Unitholders will have the right to request one “demand” registration and Blackstone, certain other pre-IPO owners and the Class B Unitholders will have customary “piggyback” registration rights.

Tax Receivable Agreement

Holders of LP Units (other than Summit Materials, Inc.) may, subject to certain conditions, from and after the first anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement), exchange their LP Units for shares of Class A common stock of Summit Materials, Inc. on a one-for-one basis. Summit Holdings intends to make an election under Section 754 of the Code effective for each taxable year in which an exchange of LP Units for shares of Class A common stock occurs, which is expected to result in increases to the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Summit Holdings at the time of an exchange of LP Units. These increases in tax basis may reduce the amount of tax that Summit Materials, Inc. would otherwise be required to pay in the future. These increases in tax basis may also decrease gains (or increase losses) on future dispositions of certain capital assets to the extent tax basis is allocated to those capital assets. In addition, in the event the Investor Entities exercise their right to merge with us or be contributed to us (as described below under “—Stockholders’ Agreement,” we may be entitled to utilize the Investor Entities’ net operating losses, if any. The IRS may challenge all or part of the tax basis increase and increased deductions or net operating losses, and a court could sustain such a challenge.

Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into a tax receivable agreement with the holders of LP Units and certain other indirect pre-IPO owners that provides for the payment by Summit Materials, Inc. to exchanging holders of LP Units of 85% of the cash savings in income tax, if any, that Summit Materials, Inc.

 

160


Table of Contents

realizes as a result of (i) the increases in tax basis described above and (ii) our utilization of certain net operating losses of the Investor Entities described above and certain other tax benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. This payment obligation is an obligation of Summit Materials, Inc. and not of Summit Holdings. Summit Materials, Inc. expects to benefit from the remaining 15% of cash savings, if any, in income tax it realizes. For purposes of the tax receivable agreement, the cash savings in income tax will be computed by comparing the actual income tax liability of Summit Materials, Inc. (calculated with certain assumptions) to the amount of such taxes that Summit Materials, Inc. would have been required to pay had there been no increase to the tax basis of the assets of Summit Holdings as a result of the exchanges and no utilization of net operating losses of the Investor Entities and had Summit Materials, Inc. not entered into the tax receivable agreement. The term of the tax receivable agreement will continue until all such tax benefits have been utilized or expired, unless Summit Materials, Inc. exercises its right to terminate the tax receivable agreement for an amount based on the agreed payments remaining to be made under the agreement (as described in more detail below) or Summit Materials, Inc. breaches any of its material obligations under the tax receivable agreement in which case all obligations generally will be accelerated and due as if Summit Materials, Inc. had exercised its right to terminate the tax receivable agreement. Estimating the amount of payments that may be made under the tax receivable agreement is by its nature imprecise, insofar as the calculation of amounts payable depends on a variety of factors. The increases in tax basis as a result of an exchange, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the tax receivable agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including:

 

    the timing of exchanges —for instance, the increase in any tax deductions will vary depending on the fair market value, which may fluctuate over time, of the depreciable or amortizable assets of Summit Holdings at the time of each exchange;

 

    the price of shares of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchange —the increase in any tax deductions, as well as the tax basis increase in other assets, of Summit Holdings, is directly proportional to the price of shares of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchange;

 

    the extent to which such exchanges are taxable —if an exchange is not taxable for any reason, increased deductions will not be available;

 

    the amount of net operating losses —the amount of net operating losses of the Investor Entities at the time of any applicable merger or contribution transaction will impact the amount and timing of payments under the tax receivable agreement; and

 

    the amount and timing of our income —Summit Materials, Inc. will be required to pay 85% of the cash tax savings as and when realized, if any. If Summit Materials, Inc. does not have taxable income, Summit Materials, Inc. is not required (absent a change of control or circumstances requiring an early termination payment) to make payments under the tax receivable agreement for that taxable year because no cash tax savings will have been realized. However, any tax attributes that do not result in realized benefits in a given tax year will likely generate tax attributes that may be utilized to generate benefits in previous or future tax years. The utilization of such tax attributes will result in cash tax savings that will result in payments under the tax receivable agreement.

We anticipate that we will account for the effects of these increases in tax basis and payments for such increases under the tax receivable agreement arising from future exchanges as follows:

 

    we will record an increase in deferred tax assets for the estimated income tax effects of the increases in tax basis based on enacted federal and state tax rates at the date of the exchange;

 

    to the extent we estimate that we will not realize the full benefit represented by the deferred tax asset, based on an analysis that will consider, among other things, our expectation of future earnings, we will reduce the deferred tax asset with a valuation allowance; and

 

    we will record 85% of the estimated realizable tax benefit (which is the recorded deferred tax asset less any recorded valuation allowance) as an increase to the liability due under the tax receivable agreement and the remaining 15% of the estimated realizable tax benefit as an increase to additional paid-in capital.

 

161


Table of Contents

All of the effects of changes in any of our estimates after the date of the exchange will be included in net income. Similarly, the effect of subsequent changes in the enacted tax rates will be included in net income.

We expect that as a result of the size of the increases in the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Summit Holdings and our possible utilization of net operating losses, the payments that we may make under the tax receivable agreement will be substantial. There may be a material negative effect on our liquidity if, as a result of timing discrepancies or otherwise, the payments under the tax receivable agreement exceed the actual cash tax savings that Summit Materials, Inc. realizes in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement and/or distributions to Summit Materials, Inc. by Summit Holdings are not sufficient to permit Summit Materials, Inc. to make payments under the tax receivable agreement after it has paid taxes. Late payments under the tax receivable agreement generally will accrue interest at an uncapped rate equal to LIBOR plus 500 basis points. The payments under the tax receivable agreement are not conditioned upon continued ownership of us by holders of LP Units.

In addition, the tax receivable agreement provides that upon certain changes of control, Summit Materials, Inc.’s (or its successor’s) obligations with respect to exchanged or acquired LP Units (whether exchanged or acquired before or after such transaction) and other recipients would be based on certain assumptions, including that Summit Materials, Inc. would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions arising from the tax deductions, tax basis and other tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement. With respect to previously exchanged or acquired LP Units, we would be required to make a payment equal to the present value (at a discount rate equal to LIBOR plus 100 basis points) of the anticipated future tax benefits determined using assumptions (ii) through (v) of the following paragraph.

Furthermore, Summit Materials, Inc. may elect to terminate the tax receivable agreement early by making an immediate payment equal to the present value of the anticipated future cash tax savings. In determining such anticipated future cash tax savings, the tax receivable agreement includes several assumptions, including that (i) any LP Units that have not been exchanged are deemed exchanged for the market value of the shares of Class A common stock at the time of termination, (ii) Summit Materials, Inc. will have sufficient taxable income in each future taxable year to fully realize all potential tax savings, (iii) Summit Materials, Inc. will have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize any remaining net operating losses subject to the tax receivable agreement on a straight line basis over the shorter of the statutory expiration period for such net operating losses or the five-year period after the early termination or change of control, (iv) the tax rates for future years will be those specified in the law as in effect at the time of termination and (v) certain non-amortizable assets are deemed disposed of within specified time periods. In addition, the present value of such anticipated future cash tax savings are discounted at a rate equal to LIBOR plus 100 basis points. Assuming that the market value of a share of Class A common stock were to be equal to an assumed initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock in this offering of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and that LIBOR were to be     %, we estimate that the aggregate amount of these termination payments would be approximately $         if Summit Materials, Inc. were to exercise its termination right immediately following this offering.

As a result of the change in control provisions and the early termination right, Summit Materials, Inc. could be required to make payments under the tax receivable agreement that are greater than or less than the specified percentage of the actual cash tax savings that Summit Materials, Inc. realizes in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement (although any such overpayment would be taken into account in calculating future payments, if any, under the tax receivable agreement) or that are prior to the actual realization, if any, of such tax benefits. Also, the obligations of Summit Materials, Inc. would be automatically accelerated and be immediately due and payable in the event that Summit Materials, Inc. breaches any of its material obligations under the agreement and in certain events of bankruptcy or liquidation. In these situations, our obligations under the tax receivable agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity.

Decisions made by our pre-IPO owners may influence the timing and amount of payments that are received by an exchanging or selling existing owner under the tax receivable agreement. For example, the earlier disposition of

 

162


Table of Contents

assets following an exchange or acquisition transaction generally will accelerate payments under the tax receivable agreement and increase the present value of such payments, and the disposition of assets before an exchange or acquisition transaction will increase an existing owner’s tax liability without giving rise to any rights of an existing owner to receive payments under the tax receivable agreement.

Payments under the tax receivable agreement will be based on the tax reporting positions that we will determine. Summit Materials, Inc. will not be reimbursed for any payments previously made under the tax receivable agreement if the tax basis increases or our utilization of net operating losses are successfully challenged by the IRS, although such amounts may reduce our future obligations, if any, under the tax receivable agreement. As a result, in certain circumstances, payments could be made under the tax receivable agreement in excess of the Summit Materials, Inc.’s cash tax savings.

Stockholders’ Agreement

In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into a stockholders’ agreement with Blackstone. This agreement will require us to, among other things, nominate a number of individuals designated by Blackstone for election as our directors at any meeting of our stockholders (each a “Sponsor Director”) such that, upon the election of each such individual, and each other individual nominated by or at the direction of our board of directors or a duly-authorized committee of the board, as a director of our company, the number of Sponsor Directors serving as directors of our company will be equal to: (1) if our pre-IPO owners and their affiliates together continue to beneficially own at least 50% of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors as of the record date for such meeting, the lowest whole number that is greater than 50% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors; (2) if our pre-IPO owners and their affiliates together continue to beneficially own at least 40% (but less than 50%) of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors as of the record date for such meeting, the lowest whole number that is at least 40% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors; (3) if our pre-IPO owners and their affiliates together continue to beneficially own at least 30% (but less than 40%) of the total shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors as of the record date for such meeting, the lowest whole number that is at least 30% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors; (4) if our pre-IPO owners and their affiliates together continue to beneficially own at least 20% (but less than 30%) of the total shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors as of the record date for such meeting, the lowest whole number that is at least 20% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors; and (5) if our pre-IPO owners and their affiliates together continue to beneficially own at least 5% (but less than 20%) of the total shares of our common stock entitled to vote generally in the election of our directors as of the record date for such meeting, the lowest whole number that is at least 10% of the total number of directors comprising our board of directors. For so long as the stockholders’ agreement remains in effect, Sponsor Directors may be removed only with the consent of Blackstone. In the case of a vacancy on our board created by the removal or resignation of a Sponsor Director, the stockholders’ agreement will require us to nominate an individual designated by our Sponsor for election to fill the vacancy. The above-described provisions of the stockholders’ agreement will remain in effect until Blackstone is no longer entitled to nominate a Sponsor Director pursuant to the stockholders’ agreement, unless Blackstone requests that it terminate at an earlier date.

The stockholders’ agreement also: (1) requires us to cooperate with Blackstone in connection with certain future pledges, hypothecations or grants of security interest in any or all of the shares of Class A common stock or LP Units held by Blackstone, including to banks or financial institutions as collateral or security for loans, advances or extensions of credit; and (2) entitles the Investor Entities to require us to implement either (x) the contribution of interests in the Investor Entities for an aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock that is equal to the number of LP Units held by such Investor Entity along with any rights holders of interests in the Investor Entity are entitled to under the tax receivable agreement following such contribution or (y) the merger of the applicable Investor Entity into Summit Materials, Inc. with Summit Materials, Inc. surviving in exchange for a number of shares of Class A common stock that is equal to the number of LP Units along with any rights holders of interests in the Investor Entity are entitled to under the tax receivable agreement following such contribution.

 

163


Table of Contents

Summit Materials Holdings L.P. Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement

As a result of the Reclassification and Offering Transactions, Summit Materials, Inc. will hold LP Units in Summit Holdings and will be the sole general partner of Summit Holdings. Accordingly, Summit Materials, Inc. will operate and control all of the business and affairs of Summit Holdings and, through Summit Holdings and its operating entity subsidiaries, conduct our business.

Pursuant to the limited partnership agreement of Summit Holdings as it will be in effect at the time of this offering, Summit Materials, Inc. has the right to determine when distributions will be made to holders of LP Units and the amount of any such distributions. If a distribution is authorized, such distribution will be made to the holders of LP Units pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective limited partnership interests.

The holders of LP Units, including Summit Materials, Inc., will incur U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on their proportionate share of any taxable income of Summit Holdings. Net profits and net losses of Summit Holdings will generally be allocated to its holders (including Summit Materials, Inc.) pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective limited partnership interests, except as otherwise required by law. The limited partnership agreement of Summit Holdings provides for cash distributions, which we refer to as “tax distributions,” to the holders of the LP Units if Summit Materials, Inc., as the general partner of Summit Holdings, determines that the taxable income of Summit Holdings will give rise to taxable income for the holders of LP Units. In accordance with the limited partnership agreement, we intend to cause Summit Holdings to make tax distributions to the holders of LP Units for purposes of funding their tax obligations in respect of the income of Summit Holdings that is allocated to them. These tax distributions will only be paid to the extent that other distributions made by Summit Holdings were otherwise insufficient to cover the tax liabilities of holders of LP Units. Generally, these tax distributions will be computed based on our estimate of the net taxable income of Summit Holdings multiplied by an assumed tax rate equal to the highest effective marginal combined U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate applicable to an individual resident in New York, New York.

The limited partnership agreement of Summit Holdings will also provide that substantially all expenses incurred by or attributable to Summit Materials, Inc. (such as expenses incurred in connection with this offering), but not including obligations incurred under the tax receivable agreement by Summit Materials, Inc., income tax expenses of Summit Materials, Inc. and payments on indebtedness incurred by Summit Materials, Inc., will be borne by Summit Holdings. For so long as affiliates of Blackstone collectively own at least 5% of the outstanding LP Units, the consent of each Blackstone holder will be required to amend the limited partnership agreement.

Contribution and Purchase Agreement

We entered into a contribution and purchase agreement on December 18, 2014, together with Summit Holdings, Summit Materials Holdings GP, Ltd. (“Summit GP”), Summit Owner Holdco, the Class B Unitholders of Continental Cement and Continental Cement, whereby concurrently with the consummation of this offering (v) the Class B Unitholders will contribute 28,571,429 of the Class B Units of Continental Cement to Summit Owner Holdco in exchange for Series A Units of Summit Owner Holdco, (w) Summit GP, as the existing general partner of Summit Holdings will contribute to Summit Owner Holdco its right to act as the general partner of Summit Holdings in exchange for Series B Units of Summit Owner Holdco, (x) Summit Owner Holdco will in turn contribute the Class B Units of Continental Cement to us in exchange for shares of our Class A common stock and will contribute to us its right to act as the general partner of Summit Holdings in exchange for shares of our Class B common stock, (y) we will in turn contribute the Class B Units of Continental Cement we receive to Summit Holdings in exchange for LP Units and (z) the Class B Unitholders will deliver the remaining 71,428,571 Class B Units of Continental Cement to Summit Holdings in exchange for a payment to be made by Summit Holdings in the amount of $35.0 million in cash and $15.0 million aggregate principal amount of non-interest bearing notes that will be payable in six aggregate annual installments, beginning on the first anniversary of the closing of this offering, of $2.5 million. The number of shares of Class A common stock to be held by Summit Owner Holdco as a result of the foregoing transactions will be equal to 1.469496% of the number of outstanding LP Units of Summit Holdings immediately prior to giving effect to the LP Units issued in connection with this offering. As a result of the foregoing transactions, Continental Cement will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Summit Holdings.

 

164


Table of Contents

Indemnification Agreements

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers. These agreements will require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law against liabilities that may arise by reason of their service to us, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors or executive officers, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy and is therefore unenforceable.

There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.

Transaction and Management Fee Agreement

In connection with the formation of Summit Holdings, Summit Holdings entered into a transaction and management fee agreement with Blackstone Management Partners L.L.C. (“BMP”). Under this agreement, BMP (including through its affiliates) agreed to provide monitoring, advisory and consulting services relating to Summit Holdings and its subsidiaries. In consideration for the services, Summit Holdings pays, or causes to be paid, to BMP a management fee equal to the greater of $300,000 or 2.0% of Summit Holdings’ consolidated EBITDA, as defined in the transaction and management fee agreement, for the immediately preceding fiscal year. BMP is not obligated to provide any other services to Summit Holdings absent express agreement. Under the management fee agreement, for the years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, Summit Holdings paid BMP management fees of $2.6 million, $2.1 million and $3.0 million, respectively, and incurred $3.3 million during the nine months ended September 27, 2014 related to fees earned during the period.

In addition to the management fee, in consideration of BMP undertaking financial and structural analysis, due diligence investigations, corporate strategy and other advice and negotiation assistance necessary to enable Summit Holdings and its subsidiaries to undertake acquisitions, Summit Holdings pays BMP a transaction fee equal to (x) 1.0% of the aggregate enterprise value of any acquired entity or (y) if such transaction is structured as an asset purchase or sale, 1.0% of the consideration paid for or received in respect of the assets acquired or disposed of. In addition, Summit Holdings has agreed to indemnify BMP and its affiliates against liabilities relating to the services contemplated by the transaction and management fee agreement and reimburses BMP and its affiliates for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with providing such services.

Under the transaction and management fee agreement, BMP is permitted to, and has, assigned a portion of the fees to which it is entitled to receive from Summit Holdings to Silverhawk Summit, L.P. and to certain members of management. No transaction fees were paid in 2013 or 2012 and $0.8 million was paid in 2011. During the nine months ended September 27, 2014, we paid BMP $3.5 million, under this agreement and paid immaterial amounts to Silverhawk Summit, L.P. and to other equity holders.

In connection with this offering, the parties intend to terminate the transaction and management fee agreement, provided that the provisions relating to indemnification and certain other provisions will survive termination. In connection with such termination, Summit Holdings will pay BMP total fees of approximately $         million.

Commercial Transactions with Sponsor Portfolio Companies

Our Sponsors and their respective affiliates have ownership interests in a broad range of companies. We have entered and may in the future enter into commercial transactions in the ordinary course of our business with some of these companies, including the sale of goods and services and the purchase of goods and services. None of these transactions or arrangements has been or is expected to be material to us.

Other Transactions

Blackstone Advisory Partners L.P., an affiliate of The Blackstone Group L.P., served as an initial purchaser of $13.0 million principal amount of the senior notes issued in January 2014 and received compensation in connection

 

165


Table of Contents

therewith. Blackstone Advisory Partners L.P. was an initial purchaser of $5.75 million principal amount of senior notes issued in September 2014 and received compensation in connection with that offering as well.

In addition to the fees paid to BMP pursuant to the agreements described above, we reimburse BMP for direct expenses incurred, which were not material in the nine months ended September 27, 2014 or in the years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 or December 31, 2011.

In the nine months ended September 27, 2014, we sold certain assets associated with the production of concrete blocks, including inventory and equipment, to a related party for $2.3 million and sold a ready-mixed concrete plant to a related party in exchange for the related party performing the required site reclamation, estimated at approximately $0.2 million.

We purchased equipment from a noncontrolling member of Continental Cement for approximately $2.3 million, inclusive of $0.1 million of interest, in 2011, which was paid for in 2012.

We earned revenue of $0.6 million, $7.9 million and $8.6 million and incurred costs of $0.2 million, $0.2 million and $0.7 million in connection with several transactions with unconsolidated affiliates for the years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. As of December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, accounts receivable from affiliates was $0.4 million and $1.9 million. The Company had an immaterial amount of revenue from unconsolidated affiliates during the nine months ended September 27, 2014.

Cement sales to companies owned by certain noncontrolling members of Continental Cement were approximately $4.7 million, $12.7 million, $12.5 million and $9.5 million for the nine months ended September 27, 2014 and the years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively, and accounts receivables due from these parties were approximately $0.5 million, $0.2 million and $1.0 million as of September 27, 2014, December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, respectively.

We paid $0.7 million of interest to a noncontrolling member of Continental Cement in the nine months ended September 27, 2014 on a related party note. The principal balance on the note was repaid in January 2012.

Statement of Policy Regarding Transactions with Related Persons

Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will adopt a written statement of policy regarding transactions with related persons, which we refer to as our “related person policy.” Our related person policy requires that a “related person” (as defined as in paragraph (a) of Item 404 of Regulation S-K) must promptly disclose to our Chief Legal Officer any “related person transaction” (defined as any transaction that is anticipated would be reportable by us under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K in which we were or are to be a participant and the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and in which any related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest) and all material facts with respect thereto. The Chief Legal Officer will then promptly communicate that information to our board of directors. No related person transaction will be executed without the approval or ratification of our board of directors or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors. It is our policy that directors interested in a related person transaction will recuse themselves from any vote on a related person transaction in which they have an interest.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Our bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”). In addition, our certificate of incorporation will provide that our directors will not be liable for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL.

There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers to which indemnification is being sought, and we are not aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.

 

166


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following tables set forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of shares of our Class A common stock and of LP Units by (1) each person known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of any class of the outstanding voting securities of Summit Materials, Inc., (2) each of our directors and named executive officers and (3) all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

The percentage of beneficial ownership of shares of our Class A common stock and of LP Units outstanding before the Offering Transactions set forth below is based on the number of shares of our Class A common stock and of LP Units to be issued and outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of this offering after giving effect to the Reclassification. The percentage of beneficial ownership of our Class A common stock and of LP Units after the Offering Transactions set forth below is based on shares of our Class A common stock and of LP Units to be issued and outstanding immediately after the Offering Transactions. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC.

 

    Class A Common Stock Beneficially Owned(1)     LP Units Beneficially Owned(1)   Combined Voting Power(2)(3)
   

Number

  Percentage    

Number

  Percentage   Percentage

Name of Beneficial Owner

 

 

  Prior to the
Offering
Transactions
    After the
Offering
Transactions
Assuming
Underwriters’
Option is Not
Exercised
    After the
Offering
Transactions
Assuming
Underwriters’
Option is
Exercised in
Full
   

 

  Prior to the
Offering
Transactions
  After the
Offering
Transactions
Assuming
Underwriters’
Option is Not
Exercised
  After the
Offering
Transactions
Assuming
Underwriters’
Option is
Exercised in
Full
  Prior to the
Offering
Transactions
  After the
Offering
Transactions
Assuming
Underwriters’
Option is Not
Exercised
  After the
Offering
Transactions
Assuming
Underwriters’
Option is
Exercised in
Full

Blackstone Funds(4)

      —          —          —                   

Thomas W. Hill

      —          —          —                   

Howard L. Lance

                     

Ted A. Gardner

                     

Julia C. Kahr(5)

      —          —          —                   

John R. Murphy

      —          —          —                   

Neil P. Simpkins(6)

      —          —          —                   

Brian J. Harris

      —          —          —                   

Douglas C. Rauh

      —          —          —                   

Directors and executive officers as a group (13 persons)(7)

      —          —          —                   

 

* Represents less than 1%.
(1) Subject to the terms of the exchange agreement, the LP Units are exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Exchange Agreement.” Beneficial ownership of LP Units reflected in this table has not been also reflected as beneficial ownership of shares of our Class A common stock for which such units may be exchanged. Percentage of LP Units after the Offering Transactions treats LP Units held by Summit Materials, Inc. as outstanding.
(2) Represents percentage of voting power of the Class A common stock and Class B common stock of Summit Materials, Inc. voting together as a single class. See “Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock.”
(3) Summit Owner Holdco, an entity owned by certain of our pre-IPO owners and Class B Unitholders of Continental Cement, will initially hold all of the issued and outstanding shares of our Class B common stock that will be outstanding upon consummation of this offering. The Class B common stock will provide Summit Owner Holdco, with a number of votes that is equal to the aggregate number of Initial LP Units less the number of such Initial LP Units that, after the IPO Date, have been transferred to Summit Materials, Inc. in accordance with the exchange agreement or are transferred to a holder other than Summit Owner Holdco together with a share of Class B common stock (or fraction thereof). The managing member of Summit Owner Holdco is Summit Materials Holding GP Ltd., which will have the sole and exclusive authority, exercisable in its sole discretion, to direct the voting of the Class B common stock held by the Summit Owner Holdco. The Blackstone Funds, as defined below, have the right to appoint a majority of the member of the board of directors of Summit Materials Holding GP Ltd. and may be deemed to have voting control of the Class B common stock held by Summit Owner Holdco.
(4) Includes              LP Units directly held by Blackstone Capital Partners (Cayman) V NQ L.P.,              LP Units directly held by Blackstone Capital Partners (Cayman) NQ V-AC L.P.,              LP Units directly held by Blackstone Family Investment Partnership (Cayman) V NQ L.P. and              LP Units directly held by Blackstone Participation Partnership (Cayman) V NQ L.P. (together, the “Blackstone Funds”). The general partner of each of Blackstone Capital Partners (Cayman) V NQ L.P. and Blackstone Capital Partners (Cayman) NQ V-AC L.P. is Blackstone Management Associates (Cayman) V-NQ L.P. A general partner of each of Blackstone Management Associates (Cayman) V-NQ L.P., Blackstone Family Investment Partnership (Cayman) V NQ L.P. and Blackstone Participation Partnership (Cayman) V NQ L.P. is BCP V - NQ GP L.L.C. The sole member of BCP V - NQ GP L.L.C. is Blackstone Holdings II L.P. The general partner of Blackstone Holdings II L.P. is Blackstone Holdings I/II GP Inc. The sole shareholder of Blackstone Holdings I/II GP Inc. is The Blackstone Group L.P. The general partner of The Blackstone Group L.P. is Blackstone Group Management L.L.C. Blackstone Group Management L.L.C. is wholly owned by Blackstone’s senior managing directors and controlled by its founder, Stephen A. Schwarzman.

Each of such persons disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of the LP Units directly held by the Blackstone Funds (other than the Blackstone Funds to the extent of their direct holdings). The address of each of the entities listed in this footnote is c/o The Blackstone Group L.P., 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154.

 

167


Table of Contents
(5) Ms. Kahr is a Managing Director of The Blackstone Group. Ms. Kahr disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares owned directly or indirectly by the Blackstone Funds.
(6) Mr. Simpkins is a Senior Managing Director of The Blackstone Group. Mr. Simpkins disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares owned directly or indirectly by the Blackstone Funds.
(7) Percentages of shares beneficially owned by all directors and executive officers as a group does not give effect to shares of Class A common stock that such directors and executive officers may purchase as part of the directed share program.

The foregoing table assumes an offering price of $             per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the range on the front cover of this prospectus. However, the precise number of LP Units issued to existing owners would differ from that presented in the table above if the actual initial public offering price per share differs from this assumed price.

For example, if the initial offering price per share of Class A common stock in this offering is $            , which is the low point of the price range indicated on the front cover of this prospectus, the beneficial ownership of LP Units of the identified holders would be as follows:

 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Prior to the
Offering
Transactions
   After the
Offering
Transactions
Assuming
Underwriters’
Option is Not
Exercised
   After the
Offering
Transactions
Assuming
Underwriters’
Option is
Exercised in
Full

Blackstone Funds

        

Thomas W. Hill

        

Howard L. Lance

        

Ted A. Gardner

        

Julia C. Kahr

        

John R. Murphy

        

Neil P. Simpkins

        

Brian J. Harris

        

Douglas C. Rauh

        

All directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group (13 persons)

        

Conversely, if the initial offering price per share of Class A common stock in this offering is $            , which is the high point of the price range indicated on the front cover of this prospectus, the beneficial ownership of LP Units of the identified holders would be as follows:

 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Prior to the
Offering
Transactions
   After the
Offering
Transactions
Assuming
Underwriters’
Option is Not
Exercised
   After the
Offering
Transactions
Assuming
Underwriters’
Option is
Exercised in
Full

Blackstone Funds

        

Thomas W. Hill

        

Howard L. Lance

        

Ted A. Gardner

        

Julia C. Kahr

        

John R. Murphy

        

Neil P. Simpkins

        

Douglas C. Rauh

        

All directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group (13 persons)

        

 

168


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

On January 30, 2012, Summit Materials, LLC (the “Borrower”) entered into senior secured credit facilities with Bank of America, N.A. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as joint lead arrangers, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., UBS Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as joint bookrunners, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent, letter of credit issuer and swing line lender, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as syndication agent and Barclays Bank plc and Regions Bank, as co-documentation agents.

The senior secured credit facilities currently provides for term debt in an aggregate amount of $422.0 million, which matures January 30, 2019, and revolving credit commitments in an aggregate amount of $150.0 million, which matures January 30, 2017. As discussed below, in connection with this offering we anticipate entering into an amendment that will, among other things, increase the revolving credit commitments from $150.0 million to $235.0 million. The Borrower is required to make principal repayments of 0.25% of borrowings under the term debt on the last business day of each March, June, September and December. The revolving credit facility includes capacity available for letters of credit and for borrowings on same-day notice referred to as the swingline loans.

The current outstanding principal amount of term debt and applicable interest rate reflect the terms of a repricing the Borrower consummated on February 5, 2013. The repricing, among other things: (i) reduced the applicable margins used to calculate interest rates for term loans under the senior secured credit facilities by 1.0%; (ii) reduced the applicable margins used to calculate interest rates for $131.0 million of tranche A revolving credit loans available under the senior secured credit facilities by 1.0% (with no reductions to the applicable margins for the remaining $19.0 million of available revolving credit loans); (iii) increased term loans borrowed under the term loan facility by $25.0 million with the same terms as the existing term loans (bringing total term loan borrowings to approximately $422.0 million); (iv) included a requirement that the Borrower pay a fee equal to 1.0% of the principal amount of term loans repaid in connection with certain repricing or refinancing transactions within six months after February 5, 2013; and (v) created additional flexibility under the financial maintenance covenants, which are tested quarterly, by increasing the applicable maximum Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio and reducing the applicable minimum Interest Coverage Ratio (each as defined in the credit agreement governing the senior secured credit facilities).

On January 16, 2014, the Borrower entered into a second amendment to the senior secured credit facilities that, among other things: (i) permitted the incurrence of the outstanding notes; (ii) included a requirement that the Borrower pay a fee equal to 1.0% of the principal amount of term loans repaid in connection with certain repricing or refinancing transactions within six months after January 16, 2014; and (iii) increased the total leverage ratio and senior secured net leverage ratio in connection with the future incurrence of indebtedness.

In connection with this offering, we anticipate the Borrower will enter into a third amendment to the senior secured credit facilities that, among other things: (i) increases the revolving credit commitments from $150.0 million to $235.0 million; and (ii) amends the covenant limiting restricted payments to permit certain tax distributions by Summit Holdings to facilitate distribution of amounts payable pursuant to the tax receivable agreement. The third amendment will become effective upon satisfaction of certain customary conditions and the consummation of this offering.

The senior secured credit facilities include an uncommitted incremental facility that allow us the option to increase the amount available under the term loan facility and/or the revolving credit facility by (i) $135.0 million and (ii) an additional amount so long as the Borrower is in pro forma compliance with a consolidated first lien net leverage ratio of no greater than 3.50:1.00. Availability of such incremental facilities will be subject to, among other conditions, the absence of an event of default and pro forma compliance with the financial covenants under the credit agreement and the receipt of commitments by existing or additional financial institutions.

 

169


Table of Contents

We intend to use a portion of the proceeds of this offering to repay some or all of the then outstanding amounts under our senior secured credit facilities.

Interest Rate and Fees

Borrowings under the senior secured credit facilities will bear interest at a rate per annum equal to an applicable margin plus, at the Borrower’s option, either (i) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50%, (b) the prime rate of Bank of America, N.A. and (c) the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate (subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.25% in the case of the term loan facility) plus 1.00% or (ii) a British Bankers Association LIBOR rate (subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.25% in the case of the term debt) determined by reference to Reuters two business days prior to the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs. The applicable margin for the term debt is 3.75% in the case of LIBOR loans and 2.75% in the case of base rate loans. The applicable margin on the revolving credit facility is 3.50% in the case of LIBOR loans and 2.50% in the case of base rate loans (or 4.50% and 3.50% in the case of the $19.0 million of available revolving credit loans discussed above, for which no reductions to margins were made) and will be subject to one 25 basis point step-down upon the Borrower attaining a consolidated first lien net leverage ratio of 2.50:1.00.

In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the senior secured credit facilities, the Borrower is required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the revolving credit facility in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder. The Borrower is also required to pay customary letter of credit and agency fees.

Mandatory Prepayments

The credit agreement governing the senior secured credit facilities requires us to prepay outstanding term debt, subject to certain exceptions, with:

 

    commencing with the fiscal year ended December 29, 2012, 50% (which percentage will be reduced to 25% and 0% upon the Borrower attaining certain consolidated first lien net leverage ratios) of annual excess cash flow less the principal amount of certain debt prepayments;

 

    100% of the net proceeds from certain asset sales and casualty and condemnation proceeds, subject to certain threshold amounts of net proceeds and, if no default exists, to a 100% reinvestment right if reinvested or committed to be reinvested within 12 months of receipt so long as any committed reinvestment is actively reinvested within 18 months of receipt; and

 

    100% of the net proceeds from issuances or incurrence of certain debt, other than proceeds from debt permitted to be incurred under the credit agreement governing the senior secured credit facilities.

The Borrower may apply the foregoing mandatory prepayments to the term loan in direct order of maturity.

Voluntary Prepayments

The Borrower may voluntarily repay outstanding loans under the senior secured credit facilities at any time without premium or penalty; provided that voluntary prepayments of LIBOR rate loans made on a date other than the last day of an interest period applicable thereto shall be subject to customary breakage costs.

In addition, with respect to certain repricings or refinancings of the term debt within six months after January 16, 2014, the Borrower will be required to pay a fee equal to 1.0% of the principal amount of term debt that is repriced or refinanced.

 

170


Table of Contents

Amortization and Final Maturity

The Borrower is required to make scheduled quarterly payments each equal to 0.25% of the original principal amount of the term debt made on the initial closing date, with the balance due on January 30, 2019. The Borrower will not be required to make any scheduled payments under the revolving credit facility. The principal amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facility will be due and payable on January 30, 2017.

Guarantee and Security

All obligations under the senior secured credit facilities are unconditionally guaranteed by Summit Materials Intermediate Holdings, LLC, and each existing and future direct or indirect wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiary of the Borrower (other than certain immaterial subsidiaries, subsidiaries that are precluded by law, regulation or contractual obligation from guaranteeing the obligations and certain subsidiaries excluded via customary exceptions) and by the Borrower’s non-wholly-owned subsidiary Continental Cement (collectively, the “Credit Agreement Guarantors”).

All obligations under the senior secured credit facilities, and the guarantees of those obligations, will be secured by substantially all of the following assets of the Borrower and each subsidiary that is a Credit Agreement Guarantor, subject to certain exceptions:

 

    a pledge of 100% of the capital stock of the Borrower and 100% of the capital stock of each material domestic subsidiary that is directly owned by the Borrower or one of the subsidiary Credit Agreement Guarantors, promissory notes and any other instruments evidencing indebtedness owned by the Borrower or one of the subsidiary Credit Agreement Guarantors and 65% of the capital stock of each wholly-owned foreign subsidiary that is, in each case, directly owned by the Borrower or one of the subsidiary Credit Agreement Guarantors; and

 

    a security interest in, and mortgages on, substantially all tangible and intangible assets (above a materiality threshold in the case of mortgages) of the Borrower and each subsidiary Credit Agreement Guarantor.

Certain Covenants and Events of Default

The senior secured credit facilities contain a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, the Borrower and its restricted subsidiaries’ ability to:

 

    incur additional indebtedness or guarantees;

 

    create liens on assets;

 

    change its fiscal year;

 

    enter into sale and leaseback transactions;

 

    engage in mergers or consolidations;

 

    sell assets;

 

    pay dividends and make other restricted payments;

 

    make investments, loans or advances;

 

    repay subordinated indebtedness;

 

    make certain acquisitions;

 

    engage in certain transactions with affiliates; and

 

    change its lines of business.

In addition, the senior secured credit facilities require the Borrower to maintain a quarterly maximum consolidated first lien net leverage ratio and a quarterly minimum interest coverage ratio.

 

171


Table of Contents

The credit agreement governing the senior secured credit facilities also contains certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events of default (including, among others, an event of default upon a change of control). If an event of default occurs, the lenders under the senior secured credit facilities will be entitled to take various actions, including the acceleration of amounts due under the senior secured credit facilities and all actions permitted to be taken by a secured creditor.

Senior Notes

On January 30, 2012, the Issuers issued $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of senior notes due January 31, 2020. On January 17, 2014 and September 8, 2014, the Issuers issued an additional $260.0 million and $115.0 million aggregate principal amount, respectively, of senior notes. The senior notes have substantially the same terms and vote as one class under the indenture pursuant to which they were issued, provided that the senior notes issued on September 8, 2014 are subject to a registration rights agreement and the Issuers may be required to pay additional interest to holders of the senior notes issued on September 8, 2014 if the Issuers fail to satisfy their obligations under such registration rights agreement.

The senior notes bear interest at a rate of 10.5% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears on January 31 and July 31. The Issuers’ obligations under the senior notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by all of Summit Materials, LLC’s existing and future wholly-owned domestic restricted subsidiaries that guarantee its senior secured credit facilities and by its non-wholly-owned subsidiary Continental Cement.

At any time prior to January 31, 2016, the Issuers may redeem some or all of the senior notes at a redemption price equal to 100.000% of the principal amount thereof, plus the applicable premium as of the redemption date under the terms of the indenture and accrued and unpaid interest. The redemption price during each of the twelve-month periods following January 31, 2016 and January 31, 2017 and at any time after January 31, 2018 is 105.250%, 102.625% and 100.000% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, respectively. In addition, at any time prior to January 31, 2015, the Issuers may redeem up to 35% of the senior notes from the proceeds of certain equity offerings at a redemption price equal to 110.500% plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

Upon the occurrence of a change of control or upon the sale of certain assets in which the Issuers do not apply the proceeds as required, the holders of the senior notes will have the right to require the Issuers to make an offer to repurchase each holder’s senior notes at a price equal to 101% (in the case of a change of control) or 100% (in the case of an asset sale) of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

The senior notes contain covenants limiting, among other things, Summit Materials, LLC’s and the guarantor subsidiaries’ ability to incur additional indebtedness or issue certain preferred shares, pay dividends, redeem stock or make other distributions, make certain investments, sell or transfer certain assets, create liens, consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of Summit Materials, LLC’s assets, enter into certain transactions with affiliates, and designate subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries. The senior notes also contain customary events of default.

 

172


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

In connection with this offering, we will amend and restate our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws. The following is a description of the material terms of, and is qualified in its entirety by, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each of which will be in effect upon the consummation of this offering, the forms of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Under “Description of Capital Stock,” “we,” “us,” “our” and “our company” refer to Summit Materials, Inc. and not to any of its subsidiaries.

Our purpose is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may now or hereafter be organized under the DGCL. Upon the consummation of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 1,600,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, 200,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share and 200,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. Unless our board of directors determines otherwise, we will issue all shares of our capital stock in uncertificated form.

Common Stock

Class A Common Stock

Holders of shares of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally, including the election or removal of directors elected by our stockholders generally. The holders of our Class A common stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors.

Holders of shares of our Class A common stock are entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and to any restrictions on the payment of dividends imposed by the terms of any outstanding preferred stock.

Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up and after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of shares of our Class A common stock will be entitled to receive pro rata our remaining assets available for distribution.

All shares of our Class A common stock that will be outstanding at the time of the completion of the offering will be fully paid and non-assessable. The Class A common stock will not be subject to further calls or assessments by us. Holders of shares of our Class A common stock do not have preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Class A common stock. The rights powers, preferences and privileges of our Class A common stock will be subject to those of the holders of any shares of our preferred stock or any other series or class of stock we may authorize and issue in the future.

Class B Common Stock

The Class B common stock will entitle (x) Summit Owner Holdco, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by it, to a number of votes that is equal to the aggregate number of Initial LP Units less the aggregate number of such Initial LP Units that, after the IPO Date, have been transferred to Summit Materials, Inc. in accordance with the exchange agreement, are forfeited in accordance with agreements governing unvested Initial LP Units or are transferred to a holder other than Summit Owner Holdco together with a share of Class B common stock (or fraction thereof) and (y) each other holder of Class B common stock, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by such other holder, to a number of votes that is equal to the number of LP Units held by such holder. If at any time the ratio at which LP Units are exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock changes from one-for-one as described under “Certain

 

173


Table of Contents

Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Exchange Agreement,” for example, as a result of a conversion rate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends or reclassifications, the number of votes to which Class B common stockholders are entitled will be adjusted accordingly. The holders of our Class B common stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors.

Holders of shares of our Class B common stock will vote together with holders of our Class A common stock as a single class on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally, except as otherwise required by law.

Holders of our Class B common stock do not have any right to receive dividends or to receive a distribution upon a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Summit Materials, Inc.

Any holder of Class B common stock other than Summit Owner Holdco that does not also hold LP Units is required to surrender any such shares of Class B common stock (including fractions thereof) to Summit Materials, Inc.

Preferred Stock

No shares of preferred stock will be issued or outstanding immediately after the offering contemplated by this prospectus. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock (including convertible preferred stock). Unless required by law or any stock exchange, the authorized shares of preferred stock will be available for issuance without further action by the holders of our Class A or Class B common stock. Our board of directors is able to determine, with respect to any series of preferred stock, the powers (including voting powers), preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including, without limitation:

 

    the designation of the series;

 

    the number of shares of the series, which our board of directors may, except where otherwise provided in the preferred stock designation, increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares then outstanding);

 

    whether dividends, if any, will be cumulative or non-cumulative and the dividend rate of the series;

 

    the dates at which dividends, if any, will be payable;

 

    the redemption or repurchase rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series;

 

    the terms and amounts of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series;

 

    the amounts payable on shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our affairs;

 

    whether the shares of the series will be convertible into shares of any other class or series, or any other security, of us or any other entity, and, if so, the specification of the other class or series or other security, the conversion price or prices or rate or rates, any rate adjustments, the date or dates as of which the shares will be convertible and all other terms and conditions upon which the conversion may be made;

 

    restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same series or of any other class or series; and

 

    the voting rights, if any, of the holders of the series.

We could issue a series of preferred stock that could, depending on the terms of the series, impede or discourage an acquisition attempt or other transaction that some, or a majority, of the holders of our common

 

174


Table of Contents

stock might believe to be in their best interests or in which the holders of our common stock might receive a premium over the market price of the shares of our common stock. Additionally, the issuance of preferred stock may adversely affect the rights of holders of our common stock by restricting dividends on the common stock, diluting the voting power of the common stock or subordinating the liquidation rights of the common stock. As a result of these or other factors, the issuance of preferred stock could have an adverse impact on the market price of our Class A common stock.

Dividends

The DGCL permits a corporation to declare and pay dividends out of “surplus” or, if there is no “surplus,” out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year. “Surplus” is defined as the excess of the net assets of the corporation over the amount determined to be the capital of the corporation by its board of directors. The capital of the corporation is typically calculated to be (and cannot be less than) the aggregate par value of all issued shares of capital stock. Net assets equals the fair value of the total assets minus total liabilities. The DGCL also provides that dividends may not be paid out of net profits if, after the payment of the dividend, remaining capital would be less than the capital represented by the outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets. Declaration and payment of any dividend will be subject to the discretion of our board of directors.

We have no current plans to pay dividends on our Class A common stock. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the sole discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. Because we are a holding company and have no direct operations, we will only be able to pay dividends from funds we receive from our subsidiaries. In addition, our ability to pay dividends will be limited by covenants in our existing indebtedness and may be limited by the agreements governing other indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur in the future. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

Annual Stockholder Meetings

Our amended and restated bylaws provide that annual stockholder meetings will be held at a date, time and place, if any, as exclusively selected by our board of directors. To the extent permitted under applicable law, we may conduct meetings by remote communications, including by webcast.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws and Certain Provisions of Delaware Law

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and the DGCL contain provisions, which are summarized in the following paragraphs, that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, reduce our vulnerability to a hostile or abusive change of control and enhance the ability of our board of directors to maximize stockholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire us. However, these provisions may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter or prevent a merger or acquisition of the Company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or other takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the prevailing market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

Authorized but Unissued Capital Stock

Delaware law does not require stockholder approval for any issuance of shares that are authorized and available for issuance. However, the listing requirements of the NYSE, which would apply so long as our Class A common stock remains listed on the NYSE, require stockholder approval of certain issuances equal to or

 

175


Table of Contents

exceeding 20% of the then outstanding voting power of our capital stock or then outstanding number of shares of Class A common stock. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings, to raise additional capital or to facilitate acquisitions.

Our board of directors may generally issue shares of one or more series of preferred stock on terms calculated to discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of the Company or the removal of our management. Moreover, our authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock will be available for future issuances in one or more series without stockholder approval and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, to facilitate acquisitions and employee benefit plans.

One of the effects of the existence of authorized and unissued and unreserved Class A common stock or preferred stock may be to enable our board of directors to issue shares to persons friendly to current management, which issuance could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of our company by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, and thereby protect the continuity of our management and possibly deprive our stockholders of opportunities to sell their shares of Class A common stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices.

Classified Board of Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes to be as nearly equal in number as possible, and with the directors serving three-year terms. As a result, approximately one-third of our board of directors will be elected each year. The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board of directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors will be fixed from time to time exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by the board of directors with a maximum of 15 directors.

Business Combinations

We have opted out of Section 203 of the DGCL; however, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains similar provisions providing that we may not engage in certain “business combinations” with any “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

    prior to such time, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

    upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding certain shares; or

 

    at or subsequent to that time, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66  2 3 % of our outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Subject to certain exceptions, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with that person’s affiliates and associates, owns, or within the previous three years owned, 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock. For purposes of this section only, “voting stock” has the meaning given to it in Section 203 of the DGCL.

 

176


Table of Contents

Under certain circumstances, this provision will make it more difficult for a person who would be an “interested stockholder” to effect various business combinations with us for a three-year period. This provision may encourage companies interested in acquiring us to negotiate in advance with our board of directors because the stockholder approval requirement would be avoided if our board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction which results in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder. These provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our board of directors and may make it more difficult to accomplish transactions which stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that Blackstone and its affiliates, and any of their respective direct or indirect transferees and any group as to which such persons are a party, do not constitute “interested stockholders” for purposes of this provision.

Removal of Directors; Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships

Under the DGCL, unless otherwise provided in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, directors serving on a classified board may be removed by the stockholders only for cause. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that directors may be removed with or without cause upon the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class; provided, however, at any time when Blackstone and its affiliates beneficially own in the aggregate, less than 30% of the voting power of all outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, directors may only be removed for cause, and only upon the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66  2 3 % of the voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also provides that, subject to the rights granted to one or more series of preferred stock then outstanding or the rights granted under the stockholders’ agreement with Blackstone, any vacancies on our board of directors, and any newly created directorships, will be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, by a sole remaining director or by the stockholders; provided, however, at any time when Blackstone and its affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 30% of voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any newly-created directorship on the board of directors that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring in the board of directors may only be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (and not by the stockholders).

No Cumulative Voting

Under Delaware law, the right to vote cumulatively does not exist unless the certificate of incorporation specifically authorizes cumulative voting. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not authorize cumulative voting. Therefore, stockholders holding a majority in voting power of the shares of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors will be able to elect all our directors.

Special Stockholder Meetings

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that special meetings of our stockholders may be called at any time only by or at the direction of the board of directors or the chairman of the board of directors; provided, however, at any time when Blackstone and its affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least 30% in voting power of the stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, special meetings of our stockholders shall also be called by the board of directors or the chairman of the board of directors at the request of Blackstone and its affiliates. Our amended and restated bylaws prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. These provisions may have the effect of deterring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of the Company.

 

177


Table of Contents

Director Nominations and Stockholder Proposals

Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors. In order for any matter to be “properly brought” before a meeting, a stockholder will have to comply with advance notice requirements and provide us with certain information. Generally, to be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions will not apply to Blackstone and its affiliates so long as the stockholders’ agreement remains in effect. Our amended and restated bylaws allow the chairman of the meeting at a meeting of the stockholders to adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings which may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the rules and regulations are not followed. These provisions may also defer, delay or discourage a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to influence or obtain control of the Company.

Stockholder Action by Written Consent

Pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is or are signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, unless our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will preclude stockholder action by written consent at any time when Blackstone and its affiliates own, in the aggregate, less than 30% in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

Supermajority Provisions

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend, change, add to, rescind or repeal, in whole or in part, our bylaws without a stockholder vote in any matter not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. For as long as Blackstone and its affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least 30% in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any amendment, alteration, change, addition or repeal of our bylaws by our stockholders requires the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of our stock present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on such amendment, alteration, rescission or repeal. At any time when Blackstone and its affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 30% in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any amendment, alteration, rescission or repeal of our bylaws by our stockholders requires the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66  2 3 % in voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class.

The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation, unless the certificate of incorporation requires a greater percentage.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that at any time when Blackstone and its affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 30% in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, the following provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66  2 3 % in voting power all the then outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class:

 

    the provision requiring a 66  2 3 % supermajority vote for stockholders to amend our amended and restated bylaws;

 

178


Table of Contents
    the provisions providing for a classified board of directors (the election and term of our directors);

 

    the provisions regarding resignation and removal of directors;

 

    the provisions regarding competition and corporate opportunities;

 

    the provisions regarding entering into business combinations with interested stockholders;

 

    the provisions regarding stockholder action by written consent;

 

    the provisions regarding calling special meetings of stockholders;

 

    the provisions regarding filling vacancies on our board of directors and newly-created directorships;

 

    the provisions eliminating monetary damages for breaches of fiduciary duty by a director; and

 

    the amendment provision requiring that the above provisions be amended only with a 66  2 3 % supermajority vote.

The combination of the classification of our board of directors, the lack of cumulative voting and the supermajority voting requirements will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Because our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management.

These provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying or preventing changes in control of us or our management, such as a merger, reorganization or tender offer. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened acquisition of our company. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions are also intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our shares that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in management.

Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal and Payment

Under the DGCL, with certain exceptions, our stockholders will have appraisal rights in connection with a merger or consolidation of our company. Pursuant to the DGCL, stockholders who properly request and perfect appraisal rights in connection with such merger or consolidation will have the right to receive payment of the fair value of their shares as determined by the Delaware Court of Chancery.

Stockholders’ Derivative Actions

Under the DGCL, any of our stockholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the stockholder bringing the action is a holder of our shares at the time of the transaction to which the action relates or such stockholder’s stock thereafter devolved by operation of law.

Exclusive Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that unless we consent to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for any (i) derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of our company, (ii) action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or employee of our company to our company or our company’s stockholders, (iii) action asserting a claim against our company or

 

179


Table of Contents

any director or officer of our company arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws, or (iv) action asserting a claim against our company governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of our company shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the forum provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. However, it is possible that a court could find our forum selection provision to be inapplicable or unenforceable.

Conflicts of Interest

Delaware law permits corporations to adopt provisions renouncing any interest or expectancy in certain opportunities that are presented to the corporation or its officers, directors or stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time by Delaware law, renounces any interest or expectancy that we have in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, specified business opportunities that are from time to time presented to our officers, directors or stockholders or their respective affiliates, other than those officers, directors, stockholders or affiliates who are our or our subsidiaries’ employees. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, none of Blackstone, Silverhawk or any of their respective affiliates or any director who is not employed by us (including any non-employee director who serves as one of our officers in both his director and officer capacities) or his or her affiliates will have any duty to refrain from (i) engaging in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar lines of business in which we or our affiliates now engage or propose to engage or (ii) otherwise competing with us or our affiliates. In addition, to the fullest extent permitted by law, in the event that Blackstone, Silverhawk or any non-employee director acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for itself or himself or its or his affiliates or for us or our affiliates, such person will have no duty to communicate or offer such transaction or business opportunity to us or any of our affiliates and they may take any such opportunity for themselves or offer it to another person or entity. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not renounce our interest in any business opportunity that is expressly offered to a non-employee director solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Company. To the fullest extent permitted by law, no business opportunity will be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for us unless we would be permitted to undertake the opportunity under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we have sufficient financial resources to undertake the opportunity and the opportunity would be in line with our business.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties, subject to certain exceptions. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages to the corporation or its stockholders for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL. The effect of these provisions is to eliminate the rights of us and our stockholders, through stockholders’ derivative suits on our behalf, to recover monetary damages from a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior. However, exculpation does not apply to any breaches of the director’s duty of loyalty, any acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or knowing violation of law, any authorization of dividends or stock redemptions or repurchases paid or made in violation of the DGCL, or for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our amended and restated bylaws generally provide that we must indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL. We also are expressly authorized to carry directors’ and officers’ liability insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification and advancement provisions and insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.

 

180


Table of Contents

The limitation of liability, indemnification and advancement provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.

Indemnification Agreements

We intend to enter into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors and executive officers as described in “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Indemnification Agreements.” Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors or executive officers, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy and is therefore unenforceable.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for shares of our Class A common stock will be Broadridge Corporate Issuer Solutions, Inc.

Listing

We intend to apply to have our Class A common stock approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol “SUM.”

 

181


Table of Contents

MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE

TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a summary of certain United States federal income and estate tax consequences to non-U.S. holders, defined below, of the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our Class A common stock as of the date hereof. Except where noted, this summary deals only with shares of Class A common stock purchased in this offering that are held as capital assets by a non-U.S. holder.

A “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of shares of our Class A common stock that, for United States federal income tax purposes, is not any of the following:

 

    an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

    an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable United States Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.

This summary is based upon provisions of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, applicable United States Treasury regulations, rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. Those authorities are subject to different interpretations and may be changed, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in United States federal income and estate tax consequences different from those summarized below. This summary does not address all aspects of United States federal income and estate taxes and does not deal with foreign, state, local, alternative minimum or other tax considerations that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their particular circumstances. In addition, this summary does not represent a detailed description of the United States federal income and estate tax consequences applicable to you if you are subject to special treatment under the United States federal income tax laws (including if you are a United States expatriate, financial institution, insurance company, tax-exempt organization, trader, broker or dealer in securities, “controlled foreign corporation,” “passive foreign investment company,” a partnership or other pass-through entity for United States federal income tax purposes (or an investor in such a pass-through entity)), a person who acquired shares of our Class A common stock as compensation or otherwise in connection with the performance of services, or a person who has acquired shares of our Class A common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction or other integrated investment). We cannot assure you that a change in law will not alter significantly the tax considerations that we describe in this summary.

If any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes holds shares of our Class A common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding shares of our Class A common stock, you should consult your tax advisors.

If you are considering the purchase of shares of our Class A common stock, you should consult your own tax advisors concerning the particular United States federal income and estate tax consequences to you of the ownership and disposition of the shares of Class A common stock, as well as the consequences to you arising under the laws of any other applicable taxing jurisdiction in light of your particular circumstances.

 

182


Table of Contents

Dividends

Cash distributions on shares of our Class A common stock will constitute dividends for United States federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under United States federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your tax basis in our Class A common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock.

Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to withholding of United States federal income tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. However, dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by the non-U.S. holder within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a United States permanent establishment) generally will not be subject to such withholding tax, provided certain certification and disclosure requirements are satisfied. Instead, such dividends generally will be subject to United States federal income tax on a net income basis in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined under the Code. A corporate non-U.S. holder may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on earnings and profits attributable to such dividends that are effectively connected with its United States trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to its United States permanent establishment).

A non-U.S. holder of shares of our Class A common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate and avoid backup withholding, as discussed below, for dividends will be required (a) to complete the applicable IRS Form W-8 and certify under penalty of perjury that such holder is not a United States person as defined under the Code and is eligible for treaty benefits or (b) if shares of our Class A common stock are held through certain foreign intermediaries, to satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable United States Treasury regulations. Special certification and other requirements apply to certain non-U.S. holders that are pass-through entities rather than corporations or individuals.

A non-U.S. holder of shares of our Class A common stock eligible for a reduced rate of United States withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

Gain on Disposition of Class A Common Stock

Subject to discussions below of the backup withholding tax and “FATCA’’ legislation, any gain realized by a non-U.S. holder on the disposition of shares of our Class A common stock generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax unless:

 

    the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the non-U.S. holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a United States permanent establishment of the non-U.S. holder);

 

    the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of that disposition, and certain other conditions are met; or

 

    we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” for United States federal income tax purposes.

In the case of a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point above, any gain will be subject to United States federal income tax on a net income basis generally in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined under the Code, and a non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation may also be subject to the branch profits tax equal to 30% of its effectively connected earnings and profits attributable to such gain (or, if an income tax treaty applies, at such lower rate as may be specified by the treaty on its gains

 

183


Table of Contents

attributable to its United States permanent establishment). Except as otherwise provided by an applicable income tax treaty, an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point above will be subject to a 30% tax on any gain derived from the sale, which may be offset by certain United States source capital losses, even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States under the Code.

We have not determined whether we are a “United States real property holding corporation” for United States federal income tax purposes. If we are or become a “United States real property holding corporation,” so long as shares of our Class A common stock continues to be regularly traded on an established securities market, only a non-U.S. holder who holds or held (at any time during the shorter of the five year period preceding the date of disposition or the holder’s holding period) more than 5% of shares of our Class A common stock will be subject to United States federal income tax on the disposition of shares of our Class A common stock.

Federal Estate Tax

Shares of our Class A common stock that are owned (or treated as owned) by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as specially defined for United States federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death will be included in such individual’s gross estate for United States federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate or other tax treaty provides otherwise, and therefore may be subject to United States federal estate tax.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends paid to such holder and the tax withheld with respect to such dividends, regardless of whether withholding was required. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty or agreement.

A non-U.S. holder will be subject to backup withholding for dividends paid to such holder unless such holder certifies under penalty of perjury that it is not a United States person as defined under the Code (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a United States person as defined under the Code), or such holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding will apply to the proceeds of a sale of shares of our Class A common stock within the United States or conducted through certain United States-related financial intermediaries, unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalty of perjury that it is not a United States person as defined under the Code (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a United States person as defined under the Code), or such owner otherwise establishes an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder’s United States federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Additional FATCA Withholding Requirements

Under Section 1471 through 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as “FATCA”), a 30% United States federal withholding tax may apply to any dividends paid on our Class A common stock, and, for a disposition of our common stock occurring after December 31, 2016, the gross proceeds from such disposition, in each case paid to (i) a “foreign financial institution” (as specifically defined in the Code) which does not provide

 

184


Table of Contents

sufficient documentation, typically on IRS Form W-8BEN-E, evidencing either (x) an exemption from FATCA, or (y) its compliance (or deemed compliance) with FATCA (which may alternatively be in the form of compliance with an intergovernmental agreement with the United States) in a manner that avoids withholding, or (ii) a “non-financial foreign entity” (as specifically defined in the Code) which does not provide sufficient documentation, typically on IRS Form W-8BEN-E, evidencing either (x) an exemption from FATCA, or (y) adequate information regarding certain substantial United States beneficial owners of such entity (if any). If a dividend payment is both subject to withholding under FATCA and subject to the withholding tax discussed above under “—Dividends,” the withholding under FATCA may be credited against, and therefore reduce, such other withholding tax. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding these requirements and whether they may be relevant to your ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock.

 

185


Table of Contents

CERTAIN ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a summary of certain considerations associated with the purchase of the Class A common stock by employee benefit plans that are subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), plans, individual retirement accounts and other arrangements that are subject to Section 4975 of the Code or provisions under any other federal, state, local, non-U.S. or other laws or regulations that are similar to such provisions of the Code or ERISA (collectively, “Similar Laws”), and entities whose underlying assets are considered to include “plan assets” of any such plan, account or arrangement (each, a “Plan”).

Prohibited Transaction Issues

Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit ERISA Plans from engaging in specified transactions involving plan assets with persons or entities who are “parties in interest,” within the meaning of ERISA, or “disqualified persons,” within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code, unless an exemption is available. A party in interest or disqualified person who engaged in a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to excise taxes and other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code. In addition, the fiduciary of the ERISA Plan that engaged in such a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code.

The acquisition of the Class A common stock by an ERISA Plan with respect to which we are considered a party in interest or a disqualified person may constitute or result in a direct or indirect prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code, unless the investment is acquired and held in accordance with an applicable statutory, class or individual prohibited transaction exemption. In this regard, the U.S. Department of Labor (the “DOL”) has issued prohibited transaction class exemptions, or “PTCEs,” that may apply to the acquisition of the Class A common stock. These class exemptions include, without limitation, PTCE 84-14 respecting transactions determined by independent qualified professional asset managers, PTCE 90-1 respecting insurance company pooled separate accounts, PTCE 91-38 respecting bank collective investment funds, PTCE 95-60 respecting life insurance company general accounts and PTCE 96-23 respecting transactions determined by in-house asset managers. There can be no assurance that all of the conditions of any such exemptions will be satisfied.

Plan Asset Issues

ERISA and the regulations (the “Plan Asset Regulations”) promulgated under ERISA by the DOL generally provide that when an ERISA Plan acquires an equity interest in an entity that is neither a “publicly-offered security” nor a security issued by an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act, the ERISA Plan’s assets include both the equity interest and an undivided interest in each of the underlying assets of the entity unless it is established either that less than 25% of the total value of each class of equity interest in the entity is held by “benefit plan investors” as defined in Section 3(42) of ERISA or that the entity is an “operating company,” as defined in the Plan Asset Regulations. Although no assurances can be given, we believe that we qualify as an “operating company”.

In addition, although no assurances can be given, it is anticipated that the Class A common stock will qualify for the exemption for a “publicly-offered security”. For purposes of the Plan Asset Regulations, a “publicly offered security” is a security that is (a) “freely transferable”, (b) part of a class of securities that is “widely held,” and (c) (i) sold to the ERISA Plan as part of an offering of securities to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and the class of securities to which such security is a part is registered under the Exchange Act within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year of the issuer during which the offering of such securities to the public has occurred, or (ii) is part of a class of securities that is registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act. We intend to effect such a registration under the Securities Act and Exchange Act. The Plan Asset Regulations provide that a security is “widely held” only if it is part of a class of

 

186


Table of Contents

securities that is owned by 100 or more investors independent of the issuer and one another. A security will not fail to be “widely held” because the number of independent investors falls below 100 subsequent to the initial offering thereof as a result of events beyond the control of the issuer. The Plan Asset Regulations provide that whether a security is “freely transferable” is a factual question to be determined on the basis of all the relevant facts and circumstances. It is anticipated that the Class A common stock will be “widely held” and will be “freely transferable,” each within the meaning of the Plan Asset Regulations, although no assurance can be given in this regard.

Plan Asset Consequences

If the assets of the Issuer were deemed to be “plan assets” under ERISA, this would result, among other things, in (i) the application of the prudence and other fiduciary responsibility standards of ERISA to investments made by the Issuer, and (ii) the possibility that certain transactions in which the Issuer might seek to engage could constitute “prohibited transactions” under ERISA and the Code.

Because of the foregoing, the Class A common stock should not be purchased or held by any person investing “plan assets” of any Plan, unless such purchase and holding will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA and the Code or similar violation of any applicable Similar Laws.

Accordingly, by acceptance of the Class A common stock, each purchaser and subsequent transferee of the Class A common stock will be deemed to have represented and warranted that either (i) no portion of the assets used by such purchaser or transferee to acquire the Class A common stock constitutes assets of any Plan or (ii) the purchase of the Class A common stock by such purchaser or transferee will not constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or similar violation under any applicable Similar Laws.

The foregoing discussion is general in nature and is not intended to be all-inclusive. Due to the complexity of these rules and the penalties that may be imposed upon persons involved in non-exempt prohibited transactions, it is particularly important that fiduciaries, or other persons considering purchasing the Class A common stock on behalf of, or with the assets of, any Plan, consult with their counsel regarding the potential applicability of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code and any Similar Laws to such investment and whether an exemption would be applicable to the purchase and holding of the Class A common stock.

 

187


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our Class A common stock. We cannot predict the effect, if any, future sales of shares of Class A common stock, or the availability for future sale of shares of Class A common stock, will have on the market price of shares of our Class A common stock prevailing from time to time. The sale of substantial amounts of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could harm the prevailing market price of shares of our Class A common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity or equity related securities at a time and price that we deem appropriate.

Currently, no shares of our Class A common stock are outstanding and                 shares of our Class B common stock are outstanding, all of which are owned by Summit Owner Holdco.

Upon completion of this offering we will have a total of                 shares of our Class A common stock outstanding (or                 shares of Class A common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock). All of these shares of Class A common stock will have been sold in this offering and will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act by persons other than our “affiliates.” Under the Securities Act, an “affiliate” of an issuer is a person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with that issuer.

In addition, subject to certain limitations and exceptions, pursuant to the terms of an exchange agreement we will enter into with our pre-IPO owners, holders of LP Units may, from and after the first anniversary of the completion of this offering (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement), exchange LP Units for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Blackstone is generally permitted to exchange LP Units at any time. Upon consummation of this offering, our pre-IPO owners will hold                 LP Units, all of which will be exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock. The shares of Class A common stock we issue upon such exchanges would be “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144 unless we register such issuances. However, we will enter into a registration rights agreement with our pre-IPO owners that will require us to register under the Securities Act these shares of Class A common stock. See “—Registration Rights” and “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”

In addition,                 shares of Class A common stock may be granted under our Omnibus Incentive Plan. See “Executive and Director Compensation—Summit Materials, Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan.” We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock issued under or covered by our Omnibus Incentive Plan. Any such Form S-8 registration statements will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares of Class A common stock registered under such registration statements will be available for sale in the open market. We expect that the initial registration statement on Form S-8 will cover                 shares of Class A common stock.

Our certificate of incorporation authorizes us to issue additional shares of Class A common stock and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to Class A common stock for the consideration and on the terms and conditions established by our board of directors in its sole discretion. In accordance with the DGCL and the provisions of our certificate of incorporation, we may also issue preferred stock that has designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties that are different from, and may be senior to, those applicable to shares of Class A common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock.” Similarly, the limited partnership agreement of Summit Holdings permits Summit Holdings to issue an unlimited number of additional limited partnership interests of Summit Holdings with designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties that are different from, and may be senior to, those applicable to the LP Units, and which may be exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock.

 

188


Table of Contents

Registration Rights

We will enter into a registration rights agreement with our pre-IPO owners and the Class B Unitholders pursuant to which we will grant them, their affiliates and certain of their transferees the right, under certain circumstances and subject to certain restrictions, to require us to register under the Securities Act shares of Class A common stock delivered in exchange for LP Units. Under the registration rights agreement, we will agree to register the exchange of LP Units for shares of Class A common stock by our pre-IPO owners. In addition, Blackstone will have the right to request an unlimited number of “demand” registrations the Class B Unitholders will have the right to request one “demand” registration, and Blackstone, certain other pre-IPO owners and the Class B Unitholders will have customary “piggyback” registration rights.

Lock-Up Agreements

We have agreed, subject to enumerated exceptions, that we will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our Class A common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, without the prior written consent of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

Our officers, directors and certain of our pre-IPO owners have agreed, subject to enumerated exceptions, that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our Class A common stock, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our Class A common stock, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our Class A common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)—No Sales of Similar Securities.” Participants in the directed share program will be subject to a substantially similar 180-day lock-up restriction with respect to the shares of Class A common stock purchased through such program. The representatives of the underwriters, in their sole discretion, may at any time release all or any portion of the shares from the restrictions in such agreements. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)—Directed Share Program.”

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, a person who is not deemed to be our affiliate for purposes of Rule 144 or to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares of Class A common stock proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares of Class A common stock without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares of Class A common stock proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person is entitled to sell those shares of Class A common stock without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144. In general, six months after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares of Class A common stock on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a number of shares of Class A common stock that does not exceed the greater of (1) 1% of the number of shares of Class A common stock then outstanding and (2) the average weekly trading volume of the shares of Class A common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale. Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares of Class A common stock on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

 

189


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING (CONFLICTS OF INTEREST)

Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters named below have severally agreed to purchase from us the following respective number of shares of our Class A common stock at a public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus:

 

Underwriter

   Number of
Shares

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
                    Incorporated

  

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

  

Blackstone Advisory Partners L.P.

  

BB&T Capital Markets, a division of
                        BB&T Securities, LLC

  

Stephens Inc.

  

Sterne, Agee & Leach, Inc.

  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters’ obligation to purchase shares of Class A common stock depends on the satisfaction of the conditions contained in the underwriting agreement including:

 

    the obligation to purchase all of the shares of our Class A common stock offered hereby (other than those shares of our Class A common stock covered by their option to purchase additional shares as described below), if any of the shares are purchased;

 

    the representations and warranties made by us to the underwriters are true;

 

    there is no material change in our business or the financial markets; and

 

    we deliver customary closing documents to the underwriters.

The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

Commissions and Expenses

The following table summarizes the underwriting discounts and commissions we will pay to the underwriters. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase      additional shares. The underwriting fee is the difference between the initial offering price to the public and the amount the underwriters pay us for the shares.

 

     Per Share    Total
     No
Exercise
   Full
Exercise
   No
Exercise
   Full
Exercise

Public offering price

           

Underwriting discounts and commissions

           

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

           

 

190


Table of Contents

The representatives of the underwriters have advised us that the underwriters propose to offer the shares of Class A common stock directly to the public at the public offering price on the cover of this prospectus and to selected dealers, which may include the underwriters, at such offering price less a selling concession not in excess of $         per share. The underwriters may allow, and the selected dealers may re-allow, a discount from the concession not in excess of $         per share to brokers and dealers. After the offering, the representatives may change the offering price and other selling terms.

The expenses of the offering that are payable by us are estimated to be approximately $         (excluding underwriting discounts and commissions), including up to $         in connection with the qualification of the offering with FINRA by counsel to the underwriters.

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

We have granted the underwriters an option exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase, from time to time, in whole or in part, up to an aggregate of                 shares of our Class A common stock at the public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions. To the extent the underwriters exercise this option, each underwriter will be committed, so long as the conditions of the underwriting agreement are satisfied, to purchase a number of additional shares of our Class A common stock proportionate to that underwriter’s initial commitment as indicated in the preceding table, and we will be obligated to sell the additional shares to the underwriters.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We, our executive officers and directors, participants in our directed share program and certain holders of our Class A common stock have agreed not to sell or transfer any shares of Class A common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with Class A common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any common stock, or any options or warrants to purchase any common stock, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive common stock, whether now owned or hereinafter acquired, owned directly by us or these other persons (including holding as a custodian) or with respect to which we or such other persons has beneficial ownership within the rules and regulations of the SEC. We and such other persons have agreed that these restrictions expressly preclude us and such other persons from engaging in any hedging or other transaction which is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in a sale or disposition of our or such other persons’ common stock if such common stock would be disposed of by someone other than us or such other persons. Prohibited hedging or other transactions includes any short sale or any purchase, sale or grant of any right (including without limitation any put or call option) with respect to any of our or such other persons’ common stock or with respect to any security that includes, relates to, or derives any significant part of its value from such common stock.

The restrictions described in the paragraph above do not apply to:

 

   

the transfer by a security holder of shares of common stock or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exerciseable for, or repayable with common stock (1) by will or intestacy, (2) as a bona fide gift or gifts, (3) to any trust, partnership, limited liability company or other entity for the direct or indirect benefit of a security holder or the immediate family of such security holder, (4) to any immediate family member or other dependent of the security holder, (5) as a distribution to limited partners, members or stockholders of the security holder, (6) to the security holder’s affiliates or to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by the security holder, (7) in connection with the exchange of LP Units for shares of common stock, (8) to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (1) through (6) above, (9) pursuant to an order of a court or regulatory agency, (10) from an executive officer of ours or our parent entities upon death, disability or termination of employment, in each case, of such executive

 

191


Table of Contents
 

officer, (11) in connection with transactions by any person other than us relating to shares of common stock issued in this offering acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the offering so long as no filing under Section 16 of the Exchange Act is required or be voluntarily made and/or (12) with the prior written consent of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. In the case of each transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (2) through (8) and (9) above, (i) each donee, trustee, distributee or transferee, as the case may be, must agree to be bound in writing by the restrictions described in the paragraph above and (ii) any such transfer or distribution does not involve a disposition for value, other than with respect to any such transfer or distribution for which the transferor or distributor receives (A) equity interests of such transferee or (B) such transferee’s interests in the transferor. In the case of each transfer or distribution pursuant to clauses (2) through (7), if any filing under Section 16 of the Exchange Act is required or voluntarily made (i) the security holder must provide Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. prior written notice informing them of such filing and (ii) such filing must disclose that such donee, trustee, distributee or transferee, as the case may be, agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions described in the paragraph above;

 

    if the security holder is a corporation, the corporation may transfer our capital stock to any wholly-owned subsidiary of such corporation; provided, however, that in any such case, it is a condition to the transfer that the transferee execute an agreement stating that the transferee is receiving and holding such capital stock subject to the provisions of the lock-up agreement and there will be no further transfer of such capital stock except in accordance with the lock-up agreement, and provided further that any such transfer must not involve a disposition for value;

 

    the sale of the security holder’s shares pursuant to the underwriting agreement;

 

    the establishment by a security holder of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act, provided that no transfers occur under such plan during the lock-up period and no public announcement or filing is required or voluntarily made by any person in connection therewith other than general disclosure in our periodic reports to the effect that our directors and officers may enter into such trading plans from time to time; and/or

 

    the delivery of shares of stock and/or LP Units to holders of interests in our company as contemplated by this prospectus.

In the event that either (x) during the last 17 days of the lock-up period referred to above, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (y) prior to the expiration of the lock-up period, we announce that we will release earnings results or become aware that material news or a material event will occur during the 15-day period beginning on the last day of the lock-up period, the restrictions described above will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event, unless Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. waive, in writing, such extension.

Offering Price Determination

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. The initial public offering price will be negotiated between us and the representatives. In determining the initial public offering price of our Class A common stock, the representatives will consider:

 

    the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

    our financial information;

 

    the ability of our management, present stage of development and our business potential and earning prospects;

 

    the prevailing securities markets at the time of this offering; and

 

    the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded shares of generally comparable companies.

 

192


Table of Contents

Indemnification

We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, liabilities arising from breaches of the representations and warranties contained in the underwriting agreement and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make for these liabilities.

Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

The underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, short sales and purchases to cover positions created by short sales, and penalty bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of our Class A common stock, in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act.

 

    Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

 

    A short position involves a sale by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase in the offering, which creates the syndicate short position. This short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares involved in the sales made by the underwriters in excess of the number of shares they are obligated to purchase is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase by exercising their option to purchase additional shares. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in their option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters may close out any short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares, in whole or in part, and/or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through their option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

 

    Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of our Class A common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions.

 

    Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our Class A common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our Class A common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our Class A common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make representation that the underwriters will engage in these stabilizing transactions or that any transaction, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Distribution

In connection with the offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail. In addition, certain of the underwriters may facilitate Internet distribution for this offering to certain of its Internet subscription customers. Such underwriters may allocate a limited number of shares for sale to its online brokerage customers. A prospectus in electronic format is being made available on Internet web sites maintained by one or more of the bookrunners of this offering and may be made available on web sites maintained by other underwriters. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the

 

193


Table of Contents

information on any underwriter’s web site and any information contained in any other web site maintained by an underwriter is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which the prospectus forms a part.

Listing

We intend to list our Class A common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “SUM.”

Discretionary Sales

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend to confirm sales to discretionary accounts that exceed 5% of the total number of shares offered by them.

Stamp Taxes

Purchasers of the shares of our Class A common stock offered in this prospectus may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus. Accordingly, we urge you to consult a tax advisor with respect to whether you may be required to pay those taxes or charges, as well as any other tax consequences that may arise under the laws of the country of purchase.

Conflicts of Interest

Blackstone Advisory Partners L.P., which is deemed an affiliate of Blackstone and, therefore, our affiliate, is a member of FINRA and an underwriter in this offering. Accordingly, this offering is being made in compliance with the requirements of Rule 5121. Pursuant to that rule, the appointment of a “qualified independent underwriter” is not required in connection with this offering as the members primarily responsible for managing the public offering do not have a conflict of interest, are not affiliates of any member that has a conflict of interest and meet the requirements of paragraph (f)(12)(E) of Rule 5121. Blackstone Advisory Partners L.P. will not confirm sales of the securities to any account over which it exercises discretionary authority without the specific written approval of the account holder.

Other Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they may receive customary fees and expenses. In particular, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Barclays Capital Inc. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. were joint bookrunners, an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated was administrative agent, collateral agent, letter of credit issuer and swing line lender, an affiliate of Barclays Capital Inc. was co-documentation agent and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. was syndication agent and, together with an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, were joint lead arrangers under our existing $422 million senior secured term loan and $150 million senior revolving credit facility. Affiliates of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and RBC Capital Markets, LLC are expected to serve as lenders under our senior revolving credit facility upon consummation of this offering, at which time the revolving credit commitment will be increased to $235.0 million. Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Barclays Capital Inc. and Blackstone Advisory Partners L.P., an affiliate of Blackstone, were initial purchasers under $250 million, $260 million and $115 million aggregate principal amounts of our senior notes issued on January 30, 2012, January 17, 2014 and September 8, 2014, respectively.

 

194


Table of Contents

In the ordinary course of business, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments including serving as counterparties to certain derivative and hedging arrangements and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus for sale to our directors, officers, team members and other individuals associated with us and members of their respective families. These sales will be made by an affiliate of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., an underwriter of this offering, through a directed share program. If these persons purchase reserved shares it will reduce the number of shares of Class A common stock available for sale to the general public. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. Participants in the directed share program will be subject to a 180-day lock-up restriction with respect to any shares purchased through the directed share program, which restriction may be waived with the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters. This lock-up will have similar restrictions and an identical extension provision to the 180-day lock-up restrictions described in “—No Sales of Similar Securities.”

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, no offer of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

 

    to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

    to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives; or

 

    in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares shall require the Company or the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

Each person in a Relevant Member State (other than a Relevant Member State where there is a Permitted Public Offer) who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that (A) it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive, and (B) in the case of any shares acquired by it as a financial intermediary, as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, the shares acquired by it in the offering have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Relevant Member State other than “qualified investors” as defined in the Prospectus Directive, or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been given to the offer or resale. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in

 

195


Table of Contents

circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

The Company, the representatives and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representation, acknowledgement and agreement.

This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of shares in any Relevant Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of shares. Accordingly any person making or intending to make an offer in that Relevant Member State of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for the Company or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither the Company nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares in circumstances in which an obligation arises for the Company or the underwriters to publish a prospectus for such offer.

For the purpose of the above provisions, the expression “an offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in the Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in the Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member States) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

Each underwriter agrees that:

 

    it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Company; and

 

    it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

 

196


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the

 

197


Table of Contents

Corporations Act 2001 (the “Corporations Act”), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (the “Exempt Investors”) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

 

198


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of Class A common stock will be passed upon for us by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, New York, New York. An investment vehicle comprised of selected partners of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, members of their families, related persons and others owns an interest representing less than 1% of the capital commitments of funds affiliated with The Blackstone Group L.P.

EXPERTS

The balance sheet of Summit Materials, Inc. as of September 26, 2014 has been included herein in reliance on the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements of Summit Materials Holdings L.P. as of December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, and for the years ended December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012 have been included herein in reliance on the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, changes in redeemable noncontrolling interest and partners’ interest, and cash flows of Summit Materials Holdings L.P. and subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2011 included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such consolidated financial statements have been included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

CHANGE IN INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

On June 15, 2012, the board of directors of the then general partner of Summit Materials Holdings L.P., dismissed Deloitte & Touche LLP (“Deloitte”) as the independent registered public accounting firm of Summit Materials, LLC and Subsidiaries and on August 7, 2012, engaged KPMG LLP (“KPMG”). Deloitte’s reports on the financial statements of Summit Materials, LLC and Subsidiaries for the periods specified in such reports did not contain an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion and were not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles. There were (i) no disagreements with Deloitte on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedures, which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of Deloitte, would have caused Deloitte to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreements in connection with its reports and (ii) no reportable events of the type listed in paragraphs (A) through (D) of Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K issued by the SEC, in connection with the audit of the financial statements of Summit Materials, LLC and Subsidiaries for the 2011 period audited by Deloitte through the replacement of Deloitte with KPMG.

Neither we nor anyone acting on our behalf consulted with KPMG at any time prior to their retention by us with respect to (i) the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on the Summit Materials, LLC and Subsidiaries financial statements, and neither a written report was provided to us nor oral advice was provided that KPMG concluded was an important factor considered by us in reaching a decision as to the accounting, auditing or financial reporting issue or (ii) any matter that was the subject of a disagreement or reportable events set forth in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) and (v), respectively, of Regulation S-K.

 

199


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, filed as part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules, portions of which have been omitted as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information about us and shares of our Class A common stock, we refer you to the registration statement and to its exhibits and schedules. Statements in this prospectus about the contents of any contract, agreement or other document are not necessarily complete and in each instance we refer you to the copy of such contract, agreement or document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Anyone may inspect the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules without charge at the public reference facilities the SEC maintains at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain copies of all or any part of these materials from the SEC upon the payment of certain fees prescribed by the SEC. You may obtain further information about the operation of the SEC’s Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. You may also inspect these reports and other information without charge at a website maintained by the SEC. The address of this site is http://www.sec.gov.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act, and will be required to file reports and other information with the SEC. You will be able to inspect and copy these reports and other information at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at the address noted above. You also will be able to obtain copies of this material from the Public Reference Room of the SEC as described above, or inspect them without charge at the SEC’s website. We intend to make available to our Class A common stockholders annual reports containing consolidated financial statements audited by an independent registered public accounting firm.

 

200


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Audited Balance Sheet of Summit Materials, Inc.

  

Report of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Balance Sheet as of September 26, 2014

     F-3   

Notes to Balance Sheet

     F-4   

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of Summit Materials Holdings L.P. and Subsidiaries

  

Report of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-5   

Report of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-6   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012

     F-7   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 28, 2013, December  29, 2012 and December 31, 2011

     F-8   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income for the years ended December 28, 2013,  December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011

     F-9   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 28, 2013, December  29, 2012 and December 31, 2011

     F-10   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest and Partners’ Interest for the years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011

     F-11   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-12   

Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements of Summit Materials Holdings L.P. and Subsidiaries

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 27, 2014 (Unaudited) and December 28, 2013

     F-40   

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Operations for the nine months ended September 27, 2014 and September 28, 2013

     F-41   

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the nine months ended September 27, 2014 and September 28, 2013

     F-42   

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 27, 2014 and September 28, 2013

     F-43   

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Changes in Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest and Partners’ Interest for the nine months ended September 27, 2014 and September 28, 2013

     F-44   

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-45   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

of Summit Materials, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Summit Materials, Inc. (the Company) as of September 26, 2014. This balance sheet is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this balance sheet based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the balance sheet is free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the balance sheet and notes thereto. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall balance sheet presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the balance sheet referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Summit Materials, Inc. as of September 26, 2014, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Denver, Colorado

October 8, 2014

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Summit Materials, Inc.

Balance Sheet

September 26, 2014

 

Assets

  

Total assets

   $ —     
  

 

 

 

Stockholder’s equity

  

Stockholder’s Equity

  

Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, 1,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding

     —     

Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share, 1,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding

     —     
  

 

 

 

Total stockholder’s equity

   $ —     
  

 

 

 

See notes to the balance sheet.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Summit Materials, Inc.

Notes to Balance Sheet

(1) ORGANIZATION

Summit Materials, Inc. (the “Company”) was formed as a Delaware corporation on September 23, 2014. The Company’s fiscal year is based on a 52-53 week year with each quarter composed of 13 weeks ending on a Saturday. The 53-week year occurs approximately once every seven years. The additional week in the 53-week year will be included in the fourth quarter. The Company’s 2014 fiscal year end is on December 27, 2014.

The Company was formed for the purpose of completing certain reorganization and spin-off transactions in order to be the parent of and carry on the business of Summit Materials Holdings L.P. and the related subsidiaries held by Summit Materials Holdings L.P. In connection with the completion of an offering of equity securities by the Company, the Company will contribute cash to Summit Materials Holdings L.P. in exchange for a minority interest.

(2) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Accounting —The balance sheet has been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Separate statements of operations, comprehensive income, cash flows and stockholder’s equity have not been presented as there have been no activities during the period from September 23, 2014 (date of inception) and September 26, 2014.

Use of Estimates —The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the balance sheet. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

(3) STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

On September 23, 2014, the Company was authorized to issue 1,000 shares of $0.01 par value Class A common stock and 1,000 shares of $0.01 par value Class B common stock. The authorized shares have not been issued. The Company’s board of directors is expressly authorized to provide for the issuance of all or any of the shares of the two classes of common stock.

(4) SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

We have evaluated subsequent events through October 8, 2014, the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Partners

of Summit Materials Holdings L.P.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Summit Materials Holdings L.P. and subsidiaries as of December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, cash flows, and changes in redeemable noncontrolling interest and partners’ interest for the years ended December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Summit Materials Holdings L.P. and subsidiaries as of December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 28, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ KPMG LLP

McLean, Virginia

October 8, 2014

 

F-5


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Partners

of Summit Materials Holdings L.P.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, changes in redeemable noncontrolling interest and partners’ interest, and cash flows of Summit Materials Holdings L.P. and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2011. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the changes in redeemable noncontrolling interest and partners’ interest of Summit Materials Holdings L.P. and Subsidiaries’ and the results of their operations and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2011 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

McLean, Virginia

October 8, 2014

 

F-6


Table of Contents

SUMMIT MATERIALS HOLDINGS L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012

(In thousands, except partners’ interest amounts)

 

     December 28,
2013
    December 29,
2012
 

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash

   $ 18,183     $ 30,697  

Accounts receivable, net

     99,337       100,298  

Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings

     10,767       11,575  

Inventories

     96,432       92,977  

Other current assets

     13,181       10,068  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     237,900       245,615  

Property, plant and equipment, net

     831,778       813,607  

Goodwill

     127,038       179,120  

Intangible assets, net

     15,147       8,606  

Other assets

     39,197       37,531  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,251,060     $ 1,284,479  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest and Partners’ Interest

    

Current liabilities:

    

Current portion of debt

   $ 30,220     $ 4,000  

Current portion of acquisition-related liabilities

     10,635       9,525  

Accounts payable

     72,104       61,634  

Accrued expenses

     57,251       49,822  

Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings

     9,263       6,926  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     179,473       131,907  

Long-term debt

     658,767       635,843  

Acquisition-related liabilities

     23,756       23,919  

Other noncurrent liabilities

     77,480       84,266  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     939,476       875,935  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (see note 13)

    

Redeemable noncontrolling interest

     24,767        22,850  

Partners’ interest:

    

Class A interests, 31,261 interests authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012

     463,010        463,010   

Class B interests, 1,220 interests authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012

     19,000       19,000  

Class C interests, 363 interests authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012

     —         —    

Class D interests, 9,889 and 8,565 interests authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, respectively

     —         —    

Additional paid-in capital

     8,152       5,840  

Accumulated deficit

     (198,511     (94,085 )

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (6,045     (9,130 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Partners’ interest

     285,606        384,635  

Noncontrolling interest

     1,211        1,059  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total partners’ interest

     286,817        385,694  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable noncontrolling interest and partners’ interest

   $ 1,251,060     $ 1,284,479  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

SUMMIT MATERIALS HOLDINGS L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Operations

Years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011

(In thousands)

 

     2013     2012     2011  

Revenue:

      

Product

   $ 593,570      $ 588,762      $ 427,419   

Service

     322,631        337,492        361,657   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     916,201        926,254        789,076   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue (excluding items shown separately below):

      

Product

     430,172        444,569        317,360   

Service

     246,880        268,777        280,294   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     677,052        713,346        597,654   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

General and administrative expenses

     142,000        127,215        95,826   

Goodwill impairment

     68,202        —          —     

Depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion

     72,934        68,290        61,377   

Transaction costs

     3,990        1,988        9,120   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating (loss) income

     (47,977     15,415        25,099   

Other (income), net

     (1,737     (1,182     (21,244

Loss on debt financings

     3,115        9,469        —     

Interest expense

     56,443        58,079        47,784   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations before taxes

     (105,798     (50,951     (1,441

Income tax (benefit) expense

     (2,647     (3,920     3,408   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

     (103,151     (47,031     (4,849

Loss from discontinued operations

     528        3,546        5,201   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (103,679     (50,577     (10,050

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     3,112        1,919        695   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to partners of Summit Materials Holdings, LP

   $ (106,791   $ (52,496   $ (10,745
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

SUMMIT MATERIALS HOLDINGS L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income

Years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011

(In thousands)

 

     2013     2012     2011  

Net loss

   $ (103,679   $ (50,577   $ (10,050

Other comprehensive income (loss):

      

Pension and postretirement liability adjustment

     4,407        (3,648     (5,675
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

     (99,272     (54,225     (15,725

Less comprehensive income (loss) attributable to the noncontrolling interest

     4,434        824        (675

Comprehensive loss attributable to partners of

      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Summit Materials Holdings L.P.

   $ (103,706   $ (55,049   $ (15,050
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

SUMMIT MATERIALS HOLDINGS L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011

(In thousands)

 

     2013     2012     2011  

Cash flow from operating activities:

      

Net loss

   $ (103,679   $ (50,577   $ (10,050

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion

     75,927        72,179        64,983   

Financing fee amortization

     3,256        3,266        2,335   

Share-based compensation expense

     2,315        2,533        2,484   

Deferred income tax benefit

     (4,408     (3,468     (1,974

Net loss on asset disposals

     12,419        2,564        2,349   

Goodwill impairment

     68,202        —          —     

Bargain purchase gain

     —          —          (12,133

Revaluation of asset retirement obligations

     —          —          (3,420

Revaluation of contingent consideration

     —          (409     (10,344

Loss on debt financings

     2,989        9,469        —     

Other

     (1,098     (465     894   

Decrease (increase) in operating assets, net of acquisitions:

      

Account receivable

     9,884        5,201        13,901   

Inventories

     499        (1,726     (12,643

Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings

     196        6,931        (613

Other current assets

     (453     3,494        (4,823

Other assets

     (1,708     1,189        (1,016

Increase (decrease) in operating liabilities, net of acquisitions:

      

Accounts payable

     4,067        (6,076     6,612   

Accrued expenses

     (742     17,175        (6,455

Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings

     1,998        2,589        (8,209

Other liabilities

     (3,252     (1,590     1,375   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     66,412        62,279        23,253   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flow from investing activities:

      

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

     (61,601     (48,757     (161,073

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

     (65,999     (45,488     (38,656

Proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment

     16,085        8,836        7,157   

Other

     —          69        241   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used for investing activities

     (111,515     (85,340     (192,331
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flow from financing activities:

      

Capital contributions by partners

     —          —          103,630   

Net proceeds from debt issuance

     230,817        713,361        96,748   

Payments on long-term debt

     (188,424     (697,438     (49,000

Payments on acquisition-related liabilities

     (9,801     (7,519     (4,593

Other

     (3     (702     (10
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     32,589        7,702        146,775   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash

     (12,514     (15,359     (22,303

Cash—beginning of period

     30,697        46,056        68,359   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash—end of period

   $ 18,183      $ 30,697      $ 46,056   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

SUMMIT MATERIALS HOLDINGS L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest and Partners’ Interest

Years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011

(In thousands, except partners’ interest amounts)

 

    Partners’ Interests     Class A     Class B     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
deficit
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss
    Noncontrolling
interest
    Total
partners’
interest
    Redeemable
noncontrolling
interest
 
                 
    Class A     Class B     Class C     Class D                  

Balance—December 31, 2010

    25,329        1,103        302        6,502      $ 361,880      $ 17,000      $ 979      $ (29,555   $ (2,272   $ 1,227      $ 349,259      $ 21,300   

Contributed capital

    5,976        117        —          —          101,630        2,000        —          —          —          —          103,630        —     

Accretion / Redemption value adjustment

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (632     —          —          (632     632   

Issuance of Class C and Class D interests

    —          —          70        1,993        —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Net (loss) income

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (10,745     —          (43     (10,788     738   

Other comprehensive loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (4,305     —          (4,305     (1,370

Share-based compensation

    —          —          —          —          —          —          2,484        —          —          —          2,484        —     

Payment of dividends

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (10     (10     —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2011

    31,305        1,220        372        8,495        463,510        19,000        3,463        (40,932     (6,577     1,174        439,638        21,300   

Accretion / Redemption value adjustment

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (657     —          —          (657     657   

Issuance (redemption) of Class C and Class D interests

    —          —          (9     70        —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Net (loss) income

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (52,496     —          (69     (52,565     1,988   

Other comprehensive loss

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (2,553     —          (2,553     (1,095

Repurchase of partners’ interest

    (44     —          —          —          (500     —          (156     —          —          —          (656     —     

Share-based compensation

    —          —          —          —          —          —          2,533        —          —          —          2,533        —     

Payment of dividends

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (46     (46     —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—December 29, 2012

    31,261        1,220        363        8,565        463,010        19,000        5,840        (94,085     (9,130     1,059        385,694        22,850   

Accretion / Redemption value adjustment

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          2,365        —          —          2,365        (2,365

Issuance of Class C and Class D interests

    —          —          —          1,324        —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Net (loss) income

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (106,791     —          152        (106,639     2,960   

Other comprehensive gain

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          3,085        —          3,085        1,322   

Repurchase of partners’ interest

    —          —          —          —          —          —          (3     —          —          —          (3     —     

Share-based compensation

    —          —          —          —          —          —          2,315        —          —          —          2,315        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—December 28, 2013

    31,261        1,220        363        9,889      $ 463,010      $ 19,000      $ 8,152      $ (198,511   $ (6,045   $ 1,211      $ 286,817      $ 24,767   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands, except partners’ interest amounts)

(1) Summary of Organization and Significant Accounting Policies

Summit Materials Holdings L.P. (“Summit Materials” or the “Company”) is a vertically-integrated, heavy-side construction materials company. Across its subsidiaries, it is engaged in the manufacturing and sale of aggregates, cement, ready-mixed concrete and asphalt paving mix. It is also engaged in road paving and related construction services. Summit Materials owns and operates quarries, sand and gravel pits, a cement plant, cement distribution terminals, asphalt plants, ready–mixed concrete plants and landfill sites. The operations of Summit Materials are conducted primarily across 14 states, with the most significant portion of the Company’s revenue generated in Texas, Kansas, Kentucky, Missouri and Utah.

Summit Materials’ majority owners are certain investment funds affiliated with Blackstone Capital Partners V L.P. (“BCP”). Summit Materials has a number of subsidiaries that have individually made a number of acquisitions through 2013. The Company is organized by geographic region and has three operating segments, which are also its reporting segments: the Central; West; and East regions.

Noncontrolling interests represent a 30% redeemable ownership in Continental Cement Company, L.L.C. (“Continental Cement”) and a 20% ownership in Ohio Valley Asphalt, LLC. In 2013, Continental Cement changed its fiscal year from a calendar year to a 52-53 week year with each quarter composed of 13 weeks ending on a Saturday, consistent with Summit Materials’ fiscal year. The 53-week year occurs approximately once every seven years. The additional week in the 53-week year will be included in the fourth quarter. Continental Cement’s fiscal year end in 2013 was December 28 compared to the calendar year ended December 31 in 2012 and 2011. The effect of this change to Summit Materials’ financial position, results of operations and liquidity was immaterial.

Principles of Consolidation —The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its majority owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. The Company attributes consolidated partners’ interests and net income separately to the controlling and noncontrolling interests. The Company accounts for investments in entities for which it has an ownership of 20% to 50% using the equity method of accounting.

Use of Estimates —The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, which require management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. These estimates and the underlying assumptions affect the amounts of assets and liabilities reported, disclosures about contingent assets and liabilities and reported amounts of revenue and expenses. Such estimates include the valuation of accounts receivable, inventories, goodwill, intangible and other long-lived assets, pension and other postretirement obligations, asset retirement obligations and the redeemable noncontrolling interest. Estimates also include revenue earned and costs to complete open contracts. Management evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis using historical experience and other factors, including the current economic environment. Management adjusts such estimates and assumptions when circumstances dictate. As future events and their effects cannot be determined with precision, actual results could differ significantly from estimates made. Changes in estimates, including those resulting from continuing changes in the economic environment, will be reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements in the period in which the change in estimate occurs.

Business and Credit Concentrations —The majority of Summit Materials’ customers are located in Texas, Kansas, Kentucky, Missouri and Utah. Summit Materials’ accounts receivable consist primarily of amounts due from customers within these areas. Collection of these accounts is, therefore, dependent on the economic conditions in the aforementioned states. However, credit granted within Summit Materials’ trade areas has been granted to a wide variety of customers. No single customer accounted for more than 10% of revenue in 2013,

 

F-12


Table of Contents

2012 or 2011. Management does not believe that any significant concentrations of credit exist with respect to individual customers or groups of customers.

Accounts Receivable —Accounts receivable are stated at the amount management expects to collect from outstanding balances. Management provides for probable uncollectible amounts through a charge to earnings and a credit to a valuation allowance based on its assessment of the collectability of individual accounts. In establishing the allowance, management considers historical losses adjusted to take into account current market conditions and its customers’ financial condition, the amount of receivables in dispute, the current receivables aging and current payment terms. Balances that remain outstanding after reasonable collection efforts are exercised are written off through a charge to the valuation allowance.

The balances billed but not paid by customers, pursuant to retainage provisions included in contracts, will be due upon completion of the contracts.

Revenue and Cost Recognition —Revenue for product sales are recognized when evidence of an arrangement exists, the fee is fixed or determinable, title passes, which is generally when the product is shipped, and collection is reasonably assured. Product revenue includes sales of aggregates, cement and other materials to customers, net of discounts, allowances or taxes, as applicable. Internal product sales are eliminated from service revenue in the consolidated statements of operations.

Revenue from construction contracts are included in service revenue and are recognized under the percentage-of-completion accounting method. The percent complete is measured by the cost incurred to date compared to the estimated total cost of each project. This method is used as management considers expended cost to be the best available measure of progress on these contracts, the majority of which are completed within one year, but may occasionally extend beyond one year. Inherent uncertainties in estimating costs make it at least reasonably possible that the estimates used will change within the near term and over the life of the contracts.

Contract costs include all direct material and labor costs and those indirect costs related to contract performance and completion. Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are made in the period in which such losses are estimable. General and administrative costs are charged to expense as incurred.

Changes in job performance, job conditions and estimated profitability, including those arising from contract penalty provisions and final contract settlements, may result in revisions to costs and income. Such revisions are recognized in the period in which they are determined. An amount equal to contract costs incurred that are attributable to claims is included in revenue when realization is probable and the amount can be reliably estimated.

Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings are composed principally of revenue recognized on contracts (on the percentage-of-completion method) for which billings had not been presented to customers because the amount were not billable under the contract terms at the balance sheet date. In accordance with the contract terms, the unbilled receivables at December 28, 2013 will be billed in 2014. Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings represent billings in excess of revenue recognized.

Revenue from the receipt of waste fuels is classified as service revenue and is based on fees charged for the waste disposal, which are recognized when the waste is accepted.

Inventories —Inventories consist of stone removed from quarries and processed for future sale, cement, raw materials and finished concrete blocks. Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market and are accounted for on a first-in first-out basis or an average cost basis. If items become obsolete or otherwise unusable or if quantities exceed what is projected to be sold within a reasonable period of time, they will be charged to costs of production in the period that the items are designated as obsolete or excess inventory. Stripping costs are costs of removing overburden and waste material to access aggregate materials and are recognized in cost of revenue in the same period as the revenue from the sale of the inventory.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Property, Plant and Equipment, net —Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost, less accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization. Expenditures for additions and improvements that significantly add to the productive capacity or extend the useful life of an asset are capitalized. Repair and maintenance costs that do not substantially add to the productive capacity or extend the useful life of the asset are expensed as incurred.

Landfill airspace is included in property, plant and equipment at cost and is amortized based on utilization of the asset. Management reassesses the landfill airspace capacity with any changes in value recorded in cost of revenue. Capitalized landfill costs include expenditures for the acquisition of land and related airspace, engineering and permitting costs, cell construction costs and direct site improvement costs.

Upon disposal, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the Company’s accounts and any gain or loss is included in general and administrative expenses.

Depreciation on property, plant and equipment, including assets subject to capital leases, is computed on a straight-line basis or based on the economic usage over the estimated useful life of the asset. The estimated useful lives are generally as follows:

 

Buildings and improvements

     7—40 years

Plant, machinery and equipment

   20—40 years

Mobile equipment and barges

   15—20 years

Office equipment

     3—6 years

Truck and auto fleet

     5—10 years

Landfill airspace and improvements

     5—60 years

Other

     2—10 years

Depletion of mineral reserves is calculated for proven and probable reserves by the units of production method on a site-by-site basis. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the asset’s useful life or the remaining lease term.

The Company reviews the carrying value of property, plant and equipment for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable from the estimated future cash flows expected to result from its use and eventual disposition. Such indicators may include, among others, deterioration in general economic conditions, adverse changes in the markets in which an entity operates, increases in input costs that have a negative effect on earnings and cash flows or a trend of negative or declining cash flows over multiple periods.

Property, plant and equipment is tested for impairment at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets. As a result, the property, plant and equipment impairment test is at a significantly lower level than the level at which goodwill is tested for impairment. In markets where the Company does not produce downstream products (e.g., ready-mixed concrete, asphalt paving mix and paving and related services), the lowest level of largely independent identifiable cash flows is at the individual aggregates operation or a group of aggregates operations collectively serving a local market or the cement operations, as a whole. Conversely, in vertically-integrated markets, the cash flows of the downstream and upstream businesses are not largely independently identifiable and the vertically-integrated operations are considered the lowest level of largely independent identifiable cash flows.

In addition, assets are assessed for impairment charges when identified for disposition. Projected losses from disposition are recognized in the period in which they become estimable, which may be in advance of the actual disposition. The net loss from asset dispositions recognized in general and administrative expenses in fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $12.4 million, $2.6 million and $2.3 million, respectively. No material impairment charges have been recognized on assets held for use in 2013, 2012 or 2011. The losses are commonly a result of the cash flows expected from selling the asset being less than the expected cash flows that could be generated from holding the asset for use.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Accrued Mining and Landfill Reclamation —The mining reclamation reserve and financial commitments for landfill closure and post-closure activities are based on management’s estimate of future cost requirements to reclaim property at both currently operating and closed sites. Estimates of these obligations have been developed based on management’s interpretation of current requirements and proposed regulatory changes and are intended to approximate fair value. Costs are estimated in current dollars, inflated until the expected time of payment, using an inflation rate of 2.5%, and then discounted back to present value using a credit-adjusted, risk-free rate on obligations of similar maturity, adjusted to reflect the Company’s credit rating. Changes in the credit-adjusted, risk-free rate do not change recorded liabilities. However, subsequent increases in the recognized obligations are measured using a current credit-adjusted, risk-free rate. Decreases in the recognized obligations are measured at the initial credit-adjusted, risk-free rate.

Significant changes in inflation rates or the amount or timing of future cost estimates typically result in both (1) a current adjustment to the recorded liability (and corresponding adjustment to the asset) and (2) a change in accretion of the liability and depreciation of the asset to be recorded prospectively over the remaining capacity of the unmined quarry or landfill.

Intangible Assets —The Company’s intangible assets are primarily composed of lease agreements, reserve rights and trade names. The assets related to lease agreements are a result of the submarket royalty rates paid under agreements, primarily, for extracting aggregate. The values were determined as of the respective acquisition dates by a comparison of market-royalty rates to contract-royalty rates. The reserve rights relate to aggregate reserves to which the Company has the rights of ownership, but do not own the reserves. The intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lives of the leases. Continental Cement’s trade name composes the majority of the remaining intangible assets. The following table shows intangible assets by type and in total:

 

     December 28, 2013      December 29, 2012  
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Carrying
Amount
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Carrying
Amount
 

Leases

   $ 10,430       $ (1,604   $ 8,826       $ 8,940       $ (1,092   $ 7,848   

Reserve rights

     5,890         (221     5,669         —           —          —     

Trade names

     1,020         (368     652         1,020         (262     758   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

   $ 17,340       $ (2,193   $ 15,147       $ 9,960       $ (1,354   $ 8,606   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization expense in 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $0.8 million, $0.6 million and $0.5 million, respectively. The estimated amortization expense for intangible assets for each of the next five years and thereafter is as follows:

 

2014

   $ 897   

2015

     897   

2016

     897   

2017

     893   

2018

     893   

Thereafter

     10,670   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 15,147   
  

 

 

 

Goodwill —Goodwill represents the purchase price paid in excess of the fair value of net tangible and intangible assets acquired. Goodwill recorded in connection with the Company’s acquisitions is primarily attributable to the expected profitability, assembled workforces of the acquired businesses and the synergies expected to arise after the Company’s acquisition of those businesses. Goodwill is not amortized, but is tested annually for impairment as of the first day of the fourth quarter and whenever events or circumstances indicate that goodwill may be impaired. The test for goodwill impairment is a two-step process to first identify potential goodwill impairment for each reporting unit and then, if necessary, measure the amount of the impairment loss. Goodwill is tested for

 

F-15


Table of Contents

impairment based on the Company’s operating companies, which management has determined to be the Company’s reporting units, which are one level below its segments in the Central and West regions. The East region is considered to be a single reporting unit.

Income Taxes —As a limited partnership, Summit Materials’ federal and state income tax attributes are generally passed to its partners. However, certain of the Company’s subsidiaries are taxable entities, the provisions for which are included in the consolidated financial statements. For the Company’s taxable entities, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed for differences between the tax basis and financial statement amounts that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. A valuation allowance is recognized for deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the net deferred tax assets will not be realized.

The Company evaluates the tax positions taken on income tax returns that remain open to examination by the respective tax authorities from prior years and positions expected to be taken on the current year tax returns to identify uncertain tax positions. Interest and penalties are recorded in income tax expense.

Fair Value Measurements —The fair value accounting guidance establishes the following fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value:

 

Level 1      Unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
Level 2      Inputs other than Level 1 that are based on observable market data, either directly or indirectly. These include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in inactive markets, inputs that are observable that are not prices and inputs that are derived from or corroborated by observable markets.
Level 3      Valuations developed from unobservable data, reflecting the Company’s own assumptions, which market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets as of year-end 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

     2013      2012  

Accrued expenses:

     

Current portion of contingent consideration

   $ —         $ 746   

Acquisition- related liabilities

     

Contingent consideration

   $ 1,908       $ 1,908   

Certain acquisitions made by the Company require the payment of additional consideration contingent upon the achievement of specified operating results, referred to as contingent consideration or earn-out obligations. These payments will not be made if earn-out thresholds are not achieved. No material earn-out payments have been made to date.

Summit Materials records contingent consideration at fair value on the acquisition date and then measures its fair value each reporting period. Any adjustments to fair value are recognized in earnings in the period identified. Management of the Company determines the appropriate policies and procedures to be used when determining the fair value of contingent consideration. Its fair values are based on unobservable inputs, or Level 3 assumptions, including projected probability-weighted cash payments and an 8.4% discount rate, which reflects the Company’s credit risk. Changes in fair value may occur as a result of a change in actual or projected cash payments, the probability weightings applied by the Company to projected payments or a change in the discount rate. Significant increases or decreases in any of these inputs in isolation could result in a significantly lower, or higher, fair value measurement. In 2012 and 2011, we recognized reductions to contingent consideration of

 

F-16


Table of Contents

$0.4 million and $10.3 million, respectively. Approximately $5.0 million and $5.3 million of the $10.3 million reduction in contingent consideration was recognized in the West and East regions, respectively, and was due primarily to revised estimates of the probability of achieving specified targets as a result of profit margins on certain legacy paving and related services contracts being less than projected on the respective acquisition date. The acquisitions to which the contingent consideration related were Kilgore Pavement Maintenance, LLC and Kilgore Properties, LLC and R.K. Hall Construction, Ltd. RHMB Capital, L.L.C., Hall Materials, Ltd., B&H Contracting, L.P., RKH Capital, L.L.C. and Hinkle Contracting Company, LLC.

Financial Instruments —The Company’s financial instruments include certain acquisition-related liabilities (deferred consideration and noncompete obligations) and debt. The fair value of the deferred consideration and noncompete obligations approximate their carrying value of $28.3 million and $4.2 million, respectively, as of December 28, 2013 and $23.4 million and $7.4 million, respectively, as of December 29, 2012. The fair value was determined based on Level 3 inputs of the fair value hierarchy, including the cash payment terms in the purchase agreements and a discount rate reflecting the Company’s credit risk.

The fair value of long-term debt was approximately $696.5 million and $670.7 million as of December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, respectively, compared to its carrying value of $663.0 million and $639.8 million, respectively. Fair value was determined based on Level 2 inputs of the fair value hierarchy, including observable inputs, specifically quoted prices for these instruments in inactive markets. The fair value of Company’s revolving credit facility approximated its carrying value of $26.0 million at December 28, 2013.

(2) Acquisitions

The Company has acquired a number of entities since its formation in 2009, which were financed through a combination of debt and contributions from investors. The operations of each acquisition have been included in the Company’s consolidated results of operations since the respective dates of the acquisitions. The Company measures all assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their acquisition-date fair value.

2013 Acquisitions

West region

 

    On April 1, 2013, the Company acquired all of the membership interests of Westroc, LLC, an aggregates and ready-mixed concrete provider near Salt Lake City, Utah, with borrowings under the Company’s senior secured revolving credit facility.

Central region

 

    On April 1, 2013, the Company acquired certain aggregates, ready-mixed concrete and asphalt assets of Lafarge North America, Inc. in and around Wichita, Kansas, with borrowings under the Company’s senior secured revolving credit facility.

2012 Acquisitions

West region

 

    On November 30, 2012, the Company acquired all of the stock of Sandco, Inc., an aggregates and ready-mixed concrete business in Colorado, with cash on-hand.

Central region

 

    On February 29, 2012, the Company acquired certain assets of Norris Quarries, LLC, an aggregates business in northwest Missouri, with proceeds from debt, including the Company’s senior secured revolving credit facility.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

East region

 

    On October 5, 2012, the Company acquired certain assets of Kay & Kay Contracting, LLC, an aggregates, asphalt and paving business in Kentucky, with cash on-hand.

2011 Acquisitions

West region

 

    On January 14, 2011, the Company acquired all of the stock of Triple C Concrete, Inc. in Idaho, financed with cash raised from the December 2010 refinancing.

 

    On March 31, 2011, the Company acquired Elam Construction, Inc. in Colorado, financed with cash from the December 2010 refinancing.

 

    On June 6, 2011, the Company acquired B & B Resources, Inc. using cash funded through a combination of debt and funds provided by the Company’s partners.

 

    On June 10, 2011, the Company acquired the stock of Grand Junction Pipe, Inc. using funds provided by the Company’s partners.

 

    On August 2, 2011, the Company, acquired the stock of Asphalt Paving Company of Austin, L.L.C. and certain of its Affiliates (“Asphalt Paving”) in Texas with funds provided by the Company’s partners.

 

    On October 28, 2011, the Company acquired the stock of JD Ramming, Inc., RTI Hot Mix, Inc., RTI Equipment, Inc. and Ramming Transportation, Inc. in Texas funded through a combination of debt, cash on hand and funds provided by the Company’s partners.

Central region

 

    On May 27, 2011, the Company acquired the membership interests of Fischer Quarries, L.L.C. using funds provided by the Company’s partners.

East region

 

    On May 27, 2011, the Company acquired the remaining 50% interest in a joint venture it had with Bourbon Limestone, Company using funds provided by the Company’s partners.

Pro Forma Financial Information —The following unaudited supplemental pro forma information presents the financial results as if the 2012 acquisitions occurred on January 1, 2011. This supplemental pro forma information has been prepared for comparative purposes and does not purport to be indicative of what would have occurred had the acquisitions been made on January 1, 2011, nor is it indicative of any future results. The 2013 acquisitions were not material individually or in the aggregate.

 

     Year ended  
     December 28, 2013     December 29, 2012  

Revenue

   $ 916,201      $ 976,797   

Net loss

     (103,679     (45,976

 

F-18


Table of Contents

The purchase price allocation for all acquisitions has been finalized. The following table summarizes aggregated information regarding the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the respective acquisition dates in 2013, 2012 and 2011:

 

     2013     2012     2011  

Financial assets

   $ 8,302     $ 1,397     $ 50,036  

Inventories

     3,954       6,988       22,329   

Property, plant and equipment

     40,580       21,543       125,187  

Other assets

     52       1,330       4,811   

Intangible assets(1)

     7,428       3,172       2,708   

Financial liabilities

     (6,164 )     (944 )     (27,304

Other long-term liabilities

     (1,050 )     (364 )     (17,503 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

     53,102       33,122       160,264   

Goodwill

     16,120       26,230       36,189   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total purchase price

     69,222       59,352       196,453   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncash transactions:

      

Acquisition related liabilities

     (7,902 )     (10,547 )     (7,603 )

Other

     281       (48 )     (20,212
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noncash transactions

     (7,621 )     (10,595 )     (27,815
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash paid for acquisitions

   $ 61,601     $ 48,757     $ 168,638   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Intangible assets acquired in 2013 related to aggregate reserves to which the Company has the rights of ownership, but does not own the reserves ($5.9 million) and the differential between contractual lease rates and market rates for leases of aggregate reserves and office space. The acquired intangible assets in total, the reserve rights and the lease assets have weighted-average lives of 18 years, 20 years and 11 years, respectively.

(3) Goodwill

As of December 28, 2013, the Company had eight reporting units with goodwill for which the annual goodwill impairment test was completed. The first step of the goodwill impairment test employed by the Company compares the fair value of the reporting units to their carrying values. The Company estimated the fair value of its reporting units in connection with its annual assessments of impairment on first day of the fourth quarter in 2013 using both the income approach (a discounted cash flow technique) and the market approach (a market multiple technique). These valuation methods use unobservable, or Level 3, assumptions, including, but not limited to, assumptions related to future profitability, cash flows, and discount rates, as well as valuation multiples derived from comparable publicly traded companies that are applied to the operating performance of the reporting unit. These estimates are based upon historical trends, management’s knowledge and experience and overall economic factors, including projections of future earnings potential. Developing discounted future cash flow estimates in applying the income approach requires management to evaluate its intermediate to longer-term strategies for each reporting unit, including, but not limited to, estimates about revenue growth, acquisition strategies, operating margins, capital requirements, inflation and working capital management. The development of appropriate rates to discount the estimated future cash flows of each reporting unit requires the selection of risk premiums, which can materially affect the present value of estimated future cash flows. Selection of an appropriate peer group under the market approach involves judgment, and an alternative selection of guideline companies could yield materially different market multiples. Significant increases or decreases in any of these inputs in isolation could result in a significant lower, or higher, fair value measurement.

During the annual test performed as of the first day of the fourth quarter of 2013, management concluded that the estimated fair value of the Utah-based operations in the West region and of the East region were less than their

 

F-19


Table of Contents

respective carrying values. The estimated fair value of these operating units was estimated by applying a 50 percent weighting to both the discounted cash flow valuation and the market assessment, a discount rate of 11.0% and internal growth projections.

The second step of the test requires the allocation of the reporting unit’s fair value to its assets and liabilities, including any unrecognized intangible assets, in a hypothetical analysis that calculates the implied fair value of goodwill as if the reporting unit were being acquired in a business combination. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the carrying value, the difference is recorded as an impairment loss. Based on the step two analysis, the Company recognized goodwill impairment charges of $68.2 million in the year ended December 28, 2013, as a result of uncertainties in the timing of a sustained recovery in the construction industry. After recognition of the goodwill impairment charges, the fair values of these reporting units’ goodwill recognized as of December 28, 2013 were:

 

     2013  

Goodwill:

  

Utah operations in the West region

   $ 36,589   

East region

     —     

No impairment charges were recognized prior to 2013.

The following table presents goodwill by reportable segments and in total:

 

     West     Central      East     Total  

Beginning Balance- December 31, 2011

   $ 91,598      $ 53,585       $ 8,192      $ 153,375   

Acquisitions

     (205     19,204         6,746        25,745   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 29, 2012

     91,393        72,789         14,938        179,120   

Acquisitions

     16,120        —           —          16,120   

Impairment

     (53,264     —           (14,938     (68,202
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 28, 2013

   $ 54,249      $ 72,789       $ —        $ 127,038   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

(4) Discontinued Operations

The Company’s discontinued operations include a railroad construction and repair business (referred to herein as railroad), environmental remediation operations and certain concrete paving operations. The railroad business involved building and repairing railroad sidings. The environmental remediation operations primarily involved the repair of retaining walls along highways in Kentucky and the removal and remediation of underground fuel storage tanks. The railroad and environmental remediation operations were sold in 2012 in separate transactions for aggregate proceeds of $3.1 million. The concrete paving operations were wound down in the second quarter of 2013 and, as of March 7, 2014, all assets have been sold. The results of these operations have been removed from the results of continuing operations for all periods presented. Prior to recognition as discontinued operations, all of these businesses were included in the East region’s operations.

Debt and interest expense were not allocated to these businesses since there was no debt specifically attributable to the operations. The discontinued businesses are organized within a limited liability company that passes its tax attributes for federal and state tax purposes to its parent company and is generally not subject to federal or state income tax. The railroad, environmental remediation and concrete paving businesses’ revenue and loss before income tax expense, including an immaterial gain on sale, in fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011 are summarized below:

 

     2013      2012      2011  

Total revenue

   $ 3,884       $ 50,152       $ 49,537   

Loss from discontinued operations before income tax expense

     528         3,546         5,201   

 

F-20


Table of Contents

(5) Accounts Receivable, Net

Accounts receivable, net consists of the following as of year-end 2013 and 2012:

 

     2013     2012  

Trade accounts receivable

   $ 85,188      $ 88,637   

Retention receivables

     15,966        13,181   

Receivables from related parties

     202        1,871   

Other

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

     101,356        103,689   

Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (2,019     (3,391
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, net

   $ 99,337      $ 100,298   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Retention receivables are amounts earned by the Company, but held by customers until projects have been fully completed or near completion. Amounts are expected to be billed and collected within a year.

(6) Inventories

Inventories consist of the following as of year-end 2013 and 2012:

 

     2013      2012  

Aggregate stockpiles

   $ 70,300       $ 62,872   

Finished goods

     11,207         9,342   

Work in process

     2,623         2,679   

Raw materials

     12,302         18,084   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 96,432       $ 92,977   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

(7) Property, Plant and Equipment, net

Property, plant and equipment, net consist of the following as of year-end 2013 and 2012:

 

     2013     2012  

Land (mineral bearing) and asset retirement costs

   $ 107,007      $ 106,135   

Land (non-mineral bearing)

     81,331        69,560   

Buildings and improvements

     77,535        78,168   

Plants, machinery and equipment

     553,113        512,429   

Mobile equipment and barges

     117,828        106,404   

Office equipment

     10,001        5,116   

Truck and auto fleet

     19,165        19,399   

Landfill airspace and improvements

     46,841        46,841   

Construction in progress

     29,560        20,734   

Other

     1,779        5,134   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

     1,044,160        969,920   

Less accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization

     (212,382     (156,313
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

   $ 831,778      $ 813,607   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense of property, plant and equipment was $71.4 million, $68.6 million and $61.8 million for the years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Property, plant and equipment at year-end 2013 and 2012 include $11.3 million (net of $1.3 million accumulated amortization) and $3.1 million (net of $0.2 million accumulated amortization), respectively, of capital leases for certain equipment and a building. Approximately $2.1 million of the future obligations associated with the capital leases are included in accrued expenses and the present value of the remaining capital lease payments is included in other noncurrent liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. Future minimum rental commitments under long-term capital leases are $2.1 million, $1.1 million, $2.9 million, $0.4 million and $0.4 million for the years ended 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

(8) Debt

Debt as of year-end 2013 and 2012 are summarized as follows:

 

     2013      2012  

Senior secured revolving credit facility due 2017

   $ 26,000       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt:

     

$250.0 million senior notes, net of discount of $4.0 million at December 28, 2013 and $4.7 million at December 29, 2012

   $ 245,971       $ 245,303   

$419.9 million senior secured credit term loan facility net of discount of $2.9 million at December 28, 2013 and $3.5 million at December 29, 2012

     417,016         394,540   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     662,987         639,843   

Current portion of long-term debt

     4,220         4,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt

   $ 658,767       $ 635,843   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued interest expense on long-term debt as of year-end 2013 and 2012 was $17.1 million and $19.7 million, respectively, and is included in accrued expenses on the consolidated balance sheets.

The total contractual payments of long-term debt for the five years subsequent to December 28, 2013 are as follows:

 

2014

   $ 4,220   

2015

     4,220   

2016

     5,275   

2017

     4,220   

2018

     3,165   

Thereafter

     648,790   
  

 

 

 

Total

     669,890   

Less: Original issue discount

     (6,903
  

 

 

 

Total debt

   $ 662,987   
  

 

 

 

The Company’s wholly-owned subsidiaries, Summit Materials, LLC and Summit Materials Finance Corp. issued $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10  1 2 % Senior Notes due January 31, 2020 (“Senior Notes”) under an indenture dated January 30, 2012 (as amended and supplemented, the “Indenture”). In addition to the Senior Notes, Summit Materials, LLC has credit facilities which provide for term loans in an aggregate amount of $422.0 million and revolving credit commitments in an aggregate amount of $150.0 million (the “Senior Secured Credit Facilities”). The debt was initially issued with an original issuance discount of $9.5 million, which was recorded as a reduction to debt and is being accreted as interest expense over the term of the debt. As a result of these transactions, $9.5 million of financing fees were charged to earnings in the year ended December 29, 2012.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Senior Notes —The Senior Notes bear interest at 10.5% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears; interest payments commenced on July 31, 2012. The Indenture contains covenants limiting, among other things, Summit Materials, LLC and its restricted subsidiaries’ ability to incur additional indebtedness or issue certain preferred shares, pay dividends, redeem stock or make other distributions, make certain investments, sell or transfer certain assets, create liens, consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of Summit Materials, LLC and its restricted subsidiaries’ assets, enter into certain transactions with affiliates, and designate subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries. The Indenture also contains customary events of default. As of December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, the Company was in compliance with all covenants.

Senior Secured Credit Facilities —Under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, Summit Materials, LLC has entered into term loans totaling $422.0 million with required principal repayments of 0.25% of term debt due on the last business day of each March, June, September and December. In February 2013, Summit Materials, LLC consummated a repricing, which included additional borrowings of $25.0 million, an interest rate reduction of 1.0% and a deferral of the March 2013 principal payment. The unpaid principal balance is due in full on the maturity date, which is January 30, 2019. As a result of this repricing, $3.1 million of financing fees were charged to earnings in the year ended December 28, 2013. These restrictions also will not prevent Summit Materials, LLC from incurring obligations that do not constitute indebtedness. The senior secured credit facilities include an uncommitted incremental facility that will allow us the option to increase the amount available under the term loan facility and/or the senior secured revolving credit facility by (i) $135.0 million plus (ii) an additional amount so long as we are in pro forma compliance with a consolidated first lien net leverage ratio. The term loans bear interest per annum equal to, at Summit Materials, LLC’s option, either (i) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (a) the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, (b) the prime rate of Bank of America, N.A. and (c) the British Bankers Association London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 1.00%, subject to a base rate floor of 2.25%, plus an applicable margin of 2.75% for base rate loans, or (ii) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to Reuters prior to the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs, subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.25% plus an applicable margin of 3.75% for LIBOR rate loans. The interest rate in effect at December 28, 2013 was 5.0%.

Under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, Summit Materials, LLC has revolving credit commitments of $150.0 million. The revolving credit facility matures on January 30, 2017 and bears interest per annum equal to, at Summit Materials, LLC’s option, either (i) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (a) the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, (b) the prime rate of Bank of America, N.A. and (c) LIBOR plus 1.00%, plus an applicable margin of 2.5% for base rate loans or (ii) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to Reuters prior to the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs plus an applicable margin of 3.5% for LIBOR rate loans. The interest rate in effect at December 28, 2013 was 4.4%.

There was $26.0 million outstanding under the revolver facility as of December 28, 2013, leaving remaining borrowing capacity of $105.7 million, which is net of $18.3 million of outstanding letters of credit. The outstanding letters of credit are renewed annually and support required bonding on construction projects and Summit Materials, LLC’s insurance liabilities.

Summit Materials, LLC must adhere to certain financial covenants related to its debt and interest leverage ratios, as defined in the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. The consolidated first lien net leverage ratio, reported each quarter, should be no greater than 4.75:1.0 from January 1, 2013 through June 30, 2014; 4.50:1.0 from July 1, 2014 through June 30, 2015, and 4.25:1.0 thereafter. The interest coverage ratio must be at least 1.70:1.0 from January 1, 2013 through December 31, 2014 and 1.85:1.0 thereafter. As of December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, Summit Materials, LLC was in compliance with all covenants. Summit Materials, LLC’s 100 percent-owned subsidiary companies and its non wholly-owned subsidiary, Continental Cement, are subject to certain exclusions and exceptions are named as subsidiary guarantors of the Senior Notes and the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. In addition, Summit Materials, LLC has pledged substantially all of its assets as collateral, subject to certain exclusions and exceptions, for the Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

As of December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, $11.5 million and $12.6 million, respectively, of deferred financing fees were being amortized over the term of the debt using the effective interest method.

(9) Partners’ Interest

Summit Materials’ majority owners are certain investment funds affiliated with Blackstone Capital Partners V L.P. The limited partnership interests of the Company consist of Class A-1 Interests, Class A-2 Interests, Class B-1 Interests, Class C Interests and Class D-1 Interests and Class D-2 Interests:

 

    Class A-1 Interests : equity interests that receive a preferential distribution up to their unreturned capital contribution and then participate in the residual earnings of the Company after other classes of Partners’ Interests receive their specified preferential distributions.

 

    Class A-2 Interests : equity interests that are issuable only upon the exchange of Class B-1 Interests, Class C Interests and Class D-1 Interests or Class D-1 Interests for Class A-2 Interests following any transfer of any such interests (other than transfers to certain permitted transferees) and have similar economic rights as Class A-1 Interests. No Class A-2 Interests have been issued to date.

 

    Class B-1 Interests : equity interests that have similar economic rights as Class A-1 Interests.

 

    Class C Interests : equity interests that have been issued to certain start-up partners. Class C Interests are entitled to preferential distributions after preferential distributions to the Class A and B-1 Interests and then participate in the residual earnings of the Company after other classes of Partners’ Interests receive their specified preferential distributions. The value of Class C Interests are not significant to the consolidated financial statements.

 

    Class D-1 Interests and Class D-2 Interests : equity interests that are subject to vesting schedules and other conditions including certain transfer restrictions and put and call rights applicable only to employees or the other holders thereof. Once vested, the D-1 and D-2 Interests participate in the residual earnings of the Company after other classes of Partners’ Interests receive their specified preferential distributions.

Business affairs of the Company are managed by the Board of Directors (“Board”) of the general partner, which is controlled by the Class A interest holders. As of December 28, 2013, the Board was composed of six directors.

(10) Income Taxes

For the years ended 2013, 2012 and 2011, income taxes consist of the following:

 

     2013     2012     2011  

Provision for income taxes:

      

Current

   $ 1,761      $ (452   $ 5,382   

Deferred

     (4,408     (3,468     (1,974
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax (benefit) expense

   $ (2,647   $ (3,920   $ 3,408   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

The effective tax rate on pre-tax income differs from the U.S. statutory rate due to the following:

 

     2013     2012     2011  

Income tax benefit at federal statutory tax rate

   $ (37,160   $ (19,074   $ (6,895

Book loss not subject to income tax

     32,801        16,167        13,790   

State and local income taxes

     130        (90     666   

Depletion expense

     (411     (377     (372

Domestic production activities deduction

     —          —          (273

Goodwill impairment

     1,046        —          —     

Bargain purchase gain

     —          —          (4,250

Effective rate change

     —          (532     627   

Valuation allowance

     729        36        (360

Other

     218        (50     475   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax (benefit) provision

   $ (2,647   $ (3,920   $ 3,408   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the components of the net deferred income tax liability as of year-end 2013 and 2012:

 

     2013     2012  

Deferred tax assets (liabilities):

    

Mining reclamation reserve

   $ 1,502      $ 1,449   

Accelerated depreciation

     (33,146     (34,733

Net operating loss

     2,227        2,134   

Capital losses on securities

     997        989   

Landfill closure reserve

     (63     (30

Working capital (e.g., accrued compensation, prepaid assets)

     2,399        3,101   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities, net

     (26,084     (27,090

Less valuation allowance on loss carryforwards

     (1,826     (1,025
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (27,910   $ (28,115
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Included in accompanying consolidated balance sheets under the following captions:

    

Other current assets

   $ 2,316      $ 2,275   

Other noncurrent liability

     (30,226     (30,390
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (27,910   $ (28,115
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets as of year-end 2013 and 2012, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible (including the effect of available carryback and carryforward periods), projected future taxable income and tax-planning strategies in making this assessment. Management anticipates the deferred income tax asset related to losses on securities and net operating losses will not be fully utilized before their expiration in 2014; therefore, a valuation allowance has been recorded as of year-end 2013 and 2012. In 2011, $0.8 million of capital loss was carried back for a tax benefit recovery of $0.3 million. The remaining capital loss of $1.0 million is not expected to be utilized; therefore, the remaining balance has been fully reserved in the valuation allowance as of year-end 2013. At December 28, 2013, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards for federal and state income tax purposes of $5.2 million and $0.7 million, respectively, which are available to offset future federal and state taxable income, if any, through 2033.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

The Company does not have any uncertain tax positions as of December 28, 2013. Tax years from 2010 to 2013 remain open and subject to audit by federal and state tax authorities. No income tax expense or benefit was recognized in other comprehensive loss in 2013, 2012 or 2011.

(11) Employee Benefit Plans

Deferred Compensation Plan —The Company sponsors employee 401(k) savings plans for all salaried employees and certain union employees. The plans provide for various required and discretionary Company matches of employees’ eligible compensation contributed to the plans. The expense for all defined contribution plans amounted to $2.3 million, $2.2 million and $1.9 million for the years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.

Defined Benefit and Other Postretirement Benefits Plans —The Company’s subsidiary, Continental Cement, sponsors two noncontributory defined benefit pension plans for hourly and salaried employees. The salaried employee pension plan was closed to new participants and frozen in January 2000 and the hourly employee pension plan was closed to new participants in May 2003 and frozen in January 2014. Pension benefits for certain eligible hourly employees are based on a monthly pension factor for each year of credited service. Pension benefits for certain eligible salaried employees are generally based on years of service and average eligible compensation.

Continental Cement also sponsors unfunded healthcare and life insurance benefits plan for certain eligible retired employees. Effective January 1, 2012, the Company eliminated all future retiree health and life coverage for active salaried, nonunion hourly and certain union employees that retire on or after January 1, 2012. Effective January 1, 2014, the plan was amended to eliminate all future retiree health and life coverage for the remaining union employees.

The funded status of the pension and other postretirement benefit plans is recognized in the consolidated balance sheets as the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the benefit obligations. For defined benefit pension plans, the benefit obligation is the projected benefit obligation (“PBO”) and for the other postretirement benefit plans, the benefit obligation is the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation (“APBO”). The PBO represents the actuarial present value of benefits expected to be paid upon retirement based on estimated future compensation levels. However, since the plans’ participants are not subject to future compensation increases, the plans’ PBO equals the APBO. The APBO represents the actuarial present value of postretirement benefits attributed to employee services already rendered. The fair value of plan assets represents the current market value of assets held by an irrevocable trust fund for the sole benefit of participants. The measurement of the benefit obligations are based on the Company’s estimates and actuarial valuations. These valuations reflect the terms of the plan and use participant-specific information, such as compensation, age and years of service, as well as certain assumptions that require significant judgment, including estimates of discount rates, expected return on plan assets, rate of compensation increases, interest-crediting rates and mortality rates.

The Company uses its fiscal year-end as the measurement date for its defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Obligations and Funded Status —The following information is as of year-end 2013 and 2012 and for the years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 

     2013     2012  
     Pension
benefits
    Other
benefits
    Pension
benefits
    Other
benefits
 

Change in benefit obligations:

        

Beginning of period

   $ 28,674      $ 15,810      $ 26,514      $ 14,467   

Service cost

     295        236        276        207   

Interest cost

     963        513        1,055        585   

Actuarial (gain) loss

     (2,674     (1,048     2,347        1,597   

Special termination benefits

     —          39        —          —     

Benefits paid

     (1,614     (1,395     (1,518     (1,046
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of period

     25,644        14,155        28,674        15,810   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in fair value of plan assets:

        

Beginning of period

     17,863        —          16,639        —     

Actual return on plan assets

     1,512        —          1,205        —     

Employer contributions

     1,313        1,395        1,537        1,046   

Benefits paid

     (1,614     (1,395     (1,518     (1,046
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of period

     19,074        —          17,863        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded status of plans

   $ (6,570   $ (14,155   $ (10,811   $ (15,810
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current liabilities

   $ —        $ (1,268   $ —        $ (1,055

Noncurrent liabilities

     (6,570     (12,887     (10,811     (14,755
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liability recognized

   $ (6,570   $ (14,155   $ (10,811   $ (15,810
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income:

        

Net actuarial loss

   $ 4,831      $ 4,139      $ 8,056      $ 5,501   

Prior service cost

     —          (1,346     —          (1,526
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total amount recognized

   $ 4,831      $ 2,793      $ 8,056      $ 3,975   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

The amount recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) is the actuarial loss and prior service cost, which has not yet been recognized in periodic benefit cost, adjusted for amounts allocated to the redeemable noncontrolling interest. At December 28, 2013, the actuarial loss expected to be amortized from AOCI to periodic benefit cost in 2014 is $0.1 million and $0.2 million for the pension and postretirement obligations, respectively.

 

     2013     2012     2011  
     Pension
benefits
    Other
benefits
    Pension
benefits
    Other
benefits
    Pension
benefits
    Other
benefits
 

Amounts recognized in other comprehensive (gain) loss:

            

Net actuarial (gain) loss

   $ (2,838   $ (1,048   $ 2,444      $ 1,597      $ 4,066      $ 3,390   

Prior service cost

     —          180        —          —          —          (1,705

Amortization of prior year service cost

     —          —          —          180        —          —     

Amortization of (gain) loss

     (387     (314     (261     (312     (5     (71
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total amount recognized

   $ (3,225   $ (1,182   $ 2,183      $ 1,465      $ 4,061      $ 1,614   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Components of net periodic benefit cost:

            

Service cost

   $ 295      $ 236      $ 276      $ 207      $ 275      $ 227   

Interest cost

     963        513        1,055        585        1,161        710   

Amortization of loss

     387        314        262        312        5        69   

Expected return on plan assets

     (1,348     —          (1,301     (180     (1,400     —     

Special termination benefits

     —          39        —          —          —          —     

Amortization of prior service credit

     —          (180     —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost

   $ 297      $ 922      $ 292      $ 924      $ 41      $ 1,006   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Assumptions— Weighted-average assumptions used to determine the benefit obligations as of year-end 2013 and 2012 are:

 

     2013    2012
     Pension
benefits
   Other
benefits
   Pension
benefits
   Other
benefits

Discount rate

   4.21% - 4.46%    4.33%    3.30% - 3.57%    3.41%

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

   7.50%    N/A    7.50%    N/A

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 

     2013    2012    2011
     Pension
benefits
   Other
benefits
   Pension
benefits
   Other
benefits
   Pension
benefits
   Other
benefits

Discount rate

   3.30% - 3.57%    3.41%    3.89% - 4.07%    4.00%    4.94% - 5.12.%    5.07%

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

   7.50%    N/A    7.50%    N/A    8.50%    N/A

The expected long-term return on plan assets is based upon the Plans’ consideration of historical and forward-looking returns and the Company’s estimation of what a portfolio, with the target allocation described below, will earn over a long-term horizon. The discount rate is derived using the Citigroup Pension Discount Curve.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Assumed health care cost trend rates are 9% grading to 7% and 9% grading to 7% as of year-end 2013 and 2012, respectively. Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the Company’s post retirement medical and life plans. A one percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects as of year-end 2013 and 2012:

 

     2013     2012  
     Increase      Decrease     Increase      Decrease  

Total service cost and interest cost components

   $ 66       $ (55   $ 73       $ (63

Estimated APBO

     1,251         (1,073     1,555         (1,331

Plan Assets —The defined benefit pension plans’ (the “Plans”) investment strategy is to minimize investment risk while generating acceptable returns. The Plans currently invest a relatively high proportion of the plan assets in fixed income securities, while the remainder is invested in equity securities, cash reserves and precious metals. The equity securities are diversified into funds with growth and value investment strategies. The target allocation for plan assets is as follows: equity securities – 30%; fixed income securities –63%; cash reserves –5%; and precious metals –2%. The Plans’ current investment allocations are within the tolerance of the target allocation. The Company had no Level 3 investments as of or for the years ended December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012.

At year-end 2013 and 2012, the Plans’ assets were invested predominantly in fixed-income securities and publicly traded equities, but may invest in other asset classes in the future subject to the parameters of the investment policy. The Plans’ investments in fixed-income assets include U.S. Treasury and U.S. agency securities and corporate bonds. The Plans’ investments in equity assets include U.S. and international securities and equity funds. The Company estimates the fair value of the Plans’ assets using various valuation techniques and, to the extent available, quoted market prices in active markets or observable market inputs. The descriptions and fair value methodologies for the Plans’ assets are as follows:

Fixed Income Securities —Corporate and government bonds are classified as Level 2 assets, as they are either valued at quoted market prices from observable pricing sources at the reporting date or valued based upon comparable securities with similar yields and credit ratings.

Equity Securities —Equity securities are valued at the closing market price reported on a U.S. exchange where the security is actively traded and are therefore classified as Level 1 assets.

Cash —The carrying amounts of cash approximate fair value due to the short-term maturity.

Precious Metals— Precious metals are valued at the closing market price reported on a U.S. exchange where the security is actively traded and are therefore classified as Level 1 assets.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

The fair value of the Company’s pension plans’ assets by asset class and fair value hierarchy level as of year-end 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

     2013  
     Total fair
value
     Quoted prices in active
markets for identical
assets (Level 1)
     Observable
inputs (Level 2)
 

Cash

   $ 1,665       $ 1,665       $ —     

Precious metals

     358         358         —     

Equity securities:

        

U.S. Large cap value

     1,221         1,221         —     

U.S. Large cap growth

     1,536         1,536         —     

U.S. Mid cap value

     600         600         —     

U.S. Mid cap growth

     603         603         —     

U.S. Small cap value

     610         610         —     

U.S. Small cap growth

     599         599         —     

International

     889         889         —     

Fixed income securities:

        

Intermediate—government

     1,647         —           1,647   

Intermediate—corporate

     3,138         —           3,138   

Short-term—government

     2,168         —           2,168   

Short-term—corporate

     4,040         —           4,040   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 19,074       $ 8,081       $ 10,993   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2012  
     Total fair
value
     Quoted prices in active
markets for identical
assets (Level 1)
     Observable
inputs (Level 2)
 

Cash

   $ 1,656       $ 1,656       $ —     

Equity securities:

        

U.S. Large cap value

     1,063         1,063         —     

U.S. Large cap growth

     1,037         1,037         —     

U.S. Mid cap value

     542         542         —     

U.S. Mid cap growth

     536         536         —     

U.S. Small cap value

     546         546         —     

U.S. Small cap growth

     539         539         —     

International

     1,134         1,134         —     

Fixed income securities:

        

Intermediate—government

     1,247         —           1,247   

Intermediate—corporate

     4,402         —           4,402   

Short-term—government

     2,038         —           2,038   

Short-term—corporate

     3,123         —           3,123   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 17,863       $ 7,053       $ 10,810   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash Flows —The Company expects to contribute approximately $1.0 million and $1.3 million in 2014 to its pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans, respectively.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

The estimated benefit payments for each of the next five years and the five-year period thereafter are as follows:

 

     Pension
benefits
     Other
benefits
 

2014

   $ 1,694       $ 1,269   

2015

     1,704         1,109   

2016

     1,739         1,130   

2017

     1,737         963   

2018

     1,774         1,018   

2019—2023

     8,667         4,512   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 17,315       $ 10,001   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

(12) Accrued Mining and Landfill Reclamation

The Company has asset retirement obligations arising from regulatory requirements to perform certain reclamation activities at the time that certain quarries and landfills are closed, which are primarily included in other noncurrent liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. The current portion of the liabilities, $0.5 million and $0.4 million as of December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, respectively, is included in accrued and other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. The liability was initially measured at fair value and subsequently is adjusted for accretion expense, payments and changes in the amount or timing of the estimated cash flows. The corresponding asset retirement costs are capitalized as part of the carrying amount of the related long-lived asset and depreciated over the asset’s remaining useful life. The following table presents the activity for the asset retirement obligations for the years ended December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012:

 

     2013     2012  

Beginning balance

   $ 14,844      $ 13,328   

Acquired obligations

     286        364   

Change in cost estimate

     721        604   

Settlement of reclamation obligations

     (1,201     (77

Additional liabilities incurred

     414        —     

Accretion expense

     717        625   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 15,781      $ 14,844   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(13) Commitments and Contingencies

Litigation and Claims —Summit Materials is party to certain legal actions arising from the ordinary course of business activities. In the opinion of management, these actions are without merit or the ultimate disposition, if any, resulting from them will not have a material effect on Summit Materials’ consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity. Summit Materials’ policy is to record legal fees as incurred.

The Company is obligated under an indemnification agreement entered into with the sellers of Harper Contracting, Inc., Harper Sand and Gravel, Inc., Harper Excavating, Inc., Harper Ready Mix Company, Inc. and Harper Investments, Inc. (collectively, “Harper”) for the sellers’ ownership interests in a joint venture agreement. Summit Materials has the rights to any benefits under the joint venture as well as the assumption of any obligations, but does not own equity interests in the joint venture. The joint venture has incurred significant losses on a highway project in Utah, which have resulted in requests for funding from the joint venture partners and ultimately from the Company. Through year-end 2013, the Company has funded $8.8 million, $4.0 million in 2012 and $4.8 million in 2011. In 2012 and 2011, the Company recognized losses on the indemnification agreement of $8.0 million and $1.9 million, respectively, which are included in general and administrative expenses. As of year-end 2013 and 2012, an accrual of $4.3 million was recorded in other noncurrent liabilities as management’s best estimate of future funding obligations.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

In February 2011, the Company incurred a property loss related to a sunken barge with cement product aboard. In the year-ended December 28, 2013, the Company recognized $0.8 million of charges for lost product aboard the barge and costs to remove the barge from the waterway. As of December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, $0.9 million is included in accrued expenses as management’s best estimate of the remaining costs to remove the barge.

Environmental Remediation —Summit Materials’ mining operations are subject to and affected by federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the environment, health and safety and other regulatory matters. These operations require environmental operating permits, which are subject to modification, renewal and revocation. Summit Materials regularly monitors and reviews its operations, procedures and policies for compliance with these laws and regulations. Despite these compliance efforts, risk of environmental liability is inherent in the operation of Summit Materials’ business, as it is with other companies engaged in similar businesses and there can be no assurance that environmental liabilities will not have a material adverse effect on Summit Materials’ consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

Other —During the course of business, there may be revisions to project costs and conditions that can give rise to change orders. Revisions can also result in claims we might make against the customer or a subcontractor to recover project variances that have not been satisfactorily addressed through change orders with the customer. As of year-end 2013 and 2012, unapproved change orders and claims were $3.2 million ($0.5 million in costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings and $2.7 million in other assets) and $4.8 million ($1.6 million in costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings and $3.2 million in other assets), respectively.

The Company is obligated under various firm purchase commitments for certain raw materials and services that are in the ordinary course of business. Management does not expect any significant changes in the market value of these goods and services during the commitment period that would have a material adverse effect on the financial position, results of operations, and cash flows of the Company. The terms of the purchase commitments are generally less than one year.

(14) Related Party Transactions

The Company incurred management fees paid to Blackstone Management Partners L.L.C. (“BMP”) totaling $2.6 million, $2.1 million and $3.0 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, under terms of an agreement dated July 30, 2009, between the Company and BMP. Under the terms of the agreement, BMP is permitted to, and has, assigned a portion of the fees to which it is entitled to receive to Silverhawk Summit, L.P. and to certain members of management. The fees were paid for consultancy services related to acquisition activities and are included in general and administrative expenses.

The Company purchased equipment from a noncontrolling member of Continental Cement for approximately $2.3 million, inclusive of $0.1 million of interest, in 2011, which was paid for in 2012.

Summit Materials earned revenue of $0.6 million, $7.9 million and $8.6 million and incurred costs of $0.2 million, $0.2 million and $0.7 million in connection with several transactions with unconsolidated affiliates for the years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. As of December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, accounts receivable from affiliates was $0.4 million and $1.9 million, respectively, and accounts payable to affiliates was zero and $0.2 million, respectively.

Cement sales to companies owned by certain noncontrolling members of Continental Cement were approximately $12.7 million, $12.5 million and $9.5 million for the years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 2011, respectively, and accounts receivable due from these parties were approximately $0.2 million and $1.0 million as of December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, respectively.

As of year-end 2013 and 2012, the Company had accrued interest payments of $0.7 million and $2.1 million, respectively, due to a certain noncontrolling member for a related-party note, which is expected to be paid in 2014. The principal balance on the note was repaid as part of the January 2012 financing transactions.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

(15) Acquisition-Related Liabilities

A number of acquisition-related liabilities have been recorded subject to terms in the relevant purchase agreements. There are three main categories of such obligations, deferred consideration, noncompete payments and earn-out obligations. Noncompete payments have been accrued where certain former owners of newly acquired companies have entered into standard noncompete arrangements. Subject to terms and conditions stated in these noncompete agreements, payments are generally made over a five-year period. Deferred consideration is purchase price consideration paid in the future as agreed to in the purchase agreement and is not contingent on future events. Deferred consideration is scheduled to be paid in years ranging from 5 to 20 years in either monthly, quarterly or annual installments. The remaining payments due under these noncompete and deferred consideration agreements are as follows:

 

2014

   $ 10,790   

2015

     6,742   

2016

     5,950   

2017

     5,910   

2018

     5,370   

Thereafter

     9,963   

Total scheduled payments

     44,725   
  

 

 

 

Present value adjustments

     (12,242
  

 

 

 

Total noncompete obligations and deferred consideration

   $ 32,483   
  

 

 

 

Accretion on the deferred consideration and noncompete obligations is recorded in interest expense.

(16) Supplemental Cash Flow Information

Supplemental cash flow information for the years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 is as follows:

 

     2013     2012     2011  

Cash payments:

      

Interest

   $ 52,001      $ 36,357      $ 41,790   

Income taxes

     457        799        5,608   

Non cash financing activities:

      

Acquisitions

   $ (7,619   $ (10,595   $ (27,815

 

F-33


Table of Contents

(17) Leasing Arrangements

Rent expense, including short-term rentals, during the years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 was $4.0 million, $3.5 million and $4.3 million, respectively. The Company has lease agreements associated with quarry facilities under which royalty payments are made. The payments are generally based on tons sold in a particular period; however, certain agreements have minimum annual payments. Royalty expense recorded in cost of revenue during the years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 was $4.5 million, $3.9 million and $3.1 million, respectively. Minimum contractual commitments under long-term operating leases, which primarily relate to land, plant and equipment and under royalty agreements as of December 28, 2013, are as follows:

 

     Operating
Leases
     Royalty
Agreements
 

2014

   $ 4,034       $ 2,044   

2015

     3,890         2,065   

2016

     3,098         1,974   

2017

     2,376         2,047   

2018

     1,983         1,434   

(18) Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest

The Company owns 100 Class A Units of Continental Cement, which represent an approximately 70% economic interest and have a preference in liquidation to the Class B Units. Continental Cement issued 100,000,000 Class B Units in May 2010, which remain outstanding and represent an approximately 30% economic interest.

Continental Cement’s Class A Units include a cumulative distribution preference which requires, to the extent distributions are authorized by its Board of Directors, Continental Cement Class A Units receive, prior to any distributions to the Class B Unit holders, a priority return of 11% accruing daily and compounding annually on each anniversary of the date of issuance to Class A Unit holders. To the extent the priority return is not made in a given year, the amount of the priority return will increase the liquidation preference of the Class A Units up to an 80% allowable sharing percentage in distributions and liquidation proceeds. The Company holds all the Class A Units. No distributions are currently anticipated.

The Continental Cement Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement (as amended, the “LLC Agreement”) provides the Company with a call right that allows the Company to require Continental Cement to call the Class B Units held by the owners of Continental Cement (the “Rollover Members”) prior to the Company’s investment in Class A Units of the Company, at a strike price that approximates fair value. The call right is exercisable after May 2016 either in anticipation of an initial public offering of the Company or if an initial public offering of the Company has already occurred. The Rollover Members also have a put right that allows them to put the Class B Units to Continental Cement, at a strike price that approximates fair value. The put right is exercisable prior to May 2016 upon a sale of control of the Company or at any time after May 2016. Finally, the LLC Agreement includes transfer restrictions that prohibit the Rollover Members from transferring their Class B Units to third parties without the consent of the board of directors of Continental Cement.

Because the Class B Units can be put to Continental Cement by the Rollover Members in the future based on the passage of time, which can be accelerated upon the occurrence of a contingent event, Summit Materials’ noncontrolling interest is classified in temporary equity. The redemption value is based upon the estimated fair value of Continental Cement, which is valued using Level 3 inputs. Summit Materials elected to accrete changes in the redemption value of the noncontrolling interest over the period from the date of issuance to the earliest anticipated redemption date of the instrument, which is currently May 2016, using an interest method. The accretion is as an adjustment to the consolidated accumulated deficit. The redemption value of the redeemable noncontrolling interest as of year-end 2013 and 2012 approximated its carrying value.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

(19) Employee Long Term Incentive Plan

Certain employees of the Company hold Class D interests in the Company that provide rights to cash distributions based on a predetermined distribution formula upon the Company’s general partner declaring a distribution.

Certain of the Class D interests vest with the passage of time (time-vesting interests) and the remaining vest when certain investment returns are achieved by certain of the Company’s investors (performance-vesting interests). Of the time-vesting-interests, 20% vest on the first anniversary and the remaining 80% vest monthly over a period of four years following the first anniversary date. Interests that are not vested in accordance with their terms within eight years are automatically forfeited without consideration.

Performance-vesting interests vest when certain investment returns are achieved by the Company’s investors affiliated with the Blackstone Group L.P. (“Blackstone”) while the employee continues to provide services to us or our subsidiaries. There are two performance levels at which performance-vesting interests generally vest, with performance-vesting interests that are Class D-1 interests vesting if the Company’s Blackstone-affiliated investors receive a return on invested capital of 1.75 times their initial investment, and performance-vesting interests that are Class D-2 interests vesting if the Company’s Blackstone-affiliated investors receive a return on invested capital of 3.00 times their initial investment.

If the employee leaves the Company, the Company can (1) purchase the vested Class D interests for a lump sum payment provided certain conditions have been met or (2) elect to convert all of the employee’s Class D interests into a right to receive future distributions capped at a termination amount. The termination amount is determined as an amount equal to the fair market value of the Class D interest holder’s vested interests minus any amounts already distributed to the Class D interest holders respective of those Class D interest plus interest on the difference between such fair market value and amounts already distributed. The fair value of the time-vesting Class D interests granted in 2013, 2012 and 2011 totaled $1.6 million, $1.1 million and $3.4 million, respectively. The weighted-average grant-date fair value in 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $2,786, $3,761 and $3,876, respectively. The following table summarizes information for the Class D interests:

 

     Time-vesting Interests      Performance-vesting
Interests
 
     Number of
units
    Weighted
average grant-
date fair value
per unit
     Number of
units
    Weighted
average grant-
date fair value
per unit
 

Beginning balance—December 29, 2012

     1,692      $ 3,864         4,202      $ 3,087   

Granted

     584        2,786         759        2,314   

Vested

     (772     3,896         —          —     

Forfeited

     (2     3,893         (5     3,176   

Cancelled

     (61     2,208         (79     1,388   
  

 

 

      

 

 

   

Balance—December 28, 2013

     1,441           4,877     
  

 

 

      

 

 

   

The estimated fair value at December 28, 2013 of interests vested during 2013 was $2.2 million. As of year-end 2013 and 2012, the cumulative amount of interests vested total 2,531 and 1,732, respectively. The fair value of the Class D interests is estimated as of the grant date using Monte Carlo simulations, which requires the input of subjective assumptions, including the expected volatility and the expected term. The following table presents the weighted average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of grants in 2013, 2012 and 2011:

 

     2013    2012    2011

Class D Units

        

Risk-free interest rate

   0.50%    1.62%    1.71% - 2.39%

Dividend yield

   None    None    None

Volatility

   58%    47%    42% - 49%

Expected term

   4 years    6 - 8 years    6 - 8 years

 

F-35


Table of Contents

The risk-free rate is based on the yield at the date of grant of a U.S. Treasury security with a maturity period approximating the expected term. As the Company has no plans to issue regular dividends, a dividend yield of zero was used. The volatility assumption is based on reported data of a peer group of publically traded companies for which historical information was available adjusted for the Company’s capital structure. The expected term is based on expectations about future exercises and represents the period of time that the interests granted are expected to be outstanding.

Compensation expense for time-vesting interests granted is based on the grant-date fair value. The Company recognizes these compensation costs on a straight-line basis over the service period, which is generally the vesting period of the award. A forfeiture rate assumption is factored into the compensation cost based on historical forfeitures. Compensation expense for performance-vesting interests would be recognized based on the grant date fair value. However, no compensation expense has been recognized for the performance-vesting interests, as management does not believe it is currently probable that certain investment returns, the performance criteria, will be achieved.

Share-based compensation expense, which is recognized in general and administrative expenses, totaled $2.3 million, $2.5 million and $2.5 million in the years ended December 28, 2013, December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively. As of December 28, 2013, unrecognized compensation cost totaled $4.6 million. The weighted average remaining contractual term over which the unrecognized compensation cost is to be recognized is 2.6 years as of year-end 2013.

(20) Segment Information

The Company has determined that it has three operating segments, which are its reportable segments: Central; West; and East regions. These segments are consistent with the Company’s management reporting structure. The operating results of each segment are regularly reviewed and evaluated separately by the Chief Executive Officer, the Company’s Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”). The CODM primarily evaluates the performance of its segments and allocates resources to them based on a segment profit metric that we call Adjusted EBITDA, which is computed as earnings from continuing operations before interest, taxes, depreciation, depletion, amortization, accretion and goodwill impairment. In addition, certain items such as management fees are excluded from the calculation of segment profit.

Each region has several acquired subsidiaries that are engaged in various activities including quarry mining, aggregate production and contracting. Assets employed by segment include assets directly identified with those operations. Corporate assets consist primarily of cash, property, plant and equipment for corporate operations and other assets not directly identifiable with a reportable business segment. The accounting policies applicable to each segment are consistent with those used in the consolidated financial statements.

The following tables display selected financial data for the Company’s reportable business segments for the following fiscal years:

 

     2013      2012      2011  

Revenue:

        

West region

   $ 426,195       $ 484,922       $ 362,577   

Central region

     329,621         302,113         264,008   

East region

     160,385         139,219         162,491   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 916,201       $ 926,254       $ 789,076   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-36


Table of Contents
     2013     2012     2011  

Adjusted EBITDA

      

West region

   $ 28,607      $ 14,429      $ 36,442   

Central region

     72,918        65,767        65,651   

East region

     15,134        10,782        15,504   

Corporate and other(1)

     (24,878     (15,560     (9,877
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total reportable segments and corporate

     91,781        75,418        107,720   

Interest expense

     56,443        58,079        47,784   

Depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion

     72,934        68,290        61,377   

Goodwill impairment

     68,202        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations before taxes

   $ (105,798   $ (50,951   $ (1,441
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Corporate results primarily consist of compensation and office expenses for employees included in the Company’s headquarters and transaction costs.

 

     2013      2012      2011  

Cash paid for capital expenditures:

        

West region

   $ 21,856       $ 14,993       $ 9,256   

Central region

     33,030         20,996         20,078   

East region

     7,753         8,736         9,311   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total reportable segments

     62,639         44,725         38,645   

Corporate and other

     3,360         763         11   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capital expenditures

   $ 65,999       $ 45,488       $ 38,656   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2013      2012      2011  

Depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion:

        

West region

   $ 24,167       $ 23,771       $ 19,706   

Central region

     33,808         30,215         27,646   

East region

     14,493         14,223         13,938   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total reportable segments

     72,468         68,209         61,290   

Corporate and other

     466         81         87   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion

   $ 72,934       $ 68,290       $ 61,377   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     2013      2012      2011  

Total assets:

        

West region

   $ 383,544       $ 428,115       $ 451,017   

Central region

     657,421         610,003         587,341   

East region

     192,486         224,603         238,018   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total reportable segments

     1,233,451         1,262,721         1,276,376   

Corporate and other

     17,609         21,758         11,155   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,251,060       $ 1,284,479       $ 1,287,531   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-37


Table of Contents
     2013     2012     2011  

Revenue by product:*

      

Aggregates

   $ 159,019      $ 146,991      $ 116,082   

Cement

     76,211        77,676        69,664   

Ready-mixed concrete

     112,878        100,941        94,302   

Asphalt

     219,811        242,458        182,952   

Construction and paving

     478,280        505,189        464,866   

Other

     (129,998     (147,001     (138,790
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 916,201      $ 926,254      $ 789,076   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Revenue by product includes intracompany sales transferred at market value. The elimination of intracompany transactions is included in Other.

(21) Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through October 8, 2014, the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

Senior Notes— On September 8, 2014 and January 17, 2014, Summit Materials, LLC and Summit Materials Finance Corp. issued and sold $115.0 million and $260.0 million, respectively, aggregate principal amount of their 10  1 2 % Senior Notes due 2020 (the “Additional Notes”), which mature on January 31, 2020, pursuant to an indenture governing the $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10  1 2 % Senior Notes due 2020 that were issued on January 30, 2012 (the “Existing Notes”). The Additional Notes are treated as a single series with the Existing Notes and have substantially the same terms as those of the Existing Notes. The Additional Notes and the Existing Notes will vote as one class under the Indenture.

Acquisitions— On October 3, 2014, the Company acquired the stock of Concrete Supply of Topeka, Inc. and all of the membership interests of Penny’s Concrete and Ready Mix, L.L.C. and Builders Choice Concrete Company of Missouri, L.L.C.

On September 30, 2014, the Company acquired all of the outstanding ownership interests in Colorado County Sand & Gravel Co., L.L.C., a Texas limited liability company, M & M Gravel Sales, Inc., a Texas corporation, Marek Materials Co. Operating, Ltd., a Texas limited partnership, and Marek Materials Co., L.L.C., a Texas limited liability company, (collectively the “Colorado County S&G”). Colorado County S&G provide aggregates to the West Houston, Texas market.

On September 19, 2014, the Company acquired all of the membership interests of Southwest Ready-Mix LLC, which included two ready-mixed concrete plants and serves the downtown and southwest Houston, Texas markets.

On September 4, 2014, the Company acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares and certain shareholder notes of Rock Head Holdings Ltd. and B.I.M. Holdings Ltd., which collectively indirectly own all the shares of Mainland Sand and Gravel Ltd. Mainland Sand and Gravel Ltd., based in Surrey, British Columbia, is a supplier of construction aggregates to the Vancouver metropolitan area.

On July 29, 2014, the Company acquired all of the assets of Canyon Redi-Mix, Inc., and CRM Mixers LP. The acquired assets include two ready-mixed plants, which serve the Permian Basin region of West Texas.

On June 9, 2014, the Company acquired all of the membership interests of Buckhorn Materials, LLC, an aggregates quarry in South Carolina, and Construction Materials Group LLC, a sand pit in South Carolina.

 

 

F-38


Table of Contents

On March 31, 2014, the Company acquired all of the stock of Troy Vines, Incorporated, an integrated aggregates and ready-mixed concrete business headquartered in Midland, Texas, which serves the Permian Basin region of West Texas.

On January 17, 2014, the Company completed its acquisition of Alleyton Resource Corporation, a Texas corporation, and Colorado Gulf, LP, a Texas limited partnership, and certain real property from Barten Shepard Investments, LP, a Texas limited partnership (“BSI”), collectively, referred to as “Alleyton”, for approximately $179.25 million, with an additional $30.75 million in deferred and contingent payments. The Alleyton acquisition consideration was funded through a portion of the net proceeds from the issue and sale of the Additional Notes.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

SUMMIT MATERIALS HOLDINGS L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except partners’ interest amounts)

 

     September 27,     December 28,  
     2014     2013  
     (unaudited)     (audited)  
Assets     

Current assets:

    

Cash

   $ 9,995      $ 18,183   

Accounts receivable, net

     179,328        99,337   

Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings

     26,542        10,767   

Inventories

     111,137        96,432   

Other current assets

     16,157        13,181   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     343,159        237,900   

Property, plant and equipment, less accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization (September 27, 2014—$261,614 and December 28, 2013—$212,382)

     946,980        831,778   

Goodwill

     390,338        127,038   

Intangible assets, less accumulated amortization (September 27, 2014—$2,743 and December 28, 2013—$2,193)

     18,026        15,147   

Other assets

     51,255        39,197   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,749,758      $ 1,251,060   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
Liabilities, Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest and Partners’ Interest     

Current liabilities:

    

Current portion of debt

   $ 28,187      $ 30,220   

Current portion of acquisition-related liabilities

     20,571        10,635   

Accounts payable

     87,604        72,104   

Accrued expenses

     87,513        57,251   

Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings

     9,533        9,263   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     233,408        179,473   

Long-term debt

     1,062,921        658,767   

Acquisition-related liabilities

     41,287        23,756   

Other noncurrent liabilities

     86,242        77,480   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,423,858        939,476   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (see note 10)

    

Redeemable noncontrolling interest

     31,820        24,767   

Partners’ interest:

    

Class A interests, 31,502 and 31,261 interests authorized, issued and outstanding September 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013

     466,610        463,010   

Class B interests, 2,607 and 1,220 interests authorized, issued and outstanding September 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013

     39,750        19,000   

Class C interests, 381 and 363 interests authorized, issued and outstanding September 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013

     —          —     

Class D interests, 9,478 and 9,889 interests authorized, issued and outstanding as of September 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, respectively

     —          —     

Additional paid-in capital

     11,796        8,152   

Accumulated deficit

     (218,128     (198,511

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (7,236     (6,045
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Partners’ interest

     292,792        285,606   

Noncontrolling interest

     1,288        1,211   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total partners’ interest

     294,080        286,817   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable noncontrolling interest and partners’ interest

   $ 1,749,758      $ 1,251,060   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

SUMMIT MATERIALS HOLDINGS L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In thousands)

 

     Nine months ended  
     September 27,     September 28,  
     2014     2013  

Revenue:

    

Product

   $ 594,800      $ 447,343   

Service

     275,345        230,591   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     870,145        677,934   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue (excluding items shown separately below):

    

Product

     429,576        327,536   

Service

     216,358        175,662   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     645,934        503,198   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

General and administrative expenses

     105,872        107,219   

Depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion

     63,950        54,577   

Transaction costs

     7,737        3,175   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     46,652        9,765   

Other income, net

     (2,299     (988

Loss on debt financings

     —         3,115   

Interest expense

     62,555        42,380   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations before taxes

     (13,604     (34,742

Income tax benefit

     (2,498     (1,782
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

     (11,106     (32,960

(Income) loss from discontinued operations

     (356     257   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (10,750     (33,217

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     674        1,105   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to partners of Summit Materials Holdings L.P.

   $ (11,424   $ (34,322
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

SUMMIT MATERIALS HOLDINGS L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

(In thousands)

 

     Nine months ended  
     September 27,     September 28,  
     2014     2013  

Net loss

   $ (10,750   $ (33,217

Other comprehensive (loss) income:

    

Postretirement curtailment adjustment

     (1,346     —    

Postretirement liability adjustment

     2,164        —    

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     (1,764     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss

     (946     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

     (11,696     (33,217

Less comprehensive income attributable to the noncontrolling interest

     919        1,105   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss attributable to partners of Summit Materials Holdings L.P.

   $ (12,615   $ (34,322
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

SUMMIT MATERIALS HOLDINGS L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 

     Nine months ended  
     September 27,
2014
    September 28,
2013
 

Cash flow from operating activities:

    

Net loss

   $ (10,750   $ (33,217

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion

     67,972        56,825   

Financing fee amortization

     495        2,450   

Share-based compensation expense

     1,746        1,743   

Deferred income tax benefit

     (525     (2,685

Net (gain) loss on asset disposals

     (219     7,709   

Loss on debt financings

     —         2,989   

Other

     (463     (79

(Increase) decrease in operating assets, net of acquisitions:

    

Accounts receivable, net

     (54,463     (18,797

Inventories

     (3,843     700   

Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings

     (15,009     (21,836

Other current assets

     (3,910     (1,046

Other assets

     (675     (800

Increase (decrease) in operating liabilities, net of acquisitions:

    

Accounts payable

     9,433        10,919   

Accrued expenses

     2,578        (1,020

Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings

     270        (2,421

Other liabilities

     (3,473     (1,311
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

     (10,836     123   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flow from investing activities:

    

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

     (351,941     (60,913

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

     (64,244     (53,659

Proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment

     9,575        8,642   

Other

     757        —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used for investing activities

     (405,853     (105,930
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flow from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from investment by partners

     24,350        —    

Proceeds from debt issuances

     657,217        217,681   

Payments on long-term debt

     (258,337     (111,884

Payments on acquisition-related liabilities

     (5,807     (4,923

Financing costs

     (8,834     (3,291

Other

     (88     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     408,501        97,583   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash

     (8,188     (8,224

Cash—beginning of period

     18,183        30,697   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash—end of period

   $ 9,995      $ 19,207   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

SUMMIT MATERIALS HOLDINGS L.P. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Changes in Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest and Partners’ Interest

(In thousands)

 

    Partners’ Interests                 Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
deficit
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss
    Noncontrolling
interest
    Total
partners’
interest
    Redeemable
noncontrolling
interest
 
    Class A     Class B     Class C     Class D     Class A     Class B              

Balance—December 28, 2013

    31,261        1,220        363        9,889      $ 463,010      $ 19,000      $ 8,152      $ (198,511   $ (6,045   $ 1,211      $ 286,817      $ 24,767   

Contributed capital

    241        1,387        —          —          3,600        20,750        —          —          —          —          24,350        —     

Accretion/ redemption value adjustment

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (6,211     —          —          (6,211     6,211   

Net issuance (redemption) of Class C and Class D Interests

    —          —          18        (411     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Net (loss) income

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (11,424     —          77        (11,347     597   

Other comprehensive income

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (1,191     —          (1,191     245   

Repurchase of partners’ interest

    —          —          —          —          —          —          (88     —          —          —          (88     —     

Share-based compensation

    —          —          —          —          —          —          3,732        (1,982     —          —          1,750        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—September 27, 2014

    31,502        2,607        381        9,478      $ 466,610      $ 39,750      $ 11,796      $ (218,128   $ (7,236   $ 1,288      $ 294,080      $ 31,820   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Balance—December 29, 2012

    31,261        1,220        363        8,565      $ 463,010      $ 19,000      $ 5,840      $ (94,085   $ (9,130   $ 1,059      $ 385,694      $ 22,850   

Accretion/redemption value adjustment

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          509        —          —          509        (509

Net issuance of Class C and Class D Interests

    —          —          —          1,348        —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Net (loss) income

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (34,322     —          146        (34,176     959   

Share-based compensation

    —          —          —          —          —          —          1,114        —          —          —          1,114        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—September 28, 2013

    31,261        1,220        363        9,913      $ 463,010      $ 19,000      $ 6,954      $ (127,898   $ (9,130   $ 1,205      $ 353,141      $ 23,300   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Tables in thousands, except partners’ interest amounts)

1.   SUMMARY OF ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Summit Materials Holdings L.P. (“Summit Materials”) is a vertically integrated heavy-side construction materials company. Summit Materials, through its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”), it is engaged in the production and sale of aggregates, cement, ready-mixed concrete, asphalt paving mix and concrete products. The Company owns and operates quarries, sand and gravel pits, a cement plant, cement distribution terminals, ready-mixed concrete plants, asphalt plants and landfill sites. It is also engaged in paving and related services. The Company is organized by geographic region and has three operating segments, which are also its reporting segments: the West; Central; and East regions.

Summit Materials majority owners are certain investment funds affiliated with Blackstone Capital Partners V L.P.

The consolidated financial statements of the Company include the accounts of Summit Materials and its wholly and non-wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Basis of Presentation —These unaudited consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) for interim financial information, without audit, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Certain information and footnote disclosures typically included in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations. These unaudited consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto as of and for the year ended December 28, 2013. The Company continues to follow the accounting policies set forth in those consolidated financial statements. Management believes that these consolidated interim financial statements include all adjustments, normal and recurring in nature, that are necessary to present fairly the financial position of the Company as of September 27, 2014, the results of operations and cash flows for the nine months ended September 27, 2014 and September 28, 2013.

The Company’s fiscal year is based on a 52-53 week year with each quarter composed of 13 weeks ending on a Saturday. The 53-week year occurs approximately once every seven years. The additional week in the 53-week year will be included in the fourth quarter. The Company’s third quarter ended on September 27 and September 28 in 2014 and 2013, respectively. In 2013, Continental Cement Company, L.L.C. (“Continental Cement”), an indirect majority owned subsidiary of Summit Materials, changed its fiscal year to be consistent with the Company’s fiscal year. Prior to fiscal 2013, Continental Cement’s fiscal year was based on the calendar year with quarter-end dates of March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31. The effect of this change to the Company’s financial position, results of operations and liquidity was immaterial.

Substantially all of the Company’s products and services are produced, consumed and performed outdoors, primarily in the spring, summer and fall. Seasonal changes and other weather-related conditions can affect the production and sales volumes of its products and delivery of its services. Therefore, the financial results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for the full year. Furthermore, the Company’s sales and earnings are sensitive to national, regional and local economic conditions and to cyclical changes in construction spending, among other factors.

Use of Estimates —Preparation of these consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates and the underlying assumptions affect the amounts of assets and liabilities reported, disclosures about contingent assets and liabilities and reported amounts of revenue and expenses. Such estimates include the valuation of accounts receivable,

 

F-45


Table of Contents

inventories, goodwill, intangibles and other long-lived assets, pension and other postretirement obligations and asset retirement obligations. Estimates also include revenue earned on contracts and costs to complete contracts. Most of the Company’s paving and related services are performed under fixed unit-price contracts with state and local governmental entities. Management regularly evaluates its estimates and assumptions based on historical experience and other factors, including the current economic environment. Management adjusts such estimates and assumptions when circumstances dictate. As future events and their effects cannot be determined with precision, actual results can differ significantly from estimates made. Changes in estimates, including those resulting from continuing changes in the economic environment, are reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements when the change in estimate occurs.

Business and Credit Concentrations —The Company’s operations are conducted primarily across 17 U.S. states and in Vancouver, Canada, with the most significant revenue generated in Texas, Kansas, Kentucky, Utah and Missouri. The Company’s accounts receivable consist primarily of amounts due from customers within these areas. Therefore, collection of these accounts is dependent on the economic conditions in the aforementioned states, as well as specific situations affecting individual customers. Credit granted within the Company’s trade areas has been granted to many customers, and management does not believe that any significant concentrations of credit exist with respect to individual customers or groups of customers. No single customer accounted for more than 10% of total revenue in the nine months ended September 27, 2014 and September 28, 2013.

Fair Value Measurements —Certain acquisitions made by the Company require the payment of contingent amounts of purchase consideration. These payments are contingent on specified operating results being achieved in periods subsequent to the acquisition and will not be made if earn-out thresholds are not achieved. Contingent consideration obligations are measured at fair value each reporting period, and any adjustments to fair value are recognized in earnings in the period identified. As of September 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, contingent consideration obligations of $3.8 million and $1.9 million, respectively, were included in the non-current portion of acquisition-related liabilities and, as of September 27, 2014, $2.5 million was included in the current portion of acquisition related liabilities. The increase in contingent consideration obligations from December 28, 2013 relates to the January 17, 2014 acquisition of Alleyton Resource Corporation, Colorado Gulf, LP and certain assets of Barten Shepard Investments, LP (collectively, “Alleyton”).

The fair value of the contingent consideration obligations approximated their carrying value of $6.3 million and $1.9 million as of September 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, respectively. The fair values are based on unobservable, or Level 3, inputs, including projected probability-weighted cash payments and an 11.0% discount rate, which reflects a market discount rate. Changes in fair value may occur as a result of a change in actual or projected cash payments, the probability weightings applied by the Company to projected payments or a change in the discount rate. Significant increases or decreases in any of these inputs in isolation could result in a lower, or higher, fair value measurement. There were no material valuation adjustments to contingent consideration obligations in the nine months ended September 27, 2014 or September 28, 2013.

Financial Instruments —The Company’s financial instruments include certain acquisition-related liabilities (deferred consideration and noncompete obligations) and debt. The fair value of the deferred consideration and noncompete obligations approximate their carrying value of $49.1 million and $6.5 million, respectively, as of September 27, 2014, and $28.3 million and $4.2 million, respectively, as of December 28, 2013. The $23.1 million net increase in the deferred consideration and noncompete obligations relate to the acquisitions completed in 2014. The fair value was determined based on unobservable, or Level 3 inputs, including the cash payment terms in the purchase agreements and a discount rate reflecting the Company’s credit risk.

The fair value of long-term debt approximated $1,104.2 million and $696.5 million as of September 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, respectively, compared to its carrying value of $1,041.7 million and $663.0 million, respectively. Fair value was determined based on observable, or Level 2 inputs, such as interest rates, bond yields and quoted prices in inactive markets.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest — Continental Cement’s Class A Units represent a 70% economic interest in that business and the Class B Units represent a 30% economic interest. The holders of the Class B Units have a put option that allows them to put the Class B Units to Continental Cement’s parent company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Summit Materials, at a strike price that approximates fair value. The put option is exercisable upon a sale of Summit Materials Holdings L.P. or at any time after May 2016. As a consequence of the put option, the Class B Units are classified in temporary equity. The initial redemption value of the Class B Units was based upon the estimated fair value of Continental Cement at the date the Class A Units were indirectly acquired by Summit Materials (May 2010). At that time, the Company elected to accrete changes in the redemption value from the date of issuance to the earliest anticipated redemption date, which is assumed to be May 2016. The accretion is recognized through an adjustment to accumulated deficit and increased in 2014 consistent with the redemption value increase to an estimated $65.1 million. In the nine months ended September 27, 2014 2014, the Company performed an indirect valuation of the noncontrolling interest. The valuation was based on unobservable, or Level 3, inputs, including an assumption on the timing of settlement and projected cash flows. A significant change in these inputs could result in a material increase, or decrease, in the redemption value of the noncontrolling interest.

2.   ACQUISITIONS

The Company completed a number of immaterial acquisitions during 2014 and 2013. The operating results of the acquired businesses have been included in the Company’s results of operations since the respective dates of the acquisitions. Assets acquired and liabilities assumed are measured at their acquisition-date fair value. Goodwill recognized in connection with the acquisitions is primarily attributable to the expected profitability, assembled workforces and operational infrastructure of the acquired businesses and the synergies expected to result after integration of those acquired businesses. The purchase price allocation for the 2014 acquisitions has not been finalized due to the recent timing of the acquisitions.

2014 Acquisitions

West region

 

    On September 19, 2014, the Company acquired all of the membership interests of Southwest Ready-Mix LLC, which included two ready-mixed concrete plants and serves the downtown and southwest Houston, Texas markets. The acquisition was funded with borrowings under the Company’s revolving credit facility.

 

    On September 4, 2014, the Company acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares and certain shareholder notes of Rock Head Holdings Ltd. and B.I.M. Holdings Ltd., which collectively indirectly owned all of Mainland Sand and Gravel Ltd.’s shares. The surviving entity, Mainland Sand & Gravel ULC. (“Mainland”), based in Surrey, British Columbia, is a supplier of aggregates to the Vancouver metropolitan area. The acquisition was funded with a portion of the proceeds from the September 8, 2014 issue and sale of $115.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10  1 2 % senior notes due 2020.

 

    On July 29, 2014, we acquired all of the assets of Canyon Redi-Mix, Inc. and CRM Mixers LP. The acquired assets include two ready-mixed concrete plants, which serve the Permian Basin region of West Texas. The acquisition was funded with borrowings under the Company’s revolving credit facility.

 

    On March 31, 2014, the Company acquired all of the stock of Troy Vines, Inc., an integrated aggregates and ready-mixed concrete business headquartered in Midland, Texas, which serves the Permian Basin region of West Texas. The acquisition was funded with cash on hand.

 

    On January 17, 2014, the Company acquired all of the membership interests of Alleyton Resource Corporation, Colorado Gulf, LP and certain assets of Barten Shepard Investments, LP, an aggregates and ready-mixed concrete business in Houston, Texas. The Alleyton acquisition was funded with a portion of the proceeds from the January 17, 2014 issue and sale of $260.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10  1 2 % senior notes due 2020.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

East region

 

    On June 9, 2014, the Company acquired all of the membership interests of Buckhorn Materials LLC, an aggregates quarry in South Carolina, and Construction Materials Group LLC, a sand pit in South Carolina. The acquisition was funded with borrowings under the Company’s revolving credit facility.

Revenue and net income from these acquisitions in the nine months ended September 27, 2014 was $119.9 million and $24.2 million, respectively, of which $102.5 million and $23.2 million, respectively, was attributable to Alleyton and Southwest Ready Mix. Southwest Ready Mix was integrated with Alleyton on the day it was acquired such that disaggregated financial data is not available.

2013 Acquisitions

West region

 

    On April 1, 2013, the Company acquired all of the membership interests of Westroc, LLC, an aggregates and ready-mixed concrete provider near Salt Lake City, Utah, with borrowings under the Company’s revolving credit facility.

Central region

 

    On April 1, 2013, the Company acquired certain aggregates, ready-mixed concrete and asphalt assets of Lafarge North America, Inc. in and around Wichita, Kansas, with borrowings under the Company’s revolving credit facility.

Pro Forma Financial Information (unaudited) —The following unaudited supplemental pro forma information presents the financial results as if the 2014 and 2013 acquisitions occurred on the first day of fiscal year 2013 and 2012, respectively. This supplemental pro forma information has been prepared for comparative purposes and does not purport to be indicative of what would have occurred had the 2014 and 2013 acquisitions been made on the first day of fiscal year 2013 or 2012, respectively, nor is it indicative of any future results. The pro forma effect on revenue in the nine months ended September 28, 2013 was $8.6 million and $199.9 million from 2013 and 2014 acquisitions, respectively, and was ($3.4) million and $33.7 million, respectively, on net loss.

 

     Nine months ended  
     September 27,
2014
     September 28,
2013
 

Revenue

   $ 954,686       $ 886,432   

Net income (loss)

     1,231         (27,106

The following table summarizes aggregated information regarding the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in conjunction with the 2014 and 2013 acquisitions:

 

    Alleyton
January 17, 2014
    Nine months ended
September 27, 2014
(excluding Alleyton)
    Year ended
December 28, 2013
 

Financial assets

  $ 14,247     $ 15,925     $ 8,302  

Inventories

    2,560       7,531       3,954  

Property, plant and equipment

    48,197       54,247       40,580  

Intangible assets

    —         3,398       7,428  

Other assets

    2,595       1,277       52  

Financial liabilities

    (8,977     (12,215     (6,164

Other long-term liabilities

    (990     (7,012     (1,050
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

    57,632        63,151        53,102   

Goodwill

    147,006       117,365       16,120  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Purchase price

    204,638        180,516        69,222   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition related liabilities—not contingent

    (18,108     (7,138     (7,902

Acquisition related liabilities— contingent

    (4,015     —         —    

Other

    (762     (3,190 )       281   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash paid for acquisitions

  $ 181,753      $ 170,188      $ 61,601   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-48


Table of Contents

3.   GOODWILL

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill, by reportable segment, from December 28, 2013 to September 27, 2014 are summarized as follows:

 

     West     Central      East      Total  

Balance, December 28, 2013

   $ 54,249      $ 72,789       $ —        $ 127,038   

Acquisitions

     238,211        —          26,160         264,371   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     (1,071     —          —          (1,071
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, September 27, 2014

   $ 291,389      $ 72,789       $ 26,160       $ 390,338   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

4.   ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET

Accounts receivable, net consisted of the following as of September 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013:

 

     September 27,
2014
    December 28,
2013
 

Trade accounts receivable

   $ 168,436      $ 85,188   

Retention receivables

     11,429        15,966   

Receivables from related parties

     1,650        202   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

     181,515        101,356   

Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (2,187     (2,019
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, net

   $ 179,328      $ 99,337   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Retention receivables are amounts earned by the Company but held by customers until paving and related service contracts and projects are near completion or fully completed. Amounts are expected to be billed and collected within one year.

5.   INVENTORIES

Inventories consisted of the following as of September 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013:

 

     September 27,
2014
     December 28,
2013
 

Aggregate stockpiles

   $ 79,961       $ 70,300   

Finished goods

     13,083         11,207   

Work in process

     2,214         2,623   

Raw materials

     15,879         12,302   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 111,137       $ 96,432   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

6.   ACCRUED EXPENSES

Accrued expenses consisted of the following as of September 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013:

 

     September 27,
2014
     December 28,
2013
 

Interest

   $ 16,105       $ 17,294   

Payroll and benefits

     19,173         16,368   

Capital lease obligations

     17,413         2,068   

Insurance

     10,505         7,445   

Taxes(1)

     8,235         4,168   

Professional fees

     3,445         2,352   

Other(2)

     12,637         7,556   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 87,513       $ 57,251   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-49


Table of Contents
  (1) Consists primarily of real estate, personal property and sales taxes.
  (2) Consists primarily of subcontractor and working capital settlement accruals.

7.   DEBT

Debt consisted of the following as of September 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013:

 

     September 27,
2014
     December 28,
2013
 

Revolving credit facility

   $ 23,967       $ 26,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt:

     

$625.0 million senior notes, including a $27.9 million net premium at September 27, 2014 and $250 million senior notes, net of $4.0 million discount at December 28, 2013

     652,861         245,971   

$416.7 million credit facility, term loan, net of $2.4 million and $2.9 million discount at September 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, respectively

     414,280         417,016   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,067,141         662,987   

Current portion of long-term debt

     4,220         4,220   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt

   $ 1,062,921       $ 658,767   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The contractual payments of long-term debt, including current maturities, for the five years subsequent to September 27, 2014, are as follows:

 

2014 (three months)

   $ 1,055   

2015

     5,275   

2016

     4,220   

2017

     4,220   

2018

     3,165   

2019

     398,790   

Thereafter

     625,000   
  

 

 

 

Total

     1,041,725   

Plus: Original issue net premium

     25,416   
  

 

 

 

Total debt

   $ 1,067,141   
  

 

 

 

Senior Notes —The Company’s wholly-owned subsidiaries, Summit Materials, LLC and Summit Materials Finance Corp. (“Finance Corp.” and, together with Summit Materials, LLC, the “Issuers”), are co-issuers of the 10  1 2 % Senior Notes due January 31, 2020 (the “Senior Notes”) that have been issued under an indenture dated as of January 30, 2012 (as amended and supplemented, the “Indenture”). The Senior Notes bear interest at 10.5% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears. The Indenture contains covenants limiting, among other things, the ability of Summit Materials, LLC and its restricted subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness or issue certain preferred shares, pay dividends, redeem stock or make other distributions, make certain investments, sell or transfer certain assets, create liens, consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of Summit Materials, LLC’s assets, enter into certain transactions with affiliates, and designate subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries. The Indenture also contains customary events of default.

The Issuers issued $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes (the “Existing Notes”) in January 2012. On January 17, 2014 and September 8, 2014, the Issuers issued an additional $260.0 million

 

F-50


Table of Contents

and $115.0 million, respectively, aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes (the “Additional Notes”), receiving proceeds of $409.3 million, before payment of fees and expenses and including a $34.3 million premium. The proceeds from the sale of the Additional Notes were used for the purchases of Alleyton and Mainland, to make payments on Summit Materials, LLC’s revolver and for general corporate purposes. The Additional Notes are treated as a single series with the Existing Notes and have substantially the same terms as those of the Existing Notes. The Additional Notes and the Existing Notes vote as one class under the Indenture.

Senior Secured Credit Facilities —Summit Materials, LLC has senior secured credit facilities (the “Senior Secured Credit Facilities”) providing for term loans in an aggregate amount of $422.0 million (the “Term Debt”) and revolving credit commitments in an aggregate amount of $150.0 million. Summit Materials, LLC is required to make principal repayments of 0.25% of borrowings under the Term Debt on the last business day of each March, June, September and December. The current outstanding principal amount of Term Debt and applicable interest rate reflect the terms of a repricing consummated by Summit Materials, LLC in February 2013, which included additional borrowings of $25.0 million, an interest rate reduction of 1.0% and a deferral of the March 2013 principal payment. The unpaid principal balance of Term Debt is due in full on the maturity date, which is January 30, 2019. On January 16, 2014, the Senior Secured Credit Facilities were amended to allow for the issuance of $260.0 million of additional senior notes.

The revolving credit facility matures on January 30, 2017 and bears interest per annum equal to an applicable margin of 3.25% plus, at Summit Material, LLC’s option, either (i) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (a) the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, (b) the prime rate of Bank of America, N.A. and (c) the British Bankers Association London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 1.00% or (ii) a British Bankers Association LIBOR rate determined by reference to Reuters prior to the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs. As of September 27, 2014, the borrowing capacity under the revolving credit facility was $102.7 million, which is net of $23.3 million of outstanding letters of credit. The outstanding letters of credit are renewed annually and support required bonding on construction projects and Summit Materials, LLC’s insurance liabilities.

Summit Materials, LLC must adhere to certain financial covenants, including a first lien net leverage ratio and an interest leverage ratio, related to its borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. The consolidated first lien net leverage ratio, reported each quarter, should be no greater than 4.75:1.0 from April 1, 2012 through June 30, 2014; 4.50:1.0 from July 1, 2014 to June 30, 2015, and 4.25:1.0 thereafter. The interest coverage ratio must be at least 1.70:1.0 from January 1, 2013 to December 31, 2014 and 1.85:1.0 thereafter. As of September 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, Summit Materials, LLC was in compliance with all covenants applicable to the Senior Notes and the Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

Summit Materials, LLC’s domestic wholly-owned subsidiary companies and its non-wholly-owned subsidiary, Continental Cement, are named as issuers or guarantors, as applicable, of the Senior Notes and the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. In addition, Summit Materials, LLC has pledged substantially all of its assets as collateral for the Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

Accrued interest on long-term debt as of September 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013 was $15.9 million and $16.5 million, respectively. Interest expense related to the debt totaled $56.4 million and $37.5 million for the nine months ended September 27, 2014 and September 28, 2013, respectively. As of September 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, $17.9 million and $11.5 million, respectively, of deferred financing fees were being amortized over the term of the debt using the effective interest method.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

8.   ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

The changes in each component of accumulated other comprehensive loss consisted of the following:

 

     Change in
retirement plans
    Foreign currency
translation
adjustments
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss
 

Balance—December 28, 2013

   $ (6,045   $ —       $ (6,045

Postretirement curtailment adjustment

     (942     —         (942

Postretirement liability adjustment

     1,515        —         1,515   

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     —         (1,764     (1,764
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—September 27, 2014

   $ (5,472   $ (1,764   $ (7,236
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

9.   INCOME TAXES

Summit Materials is a limited partnership and passes its tax attributes for federal and state tax purposes to its partners and is generally not subject to federal or state income tax. However, certain subsidiary entities file federal and state income tax returns due to their status as C corporations. The provision for income taxes is primarily composed of federal, state and local income taxes for the subsidiary entities that have C corporation status.

The effective income tax rate for these entities differs from the statutory federal rate primarily due to (1) tax depletion expense in excess of the expense recorded under U.S. GAAP, (2) state income taxes and the effect of graduated tax rates and (3) certain non-recurring items, such as differences in the treatment of transaction costs, which are often not deductible for tax purposes.

As of September 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, the Company has not recognized any liabilities for uncertain tax positions. The Company records interest and penalties as a component of the income tax provision. No material interest or penalties were recognized in income tax expense for the nine months ended September 27, 2014 and September 28, 2013.

10. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company is party to certain legal actions arising from the ordinary course of business activities. Accruals are recorded when the outcome is probable and can be reasonably estimated. While the ultimate results of claims and litigation cannot be predicted with certainty, management expects that the ultimate resolution of all pending or threatened claims and litigation will not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations, financial position or liquidity. The Company’s policy is to record legal fees as incurred.

Litigation and Claims —The Company is obligated under an indemnification agreement entered into with the sellers of Harper Contracting, Inc., Harper Sand and Gravel, Inc., Harper Ready Mix Company, Inc. and Harper Investments, Inc. (collectively, “Harper”) for the sellers’ ownership interests in a joint venture agreement. The Company has the rights to any benefits under the joint venture as well as the assumption of any obligations, but does not own equity interests in the joint venture. The joint venture incurred significant losses on a highway project in Utah, which resulted in requests for funding from the joint venture partners and, ultimately, from the Company. Through September 27, 2014, the Company has funded $8.8 million, of which $4.0 million was funded in 2012 and $4.8 million was funded in 2011. As of September 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, an accrual of $4.3 million was recorded in other noncurrent liabilities for this matter.

During the ordinary course of business, there may be revisions to project costs and conditions that can give rise to change orders on construction contracts. Revisions can also result in claims made against a customer

 

F-52


Table of Contents

or subcontractor to recover project variances that have not been satisfactorily addressed through change orders with a customer. As of September 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, unapproved change orders and claims totaled $3.9 million ($0.5 million in costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings, $1.2 million in accounts receivable and $2.2 million in other assets) and $3.2 million ($0.5 million in costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings and $2.7 million in other assets), respectively.

Environmental Remediation —The Company’s operations are subject to and affected by federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the environment, health and safety and other regulatory matters. These operations require environmental operating permits, which are subject to modification, renewal and revocation. Management regularly monitors and reviews its operations, procedures and policies for compliance with these laws and regulations. Despite these compliance efforts, risk of environmental liability is inherent in the operation of the Company’s business, as it is with other companies engaged in similar businesses, and there can be no assurance that environmental liabilities will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity in the future.

Other —In February 2011, the Company incurred a property loss related to a sunken barge with cement product aboard. During the nine months ended September 28, 2013, the Company recorded a $1.8 million charge for costs to remove the barge from the waterway. As of September 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, the Company had $0.4 million and $0.9 million, respectively, included in accrued expenses as management’s best estimate of the remaining costs to remove the barge.

In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into various firm purchase commitments for certain raw materials and services. The terms of the purchase commitments are generally less than one year. Management does not expect any significant changes in the market value of these goods and services during the commitment period that would have a material adverse effect on the financial position, results of operations or liquidity of the Company.

11. SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

Supplemental cash flow information is as follows:

 

     Nine months ended  
     September 27,
2014
     September 28,
2013
 

Cash payments:

     

Interest

   $ 59,179       $ 45,558   

Income taxes

     1,345         653   

12. SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Company has determined that it has three operating segments, which are its reportable segments: the West; Central; and East regions. These segments are consistent with the Company’s management reporting structure. Each region’s operations consist of various activities related to the production, distribution and sale of heavy-side construction materials, products and the provision of paving and related services. The operating results of each segment are regularly reviewed and evaluated separately by the Chief Executive Officer, the Company’s Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”). The CODM primarily evaluates the performance of its segments and allocates resources to them based on a segment profit metric that we call Adjusted EBITDA, which is computed as earnings from continuing operations before interest, taxes, depreciation, depletion, amortization, accretion and goodwill impairment. In addition, certain items such as management fees are excluded from the calculation of segment profit. Assets employed by segment include assets directly identified with those operations. Corporate assets consist primarily of cash, property, plant and equipment for corporate operations and other assets not directly identifiable with a reportable business segment. The

 

F-53


Table of Contents

accounting policies applicable to each segment are consistent with those used in preparing the consolidated financial statements. The following tables display selected financial data for the Company’s reportable segments:

 

     Nine months ended  
     September 27,
2014
     September 28,
2013
 

Revenue:

     

West region

   $ 478,432       $ 322,640   

Central region

     283,541         244,207   

East region

     108,172         111,087   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 870,145       $ 677,934   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Nine months ended  
     September 27,
2014
    September 28,
2013
 

Adjusted EBITDA:

    

West region

   $ 71,646      $ 19,260   

Central region

     59,220        49,892   

East region

     10,462        10,790   

Corporate and other

     (28,427     (17,727
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total reportable segments and corporate

     112,901        62,215   

Interest expense

     62,555        42,380   

Depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion

     63,950        54,577   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before taxes

   $ (13,604   $ (34,742
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Nine months ended  
     September 27,
2014
     September 28,
2013
 

Cash paid for capital expenditures:

     

West region

   $ 25,496       $ 17,912   

Central region

     28,485         26,581   

East region

     6,590         7,045   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total reportable segments

     60,571         51,538   

Corporate and other

     3,673         2,121   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capital expenditures

   $ 64,244       $ 53,659   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Nine months ended  
     September 27,
2014
     September 28,
2013
 

Depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion:

     

West region

   $ 23,569       $ 18,443   

Central region

     28,061         25,084   

East region

     11,272         10,848   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total reportable segments

     62,902         54,375   

Corporate and other

     1,048         202   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total depreciation, depletion, amortization and accretion

   $ 63,950       $ 54,577   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-54


Table of Contents
     September 27,
2014
     December 28,
2013
 

Total assets:

     

West region

   $ 799,319       $ 383,544   

Central region

     687,219         657,421   

East region

     236,033         192,486   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total reportable segments

     1,722,571         1,233,451   

Corporate and other

     27,187         17,609   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,749,758       $ 1,251,060   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Nine months ended  
     September 27,
2014
    September 28,
2013
 

Revenue by product:*

    

Aggregates

   $ 160,362      $ 119,757   

Cement

     66,116        59,160   

Ready-mixed concrete

     189,198        82,447   

Asphalt

     203,944        162,485   

Paving and related services

     390,469        343,346   

Other

     (139,944     (89,261
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 870,145      $ 677,934   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  * Revenue by product includes intracompany sales transferred at market value. The elimination of intracompany transactions is included in Other.

13. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company incurred certain management fees due to Blackstone Management Partners L.L.C. (“BMP”) totaling $3.3 million and $2.0 million during the nine months ended September 27, 2014 and September 28, 2013, respectively. Under the terms of an agreement with Summit Materials Holdings L.P. and BMP, BMP provides monitoring, advisory and consulting services to the Company. In consideration for these services, the Company pays BMP the greater of $300,000 or 2.0% of the Company’s annual consolidated profit, as defined in the agreement. The management fees paid pursuant to this agreement are included in general and administrative expenses.

BMP also undertakes financial and structural analysis, due diligence investigations, corporate strategy and other advisory services and negotiation assistance related to acquisitions for which the Company pays BMP a transaction fee equal to 1.0% of the aggregate enterprise value of any acquired entity or, if such transaction is structured as an asset purchase or sale, 1.0% of the consideration paid for or received in respect of the assets acquired or disposed. Under the terms of the agreement, BMP is permitted to assign, and has assigned, a portion of the fees to which it is entitled to Silverhawk Summit, L.P. and to certain other equity investors. During the nine months ended September 27, 2014, the Company paid BMP $3.5 million under this agreement and paid immaterial amounts to Silverhawk Summit, L.P. and to other equity investors. The acquisition-related fees paid pursuant to this agreement are included in transaction costs.

Blackstone Advisory Partners L.P., an affiliate of The Blackstone Group L.P., served as an initial purchaser of $13.0 million principal amount of the notes issued in January 2014 and $5.75 million principal amount of the notes issued in September 2014 and received compensation in connection therewith.

In addition to the fees paid to BMP pursuant to the agreements described above, the Company reimburses BMP for direct expenses incurred, which were not material in the nine months ended September 27, 2014 and September 28, 2013.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

Cement sales to companies owned by a noncontrolling member of Continental Cement were approximately $10.9 million and $10.0 million during the nine months ended September 27, 2014 and September 28, 2013, respectively. Accounts receivables due from the noncontrolling member were $0.5 million and $0.2 million as of September 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, respectively. In addition, as of December 28, 2013, the Company had accrued interest payments of $0.7 million due to a certain noncontrolling member for a related party note, which the Company paid in the first quarter of 2014. The principal balance on the note was repaid in January 2012.

In the nine months ended September 27, 2014, the Company sold certain assets associated with the production of concrete blocks, including inventory and equipment, to a related party for $2.3 million and sold a ready-mixed concrete plant to a related party in exchange for the related party performing the required site reclamation, estimated at approximately $0.2 million.

14. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On October 3, 2014, the Company acquired the stock of Concrete Supply of Topeka, Inc. and all of the membership interests of Penny’s Concrete and Ready Mix, L.L.C. and Builders Choice Concrete Company of Missouri, L.L.C.

On September 30, 2014, the Company acquired all of the outstanding ownership interests in Colorado County Sand & Gravel Co., L.L.C., a Texas limited liability company, M & M Gravel Sales, Inc., a Texas corporation, Marek Materials Co. Operating, Ltd., a Texas limited partnership, and Marek Materials Co., L.L.C., a Texas limited liability company (collectively “Colorado County S&G”). Colorado County S&G provide aggregates to the West Houston, Texas market.

* * *

 

F-56


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

 

                    Shares

 

LOGO

Summit Materials, Inc.

Class A Common Stock

 

 

Preliminary Prospectus

 

 

Citigroup

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

BofA Merrill Lynch

Barclays

Deutsche Bank Securities

RBC Capital Markets

Through and including the 25th day after the date of this prospectus, all dealers that effect transactions in shares of our Class A common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligations to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

The following table sets forth the expenses payable by the Registrant expected to be incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of the shares of Class A common stock being registered hereby (other than underwriting discounts and commissions). All of such expenses are estimates, other than the filing and listing fees payable to the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. and the NYSE.

 

Filing Fee—Securities and Exchange Commission

   $ 11,620    

Fee—Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

   $ 15,500    

Listing Fee—NYSE

   $ 25,000    

Fees and Expenses of Counsel

   $ 2,725,000    

Printing Expenses

   $ 450,000    

Fees and Expenses of Accountants

   $ 3,248,000    

Transfer Agent and Registrar’s Fees

   $ 20,000    

Miscellaneous Expenses

   $ 330,000    
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,825,120    
  

 

 

 

 

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, allows a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation will not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached the duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide for this limitation of liability.

Section 145 of the DGCL, or Section 145, provides, among other things, that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was, is or is threatened to be made, party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was illegal. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who were or are a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests, provided further that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer, director, employee or agent is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or

 

II-1


Table of Contents

otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him or her against the expenses which such officer or director has actually and reasonably incurred.

Section 145 further authorizes a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would otherwise have the power to indemnify him or her under Section 145.

Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL and must also pay expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition upon delivery of an undertaking, by or on behalf of an indemnified person, to repay all amounts so advanced if it should be determined ultimately that such person is not entitled to be indemnified under our amended and restated bylaws or otherwise.

The indemnification rights set forth above shall not be exclusive of any other right which an indemnified person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

We expect to maintain standard policies of insurance that provide coverage (1) to our directors and officers against loss rising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act and (2) to us with respect to indemnification payments that we may make to such directors and officers.

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers. These agreements will require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law against liabilities that may arise by reason of their service to us, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to directors or executive officers, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy and is therefore unenforceable.

The proposed form of Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement provides for indemnification to our directors and officers by the underwriters against certain liabilities.

 

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

None.

 

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.
  3.2    Form of Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Registrant.
  4.1    Indenture, dated as of January 30, 2012, among Summit Materials, LLC, Summit Materials Finance Corp., the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed March 27, 2013 (File No. 333-187556)).

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

 

Description

  4.2   First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 13, 2012, among Norris Quarries, LLC and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed March 27, 2013 (File No. 333-187556)).
  4.3   Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 17, 2014, among Summit Materials, LLC, Summit Materials Finance Corp., the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 filed with Summit Materials, LLC’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed January 23, 2014 (File No. 333-187556)).
  4.4   Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 21, 2014, among Alcomat, LLC, Alleyton Resource Company, LLC, Alleyton Services Company, LLC and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 7, 2014 (File No. 333-187556)).
  4.5   Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 30, 2014, between Buckhorn Materials, LLC and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed August 6, 2014 (File No. 333-187556)).
  4.6   Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 2, 2014, between Troy Vines, Incorporated, Summit Materials International, LLC and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 filed with Summit Materials, LLC’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed September 9, 2014 (File No. 333-187556)).
  4.7   Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 8, 2014, among Summit Materials, LLC, Summit Materials Finance Corp., the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 filed with Summit Materials, LLC’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed September 9, 2014 (File No. 333-187556)).
  4.8   Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 19, 2014, among Southwest Ready Mix, LLC, Concrete Supply of Topeka, Inc., Penny’s Concrete, Ready Mix L.L.C. and Summit Materials, LLC.
  4.9   Eighth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 22, 2014, between Colorado County Sand & Gravel Co., L.L.C. and Summit Materials, LLC.
  4.10   Form of 10.5% Senior Note due 2020 (included in Exhibit 4.1).
  4.11   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of September 8, 2014, among Summit Materials, LLC, Summit Materials Finance Corp., the guarantors named therein, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and the several other initial purchasers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 filed with Summit Materials, LLC’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed September 9, 2014 (File No. 333-187556)).
  5.1**   Opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP.
10.1   Form of Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Summit Materials Holdings L.P.
10.2   Form of Tax Receivable Agreement.
10.3   Form of Exchange Agreement.
10.4   Form of Stockholders’ Agreement.
10.5*   Form of Registration Rights Agreement.
10.6†   Form of Omnibus Incentive Plan.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

 

Description

10.7†   Form of Restricted LP Unit Agreement.
10.8†   Form of Stock Option Agreement (Leverage Restoration Options).
10.9†   Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement.
10.10   Credit Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2012, by and among Summit Materials, LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as joint lead arrangers, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., UBS Securities LLC, Barclays Capital, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as joint bookrunners, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent and swing line lender, Bank of America, N.A., as letter of credit issuer, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as syndication agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed May 3, 2013 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.11   Amendment No. 1, dated as of February 5, 2013, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2012, by and among Summit Materials, LLC, Bank of America, N.A. as sole lead arranger, and Bank of America, N.A. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as joint bookrunners (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed March 27, 2013 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.12   Amendment No. 2, dated as of January 16, 2014, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2012, by and among Summit Materials, LLC, the guarantors party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent, L/C issuer and swing line lender and the other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 filed with Summit Materials, LLC’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed January 23, 2014 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.13**   Form of Amendment No. 3, dated as of             , 2015, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2012, by and among Summit Materials, LLC, the guarantors party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent, L/C issuer and swing line lender and the other parties thereto.
10.14   Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitment Conversion Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2013, under the Credit Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2012, among Summit Materials, LLC, the guarantors party thereto, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to the Credit Agreement, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent, L/C issuer and swing line lender and the other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed March 27, 2013 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.15   Security Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2012, by and among the grantors identified therein and Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed March 27, 2013 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.16   Acquisition Agreement, dated as of December 5, 2013, among Alleyton Resource Corporation, Colorado Gulf, LP, Texas CGC, LLC, Barten Shepard Investments, LP, TBGSI Corp., the individuals signatory thereto and Summit Materials, LLC. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 7, 2014 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.17   Amendment dated January 14, 2014, to Acquisition Agreement, dated as of December 5, 2013, among Alleyton Resource Corporation, Colorado Gulf, LP, Texas CGC, LLC, Barten Shepard Investments, LP, TBGSI Corp., the individuals signatory thereto and Summit Materials, LLC. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 7, 2014 (File No. 333-187556)).

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

 

Description

10.18†   Form of Management Interest Subscription Agreement for executive officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 7, 2014 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.19†   Form of Management Interest Subscription Agreement for directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 7, 2014 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.20†   Employment Agreement, dated July 30, 2009, by and between Summit Materials Holdings L.P. and Thomas W. Hill (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed March 27, 2013 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.21†   Employment Agreement, dated December 29, 2011, by and between Summit Materials Holdings L.P. and Douglas C. Rauh (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed March 27, 2013 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.22†   Employment Agreement, dated November 11, 2013, by and between Summit Materials Holdings L.P. and Kevin A. Gill (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 7, 2014 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.23†   Employment Agreement, dated May 20, 2013, by and between Summit Materials Holdings L.P. and Julio Ramirez (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 Summit Materials, LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed May 24, 2013 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.24†   Agreement and Release between Summit Materials Holdings L.P. and Julio Ramirez, Chief Financial Officer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed November 6, 2013 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.25†   Compensation Arrangement between Summit Materials Holdings L.P. and John Murphy, Interim Chief Financial Officer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed November 6, 2013 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.26†   Employment Agreement, dated as of December 3, 2013, between Summit Materials Holdings L.P. and Brian J. Harris (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A, filed December 4, 2013 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.27   Contribution and Purchase Agreement, dated December 18, 2014, between Summit Materials Inc., Summit Materials Holdings L.P., Summit Materials Holdings GP, Ltd, Summit Owner Holdco LLC, Missouri Materials Company, L.L.C., J & J Midwest Group, L.L.C., R. Michael Johnson Family Limited Liability Company and Thomas A. Beck Family, LLC, and Continental Cement Company, L.L.C.
16   Letter regarding change in certifying accountant.
21   Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1   Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2   Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.3   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.4**   Consent of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP (included as part of its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1 hereto).
24*   Power of Attorney (included in signature pages of this registration statement).

 

* Previously filed.
** To be filed by amendment.
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

II-5


Table of Contents
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS

 

(1) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

(2) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

(3) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (A) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b) (1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (B) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Denver, State of Colorado, on January 9, 2015.

 

SUMMIT MATERIALS, INC.
By:   /s/ Thomas W. Hill
Name:   Thomas W. Hill
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the 9th day of January, 2015.

 

Signature

  

Title(s)

/s/ Thomas W. Hill

Thomas W. Hill

  

President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer);

Director

/s/ Brian J. Harris

Brian J. Harris

   Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

*

Howard L. Lance

   Director

*

Ted A. Gardner

   Director

*

Julia C. Kahr

   Director

*

John R. Murphy

   Director

*

Neil P. Simpkins

   Director

 

 

* By:   /s/ Anne Lee Benedict
  Name:  Anne Lee Benedict
  Title:    Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-7


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.
  3.2    Form of Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Registrant.
  4.1    Indenture, dated as of January 30, 2012, among Summit Materials, LLC, Summit Materials Finance Corp., the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed March 27, 2013 (File No. 333-187556)).
  4.2    First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 13, 2012, among Norris Quarries, LLC and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed March 27, 2013 (File No. 333-187556)).
  4.3    Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 17, 2014, among Summit Materials, LLC, Summit Materials Finance Corp., the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 filed with Summit Materials, LLC’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed January 23, 2014 (File No. 333-187556)).
  4.4    Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 21, 2014, among Alcomat, LLC, Alleyton Resource Company, LLC, Alleyton Services Company, LLC and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 7, 2014 (File No. 333-187556)).
  4.5    Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 30, 2014, between Buckhorn Materials, LLC and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed on August 6, 2014 (File No. 333-187556)).
  4.6    Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 2, 2014, between Troy Vines, Incorporated, Summit Materials International, LLC and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 filed with Summit Materials, LLC’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed September 9, 2014 (File No. 333-187556)).
  4.7    Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 8, 2014, among Summit Materials, LLC, Summit Materials Finance Corp., the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 filed with Summit Materials, LLC’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed September 9, 2014 (File No. 333-187556)).
  4.8    Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 19, 2014, among Southwest Ready Mix, LLC, Concrete Supply of Topeka, Inc., Penny’s Concrete, Ready Mix L.L.C. and Summit Materials, LLC.
  4.9    Eighth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 22, 2014, between Colorado County Sand & Gravel Co., L.L.C. and Summit Materials, LLC.
  4.10    Form of 10.5% Senior Note due 2020 (included in Exhibit 4.1).
  4.11    Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of September 8, 2014, among Summit Materials, LLC, Summit Materials Finance Corp., the guarantors named therein, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and the several other initial purchasers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 filed with Summit Materials, LLC’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed September 9, 2014 (File No. 333-187556)).

 

II-8


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

 

Description

  5.1**   Opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP.
10.1   Form of Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Summit Materials Holdings L.P.
10.2   Form of Tax Receivable Agreement.
10.3   Form of Exchange Agreement.
10.4   Form of Stockholders’ Agreement.
10.5*   Form of Registration Rights Agreement.
10.6†   Form of Omnibus Incentive Plan.
10.7†   Form of Restricted LP Unit Agreement.
10.8†   Form of Stock Option Agreement (Leverage Restoration Options).
10.9†   Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement.
10.10   Credit Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2012, by and among Summit Materials, LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as joint lead arrangers, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., UBS Securities LLC, Barclays Capital, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as joint bookrunners, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent and swing line lender, Bank of America, N.A., as letter of credit issuer, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as syndication agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed May 3, 2013 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.11   Amendment No. 1, dated as of February 5, 2013, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2012, by and among Summit Materials, LLC, Bank of America, N.A. as sole lead arranger, and Bank of America, N.A. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as joint bookrunners (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed March 27, 2013 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.12   Amendment No. 2, dated as of January 16, 2014, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2012, by and among Summit Materials, LLC, the guarantors party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent, L/C issuer and swing line lender and the other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 filed with Summit Materials, LLC’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed January 23, 2014 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.13**   Form of Amendment No. 3, dated as of                     , 2015, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2012, by and among Summit Materials, LLC, the guarantors party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent, L/C issuer and swing line lender and the other parties thereto.
10.14   Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitment Conversion Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2013, under the Credit Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2012, among Summit Materials, LLC, the guarantors party thereto, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to the Credit Agreement, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, collateral agent, L/C issuer and swing line lender and the other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed March 27, 2013 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.15   Security Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2012, by and among the grantors identified therein and Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed March 27, 2013 (File No. 333-187556)).

 

II-9


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

10.16    Acquisition Agreement, dated as of December 5, 2013, among Alleyton Resource Corporation, Colorado Gulf, LP, Texas CGC, LLC, Barten Shepard Investments, LP, TBGSI Corp., the individuals signatory thereto and Summit Materials, LLC. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 7, 2014 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.17    Amendment dated January 14, 2014, to Acquisition Agreement, dated as of December 5, 2013, among Alleyton Resource Corporation, Colorado Gulf, LP, Texas CGC, LLC, Barten Shepard Investments, LP, TBGSI Corp., the individuals signatory thereto and Summit Materials, LLC. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 7, 2014 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.18†    Form of Management Interest Subscription Agreement for executive officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 7, 2014 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.19†    Form of Management Interest Subscription Agreement for directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 7, 2014 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.20†    Employment Agreement, dated July 30, 2009, by and between Summit Materials Holdings L.P. and Thomas W. Hill (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed March 27, 2013 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.21†    Employment Agreement, dated December 29, 2011, by and between Summit Materials Holdings L.P. and Douglas C. Rauh (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed March 27, 2013 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.22†    Employment Agreement, dated November 11, 2013, by and between Summit Materials Holdings L.P. and Kevin A. Gill (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed March 7, 2014 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.23†    Employment Agreement, dated May 20, 2013, by and between Summit Materials Holdings L.P. and Julio Ramirez (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 Summit Materials, LLC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed May 24, 2013 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.24†    Agreement and Release between Summit Materials Holdings L.P. and Julio Ramirez, Chief Financial Officer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed November 6, 2013 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.25†    Compensation Arrangement between Summit Materials Holdings L.P. and John Murphy, Interim Chief Financial Officer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed November 6, 2013 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.26†    Employment Agreement, dated as of December 3, 2013, between Summit Materials Holdings L.P. and Brian J. Harris (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Summit Materials, LLC’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A, filed December 4, 2013 (File No. 333-187556)).
10.27    Contribution and Purchase Agreement, dated December 18, 2014, between Summit Materials Inc., Summit Materials Holdings L.P., Summit Materials Holdings GP, Ltd, Summit Owner Holdco LLC, Missouri Materials Company, L.L.C., J & J Midwest Group, L.L.C., R. Michael Johnson Family Limited Liability Company and Thomas A. Beck Family, LLC, and Continental Cement Company, L.L.C.
16    Letter regarding change in certifying accountant.
21    Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

 

II-10


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

 

Description

23.1   Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2   Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.3   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.4**   Consent of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP (included as part of its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1 hereto).
24*   Power of Attorney (included in signature pages of this registration statement).

 

* Previously filed.
** To be filed by amendment.
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

II-11

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

SUMMIT MATERIALS, INC.

The present name of the corporation is Summit Materials, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”). The Corporation was incorporated under the name “Summit Materials, Inc.” by the filing of its original certificate of incorporation (the “ Original Certificate of Incorporation ”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on September 23, 2014. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, which amends, restates and integrates the provisions of the Original Certificate of Incorporation, was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and by the written consent of the stockholders in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. The Original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE I

Section 1.1. Name . The name of the Corporation is Summit Materials, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

ARTICLE II

Section 2.1. Address . The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808, New Castle County; and the name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE III

Section 3.1. Purpose . The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may now or hereafter be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”).

ARTICLE IV

Section 4.1. Capitalization . The total number of shares of all classes of stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 1,500,000,000 shares, consisting of (i) 250,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Preferred Stock ”), (ii) 1,000,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Class A Common Stock ”), and (iii) 250,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Class B Common Stock ” and, together with the Class A Common Stock, the “ Common Stock ”). The number of authorized shares of any of the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock of


the Corporation entitled to vote thereon irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL (or any successor provision thereto), and no vote of the holders of any of the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Preferred Stock voting separately as a class shall be required therefor, unless a vote of any such holder is required pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock).

Section 4.2. Preferred Stock .

(A) The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”) is hereby expressly authorized, by resolution or resolutions, at any time and from time to time, to provide, out of the unissued shares of Preferred Stock, for one or more series of Preferred Stock and, with respect to each such series, to fix the number of shares constituting such series and the designation of such series, the voting powers (if any) of the shares of such series, and the powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of the shares of such series and to cause to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware a certificate of designation with respect thereto. The powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of each series of Preferred Stock, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding.

(B) Except as otherwise required by law, holders of a series of Preferred Stock, as such, shall be entitled only to such voting rights, if any, as shall expressly be granted thereto by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to such series of Preferred Stock).

Section 4.3. Common Stock .

(A) Voting Rights .

(1) Each holder of Class A Common Stock, as such, shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Class A Common Stock held of record by such holder on all matters on which stockholders generally are entitled to vote.

(2) Summit Owner Holdco, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and its successors and assigns (“ Holdco ”), as the sole holder of record of Class B Common Stock as of the initial closing of the registered initial underwritten public offering of the Class A Common Stock (the “ IPO Date ”), shall be entitled, without regard to the number of shares of Class B Common Stock (or fraction thereof) held by it, to a number of votes that is equal to the product of (x) the aggregate number of LP Units (as defined in the Exchange Agreement, dated on or about the IPO Date (as amended from time to time, the “ Exchange Agreement ”), by and among the Corporation, Summit Materials Holdings L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Summit Holdings ”), and the holders of LP Units from time to time party thereto) held of record by all limited partners of Summit Holdings (excluding the Corporation) as of the IPO Date and their respective successors and assigns on or after the IPO Date (“ Initial Units ”) less the aggregate number of such Initial Units that, after the IPO Date, have been transferred to the Corporation in accordance with the Exchange Agreement, are forfeited in accordance with agreements governing unvested Initial Units or are transferred to a holder other than

 

2


Holdco together with a share of Class B Common Stock (or a fraction thereof), multiplied by (y) the Exchange Rate (as defined in the Exchange Agreement), on all matters on which stockholders generally are entitled to vote.

(3) Any holder of record of Class B Common Stock (or fraction thereof), other than Holdco, shall be entitled, without regard to the number of shares of Class B Common Stock (or fraction thereof) held by such other holder, to a number of votes that is equal to the product of (x) the total number of LP Units held of record by such holder multiplied by (y) the Exchange Rate, on all matters on which stockholders generally are entitled to vote. In accordance with the Exchange Agreement, any holder other than Holdco who surrenders all of its LP Units (other than Unvested Units (as defined in the Exchange Agreement)) for exchange must concurrently surrender all shares of Class B Common Stock held by it (including any fractions thereof) to the Corporation. Any shares of Class B Common Stock (or fractions thereof) transferred to the Corporation shall be automatically retired and restored to the status of authorized but unissued shares of Class B Common Stock.

(4) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the fullest extent permitted by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall have no voting power with respect to, and shall not be entitled to vote on, any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL. Except as otherwise provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or required by applicable law, the holders of Common Stock shall vote together as a single class (or, if the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote together with the holders of Common Stock, as a single class with the holders of such other series of Preferred Stock) on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders generally.

(B) Dividends and Distributions .

(1) Subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over or the right to participate with the Class A Common Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and other distributions in cash, property of the Corporation or shares of the Corporation’s capital stock, such dividends and other distributions may be declared and paid ratably on the Class A Common Stock out of the assets of the Corporation that are by law available therefor at such times and in such amounts as the Board in its discretion shall determine.

(2) Dividends and other distributions shall not be declared or paid on the Class B Common Stock.

(C) Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up . In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation and subject

 

3


to the rights, if any, of the holders of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over or the right to participate with the Class A Common Stock as to distributions upon dissolution or liquidation or winding up, the holders of all outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to receive the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution ratably in proportion to the number of shares held by each such stockholder. The holders of shares of Class B Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to receive any assets of the Corporation in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.

(D) Retirement of Class B Common Stock .  In the event that any outstanding share of Class B Common Stock shall cease to be held by Holdco or by a holder of an LP Unit, such share shall automatically and without further action on the part of the Corporation or any holder of Class B Common Stock be transferred to the Corporation for no consideration and thereupon shall be retired.

(E) Shares Reserved for Issuance .

(1) The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock, such number of shares of Class A Common Stock that shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the exchange of all outstanding LP Units (excluding those LP Units held by the Corporation) for shares of Class A Common Stock; provided that nothing contained herein shall be construed to preclude the Corporation from satisfying its obligations in respect of the exchange of LP Units by delivery of shares of Class A Common Stock that are held in the treasury of the Corporation.

(2) The Corporation shall use its best efforts to cause to be reserved and kept available for issuance at all times a sufficient number of authorized but unissued shares of Class B Common Stock to permit issuance of shares of Class B Common Stock to holders of newly issued LP Units for such consideration and for such corporate purposes as the Board may from time to time determine.

ARTICLE V

Section 5.1. Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, at any time when Blackstone (as defined below) beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than 30% in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, in addition to any vote required by applicable law, the following provisions in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation may be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded, in whole or in part, or any provision inconsistent therewith or herewith may be adopted, only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66  2 3 % in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class: this Article V , Article VI , Article VII , Article VIII , Article IX and Article X . For the purposes of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, beneficial ownership of shares shall be determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”).

 

4


Section 5.2. Amendment of Bylaws . The Board is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind, in whole or in part, the bylaws of the Corporation (as in effect from time to time, the “ Bylaws ”) without the assent or vote of the stockholders in any manner not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote of the stockholders, at any time when Blackstone beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than 30% in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation required herein (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock), the Bylaws or applicable law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66  2 3 % in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, shall be required in order for the stockholders of the Corporation to alter, amend, repeal or rescind, in whole or in part, any provision of the Bylaws or to adopt any provision inconsistent therewith.

ARTICLE VI

Section 6.1. Board of Directors .

(A) Except as provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the DGCL, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board. Except as otherwise provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of Article IV (including any certificate of designation with respect to any series of Preferred Stock) and this Article VI relating to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors, the total number of directors shall be determined from time to time exclusively by resolution adopted by the Board with a maximum of fifteen (15) directors. The directors (other than those directors elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or together with one or more other such series, as the case may be) shall be divided into three classes designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as possible, of one-third of the total number of such directors. Class I directors shall initially serve for a term expiring at the first annual meeting of stockholders following the IPO Date, Class II directors shall initially serve for a term expiring at the second annual meeting of stockholders following the IPO Date and Class III directors shall initially serve for a term expiring at the third annual meeting of stockholders following the IPO Date. Commencing with the first annual meeting of stockholders following the IPO Date, the directors of the class to be elected at each annual meeting shall be elected for a three-year term. If the number of such directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, and any such additional director of any class elected to fill a newly created directorship resulting from an increase in such class shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of that class, but in no case shall a decrease in the number of directors remove or shorten the term of any incumbent director. Any such director shall hold office until the annual meeting at which his or her term expires and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified, or his or her death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office. The Board is authorized to assign members of the Board already in office to their respective class.

 

5


(B) Subject to the rights granted to the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock then outstanding or the rights granted pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement, expected to be dated on or about [            ] , 2015, by and among the Corporation and certain affiliates of The Blackstone Group L.P. (together with its affiliates, subsidiaries, successors and assigns (including, without limitation, Blackstone Group Management L.L.C., and any Blackstone Entity as defined in the Stockholders’ Agreement, but excluding the Corporation and its subsidiaries), collectively, “ Blackstone ”) (as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Stockholders’ Agreement ”), any newly created directorship on the Board that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring in the Board (whether by death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal or other cause) shall be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, by a sole remaining director or by the stockholders; provided , however , that at any time when Blackstone beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than 30% in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any newly created directorship on the Board that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring in the Board shall be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (and not by stockholders). Any director elected to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal.

(C) Any or all of the directors (other than the directors elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or together with one or more other such series, as the case may be) may be removed at any time either with or without cause by the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of all outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting as a single class; provided , however , that at any time when Blackstone beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than 30% in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any such director or all such directors may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66  2 3 % in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class.

(D) During any period when the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or together with one or more series, have the right to elect additional directors, then upon commencement and for the duration of the period during which such right continues: (i) the then otherwise total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall automatically be increased by such specified number of directors, and the holders of such Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect the additional directors so provided for or fixed pursuant to said provisions, and (ii) each such additional director shall serve until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s right to hold such office terminates pursuant to said provisions, whichever occurs earlier, subject to his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal. Except as otherwise provided by the Board in the resolution or resolutions establishing such series, whenever the holders of any series of Preferred Stock having such right to elect additional directors are divested of such right pursuant to the provisions of such stock, the terms of office of all such additional directors elected by the holders of such stock, or elected to fill any vacancies resulting from the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of such additional directors, shall forthwith terminate and the total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall be reduced accordingly.

 

6


(E) Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws shall so provide.

ARTICLE VII

Section 7.1. Limitation on Liability of Directors .

(A) To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as it now exists or may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty owed to the Corporation or its stockholders.

(B) Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article VII , nor the adoption of any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, nor, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, any modification of law shall eliminate, reduce or otherwise adversely affect any right or protection of a current or former director of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal, adoption or modification.

ARTICLE VIII

Section 8.1. Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting . At any time when Blackstone beneficially owns, in the aggregate, at least 30% in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the books in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. At any time when Blackstone beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than 30% in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of such holders and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such holders; provided , however , that any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more other such series, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, to the extent expressly so provided by the applicable certificate of designation relating to such series of Preferred Stock.

SECTION 8.2. Special Meetings of the Stockholders . Except as otherwise required by law and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, special

 

7


meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time only by or at the direction of the Board or the Chairman of the Board; provided , however , that at any time when Blackstone beneficially owns, in the aggregate, at least 30% in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation for any purpose or purposes shall also be called by or at the direction of the Board or the Chairman of the Board at the request of Blackstone.

SECTION 8.3. Annual Meetings of the Stockholders . An annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors to succeed those whose terms expire and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting, shall be held at such place, if any, on such date, and at such time as shall be fixed exclusively by resolution of the Board or a duly authorized committee thereof.

ARTICLE IX

Section 9.1. Competition and Corporate Opportunities .

(A) In recognition and anticipation that (i) certain directors, principals, officers, employees and/or other representatives of The Blackstone Group L.P. and Silverhawk Capital Partners, LLC (the “ Sponsors ”) and their respective Affiliates (as defined below) may serve as directors, officers or agents of the Corporation, (ii) the Sponsors and their respective Affiliates may now engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage, and (iii) members of the Board who are not employees of the Corporation (the “ Non-Employee Directors ”) and their respective Affiliates may now engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage, the provisions of this Article IX are set forth to regulate and define the conduct of certain affairs of the Corporation with respect to certain classes or categories of business opportunities as they may involve any of the Sponsors, the Non-Employee Directors or their respective Affiliates and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Corporation and its directors, officers and stockholders in connection therewith.

(B) None of (i) the Sponsors or any of their respective Affiliates or (ii) any Non-Employee Director (including any Non-Employee Director who serves as an officer of the Corporation in both his or her director and officer capacities) or his or her Affiliates (the Persons (as defined below) identified in (i) and (ii) above being referred to, collectively, as “ Identified Persons ” and, individually, as an “ Identified Person ”) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have any duty to refrain from directly or indirectly (1) engaging in the same or similar business activities or lines of business in which the Corporation or any of its Affiliates now engages or proposes to engage or (2) otherwise competing with the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, no Identified Person shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders or to any Affiliate of the Corporation for breach of any fiduciary duty solely by reason of the fact that such Identified Person engages in any such activities. To the

 

8


fullest extent permitted by law, the Corporation hereby renounces any interest or expectancy in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, any business opportunity that may be a corporate opportunity for an Identified Person and the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, except as provided in Section 9.1(C) of this Article IX . Subject to Section 9.1(C) of this Article IX , in the event that any Identified Person acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity that may be a corporate opportunity for itself, herself or himself and the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, such Identified Person shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have no duty to communicate or offer such transaction or other business opportunity to the Corporation or any of its Affiliates and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders or to any Affiliate of the Corporation for breach of any fiduciary duty as a stockholder, director or officer of the Corporation solely by reason of the fact that such Identified Person pursues or acquires such corporate opportunity for itself, herself or himself, or offers or directs such corporate opportunity to another Person.

(C) The Corporation does not renounce its interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any Non-Employee Director (including any Non-Employee Director who serves as an officer of this Corporation) if such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation, and the provisions of Section 9.1(B) of this Article IX shall not apply to any such corporate opportunity.

(D) In addition to and notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article IX , a corporate opportunity shall not be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for the Corporation if it is a business opportunity that (i) the Corporation is neither financially or legally able, nor contractually permitted to undertake, (ii) from its nature, is not in the line of the Corporation’s business or is of no practical advantage to the Corporation or (iii) is one in which the Corporation has no interest or reasonable expectancy.

(E) For purposes of this Article IX , (i) “ Affiliate ” shall mean (a) in respect of any of the Sponsors, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by any of the Sponsors, controls any of the Sponsors or is under common control with any of the Sponsors and shall include any principal, member, director, partner, stockholder, officer, employee or other representative of any of the foregoing (other than the Corporation and any entity that is controlled by the Corporation), (b) in respect of a Non-Employee Director, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by such Non-Employee Director (other than the Corporation and any entity that is controlled by the Corporation) and (c) in respect of the Corporation, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by the Corporation; and (ii) “ Person ” shall mean any individual, corporation, general or limited partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, association or any other entity.

(F) To the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article IX .

ARTICLE X

Section 10.1. DGCL Section 203 and Business Combinations .

 

 

9


(A) The Corporation hereby expressly elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL.

(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall not engage in any business combination (as defined below), at any point in time at which the Corporation’s Common Stock is registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act, with any interested stockholder (as defined below) for a period of three years following the time that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

1. prior to such time, the Board approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

2. upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock (as defined below) of the Corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned (i) by persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

3. at or subsequent to such time, the business combination is approved by the Board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66  2 3 % of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

(C) For purposes of this Article X , references to:

1. “ affiliate ” means a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another person.

2. “ associate ,” when used to indicate a relationship with any person, means: (i) any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity of which such person is a director, officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of 20% or more of any class of voting stock; (ii) any trust or other estate in which such person has at least a 20% beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (iii) any relative or spouse of such person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same residence as such person.

3. “ Blackstone Direct Transferee ” means any person that acquires (other than in a registered public offering) directly from Blackstone or any of its successors or any “group,” or any member of any such group, of which such persons are a party under Rule 13d-5 of the Exchange Act beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the then outstanding voting stock of the Corporation.

 

10


4. “ Blackstone Indirect Transferee ” means any person that acquires (other than in a registered public offering) directly from any Blackstone Direct Transferee or any other Blackstone Indirect Transferee beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the then outstanding voting stock of the Corporation.

5. “ business combination ,” when used in reference to the Corporation and any interested stockholder of the Corporation, means:

(i) any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation (a) with the interested stockholder, or (b) with any other corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity if the merger or consolidation is caused by the interested stockholder and as a result of such merger or consolidation Section 10.1(B) of this Article X is not applicable to the surviving entity;

(ii) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation, to or with the interested stockholder, whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which assets have an aggregate market value equal to 10% or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding stock of the Corporation;

(iii) any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or by any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation of any stock of the Corporation or of such subsidiary to the interested stockholder, except: (a) pursuant to the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which securities were outstanding prior to the time that the interested stockholder became such; (b) pursuant to a merger under Section 251(g) of the DGCL; (c) pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made, or the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which security is distributed, pro rata to all holders of a class or series of stock of the Corporation subsequent to the time the interested stockholder became such; (d) pursuant to an exchange offer by the Corporation to purchase stock made on the same terms to all holders of said stock; or (e) any issuance or transfer of stock by the Corporation; provided , however , that in no case under items (c) through (e) of this subsection (iii) shall there be an increase in the interested stockholder’s proportionate share of the stock

 

11


of any class or series of the Corporation or of the voting stock of the Corporation (except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments);

(iv) any transaction involving the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation that has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series, or securities convertible into the stock of any class or series, of the Corporation or of any such subsidiary that is owned by the interested stockholder, except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments or as a result of any purchase or redemption of any shares of stock not caused, directly or indirectly, by the interested stockholder; or

(v) any receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges, or other financial benefits (other than those expressly permitted in subsections (i) through (iv) above) provided by or through the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary.

6. “ control ,” including the terms “ controlling ,” “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ,” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting stock, by contract, or otherwise. A person who is the owner of 20% or more of the outstanding voting stock of a corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity shall be presumed to have control of such entity, in the absence of proof by a preponderance of the evidence to the contrary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a presumption of control shall not apply where such person holds voting stock, in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing this Section, as an agent, bank, broker, nominee, custodian or trustee for one or more owners who do not individually or as a group have control of such entity.

7. “ interested stockholder ” means any person (other than the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation) that (i) is the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation, or (ii) is an affiliate or associate of the Corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation at any time within the three year period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an interested stockholder; and the affiliates and associates of such person; but “interested stockholder” shall not include (a) Blackstone, any Blackstone Direct Transferee, any Blackstone Indirect Transferee or any of their respective affiliates or successors or any “group”, or any member of any such group, to which such persons are a party under Rule 13d-5 of the Exchange Act, or (b) any person whose ownership of shares in excess of the 15% limitation set forth herein is the result of any action taken

 

12


solely by the Corporation; provided that such person shall be an interested stockholder if thereafter such person acquires additional shares of voting stock of the Corporation, except as a result of further corporate action not caused, directly or indirectly, by such person. For the purpose of determining whether a person is an interested stockholder, the voting stock of the Corporation deemed to be outstanding shall include stock deemed to be owned by the person through application of the definition of “owner” below but shall not include any other unissued stock of the Corporation that may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

8. “ owner ,” including the terms “ own ” and “ owned ,” when used with respect to any stock, means a person that individually or with or through any of its affiliates or associates:

(i) beneficially owns such stock, directly or indirectly; or

(ii) has (a) the right to acquire such stock (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; provided , however , that a person shall not be deemed the owner of stock tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by such person or any of such person’s affiliates or associates until such tendered stock is accepted for purchase or exchange; or (b) the right to vote such stock pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided , however , that a person shall not be deemed the owner of any stock because of such person’s right to vote such stock if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such stock arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to ten or more persons; or

(iii) has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent as described in item (b) of subsection (ii) above), or disposing of such stock with any other person that beneficially owns, or whose affiliates or associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, such stock.

9. “ person ” means an individual, corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity.

10. “ stock ” means, with respect to any corporation, capital stock and, with respect to any other entity, any equity interest.

11. “ voting stock ” means stock of any class or series entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

 

13


ARTICLE XI

Section 11.1. Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, in any way be affected or impaired thereby and (ii) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to permit the Corporation to protect its directors, officers, employees and agents from personal liability in respect of their good faith service to or for the benefit of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law.

Section 11.2. Forum . Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any director or officer of the Corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws (as either may be amended and/or restated from time to time), or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. To the fullest extent permitted by law, any person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Section 11.2 .

*    *    *    *    *

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Anne Lee Benedict, its Chief Legal Officer and Secretary, this [              ] day of [              ], 2015.

 

SUMMIT MATERIALS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:   Anne Lee Benedict
Title:   Executive Vice President, Chief
  Legal Officer and Secretary

[Summit – Signature Page to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation]

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

SUMMIT MATERIALS, INC.

 

 

ARTICLE I.

Offices

Section 1. Registered Office . The registered office and registered agent of Summit Materials, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) in the State of Delaware shall be as set forth in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as defined below). The Corporation may also have offices in such other places in the United States or elsewhere (and may change the Corporation’s registered agent) as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”) may, from time to time, determine or as the business of the Corporation may require as determined by any officer of the Corporation.

ARTICLE II.

Meetings of Stockholders

Section 1. Annual Meetings . Annual meetings of stockholders may be held at such place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, and at such time and date as the Board shall determine and state in the notice of meeting. The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that meetings of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as described in Section 11 of this Article II in accordance with Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”). The Board may postpone, reschedule or cancel any annual meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board.

Section 2. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders may only be called in the manner provided in the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation as then in effect (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time, the “ Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation ”) and may be held at such place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, and at such time and date as the Board or the Chairman of the Board shall determine and state in the notice of meeting. The Board may postpone, reschedule or cancel any special meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board or the Chairman of the Board; provided , however , that with respect to any special meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board or the Chairman of the Board at the request of Blackstone (as defined in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation), the Board shall not postpone, reschedule or cancel such special meeting without the prior written consent of Blackstone.


Section 3. Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations .

(A) Annual Meetings of Stockholders . (1) Nominations of persons for election to the Board and the proposal of other business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (a) as provided in the Stockholders’ Agreement (as defined in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) (with respect to nominations of persons for election to the Board only), (b) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) delivered pursuant to Section 4 of this Article II , (c) by or at the direction of the Board or any authorized committee thereof or (d) by any stockholder of the Corporation who is entitled to vote at the meeting, who, subject to paragraph (C)(4) of this Section 3 , complied with the notice procedures set forth in paragraph (A)(2) and paragraph (A)(3) of this Section 3 and who was a stockholder of record at the time such notice is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation.

(2) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (d)  of paragraph (A)(1) of this Section 3 , the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, and, in the case of business other than nominations of persons for election to the Board, such other business must constitute a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred and twenty (120) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting (which date shall, for purposes of the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders after its shares of Class A Common Stock (as defined in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) are first publicly traded, be deemed to have occurred on [                      ], 2015); provided , however , that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than thirty (30) days, or delayed by more than seventy (70) days, from the anniversary date of the previous year’s meeting, or if no annual meeting was held in the preceding year, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred and twentieth (120th) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. Public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting shall not commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 3(A)(2) to the contrary, if the number of directors to be elected to the Board at an annual meeting is increased, and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board at least one hundred (100) calendar days prior to the first anniversary of the prior year’s annual meeting of stockholders, then a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 3 shall be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it is received by the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) calendar day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

(3) A stockholder’s notice delivered pursuant to this Section 3 shall set forth: (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director, all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of

 

2


proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected; (b) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and, in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend these Bylaws, the language of the proposed amendment), the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; (c) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books and records, and of such beneficial owner, (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation that are owned, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, (iii) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of the stock of the Corporation at the time of the giving of the notice, will be entitled to vote at such meeting and will appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business or nomination, (iv) a representation whether the stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, will be or is part of a group that will (x) deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the voting power of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or elect the nominee and/or (y) otherwise solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of such proposal or nomination, (v) a certification regarding whether such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, have complied with all applicable federal, state and other legal requirements in connection with the stockholder’s and/or beneficial owner’s acquisition of shares of capital stock or other securities of the Corporation and/or the stockholder’s and/or beneficial owner’s acts or omissions as a stockholder of the Corporation and (vi) any other information relating to such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for, as applicable, the proposal and/or for the election of directors in an election contest pursuant to and in accordance with Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; (d) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding with respect to the nomination or proposal and/or the voting of shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation between or among the stockholder giving the notice, the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made, any of their respective affiliates or associates and/or any others acting in concert with any of the foregoing (collectively, “ proponent persons ”); and (e) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including without limitation any contract to purchase or sell, acquisition or grant of any option, right or warrant to purchase or sell, swap or other instrument) to which any proponent person is a party, the intent or effect of which may be (i) to transfer to or from any proponent person, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any security of the Corporation, (ii) to increase or decrease the voting power of any proponent person with respect to shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation and/or (iii) to provide any proponent person, directly or indirectly, with the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from, or to otherwise benefit economically from, any increase or decrease in the value of any security of the Corporation. A stockholder providing notice of a proposed nomination for election to the Board or other

 

3


business proposed to be brought before a meeting (whether given pursuant to this paragraph (A)(3) or paragraph (B)  of this Section 3 ) shall update and supplement such notice from time to time to the extent necessary so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice shall be true and correct (x) as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting and (y) as of the date that is fifteen (15) days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof; provided that if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting is less than fifteen (15) days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, the information shall be supplemented and updated as of such later date. Any such update and supplement shall be delivered in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five (5) days after the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting (in the case of any update and supplement required to be made as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting), not later than ten (10) days prior to the date for the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof (in the case of any update or supplement required to be made as of fifteen (15) days prior to the meeting or adjournment or postponement thereof) and not later than five (5) days after the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, but no later than the day prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof (in the case of any update and supplement required to be made as of a date less than fifteen (15) days prior the date of the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof). The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation and to determine the independence of such director under the Exchange Act and rules and regulations thereunder and applicable stock exchange rules.

(B) Special Meetings of Stockholders . Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (1) as provided in the Stockholders’ Agreement, (2) by or at the direction of the Board or any committee thereof or (3) provided that the Board (or Blackstone pursuant to Section 8.2 of Article VIII of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is entitled to vote at the meeting, who (subject to paragraph (C)(4) of this Section 3 ) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 3 and who is a stockholder of record at the time such notice is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board, any such stockholder entitled to vote in such election of directors may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting if the stockholder’s notice as required by paragraph (A)(2) of this Section 3 shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such special meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

4


(C) General . (1) Except as provided in paragraph (C)(4) of this Section 3 , only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 3 or the Stockholders’ Agreement shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at an annual or special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 3 . Except as otherwise provided by law, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the chairman of the meeting shall, in addition to making any other determination that may be appropriate for the conduct of the meeting, have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall be disregarded. The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced at the meeting by the chairman of the meeting. The Board may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to convene and (for any or no reason) to recess and/or adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iii) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chairman of the meeting shall determine; (iv) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (v) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and on shareholder approvals. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3 , unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination or business, such nomination shall be disregarded and such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 3 , to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board or the chairman of the meeting, meeting of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

(2) Whenever used in these Bylaws, “ public announcement ” shall mean disclosure (a) in a press release released by the Corporation; provided such press release is

 

5


released by the Corporation following its customary procedures, is reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service, or is generally available on internet news sites, or (b) in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3 , a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 3 ; provided , however , that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any references in these Bylaws to the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit any requirements applicable to nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to these Bylaws (including paragraph (A)(1)(d) and paragraph (B)  of this Section 3 ), and compliance with paragraph (A)(1)(d) and paragraph (B)  of this Section 3 of these Bylaws shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or submit other business. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of the holders of any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock (as defined in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) as to dividends or upon liquidation to elect directors under specified circumstances.

(4) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3 , for as long as the Stockholders’ Agreement remains in effect with respect to Blackstone, Blackstone (to the extent then subject to the Stockholders’ Agreement) shall not be subject to the notice procedures set forth in paragraph (A)(2) , paragraph (A)(3) or paragraph (B)  of this Section 3 with respect to any annual or special meeting of stockholders.

Section 4. Notice of Meetings . Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a timely notice in writing or by electronic transmission, in the manner provided in Section 232 of the DGCL, of the meeting, which shall state the place, if any, date and time of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be mailed to or transmitted electronically by the Secretary of the Corporation to each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting. Unless otherwise provided by law, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the notice of any meeting shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.

Section 5. Quorum . Unless otherwise required by law, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the rules of any stock exchange upon which the Corporation’s securities are listed, the holders of record of a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all

 

6


meetings of stockholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to the vote on that matter. Once a quorum is present to organize a meeting, it shall not be broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any stockholders.

Section 6. Voting . Except as otherwise provided by or pursuant to the provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of stock held by such stockholder that has voting power upon the matter in question. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy in any manner provided by applicable law, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A stockholder may revoke any proxy that is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by delivering to the Secretary of the Corporation a revocation of the proxy or a new proxy bearing a later date. Unless required by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law, or determined by the chairman of the meeting to be advisable, the vote on any question need not be by ballot. On a vote by ballot, each ballot shall be signed by the stockholder voting, or by such stockholder’s proxy, if there be such proxy. When a quorum is present or represented at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares of stock present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of applicable law, of the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation, of any regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities, of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence and subject to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, all elections of directors shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast in respect of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.

Section 7. Chairman of Meetings . The Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, or, in his or her absence or disability, the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, or in the absence of the Chairman of the Board and the President and Chief Executive Officer, a person designated by the Board shall be the chairman of the meeting and, as such, preside at all meetings of the stockholders.

Section 8. Secretary of Meetings . The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary at all meetings of the stockholders. In the absence or disability of the Secretary, the Chairman of the Board or the President and Chief Executive Officer shall appoint a person to act as Secretary at such meetings.

Section 9. Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation may

 

7


be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote only to the extent permitted by and in the manner provided in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and in accordance with applicable law.

Section 10. Adjournment . At any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, if less than a quorum be present, the chairman of the meeting or stockholders holding a majority in voting power of the shares of stock of the Corporation, present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereat, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice other than announcement at the meeting until a quorum shall be present. Any business may be transacted at the adjourned meeting that might have been transacted at the meeting originally noticed. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board shall fix as the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date so fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

Section 11. Remote Communication . If authorized by the Board in its sole discretion, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board may adopt, stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication:

(A) participate in a meeting of stockholders; and

(B) be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication; provided that:

(1) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder;

(2) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings; and

(3) if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the Corporation.

Section 12. Inspectors of Election . The Corporation may, and shall if required by law, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors of election, who may be employees of the Corporation, to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof and to make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. In the event that no inspector so appointed or

 

8


designated is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath to execute faithfully the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspector or inspectors so appointed or designated shall (i) ascertain the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding and the voting power of each such share, (ii) determine the shares of capital stock of the Corporation represented at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (iii) count all votes and ballots, (iv) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors and (v) certify their determination of the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation represented at the meeting and such inspectors’ count of all votes and ballots. Such certification and report shall specify such other information as may be required by law. In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots cast at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, the inspectors may consider such information as is permitted by applicable law. No person who is a candidate for an office at an election may serve as an inspector at such election.

ARTICLE III.

Board of Directors

Section 1. Powers . Except as otherwise provided by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board. The Board may exercise all such authority and powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by the DGCL or the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

Section 2. Number and Term; Chairman . The number of directors shall be determined as set forth in Article VI, Section 6.1(A) of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Directors shall be elected by the stockholders at their annual meeting, and the term of each director shall be as set forth in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Directors need not be stockholders. The Board shall elect from its ranks a Chairman of the Board, who shall have the powers and perform such duties as provided in these Bylaws and as the Board may from time to time prescribe. The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the Board at which he or she is present. If the Chairman of the Board is not present at a meeting of the Board, the President and Chief Executive Officer (if the President and Chief Executive Officer is a director and is not also the Chairman of the Board) shall preside at such meeting, and, if the President and Chief Executive Officer is not present at such meeting or is not a director, a majority of the directors present at such meeting shall elect one (1) of their members to preside over such meeting.

Section 3. Resignations . Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board, the Chairman of the Board, the President and Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary of the Corporation. The resignation shall take effect at the time or upon the happening of any event specified therein, and if no specification is so made, at the time of its receipt. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless otherwise expressly provided in the resignation.

 

9


Section 4. Removal . Directors of the Corporation may be removed in the manner provided in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

Section 5. Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships . Except as otherwise provided by law and subject to the Stockholders’ Agreement, vacancies occurring in any directorship (whether by death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal or other cause) and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall be filled in accordance with the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Any director elected to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal.

Section 6. Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board may be held at such places and times as shall be determined from time to time by the Board. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation or the Chairman of the Board, and shall be called by the President and Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary of the Corporation if directed by the Board and shall be at such places and times as they or he or she shall fix. Notice need not be given of regular meetings of the Board. At least twenty-four (24) hours before each special meeting of the Board, either written notice, notice by electronic transmission or oral notice (either in person or by telephone) notice of the time, date and place of the meeting shall be given to each director; provided , however , that if written notice is given only by United States mail, such notice be deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid at least five (5) days before such special meeting of the Board. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

Section 7. Quorum, Voting and Adjournment . Unless otherwise provided by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, a majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the act of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of the directors present thereat may adjourn such meeting to another time and place. Notice of such adjourned meeting need not be given if the time and place of such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting so adjourned.

Section 8. Committees; Committee Rules . The Board may designate one or more committees, including but not limited to an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, each such committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee to replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; provided that no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (a) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for

 

10


approval or (b) adopting, amending or repealing these Bylaws. Each committee of the Board may fix its own rules of procedure and shall hold its meetings as provided by such rules, except as may otherwise be provided by a resolution of the Board designating such committee. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, the presence of at least a majority of the members of the committee shall be necessary to constitute a quorum unless the committee shall consist of one or two members, in which event one member shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present at a meeting of the committee at which a quorum is present. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, in the event that a member and that member’s alternate, if alternates are designated by the Board, of such committee is or are absent or disqualified, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member.

Section 9. Action Without a Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or any committee thereof, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed in the minutes of proceedings of the Board. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form or shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 10. Remote Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment in which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 11. Compensation . The Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation, including fees and reimbursement of expenses, of directors for services to the Corporation in any capacity.

Section 12. Reliance on Books and Records . A member of the Board, or a member of any committee designated by the Board shall, in the performance of such person’s duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the Corporation’s officers or employees, or committees of the Board, or by any other person as to matters the member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

 

11


ARTICLE IV.

Officers

Section 1. Number . The officers of the Corporation shall include a President and Chief Executive Officer and a Secretary, each of whom shall be elected by the Board and who shall hold office for such terms as shall be determined by the Board and until their successors are elected and qualify or until their earlier resignation or removal. In addition, the Board may elect one or more Vice Presidents, including one or more Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents, a Treasurer and one or more Assistant Treasurers and one or more Assistant Secretaries, who shall hold their office for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

Section 2. Other Officers and Agents . The Board may appoint such other officers and agents as it deems advisable, who shall hold their office for such terms and shall exercise and perform such powers and duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board. The Board may appoint one or more officers called a Vice Chairman, each of whom does not need to be a member of the Board.

Section 3. President and Chief Executive Officer . The Chief Executive Officer, who shall also be the President, subject to the determination of the Board, shall have general executive charge, management, and control of the properties and operations of the Corporation in the ordinary course of its business, with all such powers with respect to such properties and operations as may be reasonably incident to such responsibilities. If the Board has not elected a Chairman of the Board or in the absence or inability to act as the Chairman of the Board, the President and Chief Executive Officer shall exercise all of the powers and discharge all of the duties of the Chairman of the Board, but only if the President and Chief Executive Officer is a director of the Corporation.

Section 4. Vice Presidents . Each Vice President, if any are elected, of whom one or more may be designated an Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to him or her by the President and Chief Executive Officer or the Board.

Section 5. Treasurer . (A) The Treasurer shall have custody of the corporate funds, securities, evidences of indebtedness and other valuables of the Corporation and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation. The Treasurer shall deposit all moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board or its designees selected for such purposes. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation, taking proper vouchers therefor. The Treasurer shall render to the President and Chief Executive Officer and the Board, upon their request, a report of the financial condition of the Corporation. If required by the Board, the Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond for the faithful discharge of his or her duties in such amount and with such surety as the Board shall prescribe.

 

12


(B) In addition, the Treasurer shall have such further powers and perform such other duties incident to the office of Treasurer as from time to time are assigned to him or her by the President and Chief Executive Officer or the Board.

Section 6. Secretary . The Secretary shall: (A) cause minutes of all meetings of the stockholders and directors to be recorded and kept properly; (B) cause all notices required by these Bylaws or otherwise to be given properly; (C) see that the minute books, stock books, and other nonfinancial books, records and papers of the Corporation are kept properly; and (D) cause all reports, statements, returns, certificates and other documents to be prepared and filed when and as required. The Secretary shall have such further powers and perform such other duties as prescribed from time to time by the President and Chief Executive Officer or the Board.

Section 7. Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries . Each Assistant Treasurer and each Assistant Secretary, if any are elected, shall be vested with all the powers and shall perform all the duties of the Treasurer and Secretary, respectively, in the absence or disability of such officer, unless or until the President and Chief Executive Officer or the Board shall otherwise determine. In addition, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the President and Chief Executive Officer or the Board.

Section 8. Corporate Funds and Checks . The funds of the Corporation shall be kept in such depositories as shall from time to time be prescribed by the Board or its designees selected for such purposes. All checks or other orders for the payment of money shall be signed by the President and Chief Executive Officer, a Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary or such other person or agent as may from time to time be authorized and with such countersignature, if any, as may be required by the Board.

Section 9. Contracts and Other Documents . The President and Chief Executive Officer and the Secretary, or such other officer or officers as may from time to time be authorized by the Board or any other committee given specific authority in the premises by the Board during the intervals between the meetings of the Board, shall have power to sign and execute on behalf of the Corporation deeds, conveyances and contracts, and any and all other documents requiring execution by the Corporation.

Section 10. Ownership of Equity Interests or other Securities of Another Entity . Unless otherwise directed by the Board, the President and Chief Executive Officer, a Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary, or such other officer or agent as shall be authorized by the Board, shall have the power and authority, on behalf of the Corporation, to attend and to vote at any meeting of securityholders of any entity in which the Corporation holds securities or equity interests and may exercise, on behalf of the Corporation, any and all of the rights and powers incident to the ownership of such securities or equity interests at any such meeting, including the authority to execute and deliver proxies and consents on behalf of the Corporation.

Section 11. Delegation of Duties . In the absence, disability or refusal of any officer to exercise and perform his or her duties, the Board may delegate to another officer such powers or duties.

 

13


Section 12. Resignation and Removal . Any officer of the Corporation may be removed from office for or without cause at any time by the Board. Any officer may resign at any time in the same manner prescribed under Section 3 of Article III of these Bylaws.

Section 13. Vacancies . The Board shall have the power to fill vacancies occurring in any office.

ARTICLE V.

Stock

Section 1. Certificated Shares . The shares of stock of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates; provided that the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of the Corporation’s stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Every holder of stock in the Corporation represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chairman of the Board or the Vice Chairman of the Board, or the President and Chief Executive Officer or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, certifying the number and class of shares of stock of the Corporation owned by such holder. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. The Board shall have the power to appoint one or more transfer agents and/or registrars for the transfer or registration of certificates of stock of any class, and may require stock certificates to be countersigned or registered by one or more of such transfer agents and/or registrars.

Section 2. Uncertificated Shares . If the Board chooses to issue uncertificated shares, the Corporation, if required by the DGCL, shall, within a reasonable time after the issue or transfer of uncertificated shares, send the stockholder a written statement of the information required by the DGCL. The Corporation may adopt a system of issuance, recordation and transfer of its shares of stock by electronic or other means not involving the issuance of certificates; provided that the use of such system by the Corporation is permitted by applicable law.

Section 3. Transfer of Shares . Shares of stock of the Corporation represented by certificates shall be transferable upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives, upon surrender to the Corporation by delivery thereof to the person in charge of the stock and transfer books and ledgers. Certificates representing such shares, if any, shall be cancelled and new certificates, if the shares are to be certificated, shall thereupon be issued. Shares of capital stock of the Corporation that are not represented by a certificate shall be transferred in accordance with any procedures adopted by the Corporation or its agents and applicable law. A record shall be made of each transfer. Whenever any transfer of shares shall be made for collateral security, and not absolutely, it shall be so expressed in the entry of the transfer if, when the certificates are presented to the Corporation for transfer or uncertificated shares requested to be transferred, both the transferor and transferee request the Corporation do so. The Corporation shall have power and authority to make such rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or proper concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates representing shares of stock of the Corporation and uncertificated shares.

 

14


Section 4. Lost, Stolen, Destroyed or Mutilated Certificates . A new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares may be issued in the place of any certificate previously issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may, in its discretion, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his or her legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond, in such sum as the Corporation may direct, in order to indemnify the Corporation against any claims that may be made against it in connection therewith. A new certificate or uncertificated shares of stock may be issued in the place of any certificate previously issued by the Corporation that has become mutilated upon the surrender by such owner of such mutilated certificate and, if required by the Corporation, the posting of a bond by such owner in an amount sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it in connection therewith.

Section 5. List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting ( provided , however , if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten (10) days before the date of the meeting, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth (10th) day before the meeting date), arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network; provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of meeting or (b) during ordinary business hours at the principal place of business of the Corporation. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then a list of stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Except as otherwise provided by law, the stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the list of stockholders required by this Section 5 or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

Section 6. Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record . (A) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If the Board so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before

 

15


the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided , however , that the Board may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance herewith at the adjourned meeting.

(B) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no such record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

(C) Unless otherwise restricted by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board. If no record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting is fixed by the Board, (i) when no prior action of the Board is required by law, the record date for such purpose shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation in accordance with applicable law, and (ii) if prior action by the Board is required by law, the record date for such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

Section 7. Registered Stockholders . Prior to the surrender to the Corporation of the certificate or certificates for a share or shares of stock or notification to the Corporation of the transfer of uncertificated shares with a request to record the transfer of such share or shares, the Corporation may treat the registered owner of such share or shares as the person entitled to receive dividends, to vote, to receive notifications and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of an owner of such share or shares. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof.

 

16


ARTICLE VI.

Notice and Waiver of Notice

Section 1. Notice . If mailed, notice to stockholders shall be deemed given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the DGCL.

Section 2. Waiver of Notice . A written waiver of any notice, signed by a stockholder or director, or waiver by electronic transmission by such person, whether given before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to the notice required to be given to such person. Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver. Attendance at any meeting (in person or by remote communication) shall constitute waiver of notice except attendance for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

ARTICLE VII.

Indemnification

Section 1. Right to Indemnification . Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “ proceeding ”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or an officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an “ indemnitee ”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith; provided , however , that, except as provided in Section 3 of this Article VII with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses or with respect to any compulsory counterclaim brought by such indemnitee, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board.

 

17


Section 2. Right to Advancement of Expenses . In addition to the right to indemnification conferred in Section 1 of this Article VII , an indemnitee shall also have the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses (including attorney’s fees) incurred in appearing at, participating in or defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition or in connection with a proceeding brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article VII (which shall be governed by Section 3 of this Article VII (hereinafter an “ advancement of expenses ”); provided , however , that, if the DGCL requires or in the case of an advance made in a proceeding brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement, an advancement of expenses incurred by an indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made solely upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “ undertaking ”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “ final adjudication ”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified or entitled to advancement of expenses under Section 1 and Section 2 of this Article VII or otherwise.

Section 3. Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit . If a claim under Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VII is not paid in full by the Corporation within (i) sixty (60) days after a written claim for indemnification has been received by the Corporation or (ii) twenty (20) days after a claim for an advancement of expenses has been received by the Corporation, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim or to obtain advancement of expenses, as applicable. To the fullest extent permitted by law, if the indemnitee is successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including by its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including by its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article VII or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

 

18


Section 4. Indemnification Not Exclusive . (A) The provision of indemnification to or the advancement of expenses and costs to any indemnitee under this Article VII , or the entitlement of any indemnitee to indemnification or advancement of expenses and costs under this Article VII , shall not limit or restrict in any way the power of the Corporation to indemnify or advance expenses and costs to such indemnitee in any other way permitted by law or be deemed exclusive of, or invalidate, any right to which any indemnitee seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses and costs may be entitled under any law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such indemnitee’s capacity as an officer, director, employee or agent of the Corporation and as to action in any other capacity.

(B)(1) Given that certain jointly indemnifiable claims (as defined below) may arise due to the service of the indemnitee as a director and/or officer of the Corporation at the request of the indemnitee-related entities (as defined below), the Corporation shall be fully and primarily responsible for the payment to the indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses in connection with any such jointly indemnifiable claims, pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Article VII , irrespective of any right of recovery the indemnitee may have from the indemnitee-related entities. Under no circumstance shall the Corporation be entitled to any right of subrogation or contribution by the indemnitee-related entities and no right of advancement or recovery the indemnitee may have from the indemnitee-related entities shall reduce or otherwise alter the rights of the indemnitee or the obligations of the Corporation hereunder. In the event that any of the indemnitee-related entities shall make any payment to the indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to any jointly indemnifiable claim, the indemnitee-related entity making such payment shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the indemnitee against the Corporation, and the indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required and shall do all things that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents as may be necessary to enable the indemnitee-related entities effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights. Each of the indemnitee-related entities shall be third-party beneficiaries with respect to this Section 4(B) , entitled to enforce this Section 4(B) .

(2) For purposes of this Section 4(B) , the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(a) The term “ indemnitee-related entities ” means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (other than the Corporation or any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise for which the indemnitee has agreed, on behalf of the Corporation or at the Corporation’s request, to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent and which service is covered by the indemnity described herein) from whom an indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to which, in whole or in part, the Corporation may also have an indemnification or advancement obligation.

(b) The term “ jointly indemnifiable claims ” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, any action, suit or proceeding for which the indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses from both the indemnitee-related entities

 

19


and the Corporation pursuant to applicable law, any agreement, certificate of incorporation, bylaws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership or comparable organizational documents of the Corporation or the indemnitee-related entities, as applicable.

Section 5. Nature of Rights . The rights conferred upon indemnitees in this Article VII shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article VII that adversely affects any right of an indemnitee or its successors shall be prospective only and shall not limit, eliminate, or impair any such right with respect to any proceeding involving any occurrence or alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that took place prior to such amendment or repeal.

Section 6. Insurance . The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.

Section 7. Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Corporation . The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article VII with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VIII.

Miscellaneous

Section 1. Electronic Transmission . For purposes of these Bylaws, “ electronic transmission ” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

Section 2. Corporate Seal . The Board may provide a suitable seal, containing the name of the Corporation, which seal shall be in the charge of the Secretary. If and when so directed by the Board or a committee thereof, duplicates of the seal may be kept and used by the Treasurer or by an Assistant Secretary or Assistant Treasurer.

Section 3. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be the fifty-two (52) to fifty-three (53) week period, as applicable, commencing on the first day following the end of the prior fiscal year and ending on the Saturday that is closest to December 31, or such other period as the Board may designate.

 

20


Section 4. Section Headings . Section headings in these Bylaws are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any substantive effect in limiting or otherwise construing any provision herein.

Section 5. Inconsistent Provisions . In the event that any provision of these Bylaws is or becomes inconsistent with any provision of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the DGCL or any other applicable law, such provision of these Bylaws shall not be given any effect to the extent of such inconsistency but shall otherwise be given full force and effect.

ARTICLE IX.

Amendments

Section 1. Amendments . The Board is authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind, in whole or in part, these Bylaws without the assent or vote of the stockholders in any manner not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Bylaws or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote of the stockholders, at any time when Blackstone beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than 30% in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation required by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock (as defined in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation), these Bylaws or applicable law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66  2 3 % in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, shall be required in order for the stockholders of the Corporation to alter, amend, repeal or rescind, in whole or in part, any provision of these Bylaws (including, without limitation, this Section 1 ) or to adopt any provision inconsistent herewith.

 

21

Exhibit 4.8

SEVENTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Seventh Supplemental Indenture (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of November 19, 2014, among Southwest Ready Mix, LLC, a Texas limited liability company, Concrete Supply of Topeka, Inc., a Kansas corporation, Penny’s Concrete and Ready Mix, L.L.C., a Kansas limited liability company (each, a “ Guaranteeing Subsidiary ” and collectively, the “ Guaranteeing Subsidiaries ”), each a subsidiary of Summit Materials, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and Wilmington Trust, National Association, a national banking association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Company, Summit Materials Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Co-Issuer ”, and together with the Company, the “ Issuers ”), and certain Guarantors have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an Indenture (the “ Indenture ”), dated as of January 30, 2012, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 10  1 2 % Senior Notes due 2020 (the “ Notes ”), as supplemented by that First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 13, 2012, as further supplemented by that Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 17, 2014, as further supplemented by that Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 21, 2014, as further supplemented by that Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 30, 2014, as further supplemented by that Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 2, 2014, and as further supplemented by that Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 8, 2014;

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances a Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which such Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuers’ Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (each, a “ Guarantee ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture, without the consent of the holders of the Notes.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows:

(1) Capitalized Terms . Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

(2) Agreement to Guarantee . Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it has received and reviewed a copy of the Indenture and all other documents it deems necessary to review in order to enter into this Supplemental Indenture, and acknowledges and agrees to (i) join and become a party to the Indenture as indicated by its signature below; (ii) be bound by the Indenture, as of the date hereof, as if made by, and with respect to, each signatory hereto; and (iii) perform all obligations and duties required of a Guarantor pursuant to the Indenture. Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture, including, but not limited to, Article 10 thereof.

(3) Execution and Delivery . Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees that its Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.

(4) No Recourse Against Others . No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of the Issuers or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary (other than the Issuers and the Guarantors) shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors (including any Guaranteeing Subsidiary) under the Notes, any Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.


(5) Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(6) Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. This Supplemental Indenture may be executed in multiple counterparts which, when taken together, shall constitute one instrument. The exchange of copies of this Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmissions shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Supplemental Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

(7) Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

(8) The Trustee . The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by each Guaranteeing Subsidiary.

(9) Benefits Acknowledged . Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. Each Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

(10) Successors . All agreements of each Guaranteeing Subsidiary in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its Successors, except as otherwise provided in this Supplemental Indenture. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

[ Signatures on following page ]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

 

SOUTHWEST READY MIX, LLC
By:  

/s/ Anne Lee Benedict

  Name:   Anne Lee Benedict
  Title:   Secretary
CONCRETE SUPPLY OF TOPEKA, INC.
By:  

/s/ Anne Lee Benedict

  Name:   Anne Lee Benedict
  Title:   Secretary
PENNY’S CONCRETE AND READY MIX, L.L.C.
By:  

/s/ Anne Lee Benedict

  Name:   Anne Lee Benedict
  Title:   Secretary

[Signature Page to Seventh Supplemental Indenture]


WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:  

/s/ Joseph O’Donnell

  Name:   Joseph O’Donnell
  Title:   Vice President

[Signature Page to Seventh Supplemental Indenture]

Exhibit 4.9

EIGHTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Eighth Supplemental Indenture (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of December 22, 2014, between Colorado County Sand & Gravel Co., L.L.C., a Texas limited liability company (the “ Guaranteeing Subsidiary ”), an indirect subsidiary of Summit Materials, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and Wilmington Trust, National Association, a national banking association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Company, Summit Materials Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Co-Issuer ”, and together with the Company, the “ Issuers ”), and certain Guarantors have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an Indenture (the “ Indenture ”), dated as of January 30, 2012, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 10  1 2 % Senior Notes due 2020 (the “ Notes ”), as supplemented by that First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 13, 2012, as further supplemented by that Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 17, 2014, as further supplemented by that Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 21, 2014, as further supplemented by that Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 30, 2014, as further supplemented by that Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 2, 2014, as further supplemented by that Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 8, 2014, and as further supplemented by that Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 19, 2014;

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances a Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which such Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuers’ Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “ Guarantee ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture, without the consent of the holders of the Notes.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows:

(1) Capitalized Terms . Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

(2) Agreement to Guarantee . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it has received and reviewed a copy of the Indenture and all other documents it deems necessary to review in order to enter into this Supplemental Indenture, and acknowledges and agrees to (i) join and become a party to the Indenture as indicated by its signature below; (ii) be bound by the Indenture, as of the date hereof, as if made by, and with respect to, the signatory hereto; and (iii) perform all obligations and duties required of a Guarantor pursuant to the Indenture. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture, including, but not limited to, Article 10 thereof.

(3) Execution and Delivery . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees that the Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.

(4) No Recourse Against Others . No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of the Issuers or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary (other than the Issuers and the Guarantors) shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors (including the Guaranteeing Subsidiary) under the Notes, any Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.


(5) Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(6) Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. This Supplemental Indenture may be executed in multiple counterparts which, when taken together, shall constitute one instrument. The exchange of copies of this Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmissions shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Supplemental Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

(7) Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

(8) The Trustee . The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary.

(9) Benefits Acknowledged . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary’s Guarantee is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to this Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

(10) Successors . All agreements of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its Successors, except as otherwise provided in this Supplemental Indenture. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

[ Signatures on following page ]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

 

COLORADO COUNTY SAND & GRAVEL CO., L.L.C.
By:  

/s/ Anne Lee Benedict

  Name:   Anne Lee Benedict
  Title:   Secretary

[Signature Page to Eighth Supplemental Indenture]


WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:  

/s/ Joseph O’Donnell

  Name:   Joseph O’Donnell
  Title:   Vice President

[Signature Page to Eighth Supplemental Indenture]

Exhibit 10.1

SUMMIT MATERIALS HOLDINGS L.P.

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

Dated as of [            ], 2015

 

 

 

THE LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS (THE “ UNITS ”) OF SUMMIT MATERIALS HOLDINGS L.P. (THE “ PARTNERSHIP ”) HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”), THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE, PROVINCE OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY ONLY BE SOLD IN RELIANCE UPON EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND SUCH LAWS. SUCH UNITS MUST BE ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT ONLY AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, SOLD, ASSIGNED OR TRANSFERRED AT ANY TIME EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH (I) THE SECURITIES ACT, ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR PROVINCE, AND ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS; (II) THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT (THE “ PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT ”); AND (III) ANY OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS AGREED TO IN WRITING BETWEEN THE GENERAL PARTNER AND THE APPLICABLE LIMITED PARTNER. THE UNITS MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OF RECORD EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH SUCH LAWS, THIS PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT AND ANY OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS AGREED TO IN WRITING BY THE GENERAL PARTNER AND THE APPLICABLE LIMITED PARTNER. THEREFORE, PURCHASERS AND OTHER TRANSFEREES OF SUCH UNITS WILL BE REQUIRED TO BEAR THE RISK OF THEIR INVESTMENT OR ACQUISITION FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME.


Table of Contents

 

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     2   
 

Section 1.01.

   Definitions      2   

ARTICLE II FORMATION, TERM, PURPOSE AND POWERS

     9   
 

Section 2.01.

   Formation      9   
 

Section 2.02.

   Name      10   
 

Section 2.03.

   Term      10   
 

Section 2.04.

   Offices      10   
 

Section 2.05.

   Agent for Service of Process; Existence and Good Standing; Foreign Qualification      10   
 

Section 2.06.

   Business Purpose      10   
 

Section 2.07.

   Powers of the Partnership      11   
 

Section 2.08.

   Partners; Admission of New Partners      11   
 

Section 2.09.

   Withdrawal      11   
 

Section 2.10.

   Investment Representations of Partners      11   

ARTICLE III MANAGEMENT

     12   
 

Section 3.01.

   General Partner      12   
 

Section 3.02.

   Compensation      12   
 

Section 3.03.

   Expenses      12   
 

Section 3.04.

   Officers      13   
 

Section 3.05.

   Authority of Partners      13   
 

Section 3.06.

   Action by Written Consent or Ratification      14   

ARTICLE IV DISTRIBUTIONS

     14   
 

Section 4.01.

   Distributions      14   
 

Section 4.02.

   Liquidation Distribution      15   
 

Section 4.03.

   Limitations on Distribution      15   

ARTICLE V CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS; CAPITAL ACCOUNTS; TAX ALLOCATIONS; TAX MATTERS

     15   
 

Section 5.01.

   Initial Capital Contributions      15   
 

Section 5.02.

   No Additional Capital Contributions      15   
 

Section 5.03.

   Capital Accounts      15   
 

Section 5.04.

   Allocations of Profits and Losses      16   
 

Section 5.05.

   Special Allocations      16   
 

Section 5.06.

   Tax Allocations      17   

 

i


 

Section 5.07.

   Tax Advances      17   
 

Section 5.08.

   Tax Matters      18   
 

Section 5.09.

   Other Allocation Provisions      18   

ARTICLE VI BOOKS AND RECORDS; REPORTS

     18   
 

Section 6.01.

   Books and Records      18   

ARTICLE VII PARTNERSHIP UNITS

     19   
 

Section 7.01.

   Units      19   
 

Section 7.02.

   Reclassification of Interests      20   
 

Section 7.03.

   Register; Certificates; Legends      20   
 

Section 7.04.

   Registered Partners      21   

ARTICLE VIII VESTING; FORFEITURE OF INTERESTS; TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS

     21   
 

Section 8.01.

   Vesting of Unvested Units      21   
 

Section 8.02.

   Forfeiture of Units      21   
 

Section 8.03.

   Limited Partner Transfers      22   
 

Section 8.04.

   Mandatory Exchanges      23   
 

Section 8.05.

   Encumbrances      23   
 

Section 8.06.

   Further Restrictions      23   
 

Section 8.07.

   Rights of Assignees      24   
 

Section 8.08.

   Admissions, Withdrawals and Removals      25   
 

Section 8.09.

   Admission of Assignees as Substitute Limited Partners      25   
 

Section 8.10.

   Withdrawal and Removal of Limited Partners      25   

ARTICLE IX DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION AND TERMINATION

     26   
 

Section 9.01.

   No Dissolution      26   
 

Section 9.02.

   Events Causing Dissolution      26   
 

Section 9.03.

   Distribution upon Dissolution      27   
 

Section 9.04.

   Time for Liquidation      27   
 

Section 9.05.

   Termination      27   
 

Section 9.06.

   Claims of the Partners      27   
 

Section 9.07.

   Survival of Certain Provisions      28   

ARTICLE X LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

     28   
 

Section 10.01.

   Liability of Partners      28   
 

Section 10.02.

   Indemnification      29   

ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS

     31   
 

Section 11.01.

   Severability      31   

 

ii


 

Section 11.02.

   Notices      32   
 

Section 11.03.

   Cumulative Remedies      33   
 

Section 11.04.

   Binding Effect      33   
 

Section 11.05.

   Interpretation      33   
 

Section 11.06.

   Counterparts      33   
 

Section 11.07.

   Further Assurances      34   
 

Section 11.08.

   Entire Agreement      34   
 

Section 11.09.

   Governing Law      34   
 

Section 11.10.

   Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial      34   
 

Section 11.11.

   Expenses      35   
 

Section 11.12.

   Amendments and Waivers      35   
 

Section 11.13.

   No Third Party Beneficiaries      36   
 

Section 11.14.

   Headings      36   
 

Section 11.15.

   Power of Attorney      36   
 

Section 11.16.

   Separate Agreements; Schedules      37   
 

Section 11.17.

   Partnership Status      37   
 

Section 11.18.

   Delivery by Facsimile or Email      37   
 

Section 11.19.

   Non-Occurrence of IPO      37   

 

iii


FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT OF

SUMMIT MATERIALS HOLDINGS L.P.

This FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) of Summit Materials Holdings L.P. (the “ Partnership ”), is dated as of [            ], 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”) and is by and between Summit Materials Holdings GP, Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company (“ Pre-existing G P ”), as the General Partner pending consummation of the IPO (as defined in the IPO Reorganization Agreement referred to below), Summit Owner Holdco LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the prospective interim General Partner upon consummation of the IPO, Summit Materials, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ IPO Corp ”), as the prospective General Partner immediately after Summit Owner Holdco becomes such interim General Partner, and the Limited Partners whose names are set forth in the books and records of the Partnership.

BACKGROUND

1. The Partnership was registered on July 29, 2009 as an exempted limited partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Exempted Limited Partnership Law (2007 Revision) of the Cayman Islands.

2. The Initial Exempted Limited Partnership Agreement of the Partnership, dated as of July 29, 2009, was amended and restated on July 30, 2009 and January 29, 2010.

3. The Partnership was domesticated as a limited partnership under the laws of the State of Delaware pursuant to Section 17-215 of the Act by (i) filing a Certificate of De-Registration with the Registrar of Exempted Limited Partnerships, Cayman Islands, on December 23, 2013, (ii) filing a Certificate of Limited Partnership Domestication in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 23, 2013, (iii) filing a Certificate of Limited Partnership in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 23, 2013 (as it may be amended from time to time, the “ Certificate ”), and (iv) executing the Third Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of the Partnership, dated as of December 23, 2013 (the “ Original Agreement ”).

4. Pursuant to the IPO Reorganization Agreement effective as of [            ], 2015 (the “ IPO Reorganization Agreement ”), the Partners under the Original Agreement have agreed that, on the date of pricing the IPO, (i) all outstanding interests in the Partnership will be converted into Class A Units (as defined below) in accordance with the IPO Reorganization Agreement, (ii) the Original Agreement will be amended and restated in the form of this Agreement and (iii) the Partnership will be continued without dissolution.

5. The IPO Reorganization Agreement also contemplates that, pursuant to the Contribution and Purchase Agreement dated as of December 18, 2014 (the “ CCC Agreement ”), in connection with the closing of the IPO, the Pre-existing GP will be replaced as the general partner of the Partnership by Summit Owner Holdco LLC, immediately after which IPO Corp will replace Summit Owner Holdco LLC as the general partner of the Partnership.

 

1


6. The pricing of the IPO of IPO Corp has occurred, as a result of which this Agreement has become effective.

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01. Definitions .  Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the following meanings (such meanings being equally applicable to both the singular and plural form of the terms defined):

Act ” means, the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, 6 Del. C. Section 17-101, et seq., as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time and any successor thereto.

Adjusted Capital Account Balance ” means, with respect to each Partner, the balance in such Partner’s Capital Account adjusted (i) by taking into account the adjustments, allocations and distributions described in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6); and (ii) by adding to such balance such Partner’s share of Partner Minimum Gain and Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain, determined pursuant to Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5), any amounts such Partner is obligated to restore pursuant to any provision of this Agreement or by applicable Law. The foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account Balance is intended to comply with the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to a specified Person, any other Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such specified Person.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Assignee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.07 hereof.

Assumed Tax Rate ” means the highest effective marginal combined rate of U.S. federal, state and local income taxes (including, without limitation, taxes imposed under Sections 1401 or 1411 of the Code) for a Fiscal Year prescribed for an individual or corporate resident in New York, New York (not taking into account the deductibility of state and local income taxes for U.S. federal income tax purposes). For the avoidance of doubt, the Assumed Tax Rate shall be the same for all Partners.

Available Cash ” means, with respect to any fiscal period, the amount of cash on hand which the General Partner, in its sole discretion, deems available for distribution to the Partners, taking into account all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Partnership then due and amounts which the General Partner, in its sole discretion, deems necessary to expend or retain for working capital or to place into reserves for customary and usual claims with respect to the Partnership’s operations.

 

2


Award Agreement ” means any award agreement entered into by the Partnership with a Service Provider to whom the Partnership grants Units in connection with the issuance to such Service Provider of such Units.

Blackstone Limited Partners ” means the entities listed on the signature pages hereto under the heading Blackstone Limited Partners and their respective successors and assigns.

Capital Account ” means the separate capital account maintained for each Partner in accordance with Section 5.03 hereof.

Capital Contribution ” means, with respect to any Partner, the aggregate amount of money contributed to the Partnership and the Carrying Value of any property (other than money), net of any liabilities assumed by the Partnership upon contribution or to which such property is subject, contributed to the Partnership pursuant to Article V hereof.

Carrying Value ” means, with respect to any Partnership asset, the asset’s adjusted basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes, except that the initial carrying value of assets contributed to the Partnership shall be their respective gross fair market values on the date of contribution as determined by the General Partner in its sole discretion, and the Carrying Values of all Partnership assets shall be adjusted to equal their respective fair market values, in accordance with the rules set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), except as otherwise provided herein, as of: (a) the date of the acquisition of any additional partnership interest in the Partnership by any new or existing Partner in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution; (b) the date of the distribution of more than a de minimis amount of Partnership assets to a Partner; (c) the date a Unit is relinquished to the Partnership; or (d) any other date specified in the Treasury Regulations; provided , however , that adjustments pursuant to clauses (a) , (b) (c)  and (d)  above shall be made only if such adjustments are deemed necessary or appropriate by the General Partner in its sole discretion to reflect the relative economic interests of the Partners. The Carrying Value of any Partnership asset distributed to any Partner shall be adjusted immediately before such distribution to equal its fair market value. In the case of any asset that has a Carrying Value that differs from its adjusted tax basis, Carrying Value shall be adjusted by the amount of depreciation calculated for purposes of the definition of “Profits” and “Losses” rather than the amount of depreciation determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and depreciation shall be calculated by reference to Carrying Value rather than tax basis once Carrying Value differs from tax basis.

Cause ” with respect to any Limited Partner has the meaning set forth in any effective Award Agreement, employment agreement or other written contract of engagement entered into between the Partnership and such Limited Partner, or if none, then “Cause” means that the General Partner, based on information then known to the Partnership or the General Partner, determines in good faith that any of the following have occurred: (A) such Limited Partner’s willful or grossly negligent continued failure to substantially perform such Limited Partner’s material duties to the Partnership or its Affiliates (other than as a result of total or partial incapacity due to physical or mental illness) for a period of ten (10) days following written notice by the Partnership or the

 

3


General Partner to such Limited Partner of such failure, (B) dishonesty in the performance of such Limited Partner’s material duties to the Partnership or any of its Affiliates; (C) an act or acts on such Limited Partner’s part constituting, or a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a crime constituting (x) a felony under the laws of the United States (or any state-law equivalent) or (y) a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; (D) such Limited Partner’s willful malfeasance or willful misconduct in connection with such Limited Partner’s duties to the Partnership or its Affiliates or (E) a material breach by such Limited Partner of any covenant undertaken in Article VIII herein, any effective Award Agreement, employment agreement or any written non-disclosure, non-competition, or non-solicitation covenant or agreement with the Partnership or any of the Partnership’s subsidiaries, which breach has continued unremedied for more than ten (10) days after the Partnership has provided written notice thereof.

CCC Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

Certificate ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

Class ” means the classes of Units into which the limited partner interests in the Partnership may be classified or divided from time to time by the General Partner in its sole discretion pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement. As of the date of this Agreement the only Class is the Class A Units. Subclasses within a Class shall not be separate Classes for purposes of this Agreement. For all purposes hereunder and under the Act, only such Classes expressly established under this Agreement, including by the General Partner in accordance with this Agreement, shall be deemed to be a class of limited partner interests in the Partnership. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent that the General Partner holds limited partner interests of any Class, the General Partner shall not be deemed to hold a separate Class of such interests from any other Limited Partner because it is the General Partner.

Class A Units ” means the Units of limited partner interests in the Partnership designated as the “Class A Units” herein and having the rights pertaining thereto as are set forth in this Agreement.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Contingencies ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.03(a) hereof.

Control ” (including the terms “ Controlled by ” and “ under common Control with ”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, as trustee or executor, by contract or otherwise, including, without limitation, the ownership, directly or indirectly, of securities having the power to elect a majority of the board of directors or similar body governing the affairs of such Person.

Disability ” with respect to any Limited Partner has the meaning set forth in any effective Award Agreement, employment agreement or other written contract of engagement entered into between the Partnership and such Limited Partner, or if none, then “Disability” means such Limited Partner’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness that:

 

4


(a) such Limited Partner is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, or (b) such Limited Partner is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three (3) months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Partnership or an Affiliate.

Disabling Event ” means the General Partner ceasing to be the general partner of the Partnership pursuant to Section 17-402 of the Act.

Dissolution Event ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02 hereof.

Encumbrance ” means any mortgage, hypothecation, claim, lien, encumbrance, conditional sales or other title retention agreement, right of first refusal, preemptive right, pledge, option, charge, security interest or other similar interest, easement, judgment or imperfection of title of any nature whatsoever.

ERISA ” means The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Agreement ” means the exchange agreement dated as of or about the date hereof among the Partnership, the General Partner, the Limited Partners of the Partnership from time to time party thereto, and the other parties thereto, as amended from time to time.

Exchange Transaction ” means an exchange of Units for shares of Class A common stock of the General Partner pursuant to, and in accordance with, the Exchange Agreement or, at the sole discretion of the General Partner, a Transfer of Units to the General Partner, the Partnership or any of their subsidiaries for other consideration.

Fiscal Year ” means, unless otherwise determined by the General Partner in its sole discretion in accordance with Section 11.12 hereof, a fifty-two (52) to fifty-three (53) week period, as applicable, commencing on the first day following the end of the prior Fiscal Year and ending on a Saturday that is closest to December 31.

GAAP ” means accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America as in effect from time to time.

General Partner ” means, until the consummation of the IPO, the Pre-existing GP. Simultaneously with the consummation of the IPO and as contemplated by the CCC Agreement, General Partner means Summit Owner Holdco LLC, which will be admitted to the Partnership as the interim general partner of the Partnership, immediately after which General Partner means IPO Corp, which will be admitted to the Partnership as the general

 

5


partner of the Partnership (and Summit Owner Holdco LLC will no longer be a partner in any capacity), or any successor general partner admitted to the Partnership in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, in its capacity as general partner of the Partnership.

Highest Partner Tax Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(c) hereof.

Incapacity ” means, with respect to any Person, the bankruptcy, dissolution, termination, entry of an order of incompetence, or the insanity, permanent disability or death of such Person.

Indemnitee ” (a) the General Partner, (b) any additional or substitute General Partner, (c) any Person who is or was a Tax Matters Partner, officer or director of the General Partner or any additional or substitute General Partner, (d) any officer or director of the General Partner or any additional or substitute General Partner who is or was serving at the request of the General Partner or any additional or substitute General Partner as an officer, director, employee, member, partner, Tax Matters Partner, agent, fiduciary or trustee of another Person; provided that a Person shall not be an Indemnitee by reason of providing, on a fee-for-services basis, trustee, fiduciary or custodial services, (e) any Officer or other Person the General Partner in its sole discretion designates as an “Indemnitee” for purposes of this Agreement and (f) any heir, executor or administrator with respect to Persons named in clauses (a)  through (e) .

IPO Corp ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Law ” means any statute, law, ordinance, regulation, rule, code, executive order, injunction, judgment, decree or other order issued or promulgated by any national, supranational, state, federal, provincial, local or municipal government or any administrative or regulatory body with authority therefrom with jurisdiction over the Partnership or any Partner, as the case may be.

Limited Partner ” means each of the Persons from time to time listed as a limited partner in the books and records of the Partnership, and, for purposes of Section 8.01 , Section 8.02 , Section 8.03 , Section 8.04 , Section 8.05 and Section 8.06 hereof, any Personal Planning Vehicle of such Limited Partner, in its capacity as a limited partner of the Partnership.

Liquidation Agent ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.03 hereof.

Nonrecourse Deductions ” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(1). The amount of Nonrecourse Deductions of the Partnership for a fiscal year equals the net increase, if any, in the amount of Partner Minimum Gain of the Partnership during that fiscal year, determined according to the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(c).

Non-U.S. Investments ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01(d) hereof.

 

6


Officer ” means each Person designated as an officer of the Partnership by the General Partner pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.04 hereof, subject to any resolutions of the General Partner appointing such Person as an officer of the Partnership or relating to such appointment.

Original Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain ” means an amount with respect to each partner nonrecourse debt (as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(4)) equal to the Partner Minimum Gain that would result if such partner nonrecourse debt were treated as a nonrecourse liability (as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.752-1(a)(2)) determined in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(3).

Partner Nonrecourse Deductions ” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(2).

Partners ” means, at any time, each person listed as a Partner (including the General Partner) on the books and records of the Partnership, in each case for so long as he, she or it remains a partner of the Partnership as provided hereunder.

Partnership ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Partner Minimum Gain ” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(b)(2) and 1.704-2(d).

Person ” means any individual, estate, corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, limited company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated or governmental organization or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

Personal Planning Vehicle ” means, in respect of any Person that is a natural person, any other Person that is not a natural person designated as a “Personal Planning Vehicle” of such natural person in the books and records of the Partnership.

Pre-existing GP ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Primary Indemnification ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.02(a) hereof.

Profits ” and “ Losses ” means, for each Fiscal Year or other period, the taxable income or loss of the Partnership, or particular items thereof, determined in accordance with the accounting method used by the Partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes with the following adjustments: (a) all items of income, gain, loss or deduction allocated pursuant to Section 5.05 hereof shall not be taken into account in computing such taxable income or loss; (b) any income of the Partnership that is exempt from U.S. federal income taxation and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits and Losses shall be added to such taxable income or loss; (c) if the Carrying Value of any asset differs from its adjusted tax basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes, any gain or loss resulting from a disposition of such asset shall be calculated with reference to such Carrying Value; (d) upon an adjustment to the Carrying Value (other than an adjustment in respect of depreciation) of

 

7


any asset, pursuant to the definition of Carrying Value, the amount of the adjustment shall be included as gain or loss in computing such taxable income or loss; (e) if the Carrying Value of any asset differs from its adjusted tax basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the amount of depreciation, amortization or cost recovery deductions with respect to such asset for purposes of determining Profits and Losses, if any, shall be an amount which bears the same ratio to such Carrying Value as the U.S. federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deductions bears to such adjusted tax basis ( provided that if the U.S. federal income tax depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction is zero, the General Partner may use any reasonable method for purposes of determining depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deductions in calculating Profits and Losses); and (f) except for items in clause (a)  above, any expenditures of the Partnership not deductible in computing taxable income or loss, not properly capitalizable and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits and Losses pursuant to this definition shall be treated as deductible items.

Service Provider ” means any Limited Partner (in his, her or its individual capacity) or other Person, who at the time in question, is employed by or providing services to the General Partner, the Partnership or any of its subsidiaries.

Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Similar Law ” means any law or regulation that could cause the underlying assets of the Partnership to be treated as assets of the Limited Partner by virtue of its Units and thereby subject the Partnership and the General Partner (or other persons responsible for the investment and operation of the Partnership’s assets) to laws or regulations that are similar to the fiduciary responsibility or prohibited transaction provisions contained in Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

Tax Advances ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.07 hereof.

Tax Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(c) hereof.

Tax Matters Partner ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.08 hereof.

Total Percentage Interest ” means, with respect to any Partner, the quotient obtained by dividing the number of Units (vested and unvested) then owned by such Partner by the number of Units (vested and unvested) then owned by all Partners.

Transfer ” means, in respect of any Unit, property or other asset, any sale, assignment, transfer, distribution, exchange, mortgage, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition thereof, whether voluntarily or by operation of Law, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, including, without limitation, the exchange of any Unit for any other security.

Transferee ” means any Person that is a permitted transferee of a Partner’s interest in the Partnership, or part thereof.

 

8


Treasury Regulations ” means the income tax regulations, including temporary and proposed regulations, promulgated under the Code, as such regulations may be amended from time to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

Units ” means the Class A Units and any other Class of Units that is established in accordance with this Agreement, which shall constitute limited partner interests in the Partnership as provided in this Agreement and under the Act, entitling the holders thereof to the relative rights, title and interests in the profits, losses, deductions and credits of the Partnership at any particular time as set forth in this Agreement, and any and all other benefits to which a holder thereof may be entitled as a Partner as provided in this Agreement, together with the obligations of such Partner to comply with all terms and provisions of this Agreement.

Unvested Units ” means Units which are subject to vesting pursuant to the terms of an Award Agreement or which are listed as unvested Units in the books and records of the Partnership.

U.S. Investments ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01(d) hereof.

Vested Percentage Interest ” means, with respect to any Partner, the quotient obtained by dividing the number of Vested Units then owned by such Partner by the number of Vested Units then owned by all Partners.

Vested Units ” means those Units listed as vested Units in the books and records of the Partnership, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with this Agreement, or which are no longer subject to vesting pursuant to an Award Agreement.

ARTICLE II

FORMATION, TERM, PURPOSE AND POWERS

Section 2.01. Formation .  The Partnership has been formed as a limited partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Act. If requested by the General Partner, the Limited Partners shall promptly execute all certificates and other documents consistent with the terms of this Agreement necessary for the General Partner to accomplish all filing, recording, publishing and other acts as may be appropriate to comply with all requirements for (a) the formation and operation of a limited partnership under the laws of the State of Delaware, (b) if the General Partner in its sole discretion deems it advisable, the operation of the Partnership as a limited partnership, or entity in which the Limited Partners have limited liability, in all jurisdictions where the Partnership proposes to operate and (c) all other filings required to be made by the Partnership. The rights, powers, duties, obligations and liabilities of the Partners shall be determined pursuant to the Act and this Agreement. To the extent that the rights, powers, duties, obligations and liabilities of any Partner are different by reason of any provision of this Agreement than they would be in the absence of such provision, this Agreement shall, to the extent permitted by the Act, control. The execution, delivery and filing of the Certificate and each amendment thereto is hereby ratified, approved and confirmed by the Partners.

 

9


Section 2.02. Name .  The name of the Partnership shall be, and the business of the Partnership shall be conducted under, the name of “Summit Materials Holdings L.P.” and all Partnership business shall be conducted in that name or in such other names that comply with applicable law as the General Partner in its sole discretion may select from time to time. Subject to the Act, the General Partner in its sole discretion may change the name of the Partnership (and amend this Agreement to reflect such change) at any time and from time to time without the consent of any other Person. Prompt notification of any such change shall be given to all Partners.

Section 2.03. Term .  The term of the Partnership commenced on July 29, 2009, and the term shall continue until the dissolution of the Partnership in accordance with Article IX . The existence of the Partnership shall continue until cancellation of the Certificate in the manner required by the Act.

Section 2.04. Offices .  The Partnership may have offices at such places either within or outside the State of Delaware as the General Partner from time to time may select in its sole discretion. As of the date hereof, the principal place of business and office of the Partnership is located at 1550 Wynkoop Street, 3rd Floor, Denver, Colorado 80202.

Section 2.05. Agent for Service of Process; Existence and Good Standing; Foreign Qualification .

(a) The registered office of the Partnership in the State of Delaware shall be located at c/o Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19808. The name and address of the registered agent of the Partnership for service of process on the Partnership in the State of Delaware shall be Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19808.

(b) The General Partner in its sole discretion may take all action which may be necessary or appropriate (i) for the continuation of the Partnership’s valid existence as a limited partnership under the laws of the State of Delaware (and of each other jurisdiction in which such existence is necessary to enable the Partnership to conduct the business in which it is engaged) and (ii) for the maintenance, preservation and operation of the business of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and applicable laws and regulations. The General Partner in its sole discretion may file or cause to be filed for recordation in the proper office or offices in each other jurisdiction in which the Partnership is formed or qualified, such certificates (including certificates of formation and fictitious name certificates) and other documents as are required by the applicable statutes, rules or regulations of any such jurisdiction or as are required to reflect the identity of the Partners. The General Partner may cause the Partnership to comply, to the extent procedures are available and those matters are reasonably within the control of the Officers, with all requirements necessary to qualify the Partnership to do business in any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

Section 2.06. Business Purpose .  The Partnership was formed for the object and purpose of, and the nature and character of the business to be conducted by the Partnership is, engaging in any lawful act or activity for which limited partnerships may be formed under the Act.

 

10


Section 2.07. Powers of the Partnership .  Subject to the limitations set forth in this Agreement, the Partnership will possess and may exercise all of the powers and privileges granted to it by the Act including, without limitation, the ownership and operation of the assets and other property contributed to the Partnership by the Partners, by any other Law or this Agreement, together with all powers incidental thereto, so far as such powers are necessary or convenient to the conduct, promotion or attainment of the purpose of the Partnership set forth in Section 2.06 hereof. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing set forth herein shall be construed as authorizing the Partnership to possess any purpose or power, or to do any act or thing, forbidden by Law to a partnership organized under the laws of the State of Delaware.

Section 2.08. Partners; Admission of New Partners .  Until the consummation of the IPO, the Pre-existing GP shall continue as the General Partner. Simultaneously with the consummation of the IPO and in accordance with the IPO Reorganization Agreement, Summit Owner Holdco LLC shall be automatically admitted as the General Partner, the Pre-existing GP shall automatically cease to be the General Partner of the Partnership and the Partnership shall be continued without dissolution, and immediately thereafter, IPO Corp shall be automatically admitted as the General Partner, Summit Owner Holdco LLC shall automatically cease to be the General Partner of the Partnership and the Partnership shall be continued without dissolution. Each of the Persons listed in the books and records of the Partnership, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with this Agreement, by virtue of its execution of this Agreement (including by use of a power of attorney), are admitted as, or continue as, Limited Partners of the Partnership. The rights, duties and liabilities of the Partners shall be as provided in the Act, except as is otherwise expressly provided herein, and the Partners consent to the variation of such rights, duties and liabilities as provided herein. Subject to Section 8.09 hereof with respect to substitute Limited Partners, a Person may be admitted from time to time as a new Limited Partner with the written consent of the General Partner in its sole discretion. Each new Limited Partner shall execute and deliver to the General Partner an appropriate supplement to this Agreement pursuant to which the new Limited Partner agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, as it may be amended from time to time. A new General Partner or substitute General Partner may be admitted to the Partnership solely in accordance with Section 8.08 or Section 9.02(e) hereof.

Section 2.09. Withdrawal .  No Partner shall have the right to withdraw as a Partner of the Partnership other than following the Transfer of all Units owned by such Partner in accordance with Article VIII hereof.

Section 2.10. Investment Representations of Partners .  Each Partner hereby represents, warrants and acknowledges to the Partnership that: (a) such Partner has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Partnership and is making an informed investment decision with respect thereto; (b) such Partner is acquiring interests in the Partnership for investment only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution to the public or public offering thereof; and (c) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been duly authorized by such Partner.

 

11


ARTICLE III

MANAGEMENT

Section 3.01. General Partner

(a) The business, property and affairs of the Partnership shall be managed under the sole, absolute and exclusive direction of the General Partner, which may from time to time delegate authority to Officers or to others to act on behalf of the Partnership.

(b) Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.01 , the General Partner shall have the general power to manage or cause the management of the Partnership (which may be delegated to Officers of the Partnership), including, without limitation, the following powers:

(i) to develop and prepare a business plan each year which will set forth the operating goals and plans for the Partnership;

(ii) to execute and deliver or to authorize the execution and delivery of contracts, deeds, leases, licenses, instruments of transfer and other documents on behalf of the Partnership;

(iii) to make any expenditures, to lend or borrow money, to assume or guarantee, or otherwise contract for, indebtedness and other liabilities, to issue evidences of indebtedness and to incur any other obligations;

(iv) to establish and enforce limits of authority and internal controls with respect to all personnel and functions;

(v) to engage attorneys, consultants and accountants for the Partnership;

(vi) to develop or cause to be developed accounting procedures for the maintenance of the Partnership’s books of account; and

(vii) to do all such other acts as shall be authorized in this Agreement or by the Partners in writing from time to time.

Section 3.02. Compensation .  The General Partner shall not be entitled to any compensation for services rendered to the Partnership in its capacity as General Partner.

Section 3.03. Expenses .  The Partnership shall pay, or cause to be paid, all costs, fees, operating expenses and other expenses of the Partnership (including the costs, fees and expenses of attorneys, accountants or other professionals) incurred in pursuing and conducting, or otherwise related to, the activities of the Partnership. The Partnership shall also, in the sole discretion of the General Partner, bear and/or reimburse the General Partner for (i) any costs, fees or expenses incurred by the General Partner in connection with serving as the General Partner and (ii) all other expenses allocable to the Partnership or otherwise incurred by the General Partner in connection with operating the Partnership’s business (including expenses allocated to the General

 

12


Partner by its Affiliates). To the extent that the General Partner determines in its sole discretion that such expenses are related to the business and affairs of the General Partner that are conducted through the Partnership and/or its subsidiaries (including expenses that relate to the business and affairs of the Partnership and/or its subsidiaries and that also relate to other activities of the General Partner), the General Partner may cause the Partnership to pay or bear all expenses of the General Partner, including, without limitation, compensation and meeting costs of any board of directors or similar body of the General Partner, any salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to any Person including Affiliates of the General Partner to perform services for the Partnership, litigation costs and damages arising from litigation, accounting and legal costs and franchise taxes; provided that the Partnership shall not pay or bear any income tax obligations of the General Partner. Reimbursements pursuant to this Section 3.03 shall be in addition to any reimbursement to the General Partner as a result of indemnification pursuant to Section 10.02 hereof.

Section 3.04. Officers .  Subject to the direction and oversight of the General Partner, the day-to-day administration of the business of the Partnership may be carried out by persons who may be designated as officers by the General Partner, with titles including but not limited to “assistant secretary,” “assistant treasurer,” “chairman,” “chief executive officer,” “chief financial officer,” “chief operating officer,” “chief risk officer,” “director,” “general counsel,” “general manager,” “managing director,” “president,” “principal accounting officer,” “secretary,” “senior chairman,” “senior managing director,” “treasurer,” “vice chairman” or “vice president,” and as and to the extent authorized by the General Partner in its sole discretion. The officers of the Partnership shall have such titles and powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the General Partner and otherwise as shall customarily pertain to such offices. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. In its sole discretion, the General Partner may choose not to fill any office for any period as it may deem advisable. All officers and other persons providing services to or for the benefit of the Partnership shall be subject to the supervision and direction of the General Partner and may be removed, with or without cause, from such office by the General Partner and the authority, duties or responsibilities of any employee, agent or officer of the Partnership may be suspended by the General Partner from time to time, in each case in the sole discretion of the General Partner. The General Partner shall not cease to be a general partner of the Partnership as a result of the delegation of any duties hereunder. No officer of the Partnership, in its capacity as such, shall be considered a general partner of the Partnership by agreement, as a result of the performance of its duties hereunder or otherwise.

Section 3.05. Authority of Partners .  No Partner (other than the General Partner), in its capacity as such, shall participate in or have any control over the business of the Partnership. Except as expressly provided herein, the Units do not confer any rights upon the Partners to participate in the affairs of the Partnership described in this Agreement. Except as expressly provided herein, no Partner (other than the General Partner) shall have any right to vote on any matter involving the Partnership, including with respect to any merger, consolidation, combination or conversion of the Partnership, or any other matter that a Partner might otherwise have the ability to vote on or consent with respect to under the Act, at law, in equity or otherwise. The conduct, control and management of the Partnership shall be vested exclusively in the General Partner. In all matters relating to or arising out of the conduct of the operation of the Partnership, the decision of the General Partner shall be the decision of the Partnership. Except as required or permitted by Law, or expressly provided in the ultimate sentence of this Section 3.05 or by separate agreement

 

13


with the Partnership, no Partner who is not also the General Partner (and acting in such capacity) shall take any part in the management or control of the operation or business of the Partnership in its capacity as a Partner, nor shall any Partner who is not also a General Partner (and acting in such capacity) have any right, authority or power to act for or on behalf of or bind the Partnership in his, her or its capacity as a Partner in any respect or assume any obligation or responsibility of the Partnership or of any other Partner. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Partnership may from time to time appoint one or more Partners as officers or employ one or more Partners as employees, and such Partners, in their capacity as officers or employees of the Partnership (and not, for clarity, in their capacity as Limited Partners of the Partnership), may take part in the control and management of the business of the Partnership to the extent such authority and power to act for or on behalf of the Partnership has been delegated to them by the General Partner.

Section 3.06. Action by Written Consent or Ratification . Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Partners pursuant to this Agreement shall be taken if all Partners whose consent or ratification is required consent thereto or provide a consent or ratification in writing.

ARTICLE IV

DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 4.01. Distributions

(a) The General Partner, in its sole discretion, may authorize distributions by the Partnership to the Partners, which distributions shall be made pro rata in accordance with the Partners’ respective Total Percentage Interests; provided that (i) no amounts otherwise distributable to a Partner on any distribution date in respect of Unvested Units pursuant to this Section 4.01(a) shall be distributed to any Partner in respect of Unvested Units under this Section 4.01(a) , and (ii) such amounts shall instead be distributed to the Partners pro rata in accordance with the Partners’ respective Vested Percentage Interests.

(b) If, from time to time, an Unvested Unit becomes a Vested Unit, on each subsequent distribution date, the amounts that would otherwise have been distributable to the Partners in accordance with Section 4.01(a) shall instead first be distributed to the Partners holding Vested Units which were outstanding Unvested Units on the date amounts were previously distributed, until the amount distributed in respect of each such Vested Unit equals the amounts that such Vested Unit would have received had it been a Vested Unit through all prior distribution dates during which such Vested Unit was an Unvested Unit, pro rata in accordance with all such Partners’ respective Vested Units for which the “catch-up” distributions contemplated by this Section 4.01(b) are due. Any amounts remaining after all such “catch-up” distributions have been made shall be distributed in accordance with Section 4.01(a) .

(c) The Partnership shall distribute, on a quarterly basis and no later than five (5) days before the date specified in Section 6655(c)(2) of the Code, to each Partner their pro rata share (based on Total Percentage Interests) of the Tax Amount, from the Available Cash of the Partnership if any, and limited to the amount thereof; provided , a Partner’s pro rata share of the Tax Amount will only be distributed to such Partner to the extent that the aggregate amount previously distributed to such Partner pursuant to Section 4.01(a) hereof in such Fiscal Year,

 

14


Section 4.01(b) hereof on account of distributions made in such Fiscal Year under Section 4.01(a) hereof or this Section 4.01(c) with respect to such Fiscal Year is less than the amount required to be distributed to such Partner on such date under this Section 4.01(c) ; provided there will be an adjustment following each Fiscal Year (but no later than one (1) day prior to the due date for the payment of U.S. federal income taxes by a corporation), and the Partnership will distribute any additional amounts as necessary to make the amounts previously distributed to a Partner pursuant to Section 4.01(a) hereof in such Fiscal Year, Section 4.01(b) hereof on account of distributions made in such Fiscal Year under Section 4.01(a) hereof or this Section 4.01(c) with respect to such Fiscal Year equal such Partner’s pro rata share (based on Total Percentage Interests) of the Tax Amount for such Fiscal Year. The “ Tax Amount ”, calculated for the period beginning on the start of the Fiscal Year through the end of the applicable quarter, is the Highest Partner Tax Amount divided by the Total Percentage Interest for the Partner described in the immediately following sentence. The “ Highest Partner Tax Amount ” is, with respect to the Partner receiving the greatest allocation of estimated net taxable income pursuant to Section 5.06 of this Agreement (relative to its Total Percentage Interest) in the applicable time period, (A) the estimated aggregate taxable income of the Partnership allocated to such Partner in such time period (for the avoidance of doubt, excluding any adjustments under Sections 743(b) of the Code), multiplied by (B) the Assumed Tax Rate. Distributions pursuant to this provision shall be treated as an advance against distributions pursuant to Section 4.01(a) , Section 4.01(b) and Section 9.03 hereof for all purposes, and, thus, shall reduce/offset subsequent distributions under Section 4.01(a) , Section 4.01(b) and Section 9.03 hereof to the Partners that participate in such distributions pursuant to this Section 4.01(c) .

Section 4.02. Liquidation Distribution .  Distributions made upon dissolution of the Partnership shall be made as provided in Section 9.03 hereof.

Section 4.03. Limitations on Distribution .  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the General Partner shall not make a distribution to any Partner if such distribution would violate the Act or other applicable Law.

ARTICLE V

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS; CAPITAL ACCOUNTS;

TAX ALLOCATIONS; TAX MATTERS

Section 5.01. Initial Capital Contributions .  The Partners have made, on or prior to the date hereof, Capital Contributions.

Section 5.02. No Additional Capital Contributions .  Except as otherwise provided in this Article V , no Partner shall be required to make additional Capital Contributions to the Partnership without the consent of such Partner or permitted to make additional capital contributions to the Partnership without the consent of the General Partner, which may be granted or withheld in its sole discretion.

Section 5.03. Capital Accounts . A separate capital account (a “ Capital Account ”) shall be established and maintained for each Partner in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). The Capital Account of each Partner shall be

 

15


credited with such Partner’s Capital Contributions, if any, all Profits allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 5.04 hereof and any items of income or gain which are specially allocated pursuant to Section 5.05 hereof; and shall be debited with all Losses allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 5.04 hereof, any items of loss or deduction of the Partnership specially allocated to such Partner pursuant to Section 5.05 hereof, and all cash and the Carrying Value of any property (net of liabilities assumed by such Partner and the liabilities to which such property is subject) distributed by the Partnership to such Partner. Any references in any section of this Agreement to the Capital Account of a Partner shall be deemed to refer to such Capital Account as the same may be credited or debited from time to time as set forth above. In the event of any transfer of any interest in the Partnership in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Transferee shall succeed to the Capital Account of the transferor to the extent it relates to the transferred interest.

Section 5.04. Allocations of Profits and Losses .  Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.05 hereof or this Agreement, Profits and Losses shall be allocated among the Capital Accounts of the Partners pro rata in accordance with their respective Total Percentage Interests Notwithstanding the foregoing, the General Partner shall make such adjustments to Capital Accounts as it determines in its sole discretion to be appropriate to ensure allocations are made in accordance with a Partner’s interest in the Partnership.

Section 5.05. Special Allocations .  Notwithstanding any other provision in this Article V :

(a) Minimum Gain Chargeback .  If there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain or Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain (determined in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(d) and 1.704-2(i)) during any Partnership taxable year, the Partners shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such year (and, if necessary, subsequent years) in an amount equal to their respective shares of such net decrease during such year, determined pursuant to Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5). The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(f). This Section 5.05(a) is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirements in such Treasury Regulations Sections and shall be interpreted consistently therewith; including that no chargeback shall be required to the extent of the exceptions provided in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(f) and 1.704-2(i)(4).

(b) Qualified Income Offset .  If any Partner unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations, or distributions described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) or (6), items of Partnership income and gain shall be specially allocated to such Partner in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate the deficit balance in such Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account Balance created by such adjustments, allocations or distributions as promptly as possible; provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 5.05(b) shall be made only to the extent that a Partner would have a deficit Adjusted Capital Account Balance in excess of such sum after all other allocations provided for in this Article V have been tentatively made as if this Section 5.05(b) were not in this Agreement. This Section 5.05(b) is intended to comply with the “qualified income offset” requirement of the Code and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

 

16


(c) Gross Income Allocation If any Partner has a deficit Capital Account at the end of any Fiscal Year which is in excess of the sum of (i) the amount such Partner is obligated to restore, if any, pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, and (ii) the amount such Partner is deemed to be obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentences of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5), each such Partner shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible; provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 5.05(c) shall be made only if and to the extent that a Partner would have a deficit Capital Account in excess of such sum after all other allocations provided for in this Article V have been tentatively made as if Section 5.05(b) hereof and this Section 5.05(c) were not in this Agreement.

(d) Nonrecourse Deductions .  Nonrecourse Deductions shall be allocated to the Partners in accordance with their respective Total Percentage Interests.

(e) Partner Nonrecourse Deductions .  Partner Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable period shall be allocated to the Partner who bears the economic risk of loss with respect to the liability to which such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(j).

(f) Ameliorative Allocations .  Any special allocations of income or gain pursuant to Section 5.05(b) or Section 5.05(c) hereof shall be taken into account in computing subsequent allocations pursuant to Section 5.04 hereof and this Section 5.05(f) , so that the net amount of any items so allocated and all other items allocated to each Partner shall, to the extent possible, be equal to the net amount that would have been allocated to each Partner if such allocations pursuant to Section 5.05(b) or Section 5.05(c) hereof had not occurred.

Section 5.06. Tax Allocations .  For income tax purposes, each item of income, gain, loss and deduction of the Partnership shall be allocated among the Partners in the same manner as the corresponding items of Profits and Losses and specially allocated items are allocated for Capital Account purposes; provided that in the case of any asset the Carrying Value of which differs from its adjusted tax basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes, income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to such asset shall be allocated solely for income tax purposes in accordance with the principles of Sections 704(b) and (c) of the Code (in any manner determined by the General Partner and permitted by the Code and Treasury Regulations) so as to take account of the difference between Carrying Value and adjusted basis of such asset; provided , further , that the Partnership shall use the traditional method (as provided in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-3(b)) for all Section 704(c) allocations). Notwithstanding the foregoing (other than the immediately preceding proviso), the General Partner shall make such allocations for tax purposes as it determines in its sole discretion to be appropriate to ensure allocations are made in accordance with a Partner’s interest in the Partnership.

Section 5.07. Tax Advances .  To the extent the General Partner reasonably believes that the Partnership is required by law to withhold or to make tax payments on behalf of or with respect to any Partner or the Partnership is subjected to tax itself by reason of the status of any Partner (“ Tax Advances ”), the General Partner may cause the Partnership to withhold such amounts and cause the Partnership to make such tax payments as so required. All Tax Advances made on behalf of a Partner shall be repaid by reducing the amount of the current or next

 

17


succeeding distribution or distributions which would otherwise have been made to such Partner or, if such distributions are not sufficient for that purpose, by so reducing the proceeds of liquidation otherwise payable to such Partner. For all purposes of this Agreement such Partner shall be treated as having received the amount of the distribution that is equal to the Tax Advance. Each Partner hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Partnership and the other Partners from and against any liability (including, without limitation, any liability for taxes, penalties, additions to tax or interest other than any penalties, additions to tax or interest imposed as a result of the Partnership’s failure to withhold or make a tax payment on behalf of such Partner which withholding or payment is required pursuant to applicable Law but only to the extent amounts sufficient to pay such taxes were not timely distributed to the Partner pursuant to Section 4.01(c) hereof) with respect to income attributable to or distributions or other payments to such Partner.

Section 5.08. Tax Matters .  The General Partner shall be the initial “tax matters partner” within the meaning of Section 6231(a)(7) of the Code (the “ Tax Matters Partner ”). The Partnership shall file as a partnership for federal, state, provincial and local income tax purposes, except where otherwise required by Law. All elections required or permitted to be made by the Partnership, and all other tax decisions and determinations relating to federal, state, provincial or local tax matters of the Partnership, shall be made by the Tax Matters Partner, in consultation with the Partnership’s attorneys and/or accountants. Tax audits, controversies and litigations shall be conducted under the direction of the Tax Matters Partner. As soon as reasonably practicable after the end of each taxable year (but not later than sixty (60) days following the end of each taxable year), the Partnership shall send to each Partner a copy of U.S. Internal Revenue Service Schedule K-1 (which Schedule K-1 shall separately state, to the extent reasonably required by any Partner, any items of all items of income, gain, loss or deduction with respect to U.S. Investments and Non-U.S. Investments, in accordance with the tracking contemplated by Section 6.01(d) hereof), and any comparable statements required by applicable U.S. state or local income tax Law as a result of the Partnership’s activities or investments, with respect to such Fiscal Year. The Partnership also shall provide the Partners with such other information as may be reasonably requested for purposes of allowing the Partners to prepare and file their own tax returns; provided that any costs or expenses with respect to the foregoing shall be borne by the requesting Partner.

Section 5.09. Other Allocation Provisions .  Certain of the foregoing provisions and the other provisions of this Agreement relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b) and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such regulations. In addition to amendments effected in accordance with Section 11.12 or otherwise in accordance with this Agreement, Section 5.03 , Section 5.04 and Section 5.05 hereof may also, so long as any such amendment does not materially change the relative economic interests of the Partners, be amended at any time by the General Partner if necessary, in the opinion of tax counsel to the Partnership, to comply with such regulations or any applicable Law.

ARTICLE VI

BOOKS AND RECORDS; REPORTS

Section 6.01. Books and Records

 

18


(a) At all times during the continuance of the Partnership, the General Partner shall prepare and maintain separate books of account for the Partnership in accordance with GAAP.

(b) Except as limited by Section 6.01(c) hereof, each Limited Partner shall have the right to receive, for a purpose reasonably related to such Limited Partner’s interest as a Limited Partner of the Partnership, upon reasonable written demand stating the purpose of such demand and at such Limited Partner’s own expense:

(i) a copy of the Certificate and this Agreement and all amendments thereto, together with a copy of the executed copies of all powers of attorney pursuant to which the Certificate and this Agreement and all amendments thereto have been executed; and

(ii) promptly after their becoming available, copies of the Partnership’s U.S. federal income tax returns for the three most recent years.

(c) The General Partner may keep confidential from the Limited Partners, for such period of time as the General Partner determines in its sole discretion, (i) any information that the General Partner reasonably believes to be in the nature of trade secrets or (ii) other information the disclosure of which the General Partner believes is not in the best interests of the Partnership, could damage the Partnership or its business or that the Partnership is required by law or by agreement with any third party to keep confidential.

(d) The Partners acknowledge and agree that the Partnership shall separately track the performance of the operations, assets, acquisitions and investments of the Partnership and its Subsidiaries located in the U.S. (and any indebtedness or liabilities with respect thereto) (“ U.S. Investments ”) and the operations, assets, acquisitions and investments of the Partnership and its Subsidiaries located outside of the U.S. (and any indebtedness or liabilities with respect thereto) (“ Non-U.S. Investments ”). For the avoidance of doubt, such separate tracking shall reflect the sources and uses of funds with respect to U.S. Investments and Non-U.S. Investments. Separate and distinct records shall be maintained with respect to U.S. Investments generally and Non-U.S. Investments generally, and the assets and liabilities associated with U.S. Investments and Non-U.S. Investments shall be held and accounted for separately. In the event of a distribution made by the Partnership, (A) where distributed assets are derived from income or other proceeds separately arising out of U.S. Investments, such distributed assets shall be separately accounted for from any distributions in respect of Non-U.S. Investments, and (B) where the distributed assets are derived from income or other proceeds arising out of Non-U.S. Investments, such distributed assets shall be separately accounted for from any distributions in respect of U.S. Investments.

ARTICLE VII

PARTNERSHIP UNITS

Section 7.01. Units .  Limited partner interests in the Partnership shall be represented by Units. At the effectiveness of this Agreement, the Units are composed of one Class: “Class A Units.” The General Partner in its sole discretion may establish and issue, from time to time in accordance with such procedures as the General Partner shall determine from time to time, additional Units, in one or more Classes or series of Units, or other Partnership securities, at such

 

19


price, and with such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, powers and duties (which may be senior to existing Units, Classes and series of Units or other Partnership securities), as shall be determined by the General Partner without the approval of any Partner or any other Person who may acquire an interest in any of the Units, including (i) the right of such Units to share in Profits and Losses or items thereof; (ii) the right of such Units to share in Partnership distributions; (iii) the rights of such Units upon dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership; (iv) whether, and the terms and conditions upon which, the Partnership may or shall be required to redeem such Units (including sinking fund provisions); (v) whether such Units are issued with the privilege of conversion or exchange and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange; (vi) the terms and conditions upon which such Units will be issued, evidenced by certificates and assigned or transferred; (vii) the method for determining the Total Percentage Interest as to such Units; (viii) the terms and conditions of the issuance of such Units (including, without limitation, the amount and form of consideration, if any, to be received by the Partnership in respect thereof, the General Partner being expressly authorized, in its sole discretion, to cause the Partnership to issue such Units for less than fair market value); and (ix) the right, if any, of the holder of such Units to vote on Partnership matters, including matters relating to the relative designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties of such Units. The General Partner in its sole discretion, without the approval of any Partner or any other Person, is authorized (i) to issue Units or other Partnership securities of any newly established Class or any existing Class to Partners or other Persons who may acquire an interest in the Partnership; and (ii) to amend this Agreement to reflect the creation of any such new Class, the issuance of Units or other Partnership securities of such Class, and the admission of any Person as a Partner which has received Units or other Partnership securities. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement to the contrary, any reference to “Units” shall include the Class A Units and Units of any other Class or series that may be established in accordance with this Agreement. All Units of a particular Class shall have identical rights in all respects as all other Units of such Class, except in each case as otherwise specified in this Agreement.

Section 7.02. Reclassification of Interests .  In accordance with the IPO Reorganization Agreement, all Interests (as defined in the Original Agreement) in the Partnership issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effectiveness of this Agreement are hereby converted into Class A Units and each Limited Partner owns the number of Class A Units set forth opposite the name of such Limited Partner in the register of the Partnership.

Section 7.03. Register; Certificates; Legends .  The register of the Partnership shall be the definitive record of ownership of each Unit and all relevant information with respect to each Partner. Unless the General Partner in its sole discretion shall determine otherwise, Units shall be uncertificated and recorded in the books and records of the Partnership. Certificates, if any, representing Units that are issued to any Partner shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY OTHER STATE OR FOREIGN SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, OR TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH. THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE ALSO SUBJECT TO ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AS SET FORTH IN THE FOURTH

 

20


AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT DATED AS OF [            ], 2015, AS AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME A COPY OF WHICH WILL BE FURNISHED BY SUMMIT MATERIALS HOLDINGS L.P. UPON REQUEST.

Section 7.04. Registered Partners .  The Partnership shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a Person registered on its records as the owner of Units for all purposes and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in Units on the part of any other Person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the Act or other applicable Law.

ARTICLE VIII

VESTING; FORFEITURE OF INTERESTS; TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS

Section 8.01. Vesting of Unvested Units .

(a) Unvested Units shall become vested pursuant to the terms of an Award Agreement entered into by and between the General Partner and the applicable Partner, and shall thereafter be Vested Units for all purposes of this Agreement.

(b) The General Partner in its sole discretion may authorize the earlier vesting of all or a portion of Unvested Units owned by any one or more Limited Partners at any time and from time to time, and in such event, such Unvested Units shall vest and thereafter be Vested Units for all purposes of this Agreement. Any such determination in the General Partner’s discretion in respect of Unvested Units shall be final and binding. Such determinations need not be uniform and may be made selectively among Limited Partners, whether or not such Limited Partners are similarly situated, and shall not constitute the breach of any duty hereunder or otherwise existing at law, in equity or otherwise.

(c) Upon the vesting of any Unvested Units in accordance with this Section 8.01 or an Award Agreement entered into in accordance with this Agreement, the General Partner shall modify the books and records of the Partnership to reflect such vesting.

Section 8.02. Forfeiture of Units

(a) Except as otherwise agreed to in writing between the General Partner and the applicable Person and reflected in the books and records of the Partnership, if a Person that is a Service Provider ceases to be a Service Provider for any reason, all Unvested Units held by such Person (or any Personal Planning Vehicle of such Person), and/or in which such Person (or any Personal Planning Vehicle of such Person) has an indirect interest, as set forth in the books and records of the Partnership, shall be immediately forfeited without any consideration, and any such Person (or any such Personal Planning Vehicle) shall cease to own or have any rights, directly or indirectly, with respect to such forfeited Unvested Units.

(b) Except as otherwise agreed to in writing between the General Partner and the applicable Person and reflected in the books and records of the Partnership, if the General Partner determines in good faith that Cause exists with respect to any Person that is or was at any time a Service Provider, the Units (whether or not vested) held by such Person (or any Personal Planning

 

21


Vehicle of such Person), and/or in which such Person (or any Personal Planning Vehicle of such Person) has an indirect interest, as set forth in the books and records of the Partnership, shall be immediately forfeited without any consideration, and any such Person (or any such Personal Planning Vehicle) shall cease to own or have any rights, directly or indirectly, with respect to such forfeited Units. Such determinations need not be uniform and may be made selectively among such Persons, whether or not such Persons are similarly situated, and shall not constitute the breach by the General Partner or any of its directors, managers, officers or members of any duty (including any fiduciary duty) hereunder or otherwise existing at law, in equity or otherwise.

(c) Upon the forfeiture of any Units in accordance with this Section 8.02 , such Units shall be cancelled and the General Partner shall modify the books and records of the Partnership to reflect such forfeiture and cancellation.

Section 8.03. Limited Partner Transfers

(a) Except as otherwise agreed to in writing between the General Partner and the applicable Limited Partner and reflected in the books and records of the Partnership, no Limited Partner or Assignee thereof may Transfer (including pursuant to an Exchange Transaction) all or any portion of its Units or other interest in the Partnership (or beneficial interest therein) without the prior consent of the General Partner, which consent may be given or withheld, or made subject to such conditions (including, without limitation, the receipt of such legal opinions and other documents that the General Partner may require) as are determined by the General Partner, in each case in the General Partner’s sole discretion, and which consent may be in the form of a plan or program entered into or approved by the General Partner, in its sole discretion. Any such determination in the General Partner’s discretion in respect of Units shall be final and binding. Such determinations need not be uniform and may be made selectively among Limited Partners, whether or not such Limited Partners are similarly situated, and shall not constitute the breach of any duty hereunder or otherwise existing at law, in equity or otherwise. Any purported Transfer of Units that is not in accordance with, or subsequently violates, this Agreement shall be, to the fullest extent permitted by law, null and void.

(b) Notwithstanding anything otherwise to the contrary in this Section 8.03 , each Limited Partner may Transfer Units in Exchange Transactions pursuant to, and in accordance with, the Exchange Agreement; provided that such Exchange Transactions shall be effected in compliance with policies that the General Partner may adopt or promulgate from time to time (including policies requiring the use of designated administrators or brokers) in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding Section 17-702(d) of the Act, any Class A Units acquired by the Partnership pursuant to an Exchange Transaction shall not be cancelled and shall be deemed re-issued to the General Partner by the Partnership.

(c) Notwithstanding anything otherwise to the contrary in this Section 8.03 , a Personal Planning Vehicle of a Limited Partner may Transfer Units: (i) to the donor thereof; (ii) if the Personal Planning Vehicle is a grantor retained annuity trust and the trustee(s) of such grantor retained annuity trust is obligated to make one or more distributions to the donor of the grantor retained annuity trust, the estate of the donor of the grantor retained annuity trust, the spouse of the donor of the grantor retained annuity trust or the estate of the spouse of the donor of the grantor retained annuity trust, to any such Persons; or (iii) upon the death of such Limited Partner, to the spouse of such Limited Partner or a trust for which a deduction under Section 2056 or 2056A (or any successor provisions) of the Code may be sought.

 

22


(d) Notwithstanding anything otherwise to the contrary in this Section 8.03 , but subject to Section 8.06(b) , Blackstone Limited Partners may Transfer all or any portion of their Units or other interest in the Partnership (or beneficial interest therein) without the prior consent of the General Partner.

Section 8.04. Mandatory Exchanges .  The General Partner may in its sole discretion at any time and from time to time, without the consent of any Limited Partner or other Person, cause to be Transferred in an Exchange Transaction any and all Units, except for Units held by any Person that is a Blackstone Limited Partner or who is Service Provider at the time in question and/or in which a Person that is a Blackstone Limited Partner or a Service Provider at the time in question has an indirect interest as set forth in the books and records of the Partnership. Any such determinations by the General Partner need not be uniform and may be made selectively among Limited Partners, whether or not such Limited Partners are similarly situated. In addition, the General Partner may, with the consent of Partners whose Vested Percentage Interests exceed 66 2/3% of the Vested Percentage Interests of all Partners in the aggregate, require all Limited Partners to Transfer in an Exchange Transaction all Units held by them; provided that the prior written consent of each Blackstone Limited Partner affected by any such proposed Transfer will be required.

Section 8.05. Encumbrances .  No Limited Partner or Assignee may create an Encumbrance with respect to all or any portion of its Units (or any beneficial interest therein) other than Encumbrances that run in favor of the Limited Partner unless the General Partner consents in writing thereto, which consent may be given or withheld, or made subject to such conditions as are determined by the General Partner, in the General Partner’s sole discretion. Consent of the General Partner shall be withheld until the holder of the Encumbrance acknowledges the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Any purported Encumbrance that is not in accordance with this Agreement shall be, to the fullest extent permitted by law, null and void.

Section 8.06. Further Restrictions .

(a) Notwithstanding any contrary provision in this Agreement, the General Partner may impose such vesting requirements, forfeiture provisions, Transfer restrictions, minimum retained ownership requirements or other similar provisions with respect to any Units that are outstanding as of the date of this Agreement or are created thereafter, with the written consent of the holder of such Units. Such requirements, provisions and restrictions need not be uniform and may be waived or released by the General Partner in its sole discretion with respect to all or a portion of the Units owned by any one or more Limited Partners at any time and from time to time, and shall not constitute the breach of any duty hereunder or otherwise existing at law, in equity or otherwise.

(b) Notwithstanding any contrary provision in this Agreement, in no event may any Transfer of a Unit be made by any Limited Partner or Assignee if:

 

23


(i) such Transfer is made to any Person who lacks the legal right, power or capacity to own such Unit;

(ii) such Transfer would require the registration of such transferred Unit or of any Class of Unit pursuant to any applicable U.S. federal or state securities laws (including, without limitation, the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) or other non-U.S. securities laws (including Canadian provincial or territorial securities laws) or would constitute a non-exempt distribution pursuant to applicable provincial or state securities laws;

(iii) such Transfer would cause (i) all or any portion of the assets of the Partnership to (A) constitute “plan assets” (under ERISA, the Code or any applicable Similar Law) of any existing or contemplated Limited Partner, or (B) be subject to the provisions of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code or any applicable Similar Law, or (ii) the General Partner to become a fiduciary with respect to any existing or contemplated Limited Partner, pursuant to ERISA, any applicable Similar Law, or otherwise;

(iv) to the extent requested by the General Partner, the Partnership does not receive such legal and/or tax opinions and written instruments (including, without limitation, copies of any instruments of Transfer and such Assignee’s consent to be bound by this Agreement as an Assignee) that are in a form satisfactory to the General Partner, as determined in the General Partner’s sole discretion; provided that no legal and/or tax opinions will be required for any Transfer of a Unit by a Blackstone Limited Partner; or

(v) the General Partner shall determine in its sole discretion that such Transfer would pose a material risk that the Partnership would be treated as a “publicly traded partnership” within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(c) In addition, notwithstanding any contrary provision in this Agreement, to the extent the General Partner shall determine that interests in the Partnership do not meet the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.7704-1(h), the General Partner may impose such restrictions on the Transfer of Units or other interests in the Partnership as the General Partner may determine in its sole discretion to be necessary or advisable so that the Partnership is not treated as a “publicly traded partnership” within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(d) To the fullest extent permitted by law, any Transfer in violation of this Article VIII shall be deemed null and void ab initio and of no effect.

Section 8.07. Rights of Assignees .  Subject to Section 8.06(b) hereof, the Transferee of any permitted Transfer pursuant to this Article VIII will be an assignee only (“ Assignee ”), and only will receive, to the extent transferred, the distributions and allocations of income, gain, loss, deduction, credit or similar item to which the Partner which transferred its Units would be entitled, and such Assignee will not be entitled or enabled to exercise any other rights or powers of a Partner, such other rights, and all obligations relating to, or in connection with, such interest remaining with the transferring Partner. The transferring Partner will remain a Partner even if it has transferred all of its Units to one or more Assignees until such time as the Assignee(s) is admitted to the Partnership as a Partner pursuant to Section 8.09 hereof.

 

24


Section 8.08. Admissions, Withdrawals and Removals

(a) No Person may be admitted to the Partnership as an additional General Partner or substitute General Partner without the prior written consent of each incumbent General Partner, which consent may be given or withheld, or made subject to such conditions as are determined by each incumbent General Partner, in each case in the sole discretion of each incumbent General Partner. A General Partner will not be entitled to Transfer all of its Units or to withdraw from being a General Partner of the Partnership unless another General Partner shall have been admitted hereunder (and not have previously been removed or withdrawn).

(b) No Limited Partner will be removed or entitled to withdraw from being a Partner of the Partnership except in accordance with Section 8.10 hereof. Any additional General Partner or substitute General Partner admitted as a General Partner of the Partnership pursuant to this Section 8.08 is hereby authorized to, and shall, continue the Partnership without dissolution.

(c) Except as otherwise provided in Article IX hereof or the Act, no admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of a Partner will cause the dissolution of the Partnership. To the fullest extent permitted by law, any purported admission, withdrawal or removal that is not in accordance with this Agreement shall be null and void.

Section 8.09. Admission of Assignees as Substitute Limited Partners .  An Assignee will become a substitute Limited Partner only if and when each of the following conditions is satisfied:

(a) the General Partner consents in writing to such admission, which consent may be given or withheld, or made subject to such conditions as are determined by the General Partner, in each case in the General Partner’s sole discretion;

(b) if required by the General Partner, the General Partner receives written instruments (including, without limitation, copies of any instruments of Transfer and such Assignee’s consent to be bound by this Agreement as a substitute Limited Partner) that are in a form satisfactory to the General Partner (as determined in its sole discretion);

(c) if required by the General Partner with respect to any Limited Partner other than a Blackstone Limited Partner, the General Partner receives an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the General Partner to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with this Agreement and all applicable Law; and

(d) if required by the General Partner, the parties to the Transfer, or any one of them, pays all of the Partnership’s reasonable expenses connected with such Transfer (including, but not limited to, the reasonable legal and accounting fees of the Partnership).

Section 8.10. Withdrawal and Removal of Limited Partners .  Subject to Section 8.07 hereof, if a Limited Partner ceases to hold any Units, including as a result of a forfeiture of Units pursuant to Section 8.02 hereof, then such Limited Partner shall cease to be a Limited Partner and to have the power to exercise any rights or powers of a Limited Partner.

 

25


ARTICLE IX

DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION AND TERMINATION

Section 9.01. No Dissolution .  Except as required by the Act, the Partnership shall not be dissolved by the admission of additional Partners or the withdrawal of Partners in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The Partnership may be dissolved, liquidated, wound up and terminated only pursuant to the provisions of this Article IX , and the Partners hereby irrevocably waive any and all other rights they may have to cause a dissolution of the Partnership or a sale or partition of any or all of the Partnership assets.

Section 9.02. Events Causing Dissolution .  The Partnership shall be dissolved and its affairs shall be wound up upon the occurrence of any of the following events (each, a “ Dissolution Event ”):

(a) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Partnership under Section 17-802 of the Act upon the finding by a court of competent jurisdiction that it is not reasonably practicable to carry on the business of the Partnership in conformity with this Agreement;

(b) any event which makes it unlawful for the business of the Partnership to be carried on by the Partners;

(c) the written consent of all Partners;

(d) at any time there are no Limited Partners, unless the Partnership is continued in accordance with the Act;

(e) the Incapacity or removal of the General Partner or the occurrence of a Disabling Event with respect to the General Partner; provided that the Partnership will not be dissolved or required to be wound up in connection with any of the events specified in this Section 9.02(e) if: (i) at the time of the occurrence of such event there is at least one other general partner of the Partnership who is hereby authorized to, and elects to, carry on the business of the Partnership; or (ii) all remaining Limited Partners consent to or ratify the continuation of the business of the Partnership and the appointment of another general partner of the Partnership, effective as of the event that caused the General Partner to cease to be a general partner of the Partnership, within one hundred twenty (120) days following the occurrence of any such event, which consent shall be deemed (and if requested each Limited Partner shall provide a written consent or ratification) to have been given for all Limited Partners if the holders of more than 50% of the Vested Units then outstanding agree in writing to so continue the business of the Partnership; or

(f) the determination of the General Partner in its sole discretion; provided that in the event of a dissolution pursuant to this Section 9.02(f) , the relative economic rights of each Class of Units immediately prior to such dissolution shall be preserved to the greatest extent practicable with respect to distributions made to Partners pursuant to Section 9.03 hereof in connection with the winding up of the Partnership, taking into consideration tax and other legal

 

26


constraints that may adversely affect one or more parties hereto and subject to compliance with applicable laws and regulations, unless, and to the extent that, with respect to any Class of Units, holders of not less than 90% of the Units of such Class consent in writing to a treatment other than as described above.

Section 9.03. Distribution upon Dissolution .  Upon dissolution, the Partnership shall not be terminated and shall continue until the winding up of the affairs of the Partnership is completed. Upon the winding up of the Partnership, the General Partner, or any other Person designated by the General Partner (the “ Liquidation Agent ”), shall take full account of the assets and liabilities of the Partnership and shall, unless the General Partner determines otherwise, liquidate the assets of the Partnership as promptly as is consistent with obtaining the fair value thereof. The proceeds of any liquidation shall be applied and distributed in the following order:

(a) First, to the satisfaction of debts and liabilities of the Partnership (including satisfaction of all indebtedness to Partners and/or their Affiliates to the extent otherwise permitted by law) including the expenses of liquidation, and including the establishment of any reserve which the Liquidation Agent shall deem reasonably necessary for any contingent, conditional or unmatured contractual liabilities or obligations of the Partnership (“ Contingencies ”). Any such reserve may be paid over by the Liquidation Agent to any attorney-at-law, or acceptable party, as escrow agent, to be held for disbursement in payment of any Contingencies and, at the expiration of such period as shall be deemed advisable by the Liquidation Agent for distribution of the balance in the manner hereinafter provided in this Section 9.03 ;

(b) Second, to the satisfaction of “catch-up” distributions due pursuant to Section 4.02(b) , if any, to the Partners holding any such Vested Units for which such distributions are due pro rata in accordance with all such Partners’ respective Vested Units for which such distributions are due; and

(c) The balance, if any, to the Partners, pro rata in accordance with the Partners’ respective Vested Percentage Interests (taking into account any amounts previously deemed distributed pursuant to Section 5.07 and not offset against prior distributions).

Section 9.04. Time for Liquidation .  A reasonable amount of time shall be allowed for the orderly liquidation of the assets of the Partnership and the discharge of liabilities to creditors so as to enable the Liquidation Agent to minimize the losses attendant upon such liquidation.

Section 9.05. Termination .  The Partnership shall terminate when all of the assets of the Partnership, after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Partnership, shall have been distributed to the holders of Units in the manner provided for in this Article IX , and the Certificate shall have been cancelled in the manner required by the Act.

Section 9.06. Claims of the Partners .  The Partners shall look solely to the Partnership’s assets for the return of their Capital Contributions, and if the assets of the Partnership remaining after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Partnership are insufficient to return such Capital Contributions, the Partners shall have no recourse against the Partnership or any other Partner or any other Person. No Partner with a negative balance

 

27


in such Partner’s Capital Account shall have any obligation to the Partnership or to the other Partners or to any creditor or other Person to restore such negative balance during the existence of the Partnership, upon dissolution or termination of the Partnership or otherwise, except to the extent required by the Act.

Section 9.07. Survival of Certain Provisions .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the provisions of Section 5.07 , Section 10.02 , Section 11.09 and Section 11.10 hereof shall survive the termination of the Partnership.

ARTICLE X

LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

Section 10.01. Liability of Partners

(a) No Limited Partner and no Affiliate, manager, member, employee or agent of a Limited Partner shall be liable for any debt, obligation or liability of the Partnership or of any other Partner or have any obligation to restore any deficit balance in its Capital Account solely by reason of being a Limited Partner of the Partnership, except to the extent required by the Act.

(b) This Agreement is not intended to, and does not, create or impose any duty (including any fiduciary duty) other than express contractual duties set forth herein on any of the Partners (including without limitation, the General Partner) hereto or on their respective Affiliates. Further, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any duty otherwise existing at law or in equity, the parties hereto agree that no Limited Partner or General Partner shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have duties (including fiduciary duties) other than express contractual duties set forth herein to any other Partner or to the Partnership, and in doing so, recognize, acknowledge and agree that their duties and obligations to one another and to the Partnership are only as expressly set forth in this Agreement; provided , however , that each Partner shall have the duty to act in accordance with the implied contractual covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

(c) To the extent that, at law or in equity, any Partner (including without limitation, the General Partner) has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Partnership, to another Partner or to another Person who is a party to or is otherwise bound by this Agreement, the Partners (including without limitation, the General Partner) acting under this Agreement will not be liable to the Partnership, to any such other Partner or to any such other Person who is a party to or is otherwise bound by this Agreement, for their good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict or eliminate the duties and liabilities relating thereto of any Partner (including without limitation, the General Partner) otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Partners to replace to that extent such other duties and liabilities of the Partners relating thereto (including without limitation, the General Partner).

(d) The General Partner may consult with legal counsel, accountants and financial or other advisors selected by it, and any act or omission taken by the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership or in furtherance of the interests of the Partnership in good faith in

 

28


reliance upon and in accordance with the advice of such Person as to matters the General Partner reasonably believes to be within such Person’s professional or expert competence shall be conclusively presumed to have been done or omitted in good faith and in accordance with such opinion or advice, and the General Partner will be fully protected in so acting or omitting to act so long as such counsel or accountants or financial or other advisors were selected with reasonable care.

(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or otherwise applicable provision of law or equity, whenever in this Agreement the General Partner is permitted or required to make a decision (i) in its “sole discretion” or “discretion” or under a grant of similar authority or latitude, such General Partner shall be entitled to consider only such interests and factors as it desires, including its own interests, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, have no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of or factors affecting the Partnership or the Limited Partners, or (ii) in its “good faith” or under another expressed standard, such General Partner shall act under such express standard and shall not be subject to any other or different standards.

Section 10.02. Indemnification.

(a) Exculpation and Indemnification .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, whether express or implied, to the fullest extent permitted by law, no Indemnitee shall be liable to the Partnership or any Partner for any act or omission in relation to the Partnership or this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby taken or omitted by an Indemnitee unless such Indemnitee’s conduct constituted fraud, bad faith or willful misconduct. To the fullest extent permitted by law, as the same exists or hereafter be amended (but in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Partnership to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Partnership to provide prior to such amendment), the Partnership shall indemnify any Indemnitee who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (brought in the right of the Partnership or otherwise), whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative or investigative, and whether formal or informal, including appeals, by reason of his or her or its status as an Indemnitee or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted to be taken by Indemnitee in such capacity, for and against all loss and liability suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, including appeals; provided that such Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification hereunder if, but only to the extent that, such Indemnitee’s conduct constituted fraud, bad faith or willful misconduct. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.02(c) hereof, the Partnership shall be required to indemnify an Indemnitee in connection with any action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) (i) commenced by such Indemnitee only if the commencement of such action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) by such Indemnitee was authorized by the General Partner and (ii) by or in the right of the Partnership only if the General Partner has provided its prior written consent. The indemnification of an Indemnitee of the type identified in clause (d)  of the definition of Indemnitee shall be secondary to any and all indemnification to which such Indemnitee is entitled from the relevant other Person (including any payment made to such Indemnitee under any insurance policy issued to or for the benefit of such Person or Indemnitee) (the “ Primary Indemnification ”), and will only be paid to the extent the

 

29


Primary Indemnification is not paid and/or does not provide coverage (e.g., a self-insured retention amount under an insurance policy). No such Person shall be entitled to contribution or indemnification from or subrogation against the Partnership. The indemnification of any other Indemnitee shall, to the extent not in conflict with such policy, be secondary to any and all payment to which such Indemnitee is entitled from any relevant insurance policy issued to or for the benefit of the Partnership or any Indemnitee. For the avoidance of doubt, this Agreement shall not affect the indemnification and advancement rights provided pursuant to the Original Agreement in favor of any Person relating to proceedings arising out of actions or omissions occurring in whole or in part prior to the effectiveness of this Agreement.

(b) Advancement of Expenses .  To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Partnership shall promptly pay expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by any Indemnitee in appearing at, participating in or defending any action, suit or proceeding in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding, including appeals, upon presentation of an undertaking on behalf of such Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified under this Section 10.02 or otherwise. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.02(c) hereof, the Partnership shall be required to pay expenses of an Indemnitee in connection with any action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) (i) commenced by such Indemnitee only if the commencement of such action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) by such Indemnitee was authorized by the General Partner and (ii) by or in the right of the Partnership only if the General Partner has provided its prior written consent.

(c) Unpaid Claims .  If a claim for indemnification (following the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding) or advancement of expenses under this Section 10.02 is not paid in full within thirty (30) days after a written claim therefor by any Indemnitee has been received by the Partnership, such Indemnitee may file proceedings to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. In any such action the Partnership shall have the burden of proving that such Indemnitee is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable Law.

(d) Insurance .  (i) To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Partnership may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person described in Section 10.02(a) hereof against any liability asserted against such person, whether or not the Partnership would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Section 10.02 or otherwise.

(ii) In the event of any payment by the Partnership under this Section 10.02 , the Partnership shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee from any relevant other Person or under any insurance policy issued to or for the benefit of the Partnership, such relevant other Person, or any Indemnitee. Each Indemnitee agrees to execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Partnership to bring suit to enforce any such rights in accordance with the terms of such insurance policy or other relevant document. The Partnership shall pay or reimburse all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with such subrogation.

 

30


(iii) The Partnership shall not be liable under this Section 10.02 to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (including, but not limited to, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement, and excise taxes with respect to an employee benefit plan or penalties) if and to the extent that the applicable Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under this Section 10.02 or any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

(e) Non-Exclusivity of Rights .  The provisions of this Section 10.02 shall be applicable to all actions, claims, suits or proceedings made or commenced after the date of this Agreement, whether arising from acts or omissions to act occurring before or after its adoption. The provisions of this Section 10.02 shall be deemed to be a contract between the Partnership and each person entitled to indemnification under this Section 10.02 (or legal representative thereof) who serves in such capacity at any time while this Section 10.02 and the relevant provisions of applicable Law, if any, are in effect, and any amendment, modification or repeal hereof shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts or any action, suit or proceeding then or theretofore existing, or any action, suit or proceeding thereafter brought or threatened based in whole or in part on any such state of facts. If any provision of this Section 10.02 shall be found to be invalid or limited in application by reason of any law or regulation, it shall not affect the validity of the remaining provisions hereof. The rights of indemnification provided in this Section 10.02 shall neither be exclusive of, nor be deemed in limitation of, any rights to which any person may otherwise be or become entitled or permitted by contract, this Agreement or as a matter of law, both as to actions in such person’s official capacity and actions in any other capacity, it being the policy of the Partnership that indemnification of any person whom the Partnership is obligated to indemnify pursuant to Section 10.02(a) hereof shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law.

For purposes of this Section 10.02 , references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Partnership” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Partnership which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries.

This Section 10.02 shall not limit the right of the Partnership, to the extent and in the manner permitted by law, to indemnify and to advance expenses to, and purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of, persons other than persons described in Section 10.02(a) hereof.

ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.01. Severability .  If any term or other provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of Law, or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon a determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this

 

31


Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

Section 11.02. Notices .  All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given (and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt) by delivery in person, by courier service (delivery receipt requested), by fax, by electronic mail or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the respective parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 11.02 ):

 

  (a) If to the Partnership, to:

Summit Materials Holdings L.P.

1550 Wynkoop Street, 3rd Floor

Denver, Colorado 80202

Attention: Chief Legal Officer

Fax: (303) 893-6993

Email: Legal@Summit-Materials.com

with a copy to:

Summit Materials Holdings L.P.

1550 Wynkoop Street, 3rd Floor

Denver, Colorado 80202

Attention: [Chief Financial Officer]

Fax: [            ]

Email: [Brian.Harris@summit-materials.com]

 

  (b) If to any Limited Partner, to:

c/o Summit Materials Holdings L.P.

1550 Wynkoop Street, 3rd Floor

Denver, Colorado 80202

Attention: Chief Legal Officer

Fax: (303) 893-6993

Email: Legal@Summit-Materials.com

with a copy to:

c/o Summit Materials Holdings L.P.

1550 Wynkoop Street, 3rd Floor

Denver, Colorado 80202

Attention: [Chief Financial Officer]

Fax: [            ]

Email: [Brian.Harris@summit-materials.com]

 

32


The General Partner shall use commercially reasonable efforts to forward any such communication to the applicable Partner’s address, email address or facsimile number as shown in the Partnership’s books and records.

 

  (c) If to the General Partner, to:

Summit Materials, Inc.

1550 Wynkoop Street, 3rd Floor

Denver, Colorado 80202

Attention: Chief Legal Officer

Fax: (303) 893-6993

Email: Legal@Summit-Materials.com

with a copy to:

Summit Materials, Inc.

1550 Wynkoop Street, 3rd Floor

Denver, Colorado 80202

Attention: [Chief Financial Officer]

Fax: [            ]

Email: [Brian.Harris@summit-materials.com]

Section 11.03. Cumulative Remedies . The rights and remedies provided by this Agreement are cumulative and the use of any one right or remedy by any party shall not preclude or waive its right to use any or all other remedies. Said rights and remedies are given in addition to any other rights the parties may have by Law.

Section 11.04. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of all of the parties and, to the extent permitted by this Agreement, their successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legal representatives and assigns.

Section 11.05. Interpretation .  Throughout this Agreement, nouns, pronouns and verbs shall be construed as masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural, whichever shall be applicable. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to “Articles,” “Sections” and paragraphs shall refer to corresponding provisions of this Agreement.

Each party hereto acknowledges and agrees that the parties hereto have participated collectively in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement and that he or she or it has had the opportunity to draft, review and edit the language of this Agreement; accordingly, it is the intention of the parties that no presumption for or against any party arising out of drafting all or any part of this Agreement will be applied in any dispute relating to, in connection with or involving this Agreement. Accordingly, the parties hereby waive to the fullest extent permitted by law the benefit of any rule of law or any legal decision that would require that in cases of uncertainty, the language of a contract should be interpreted most strongly against the party who drafted such language.

Section 11.06. Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed and delivered (including by facsimile transmission) in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be deemed to be

 

33


an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Copies of executed counterparts transmitted by telecopy or other electronic transmission service shall be considered original executed counterparts for purposes of this Section 11.06 .

Section 11.07. Further Assurances .  Each Partner shall perform all other acts and execute and deliver all other documents as may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

Section 11.08. Entire Agreement .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

Section 11.09. Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of Delaware.

Section 11.10. Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial .

(a) Any and all disputes which cannot be settled amicably, including any ancillary claims of any party, arising out of, relating to or in connection with the validity, negotiation, execution, interpretation, performance or non-performance of this Agreement (including the validity, scope and enforceability of this arbitration provision) shall be finally settled by arbitration conducted by a single arbitrator in New York in accordance with the then-existing Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce. If the parties to the dispute fail to agree on the selection of an arbitrator within thirty (30) days of the receipt of the request for arbitration, the International Chamber of Commerce shall make the appointment. The arbitrator shall be a lawyer and shall conduct the proceedings in the English language. Performance under this Agreement shall continue if reasonably possible during any arbitration proceedings.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 11.10(a) hereof, the parties hereto may bring an action or special proceeding in any court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of compelling a party to arbitrate, seeking temporary or preliminary relief in aid of an arbitration hereunder, and/or enforcing an arbitration award and, for the purposes of this Section 11.10(b) , each party hereto (i) expressly consents to the application of Section 11.10(c) hereof to any such action or proceeding and (ii) agrees that proof shall not be required that monetary damages for breach of the provisions of this Agreement would be difficult to calculate and that remedies at law would be inadequate.

(c) (i) EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF COURTS LOCATED IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 11.10 , OR ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING ANCILLARY TO AN ARBITRATION OR CONTEMPLATED ARBITRATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR CONCERNING THIS AGREEMENT. Such ancillary judicial proceedings include any suit, action or proceeding to compel arbitration, to obtain temporary or preliminary judicial relief in aid of arbitration, or to confirm an arbitration award. The parties acknowledge that the fora designated by this Section 11.10(c) have a reasonable relation to this Agreement, and to the parties’ relationship with one another.

 

34


(ii) The parties hereby waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which they now or hereafter may have to personal jurisdiction or to the laying of venue of any such ancillary suit, action or proceeding brought in any court referred to in the preceding paragraph of this Section 11.10 and such parties agree not to plead or claim the same.

Section 11.11. Expenses .  Except as otherwise specified in this Agreement, the Partnership shall be responsible for all costs and expenses, including, without limitation, fees and disbursements of counsel, financial advisors and accountants, incurred in connection with its operation.

Section 11.12. Amendments and Waivers

(a) This Agreement (including the Annexes hereto) may be amended, supplemented, waived or modified by the General Partner in its sole discretion without the approval of any Limited Partner or other Person; provided that for so long as Blackstone Limited Partners collectively own, in the aggregate, at least 5% of the outstanding Class A Units, the prior written consent of each Blackstone Limited Partner will be required for any amendment, supplement, waiver or modification of this Agreement, including any amendment, supplement, waiver or modification that may occur as a result of merger, consolidation, combination or conversion of the Partnership; provided further that no amendment may materially and adversely affect the rights of a holder of Units, as such, other than on a pro rata basis with other holders of Units of the same Class without the consent of such holder (or, if there is more than one such holder that is so affected, without the consent of a majority in interest of such affected holders in accordance with their holdings of such Class of Units); provided , however , that notwithstanding the foregoing, the General Partner may, without the written consent of any Limited Partner or any other Person, amend, supplement, waive or modify any provision of this Agreement and execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record whatever documents may be required in connection therewith, to reflect: (1) any amendment, supplement, waiver or modification that the General Partner determines in its sole discretion to be necessary or appropriate in connection with the creation, authorization or issuance of Units or any Class or series of equity interest in the Partnership pursuant to Section 7.01 hereof; (2) the admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of Partners in accordance with this Agreement, including pursuant to Section 7.01 hereof; (3) a change in the name of the Partnership, the location of the principal place of business of the Partnership, the registered agent of the Partnership or the registered office of the Partnership; (4) any amendment, supplement, waiver or modification that the General Partner determines in its sole discretion to be necessary or appropriate to address changes in U.S. federal income tax regulations, legislation or interpretation; and/or (5) a change in the Fiscal Year or taxable year of the Partnership and any other changes that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate as a result of a change in the Fiscal Year or taxable year of the Partnership including a change in the dates on which distributions are to be made by the Partnership. If an amendment has been approved in accordance with this agreement, such amendment shall be adopted and effective with respect to all Partners. Upon obtaining such approvals as may be required by this Agreement, and without further action or execution on the part of any other Partner or other Person, any amendment to this Agreement may be implemented and reflected in a writing executed solely by the General Partner and the Limited Partners shall be deemed a party to and bound by such amendment.

 

35


(b) No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder (other than a failure or delay beyond a period of time specified herein) shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by Law.

(c) The General Partner may, in its sole discretion, unilaterally amend this Agreement on or before the effective date of the final regulations to provide for (i) the election of a safe harbor under Proposed Treasury Regulation Section 1.83-3(l) (or any similar provision) under which the fair market value of a Partnership interest (or interest in an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is transferred is treated as being equal to the liquidation value of that interest, (ii) an agreement by the Partnership and each of its Partners to comply with all of the requirements set forth in such regulations and Notice 2005-43 (and any other guidance provided by the Internal Revenue Service with respect to such election) with respect to all Partnership interests (or interest in an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) transferred in connection with the performance of services while the election remains effective, (iii) the allocation of items of income, gains, deductions and losses required by the final regulations similar to Proposed Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(xii)(b) and (c), 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(b)(1) and any other related amendments.

(d) Except as may be otherwise required by law in connection with the winding-up, liquidation, or dissolution of the Partnership, each Partner hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights that it may have to maintain an action for judicial accounting or for partition of any of the Partnership’s property.

Section 11.13. No Third Party Beneficiaries .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of the parties hereto and their permitted assigns and successors and nothing herein, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person or entity, any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement (other than pursuant to Section 10.02 hereof); provided , however , that each employee, officer, director, agent or indemnitee of any Person who is bound by this Agreement or its Affiliates is an intended third party beneficiary of Section 11.10 hereof and shall be entitled to enforce its rights thereunder.

Section 11.14. Headings .  The headings and subheadings in this Agreement are included for convenience and identification only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent or intent of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

Section 11.15. Power of Attorney .  Each Limited Partner hereby irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the General Partner as its true and lawful agent and attorney in fact, with full power of substitution and full power and authority in its name, place and stead, to make, execute, sign, acknowledge, swear to, record and file (a) this Agreement and any amendment to this Agreement that has been adopted as herein provided; (b) all amendments to the Certificate required or permitted by law or the provisions of this Agreement; (c) all certificates and other instruments (including consents and ratifications which the Limited Partners have agreed to provide upon a matter receiving the agreed support of Limited Partners) deemed advisable by the General Partner to carry out the provisions of this Agreement (including the provisions of Section 8.04 hereof) and

 

36


Law or to permit the Partnership to become or to continue as a limited partnership or entity wherein the Limited Partners have limited liability in each jurisdiction where the Partnership may be doing business; (d) all instruments that the General Partner deems appropriate to reflect a change or modification of this Agreement or the Partnership in accordance with this Agreement, including, without limitation, the admission of additional Limited Partners or substituted Limited Partners pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement; (e) all conveyances and other instruments or papers deemed advisable by the General Partner to effect the liquidation and termination of the Partnership; and (f) all fictitious or assumed name certificates required or permitted (in light of the Partnership’s activities) to be filed on behalf of the Partnership.

Section 11.16. Separate Agreements; Schedules .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, including Section 11.12 hereof, the General Partner in its sole discretion may, or may cause the Partnership to, without the approval of any Limited Partner or other Person, enter into separate subscription, letter or other agreements with individual Limited Partners with respect to any matter, which have the effect of establishing rights under, or altering, supplementing or amending the terms of, this Agreement. The parties hereto agree that any terms contained in any such separate agreement shall govern with respect to such Limited Partner(s) party thereto notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement. The General Partner in its sole discretion may from time to time execute and deliver to the Limited Partners schedules which set forth information contained in the books and records of the Partnership and any other matters deemed appropriate by the General Partner. Such schedules shall be for information purposes only and shall not be deemed to be part of this Agreement for any purpose whatsoever. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, solely for U.S. federal income tax purposes, this Agreement and the Exchange Agreement, and any other separate agreement described in this Section 11.16 shall each constitute a “partnership agreement” within the meaning of Section 761(c) of the Code and Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(h) and 1.761-1(c) of the Treasury Regulations.

Section 11.17. Partnership Status .  The Partners intend for the Partnership to be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no election to the contrary shall be made.

Section 11.18. Delivery by Facsimile or Email . This Agreement, the agreements referred to herein, and each other agreement or instrument entered into in connection herewith or therewith or contemplated hereby or thereby, and any amendments hereto or thereto, to the extent signed and delivered by means of a facsimile machine or email with scan or facsimile attachment, shall be treated in all manner and respects as an original agreement or instrument and shall be considered to have the same binding legal effect as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person. No party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument shall raise the use of a facsimile machine or email to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature or agreement or instrument was transmitted or communicated through the use of a facsimile machine or email as a defense to the formation or enforceability of a contract, and each such party forever waives any such defense.

Section 11.19. Non-Occurrence of IPO .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (including Section 11.12 ), in the event that the IPO of the Class A common stock of the General Partner is not consummated prior to the date that is ten (10) business days after the date of this Agreement, then this Agreement shall automatically, with no action required by any Partner,

 

37


on such date be amended and restated in its entirety back to the Original Agreement and upon such automatic amendment and restatement of this Agreement, this Agreement shall be of no force and effect. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event that the IPO is not consummated, the outstanding interests in the Partnership converted into Class A Units in accordance with the IPO Reorganization Agreement will automatically, with no action required by an Partner, on such date be considered null and void, and such converted interests shall be reinstated in their entirety pursuant to the Original Agreement. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (including Section 11.12 ), this Section 11.19 may not be amended prior to the consummation of the IPO of the Class A common stock of the General Partner.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

38


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have entered into this Agreement or have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers, in each case as of the date first above stated.

 

General Partner:
SUMMIT MATERIALS, INC.
By:    

Name:

Title:

 

Thomas W. Hill

Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Summit Materials Holdings L.P.]


Blackstone Limited Partners:

BLACKSTONE PARTICIPATION PARTNERSHIP

(CAYMAN) V-NQ L.P.

By:   BCP V-NQ GP L.L.C., its U.S. general partner

 

By:    

Name:

Title:

 

Neil P. Simpkins

Senior Managing Director

Witnessed by:

     

Name:

 

Title:

 

BLACKSTONE FAMILY INVESTMENT

PARTNERSHIP (CAYMAN) V-NQ L.P.

 

By:   BCP V-NQ GP L.L.C., its U.S. general partner

 

By:    
Name:   Neil P. Simpkins

Title:

  Senior Managing Director

 

Witnessed by:
     
Name:  
Title:  


BLACKSTONE CAPITAL PARTNERS (CAYMAN) V-NQ L.P.
By:    Blackstone Management Associates (Cayman) V-NQ L.P., its general partner
By:    BCP V-NQ GP L.L.C., its U.S. general partner
By:    
Name:   Neil P. Simpkins
Title:   Senior Managing Director
Witnessed by:

 

Name:  
Title:  
BLACKSTONE CAPITAL PARTNERS (CAYMAN) NQ V-AC L.P.
By:    Blackstone Management Associates (Cayman) V-NQ L.P., its general partner
By:    BCP V-NQ GP L.L.C., its U.S. general partner
By:    
Name:   Neil P. Simpkins
Title:   Senior Managing Director
Witnessed by:

 

Name:  
Title:  


SUMMIT BCP INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS L.P.
By:     Summit BCP Intermediate Holdings GP, Ltd., its general partner
By:    
Name:   Neil P. Simpkins
Title:   Authorized Person


Silverhawk Limited Partners:
SILVERHAWK SUMMIT, L.P.
By:    Silverhawk Capital Partners GP II, L.P., its general partner
By:    
Name:
Title:

 

Witnessed by:
 
Name:
Title:


Thomas W. Hill:
By:    
Name: Thomas W. Hill

 

Witnessed by:
 
Name:  
Title:  


Limited Partners:
All Limited Partners listed in the register of the Partnership as of the date hereof (other than those Limited Partners who signed on their own behalf above).
By:    Summit Materials Holdings GP, Ltd., as attorney-in-fact
By:    
Name:
Title:

The undersigned hereby acknowledge that, in accordance with Section 2.08 of this Agreement, Summit Owner Holdco LLC shall replace Summit Materials Holdings GP, LTD as an interim general partner simultaneously with the consummation of the IPO and that immediately thereafter Summit Materials, Inc. shall replace Summit Owner Holdco LLC as general partner of the Partnership.

 

SUMMIT MATERIALS HOLDINGS GP, LTD.
By:    
Name:
Title:

 

SUMMIT OWNER HOLDCO LLC
By:    Summit Materials Holdings GP, Ltd., its managing member
By:    
Name:
Title:

Exhibit 10.2

TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT

between

SUMMIT MATERIALS, INC.

and

THE PERSONS NAMED HEREIN

Dated as of [            ], 2015


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     2   

Section 1.1

  Definitions      2   
ARTICLE II DETERMINATION OF CERTAIN REALIZED TAX BENEFIT      10   

Section 2.1

  Basis Adjustment      10   

Section 2.2

  Tax Benefit Schedule      10   

Section 2.3

  Procedures, Amendments      11   
ARTICLE III TAX BENEFIT PAYMENTS      12   

Section 3.1

  Payments      12   

Section 3.2

  No Duplicative Payments      14   

Section 3.3

  Pro Rata Payments      14   
ARTICLE IV TERMINATION      14   

Section 4.1

  Early Termination of Agreement; Breach of Agreement      14   

Section 4.2

  Early Termination Notice      16   

Section 4.3

  Payment upon Early Termination      16   
ARTICLE V SUBORDINATION AND LATE PAYMENTS      17   

Section 5.1

  Subordination      17   

Section 5.2

  Late Payments by the Corporate Taxpayer      17   
ARTICLE VI NO DISPUTES; CONSISTENCY; COOPERATION      17   

Section 6.1

  Participation in the Corporate Taxpayer’s and OpCo’s Tax Matters      17   

Section 6.2

  Consistency      18   

Section 6.3

  Cooperation      18   
ARTICLE VII MISCELLANEOUS      18   

Section 7.1

  Notices      18   

Section 7.2

  Counterparts      19   

Section 7.3

  Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries      19   

Section 7.4

  Governing Law      19   

Section 7.5

  Severability      19   

Section 7.6

  Successors; Assignment; Amendments; Waivers      19   

Section 7.7

  Titles and Subtitles      20   

Section 7.8

  Resolution of Disputes      20   

Section 7.9

  Reconciliation      21   

Section 7.10

  Withholding      22   

Section 7.11

  Admission of the Corporate Taxpayer into a Consolidated Group; Transfers of Corporate Assets      22   

Section 7.12

  Confidentiality      23   

Section 7.13

  Change in Law      23   

 

i


TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT

This TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), is dated as of [            ], 2015, and is between Summit Materials, Inc., a Delaware corporation (including any successor corporation, the “ Corporate Taxpayer ”), each of the undersigned parties, and each of the other persons from time to time party hereto (each a “TRA Party” and together the “ TRA Parties ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS , the TRA Parties (other than the Existing Shareholders Representative (as defined below)) directly or indirectly hold limited partner interests (the “ Units ”) in Summit Materials Holdings L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ OpCo ”), which is classified as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes;

WHEREAS , the Corporate Taxpayer is the general partner of OpCo, and holds and will hold, directly and/or indirectly, Units;

WHEREAS , the Units held by the TRA Parties may be exchanged for Class A common stock (the “ Class A Shares ”) of the Corporate Taxpayer, in accordance with and subject to the provisions of the LP Agreement (as defined below) and the Exchange Agreement (as defined below), dated as of [            ], 2015, between the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo and the holders of Units from time to time party thereto;

WHEREAS , OpCo and each of its direct and indirect Subsidiaries (as defined below) treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes currently have and will have in effect an election under Section 754 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), for each Taxable Year (as defined below) in which a taxable acquisition (including a deemed taxable acquisition under Section 707(a) of the Code) of Units by the Corporate Taxpayer from any of the TRA Parties for Class A Shares or other consideration (an “ Exchange ”) occurs; 

WHEREAS , the income, gain, loss, expense and other Tax (as defined below) items of the Corporate Taxpayer may be affected by the Basis Adjustments (as defined below) and the Imputed Interest (as defined below);

WHEREAS , the parties to this Agreement desire to make certain arrangements with respect to the effect of the Basis Adjustments and Imputed Interest on the liability for Taxes of the Corporate Taxpayer;

WHEREAS , Exchanges by the TRA Parties and payments in respect of Tax savings related to such Exchanges are expected to result in Tax savings for the Corporate Taxpayer; and

WHEREAS , the Corporate Taxpayer may achieve Tax savings as a result of becoming entitled to Pre-Merger NOLs of a Blocker TRA Party upon completion of any Blocker TRA Party Merger (each as defined below).

 

1


NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the terms set forth in this Article I shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined).

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such first Person. 

Agreed Rate ” means LIBOR plus 100 basis points.

Agreement ” is defined in the Preamble to this Agreement.

Amended Schedule ” is defined in Section 2.3(b) of this Agreement.

Basis Adjustment ” means the adjustment to the tax basis of a Reference Asset under Sections 732, 734(b) and 1012 of the Code (in situations where, as a result of one or more Exchanges, OpCo becomes an entity that is disregarded as separate from its owner for United States federal income tax purposes) or under Sections 734(b), 743(b) and 754 of the Code (in situations where, following an Exchange, OpCo remains in existence as an entity treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes) and, in each case, comparable sections of state and local tax laws, as a result of an Exchange and the payments made pursuant to this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the amount of any Basis Adjustment resulting from an Exchange of one or more Units shall be determined without regard to any Pre-Exchange Transfer of such Units and as if any such Pre-Exchange Transfer had not occurred.

A “ Beneficial Owner ” of a security is a Person who directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares: (i) voting power, which includes the power to vote, or to direct the voting of, such security; and/or (ii) investment power, which includes the power to dispose of, or to direct the disposition of, such security. The terms “ Beneficially Own ” and “ Beneficial Ownership ” shall have correlative meanings.

Blocker TRA Parties ” means Blackstone SMT Feeder Fund V L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Blackstone SMT Feeder Fund (Cayman) V L.P., a Cayman Islands limited partnership, Blackstone SMT Feeder Fund V-AC, a Delaware limited partnership and Blackstone SMT Feeder Fund (Cayman) V-AC L.P., a Cayman Islands limited partnership.

Blocker TRA Party Merger ” means either the merger of a Blocker TRA Party with and into the Corporate Taxpayer, with the Corporate Taxpayer surviving, or the contribution of all of the stock of a Blocker TRA Party to the Corporate Taxpayer in exchange for stock of the Corporate Taxpayer.

 

2


Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Corporate Taxpayer. 

Business Day ” means Monday through Friday of each week, except that a legal holiday recognized as such by the government of the United States of America or the State of New York shall not be regarded as a Business Day.

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

  (i) any Person or any group of Persons acting together that would constitute a “group” for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, or any successor provisions thereto (excluding (a) a corporation or other entity owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Corporate Taxpayer in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Corporate Taxpayer or (b) a group of Persons in which one or more Affiliates of Permitted Investors, directly or indirectly hold Beneficial Ownership of securities representing more than 50% of the total voting power held by such group) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporate Taxpayer representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Corporate Taxpayer’s then outstanding voting securities; or

 

  (ii) the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of directors of the Corporate Taxpayer then serving: individuals who, on the IPO Date, constitute the Board and any new director whose appointment or election by the Board or nomination for election by the Corporate Taxpayer’s shareholders was approved or recommended by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors on the IPO Date or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended by the directors referred to in this clause (ii); or

 

  (iii) there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Corporate Taxpayer with any other corporation or other entity, and, immediately after the consummation of such merger or consolidation, either (x) the Board immediately prior to the merger or consolidation does not constitute at least a majority of the board of directors of the company surviving the merger or, if the surviving company is a Subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof, or (y) the voting securities of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately prior to such merger or consolidation do not continue to represent or are not converted into more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Person resulting from such merger or consolidation or, if the surviving company is a Subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof; or

 

3


  (iv) the shareholders of the Corporate Taxpayer approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporate Taxpayer or there is consummated an agreement or series of related agreements for the sale, lease or other disposition, directly or indirectly, by the Corporate Taxpayer of all or substantially all of the Corporate Taxpayer’s assets, other than such sale or other disposition by the Corporate Taxpayer of all or substantially all of the Corporate Taxpayer’s assets to an entity at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by shareholders of the Corporate Taxpayer in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately prior to such sale.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, except with respect to clause (ii) and clause (iii)(x) above, a “Change of Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of the consummation of any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the record holders of the shares of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in, and own substantially all of the shares of, an entity which owns all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately following such transaction or series of transactions.

Class A Shares ” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.

Code ” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.

Control ” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Corporate Taxpayer ” is defined in the Preamble to this Agreement; provided that the term “Corporate Taxpayer” shall include any company that is a member of any consolidated tax return of which Summit Materials, Inc. is the common parent, where appropriate.

Corporate Taxpayer Return ” means the federal and/or state and/or local Tax Return, as applicable, of the Corporate Taxpayer filed with respect to Taxes of any Taxable Year.

Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit ” for a Taxable Year means the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Benefits for all Taxable Years of the Corporate Taxpayer, up to and including such Taxable Year, net of the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Detriments for the same period. The Realized Tax Benefit and Realized Tax Detriment for each Taxable Year shall be determined based on the most recent Tax Benefit Schedules or Amended Schedules, if any, in existence at the time of such determination.

Cumulative NOL Net Realized Tax Benefit ” for a Taxable Year means the cumulative amount of NOL Realized Tax Benefits for all Taxable Years of the Corporate Taxpayer, up to and including such Taxable Year. The NOL Realized Tax Benefit for each

 

4


Taxable Year shall be determined based on the most recent Tax Benefit Schedules or Amended Schedules, if any, in existence at the time of such determination.

Default Rate ” means LIBOR plus 500 basis points.

Determination ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 1313(a) of the Code or similar provision of state, foreign or local tax law, as applicable, or any other event (including the execution of IRS Form 870-AD) that finally and conclusively establishes the amount of any liability for Tax.

Dispute ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.8(a) of this Agreement.

Early Termination Date ” means the date of an Early Termination Notice for purposes of determining the Early Termination Payment.

Early Termination Effective Date ” means the date on which an Early Termination Schedule becomes binding pursuant to Section 4.2.

Early Termination Notice ” is defined in Section 4.2 of this Agreement.

Early Termination Schedule ” is defined in Section 4.2 of this Agreement. 

Early Termination Payment ” is defined in Section 4.3(b) of this Agreement.

Early Termination Rate ” means LIBOR plus 100 basis points.

Exchange ” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.

Exchange Agreement ” means the Exchange Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof, between the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo and the holders of Units from time to time party thereto, as amended from time to time.

Exchange Basis Schedule ” is defined in Section 2.1 of this Agreement.

Exchange Date ” means the date of any Exchange.

Exchange Notice ” means a notice delivered pursuant to Section 2.1(b) of the Exchange Agreement.

Existing Shareholder ” means an equity holder of a Blocker TRA Party at the time of a Blocker TRA Party Merger.

Existing Shareholders Representative ” means [            ].

Expert ” is defined in Section 7.9 of this Agreement.

Hypothetical Tax Liability ” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, the liability for Taxes of (i) the Corporate Taxpayer and (ii) without duplication, OpCo, but only

 

5


with respect to Taxes imposed on OpCo and allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer, in each case using the same methods, elections, conventions and similar practices used on the relevant Corporate Taxpayer Return, but (a) without taking into account Pre-Merger NOLs, if any, (b) using the Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis as reflected on the Exchange Basis Schedule including amendments thereto for the Taxable Year and (c) excluding any deduction attributable to Imputed Interest in respect of an Exchange for the Taxable Year. For the avoidance of doubt, Hypothetical Tax Liability shall be determined without taking into account the carryover or carryback of any Tax item (or portions thereof) that is attributable to a Basis Adjustment, or Pre-Merger NOLs or Imputed Interest, as applicable.

Imputed Interest ” in respect of a TRA Party shall mean any interest imputed under Section 1272, 1274 or 483 or other provision of the Code and any similar provision of state and local tax law with respect to the Corporate Taxpayer’s payment obligations in respect of such TRA Party under this Agreement.

IPO ” means the initial public offering of Class A Shares by the Corporate Taxpayer.

IPO Date ” means the closing date of the IPO.

IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

LIBOR ” means during any period, an interest rate per annum equal to the one-year LIBOR reported, on the date two days prior to the first day of such period, on the Telerate Page 3750 (or if such screen shall cease to be publicly available, as reported on Reuters Screen page “LIBOR01” or by any other publicly available source of such market rate) for London interbank offered rates for United States dollar deposits for such period.

LP Agreement ” means, with respect to OpCo, the Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of OpCo, dated on or about the date hereof, as amended from time to time.

Market Value ” shall mean the closing price of the Class A Shares on the applicable Exchange Date on the national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system on which such Class A Shares are then traded or listed, as reported by the Wall Street Journal ; provided , that if the closing price is not reported by the Wall Street Journal for the applicable Exchange Date, then the Market Value shall mean the closing price of the Class A Shares on the Business Day immediately preceding such Exchange Date on the national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system on which such Class A Shares are then traded or listed, as reported by the Wall Street Journal ; provided , further , that if the Class A Shares are not then listed on a national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system, “Market Value” shall mean the cash consideration paid for Class A Shares, or the fair market value of the other property delivered for Class A Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith.

Material Objection Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2 of this Agreement.

 

6


NOL Interest Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(c) of this Agreement.

NOL Realized Tax Benefit ” means, for a Taxable Year, the excess, if any, of the Non-NOL Tax Liability over the Hypothetical Tax Liability of (i) the Corporate Taxpayer and (ii) without duplication, OpCo, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on OpCo and allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer. If all or a portion of the actual liability for such Taxes for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by a Taxing Authority of any Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the NOL Realized Tax Benefit unless and until there has been a Determination.

NOL Tax Benefit ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(c) of this Agreement.

NOL Tax Benefit Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(c) of this Agreement.

Non-NOL Tax Liability ” means, with respect to any Taxable Year (or portion thereof) following a Blocker TRA Party Merger, the liability for Taxes of (i) the Corporate Taxpayer and (ii) without duplication, OpCo, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on OpCo and allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer, in each case using the same methods, elections, conventions and similar practices used on the relevant Corporate Taxpayer Return, but (a) without taking into account Pre-Merger NOLs, if any, (b) using the Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis as reflected on the Exchange Basis Schedule including amendments thereto for the Taxable Year and (c) excluding any deduction attributable to Imputed Interest for the Taxable Year. For the avoidance of doubt, Non-NOL Tax Liability shall be determined without taking into account the carryover or carryback of any Tax item (or portions thereof) that is attributable to a Basis Adjustment, Pre-Merger NOLs or Imputed Interest, as applicable

Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis ” means, with respect to any Reference Asset at any time, the Tax basis that such asset would have had at such time if no Basis Adjustments had been made.

Objection Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a) of this Agreement.

Payment Date ” means any date on which a payment is required to be made pursuant to this Agreement.

Permitted Investors ” means investment funds managed by The Blackstone Group L.P. or any of their Affiliates.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, governmental entity or other entity.

Pre-Exchange Transfer ” means any transfer (including upon the death of a Member) or distribution in respect of one or more Units (i) that occurs prior to an Exchange of such Units, and (ii) to which Section 743(b) or 734(b) of the Code applies.

 

7


Pre-Merger NOLs ” means, without duplication, the net operating losses, capital losses, charitable deductions, foreign tax credits and AMT credit carryforwards that the Corporate Taxpayer is entitled to utilize as a result of any Blocker TRA Party Merger that relate to periods (or portions thereof) prior to such Blocker TRA Party Merger; provided, however, that in order to determine whether any such Tax attribute is a Pre-Merger NOL, the Taxable Year of the Corporate Taxpayer that includes the effective date of the relevant Blocker TRA Party Merger shall be deemed to end as of the close of such effective date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Pre-Merger NOL” shall not include any Tax attribute of a Blocker TRA Party that is used to offset Taxes of the Blocker TRA Party, if such offset Taxes are attributable to taxable periods (or portion thereof) ending on or prior to the date of the applicable Blocker TRA Party Merger.

Realized Tax Benefit ” means, for a Taxable Year, the excess, if any, of the Hypothetical Tax Liability over the actual liability for Taxes of (i) the Corporate Taxpayer and (ii) without duplication, OpCo, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on OpCo and allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer. If all or a portion of the actual liability for such Taxes for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by a Taxing Authority of any Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Benefit unless and until there has been a Determination.

Realized Tax Detriment ” means, for a Taxable Year, the excess, if any, of the actual liability for Taxes of (i) the Corporate Taxpayer and (ii) without duplication, OpCo, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on OpCo and allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer, over the Hypothetical Tax Liability. If all or a portion of the actual liability for such Taxes for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by a Taxing Authority of any Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Detriment unless and until there has been a Determination.

Reconciliation Dispute ” is defined in Section 7.9 of this Agreement.

Reconciliation Procedures ” is defined in Section 2.3(a) of this Agreement.

Reference Asset ” means an asset that is held by OpCo, or by any of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries treated as a partnership or disregarded entity (but only if such indirect Subsidiaries are held only through Subsidiaries treated as partnerships or disregarded entities) for purposes of the applicable Tax, at the time of an Exchange. A Reference Asset also includes any asset that is “substituted basis property” under Section 7701(a)(42) of the Code with respect to a Reference Asset.

Schedule ” means any of the following: (i) an Exchange Basis Schedule; (ii) a Tax Benefit Schedule; or (iii) the Early Termination Schedule.

Senior Obligations ” is defined in Section 5.1 of this Agreement.

Subsidiaries ” means, with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, any other Person as to which such Person, owns, directly or indirectly, or otherwise controls more than 50% of the voting power or other similar interests or the sole general partner interest or managing member or similar interest of such Person.

 

8


Tax Benefit Payment ” is defined in Section 3.1(b) of this Agreement.

Tax Benefit Schedule ” is defined in Section 2.2 of this Agreement.

Tax Return ” means any return, declaration, report or similar statement required to be filed with respect to Taxes (including any attached schedules), including, without limitation, any information return, claim for refund, amended return and declaration of estimated Tax.

Taxable Year ” means a taxable year of the Corporate Taxpayer as defined in Section 441(b) of the Code or comparable section of state or local tax law, as applicable (and, therefore, for the avoidance of doubt, may include a period of less than 12 months for which a Tax Return is made), ending on or after the IPO Date.

Taxes ” means any and all United States federal, state, local and foreign taxes, assessments or similar charges that are based on or measured with respect to net income or profits, and any interest related to such Tax.

Taxing Authority ” shall mean any domestic, federal, national, state, county or municipal or other local government, any subdivision, agency, commission or authority thereof, or any quasi-governmental body exercising any taxing authority or any other authority exercising Tax regulatory authority.

TRA Party ” is defined in the Preamble to this Agreement.

TRA Party Representative ” means, initially, [            ], and thereafter, that TRA Party or committee of TRA Parties determined from time to time by a plurality vote of the TRA Parties ratably in accordance with their right to receive Early Termination Payments hereunder if all TRA Parties had fully Exchanged their Units for Class A Shares or other consideration and the Corporate Taxpayer had exercised its right of early termination on the date of the most recent Exchange.

Treasury Regulations ” means the final, temporary and proposed regulations under the Code promulgated from time to time (including corresponding provisions and succeeding provisions) as in effect for the relevant taxable period.

Units ” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.

Valuation Assumptions ” shall mean, as of an Early Termination Date, the assumptions that in each Taxable Year ending on or after such Early Termination Date, (1) the Corporate Taxpayer will have taxable income sufficient to fully utilize the deductions arising from the Basis Adjustments and the Imputed Interest during such Taxable Year or future Taxable Years (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Basis Adjustments and Imputed Interest that would result from future Tax Benefit Payments that would be paid in accordance with the Valuation Assumptions) in which such deductions would become available, (2) any Pre-Merger

 

9


NOLs or loss carryovers generated by deductions arising from Basis Adjustments or Imputed Interest that are available as of the date of such Early Termination Date will be used by the Corporate Taxpayer on a pro rata basis from the date of such Early Termination Date through the earlier of (x) the scheduled expiration date under applicable Tax law of such Pre-Merger NOLs or loss carryovers or (y) the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Early Termination Date, (3) the United States federal, state and local income tax rates that will be in effect for each such Taxable Year will be those specified for each such Taxable Year by the Code and other law as in effect on the Early Termination Date, (4) any non-amortizable assets will be disposed of on the fifteenth (15th) anniversary of the applicable Basis Adjustment and any cash equivalents will be disposed of twelve (12) months following the Early Termination Date; provided , that in the event of a Change of Control, such non-amortizable assets shall be deemed disposed of at the time of sale (if applicable) of the relevant asset in the Change of Control (if earlier than such fifteenth (15th) anniversary) and (5) if, at the Early Termination Date, there are Units that have not been Exchanged, then each such Unit shall be deemed Exchanged for the Market Value of the Class A Shares and the amount of cash that would be transferred if the Exchange occurred on the Early Termination Date.

ARTICLE II

DETERMINATION OF CERTAIN REALIZED TAX BENEFIT

Section 2.1 Basis Adjustment . Within ninety (90) calendar days after the filing of the United States federal income tax return of the Corporate Taxpayer for each Taxable Year in which an Exchange has been effected by any TRA Party, the Corporate Taxpayer shall deliver to such TRA Party a schedule (the “ Exchange Basis Schedule ”) that shows, in reasonable detail necessary to perform the calculations required by this Agreement (i) the Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis of the Reference Assets in respect of such TRA Party as of each applicable Exchange Date, (ii) the Basis Adjustment with respect to the Reference Assets in respect of such TRA Party as a result of the Exchanges effected in such Taxable Year by such TRA Party, calculated in the aggregate, (iii) the period (or periods) over which the Reference Assets in respect of such TRA Party are amortizable and/or depreciable and (iv) the period (or periods) over which each Basis Adjustment in respect of such TRA Party is amortizable and/or depreciable.

Section 2.2 Tax Benefit Schedule .

(a) Tax Benefit Schedule . Within ninety (90) calendar days after the filing of the United States federal income tax return of the Corporate Taxpayer for any Taxable Year in which there is a Realized Tax Benefit, an NOL Realized Tax Benefit or a Realized Tax Detriment in respect of such TRA Party (or, following a Blocker TRA Party Merger, an Existing Shareholder), the Corporate Taxpayer shall provide to such TRA Party (or, in the case of an Existing Shareholder, the Existing Shareholders Representative) a schedule showing, in reasonable detail, the calculation of the Tax Benefit Payment or NOL Tax Benefit Payment in respect of such TRA Party or Existing Shareholder for such Taxable Year (a “ Tax Benefit Schedule ”). Each Tax Benefit Schedule will become final as provided in Section 2.3(a) and may be amended as provided in Section 2.3(b) (subject to the procedures set forth in Section 2.3(b)).

 

10


(b) Applicable Principles . Subject to Section 3.3(a), the Realized Tax Benefit, NOL Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for each Taxable Year is intended to measure the decrease or increase in the actual liability for Taxes of the Corporate Taxpayer for such Taxable Year attributable to the Basis Adjustments, any Pre-Merger NOLs and Imputed Interest, determined using a “with and without” methodology. Carryovers or carrybacks of any Pre-Merger NOLs, Tax item attributable to the Basis Adjustments and Imputed Interest shall be considered to be subject to the rules of the Code and the Treasury Regulations or the appropriate provisions of U.S. state and local income and franchise tax law, as applicable, governing the use, limitation and expiration of carryovers or carrybacks of the relevant type. If a carryover or carryback of any Tax item includes a portion that is attributable to any Pre-Merger NOLs, Basis Adjustments or Imputed Interest and another portion that is not, such portions shall be considered to be used in accordance with the “with and without” methodology. The parties agree that (i) all Tax Benefit Payments attributable to the Basis Adjustments (other than Imputed Interest) will be treated as subsequent upward purchase price adjustments that have the effect of creating additional Basis Adjustments to Reference Assets for the Corporate Taxpayer in the year of payment, (ii) as a result, such additional Basis Adjustments will be incorporated into the current year calculation and into future year calculations, as appropriate, (iii) all NOL Tax Benefits Payments (other than Imputed Interest) will be treated as subsequent upward purchase price adjustments in the applicable Blocker TRA Party Merger and (iv) the actual liability for Taxes will take into account the deduction of the portion of the Tax Benefit Payment or NOL Tax Benefit Payment that must be accounted for as Imputed Interest.

Section 2.3 Procedures, Amendments .

(a) Procedure . Every time the Corporate Taxpayer delivers to a TRA Party an applicable Schedule under this Agreement, including any Amended Schedule delivered pursuant to Section 2.3(b), and any Early Termination Schedule or amended Early Termination Schedule, the Corporate Taxpayer shall also (x) deliver to such TRA Party supporting schedules and work papers, as determined by the Corporate Taxpayer or as reasonably requested by such TRA Party, providing reasonable detail regarding data and calculations that were relevant for purposes of preparing the Schedule and (y) allow such TRA Party reasonable access at no cost to the appropriate representatives at the Corporate Taxpayer, as determined by the Corporate Taxpayer or as reasonably requested by such TRA Party, in connection with a review of such Schedule. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, the Corporate Taxpayer shall ensure that any Tax Benefit Schedule that is delivered to a TRA Party, along with any supporting schedules and work papers, provides a reasonably detailed presentation of the calculation of the actual liability of the Corporate Taxpayer for Taxes, the Hypothetical Tax Liability, and the Non-NOL Tax Liability, and identifies any material assumptions or operating procedures or principles that were used for purposes of such calculations. An applicable Schedule or amendment thereto shall become final and binding on all parties thirty (30) calendar days from the date on which all relevant TRA Parties are treated as having received the applicable Schedule or amendment thereto under Section 7.1 unless the TRA Party Representative (i) within thirty (30) calendar days from such date provides the Corporate Taxpayer with notice of a material objection to such Schedule (“ Objection Notice ”) made in good faith or (ii) provides a written waiver of such right of any Objection Notice within the period described in clause (i) above, in which case such Schedule or amendment thereto becomes binding on the date the waiver is received by the Corporate Taxpayer. If the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative, for any

 

11


reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in the Objection Notice within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt by the Corporate Taxpayer of an Objection Notice, the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative shall employ the reconciliation procedures as described in Section 7.9 of this Agreement (the “ Reconciliation Procedures ”). The TRA Party Representative will fairly represent the interests of each of the TRA Parties and shall timely raise and pursue, in accordance with this Section 2.3(a), any reasonable objection to a Schedule or amendment thereto timely communicated in writing to the TRA Party Representative by a TRA Party.

(b) Amended Schedule . The applicable Schedule for any Taxable Year may be amended from time to time by the Corporate Taxpayer (i) in connection with a Determination affecting such Schedule, (ii) to correct inaccuracies in the Schedule identified as a result of the receipt of additional factual information relating to a Taxable Year after the date the Schedule was provided to a TRA Party, (iii) to comply with the Expert’s determination under the Reconciliation Procedures, (iv) to reflect a change in the Realized Tax Benefit, NOL Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to a carryback or carryforward of a loss or other tax item to such Taxable Year, (v) to reflect a change in the Realized Tax Benefit, NOL Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to an amended Tax Return filed for such Taxable Year, or (vi) to adjust an applicable Exchange Basis Schedule to take into account payments made pursuant to this Agreement (any such Schedule, an “ Amended Schedule ”). The Corporate Taxpayer shall provide an Amended Schedule to each TRA Party within thirty (30) calendar days of the occurrence of an event referenced in clauses (i) through (vi) of the preceding sentence.

(c) In connection with any Blocker TRA Party Merger, in addition to the consideration otherwise received by the Existing Shareholders from the Corporate Taxpayer as a result of such Blocker TRA Party Merger, the Corporate Taxpayer shall transfer (or shall cause to be transferred) to each Existing Shareholder, an interest under this Agreement equivalent to the Existing Shareholder’s pro rata portion of the interest in this Agreement held by such Blocker TRA Party at the effective time of such Blocker TRA Party Merger.

ARTICLE III

TAX BENEFIT PAYMENTS

Section 3.1 Payments .

(a) Payments . Within five (5) calendar days after a Tax Benefit Schedule delivered to a TRA Party (or Existing Shareholders Representative) becomes final in accordance with Section 2.3(a), the Corporate Taxpayer shall pay such TRA Party (or Existing Shareholder Representative, which shall pay to the applicable Existing Shareholder) for such Taxable Year (i) the Tax Benefit Payment determined pursuant to Section 3.1(b) that is allocable to such TRA Party, and/or (ii) the NOL Tax Benefit Payment determined pursuant to Section 3.1(c) that is allocable to such Existing Shareholder. Each such Tax Benefit Payment or NOL Tax Benefit Payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the bank account previously designated by such TRA Party to the Corporate Taxpayer or as otherwise agreed by the Corporate Taxpayer and such TRA Party. For the avoidance of doubt, (x) no Tax Benefit

 

12


Payment or NOL Tax Benefit Payment shall be made in respect of estimated tax payments, including, without limitation, federal estimated income tax payments and (y) the payments provided for pursuant to clause (i) of the above sentence shall be computed separately for each Exchange.

(b) A “ Tax Benefit Payment ” in respect of a TRA Party for a Taxable Year means an amount, not less than zero, equal to the sum of the portion of the Net Tax Benefit that is allocable to such TRA Party and the Interest Amount with respect thereto. For the avoidance of doubt, for Tax purposes, the Interest Amount shall not be treated as interest but instead shall be treated as additional consideration for the acquisition of Units in Exchanges, unless otherwise required by law. Subject to Section 3.3(a), the “ Net Tax Benefit ” for a Taxable Year shall be an amount equal to the excess, if any, of 85% of the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit as of the end of such Taxable Year, over the total amount of payments previously made under clause (i) of the first sentence of Section 3.1(a) (excluding payments attributable to Interest Amounts); provided , for the avoidance of doubt, that no such recipient shall be required to return any portion of any previously made Tax Benefit Payment. The “ Interest Amount ” shall equal the interest on the Net Tax Benefit calculated at the Agreed Rate from the due date (without extensions) for filing the Corporate Taxpayer Return with respect to Taxes for such Taxable Year until the payment date under Section 3.1(a). The Net Tax Benefit and the Interest Amount shall be determined separately with respect to each Exchange, on a Unit-by-Unit basis by reference to the resulting Basis Adjustment to the Corporate Taxpayer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for each Taxable Year ending on or after the date of a Change of Control that occurs after the IPO Date, all Tax Benefit Payments paid with respect to the Units that were Exchanged after the effective time of such Change of Control shall be calculated by utilizing Valuation Assumptions (1), (2) and (4), substituting in each case the terms “date of a Change of Control” for an “Early Termination Date.”

(c) An “ NOL Tax Benefit Payment ” in respect of an Existing Shareholder for a Taxable Year after such Blocker TRA Party engages in a Blocker TRA Party Merger, means an amount, not less than zero, equal to the sum of the portion of the NOL Net Tax Benefit that is allocable to such Existing Shareholder and the NOL Interest Amount with respect thereto. Subject to Section 3.3(a), the “ NOL Net Tax Benefit ” for a Taxable Year shall be an amount equal to the excess, if any, of 85% of the Cumulative NOL Net Realized Tax Benefit as of the end of such Taxable Year, over the total amount of payments previously made under clause (ii) of the first sentence of Section 3.1(a) (excluding payments attributable to NOL Interest Amounts); provided, for the avoidance of doubt, that no such recipient shall be required to return any portion of any previously made NOL Tax Benefit Payment. The “ NOL Interest Amount ” shall equal the interest on the NOL Net Tax Benefit calculated at the Agreed Rate from the due date (without extensions) for filing the Corporate Taxpayer Return with respect to Taxes for such Taxable Year until the payment date under Section 3.1(a). Notwithstanding the foregoing, for each Taxable Year ending on or after the date of a Change of Control that occurs after the IPO Date, all NOL Tax Benefit Payments paid with respect to a Blocker TRA Party Merger occurring after the effective time of such Change of Control, shall be calculated by utilizing Valuation Assumptions (1), (2) and (4), substituting in each case the terms “closing date of a Change of Control” for an “Early Termination Date.”

 

13


Section 3.2 No Duplicative Payments . It is intended that the provisions of this Agreement will not result in duplicative payment of any amount (including interest) required under this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in the appropriate manner to ensure such intentions are realized.

Section 3.3 Pro Rata Payments .

(a) Notwithstanding anything in Section 3.1 to the contrary, to the extent that the aggregate Tax benefit of the Corporate Taxpayer with respect to the Pre-Merger NOLs, the Basis Adjustments or Imputed Interest, as such terms are defined in this Agreement, is limited in a particular Taxable Year because the Corporate Taxpayer does not have sufficient taxable income, the Net Tax Benefit or the NOL Net Tax Benefit for the Corporate Taxpayer shall be allocated among all parties eligible for a Tax Benefit Payment (in the case of the Net Tax Benefit) or NOL Tax Benefit Payment (in the case of the NOL Net Tax Benefit) under this Agreement in proportion to the amounts of Net Tax Benefit and NOL Net Tax Benefit, respectively, that would have been allocated to each party if the Corporate Taxpayer had sufficient taxable income so that there were no such limitation.

(b) After taking into account Section 3.3(a), if for any reason the Corporate Taxpayer does not fully satisfy its payment obligations to make all Tax Benefit Payments and NOL Tax Benefit Payments due under this Agreement in respect of a particular Taxable Year, then the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Parties agree that no Tax Benefit Payment or NOL Tax Benefit Payment shall be made in respect of any Taxable Year until all Tax Benefit Payments in respect of prior Taxable Years have been made in full.

ARTICLE IV

TERMINATION

Section 4.1 Early Termination of Agreement; Breach of Agreement .

(a) The Corporate Taxpayer may terminate this Agreement with respect to all amounts payable to the TRA Parties and with respect to all of the Units held by the TRA Parties at any time by paying to each TRA Party the Early Termination Payment in respect of such TRA Party; provided , however , that this Agreement shall only terminate upon the receipt of the Early Termination Payment by all TRA Parties, and provided , further , that the Corporate Taxpayer may withdraw any notice to execute its termination rights under this Section 4.1(a) prior to the time at which any Early Termination Payment has been paid. Upon payment of the Early Termination Payment by the Corporate Taxpayer, none of the TRA Parties or the Corporate Taxpayer shall have any further payment obligations under this Agreement, other than for any (a) Tax Benefit Payment or NOL Tax Benefit Payment due and payable and that remains unpaid as of the Early Termination Notice and (b) Tax Benefit Payment or NOL Tax Benefit Payment due for the Taxable Year ending with or including the date of the Early Termination Notice (except to the extent that the amount described in clause (b) is included in the Early Termination Payment). If an Exchange or Blocker TRA Party Merger occurs after the Corporate Taxpayer makes all of the required Early Termination Payments, the Corporate Taxpayer shall have no obligations under this Agreement with respect to such Exchange or Blocker TRA Party Merger, as the case may be.

 

14


(b) In the event that the Corporate Taxpayer (1) breaches any of its material obligations under this Agreement, whether as a result of failure to make any payment when due, failure to honor any other material obligation required hereunder or by operation of law as a result of the rejection of this Agreement in a case commenced under the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise or (2) (A) shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (i) under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts or (ii) seeking an appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or it shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (B) there shall be commenced against Corporate Taxpayer any case, proceeding or other action of the nature referred to in clause (A) above that remains undismissed or undischarged for a period of 60 days, all obligations hereunder shall be automatically accelerated and shall be immediately due and payable, and such obligations shall be calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of such breach and shall include, but not be limited to, (1) the Early Termination Payments calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of a breach, (2) any Tax Benefit Payment or NOL Tax Benefit Payment due and payable and that remains unpaid as of the date of a breach, and (3) any Tax Benefit Payment or NOL Tax Benefit Payment in respect of any TRA Party due for the Taxable Year ending with or including the date of a breach; provided that procedures similar to the procedures of Section 4.2 shall apply with respect to the determination of the amount payable by the Corporate Taxpayer pursuant to this sentence. Notwithstanding the foregoing (other than as set forth in subsection (2) above), in the event that the Corporate Taxpayer breaches this Agreement, each TRA Party shall be entitled to elect to receive the amounts set forth in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above or to seek specific performance of the terms hereof. The parties agree that the failure to make any payment due pursuant to this Agreement within three months of the date such payment is due shall be deemed to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement for all purposes of this Agreement, and that it will not be considered to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement to make a payment due pursuant to this Agreement within three months of the date such payment is due. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, it shall not be a breach of this Agreement if the Corporate Taxpayer fails to make any Tax Benefit Payment when due to the extent that the Corporate Taxpayer has insufficient funds to make such payment in the Corporate Taxpayer’s sole judgment exercised in good faith; provided that the interest provisions of Section 5.2 shall apply to such late payment (unless the Corporate Taxpayer does not have sufficient cash to make such payment as a result of limitations imposed by existing credit agreements to which OpCo or any its Subsidiaries is a party, in which case Section 5.2 shall apply, but the Default Rate shall be replaced by the Agreed Rate).

(c) In the event of a Change of Control, then all obligations hereunder with respect to any Exchanges or Pre-Merger NOLs from any Blocker TRA Party Merger occurring prior to such Change of Control shall be accelerated and such obligations shall be calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of such Change of Control and shall

 

15


include (1) the Early Termination Payments calculated with respect to such prior Exchanges or Pre-Merger NOLs as if the Early Termination Date is the date of such Change of Control, (2) any Tax Benefit Payment or NOL Tax Benefit Payment due and payable and that remains unpaid as of the date of such Change of Control, and (3) any Tax Benefit Payment or NOL Tax Benefit Payment in respect of any TRA Party due for the Taxable Year ending with or including the date of such Change of Control. In the event of a Change of Control, any Early Termination Payment described in the preceding sentence shall be calculated utilizing Valuation Assumptions (1), (2), (3) and (4), substituting in each case the terms “date of a Change of Control” for an “Early Termination Date.” Any Exchanges or Pre-Merger NOLs with respect to which a payment has been made under this Section 4.1(c) shall be excluded in calculating any future Tax Benefit Payments, NOL Tax Benefit Payments or Early Termination Payments, and this Agreement shall have no further application to such Exchanges or Pre-Merger NOLs.

Section 4.2 Early Termination Notice . If the Corporate Taxpayer chooses to exercise its right of early termination under Section 4.1 above, the Corporate Taxpayer shall deliver to each TRA Party notice of such intention to exercise such right (“ Early Termination Notice ”) and a schedule (the “ Early Termination Schedule ”) specifying the Corporate Taxpayer’s intention to exercise such right and showing in reasonable detail the calculation of the Early Termination Payment(s) due for each TRA Party. Each Early Termination Schedule shall become final and binding on all parties thirty (30) calendar days from the first date on which all TRA Parties are treated as having received such Schedule or amendment thereto under Section 7.1 unless the TRA Party Representative (i) within thirty (30) calendar days after such date provides the Corporate Taxpayer with notice of a material objection to such Schedule made in good faith (“ Material Objection Notice ”) or (ii) provides a written waiver of such right of a Material Objection Notice within the period described in clause (i) above, in which case such Schedule becomes binding on the date the waiver is received by the Corporate Taxpayer. If the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in such notice within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt by the Corporate Taxpayer of the Material Objection Notice, the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative shall employ the Reconciliation Procedures in which case such Schedule becomes binding ten (10) days after the conclusion of the Reconciliation Procedures. The TRA Party Representative will fairly represent the interests of each of the TRA Parties and shall timely raise and pursue, in accordance with this Section 4.2, any reasonable objection to an Early Termination Schedule or amendment thereto timely communicated in writing to the TRA Party Representative by a TRA Party.

Section 4.3 Payment upon Early Termination .

(a) Within three (3) calendar days after an Early Termination Effective Date, the Corporate Taxpayer shall pay to the TRA Party an amount equal to the Early Termination Payment in respect of such TRA Party. Such payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account or accounts designated by the TRA Party or as otherwise agreed by the Corporate Taxpayer and such TRA Party.

(b) “ Early Termination Payment ” in respect of a TRA Party shall equal the present value, discounted at the Early Termination Rate as of the applicable Early Termination Effective Date, of all Tax Benefit Payments or NOL Tax Benefit Payments in respect of such

 

16


TRA Party that would be required to be paid by the Corporate Taxpayer beginning from the Early Termination Date and assuming that the Valuation Assumptions in respect of such TRA Party are applied.

ARTICLE V

SUBORDINATION AND LATE PAYMENTS

Section 5.1 Subordination . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment required to be made by the Corporate Taxpayer to the TRA Parties under this Agreement shall rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to any principal, interest or other amounts due and payable in respect of any obligations in respect of indebtedness for borrowed money of the Corporate Taxpayer and its Subsidiaries (“ Senior Obligations ”) and shall rank pari passu in right of payment with all current or future unsecured obligations of the Corporate Taxpayer that are not Senior Obligations. To the extent that any payment under this Agreement is not permitted to be made at the time payment is due as a result of this Section 5.1 and the terms of agreements governing Senior Obligations, such payment obligation nevertheless shall accrue for the benefit of TRA Parties and the Corporate Taxpayer shall make such payments at the first opportunity that such payments are permitted to be made in accordance with the terms of the Senior Obligations. 

Section 5.2 Late Payments by the Corporate Taxpayer . The amount of all or any portion of any Tax Benefit Payment, NOL Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment not made to the TRA Parties when due under the terms of this Agreement, whether as a result of Section 5.1 or otherwise, shall be payable together with any interest thereon, computed at the Default Rate and commencing from the date on which such Tax Benefit Payment, NOL Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment was first due and payable to the date of actual payment.

ARTICLE VI

NO DISPUTES; CONSISTENCY; COOPERATION

Section 6.1 Participation in the Corporate Taxpayer’s and OpCo’s Tax Matters . Except as otherwise provided herein, and except as provided in Article V of the LP Agreement, the Corporate Taxpayer shall have full responsibility for, and sole discretion over, all Tax matters concerning the Corporate Taxpayer and OpCo, including without limitation the preparation, filing or amending of any Tax Return and defending, contesting or settling any issue pertaining to Taxes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporate Taxpayer shall notify the TRA Party Representative of, and keep the TRA Party Representative reasonably informed with respect to, the portion of any audit of the Corporate Taxpayer and OpCo by a Taxing Authority the outcome of which is reasonably expected to materially affect the rights and obligations of a TRA Party under this Agreement, and shall provide to the TRA Party Representative reasonable opportunity to provide information and other input to the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo and their respective advisors concerning the conduct of any such portion of such audit; provided , however , that the Corporate Taxpayer and OpCo shall not be required to take any action that is inconsistent with any provision of the LP Agreement.

 

17


Section 6.2 Consistency . The Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Parties agree to report and cause to be reported for all purposes, including federal, state and local Tax purposes and financial reporting purposes, all Tax-related items (including, without limitation, the Basis Adjustments and each Tax Benefit Payment or NOL Tax Benefit Payment) in a manner consistent with that contemplated by this Agreement or specified by the Corporate Taxpayer in any Schedule required to be provided by or on behalf of the Corporate Taxpayer under this Agreement unless otherwise required by law. The Corporate Taxpayer shall (and shall cause OpCo and its other Subsidiaries to) use reasonable efforts (for the avoidance of doubt, taking into account the interests and entitlements of all TRA Parties under this Agreement) to defend the Tax treatment contemplated by this Agreement and any Schedule in any audit, contest or similar proceeding with any Taxing Authority.

Section 6.3 Cooperation . Each of the TRA Parties shall (a) furnish to the Corporate Taxpayer in a timely manner such information, documents and other materials as the Corporate Taxpayer may reasonably request for purposes of making any determination or computation necessary or appropriate under this Agreement, preparing any Tax Return or contesting or defending any audit, examination or controversy with any Taxing Authority, (b) make itself available to the Corporate Taxpayer and its representatives to provide explanations of documents and materials and such other information as the Corporate Taxpayer or its representatives may reasonably request in connection with any of the matters described in clause (a) above, and (c) reasonably cooperate in connection with any such matter, and the Corporate Taxpayer shall reimburse each such TRA Party for any reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred pursuant to this Section.

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.1 Notices . All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given and received (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, or by facsimile or email with confirmation of transmission by the transmitting equipment or (b) on the first Business Day following the date of dispatch if delivered by a recognized next-day courier service. All notices hereunder shall be delivered as set forth below, or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by the party to receive such notice:

If to the Corporate Taxpayer, to:

Summit Materials, Inc.

1550 Wynkoop Street, 3rd Floor

Denver, Colorado 80202

Attention: Chief Legal Officer

Fax: (303) 893-6993

Email: [Anne.Benedict@Summit-Materials.com]

 

18


with a copy to:

Summit Materials, Inc.

1550 Wynkoop Street, 3rd Floor

Denver, Colorado 80202

Attention: [Chief Financial Officer]

Fax: [            ]

Email: [Brian.Harris@summit-materials.com]

If to the TRA Parties, to the respective addresses, fax numbers and email addresses set forth in the records of OpCo.

Any party may change its address, fax number or email by giving the other party written notice of its new address, fax number or email in the manner set forth above.

Section 7.2 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

Section 7.3 Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of each party hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

Section 7.4 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

Section 7.5 Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any law or public policy, all other terms and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

Section 7.6 Successors; Assignment; Amendments; Waivers .

(a) Each TRA Party may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to any Person as long as such transferee has executed and delivered, or, in connection with such

 

19


transfer, executes and delivers, a joinder to this Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Corporate Taxpayer, agreeing to become a TRA Party for all purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise provided in such joinder.

(b) No provision of this Agreement may be amended unless such amendment is approved in writing by each of the Corporate Taxpayer and by the TRA Parties who would be entitled to receive at least two-thirds of the total amount of the Early Termination Payments payable to all TRA Parties hereunder if the Corporate Taxpayer had exercised its right of early termination on the date of the most recent Exchange prior to such amendment (excluding, for purposes of this sentence, all payments made to any TRA Party pursuant to this Agreement since the date of such most recent Exchange); provided , that no such amendment shall be effective if such amendment will have a disproportionate effect on the payments one or more TRA Parties receive under this Agreement unless such amendment is consented in writing by such TRA Parties disproportionately affected who would be entitled to receive at least two-thirds of the total amount of the Early Termination Payments payable to all TRA Parties disproportionately affected hereunder if the Corporate Taxpayer had exercised its right of early termination on the date of the most recent Exchange prior to such amendment (excluding, for purposes of this sentence, all payments made to any TRA Party pursuant to this Agreement since the date of such most recent Exchange). No provision of this Agreement may be waived unless such waiver is in writing and signed by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective.

(c) All of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives. The Corporate Taxpayer shall require and cause any direct or indirect successor (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Corporate Taxpayer, by written agreement, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Corporate Taxpayer would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

Section 7.7 Titles and Subtitles . The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

Section 7.8 Resolution of Disputes .

(a) Any and all disputes which are not governed by Section 7.9 and cannot be settled amicably, including any ancillary claims of any party, arising out of, relating to or in connection with the validity, negotiation, execution, interpretation, performance or non-performance of this Agreement (including the validity, scope and enforceability of this arbitration provision) (each a “ Dispute ”) shall be finally settled by arbitration conducted by a single arbitrator in New York in accordance with the then-existing Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce. If the parties to the Dispute fail to agree on the selection of an arbitrator within thirty (30) calendar days of the receipt of the request for arbitration, the International Chamber of Commerce shall make the appointment. The arbitrator shall be a lawyer admitted to the practice of law in the State of New York and shall conduct the proceedings in the English language. Performance under this Agreement shall continue if reasonably possible during any arbitration proceedings.

 

20


(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a), the Corporate Taxpayer may bring an action or special proceeding in any court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of compelling a party to arbitrate, seeking temporary or preliminary relief in aid of an arbitration hereunder, and/or enforcing an arbitration award and, for the purposes of this paragraph (b), each TRA Party (i) expressly consents to the application of paragraph (c) of this Section 7.8 to any such action or proceeding, (ii) agrees that proof shall not be required that monetary damages for breach of the provisions of this Agreement would be difficult to calculate and that remedies at law would be inadequate, and (iii) irrevocably appoints the Corporate Taxpayer as agent of such TRA Party for service of process in connection with any such action or proceeding and agrees that service of process upon such agent, who shall promptly advise the TRA Party of any such service of process, shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the TRA Party in any such action or proceeding.

(c) (i) EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF COURTS LOCATED IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 7.8, OR ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING ANCILLARY TO AN ARBITRATION OR CONTEMPLATED ARBITRATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR CONCERNING THIS AGREEMENT. Such ancillary judicial proceedings include any suit, action or proceeding to compel arbitration, to obtain temporary or preliminary judicial relief in aid of arbitration, or to confirm an arbitration award. The parties acknowledge that the fora designated by this paragraph (c) have a reasonable relation to this Agreement, and to the parties’ relationship with one another; and

(ii) The parties hereby waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which they now or hereafter may have to personal jurisdiction or to the laying of venue of any such ancillary suit, action or proceeding brought in any court referred to in the preceding paragraph of this Section 7.8 and such parties agree not to plead or claim the same.

Section 7.9 Reconciliation . In the event that the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative are unable to resolve a disagreement with respect to the matters governed by Sections 2.3 and 4.2 within the relevant period designated in this Agreement (“ Reconciliation Dispute ”), the Reconciliation Dispute shall be submitted for determination to a nationally recognized expert (the “ Expert ”) in the particular area of disagreement mutually acceptable to both parties. The Expert shall be a partner or principal in a nationally recognized accounting or law firm, and unless the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative agree otherwise, the Expert shall not, and the firm that employs the Expert shall not, have any material relationship with the Corporate Taxpayer or the TRA Party Representative or other actual or potential conflict of interest. If the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative are unable to agree on an Expert within fifteen (15) calendar days of receipt by the respondent(s) of written notice of a Reconciliation Dispute, the Expert shall be appointed by the International Chamber of Commerce Centre for Expertise. The Expert shall resolve any matter relating to the Exchange Basis Schedule or an amendment thereto or the Early Termination Schedule or an amendment thereto within thirty (30) calendar days and shall resolve

 

21


any matter relating to a Tax Benefit Schedule or an amendment thereto within fifteen (15) calendar days or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable, in each case after the matter has been submitted to the Expert for resolution. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the matter is not resolved before any payment that is the subject of a disagreement would be due (in the absence of such disagreement) or any Tax Return reflecting the subject of a disagreement is due, the undisputed amount shall be paid on the date prescribed by this Agreement and such Tax Return may be filed as prepared by the Corporate Taxpayer, subject to adjustment or amendment upon resolution. The costs and expenses relating to the engagement of such Expert or amending any Tax Return shall be borne by the Corporate Taxpayer except as provided in the next sentence. The Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative shall bear their own costs and expenses of such proceeding, unless (i) the Expert adopts the TRA Party Representative’s position, in which case the Corporate Taxpayer shall reimburse the TRA Party Representative for any reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in such proceeding, or (ii) the Expert adopts the Corporate Taxpayer’s position, in which case the TRA Party Representative shall reimburse the Corporate Taxpayer for any reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in such proceeding. Any dispute as to whether a dispute is a Reconciliation Dispute within the meaning of this Section 7.9 shall be decided by the Expert. The Expert shall finally determine any Reconciliation Dispute and the determinations of the Expert pursuant to this Section 7.9 shall be binding on the Corporate Taxpayer and each of the TRA Parties and may be entered and enforced in any court having jurisdiction.

Section 7.10 Withholding . The Corporate Taxpayer shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any payment payable pursuant to this Agreement such amounts as the Corporate Taxpayer is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code or any provision of state, local or foreign tax law. To the extent that amounts are so withheld and paid over to the appropriate Taxing Authority by the Corporate Taxpayer, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the Person in respect of whom such withholding was made.

Section 7.11 Admission of the Corporate Taxpayer into a Consolidated Group; Transfers of Corporate Assets .

(a) If the Corporate Taxpayer is or becomes a member of an affiliated or consolidated group of corporations that files a consolidated income tax return pursuant to Sections 1501 et seq. of the Code or any corresponding provisions of state or local law, then: (i) the provisions of this Agreement shall be applied with respect to the group as a whole; and (ii) Tax Benefit Payments, NOL Tax Benefit Payments, Early Termination Payments and other applicable items hereunder shall be computed with reference to the consolidated taxable income of the group as a whole.

(b) If any entity that is obligated to make a Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment hereunder transfers one or more assets to a corporation (or a Person classified as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes) with which such entity does not file a consolidated tax return pursuant to Section 1501 of the Code or any corresponding provisions of state, local or foreign law (including as a result of any series of transactions or acts), such entity, for purposes of calculating the amount of any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment (e.g., calculating the gross income of the entity and determining the

 

22


Realized Tax Benefit of such entity) due hereunder, shall be treated as having disposed of such asset in a fully taxable transaction on the date of such contribution. The consideration deemed to be received by such entity shall be equal to the gross fair market value of the contributed asset. For purposes of this Section 7.11, a transfer of a partnership interest shall be treated as a transfer of the transferring partner’s share of each of the assets and liabilities of that partnership.

Section 7.12 Confidentiality .

(a) Each TRA Party and each of their assignees acknowledge and agree that the information of the Corporate Taxpayer is confidential and, except in the course of performing any duties as necessary for the Corporate Taxpayer and its Affiliates, as required by law or legal process or to enforce the terms of this Agreement, such person shall keep and retain in the strictest confidence and not disclose to any Person any confidential matters, acquired pursuant to this Agreement, of the Corporate Taxpayer and its Affiliates and successors, concerning OpCo and its Affiliates and successors or the Members, learned by the TRA Party heretofore or hereafter. This Section 7.12 shall not apply to (i) any information that has been made publicly available by the Corporate Taxpayer or any of its Affiliates, becomes public knowledge (except as a result of an act of the TRA Party in violation of this Agreement) or is generally known to the business community and (ii) the disclosure of information to the extent necessary for the TRA Party to prepare and file its Tax Returns, to respond to any inquiries regarding the same from any taxing authority or to prosecute or defend any action, proceeding or audit by any taxing authority with respect to such returns. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, each TRA Party and each of their assignees (and each employee, representative or other agent of the TRA Party or its assignees, as applicable) may disclose to any and all Persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure of the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo and their Affiliates, and any of their transactions, and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to the TRA Party relating to such tax treatment and tax structure.

(b) If a TRA Party or an assignee commits a breach, or threatens to commit a breach, of any of the provisions of this Section 7.12, the Corporate Taxpayer shall have the right and remedy to have the provisions of this Section 7.12 specifically enforced by injunctive relief or otherwise by any court of competent jurisdiction without the need to post any bond or other security, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach shall cause irreparable injury to the Corporate Taxpayer or any of its Subsidiaries or the TRA Parties and the accounts and funds managed by the Corporate Taxpayer and that money damages alone shall not provide an adequate remedy to such Persons. Such rights and remedies shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available at law or in equity.

Section 7.13 Change in Law . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if, in connection with an actual or proposed change in law, a TRA Party reasonably believes that the existence of this Agreement could cause income (other than income arising from receipt of a payment under this Agreement) recognized by the TRA Party upon any Exchange by such TRA Party to be treated as ordinary income rather than capital gain (or otherwise taxed at ordinary income rates) for United States federal income tax purposes or would have other material adverse tax consequences to such TRA Party, then at the election of such TRA Party and to the extent specified by such TRA Party, this Agreement (i) shall cease to have further effect with respect to such TRA Party, (ii) shall not apply to an Exchange by such TRA Party occurring after

 

23


a date specified by such TRA Party, or (iii) shall otherwise be amended in a manner determined by such TRA Party, provided that such amendment shall not result in an increase in payments under this Agreement at any time as compared to the amounts and times of payments that would have been due in the absence of such amendment.

[ The remainder of this page is intentionally blank ]

 

24


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporate Taxpayer and each TRA Party have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

Corporate Taxpayer:
SUMMIT MATERIALS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

TRA Parties:  
[            ]  

[ Signature Page – Tax Receivable Agreement ]

Exhibit 10.3

EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

EXCHANGE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of [            ], 2015, among Summit Materials, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Summit Materials Holdings L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and the holders of LP Units (as defined herein) from time to time party hereto.

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to provide for the exchange of LP Units for shares of Class A Common Stock (as defined herein), on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and undertakings contained herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

SECTION 1.1. Definitions

The following definitions shall be for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary, applied to the terms used in this Agreement.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Class A Common Stock ” means the Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Corporation.

Class B Common Stock ” means the Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Corporation.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Corporation ” means Summit Materials, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.

Exchange ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) hereof.

Exchange Rate ” means, at any time, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock for which a LP Unit is entitled to be exchanged at such time. On the date of this Agreement, the Exchange Rate shall be 1 for 1, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof.

Financial Sponsor Holders ” means the affiliates of The Blackstone Group L.P. identified as the Financial Sponsor Holders on the signature pages hereto and Permitted Transferees thereof.

IPO ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b) hereof.

LP Unit ” means (i) each Class A Unit (as such term is defined in the Summit Holdings LP Agreement) issued as of the date hereof and (ii) each Class A Unit or other interest in Summit Holdings that may be issued by Summit Holdings in the future that is designated by the Corporation as a “LP Unit.”


LP Unitholder ” means each holder of one or more LP Units that may from time to time be a party to this Agreement.

Permitted Transferee ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 3.1 hereof.

Securities Act ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(f) hereof.

Summit Holdings ” means Summit Materials Holdings L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and any successor thereto.

Summit Holdco ” means Summit Owner Holdco, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and any successor thereto.

Summit Holdings LP Agreement ” means the Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Summit Holdings, dated on or about the date hereof, as such agreement may be amended from time to time.

Unvested Units ” has the meaning given to such term in the Summit Holdings LP Agreement.

ARTICLE II

SECTION 2.1. Exchange of LP Units for Class A Common Stock.

(a) Each Financial Sponsor Holder shall be entitled at any time and from time to time, upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereof, to surrender LP Units (other than Unvested Units) to the Corporation, for the account of Summit Holdings, in exchange for the delivery to the exchanging Financial Sponsor Holder of a number of shares of Class A Common Stock that is equal to the product of the number of LP Units surrendered multiplied by the Exchange Rate (such exchange, an “ Exchange ”); provided that any such Exchange is for a minimum of the lesser of 1,000 LP Units or all of the LP Units (other than Unvested Units) held by such Financial Sponsor Holder.

(b) Each LP Unitholder that is not a Financial Sponsor Holder shall be entitled from and after the first anniversary of the date of the closing of the initial public offering and sale of Class A Common Stock (as contemplated by the Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-201058)) (the “ IPO ”), or, if later, the date of the initial filing by the Corporation of a registration statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission to cover delivery of shares of Class A Common Stock to LP Unitholders upon an Exchange (as defined herein) of LP Units (other than Unvested Units), at any time and from time to time, upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereof to elect to effect an Exchange; provided that any such Exchange is for a minimum of the lesser of 1,000 LP Units or all of the LP Units (other than Unvested Units) held by such LP Unitholder.


(c) An LP Unitholder shall exercise its right to exchange LP Units as set forth in Section 2.1(a) or Section 2.1(b) hereof, as applicable, by delivering to the Corporation and to Summit Holdings a written election of exchange in respect of the LP Units to be exchanged substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto and any certificates, if any, representing LP Units, duly executed by such holder or such holder’s duly authorized attorney, in each case delivered during normal business hours at the principal executive offices of the Corporation and of Summit Holdings. As promptly as practicable following the delivery of such a written election of exchange, Summit Holdings shall deliver or cause to be delivered at the offices of the then-acting registrar and transfer agent of the Class A Common Stock or, if there is no then-acting registrar and transfer agent of the Class A Common Stock, at the principal executive offices of the Corporation, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock deliverable upon such Exchange, registered in the name of the relevant exchanging LP Unitholder. To the extent the Class A Common Stock is settled through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company, and the exchanging LP Unitholder is permitted to hold shares of Class A Common Stock through The Depository Trust Company, Summit Holdings will, subject to Section 2.1(d) hereof, upon the written instruction of an exchanging LP Unitholder, use its reasonable best efforts to deliver or cause to be delivered the shares of Class A Common Stock deliverable to such exchanging LP Unitholder, through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company, to the account of the participant of The Depository Trust Company designated by such exchanging LP Unitholder. The Corporation shall take such actions as may be required to ensure the performance by Summit Holdings of its obligations under this Section 2.1(c) and Section 2.1(a) and Section 2.1(b) hereof, including the issuance and sale of shares of Class A Common Stock to or for the account of Summit Holdings in exchange for the delivery to the Corporation of a number of LP Units that is equal to the number of LP Units surrendered by an exchanging LP Unitholder. Any LP Unitholder (other than Summit Holdco) that surrenders all of its LP Units (other than Unvested Units) held by such LP Unitholder to the Corporation, for the account of Summit Holdings, pursuant to this Section 2.1 shall concurrently surrender all shares of Class B Common Stock held by such LP Unitholder (including any fractions thereof) to the Corporation.

(d) Summit Holdings and each exchanging LP Unitholder shall bear its own expenses in connection with the consummation of any Exchange, whether or not any such Exchange is ultimately consummated, except that Summit Holdings shall bear any transfer taxes, stamp taxes or duties, or other similar taxes in connection with, or arising by reason of, any Exchange; provided , however , that if any shares of Class A Common Stock are to be delivered in a name other than that of the LP Unitholder that requested the Exchange, then such LP Unitholder and/or the person in whose name such shares are to be delivered shall pay to Summit Holdings the amount of any transfer taxes, stamp taxes or duties, or other similar taxes in connection with, or arising by reason of, such Exchange or shall establish to the reasonable satisfaction of Summit Holdings that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

(e) To the extent the Corporation or Summit Holdings shall determine that LP Units do not meet the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.7704-1(h), the Corporation or Summit Holdings may impose such restrictions on Exchange as the Corporation or Summit Holdings may reasonably determine to be necessary or advisable so that Summit Holdings is not treated as a “publicly traded partnership” under Section 7704 of the Code; provided , that each LP Unitholder shall be entitled at any time Exchange LP Units for Class A Common Stock, provided that the aggregate number of LP Units surrendered by such LP Unitholder in any such Exchange


is greater than 2% of the then-outstanding LP Units ( provided that such Exchange constitutes part of a “block transfer” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.7704-1(e)(2)). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Exchange shall be permitted (and, if attempted, shall be void ab initio ) if, in the good faith determination of the Corporation or of Summit Holdings, such an Exchange would pose a material risk that Summit Holdings would be a “publicly traded partnership” under Section 7704 of the Code.

(f) For the avoidance of doubt, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, an LP Unitholder shall not be entitled to exchange LP Units to the extent the Corporation determines that such Exchange (i) would be prohibited by law or regulation (including, without limitation, the unavailability of any requisite registration statement filed under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or any exemption from the registration requirements thereunder) or (ii) would not be permitted under any other agreements with the Corporation or its subsidiaries to which such LP Unitholder may be party (including, without limitation, the Summit Holdings LP Agreement) or any written policies of the Corporation related to unlawful or inappropriate trading applicable to its directors, officers or other personnel.

(g) The Corporation may adopt reasonable procedures for the implementation of the exchange provisions set forth in this Article II , including, without limitation, procedures for the giving of notice of an election of exchange.

SECTION 2.2. Adjustment.

(a) The Exchange Rate shall be adjusted accordingly if there is: (a) any subdivision (by any unit split, unit distribution, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse unit split, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) of the LP Units that is not accompanied by an identical subdivision or combination of the Class A Common Stock; or (b) any subdivision (by any stock split, stock dividend or distribution, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse stock split, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) of the Class A Common Stock that is not accompanied by an identical subdivision or combination of the LP Units. If there is any reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction in which the Class A Common Stock is converted or changed into another security, securities or other property, then upon any subsequent Exchange, an exchanging LP Unitholder shall be entitled to receive the amount of such security, securities or other property that such exchanging LP Unitholder would have received if such Exchange had occurred immediately prior to the effective date of such reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction, taking into account any adjustment as a result of any subdivision (by any split, distribution or dividend, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse split, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) of such security, securities or other property that occurs after the effective time of such reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction. Except as may be required in the immediately preceding sentence, no adjustments in respect of distributions shall be made upon the exchange of any LP Unit.

SECTION 2.3. Class A Common Stock to be Issued.


(a) The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued Class A Common Stock, solely for the purpose of issuance upon an Exchange, such number of shares of Class A Common Stock as shall be deliverable upon any such Exchange; provided that nothing contained herein shall be construed to preclude Summit Holdings from satisfying its obligations in respect of the Exchange of the LP Units by delivery of shares of Class A Common Stock which are held in the treasury of the Corporation or are held by Summit Holdings or any of their subsidiaries or by delivery of purchased shares of Class A Common Stock (which may or may not be held in the treasury of the Corporation or held by any subsidiary thereof). The Corporation and Summit Holdings covenant that all Class A Common Stock issued upon an Exchange will, upon issuance, be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

(b) The Corporation and Summit Holdings covenant and agree that, to the extent that a registration statement under the Securities Act is effective and available for shares of Class A Common Stock to be delivered with respect to any Exchange, shares that have been registered under the Securities Act shall be delivered in respect of such Exchange. In the event that any Exchange in accordance with this Agreement is to be effected at a time when any required registration has not become effective or otherwise is unavailable, upon the request and with the reasonable cooperation of the LP Unitholder requesting such Exchange, the Corporation and Summit Holdings shall use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly facilitate such Exchange pursuant to any reasonably available exemption from such registration requirements. The Corporation and Summit Holdings shall use commercially reasonable efforts to list the Class A Common Stock required to be delivered upon exchange prior to such delivery upon each national securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system upon which the outstanding Class A Common Stock may be listed or traded at the time of such delivery.

SECTION 2.4. Restrictions . Any restrictions on transfer under any agreements with the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries to which an exchanging LP Unitholder may be party shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to any shares of Class A Common Stock.

ARTICLE III

SECTION 3.1. Additional LP Unitholders . To the extent an LP Unitholder validly transfers any or all of such holder’s LP Units to another person in a transaction in accordance with, and not in contravention of, the Summit Holdings LP Agreement or any other agreement or agreements with the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries to which a transferring LP Unitholder may be party, then such transferee (each, a “ Permitted Transferee ”) shall have the right to execute and deliver a joinder to this Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, whereupon such Permitted Transferee shall become an LP Unitholder hereunder. To the extent Summit Holdings issues LP Units in the future, Summit Holdings shall be entitled, in its sole discretion, to make any holder of such LP Units an LP Unitholder hereunder through such holder’s execution and delivery of a joinder to this Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto.


SECTION 3.2. Addresses and Notices . All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given (and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt) by delivery in person, by courier service, by fax, by electronic mail (delivery receipt requested) or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the respective parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be as specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 3.2 ):

(a) If to the Corporation, to:

Summit Materials, Inc.

1550 Wynkoop, 3rd Floor

Denver, Colorado 80202

Attention: Chief Legal Officer

Fax: (303) 893-6993

Email: Legal@Summit-Materials.com

(b) If to Summit Holdings, to:

Summit Materials Holdings L.P.

c/o Summit Materials, Inc.

1550 Wynkoop, 3rd Floor

Denver, Colorado 80202

Attention: Chief Legal Officer

Fax: (303) 893-6993

Email: Legal@Summit-Materials.com

(c) If to any LP Unitholder, to the address and other contact information set forth in the records of Summit Holdings from time to time.

SECTION 3.3. Further Action . The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or refrain from taking action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.

SECTION 3.4. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of all of the parties and, to the extent permitted by this Agreement, their successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legal representatives and assigns.

SECTION 3.5. Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law, or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon a determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.


SECTION 3.6. Amendment . The provisions of this Agreement may be amended only by the affirmative vote or written consent of each of (i) the Corporation, (ii) Summit Holdings, (iii) LP Unitholders holding a majority of the then outstanding LP Units (excluding LP Units held by the Corporation) and (iv) for so long as the Financial Sponsor Holders collectively own, in the aggregate, at least 5% of the outstanding LP Units, each of the Financial Sponsor Holders.

SECTION 3.7. Waiver . No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such breach of any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

SECTION 3.8. Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial .

(a) Any and all disputes which cannot be settled amicably, including any ancillary claims of any party, arising out of, relating to or in connection with the validity, negotiation, execution, interpretation, performance or non-performance of this Agreement (including the validity, scope and enforceability of this arbitration provision) shall be finally settled by arbitration conducted by a single arbitrator in New York in accordance with the then-existing Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce. If the parties to the dispute fail to agree on the selection of an arbitrator within thirty (30) days of the receipt of the request for arbitration, the International Chamber of Commerce shall make the appointment. The arbitrator shall be a lawyer and shall conduct the proceedings in the English language. Performance under this Agreement shall continue if reasonably possible during any arbitration proceedings.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) , the parties hereto may bring an action or special proceeding in any court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of compelling a party to arbitrate, seeking temporary or preliminary relief in aid of an arbitration hereunder, and/or enforcing an arbitration award and, for the purposes of this paragraph Section 3.8(b) , each party hereto (i) expressly consents to the application of paragraph (c)  of this Section 3.8 to any such action or proceeding and (ii) agrees that proof shall not be required that monetary damages for breach of the provisions of this Agreement would be difficult to calculate and that remedies at law would be inadequate.

(c)(i) EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF COURTS LOCATED IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 3.8 , OR ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING ANCILLARY TO AN ARBITRATION OR CONTEMPLATED ARBITRATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR CONCERNING THIS AGREEMENT. Such ancillary judicial proceedings include any suit, action or proceeding to compel arbitration, to obtain temporary or preliminary judicial relief in aid of arbitration, or to confirm an arbitration award. The parties acknowledge that the fora designated by this Section 3.8(c) have a reasonable relation to this Agreement and to the parties’ relationship with one another.


(ii) The parties hereby waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which they now or hereafter may have to personal jurisdiction or to the laying of venue of any such ancillary suit, action or proceeding brought in any court referred to in this Section 3.8(c) , and such parties agree not to plead or claim the same.

SECTION 3.9. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed and delivered (including by facsimile transmission or by e-mail delivery of a “.pdf” format data file) in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Copies of executed counterparts transmitted by telecopy, by e-mail delivery of a “.pdf” format data file or other electronic transmission service shall be considered original executed counterparts for purposes of this Section 3.9 .

SECTION 3.10. Tax Treatment . Solely for U.S. federal income tax purposes, this Agreement shall be treated as part of the partnership agreement of Summit Holdings as described in Section 761(c) of the Code and Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(h) and 1.761-1(c) of the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. As required by the Code and the Treasury Regulations, the parties shall report any Exchange consummated hereunder as a taxable sale of the LP Units by an LP Unitholder to the Corporation, and no party shall take a contrary position on any income tax return, amendment thereof or communication with a taxing authority unless an alternate position is permitted under the Code and Treasury Regulations and the Corporation consents in writing.

SECTION 3.11. Specific Performance . The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to specific performance of the terms and provisions hereof, in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

SECTION 3.12. Independent Nature of LP Unitholders’ Rights and Obligations . The obligations of each LP Unitholder hereunder are several and not joint with the obligations of any other LP Unitholder, and no LP Unitholder shall be responsible in any way for the performance of the obligations of any other LP Unitholder hereunder. The decision of each LP Unitholder to enter into to this Agreement has been made by such LP Unitholder independently of any other LP Unitholder. Nothing contained herein, and no action taken by any LP Unitholder pursuant hereto, shall be deemed to constitute the LP Unitholders as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity, or create a presumption that the LP Unitholders are in any way acting in concert or as a group with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby. The Corporation acknowledges that the LP Unitholders are not acting in concert or as a group, and the Corporation will not assert any such claim with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby.

SECTION 3.13. Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of Delaware.


[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered, all as of the date first set forth above.

 

Corporation:
SUMMIT MATERIALS, INC.
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

 

Summit Holdings:
SUMMIT MATERIALS HOLDINGS L.P.
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

 

Financial Sponsor Holders:
[            ]
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

 

Other LP Unitholders:
[            ]
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

[Signature Page – Summit Exchange Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

[FORM OF]

ELECTION OF EXCHANGE

Summit Materials, Inc.

1550 Wynkoop, 3rd Floor

Denver, Colorado 80202

Attention: Chief Legal Officer

Summit Materials Holdings L.P.

c/o Summit Materials, Inc.

1550 Wynkoop, 3rd Floor

Denver, Colorado 80202

Attention: Chief Legal Officer

Reference is hereby made to the Exchange Agreement, dated as of [            ], 2015 (the “ Exchange Agreement ”), among Summit Materials, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Summit Materials Holdings L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and the holders of LP Units from time to time party thereto. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Exchange Agreement.

The undersigned LP Unitholder hereby transfers to the Corporation, for the account of Summit Holdings, the number of LP Units set forth below in exchange for shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued in its name as set forth below, as set forth in the Exchange Agreement.

Legal Name of LP Unitholder:                                                                                 

Address:                                                                                                                                  

Number of LP Units to be exchanged:                                                         

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that (i) the undersigned has full legal capacity to execute and deliver this Election of Exchange and to perform the undersigned’s obligations hereunder; (ii) this Election of Exchange has been duly executed and delivered by the undersigned and is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the undersigned enforceable against it in accordance with the terms thereof or hereof, as the case may be, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and the availability of equitable remedies; (iii) the LP Units subject to this Election of Exchange are being transferred to the Corporation free and clear of any pledge, lien, security interest, encumbrance, equities or claim; and (iv) no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of any third party or with any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the undersigned or the LP Units subject to this Election of Exchange is required to be obtained by the undersigned for the transfer of such LP Units to the Corporation.


The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints any officer of the Corporation or of Summit Holdings as the attorney of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution in the premises, to do any and all things and to take any and all actions that may be necessary to transfer to the Corporation, for the account of Summit Holdings, the LP Units subject to this Election of Exchange and to deliver to the undersigned the shares of Class A Common Stock to be delivered in exchange therefor.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the undersigned, by authority duly given, has caused this Election of Exchange to be executed and delivered by the undersigned or by its duly authorized attorney.

 

 

Name:  
      Dated:  

 


EXHIBIT B

[FORM OF]

JOINDER AGREEMENT

This Joinder Agreement (“ Joinder Agreement ”) is a joinder to the Exchange Agreement, dated as of [            ], 2015 (the “ Exchange Agreement ”), among Summit Materials, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), Summit Materials Holdings L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and each of the LP Unitholders from time to time party thereto. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Joinder Agreement shall have their meanings given to them in the Exchange Agreement. This Joinder Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of Delaware. In the event of any conflict between this Joinder Agreement and the Exchange Agreement, the terms of this Joinder Agreement shall control.

The undersigned hereby joins and enters into the Exchange Agreement having acquired LP Units in Summit Holdings. By signing and returning this Joinder Agreement to the Corporation, the undersigned accepts and agrees to be bound by and subject to all of the terms and conditions of and agreements of an LP Unitholder contained in the Exchange Agreement, with all attendant rights, duties and obligations of an LP Unitholder thereunder. The parties to the Exchange Agreement shall treat the execution and delivery hereof by the undersigned as the execution and delivery of the Exchange Agreement by the undersigned and, upon receipt of this Joinder Agreement by the Corporation and by Summit Holdings, the signature of the undersigned set forth below shall constitute a counterpart signature to the signature page of the Exchange Agreement.

 

Name:                                                                           
Address for Notices:    With copies to:

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

Attention:                                       

 

Exhibit 10.4

STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

DATED AS OF [            ], 2015

AMONG

SUMMIT MATERIALS, INC.

AND

THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO


Table of Contents

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I. INTRODUCTORY MATTERS

     1   

1.1

  Defined Terms      1   

1.2

  Construction      4   

ARTICLE II. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE MATTERS

     4   

2.1

  Election of Directors      4   

ARTICLE III. INFORMATION; VCOC

     6   

3.1

  Books and Records; Access      6   

3.2

  Certain Reports      6   

3.3

  VCOC      6   

ARTICLE IV. ADDITIONAL COVENANTS

     9   

4.1

  Pledges      9   

4.2

  Post-Closing Date Mergers      9   

ARTICLE V. GENERAL PROVISIONS

     10   

5.1

  Termination      10   

5.2

  Notices      10   

5.3

  Amendment; Waiver      11   

5.4

  Further Assurances      11   

5.5

  Assignment      11   

5.6

  Third Parties      11   

5.7

  Governing Law      11   

5.8

  Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial      12   

5.9

  Specific Performance      12   

5.10

  Entire Agreement      12   

5.11

  Severability      12   

5.12

  Table of Contents, Headings and Captions      12   

5.13

  Grant of Consent      12   

5.14

  Counterparts      13   

5.15

  Effectiveness      13   

5.16

  No Recourse      13   

 

i


STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

This Stockholders’ Agreement is entered into as of [            ], 2015 by and among Summit Materials, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and each of the other parties identified on the signature pages hereto (the “ Investor Parties ”).

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, the Company is currently contemplating an underwritten initial public offering (“ IPO ”) of shares of its Class A Common Stock (as defined below); and

WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO, the Company and the Investor Parties wish to set forth certain understandings between such parties, including with respect to certain governance matters.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

INTRODUCTORY MATTERS

1.1 Defined Terms . In addition to the terms defined elsewhere herein, the following terms have the following meanings when used herein with initial capital letters:

Affiliate ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act, as in effect on the date hereof.

Agreement ” means this Stockholders’ Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

Beneficially Own ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

Blackstone Designee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b) hereof.

Blackstone Designator ” means the Blackstone Party, or any group of Blackstone Parties collectively, then holding of record a majority of Outstanding Summit Interests held of record by all Blackstone Parties.

Blackstone Entities ” means the entities comprising the Blackstone Parties and their Affiliates and their respective successors and Permitted Assigns.

Blackstone Parties ” means the entities listed on the signature pages hereto under the heading “Blackstone Parties” and any other Blackstone Entities that may from time to time become parties hereto.

Blocker Investor Parties ” means Blackstone SMT Feeder Fund V L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Blackstone SMT Feeder Fund (Cayman) V L.P., a Cayman Islands limited partnership, Blackstone SMT Feeder Fund V-AC, a Delaware limited partnership and Blackstone SMT Feeder Fund (Cayman) V-AC L.P., a Cayman Islands limited partnership.


Board ” means the board of directors of the Company.

Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday, federal or New York State holiday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to close.

Class A Common Stock ” means the shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company, and any other capital stock of the Company into which such stock is reclassified or reconstituted.

Class B Common Stock ” means the shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company, and any other capital stock of the Company into which such stock is reclassified or reconstituted.

Closing Date ” means the date of the closing of the IPO.

Common Stock ” means collectively the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock.

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Control ” (including its correlative meanings, “ Controlled by ” and “ under common Control with ”) means possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise) of a Person.

Director ” means any director of the Company.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Exchange Agreement ” means the exchange agreement, dated on or about the date hereof, among the Company, Summit Holdings and the holders of LP Units of Summit Holdings party thereto, as amended and in effect from time to time.

Governmental Authority ” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, and any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.

Investor Parties ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

IPO ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Law ” means any statute, law, regulation, ordinance, rule, injunction, order, decree, governmental approval, directive, requirement, or other governmental restriction or any similar form of decision of, or determination by, or any interpretation or administration of any of the foregoing by, any Governmental Authority.

 

2


LP Units ” means the Class A Units and any other class of units or interests that is established in Summit Holdings.

Outstanding Summit Interests ” means, collectively, (i) the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and (ii) the LP Units held by Persons other than the Company. For purposes of calculating any proportion of Outstanding Summit Interests, the number of Outstanding Summit Interests held by any Person shall consist of the sum of (a) the number of shares of Class A Common Stock held by such Person and (b) the number of shares of Class A Common Stock such Person would receive upon the exchange of all LP Units held by such Person in accordance with the Exchange Agreement.

Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, or other form of business organization, whether or not regarded as a legal entity under applicable Law, or any Governmental Authority or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

Permitted Assigns ” means, with respect to a Blackstone Entity, a Transferee of shares of Common Stock or a Transferee (as defined in the Summit Holdings LP Agreement) that agrees to become party to, and to be bound to the same extent as its Transferor by the terms of, this Agreement.

Plan Asset Regulation ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a) hereof.

Pre-IPO Owners ” means the Blackstone Entities and the other Persons who held Outstanding Summit Interests at the time of the IPO and any Affiliate thereof that shall become a holder of any Outstanding Summit Interests.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity of which: (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, representatives or trustees thereof is at the time owned or Controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity, a majority of the total voting power of stock (or equivalent ownership interest) of the limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity is at the time owned or Controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or Control the managing member, managing director or other governing body or general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity.

 

3


Summit Holdings ” means Summit Materials Holdings L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

Summit Holdings LP Agreement ” means the Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Summit Holdings, dated on or about the date hereof, as such agreement may be amended from time to time.

Surviving Company ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2 hereof

Tax ” means any tax or other governmental fee or like assessment or charge in the nature of a tax that is imposed by any governmental authority, together with any interest, penalty, addition to tax or additional amount imposed by any governmental authority responsible for the imposition of any such tax.

Tax Receivable Agreement ” means the Tax Receivable Agreement, dated as of [            ], 2015, by and among the Company and certain other parties thereto.

Total Number of Directors ” means the total number of directors comprising the Board.

Transfer ” (including its correlative meanings, “ Transferor ,” “ Transferee ” and “ Transferred ”) shall mean, with respect to any security, directly or indirectly, to sell, contract to sell, give, assign, hypothecate, pledge, encumber, grant a security interest in, offer, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of any economic, voting or other rights in or to such security. When used as a noun, “ Transfer ” shall have such correlative meaning as the context may require.

VCOC Investor ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a) hereof.

1.2 Construction . The language used in this Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction will be applied against any party. Unless the context otherwise requires: (a) “ or ” is disjunctive but not exclusive, (b) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular, and (c) the words “ hereof ,” “ herein ,” and “ hereunder ” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

ARTICLE II.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE MATTERS

2.1 Election of Directors .

(a) Following the Closing Date, the Blackstone Designator shall have the right, but not the obligation, to designate, and the individuals nominated for election as Directors by or at the direction of the Board or a duly-authorized committee thereof shall include, a number of individuals such that, upon the election of each such individual, and each other

 

4


individual nominated by or at the direction of the Board or a duly-authorized committee of the Board, as a Director and taking into account any Director continuing to serve as such without the need for re-election, the number of Blackstone Designees (as defined below) serving as Directors of the Company will be equal to: (i) if the Pre-IPO Owners collectively Beneficially Own 50% or more of the total Outstanding Summit Interests as of the record date for such meeting, the lowest whole number that is greater than 50% of the Total Number of Directors; (ii) if the Pre-IPO Owners collectively Beneficially Own at least 40% (but less than 50%) of the total Outstanding Summit Interests as of the record date for such meeting, the lowest whole number that is greater than 40% of the Total Number of Directors; (iii) if the Pre-IPO Owners collectively Beneficially Own at least 30% (but less than 40%) of the total Outstanding Summit Interests as of the record date for such meeting, the lowest whole number that is greater than 30% of the Total Number of Directors; (iv) if the Pre-IPO Owners collectively Beneficially Own at least 20% (but less than 30%) of the total Outstanding Summit Interests as of the record date for such meeting, the lowest whole number that is greater than 20% of the Total Number of Directors; and (v) if the Pre-IPO Owners collectively Beneficially Own at least 5% (but less than 20%) of the total Outstanding Summit Interests as of the record date for such meeting, the lowest whole number that is greater than 10% of the Total Number of Directors.

(b) If at any time the Blackstone Designator has designated fewer than the total number of individuals that the Blackstone Designator is then entitled to designate pursuant to Section 2.1(a) hereof, the Blackstone Designator shall have the right to designate such additional individuals which it is entitled to so designate, in which case, any individuals nominated by or at the direction of the Board or any duly-authorized committee thereof for election as Directors to fill any vacancy on the Board shall include such designees, and the Company shall use its best efforts to (x) effect the election of such additional designees, whether by increasing the size of the Board or otherwise, and (y) cause the election of such additional designees to fill any such newly-created vacancies or to fill any other existing vacancies. Each such individual whom the Blackstone Designator shall actually designate pursuant to this Section 2.1 and who is thereafter elected and qualifies to serve as a Director shall be referred to herein as a “ Blackstone Designee .”

(c) In the event that a vacancy is created at any time by the death, disability, retirement or resignation of any Blackstone Designee, any individual nominated by or at the direction of the Board or any duly-authorized committee thereof to fill such vacancy shall be, and the Company shall use its best efforts to cause such vacancy to be filled, as soon as possible, by a new designee of the Blackstone Designator, and the Company shall take, to the fullest extent permitted by law, at any time and from time to time, all actions necessary to accomplish the same.

(d) The Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, include in the slate of nominees recommended by the Board at any meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, the persons designated pursuant to this Section 2.1 and use its best efforts to cause the election of each such designee to the Board, including nominating each such individual to be elected as a Director as provided herein, recommending such individual’s election and soliciting proxies or consents in favor thereof.

 

5


(e) In addition to any vote or consent of the Board or the stockholders of the Company required by applicable Law or the charter or bylaws of the Company, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, for so long as this Agreement is in effect, any action by the Board to increase or decrease the Total Number of Directors (other than any increase in the Total Number of Directors in connection with the election of one or more directors elected exclusively by the holders of one or more classes or series of the Company’s stock other than Common Stock) shall require the prior written consent of the Blackstone Designator, delivered in accordance with Section 5.13 hereof.

ARTICLE III.

INFORMATION; VCOC

3.1 Books and Records; Access . The Company shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, permit the Blackstone Entities and their respective designated representatives, at reasonable times and upon reasonable prior notice to the Company, to review the books and records of the Company or any of such Subsidiaries and to discuss the affairs, finances and condition of the Company or any of such Subsidiaries with the officers of the Company or any such Subsidiary; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to disclose any privileged information of the Company so long as the Company has used commercially reasonable efforts to enter into an arrangement pursuant to which it may provide such information to the Blackstone Entities without the loss of any such privilege.

3.2 Certain Reports . The Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Blackstone Entities, at their request:

(a) to the extent otherwise prepared by the Company, operating and capital expenditure budgets and periodic information packages relating to the operations and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries; and

(b) to the extent otherwise prepared by the Company, such other reports and information as may be reasonably requested by the Blackstone Entities; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to disclose any privileged information of the Company so long as the Company has used commercially reasonable efforts to enter into an arrangement pursuant to which it may provide such information to the Blackstone Entities without the loss of any such privilege.

3.3 VCOC .

(a) With respect to each Blackstone Entity that is intended to qualify its direct or indirect investment in the Company as a “venture capital investment” as defined in the Department of Labor regulations codified at 29 CFR Section 2510.3-101 (the “ Plan Asset Regulation ”) (each, a “ VCOC Investor ”), for so long as the VCOC Investor, directly or through one or more subsidiaries, continues to hold any shares of Common Stock (or other securities of the Company into which such shares of Common Stock may be converted or for which such shares of Common Stock may be exchanged), without limitation or prejudice of any the rights provided to the Blackstone Entities hereunder, the Company shall, with respect to each such VCOC Investor:

 

6


(i) provide each VCOC Investor or its designated representative with:

 

  (A) upon reasonable notice and at mutually convenient times, the right to visit and inspect any of the offices and properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries and inspect and copy the books and records of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

 

  (B) as soon as available and in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such period, and consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the period then ended prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States applied on a consistent basis, except as otherwise noted therein, and subject to the absence of footnotes and to year-end adjustments;

 

  (C) as soon as available and in any event within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such year, and consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the year then ended prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States applied on a consistent basis, except as otherwise noted therein, together with an auditor’s report thereon of a firm of established national reputation;

 

  (D) to the extent the Company is required by law or pursuant to the terms of any outstanding indebtedness of the Company to prepare such reports, any annual reports, quarterly reports and other periodic reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, actually prepared by the Company as soon as available; and

 

  (E) upon written request by the VCOC Investor, copies of all materials provided to the Board, subject to appropriate protections with respect to confidentiality and preservation of attorney-client privilege;

provided that, in each case, if the Company makes the information described in clauses (B) , (C)  and (D)  of this Section 3.3(a)(i) available through public filings on the EDGAR System or any successor or replacement system of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, the requirement to deliver such information shall be deemed satisfied;

 

7


(ii) make appropriate officers and/or Directors of the Company available, and cause the officers and directors of its Subsidiaries to be made available, periodically and at such times as reasonably requested by each VCOC Investor, upon reasonable notice and at mutually convenient times, for consultation with such VCOC Investor or its designated representative with respect to matters relating to the business and affairs of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(iii) to the extent that the VCOC Investor requests to receive such information and rights, and to the extent consistent with applicable Law or listing standards (and with respect to events which require public disclosure, only following the Company’s public disclosure thereof through applicable securities law filings or otherwise), inform each VCOC Investor or its designated representative in advance with respect to any significant corporate actions, and to provide (or cause to be provided) each VCOC Investor or its designated representative with the right to consult with the Company and its Subsidiaries with respect to such actions should the VCOC Investor elect to do so; provided , however , that this right to consult must be exercised within five (5) days after the Company informs the VCOC Investor of the proposed corporate action; provided , further , that the Company shall be under no obligation to provide the VCOC Investor with any material non-public information with respect to such corporate action; and

(iv) provide each VCOC Investor or its designated representative with such other rights of consultation which the VCOC Investor’s counsel may determine in writing to be reasonably necessary under applicable legal authorities promulgated after the date hereof to qualify its investment in the Company as a “venture capital investment” for purposes of the Plan Asset Regulation; provided that the parties agree that any such rights of consultation shall be of a nature consistent with those granted above and nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to require the Company to grant to the VCOC Investor any additional rights with respect to the governance or management of the Company.

(b) The Company agrees to consider, in good faith, the recommendations of each VCOC Investor or its designated representative in connection with the matters on which it is consulted as described above in this Section 3.3 , recognizing that the ultimate discretion with respect to all such matters shall be retained by the Company.

(c) In the event a VCOC Investor or any of its Affiliates Transfers all or any portion of their investment in the Company to an Affiliated entity that is intended to qualify as a “venture capital operating company” (as defined in the Plan Asset Regulation), such Transferee shall be afforded the same rights with respect to the Company afforded to the VCOC Investor hereunder and shall be treated, for such purposes, as a third party beneficiary hereunder.

 

8


(d) In the event that the Company ceases to qualify as an “operating company” (as defined in the first sentence of 2510.3-101(c)(1) of the Plan Asset Regulation), or the investment in the Company by a VCOC Investor does not qualify as a “venture capital investment” as defined in the Plan Asset Regulation, then the Company and each Blackstone Entity will cooperate in good faith to take all reasonable actions necessary, subject to applicable Law, to preserve the VCOC status of each VCOC Investor or the qualification of the investment as a “venture capital investment,” it being understood that such reasonable actions shall not require a VCOC Investor to purchase or sell any investments.

(e) For so long as the VCOC Investor, directly or through one or more subsidiaries, continues to hold any shares of Common Stock (or other securities of the Company into which such shares of Common Stock may be converted or for which such shares of Common Stock may be exchanged) and upon the written request of such VCOC Investor, without limitation or prejudice of any the rights provided to the Blackstone Entities hereunder, the Company shall, with respect to each such VCOC Investor, furnish and deliver, and in its capacity as the general partner of Summit Holdings, cause Summit Holdings to furnish and deliver, a letter covering the matters set forth in Sections 3.3(a) , 3.3(b) , 3.3(c) and 3.3(d) hereof in a form and substance satisfactory to such VCOC Investor.

ARTICLE IV.

ADDITIONAL COVENANTS

4.1 Pledges . Upon the request of any Blackstone Entity that wishes to pledge, hypothecate or grant security interests in any or all of the shares of Common Stock or LP Units held by it, including to banks or financial institutions as collateral or security for loans, advances or extensions of credit, the Company agrees to cooperate with each such Blackstone Entity in taking action reasonably necessary to consummate any such pledge, hypothecation or grant, including without limitation, delivery of letter agreements to lenders in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such lenders (which may include agreements by the Company in respect of the exercise of remedies by such lenders) and instructing the transfer agent to transfer any such shares of Common Stock subject to the pledge, hypothecation or grant into the facilities of The Depository Trust Company without restricted legends.

4.2 Post-Closing Date Mergers . The Company agrees that each Blocker Investor Party shall be entitled to implement either of the following transactions upon the request of the applicable Blocker Investor Party, provided the applicable Blocker Investor Party and the Company have each determined that such transaction would qualify as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368 of the Internal Revenue Code: (a) the holders of interests of such Blocker Investor Party (or any successor to such Blocker Investor Party) shall contribute (including by way of a “reverse subsidiary merger”) all of their interests in such Blocker Investor Party to the Company, in exchange for an aggregate number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the number of LP Units held by such Blocker Investor Party along with any rights to which such holders of interests are entitled to under the Tax Receivable Agreement following such contribution, or (b) the Blocker Investor Party (or any successor) shall merge with and into the Company (or at the Company’s election, a limited liability company wholly owned by the Company that is treated as an entity disregarded as separate and apart from the Company for U.S. federal income tax purposes (a “DRE”)) with the Company or DRE surviving, as the case may be (the “ Surviving Company ”), with the holders of interests in such Blocker Investor Party receiving (in the aggregate) a number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the number of LP Units held by such Blocker Investor Party immediately prior to the merger along with any rights to which such holders of interests are entitled to under the Tax Receivable Agreement following such merger. Immediately prior to the consummation of any contribution or merger described in the preceding sentence, the Blocker Investor Party merging or having its interests contributed (as applicable) (a) shall hold (or be entitled to receive under Summit Holdings LP Agreement) an amount of cash sufficient (as estimated in the good faith discretion of such Blocker Investor Party and taking into account any losses or

 

9


other Tax attributes) to pay all Taxes of the Blocker Investor Party for any Tax period (or portion thereof) ending on or prior to the effective date of such contribution or merger and (b)(i) shall represent in writing to the Company that it has no liabilities or obligations of any kind whatsoever, whether accrued, contingent, absolute, determined, determinable or otherwise (“Liabilities”), other than Taxes referred to in clause (a) (to the extent of the cash held by such Blocker Investor Party), or (ii) shall make provisions reasonably acceptable to the Company to arrange for indemnification of the Company for any such Liabilities. The Company agrees to execute all documents, issue all necessary shares of Class A Common Stock and take all other actions to permit the foregoing transactions to be consummated at the request of each Blocker Investor Party.

ARTICLE V.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

5.1 Termination . Except for Section 3.3 and Section 4.2 hereof, this Agreement shall terminate on the earlier to occur of (i) such time as the Blackstone Designator is no longer entitled to designate a Director pursuant to Section 2.1(a) hereof and (ii) the delivery of a written notice by the Blackstone Designator to the Company requesting that this Agreement terminate. The VCOC Investors shall advise the Company when they collectively first cease to beneficially own any shares of Common Stock (or other securities of the Company into which such shares of Common Stock may be converted or for which such shares of Common Stock may be exchanged), whereupon Section 3.3 hereof shall terminate.

5.2 Notices . Any notice, designation, request, request for consent or consent provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be either personally delivered, or mailed first class mail (postage prepaid) or sent by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) to the Company at the address set forth below and to any other recipient at the address indicated on the Company’s records, or at such address or to the attention of such other Person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party. Notices and other such documents will be deemed to have been given or made hereunder when sent by facsimile (receipt confirmed) delivered personally, five (5) days after deposit in the U.S. mail and one (1) day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier service.

The Company’s address is:

Summit Materials, Inc.

1550 Wynkoop, 3rd Floor

Denver, Colorado 80202

Attention: Chief Legal Officer

Fax: (303) 893-6993

with a copy (not constituting notice) to:

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Attention: Edward P. Tolley III and Edgar J. Lewandowski

Fax: (212) 455-2502

The Blackstone Entities’ address is:

The Blackstone Group L.P.

345 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10154

Attention: Neil P. Simpkins

Fax: [              ]

 

10


with a copy (not constituting notice) to:

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Attention: Edward P. Tolley III and Edgar J. Lewandowski

Fax: (212) 455-2502

5.3 Amendment; Waiver . This Agreement may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified only by a written instrument executed by the Company and the other parties hereto. Neither the failure nor delay on the part of any party hereto to exercise any right, remedy, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise of the same or of any other right, remedy, power or privilege, nor shall any waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any occurrence be construed as a waiver of such right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any other occurrence. No waiver shall be effective unless it is in writing and is signed by the party asserted to have granted such waiver.

5.4 Further Assurances . The parties hereto will sign such further documents, cause such meetings to be held, resolutions passed, exercise their votes and do and perform and cause to be done such further acts and things necessary, proper or advisable in order to give full effect to this Agreement and every provision hereof. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company shall not directly or indirectly take any action that is intended to, or would reasonably be expected to result in, Blackstone or any Blackstone Entity being deprived of the rights contemplated by this Agreement.

5.5 Assignment . This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding on the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. This Agreement may not be assigned without the express prior written consent of the other parties hereto, and any attempted assignment, without such consents, will be null and void; provided , however , that, without the prior written consent of the Company, a Blackstone Party may assign this Agreement, in whole or in part, to any of its Permitted Assigns.

5.6 Third Parties . Except as provided for in Article II , Section 3.3 , Section 4.1 with respect to any Blackstone Entity and Section 4.2 with respect to each Blocker Investor Party, this Agreement does not create any rights, claims or benefits inuring to any person that is not a party hereto nor create or establish any third party beneficiary hereto.

5.7 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

 

11


5.8 Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial . In any judicial proceeding involving any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, each of the parties unconditionally accepts the jurisdiction and venue of the courts of the State of Delaware or if jurisdiction over the matter is vested exclusively in federal courts, the United States District Court for the District of Delaware, and the appellate courts to which orders and judgments thereof may be appealed. In any such judicial proceeding, the parties agree that in addition to any method for the service of process permitted or required by such courts, to the fullest extent permitted by law, service of process may be made by delivery provided pursuant to the directions in Section 5.2 hereof. EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING INVOLVING ANY DISPUTE, CONTROVERSY OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.

5.9 Specific Performance . Each party hereto acknowledges and agrees that in the event of any breach of this Agreement by any of them, the other parties hereto would be irreparably harmed and could not be made whole by monetary damages. Each party accordingly agrees to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate and agrees that the parties, in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled at law or in equity, shall be entitled to specific performance of this Agreement without the posting of bond.

5.10 Entire Agreement . This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. There are no agreements, representations, warranties, covenants or understandings with respect to the subject matter hereof or thereof other than those expressly set forth herein and therein. This Agreement supersedes all other prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

5.11 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement, or the application of such provision to any Person or circumstance or in any jurisdiction, shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, (i) the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby, and each other provision hereof shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law, (ii) as to such Person or circumstance or in such jurisdiction such provision shall be reformed to be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law, and (iii) the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances or in other jurisdictions shall not be affected thereby.

5.12 Table of Contents, Headings and Captions . The table of contents, headings, subheadings and captions contained in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only, and in no way define, limit or describe the scope of this Agreement or the intent of any provision hereof.

5.13 Grant of Consent . Any vote, consent or approval of, or designation by, or other action of, the Blackstone Designator hereunder shall be effective if notice of such vote, consent, approval, designation or action is provided in accordance with Section 5.2 hereof by the Blackstone Party or Parties holding of record a majority of the Outstanding Summit Interests then held of record by Blackstone Parties as of the latest date any such notice is so provided.

 

12


5.14 Counterparts . This Agreement and any amendment hereto may be signed in any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one Agreement (or amendment, as applicable).

5.15 Effectiveness . This Agreement shall become effective upon the Closing Date.

5.16 No Recourse . This Agreement may only be enforced against, and any claims or cause of action that may be based upon, arise out of or relate to this Agreement, or the negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement may only be made against the entities that are expressly identified as parties hereto and no past, present or future Affiliate, director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, manager, partner, stockholder, agent, attorney or representative of any party hereto shall have any liability for any obligations or liabilities of the parties to this Agreement or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, the transactions contemplated hereby.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY

SUMMIT MATERIALS, INC.

By:

 

 

Name:

Title:

 

[ Signature Page to Summit Materials, Inc. Stockholders’ Agreement ]


BLACKSTONE PARTIES:

[SIGNATURE BLOCKS TO COME]

 

 

[ Signature Page to Summit Materials, Inc. Stockholders’ Agreement ]

Exhibit 10.6

SUMMIT MATERIALS, INC.

2015 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Purpose . The purpose of the Summit Materials, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan is to provide a means through which the Company and its Affiliates may attract and retain key personnel and to provide a means whereby directors, officers, employees, consultants and advisors (and prospective directors, officers, employees, consultants and advisors) of the Company and its Affiliates can acquire and maintain an equity interest in the Company, or be paid incentive compensation, including incentive compensation measured by reference to the value of Common Stock, thereby strengthening their commitment to the welfare of the Company and its Affiliates and aligning their interests with those of the Company’s stockholders.

2. Definitions . The following definitions shall be applicable throughout the Plan.

(a) “ Absolute Share Limit ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5(b) of the Plan.

(b) “ Affiliate ” means (i) any Person or entity that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the Company and/or (ii) to the extent provided by the Committee, any person or entity in which the Company has a significant interest.

(c) “ Award ” means, individually or collectively, any Incentive Stock Option, Nonqualified Stock Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Other Stock-Based Award, OP Units and Performance Compensation Award granted under the Plan.

(d) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e) “ Cause ” means, in the case of a particular Award, unless the applicable Award agreement states otherwise, a good faith determination of the Committee or its designee that (i) the Company or an Affiliate has “cause” to terminate a Participant’s employment or service, as defined in any employment or consulting agreement between the Participant and the Company or an Affiliate in effect at the time of such termination or (ii) in the absence of any such employment or consulting agreement (or the absence of any definition of “Cause” contained therein), any of the following has occurred with respect to a Participant: (A) such Participant has failed to reasonably perform his or her duties to the Service Recipient, or has failed to follow the lawful instructions of the Board or his or her direct superiors, in each case other than as a result of his or her incapacity due to physical or mental illness or injury, in a manner that could reasonably be expected to result in harm (whether financially, reputationally or otherwise) to the Company or an Affiliate, following notice by the Company of such failure, (B) such Participant has engaged or is about to engage in conduct harmful (whether financially, reputationally or otherwise) to the Company or an Affiliate, (C) such Participant has been convicted of, or pled guilty or no contest to, a felony or any crime involving as a material element fraud or dishonesty, (D) the willful misconduct or gross neglect of such Participant that could reasonably be expected to result in harm (whether financially, reputationally or otherwise) to the Company or an Affiliate, (E) the willful violation by such Participant of the Company’s written policies that could reasonably be expected to result in harm (whether financially,


reputationally or otherwise) to the Company or an Affiliate; (F) such Participant’s fraud or misappropriation, embezzlement or misuse of funds or property belonging to the Company or an Affiliate (other than good faith expense account disputes); (G) such Participant’s act of personal dishonesty which involves personal profit in connection with such Participant’s employment or service with the Company or an Affiliate, or (H) the willful breach by such Participant of fiduciary duty owed to the Company or an Affiliate.

(f) “ Change in Control ” means:

(i) the acquisition (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, combination or other similar transaction) by any Person of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of more than 50% (on a fully diluted basis) of either (A) the then outstanding shares of Common Stock, taking into account as outstanding for this purpose such Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options or warrants, the conversion of convertible stock or debt, the exchange of exchangeable stock or units, and the exercise of any similar right to acquire such Common Stock, treating, for the avoidance of doubt, all then-outstanding OP Units as shares of Common Stock assuming the full exchange of then-outstanding OP Units for shares of Common Stock in accordance with the Exchange Agreement (the “ Outstanding Company Common Stock ”) or (B) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “ Outstanding Company Voting Securities ”); provided , however , that for purposes of this Plan, the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (I) any acquisition by the Company or any Affiliate, (II) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Affiliate, or (III) in respect of an Award held by a particular Participant, any acquisition by the Participant or any group of Persons including the Participant (or any entity controlled by the Participant or any group of Persons including the Participant);

(ii) during any period of 24 months, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board (the “ Incumbent Directors ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof, whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination) shall be an Incumbent Director; provided, however , that no individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest, as such terms are used in Rule 14a-12 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act, with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director;

(iii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; or

 

2


(iv) the consummation of a reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, or other similar transaction involving the Company (a “ Business Combination ”), unless immediately following such Business Combination 50% or more of the total voting power of the entity resulting from such Business Combination (or, if applicable, the ultimate parent entity that directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of sufficient voting securities eligible to elect a majority of the board of directors (or the analogous governing body) of such resulting entity), is held by the holders of the Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no transaction or series of events shall constitute a “Change in Control” if The Blackstone Group L.P. and/or its Affiliates directly or indirectly control the Company (including through a group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) of which The Blackstone Group L.P. and/or its Affiliates is a member).

(g) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor thereto. Reference in the Plan to any section of the Code shall be deemed to include any regulations or other interpretative guidance under such section, and any amendments or successor provisions to such section, regulations or guidance.

(h) “ Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board or subcommittee thereof (including without limitation any subcommittee used to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code in respect of Awards) or, if no such Compensation Committee or subcommittee thereof exists, the Board.

(i) “ Common Stock ” means the Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (and any stock or other securities into which such Common Stock may be converted or into which it may be exchanged).

(j) “ Company ” means Summit Materials, Inc., a Delaware corporation and any successor thereto.

(k) “ Control ” (including, with correlative meaning, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any Person or entity, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person or entity, whether through the ownership of voting or other securities, by contract or otherwise.

(l) “ Date of Grant ” means the date on which the granting of an Award is authorized, or such other date as may be specified in such authorization.

(m) “ Detrimental Activity ” means a good faith determination by the Committee or its designee that a Participant has engaged in any of the following: (i) the breach of any covenants relating to disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, noncompetition, nonsolicitation, non-disparagement or other similar restrictions on conduct contained in any agreement between a Participant and the Company or its Affiliates (including any Award Agreement) or any written policies of the Company or its Affiliates (including those contained in any handbook); or (ii) any activity, including fraud or other conduct contributing to financial

 

3


restatement or accounting irregularities, that the Committee determines in good faith is appropriate to include in any incentive compensation clawback policy adopted by the Committee and as in effect from time to time.

(n) “ Designated Foreign Subsidiaries ” means all Affiliates organized under the laws of any jurisdiction or country other than the United States of America that may be designated by the Board or the Committee from time to time.

(o) “ Disability ” means, unless in the case of a particular Award the applicable Award agreement states otherwise, the Company or an Affiliate having cause to terminate a Participant’s employment or service on account of “disability,” as defined in any then-existing employment, consulting or other similar agreement between the Participant and the Company or an Affiliate or, in the absence of such an employment, consulting or other similar agreement, a condition entitling the Participant to receive benefits under a long-term disability plan of the Company or an Affiliate, or, in the absence of such a plan, the complete and permanent inability by reason of illness or accident to perform the duties of the occupation at which a Participant was employed or served when such disability commenced. Any determination of whether Disability exists shall be made by the Committee in its sole discretion.

(p) “ Effective Date ” means the date the Company’s stockholders approve the Plan.

(q) “ Eligible Person ” means any (i) individual employed by the Company or an Affiliate; provided, however , that no such employee covered by a collective bargaining agreement shall be an Eligible Person unless and to the extent that such eligibility is set forth in such collective bargaining agreement or in an agreement or instrument relating thereto; (ii) director or officer of the Company or an Affiliate; (iii) consultant or advisor to the Company or an Affiliate who may be offered securities registrable pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act; or (iv) any prospective employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who have accepted offers of employment or consultancy from the Company or its Affiliates (and would satisfy the provisions of clauses (i) through (iii) above once he or she begins employment with or providing services to the Company or its Affiliates), who, in the case of each of clauses (i) through (iv) above has entered into an Award agreement or who has received written notification from the Committee or its designee that they have been selected to participate in the Plan. Solely for purposes of this Section 2(q), “Affiliate” shall be limited to (1) a Subsidiary, (2) any parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code (“ Parent ”), (3) any corporation, trade or business 50% or more of the combined voting power of such entity’s outstanding securities is directly or indirectly controlled by the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent, (4) any corporation, trade or business which directly or indirectly controls 50% or more of the combined voting power of the outstanding securities of the Company and (5) any other entity in which the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent has a material equity interest and which is designated as an “Affiliate” by the Committee.

(r) “ Employment ” or “employment” means, without any inference for federal and other tax purposes, service as a part- or full-time officers, employees, consultants and advisors or Board member of or to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

4


(s) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor thereto. Reference in the Plan to any section of (or rule promulgated under) the Exchange Act shall be deemed to include any rules, regulations or other interpretative guidance under such section or rule, and any amendments or successor provisions to such section, rules, regulations or guidance.

(t) “ Exchange Agreement ” means the Exchange Agreement, dated as of or about the date of the closing of the initial public offering of the Company among the Company, the Operating Partnership and holders of OP Units from time to time party thereto, as amended from time to time.

(u) “ Exercise Price ” has the meaning given such term in Section 7(b) of the Plan.

(v) “ Fair Market Value ” means, on a given date, if (i) the Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange, the closing sales price of the Common Stock reported on the primary exchange on which the Common Stock is listed and traded on such date, or, if there are no such sales on that date, then on the last preceding date on which such sales were reported; (ii) the Common Stock is not listed on any national securities exchange but is quoted in an inter-dealer quotation system on a last sale basis, the average between the closing bid price and ask price reported on such date, or, if there is no such sale on that date, then on the last preceding date on which a sale was reported; or (iii) the Common Stock is not listed on a national securities exchange or quoted in an inter-dealer quotation system on a last sale basis, the amount determined by the Committee in good faith to be the fair market value of the Common Stock; provided , however , as to any Awards granted on or with a Date of Grant of the date of the pricing of the Company’s initial public offering, “Fair Market Value” shall be equal to the per share price the Common Stock is offered to the public in connection with such initial public offering.

(w) “ Immediate Family Members ” has the meaning given such term in Section 15(b) of the Plan.

(x) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option which is designated by the Committee as an incentive stock option as described in Section 422 of the Code and otherwise meets the requirements set forth in the Plan.

(y) “ Indemnifiable Person ” has the meaning given such term in Section 4(e) of the Plan.

(z) “ Negative Discretion ” means the discretion authorized by the Plan to be applied by the Committee to eliminate or reduce the size of a Performance Compensation Award consistent with Section 162(m) of the Code.

(aa) “ Nonqualified Stock Option ” means an Option which is not designated by the Committee as an Incentive Stock Option.

(bb) “ Non-Employee Director ” means a member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

5


(cc) “ NYSE ” means the New York Stock Exchange.

(dd) “ OP Unit ” means an Award granted under Section 10(a) of the Plan.

(ee) “ Operating Partnership ” has the meaning given such term in Section 10(a) of the Plan.

(ff) “ Option ” means an Award granted under Section 7 of the Plan.

(gg) “ Option Period ” has the meaning given such term in Section 7(c) of the Plan.

(hh) “ Other Cash-Based Award ” means an Award granted under Section 10 of the Plan that is payable without reference to the value of the Common Stock.

(ii) “ Other Stock-Based Award ” means an Award granted under Section 11 of the Plan.

(jj) “ Participant ” means an Eligible Person who has been selected by the Committee to participate in the Plan and to receive an Award pursuant to the Plan.

(kk) “ Performance Compensation Award ” means any Award designated by the Committee as a Performance Compensation Award pursuant to Section 12 of the Plan.

(ll) “ Performance Criteria ” means the criterion or criteria that the Committee shall select for purposes of establishing the Performance Goals for a Performance Period with respect to any Performance Compensation Award under the Plan.

(mm) “ Performance Formula ” means, for a Performance Period, the one or more objective formulae applied against the relevant Performance Goal to determine, with regard to the Performance Compensation Award of a particular Participant, whether all, some portion but less than all, or none of the Performance Compensation Award has been earned for the Performance Period.

(nn) “ Performance Goals ” means, for a Performance Period, the one or more goals established by the Committee for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria.

(oo) “ Performance Period ” means the one or more periods of time of not less than 12 months, as the Committee may select, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to, and the payment of, a Performance Compensation Award.

(pp) “ Permitted Transferee ” has the meaning given such term in Section 15(b) of the Plan.

(qq) “ Person ” means any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision).

 

6


(rr) “ Plan ” means this Summit Materials, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.

(ss) “ Restricted Period ” means the period of time determined by the Committee during which an Award is subject to restrictions or, as applicable, the period of time within which performance is measured for purposes of determining whether an Award has been earned.

(tt) “ Restricted Stock ” means Common Stock, subject to certain specified restrictions (which may include, without limitation, a requirement that the Participant remain continuously employed or provide continuous services for a specified period of time), granted under Section 9 of the Plan.

(uu) “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means an unfunded and unsecured promise to deliver shares of Common Stock, cash, other securities or other property, subject to certain restrictions (which may include, without limitation, a requirement that the Participant remain continuously employed or provide continuous services for a specified period of time), granted under Section 9 of the Plan.

(vv) “ SAR Period ” has the meaning given such term in Section 8(c) of the Plan.

(ww) “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any successor thereto. Reference in the Plan to any section of (or rule promulgated under) the Securities Act shall be deemed to include any rules, regulations or other interpretative guidance under such section or rule, and any amendments or successor provisions to such section, rules, regulations or guidance.

(xx) “ Service Recipient ” means, with respect to a Participant holding a given Award, either the Company or an Affiliate of the Company by which the original recipient of such Award is, or following a Termination was most recently, principally employed or to which such original recipient provides, or following a Termination was most recently providing, services, as applicable.

(yy) “ Special Qualifying Director ” means a person who is (i) with respect to actions intended to obtain an exemption from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act pursuant to Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act; (ii) with respect to actions intended to obtain the exception for performance-based compensation under 162(m) of the Code, an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code; and (iii) with respect to actions undertaken to comply with the rules of the NYSE or any other securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted, an “independent director” under the rules of the NYSE or any other securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted, or a person meeting any similar requirement under any successor rule or regulation.

(zz) “ Stock Appreciation Right ” or “ SAR ” means an Award granted under Section 8 of the Plan.

 

7


(aaa) “ Strike Price ” has the meaning given such term in Section 8(b) of the Plan.

(bbb) “ Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(i) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of such entity’s voting securities (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders’ agreement that effectively transfers voting power) is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

(ii) any partnership (or any comparable foreign entity) (A) the sole general partner (or functional equivalent thereof) or the managing general partner of which is such Person or Subsidiary of such Person or (B) the only general partners (or functional equivalents thereof) of which are that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person (or any combination thereof).

(ccc) “ Substitute Award ” has the meaning given such term in Section 5(e) of the Plan.

(ddd) “ Sub Plans ” means, any sub-plan to this Plan that has been adopted by the Board or the Committee for the purpose of permitting the offering of Awards to employees of certain Designated Foreign Subsidiaries or otherwise outside the United States of America, with each such sub-plan designed to comply with local laws applicable to offerings in such foreign jurisdictions. Although any Sub Plan may be designated a separate and independent plan from the Plan in order to comply with applicable local laws, the Absolute Share Limit shall apply in the aggregate to the Plan and any Sub Plan adopted hereunder.

(eee) “ Termination ” means the termination of a Participant’s employment or service, as applicable, with the Service Recipient, for any reason (including death or Disability).

3. Effective Date; Duration . The Plan shall be effective as of the Effective Date. The expiration date of the Plan, on and after which date no Awards may be granted hereunder, shall be the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date; provided, however, that such expiration shall not affect Awards then outstanding, and the terms and conditions of the Plan shall continue to apply to such Awards.

4. Administration.

(a) The Committee shall administer the Plan. To the extent required to comply with the provisions of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act (if the Board is not acting as the Committee under the Plan) or necessary to obtain the exception for performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, as applicable, it is intended that each member of the Committee shall, at the time he or she takes any action with respect to an Award under the Plan that is subject to Rule 16b-3 or Section 162(m) of the Code, as applicable, be a Special Qualifying Director. However, the fact that a Committee member shall fail to qualify as a Special Qualifying Director shall not invalidate any Award granted by the Committee that is otherwise validly granted under the Plan.

 

8


(b) Subject to the provisions of the Plan and applicable law, the Committee shall have the sole and plenary authority, in addition to other express powers and authorizations conferred on the Committee by the Plan, to: (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to a Participant; (iii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by, or with respect to which payments, rights, or other matters are to be calculated in connection with, Awards; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Award; (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances Awards may be settled or exercised in cash, shares of Common Stock or OP Units, as applicable, other securities, other Awards or other property, or canceled, forfeited, or suspended and the method or methods by which Awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited, or suspended; (vi) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances the delivery of cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities, other Awards or other property and other amounts payable with respect to an Award shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the Participant or of the Committee; (vii) interpret, administer, reconcile any inconsistency in, correct any defect in and/or supply any omission in the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or Award granted under, the Plan; (viii) establish, amend, suspend, or waive any rules and regulations and appoint such agents as the Committee shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; and (ix) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan.

(c) Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law or the applicable rules and regulations of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company are listed or traded, the Committee may allocate all or any portion of its responsibilities and powers to any one or more of its members and may delegate all or any part of its responsibilities and powers to any person or persons selected by it. Any such allocation or delegation may be revoked by the Committee at any time. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or any Subsidiary the authority to act on behalf of the Committee with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Committee herein, and which may be so delegated as a matter of law, except for grants of Awards to persons (i) who are members of the Board, (ii) who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act or (iii) who are, or who are reasonably expected to be, “covered employees” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.

(d) Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan or any Award or any documents evidencing Awards granted pursuant to the Plan shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time and shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons or entities, including, without limitation, the Company, any Affiliate, any Participant, any holder or beneficiary of any Award, and any stockholder of the Company.

(e) No member of the Board, the Committee or any employee or agent of the Company or any Subsidiary (each such person, an “ Indemnifiable Person ”) shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken or any determination made with respect to the Plan or any Award hereunder (unless constituting fraud or a willful criminal act or omission). Each Indemnifiable Person shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any loss, cost, liability, or expense (including attorneys’ fees) that may be imposed upon or

 

9


incurred by such Indemnifiable Person in connection with or resulting from any action, suit or proceeding to which such Indemnifiable Person may be a party or in which such Indemnifiable Person may be involved by reason of any action taken or omitted to be taken or determination made under the Plan or any Award agreement and against and from any and all amounts paid by such Indemnifiable Person with the Company’s approval, in settlement thereof, or paid by such Indemnifiable Person in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding against such Indemnifiable Person, and the Company shall advance to such Indemnifiable Person any such expenses promptly upon written request (which request shall include an undertaking by the Indemnifiable Person to repay the amount of such advance if it shall ultimately be determined as provided below that the Indemnifiable Person is not entitled to be indemnified); provided that the Company shall have the right, at its own expense, to assume and defend any such action, suit or proceeding and once the Company gives notice of its intent to assume the defense, the Company shall have sole control over such defense with counsel of the Company’s choice. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be available to an Indemnifiable Person to the extent that a final judgment or other final adjudication (in either case not subject to further appeal) binding upon such Indemnifiable Person determines that the acts or omissions or determinations of such Indemnifiable Person giving rise to the indemnification claim resulted from such Indemnifiable Person’s fraud or willful criminal act or omission or that such right of indemnification is otherwise prohibited by law or by the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s organizational documents. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of or otherwise supersede any other rights of indemnification to which such Indemnifiable Persons may be entitled under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, as a matter of law, individual indemnification agreement or contract or otherwise, or any other power that the Company may have to indemnify such Indemnifiable Persons or hold them harmless.

(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan, the Board may, in its sole discretion, at any time and from time to time, grant Awards and administer the Plan with respect to such Awards. Any such actions by the Board shall be subject to the applicable rules of the NYSE or any other securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted. In any such case, the Board shall have all the authority granted to the Committee under the Plan.

5. Grant of Awards; Shares Subject to the Plan; Limitations .

(a) The Committee may, from time to time, grant Awards to one or more Eligible Persons.

(b) Awards granted under the Plan shall be subject to the following limitations: (i) subject to Section 13 of the Plan, no more than [                ] shares of Common Stock (the “ Absolute Share Limit ”) shall be available for Awards under the Plan (excluding those shares of Restricted Stock received by Participants in exchange for (or redemption of) partnership or limited liability interests contemporaneous with the adoption of the Plan); (ii) subject to Section 13 of the Plan, grants of Options or SARs under the Plan in respect of no more than [                ] shares of Common Stock may be made to any individual Participant during any single fiscal year of the Company (for this purpose, if a SAR is granted in tandem with an Option (such that the SAR expires with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock for

 

10


which the Option is exercised), only the shares underlying the Option shall count against this limitation); (iii) subject to Section 13 of the Plan, no more than the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Absolute Share Limit may be delivered in the aggregate pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan; (iv) subject to Section 13 of the Plan, no more than [                ] shares of Common Stock (excluding those shares of Restricted Stock received by Participants in exchange for (or redemption of) partnership or limited liability interests contemporaneous with the adoption of the Plan) may be delivered in respect of Performance Compensation Awards denominated in shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to Section 12 of the Plan to any individual Participant for a single fiscal year during a Performance Period (or with respect to each single fiscal year in the event a Performance Period extends beyond a single fiscal year), or in the event such share denominated Performance Compensation Award is paid in cash, other securities, other Awards or other property, no more than the Fair Market Value of such shares of Common Stock on the last day of the Performance Period to which such Award relates ; (v) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock subject to Awards granted during a single fiscal year to any Non-Employee Director, taken together with any cash fees paid to such Non-Employee Director during the fiscal year, shall not exceed $[500,000] in total value (calculating the value of any such Awards based on the grant date fair value of such Awards for financial reporting purposes and excluding, for this purpose, the value of any dividend equivalent payments paid pursuant to any Award granted in a previous fiscal year); and (vi) the maximum amount that can be paid to any individual Participant for a single fiscal year during a Performance Period (or with respect to each single fiscal year in the event a Performance Period extends beyond a single fiscal year) pursuant to a Performance Compensation Award denominated in cash (described in Section 12(a) of the Plan) shall be $[5,000,000]. Unless the Committee shall otherwise determine, shares of Common Stock delivered by the Company or its Affiliates upon exchange of OP Units or other equity securities of any Subsidiary of the Company that have been issued under the Plan shall be issued under the Plan.

(c) Other than with respect to Substitute Awards, to the extent that an Award expires or is canceled, forfeited, terminated, settled in cash, or otherwise is settled without delivery to the Participant of the full number of shares of Common Stock to which the Award related, the undelivered shares will again be available for grant. Shares of Common Stock withheld in payment of the exercise price or taxes relating to an Award and shares equal to the number of shares surrendered in payment of any Exercise Price or Strike Price, or taxes relating to an Award, shall be deemed to constitute shares not delivered to the Participant and shall be deemed to again be available for Awards under the Plan; provided, however , that such shares shall not become available for issuance hereunder if either (i) the applicable shares are withheld or surrendered following the termination of the Plan or (ii) at the time the applicable shares are withheld or surrendered, it would constitute a material revision of the Plan subject to stockholder approval under any then-applicable rules of the national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed.

(d) Shares of Common Stock delivered by the Company in settlement of Awards may be authorized and unissued shares, shares held in the treasury of the Company, shares purchased on the open market or by private purchase or a combination of the foregoing.

 

11


(e) Awards may, in the sole discretion of the Committee, be granted under the Plan in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by an entity directly or indirectly acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines (“ Substitute Awards ”). Substitute Awards shall not be counted against the Absolute Share Limit; provided , that Substitute Awards issued in connection with the assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding options intended to qualify as “incentive stock options” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code shall be counted against the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock available for Awards of Incentive Stock Options under the Plan. Subject to applicable stock exchange requirements, available shares under a stockholder approved plan of an entity directly or indirectly acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines (as appropriately adjusted to reflect the acquisition or combination transaction) may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the number of shares of Common Stock available for delivery under the Plan.

6. Eligibility . Participation in the Plan shall be limited to Eligible Persons.

7. Options .

(a) General . Each Option granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award agreement, in written or electronic form, which agreement need not be the same for each Participant. Each Option so granted shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 7, and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award agreement. All Options granted under the Plan shall be Nonqualified Stock Options unless the applicable Award agreement expressly states that the Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option. Incentive Stock Options shall be granted only to Eligible Persons who are employees of the Company and its Affiliates, and no Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to any Eligible Person who is ineligible to receive an Incentive Stock Option under the Code. No Option shall be treated as an Incentive Stock Option unless the Plan has been approved by the stockholder of the Company in a manner intended to comply with the stockholder approval requirements of Section 422(b)(1) of the Code, provided that any Option intended to be an Incentive Stock Option shall not fail to be effective solely on account of a failure to obtain such approval, but rather such Option shall be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option unless and until such approval is obtained. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the terms and conditions of such grant shall be subject to and comply with such rules as may be prescribed by Section 422 of the Code. If for any reason an Option intended to be an Incentive Stock Option (or any portion thereof) shall not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option or portion thereof shall be regarded as a Nonqualified Stock Option appropriately granted under the Plan.

(b) Exercise Price . Except as otherwise provided by the Committee in the case of Substitute Awards, the exercise price (“ Exercise Price ”) per share of Common Stock for each Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of such share (determined as of the Date of Grant); provided, however , that in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an employee who, at the time of the grant of such Option, owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate, the Exercise Price per share shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per share on the Date of Grant.

 

12


(c) Vesting and Expiration; Termination .

(i) Options shall vest and become exercisable in such manner and on such date or dates or upon such events determined by the Committee and shall expire after such period, not to exceed 10 years, as may be determined by the Committee (the “ Option Period ”); provided , that if the Option Period (other than in the case of an Incentive Stock Option) would expire at a time when trading in the shares of Common Stock is prohibited by the Company’s insider trading policy (or Company-imposed “blackout period”), the Option Period shall be automatically extended until the 30th day following the expiration of such prohibition; provided, however , that in no event shall the Option Period exceed five years from the Date of Grant in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who on the Date of Grant owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.

(ii) Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, in the event of (A) a Participant’s Termination by the Company other than for Cause or (B) a Participant’s Termination by the Company due to death or Disability, in each case within 12 months following a Change in Control, each outstanding Option granted to such Participant shall become fully vested and immediately exercisable as of the date of such Termination; provided , that in the event the vesting or exercisability of any Option would otherwise be subject to the achievement of performance conditions, the portion of any such Option that shall become fully vested and immediately exercisable shall be based on (x) actual performance through the date of termination as determined by the Committee, or (y) if the Committee determines that measurement of actual performance cannot be reasonably assessed, the assumed achievement of target performance as determined by the Committee, in each case prorated based on the time elapsed from the date of grant to the date of Termination.

(iii) Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, in the event of (A) a Participant’s Termination by the Company for Cause, all outstanding Options granted to such Participant shall immediately terminate and expire, (B) a Participant’s Termination by the Company due to death or Disability, after taking into account any accelerated vesting under the preceding clause (ii), each outstanding unvested Option granted to such Participant shall immediately terminate and expire, and each outstanding vested Option shall remain exercisable for one (1) year thereafter (but in no event beyond the expiration of the Option Period) and (C) a Participant’s Termination for any other reason, after taking into account any accelerated vesting under the preceding clause (ii), each outstanding unvested Option granted to such Participant shall immediately terminate and expire, and each outstanding vested Option shall remain exercisable for 90 days thereafter (but in no event beyond the expiration of the Option Period).

(d) Method of Exercise and Form of Payment . No shares of Common Stock shall be delivered pursuant to any exercise of an Option until payment in full of the Exercise Price therefor is received by the Company and the Participant has paid to the Company an amount equal to any Federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and employment and any other applicable taxes required to be withheld. Options which have become exercisable may be exercised by delivery of written or electronic notice of exercise to the Company (or telephonic

 

13


instructions to the extent provided by the Committee) in accordance with the terms of the Option accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price. The Exercise Price shall be payable (i) in cash, check, cash equivalent and/or shares of Common Stock valued at the Fair Market Value at the time the Option is exercised (including, pursuant to procedures approved by the Committee, by means of attestation of ownership of a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock in lieu of actual delivery of such shares to the Company); provided , that such shares of Common Stock are not subject to any pledge or other security interest; or (ii) by such other method as the Committee may permit in its sole discretion, including without limitation: (A) in other property having a fair market value on the date of exercise equal to the Exercise Price or (B) if there is a public market for the shares of Common Stock at such time, by means of a broker-assisted “cashless exercise” pursuant to which the Company is delivered (including telephonically to the extent permitted by the Committee) a copy of irrevocable instructions to a stockbroker to sell the shares of Common Stock otherwise deliverable upon the exercise of the Option and to deliver promptly to the Company an amount equal to the Exercise Price or (C) a “net exercise” procedure effected by withholding the minimum number of shares of Common Stock otherwise deliverable in respect of an Option that are needed to pay the Exercise Price and all applicable required withholding and any other applicable taxes. Any fractional shares of Common Stock shall be settled in cash.

(e) Notification upon Disqualifying Disposition of an Incentive Stock Option . Each Participant awarded an Incentive Stock Option under the Plan shall notify the Company in writing immediately after the date he or she makes a disqualifying disposition of any Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of such Incentive Stock Option. A disqualifying disposition is any disposition (including, without limitation, any sale) of such Common Stock before the later of (A) two years after the Date of Grant of the Incentive Stock Option or (B) one year after the date of exercise of the Incentive Stock Option. The Company may, if determined by the Committee and in accordance with procedures established by the Committee, retain possession, as agent for the applicable Participant, of any Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option until the end of the period described in the preceding sentence, subject to complying with any instructions from such Participant as to the sale of such Common Stock.

(f) Compliance With Laws, etc . Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall a Participant be permitted to exercise an Option in a manner which the Committee determines would violate the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or any other applicable law or the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or the applicable rules and regulations of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company are listed or traded.

8. Stock Appreciation Rights .

(a) General . Each SAR granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award agreement, in written or electronic form, which agreement need not be the same for each Participant. Each SAR so granted shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 8, and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award agreement. Any Option granted under the Plan may include tandem SARs. The Committee also may award SARs to Eligible Persons independent of any Option.

 

14


(b) Strike Price . Except as otherwise provided by the Committee in the case of Substitute Awards, the strike price (“ Strike Price ”) per share of Common Stock for each SAR shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of such share (determined as of the Date of Grant). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a SAR granted in tandem with (or in substitution for) an Option previously granted shall have a Strike Price equal to the Exercise Price of the corresponding Option.

(c) Vesting and Expiration .

(i) A SAR granted in connection with an Option shall become exercisable and shall expire according to the same vesting schedule and expiration provisions as the corresponding Option. A SAR granted independent of an Option shall vest and become exercisable and shall expire in such manner and on such date or dates or upon such events determined by the Committee and shall expire after such period, not to exceed 10 years, as may be determined by the Committee (the “ SAR Period ”); provided , that if the SAR Period would expire at a time when trading in the shares of Common Stock is prohibited by the Company’s insider trading policy (or Company-imposed “blackout period”), the SAR Period shall be automatically extended until the 30th day following the expiration of such prohibition.

(ii) Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, in the event of (A) a Participant’s Termination other than for Cause or (B) a Participant’s Termination due to death or Disability, in each case within 12 months following a Change in Control, each outstanding SAR granted to such Participant shall become fully vested and immediately exercisable as of the date of such Termination; provided , that in the event the vesting or exercisability of any SAR would otherwise be subject to the achievement of performance conditions, the portion of any such SAR that shall become fully vested and immediately exercisable shall be based on (x) actual performance through the date of termination as determined by the Committee, or (y) if the Committee determines that measurement of actual performance cannot be reasonably assessed, the assumed achievement of target performance as determined by the Committee, in each case prorated based on the time elapsed from the date of grant to the date of Termination.

(iii) Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, whether in an Award agreement or otherwise, in the event of (A) a Participant’s Termination by the Service Recipient for Cause, all outstanding SARs granted to such Participant shall immediately terminate and expire, (B) a Participant’s Termination due to death or Disability, after taking into account any accelerated vesting under the preceding clause (ii), each outstanding unvested SAR granted to such Participant shall immediately terminate and expire, and each outstanding vested SAR shall remain exercisable for one (1) year thereafter (but in no event beyond the expiration of the SAR Period) and (C) a Participant’s Termination for any other reason, after taking into account any accelerated vesting under the preceding clause (ii), each outstanding unvested SAR granted to such Participant shall immediately terminate and expire, and each outstanding vested SAR shall remain exercisable for 90 days thereafter (but in no event beyond the expiration of the SAR Period).

 

15


(d) Method of Exercise . SARs which have become exercisable may be exercised by delivery of written or electronic notice of exercise to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Award, specifying the number of SARs to be exercised and the date on which such SARs were awarded.

(e) Payment . Upon the exercise of a SAR, the Company shall pay to the Participant an amount equal to the number of shares subject to the SAR that are being exercised multiplied by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the exercise date over the Strike Price, less an amount equal to any Federal, state, local and non-U.S. income, employment and any other applicable taxes required to be withheld. The Company shall pay such amount in cash, in shares of Common Stock valued at Fair Market Value, or any combination thereof, as determined by the Committee. Any fractional shares of Common Stock shall be settled in cash.

(f) Substitution of SARs for Nonqualified Stock Options . The Committee shall have the authority in its sole discretion to substitute, without the consent of the affected Participant or any holder or beneficiary of SARs, SARs settled in shares of Common Stock (or settled in shares or cash in the sole discretion of the Committee) for outstanding Nonqualified Stock Options, provided that (i) the substitution shall not otherwise result in a modification of the terms of any such Nonqualified Stock Option, (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock underlying the substituted SARs shall be the same as the number of shares of Common Stock underlying such Nonqualified Stock Options and (iii) the Strike Price of the substituted SARs shall be equal to the Exercise Price of such Nonqualified Stock Options; provided, however , that if, in the opinion of the Company’s independent public auditors, the foregoing provision creates adverse accounting consequences for the Company, such provision shall be considered null and void.

9. Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units .

(a) General . Each grant of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall be evidenced by an Award agreement, in written or electronic form, which agreement need not be the same for each Participant. Each Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit so granted shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 9, and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award agreement.

(b) Stock Certificates and Book Entry; Escrow or Similar Arrangement . Upon the grant of Restricted Stock, the Committee shall cause a stock certificate registered in the name of the Participant to be issued or shall cause share(s) of Common Stock to be registered in the name of the Participant and held in book-entry form subject to the Company’s directions and, if the Committee determines that the Restricted Stock shall be held by the Company or in escrow rather than delivered to the Participant pending the release of the applicable restrictions, the Committee may require the Participant to additionally execute and deliver to the Company (i) an escrow agreement satisfactory to the Committee, if applicable, and (ii) the appropriate stock power (endorsed in blank) with respect to the Restricted Stock covered by such agreement. If a Participant shall fail to execute and deliver (in a manner permitted under Section 15(a) of the Plan or as otherwise determined by the Committee) an agreement evidencing an Award of Restricted Stock and, if applicable, an escrow agreement and blank stock power within the

 

16


amount of time specified by the Committee, the Award shall be null and void. Subject to the restrictions set forth in this Section 9 and the applicable Award agreement, the Participant generally shall have the rights and privileges of a stockholder as to such Restricted Stock, including without limitation the right to vote such Restricted Stock and to receive any dividends payable on such shares of Restricted Stock. To the extent shares of Restricted Stock are forfeited, any stock certificates issued to the Participant evidencing such shares shall be returned to the Company, and all rights of the Participant to such shares and as a stockholder with respect thereto shall terminate without further obligation on the part of the Company.

(c) Vesting; Acceleration of Lapse of Restrictions .

(i) The Restricted Period with respect to Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall lapse in such manner and on such date or dates or upon such events determined by the Committee, and the Committee shall determine the treatment of the unvested portion of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units upon Termination of the Participant granted the applicable Award.

(ii) Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, in the event of (A) a Participant’s Termination by the Company other than for Cause, or (B) a Participant’s Termination due to death or Disability, in each case within 12 months following a Change in Control, outstanding Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units granted to such Participant shall become fully vested and the restrictions thereon shall immediately lapse as of the date of such Termination; provided , that in the event the vesting or lapse of restrictions of any Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units would otherwise be subject to the achievement of performance conditions, the portion of any such Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units that shall become fully vested and free from such restrictions shall be based on (x) actual performance through the date of termination as determined by the Committee, or (y) if the Committee determines that measurement of actual performance cannot be reasonably assessed, the assumed achievement of target performance as determined by the Committee, in each case prorated based on the time elapsed from the date of grant to the date of Termination.

(d) Delivery of Restricted Stock and Settlement of Restricted Stock Units .

(i) Upon the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect to any shares of Restricted Stock, the restrictions set forth in the applicable Award agreement shall be of no further force or effect with respect to such shares, except as set forth in the applicable Award agreement. If an escrow arrangement is used, upon such expiration, the Company shall deliver to the Participant, or his or her beneficiary, without charge, the stock certificate (or, if applicable, a notice evidencing a book entry notation) evidencing the shares of Restricted Stock which have not then been forfeited and with respect to which the Restricted Period has expired (rounded down to the nearest full share).

(ii) Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in an Award agreement or otherwise, upon the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect to any outstanding Restricted Stock Units, the Company shall deliver to the Participant, or his or her beneficiary, without charge, one share of Common Stock (or other securities or other

 

17


property, as applicable) for each such outstanding Restricted Stock Unit granted pursuant to the applicable Award Agreement; provided, however , that the Committee may, in its sole discretion, elect to (i) pay cash or part cash and part Common Stock in lieu of delivering only shares of Common Stock in respect of such Restricted Stock Units or (ii) defer the delivery of Common Stock (or cash or part Common Stock and part cash, as the case may be) beyond the expiration of the Restricted Period if such extension would not cause adverse tax consequences under Section 409A of the Code. If a cash payment is made in lieu of delivering shares of Common Stock, the amount of such payment shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock as of the date on which the Restricted Period lapsed with respect to such Restricted Stock Units. To the extent provided in an Award agreement, the holder of outstanding Restricted Stock Units shall be entitled to be credited with dividend equivalent payments (upon the payment by the Company of dividends on shares of Common Stock) either in cash or, at the sole discretion of the Committee, in shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such dividends (and interest may, at the sole discretion of the Committee, be credited on the amount of cash dividend equivalents at a rate and subject to such terms as determined by the Committee), which accumulated dividend equivalents (and interest thereon, if applicable) shall be payable at the same time as the underlying Restricted Stock Units are settled following the release of restrictions on such Restricted Stock Units, and, if such Restricted Stock Units are forfeited, the Participant shall have no right to such dividend equivalent payments.

(e) Legends on Restricted Stock . Each certificate representing Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan, if any, shall bear a legend substantially in the form of the following, in addition to any other information the Company deems appropriate, until the lapse of all restrictions with respect to such shares of Common Stock:

TRANSFER OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY IS RESTRICTED PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE SUMMIT MATERIALS, INC. 2014 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN AND A RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT, BETWEEN SUMMIT MATERIALS, INC. AND PARTICIPANT. A COPY OF SUCH PLAN AND AWARD AGREEMENT IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES OF SUMMIT MATERIALS, INC.

10. OP Units .

(a) General . Awards may be granted under the Plan in the form of undivided fractional limited partnership interests in Summit Materials Holdings L.P. (together with any successor entity, the “Operating Partnership”), a Delaware limited partnership, the entity through which the Company conducts its business and an entity that has elected to be treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, of one or more classes (“OP Units”) established pursuant to the Operating Partnership’s agreement of limited partnership, as amended from time to time. Awards of OP Units shall be valued by reference to, or otherwise determined by reference to or based on, shares of Common Stock . OP Units awarded under the Plan may be (1) convertible, exchangeable or redeemable for other limited partnership interests in the Operating Partnership (including OP Units of a different class or series) or shares of Common

 

18


Stock, or (2) valued by reference to the book value, fair value or performance of the Operating Partnership. Awards of OP Units are intended to qualify as “profits interests” within the meaning of IRS Revenue Procedure 93-27, as clarified by IRS Revenue Procedure 2001-43, with respect to a Participant in the Plan who is rendering services to or for the benefit of the Operating Partnership, including its subsidiaries.

(b) Share Calculations . For purposes of calculating the number of shares of Common Stock underlying an award of OP Units relative to the total number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, the Committee shall establish in good faith the maximum number of shares of Common Stock to which a Participant receiving such award of OP Units may be entitled upon fulfillment of all applicable conditions set forth in the relevant award documentation, including vesting conditions, partnership capital account allocations, value accretion factors, conversion ratios, exchange ratios and other similar criteria. If and when any such conditions are no longer capable of being met, in whole or in part, the number of shares of Common Stock underlying such awards of OP Units shall be reduced accordingly by the Committee, and the number of shares of Common Stock shall be increased by one share of Common Stock for each share so reduced. Awards of OP Units may be granted either alone or in addition to other awards granted under the Plan. The Committee shall determine the eligible Participants to whom, and the time or times at which, awards of OP Units shall be made; the number of OP Units to be awarded; the price, if any, to be paid by the Participant for the acquisition of such OP Units (which may be less than the fair value of the OP Unit); and the restrictions and conditions applicable to such award of OP Units. Conditions may be based on continuing employment (or other service relationship), computation of financial metrics and/or achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives, with related length of the service period for vesting, minimum or maximum performance thresholds, measurement procedures and length of the performance period to be established by the Committee at the time of grant, in its sole discretion (or any other Performance Criteria). The Committee may allow awards of OP Units to be held through a limited partnership, or similar “look-through” entity, and the Committee may require such limited partnership or similar entity to impose restrictions on its partners or other beneficial owners that are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 10. The provisions of the grant of OP Units need not be the same with respect to each Participant.

(c) Dividends and Distributions . Notwithstanding Section 15(c), the award agreement or other award documentation in respect of an award of OP Units may provide that the recipient of OP Units shall be entitled to receive, currently or on a deferred or contingent basis, dividends or dividend equivalents with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock underlying the award or other distributions from the Operating Partnership prior to vesting (whether based on a period of time or based on attainment of specified performance conditions), as determined at the time of grant by the Committee, in its sole discretion, and the Committee may provide that such amounts (if any) shall be deemed to have been reinvested in additional shares of Common Stock or OP Units.

11. Other Stock-Based Awards and Other Cash-Based Awards .

(a) The Committee may issue unrestricted Common Stock, rights to receive grants of Awards at a future date, other Awards denominated in Common Stock (including, without

 

19


limitation, performance shares or performance units, or other Awards denominated in cash (including cash bonuses)), under the Plan to Eligible Persons, alone or in tandem with other Awards, in such amounts as the Committee shall from time to time in its sole discretion determine. Each Other Stock-Based Award or Other Cash-Based Award, as applicable, granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award agreement, in written or electronic form, which agreement need not be the same for each Participant, or as otherwise determined by the Committee. Each Other Stock-Based Award or Cash-Based Award, as applicable, so granted shall be subject to such conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award agreement.

(b) Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, in the event of (A) a Participant’s Termination by the Company other than for Cause, or (B) a Participant’s Termination due to death or Disability, in each case within 12 months following a Change in Control, outstanding Other Stock-Based Awards granted to such Participant shall become fully vested and the restrictions thereon shall immediately lapse as of the date of such Termination; provided , that in the event the vesting or lapse of restrictions of any Other Stock-Based Awards would otherwise be subject to the achievement of performance conditions, the portion of any such Other Stock-Based Awards that shall become fully vested and free from such restrictions shall be based on (x) actual performance through the date of termination as determined by the Committee, or (y) if the Committee determines that measurement of actual performance cannot be reasonably assessed, the assumed achievement of target performance as determined by the Committee, in each case prorated based on the time elapsed from the date of grant to the date of Termination.

12. Performance Compensation Awards .

(a) General . The Committee shall have the authority, at or before the time of grant of any Award, to designate such Award as a Performance Compensation Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. The Committee shall also have the authority to make an award of a cash bonus to any Participant and designate such Award as a Performance Compensation Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if the Company determines that a Participant who has been granted an Award designated as a Performance Compensation Award is not (or is no longer) a “covered employee” (within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code), the terms and conditions of such Award may be modified without regard to any restrictions or limitations set forth in this Section 12 (but subject otherwise to the provisions of Section 14 of the Plan).

(b) Discretion of Committee with Respect to Performance Compensation Awards . With regard to a particular Performance Period, the Committee shall have sole discretion to select the length of such Performance Period, the type(s) of Performance Compensation Awards to be issued, the Performance Criteria that will be used to establish the Performance Goal(s), the kind(s) and/or level(s) of the Performance Goals(s) that is (are) to apply and the Performance Formula(e). Within the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or, within any other maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code), the Committee shall, with regard to the Performance Compensation Awards to be issued for such Performance Period, exercise its discretion with respect to each of the matters enumerated in the immediately preceding sentence and record the same in writing.

 

20


(c) Performance Criteria . The Performance Criteria that will be used to establish the Performance Goal(s) may be based on the attainment of specific levels of performance of the Company (and/or one or more Affiliates, divisions or operational and/or business units, product lines, brands, business segments, administrative departments, or any combination of the foregoing) and shall be limited to the following, which may be determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) or on a non-GAAP basis: net earnings or net income (before or after taxes); cash flow, including but not limited to operating cash flow or free cash flow; cash and/or funds available for distribution; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”); growth in EBITDA determined on an annual, multi-year or other basis; deployment of value-adding capital via organic investment or acquisitions; return measures (including, but not limited to, return on assets, investment, capital, invested capital, equity and/or development); share price (including, but not limited to, appreciation, growth measures and total shareholder return on an annual, multi-year or other basis); debt and debt related ratios, including debt to total market capitalization, debt to EBITDA, debt to assets and fixed charge coverage ratios (determined with or without the pro rata share of the Company’s ownership interest in co-investment partnerships); net asset value per share; growth in net asset value per share determined on an annual, multi-year or other basis; basic or diluted earnings per share (before or after taxes); expense targets or cost reduction goals, general and administrative expense savings; operating efficiency; working capital targets; measures of economic value added or other “value creation” metrics; enterprise value; competitive market metrics; performance or yield on development or redevelopment projects; objective measures of personal targets, goals or completion of projects (including but not limited to succession and hiring projects, completion of specific acquisitions, dispositions, reorganizations or other corporate transactions or capital-raising transactions, expansions of specific business operations and meeting divisional or project budgets); market share; operational or performance measurements relative to peers; strategic objectives and related revenue; productivity measures; employee retention; workplace health and safety; objective measures of employee morale and satisfaction; corporate social responsibility measures; environmental safety or compliance metrics; or any combination of the foregoing. Any one or more of the Performance Criteria may be stated as a percentage of another Performance Criteria, or used on an absolute or relative basis to measure the performance of the Company and/or one or more Affiliates as a whole or any divisions or operational and/or business units, product lines, brands, business segments, administrative departments of the Company and/or one or more Affiliates or any combination thereof, as the Committee may deem appropriate, or any of the above Performance Criteria may be compared to the performance of a selected group of comparison companies, or a published or special index that the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate, or as compared to various stock market indices. The Committee also has the authority to provide for accelerated vesting of any Award based on the achievement of Performance Goals pursuant to the Performance Criteria specified in this paragraph. To the extent required under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee shall, within the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or, within any other maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code), define in an objective fashion the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period.

(d) Modification of Performance Goal(s) . In the event that applicable tax and/or securities laws change to permit Committee discretion to alter the governing Performance Criteria without obtaining stockholder approval of such alterations, the Committee shall have

 

21


sole discretion to make such alterations without obtaining stockholder approval. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time a Performance Compensation Award is granted, the Committee shall, during the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or, within any other maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code), or at any time thereafter to the extent the exercise of such authority at such time would not cause the Performance Compensation Awards granted to any Participant for such Performance Period to fail to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, specify adjustments or modifications to be made to the calculation of a Performance Goal for such Performance Period, based on and in order to appropriately reflect the following events: (i) asset write-downs; (ii) litigations, claims, judgments or settlements; (iii) the effect of changes in tax laws, accounting principles, or other laws or regulatory rules affecting reported results; (iv) any reorganization and restructuring programs; (v) extraordinary nonrecurring items as described in Accounting Standards Codification Topic 225-20 (or any successor pronouncement thereto) and/or in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations appearing in the Company’s annual report to stockholders for the applicable year; (vi) acquisitions or divestitures; (vii) any other specific, unusual or nonrecurring events, or objectively determinable category thereof; (viii) foreign exchange gains and losses; (ix) discontinued operations and nonrecurring charges; (x) a change in the Company’s fiscal year; (xi) accruals for payments to be made in respect of the Plan or other specified compensation arrangements, and (xi) any other event described in Section 13.

(e) Payment of Performance Compensation Awards .

(i) Condition to Receipt of Payment . Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award agreement, a Participant must be employed by the Company on the last day of a Performance Period to be eligible for payment in respect of a Performance Compensation Award for such Performance Period.

(ii) Limitation . Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award agreement, a Participant shall be eligible to receive payment in respect of a Performance Compensation Award only to the extent that: (A) the Performance Goals for such period are achieved; and (B) all or some of the portion of such Participant’s Performance Compensation Award has been earned for the Performance Period based on the application of the Performance Formula to such achieved Performance Goals; provided, however , that in the event of (x) a Participant’s Termination by the Company other than for Cause, or (y) a Participant’s Termination due to death or Disability, in each case within 12 months following a Change in Control, the Participant shall receive payment in respect of a Performance Compensation Award based on (1) actual performance through the date of Termination as determined by the Committee, or (2) if the Committee determines that measurement of actual performance cannot be reasonably assessed, the assumed achievement of target performance as determined by the Committee (but not to the extent that application of this clause (2) would cause Section 162(m) of the Code to result in the loss of the deduction of the compensation payable in respect of such Performance Compensation Award for any Participant reasonably expected to be a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code), in each case prorated based on the time elapsed from the date of grant to the date of Termination.

 

22


(iii) Certification . Following the completion of a Performance Period, the Committee shall review and certify in writing whether, and to what extent, the Performance Goals for the Performance Period have been achieved and, if so, calculate and certify in writing that amount of the Performance Compensation Awards earned for the period based upon the Performance Formula. The Committee shall then determine the amount of each Participant’s Performance Compensation Award actually payable for the Performance Period and, in so doing, may apply Negative Discretion.

(iv) Use of Negative Discretion . In determining the actual amount of an individual Participant’s Performance Compensation Award for a Performance Period, the Committee may reduce or eliminate the amount of the Performance Compensation Award earned under the Performance Formula in the Performance Period through the use of Negative Discretion. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award agreement, the Committee shall not have the discretion to (A) grant or provide payment in respect of Performance Compensation Awards for a Performance Period if the Performance Goals for such Performance Period have not been attained; or (B) increase a Performance Compensation Award above the applicable limitations set forth in Section 5 of the Plan.

(f) Timing of Award Payments . Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award agreement, Performance Compensation Awards granted for a Performance Period shall be paid to Participants as soon as administratively practicable following completion of the certifications required by this Section 12. Any Performance Compensation Award that has been deferred shall not (between the date as of which the Award is deferred and the payment date) increase (i) with respect to a Performance Compensation Award that is payable in cash, by a measuring factor for each fiscal year greater than a reasonable rate of interest set by the Committee or (ii) with respect to a Performance Compensation Award that is payable in shares of Common Stock, by an amount greater than the appreciation of a share of Common Stock from the date such Award is deferred to the payment date. Any Performance Compensation Award that is deferred and is otherwise payable in shares of Common Stock shall be credited (during the period between the date as of which the Award is deferred and the payment date) with dividend equivalents (in a manner consistent with the methodology set forth in the last sentence of Section 9(d)(ii) of the Plan).

13. Changes in Capital Structure and Similar Events . In the event of (a) any dividend (other than regular cash dividends) or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to acquire shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event (including, without limitation, a Change in Control) that affects the shares of Common Stock, or (b) unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, a Change in Control) affecting the Company, any Affiliate, or the financial statements of the Company or any Affiliate, or changes in applicable rules, rulings, regulations or other requirements of any governmental body or securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system, accounting principles or law, such that in either case an adjustment is determined by the Committee in its sole discretion to be necessary or appropriate, then the

 

23


Committee shall make any such adjustments in such manner as it may deem equitable, including without limitation, any or all of the following:

(i) adjusting any or all of (A) the Absolute Share Limit, or any other limit applicable under the Plan with respect to the number of Awards which may be granted hereunder, (B) the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or other property) which may be delivered in respect of Awards or with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan (including, without limitation, adjusting any or all of the limitations under Section 5 of the Plan) and (C) the terms of any outstanding Award, including, without limitation, (1) the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company (or number and kind of other securities or other property) subject to outstanding Awards or to which outstanding Awards relate, (2) the Exercise Price or Strike Price with respect to any Award or (3) any applicable performance measures (including, without limitation, Performance Criteria and Performance Goals);

(ii) providing for a substitution or assumption of Awards (or awards of an acquiring company), accelerating the exercisability of, lapse of restrictions on, or termination of, Awards or providing for a period of time (which shall not be required to be more than 10 days) for Participants to exercise outstanding Awards prior to the occurrence of such event (and any such Award not so exercised shall terminate upon the occurrence of such event); and

(iii) cancelling any one or more outstanding Awards and causing to be paid to the holders holding vested Awards (including any Awards that would vest as a result of the occurrence of such event but for such cancellation) the value of such Awards, if any, as determined by the Committee (which if applicable may be based upon the price per share of Common Stock received or to be received by other stockholders of the Company in such event), including without limitation, in the case of an outstanding Option or SAR, a cash payment in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value (as of a date specified by the Committee) of the shares of Common Stock subject to such Option or SAR over the aggregate Exercise Price or Strike Price of such Option or SAR, respectively (it being understood that, in such event, any Option or SAR having a per share Exercise Price or Strike Price equal to, or in excess of, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock subject thereto may be canceled and terminated without any payment or consideration therefor);

provided, however , that in the case of any “equity restructuring” (within the meaning of the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor pronouncement thereto)), the Committee shall make an equitable or proportionate adjustment to outstanding Awards to reflect such equity restructuring. Any adjustment in Incentive Stock Options under this Section 13 (other than any cancellation of Incentive Stock Options) shall be made only to the extent not constituting a “modification” within the meaning of Section 424(h)(3) of the Code, and any adjustments under this Section 13 shall be made in a manner which does not adversely affect the exemption provided pursuant to Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. Any such adjustment shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes. Payments to holders pursuant to clause (iii) above shall be made in cash or, in the sole discretion

 

24


of the Committee, in the form of such other consideration necessary for a Participant to receive property, cash, or securities (or combination thereof) as such Participant would have been entitled to receive upon the occurrence of the transaction if the Participant had been, immediately prior to such transaction, the holder of the number of shares of Common Stock covered by the Award at such time (less any applicable Exercise Price or Strike Price). In addition, prior to any payment or adjustment contemplated under this Section 13, the Committee may require a Participant to (A) represent and warrant as to the unencumbered title to his Awards, (B) bear such Participant’s pro rata share of any post-closing indemnity obligations, and be subject to the same post-closing purchase price adjustments, escrow terms, offset rights, holdback terms, and similar conditions as the other holders of Stock, (C) deliver customary transfer documentation as reasonably determined by the Committee and (D) satisfy any applicable tax withholding obligations.

14. Amendments and Termination .

(a) Amendment and Termination of the Plan . The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided , that no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination shall be made without stockholder approval if (i) such approval is necessary to comply with any regulatory requirement applicable to the Plan (including, without limitation, as necessary to comply with any rules or regulations of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company may be listed or quoted or for changes in GAAP to new accounting standards, (ii) it would materially increase the number of securities which may be issued under the Plan (except for increases pursuant to Section 5 or 13), or (iii) it would materially modify the requirements for participation in the Plan; provided, further , that any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant or any holder or beneficiary of any Award theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant, holder or beneficiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment shall be made to the last proviso of Section 14(b) without stockholder approval.

(b) Amendment of Award Agreements . The Committee may, to the extent consistent with the terms of any applicable Award agreement, waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate, any Award theretofore granted or the associated Award agreement, prospectively or retroactively (including after a Participant’s Termination from the Company); provided that any such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Participant with respect to any Award theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant; provided, further , that without stockholder approval, except as otherwise permitted under Section 13 of the Plan, (i) no amendment or modification may reduce the Exercise Price of any Option or the Strike Price of any SAR, (ii) the Committee may not cancel any outstanding Option or SAR and replace it with a new Option or SAR (with a lower Exercise Price or Strike Price, as the case may be) or other Award or cash payment that is greater than the value of the cancelled Option or SAR, and (iii) the Committee may not take any other action which is considered a “repricing” for purposes of the stockholder approval rules of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company are listed or quoted.

 

25


15. General .

(a) Award Agreements . Each Award under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award agreement, which shall be delivered to the Participant and shall specify the terms and conditions of the Award and any rules applicable thereto, including without limitation, the effect on such Award of the death, Disability or Termination of a Participant, or of such other events as may be determined by the Committee. For purposes of the Plan, an Award agreement may be in any such form (written or electronic) as determined by the Committee (including, without limitation, a Board or Committee resolution, an employment agreement, a notice, a certificate or a letter) evidencing the Award. The Committee need not require an Award agreement to be signed by the Participant or a duly authorized representative of the Company.

(b) Nontransferability . (i) Each Award shall be exercisable only by a Participant during the Participant’s lifetime, or, if permissible under applicable law, by the Participant’s legal guardian or representative. No Award may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a Participant (including, without limitation, except as may be prohibited by applicable law, pursuant to a domestic relations order) other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or an Affiliate; provided that the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute an assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance.

(ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit Awards (other than Incentive Stock Options) to be transferred by a Participant, without consideration, subject to such rules as the Committee may adopt consistent with any applicable Award agreement to preserve the purposes of the Plan, to: (A) any person who is a “family member” of the Participant, as such term is used in the instructions to Form S-8 under the Securities Act or any successor form of registration statement promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (collectively, the “ Immediate Family Members ”); (B) a trust solely for the benefit of the Participant and his or her Immediate Family Members; (C) a partnership or limited liability company whose only partners or stockholders are the Participant and his or her Immediate Family Members; or (D) a beneficiary to whom donations are eligible to be treated as “charitable contributions” for federal income tax purposes;

(each transferee described in clauses (A), (B), (C) and (D) above is hereinafter referred to as a “ Permitted Transferee ”); provided that the Participant gives the Committee advance written notice describing the terms and conditions of the proposed transfer and the Committee notifies the Participant in writing that such a transfer would comply with the requirements of the Plan.

(iii) The terms of any Award transferred in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence shall apply to the Permitted Transferee and any reference in the Plan, or in any applicable Award agreement, to a Participant shall be deemed to refer to the

 

26


Permitted Transferee, except that (A) Permitted Transferees shall not be entitled to transfer any Award, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution; (B) Permitted Transferees shall not be entitled to exercise any transferred Option unless there shall be in effect a registration statement on an appropriate form covering the shares of Common Stock to be acquired pursuant to the exercise of such Option if the Committee determines, consistent with any applicable Award agreement, that such a registration statement is necessary or appropriate; (C) the Committee or the Company shall not be required to provide any notice to a Permitted Transferee, whether or not such notice is or would otherwise have been required to be given to the Participant under the Plan or otherwise; and (D) the consequences of the Termination of the Participant from the Company or an Affiliate under the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award agreement shall continue to be applied with respect to the Participant, including, without limitation, that an Option shall be exercisable by the Permitted Transferee only to the extent, and for the periods, specified in the Plan and the applicable Award agreement.

(c) Dividends and Dividend Equivalents . The Committee in its sole discretion may provide a Participant as part of an Award with dividends or dividend equivalents, payable in cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities, other Awards or other property, on a current or deferred basis, on such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, including without limitation, payment directly to the Participant, withholding of such amounts by the Company subject to vesting of the Award or reinvestment in additional shares of Common Stock, Restricted Stock or other Awards; provided , that no dividends or dividend equivalents shall be payable in respect of outstanding (i) Options or SARs or (ii) unearned Performance Compensation Awards or other unearned Awards subject to performance conditions (other than or in addition to the passage of time and other than Awards structured as Restricted Stock) (although dividends and dividend equivalents may be accumulated in respect of unearned Awards and paid within 15 days after such Awards are earned and become payable or distributable).

(d) Tax Withholding .

(i) A Participant shall be required to pay to the Company or any Affiliate, and the Company or any Affiliate shall have the right and is hereby authorized to withhold, from any cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities or other property deliverable under any Award or from any compensation or other amounts owing to a Participant, the amount (in cash, Common Stock, other securities or other property) of any required withholding or any other applicable taxes in respect of an Award, its exercise, or any payment or transfer under an Award or under the Plan and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Committee or the Company to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such withholding or any other applicable taxes.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of clause (i) above, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit a Participant to satisfy, in whole or in part, the foregoing withholding liability by (A) the delivery of shares of Common Stock (which are not subject to any pledge or other security interest) owned by the Participant having a Fair Market Value equal to such withholding liability or (B) having the Company withhold from the number of shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable or deliverable pursuant

 

27


to the exercise or settlement of the Award a number of shares with a Fair Market Value equal to such withholding liability, provided that with respect to shares withheld pursuant to clause (B), the number of such shares may not have a Fair Market Value greater than the minimum required statutory withholding liability.

(e) No Claim to Awards; No Rights to Continued Employment; Waiver . No employee of the Company or an Affiliate, or other person, shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award under the Plan or, having been selected for the grant of an Award, to be selected for a grant of any other Award. There is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Participants or holders or beneficiaries of Awards. The terms and conditions of Awards and the Committee’s determinations and interpretations with respect thereto need not be the same with respect to each Participant and may be made selectively among Participants, whether or not such Participants are similarly situated. Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any Participant any right to be retained in the employ or service of the Company or an Affiliate, nor shall it be construed as giving any Participant any rights to continued service on the Board. The Company or any of its Affiliates may at any time dismiss a Participant from employment or discontinue any consulting relationship, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or any Award agreement. By accepting an Award under the Plan, a Participant shall thereby be deemed to have waived any claim to continued exercise or vesting of an Award or to damages or severance entitlement related to non-continuation of the Award beyond the period provided under the Plan or any Award agreement, except to the extent of any provision to the contrary in any written employment contract or other agreement between the Company and its Affiliates and the Participant, whether any such agreement is executed before, on or after the Date of Grant.

(f) International Participants . With respect to Participants who reside or work outside of the United States of America and who are not (and who are not expected to be) “covered employees” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee may in its sole discretion amend the terms of the Plan or Sub-Plans or outstanding Awards with respect to such Participants in order to conform such terms with the requirements of local law or to obtain more favorable tax or other treatment for a Participant, the Company or its Affiliates.

(g) Designation and Change of Beneficiary . Each Participant may file with the Committee a written designation of one or more persons as the beneficiary(ies) who shall be entitled to receive the amounts payable with respect to an Award, if any, due under the Plan upon his or her death. A Participant may, from time to time, revoke or change his or her beneficiary designation without the consent of any prior beneficiary by filing a new designation with the Committee. The last such designation received by the Committee shall be controlling; provided, however , that no designation, or change or revocation thereof, shall be effective unless received by the Committee prior to the Participant’s death, and in no event shall it be effective as of a date prior to such receipt. If no beneficiary designation is filed by a Participant, the beneficiary shall be deemed to be his or her spouse or, if the Participant is unmarried at the time of death, his or her estate.

(h) Termination . Except as otherwise provided in an Award agreement, unless determined otherwise by the Committee at any point following such event: (i) neither a temporary absence from employment or service due to illness, vacation or leave of absence

 

28


(including, without limitation, a call to active duty for military service through a Reserve or National Guard unit) nor a transfer from employment or service with one Service Recipient to employment or service with another Service Recipient (or vice-versa) shall be considered a Termination; and (ii) if a Participant undergoes a Termination of employment, but such Participant continues to provide services to the Company and its Affiliates in a non-employee capacity, such change in status shall not be considered a Termination for purposes of the Plan. Further, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in the event that any Service Recipient ceases to be an Affiliate of the Company (by reason of sale, divestiture, spin-off, or other similar transaction), unless a Participant’s employment or service is transferred to another entity that would constitute a Service Recipient immediately following such transaction, such Participant shall be deemed to have suffered a Termination hereunder as of the date of the consummation of such transaction.

(i) No Rights as a Stockholder . Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan or any Award agreement, no person shall be entitled to the privileges of ownership in respect of shares of Common Stock which are subject to Awards hereunder until such shares have been issued or delivered to that person.

(j) Government and Other Regulations .

(i) The obligation of the Company to settle Awards in shares of Common Stock or other consideration shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by governmental agencies as may be required. Notwithstanding any terms or conditions of any Award to the contrary, the Company shall be under no obligation to offer to sell or to sell, and shall be prohibited from offering to sell or selling, any shares of Common Stock pursuant to an Award unless such shares have been properly registered for sale pursuant to the Securities Act with the Securities and Exchange Commission or unless the Company has received an opinion of counsel (if the Company has requested such an opinion), satisfactory to the Company, that such shares may be offered or sold without such registration pursuant to an available exemption therefrom and the terms and conditions of such exemption have been fully complied with. The Company shall be under no obligation to register for sale under the Securities Act any of the shares of Common Stock to be offered or sold under the Plan. The Committee shall have the authority to provide that all shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company or any Affiliate delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan, the applicable Award agreement, the Federal securities laws, or the rules, regulations and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any securities exchange or inter- dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company are listed or quoted and any other applicable Federal, state, local or non-U.S. laws, rules, regulations and other requirements, and, without limiting the generality of Section 9 of the Plan, the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on certificates representing shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company or any Affiliate delivered under the Plan to make appropriate reference to such restrictions or may cause such Common Stock or other securities of the Company or any Affiliate delivered under the Plan in book-entry form to be held subject to the Company’s instructions or subject to appropriate stop-transfer orders. Notwithstanding any provision

 

29


in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee reserves the right to add any additional terms or provisions to any Award granted under the Plan that it in its sole discretion deems necessary or advisable in order that such Award complies with the legal requirements of any governmental entity to whose jurisdiction the Award is subject.

(ii) The Committee may cancel an Award or any portion thereof if it determines, in its sole discretion, that legal or contractual restrictions and/or blockage and/or other market considerations would make the Company’s acquisition of shares of Common Stock from the public markets, the Company’s issuance of Common Stock to the Participant, the Participant’s acquisition of Common Stock from the Company and/or the Participant’s sale of Common Stock to the public markets, illegal, impracticable or inadvisable. If the Committee determines to cancel all or any portion of an Award in accordance with the foregoing, the Company shall pay to the Participant an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock subject to such Award or portion thereof canceled (determined as of the applicable exercise date, or the date that the shares would have been vested or delivered, as applicable), over (B) the aggregate Exercise Price or Strike Price (in the case of an Option or SAR, respectively) or any amount payable as a condition of delivery of shares of Common Stock (in the case of any other Award). Such amount shall be delivered to the Participant as soon as practicable following the cancellation of such Award or portion thereof.

(k) No Section 83(b) Elections Without Consent of Company . Except with respect to OP Units, no election under Section 83(b) of the Code or under a similar provision of law may be made unless expressly permitted by the terms of the applicable Award agreement or by action of the Committee in writing prior to the making of such election. If a Participant, in connection with the acquisition of shares of Common Stock or OP Units under the Plan or otherwise, is expressly permitted to make such election and the Participant makes the election, the Participant shall notify the Company of such election within ten days of filing notice of the election with the Internal Revenue Service or other governmental authority, in addition to any filing and notification required pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code or other applicable provision.

(l) Payments to Persons Other Than Participants . If the Committee shall find that any person to whom any amount is payable under the Plan is unable to care for his or her affairs because of illness or accident, or is a minor, or has died, then any payment due to such person or his or her estate (unless a prior claim therefor has been made by a duly appointed legal representative) may, if the Committee so directs the Company, be paid to his or her spouse, child, relative, an institution maintaining or having custody of such person, or any other person deemed by the Committee to be a proper recipient on behalf of such person otherwise entitled to payment. Any such payment shall be a complete discharge of the liability of the Committee and the Company therefor.

(m) Nonexclusivity of the Plan . Neither the adoption of this Plan by the Board nor the submission of this Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options otherwise than under this Plan, and such arrangements may be either applicable generally or only in specific cases.

 

30


(n) No Trust or Fund Created . Neither the Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company or any Affiliate, on the one hand, and a Participant or other person or entity, on the other hand. No provision of the Plan or any Award shall require the Company, for the purpose of satisfying any obligations under the Plan, to purchase assets or place any assets in a trust or other entity to which contributions are made or otherwise to segregate any assets, nor shall the Company maintain separate bank accounts, books, records or other evidence of the existence of a segregated or separately maintained or administered fund for such purposes. Participants shall have no rights under the Plan other than as unsecured general creditors of the Company, except that insofar as they may have become entitled to payment of additional compensation by performance of services, they shall have the same rights as other employees under general law.

(o) Reliance on Reports . Each member of the Committee and each member of the Board shall be fully justified in acting or failing to act, as the case may be, and shall not be liable for having so acted or failed to act in good faith, in reliance upon any report made by the independent public accountant of the Company and its Affiliates and/or any other information furnished in connection with the Plan by any agent of the Company or the Committee or the Board, other than himself.

(p) Relationship to Other Benefits . No payment under the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, profit sharing, group insurance or other benefit plan of the Company except as otherwise specifically provided in such other plan or as required by applicable law.

(q) Governing Law . The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware (or, if the Company or its successor hereunder ceases to be organized in Delaware, then the internal laws of the state or other jurisdiction of incorporation) applicable to contracts made and performed wholly within the State of Delaware (or such other jurisdiction described above), without giving effect to the conflict of laws provisions thereof.

(r) Severability . If any provision of the Plan or any Award or Award agreement is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any person or entity or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable laws, or if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be construed or deemed stricken as to such jurisdiction, person or entity or Award and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.

(s) Obligations Binding on Successors . The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be binding upon any successor corporation or organization resulting from the merger, consolidation or other reorganization of the Company, or upon any successor corporation or organization succeeding to substantially all of the assets and business of the Company.

 

31


(t) 409A of the Code .

(i) Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, it is intended that the provisions of this Plan comply with Section 409A of the Code, and all provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted in a manner consistent with the requirements for avoiding taxes or penalties under Section 409A of the Code. Each Participant is solely responsible and liable for the satisfaction of all taxes and penalties that may be imposed on or in respect of such Participant in connection with this Plan or any other plan maintained by the Company (including any taxes and penalties under Section 409A of the Code), and neither the Company nor any Affiliate shall have any obligation to indemnify or otherwise hold such Participant (or any beneficiary) harmless from any or all of such taxes or penalties. With respect to any Award that is considered “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code, references in the Plan to “termination of employment” (and substantially similar phrases) shall mean “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. For purposes of Section 409A of the Code, each of the payments that may be made in respect of any Award granted under the Plan is designated as separate payments.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if a Participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, no payments in respect of any Awards that are “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code and which would otherwise be payable upon the Participant’s “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code) shall be made to such Participant prior to the date that is six months after the date of such Participant’s “separation from service” or, if earlier, the Participant’s date of death. Following any applicable six month delay, all such delayed payments will be paid in a single lump sum on the earliest date permitted under Section 409A of the Code that is also a business day.

(iii) Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in an Award agreement or otherwise, in the event that the timing of payments in respect of any Award (that would otherwise be considered “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code) would be accelerated upon the occurrence of (A) a Change in Control, no such acceleration shall be permitted unless the event giving rise to the Change in Control satisfies the definition of a change in the ownership or effective control of a corporation, or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of a corporation pursuant to Section 409A of the Code and any Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder or (B) a Disability, no such acceleration shall be permitted unless the Disability also satisfies the definition of “Disability” pursuant to Section 409A of the Code and any Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

(u) Clawback/Forfeiture . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, an Award agreement may provide that the Committee may in its sole discretion cancel such Award if the Participant, without the consent of the Company, while employed by or providing services to the Company or any Affiliate or after Termination, violates a non-competition, non-solicitation or non-disclosure covenant or agreement or otherwise has engaged in or engages in other Detrimental Activity that is in conflict with or adverse to the interests of any Affiliate, including fraud or conduct contributing to any financial restatements or

 

32


irregularities, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. The Committee may also provide in an Award agreement that if the Participant otherwise has engaged in or engages in any activity referred to in the preceding sentence, the Participant will forfeit any gain realized on the vesting or exercise of such Award, and must repay the gain to the Company. The Committee may also provide in an Award agreement that if the Participant receives any amount in excess of what the Participant should have received under the terms of the Award for any reason (including without limitation by reason of a financial restatement, mistake in calculations or other administrative error), then the Participant shall be required to repay any such excess amount to the Company. Without limiting the foregoing, all Awards shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law.

(v) Expenses; Gender; Titles and Headings . The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company and its Affiliates. Masculine pronouns and other words of masculine gender shall refer to both men and women. The titles and headings of the sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only, and in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings shall control.

 

33

Exhibit 10.7

Summit Materials, Inc.

RESTRICTED LP UNIT AGREEMENT

THIS RESTRICTED LP UNIT AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”), is made effective as of the date set forth on the signature page (the “ Signature Page ”) attached hereto, between Summit Materials, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with its successors and assigns, the “ Company ”), Summit Materials Holdings L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), and the participant identified on the Signature Page attached hereto (the “ Participant ”).

R E C I T A L S:

WHEREAS, the Participant holds a number of Class D-1 Interests and Class D-2 Interests (the “ Interests ”) of the Partnership specified on the signature page hereto, which Interests were issued pursuant to one or more Management Subscription Agreements (collectively, the “ Subscription Agreements ”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to an IPO Reorganization Agreement, a reorganization of the various classes of interests of the Partnership (the “ Reclassification ”), was or will be effected on or about the pricing of the initial public offering (the “ IPO ”) of the Class A common stock of the Company (the “ Summit Shares ”, the date of such Reclassification, the “ Date of Grant ”); and

WHEREAS, as of the Reclassification, the Interests will cease to be issued and outstanding and the Participant will hold LP Units with an equivalent value based on the IPO Price (as defined below), on the terms described herein and otherwise subject to the terms of the Summit Materials, Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) (and capitalized terms used and not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Plan).

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:

1. LP Units .

(a) The LP Units .

(i) Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the additional terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and effective as of the Reclassification, the Company and the Partnership will cause the Interests to be reclassified as the number of vested LP Units (“ Vested LP Units ”) and unvested LP Units (the “ Unvested LP Units ”) to be specified by the General Partner of the Partnership (or its authorized designee, the “ Committee ”) on the Signature Page hereto (the Vested LP Units and Unvested LP Units collectively, the “ LP Units ”).

(ii) The number of LP Units shall be calculated by the Committee in its sole discretion, such that the intrinsic value of all such LP Units (calculated based on the price at which Summit Shares are sold in the Company’s initial public offering (the “ IPO Price ”), the number of such Interests held by the Participant prior to the Reclassification, and the relative rights and priorities applicable to the Interests under the Partnership’s organizational documents immediately prior to the Reclassification) is equal to the


LP Unit Agreement

Page 2

 

intrinsic value of all such LP Units using the IPO Price, in each case as calculated by the Committee. Any fractional Vested LP Units or Unvested LP Units will be canceled for no consideration.

(b) Stock Options . Effective as of and in connection with the Reclassification, the Company will grant options to acquire Summit Shares (“ Options ”) to the Participant, pursuant to a Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement, in a number and on such terms as determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Committee”).

(c) Vesting . The Vested LP Units shall not be subject to any vesting conditions. The Unvested LP Units shall vest and become nonforfeitable Vested LP Units in accordance with Schedule I attached hereto. If Participant’s employment with the Company and its subsidiaries is terminated at any time, all Unvested LP Units shall automatically and immediately be forfeited and canceled (after giving effect to any acceleration of vesting or other terms set forth in Schedule I attached hereto).

(d) Section 83(b) Election . Within 10 days after the Reclassification, the Participant shall provide the Company with a copy of a completed election under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and the regulations promulgated thereunder in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto. The Participant shall timely (within 30 days) file (via certified mail, return receipt requested) such election with the Internal Revenue Service, and thereafter shall certify to the Company that the Participant has made such timely filing and furnish a copy of such filing to the Company. The Participant should consult his or her tax advisor regarding the consequences of a Section 83(b) election, as well as the receipt, vesting, holding and sale of the LP Units. Participant agrees to properly execute and provide to the Partnership in a timely manner any tax documentation that may be reasonably required by the Partnership, including any tax forms relating to a “consent dividend” (as defined in Section 565 of the Code) or a power of attorney relating to such consent dividends.

(e) Participant acknowledges that the LP Units have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) or any other state or foreign securities law, and accordingly, may not be offered, sold or transferred except pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to an applicable exemption therefrom and in compliance with the Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of the Partnership as it may be amended from time to time (the “ LP Agreement ”). By executing this Agreement, Participant shall be deemed to have also executed and become a party to, as a “Holder”, the Exchange Agreement substantially in the form attached as Exhibit B (the “ Exchange Agreement ”), pursuant to which LP Units will be exchangeable into Summit Shares from time to time (in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Agreement). Moreover, the Company hereby agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to file and cause to become effective a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission that will permit Participant (subject to any limitations to which Participant may be subject as an “affiliate” of Summit) to freely resell any Summit Shares received upon any exchange under the Exchange Agreement.

2. Prior Agreements; Restrictive Covenants.

(a) Restrictive Covenants . Participant acknowledges and recognizes the highly competitive nature of the businesses of the Company and its Affiliates and accordingly agrees, in


LP Unit Agreement

Page 3

 

his capacity as an investor and equityholder in the Company and its Affiliates, to the provisions of Appendix A to this Agreement (the “ Restrictive Covenants ”). Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company’s remedies at law for a breach or threatened breach of any of the provisions of Appendix A would be inadequate and the Company would suffer irreparable damages as a result of such breach or threatened breach. In recognition of this fact, Participant agrees that, in the event of such a breach or threatened breach, in addition to any remedies at law, the Company, without posting any bond, shall be entitled to cease making any payments or providing any benefit otherwise required by this Agreement or any other agreement between the Company and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and Participant and Participant’s Affiliates, on the other, and obtain equitable relief in the form of specific performance, temporary restraining order, temporary or permanent injunction or other equitable remedy which may then be available. For the avoidance of doubt, the Restrictive Covenants contained in this Agreement are in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other restrictive covenants or similar covenants or agreements between the Participant and the Company or any of its Affiliates. For purposes of this Agreement, “Restrictive Covenant Violation” means the Participant’s breach of any of the Restrictive Covenants or any similar provision applicable to the Participant.

(b) Repayment of Proceeds . Notwithstanding any provision of Section 15(u) of the Plan to the contrary, in the event of a Restrictive Covenant Violation or the Company discovers after a termination of employment that grounds for a termination of employment with Cause existed at the time thereof, then Participant shall be required, in addition to any other remedy available (on a non-exclusive basis), to pay to the Company, within 10 business days of the Company’s request to Participant therefor, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the aggregate after-tax proceeds (taking into account all amounts of tax that would be recoverable upon a claim of loss for payment of such proceeds in the year of repayment) Participant received (A) upon the sale or other disposition of, or distributions in respect of the LP Units issued hereunder (and any Summit Shares received in exchange for such LP Units), and (B) upon the exercise of any stock options issued in connection with, the Reclassification, over (ii) the aggregate Cost of such LP Units, Summit Shares, or stock options. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cost ” means, in respect of any LP Unit or Summit Share, the amount paid by Participant for the Interests that were converted into such LP Unit or Summit Share, as proportionately adjusted for all subsequent distributions on the LP Unit or Summit Share and other recapitalizations; provided that Cost may not be less than zero. Any reference in this Agreement to grounds existing for a termination of employment with Cause shall be determined without regard to any notice period, cure period, or other procedural delay or event required prior to finding of or termination with, Cause. Without limiting the foregoing, the LP Units shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law.

3. Book Entry; Certificates . The Company shall recognize the Participant’s ownership of LP Units through uncertificated book entry. If elected by the Company, certificates evidencing the LP Units may be issued by the Company and any such certificates shall be registered in the Participant’s name on the stock transfer books of the Company promptly after the date hereof, but shall remain in the physical custody of the Company or its designee at all times prior to the later of (x) the vesting of Unvested LP Units pursuant to this Agreement and (y) the expiration of any transfer restrictions set forth in this Agreement or otherwise applicable to the LP Units. As soon as practicable following such time, any certificates for the LP Units shall be delivered to the Participant or to the Participant’s legal guardian or representative along with the


LP Unit Agreement

Page 4

 

stock powers relating thereto. No certificates shall be issued for fractional LP Units. To the extent required by the Company, the Participant shall deliver to the Company a stock power, duly endorsed in blank, relating to the LP Units that have not previously vested. However, the Company shall not be liable to the Participant for damages relating to any delays in issuing the certificates (if any) to the Participant, any loss by the Participant of the certificates, or any mistakes or errors in the issuance of the certificates or in the certificates themselves.

4. Rights as a Limited Partner . The Participant shall be the record owner of the LP Units until or unless such LP Units are forfeited pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or are transferred in accordance with the Partnership Agreement, and as record owner shall be entitled to all rights of a holder of units of limited partner interests in the Partnership, including, without limitation, any voting rights with respect to the Unvested LP Units and rights to dividends or other distributions that are expressly provided for by the LP Agreement; provided that (a) any cash or in kind dividends or distributions paid with respect of any Unvested LP Unit shall be accumulated by the Partnership and shall be paid to the Participant only when, and if, such LP Unit shall become vested pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and (b) the LP Units shall be subject to the limitations on transfer and encumbrance set forth in Section 7 hereof and in the LP Agreement.

5. Legend . To the extent applicable, all book entries (or certificates, if any) representing the LP Units delivered to the Participant as contemplated by Section 3 above shall be subject to the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which such LP Units are listed, and any applicable Federal or state laws, and the Company may cause notations to be made next to the book entries (or a legend or legends put on certificates, if any) to make appropriate reference to such restrictions. Any such book entry notations (or legends on certificates, if any) shall include a description to the effect of the restrictions set forth in Sections 1 and 7 hereof.

6. No Right to Continued Employment . Neither the Plan nor this Agreement nor the Participant’s receipt of the LP Units hereunder shall impose any obligation on the Company or any Affiliate to continue any employment or engagement of any Participant. Further, the Company or any Affiliate (as applicable) may at any time terminate the employment or engagement of such Participant, free from any liability or claim under the Plan or this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided herein.

7. Assignment Restrictions; Lock-up .

(a) The Unvested LP Units may not, at any time prior to becoming vested pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, be Assigned (and any such purported Assignment shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or any Affiliate), except that (i) Vested LP Units may, subject to the following provisions, be exchanged for Summit Shares pursuant to the Exchange Agreement and (ii) LP Units may be transferred in accordance with Section 7(b) below and the LP Agreement. Unvested LP Units may not, at any time prior to becoming vested pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, be exchanged; provided that the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute an Assignment.

(b) Prior to the transfer of LP Units to a Permitted Transferee, Participant shall deliver to the Partnership a written agreement of the proposed transfer (i) evidencing such Person’s


LP Unit Agreement

Page 5

 

undertaking to be bound by the terms of this Agreement and the LP Agreement and (ii) acknowledging that the LP Units transferred to such Person will continue to be LP Units for purposes of this Agreement in the hands of such Person. Any transfer or attempted transfer of LP Units in violation of any provision of this Agreement or the LP Agreement shall be void, and the Participant shall not record such transfer on its books or treat any purported transferee of such LP Units as the owner of such LP Units for any purpose.

(c) Participant further hereby agrees that Participant shall, without further action on the part of Participant, be bound by the provisions of the lock-up letter executed by the executive officers and directors of the Company to the same extent as if Participant had directly executed such lock-up letter himself or herself. Such lock-up letter will provide that Participant shall not, subject to specified exceptions, not to offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any Summit Shares, or any options or warrants to purchase any Summit Shares, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive Summit Shares, whether now owned or hereinafter acquired during the period from the date of the final prospectus relating to the IPO and continuing through the date 180 days after the date of such prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters for the IPO. The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding sentence will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day lock-up period referred to above, the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results or becomes aware of a material event occurring during the 15-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day lock-up period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event, unless the representatives of the underwriters for the IPO waive such extension.

8. Withholding . The Participant may be required to pay to the Company or any Affiliate and the Company shall have the right and is hereby authorized to withhold, any applicable withholding taxes in respect of the LP Units, their grant or vesting or any payment or transfer with respect to the LP Units at the minimum applicable statutory rates, and to take such action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Committee to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such withholding taxes.

9. Securities Laws; Cooperation . Upon the vesting of any Unvested LP Units, the Participant will make or enter into such written representations, warranties and agreements as the Committee may reasonably request in order to comply with applicable securities laws, the Plan or with this Agreement. Participant further agrees to cooperate with the Company in taking any action reasonably necessary or advisable to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.


LP Unit Agreement

Page 6

 

10. Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand or overnight courier or three postal delivery days after it has been mailed by United States registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as set forth in the LP Agreement, or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notice of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

11. Choice of Law; Jurisdiction; Venue . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware. Any suit, action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement, or any judgment entered by any court in respect of any thereof, shall be brought in any court of competent jurisdiction specified in the LP Agreement. The Participant and the Company hereby irrevocably waives (i) any objections which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement brought in any court of competent jurisdiction in any jurisdiction specified in the LP Agreement, (ii) any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in any inconvenient forum and (iii) any right to a jury trial.

12. LP Units Subject to Plan; Amendment . By entering into this Agreement, the Participant agrees and acknowledges that the Participant has received and read a copy of the Plan. The LP Units granted hereunder are not issued pursuant to the Plan, but shall be subject to all the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan, as though the LP Units were issued as LP Units under the Plan. The terms and provisions of the Plan, as it may be amended from time to time, are hereby incorporated herein by reference mutatis mutandis . In the event of a conflict between any term or provision contained herein and a term or provision of the Plan, the applicable terms and provisions of the Agreement will govern and prevail. The Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate this Agreement, but no such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination shall materially adversely affect the rights of the participant hereunder without the consent of the Participant. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or the Plan to the contrary, the Company may amend and update the number of LP Units in the Schedule set forth on the Signature Page hereto prior to or following the effective date of the IPO based on the IPO Price.

13. Other Awards . Subject to Section 2, this Agreement, together with any other equity grants received in connection with the Reclassification and the IPO, are in replacement of, and supersede in all respects, the Interests.

14. Award Administrator . The Partnership and/or the Company may from time to time designate a third party (an “ Award Administrator ”) to assist the Partnership and/or the Company in the implementation, administration and management of the LP Units subject to this Agreement.

15. Data Privacy Consent . The Participant hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of the Participant’s personal data as described in this Agreement and any other Option grant materials by and among, as applicable, the Participant’s employer or contracting party (the “ Employer ”) and the Company for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Participant’s participation in the Plan. The Participant understands that the Company may hold


LP Unit Agreement

Page 7

 

certain personal information about the Participant, including, but not limited to, the Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, work location and phone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, hire date, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all awards or any other entitlement to shares awarded, cancelled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in the Participant’s favor, for the purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan (“ Personal Data ”). The Participant understands that Personal Data may be transferred to any third parties assisting in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan, now or in the future, that these recipients may be located in the Participant’s country or elsewhere, and that the recipient’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections than the Participant’s country. The Participant understands that the Participant may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Personal Data by contacting the Participant’s local human resources representative. The Participant authorizes the recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Personal Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing the Participant’s participation in the Plan. The Participant understands that Personal Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage the Participant’s participation in the Plan. The Participant understands that the Participant may, at any time, view Personal Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Personal Data, require any necessary amendments to Personal Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing the Participant’s local human resources representative. Further, the Participant understands that the Participant is providing the consents herein on a purely voluntary basis. If the Participant does not consent, or if the Participant later seeks to revoke the Participant’s consent, the Participant’s employment status or service and career with the Employer will not be adversely affected; the only consequence of the Participant’s refusing or withdrawing the Participant’s consent is that the Company would not be able to grant Options or other equity awards to the Participant or administer or maintain such awards. Therefore, the Participant understands that refusing or withdrawing the Participant’s consent may affect the Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of Participant’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, the Participant understands that the Participant may contact the Participant’s local human resources representative.

[Signatures on next page.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Participant acknowledges and accepts the terms of this Agreement which shall be effective as of the date set forth below and countersignature by the Company.

 

Participant
 
Name (printed):
Dated:                                                      

[ Signature Page - Replacement Award for Units of Summit Materials Holdings, L.P. ]


Agreement acknowledged and confirmed:

 

SUMMIT MATERIALS HOLDINGS L.P.     SUMMIT MATERIALS, INC.

 

By:

 

   

 

By:

 

Name:

Title: Authorized Signatory

   

Name:

Title: Authorized Signatory

SUMMIT MATERIALS HOLDINGS GP,

LTD., as current general partner of

Summit Materials Holdings L.P.

   

SUMMIT OWNER HOLDCO, LLC, as

interim general partner of Summit

Materials Holdings L.P.

 

 

   

 

By: Summit Materials Holdings GP, Ltd., its
managing member

 

Name:

Title: Authorized Signatory

   

Name:

Title: Authorized Signatory

SUMMIT MATERIALS, INC., as new

general partner of Summit Materials

Holdings L.P.

   

 

By:

 

   

 

Name:

Title: Authorized Signatory

   


Schedule

Name:

Vesting Start Date for Time-Vesting LP Units:

Date of Grant:

 

Pre-Reclassification

   Post-Reclassification
     Vested
Interests
(#)
   Unvested
Interests
(#)
   Vested LP
Units
(#)
   Unvested LP
Units
(#)

Class D-1 Time Vesting Interests

           

Class D-1 Performance Vesting Interests

           

Class D-2 Performance Vesting Interests

           

Total

           

Total Unvested Units:

Time-Vesting Unvested LP Units:

1.75x MOIC Performance-Vesting Unvested LP Units:

3.00x MOIC Performance-Vesting Unvested LP Units:


Summit Materials, Inc.

Schedule I-1

Schedule I

Vesting Terms

1. Time-Based Vesting LP Units.

(a) With regard to the LP Units granted hereunder and designated “Time-Vesting Unvested LP Units” on the signature page attached hereto, so long as the Participant’s employment with the Company and its Affiliates has not been terminated (the “ Termination Date ”), [20% of the Time-Vesting Unvested LP Units shall become vested on the first anniversary of the Vesting Start Date, and an additional 1.667% of the Time-Vesting Unvested LP Units shall become vested on the last day of each month following such date] [ [            ] Time-Vesting Unvested LP Units shall become vested on the last day of each month following the Date of Grant], such that the Time-Vesting Interests will be fully vested on the fifth anniversary of the Vesting Start Date.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, immediately prior to, and following, the occurrence of a change of control that occurs prior to the Participant’s Termination Date, 100% of the Time-Vesting Unvested LP Units that are Unvested LP Units shall become Vested LP Units.

2. Performance-Based Vesting LP Units.

(a) 1.75X MOIC-Vesting Terms . At any time prior to June 30, 2020 that the Sponsor shall have received aggregate cash proceeds and/or has distributed to its limited partners marketable securities (in each case, not subject to any clawback, indemnity or similar contractual obligation) in respect of its LP Units in the Partnership equal to, or in the case of marketable securities having a fair market value equal to, at least 175% of its aggregate Capital Contributions (as defined in the LP Agreement) in respect of such Units (the “ 1.75X Hurdle ”), then all of the 1.75x MOIC Performance-Vesting Unvested LP Units shall become Vested LP Units.

(b) 3.00X MOIC-Vesting Terms . At any time prior to June 30, 2020 that the Sponsor shall have received aggregate cash proceeds and/or has distributed to its limited partners marketable securities (in each case, not subject to any clawback, indemnity or similar contractual obligation) in respect of its Units in the Partnership equal to, or in the case of marketable securities having a fair market value equal to, at least 300% of its aggregate Capital Contributions in respect of such Units (the “ 3.00X Hurdle ”), then all of the 3.00x MOIC Performance-Vesting Unvested LP Units shall become Vested LP Units.

3. Forfeiture Upon Termination of Employment.

(a) Any Time-Vesting Unvested LP Units that are Unvested LP Units on a Termination Date shall be immediately forfeited by the Participant.

(b) Any 1.75x MOIC Performance-Vesting Unvested LP Units and 3.00x MOIC Performance-Vesting Unvested LP Units (collectively, “ Performance-Vesting LP Units ”) that are Unvested LP Units on a Termination Date shall be immediately forfeited by the Participant; provided , however , that in the event a transaction closes before earlier of the Termination Date or June 30, 2020 and a portion of the proceeds are subject to any clawback, indemnity or similar obligation, then the Performance-Vesting LP Units that are Unvested LP Units shall remain


Summit Materials, Inc.

Schedule I-2

 

subject to additional vesting following such date until the effect of any clawback, indemnity or similar contractual obligation is finally determined (and shall vest at the time of such final determination if the relevant hurdle is met); provided , further , that if the Participant is terminated without Cause or if the Participant has entered into a written employment agreement with the Company that includes a definition of “good reason” or “constructive termination,” if the Participant resigns for “good reason” or “constructive termination” (as defined in such written employment agreement) within 12 months preceding a Change in Control, any Performance-Vesting LP Units that would have vested in connection with such Change in Control shall be restored and shall be eligible to vest based on the terms hereof.


Summit Materials, Inc.

Appendix A-1

Appendix A

Restrictive Covenants

1. Confidentiality; Non-Compete; Non-Solicit; Non-Disparagement.

(a) For the purposes of this Appendix A, any reference to the “ Company ” shall mean the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, collectively. In view of the fact that Participant’s work for the Company brings Participant into close contact with many confidential affairs of the Company not readily available to the public, and plans for further developments, Participant agrees:

(i) Participant will not at any time (whether during or after Participant’s Employment with the Company): (x) retain or use for the benefit, purposes or account of Participant or any other person; or (y) disclose, divulge, reveal, communicate, share, transfer or provide access to any person outside the Company (other than its professional advisers who are bound by confidentiality obligations), any non-public, proprietary or confidential information – including without limitation trade secrets, know-how, research and development, software, databases, inventions, processes, formulae, technology, designs and other intellectual property, information concerning finances, investments, profits, pricing, costs, products, services, vendors, customers, clients, partners, investors, personnel, compensation, recruiting, training, advertising, sales, marketing, promotions, government and regulatory activities and approvals – concerning the past, current or future business, activities and operations of the Company, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates and/or any third party that has disclosed or provided any of same to the Company on a confidential basis (“ Confidential Information ”) without the prior written authorization of the Board, except as specifically necessary during the term of Participant’s Employment in order to perform the duties of his or her position and in the best interests of the Company.

(ii) “Confidential Information” shall not include any information that is: (a) generally known to the industry or the public other than as a result of Participant’s breach of this covenant or any breach of other confidentiality obligations by third parties; (b) made legitimately available to Participant by a third party without breach of any confidentiality obligation; or (c) required by law to be disclosed; provided that Participant shall give prompt written notice to the Company of such requirement, disclose no more information than is so required, and cooperate with any attempts by the Company to obtain a protective order or similar treatment.

(iii) Except as required by law, Participant will not disclose to anyone, other than Participant’s immediate family and legal or financial advisors, the existence or contents of this Agreement; provided that Participant may disclose to any prospective future employer the provisions of Section (b) of this Appendix provided they agree to maintain the confidentiality of such terms.

(iv) Upon termination of Participant’s Employment with the Company for any reason, Participant shall (x) cease and not thereafter commence use of any Confidential Information or intellectual property (including without limitation, any patent, invention, copyright, trade secret, trademark, trade name, logo, domain name or other source


Summit Materials, Inc.

Appendix A-2

 

indicator) owned or used by the Company, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates; (y) immediately destroy, delete, or return to the Company, at the Company’s option, all originals and copies in any form or medium (including memoranda, books, papers, plans, computer files, letters and other data) in Participant’s possession or control (including any of the foregoing stored or located in Participant’s office, home, laptop or other computer, whether or not Company property) that contain Confidential Information or otherwise relate to the business of the Company, its Affiliates and Subsidiaries, except that Participant may retain only those portions of any personal notes, notebooks and diaries that do not contain any Confidential Information; and (z) notify and fully cooperate with the Company regarding the delivery or destruction of any other Confidential Information of which Participant is or becomes aware.

(b) Participant acknowledges and recognizes the highly competitive nature of the businesses of the Company and its Affiliates and accordingly agrees as follows:

(i) Participant will not, within twelve months following the termination of Participant’s Employment with the Company or such shorter time as provided in Section 1(b)(iv) (the “ Post-Termination Period ”) or during Participant’s Employment (collectively with the Post-Termination Period, the “ Restricted Period ”):

(A) engage in any business involved, either directly or indirectly, in (x) the acquisition of companies primarily engaged in the U.S. and Canadian aggregates and related downstream product sectors (including, but not limited to, asphalt, paving, cement, concrete and concrete products) (any such company, a “ Business ”) or (y) the operation of any Business (any such business as described in subclauses (x) or (y), a “ Competitive Business ”).

(B) enter the employ of, or render any services to, any person (or any division or controlled or controlling affiliate of any person) who or which engages in a Competitive Business;

(C) acquire a financial interest in, or otherwise become actively involved with, any Competitive Business, directly or indirectly, as an individual, partner, shareholder, officer, director, principal, agent, trustee or consultant; or

(D) interfere with, or attempt to interfere with, business relationships (whether formed before, on or after the date of this Agreement) between the Company or any of its Affiliates and customers, clients, suppliers, partners, members, investors or acquisition targets.

(ii) During the Restricted Period, Participant will not, whether on Participant’s own behalf or on behalf of or in conjunction with any person, directly or indirectly:

(A) solicit or encourage any employee of the Company or its Affiliates to leave the Employment of the Company or its Affiliates; or


Summit Materials, Inc.

Appendix A-3

 

(B) hire any such employee who was employed by the Company or its Affiliates as of the date of Participant’s termination of Employment with the Company or who left the Employment of the Company or its Affiliates coincident with, or within one year prior to or after, the termination of Participant’s Employment with the Company.

(iii) During the Restricted Period, Participant will not, whether on Participant’s own behalf or on behalf of or in conjunction with any person, directly or indirectly solicit or assist in soliciting in competition with the Company, the business of any client or prospective client:

(A) with whom Participant had personal contact or dealings on behalf of the Company during the one-year period preceding Participant’s termination of Employment;

(B) with whom employees reporting to Participant have had personal contact or dealings on behalf of the Company during the one year immediately preceding Participant’s termination of Employment; or

(C) for whom Participant had direct or indirect responsibility during the one year immediately preceding Participant’s termination of Employment.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Participant may, directly or indirectly own, solely as an investment, securities of any person which are publicly traded on a national or regional stock exchange or on the over-the-counter market if Participant (i) is not a controlling person of, or a member of a group which controls, such person and (ii) does not, directly or indirectly, own 5% or more of any class of securities of such person.

(c) During the Restricted Period, Participant will not, directly or indirectly, solicit or encourage to cease to work with the Company or its Affiliates any consultant then under contract with the Company or its Affiliates.

(d) Participant will not, other than as required by law or by order of a court or other competent authority, make or publish, or cause any other person to make or publish, any statement that is disparaging or that reflects negatively upon the Company or its Affiliates, or that is or reasonably would be expected to be damaging to the reputation of the Company or its Affiliates.

(e) It is expressly understood and agreed that although Participant and the Company consider the restrictions contained in this Appendix A to be reasonable, if a final judicial determination is made by a court of competent jurisdiction, that the time or territory or any other restriction contained in this Agreement is an unenforceable restriction against Participant, the provisions of this Agreement shall not be rendered void but shall be deemed amended to apply as to such maximum time and territory and to such maximum extent as such court may judicially determine or indicate to be enforceable. Alternatively, if any court of competent jurisdiction finds that any restriction contained in this Agreement is unenforceable, and such restriction cannot be amended so as to make it enforceable, such finding shall not affect the enforceability of any of the other restrictions contained herein.


Summit Materials, Inc.

Appendix A-4

 

(f) The period of time during which the provisions of this Appendix A shall be in effect shall be extended by the length of time during which Participant is in breach of the terms hereof as determined by any court of competent jurisdiction on the Company’s application for injunctive relief.

2. Specific Performance; Survival .

(a) Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company’s remedies at law for a breach or threatened breach of any of the provisions of this Appendix A would be inadequate and the Company would suffer irreparable damages as a result of such breach or threatened breach. In recognition of this fact, Participant agrees that, in the event of such a breach or threatened breach, in addition to any remedies at law, the Company, without posting any bond, shall be entitled to suspend making any payments or providing any benefit otherwise required by this Agreement and obtain equitable relief in the form of specific performance, temporary restraining order, temporary or permanent injunction or any other equitable remedy which may then be available.

(b) The provisions of this Appendix A shall survive the termination of Participant’s Employment for any reason.


Exhibit A

Section 83(b) Election

[ Separately Attached ]


Exhibit B

Form of Exchange Agreement

[ Separately Attached ]

Exhibit 10.8

NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

(Leverage Restoration Options)

Summit Materials, Inc.

2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan

This Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), effective as of the Date of Grant (as defined below), is between Summit Materials, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the Participant (as defined below).

WHEREAS , the Company has adopted the Summit Materials, Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) in order to provide additional incentives to selected officers and employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

WHEREAS , pursuant to an IPO Reorganization Agreement, a reorganization of the various classes of interests of the Partnership (the “ Reclassification ”), was or will be effected on or about the pricing of the initial public offering (the “ IPO ”) of the Class A common stock, par value, $0.01 per share (the “ Common Stock ”) of the Company; and

WHEREAS , in connection with the Reclassification, the Committee (as defined in the Plan) responsible for administration of the Plan has determined to grant an option to the Participant as provided herein and the Company and the Participant hereby wish to memorialize the terms and conditions applicable to the Option (as defined below).

NOW, THEREFORE , the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings as in the Plan. The following terms shall have the following meanings for purposes of this Agreement:

(a) “ Agreement ” shall mean this Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement including (unless the context otherwise requires) the Award Notice and the appendix for non-U.S. Participants attached hereto as Appendix B.

(b) “ Award Notice ” shall mean the notice to the Participant attached hereto as Exhibit A.

(c) “ Exercise Price ” shall mean the “Exercise Price” listed in the Award Notice.

(d) “ Date of Grant ” shall mean the “Date of Grant” listed in the Award Notice.

(e) “ Participant ” shall mean the “Participant” listed in the Award Notice.

(f) “ Restrictive Covenant Violation ” shall mean the Participant’s breach of the Restrictive Covenants listed on Appendix A or any covenant regarding confidentiality, competitive activity, solicitation of the Company’s vendors, suppliers, customers, or employees, or any similar provision applicable to or agreed to by the Participant.


(g) “ Shares ” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock listed in the Award Notice as “Number of Shares Subject to Option”.

2. Grant of Options.

(a) Effective as of the Date of Grant, for good and valuable consideration, the Company hereby irrevocably grants to the Participant the right and option (the “ Option ”) to purchase all or any part of the Shares, subject to, and in accordance with, the terms, conditions and restrictions set forth in the Plan and this Agreement.

(b) The Option is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(c) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance and consistent with, and subject to, the terms of the Plan (the provisions of which are incorporated hereby by reference); and, except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, the capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the same definitions as set forth in the Plan. In the event of any conflict between one or more of this Agreement, the Award Notice and the Plan, the Plan shall govern this Agreement and the Award Notice, and the Agreement (to the extent not in conflict with the Plan) shall govern the Award Notice.

3. Exercise Price. The price at which the Participant shall be entitled to purchase the Shares upon the exercise of the Option shall be the Exercise Price per share, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 9.

4. Exercisability of Option. The Option shall become vested and exercisable in accordance with the schedule set forth on the Award Notice.

5. Duration of Option. The Option shall be exercisable to the extent and in the manner provided herein for a period of 10 years from the Date of Grant (the “ Option Period ”); provided , however , that the Option may be earlier terminated as provided in Section 7 hereof.

6. Manner of Exercise and Payment.

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan, the Option may be exercised by delivery of written or electronic notice to the Company in the manner prescribed in Section 7(d) of the Plan and as otherwise set forth by the Committee from time to time. Such notice shall set forth the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised and shall be signed by the person or persons exercising the Option. In the event the Company has designated an Award Administrator (as defined below), the Option may also be exercised by giving notice (including through electronic means) in accordance with the procedures established from time to time by the Award Administrator. Any exercisable portion of the Option or the entire Option, if then wholly exercisable, may be exercised in whole or in part, provided that partial exercise shall be for whole shares of Common Stock only.

(b) Upon exercise of the Option pursuant to Section 6(a), unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the Company shall withhold a number of Shares otherwise

 

2


deliverable to the Participant to pay (i) the full purchase price for the Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised (the “ Aggregate Exercise Price ”) and (ii) the minimum applicable withholding taxes, liabilities, and obligations (“ Withholding Taxes ”) associated with such exercise.

(c) Upon receipt of the notice of exercise and any payment or other documentation as may be necessary pursuant to Sections 6(a) and 6(b) relating to the Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, the Company shall, subject to the Plan and this Agreement, take such action as may be necessary to effect the transfer to the Participant of the number of Shares as to which such exercise was effective (less any Shares withheld pursuant to Section 6(b)).

(d) The Participant shall not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Company (including the right to vote or receive dividends) in respect of, Shares purchased upon exercise of the Option until (i) the Option shall have been exercised pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and the Participant shall have paid the Aggregate Exercise Price associated with such exercise and any applicable Withholding Taxes and (ii) the Company shall have issued the Shares in connection with such exercise.

7. Termination of Employment.

(a) Subject to Section 7(c) below, in the event that the Participant’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries is terminated for any reason, any unvested portion of the Option shall be forfeited and all of the Participant’s rights hereunder with respect to such unvested portion of the Option shall terminate as of the effective date of termination (the “ Termination Date ”) (unless otherwise provided for by the Committee in accordance with the Plan, and except for any Option that is eligible to vest after the Termination Date pursuant to the Award Notice, which Option, if any, shall remain outstanding until the later of (x) the date such Option is no longer able to become vested in accordance with the terms of the Award Notice, or (y) 90 days following the date such Option becomes vested).

(b) Notwithstanding any portion of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Participant’s employment is terminated by the Company or any Subsidiary with Cause or by the Participant when grounds existed for Cause at the time thereof, the vested and unvested portions of the Option shall terminate as of the Termination Date.

(c) In the event of (i) the Participant’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries is terminated by the Company due to death or Disability, each outstanding vested Option shall remain exercisable for one year thereafter (but in no event beyond the Option Period) and (ii) the Participant’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries is terminated for any other reason (subject to Section 7(b)), each outstanding vested Option shall remain exercisable for 90 days thereafter (but in no event beyond the Option Period); provided that, in each case, the Option Period shall expire immediately upon the occurrence of a Restrictive Covenant Violation.

(d) The Participant’s rights with respect to the Option shall not be affected by any change in the nature of the Participant’s employment so long as the Participant continues to be an

 

3


employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. Whether (and the circumstances under which) employment has been terminated and the determination of the Termination Date for the purposes of this Agreement shall be determined by the Committee (or, with respect to any Participant who is not a director or “officer” as defined under Rule 16a-1(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, its designee, whose good faith determination shall be final, binding and conclusive; provided , that such designee may not make any such determination with respect to the designee’s own employment for purposes of the Option).

8. Restrictions on Transfer. The Participant may not assign, alienate, pledge, attach, sell or otherwise transfer or encumber the Option or the Participant’s right under the Option to receive Shares, except other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or an Affiliate; provided that the designation of a beneficiary (if permitted by the Committee) shall not constitute an assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance.

9. Restrictive Covenants. Participant acknowledges and recognizes the highly competitive nature of the businesses of the Company and its Affiliates and accordingly agrees to the provisions of Appendix A to this Agreement (the “ Restrictive Covenants ”). For the avoidance of doubt, the Restrictive Covenants contained in this Agreement are in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other restrictive covenants or similar covenants or agreements between the Participant and the Company or any of its Affiliates.

10. Repayment of Proceeds; Clawback Policy. If a Restrictive Covenant Violation occurs or the Company discovers after a termination of employment that grounds existed for Cause at the time thereof, then Participant shall be required, in addition to any other remedy available (on a non-exclusive basis), to pay to the Company, within 10 business days of the Company’s request to Participant therefor, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the aggregate after-tax proceeds (taking into account all amounts of tax that would be recoverable upon a claim of loss for payment of such proceeds in the year of repayment) Participant received upon the sale or other disposition of, or distributions in respect of, the Options and any Shares acquired in respect thereof over (b) the aggregate Cost (if any) of such Shares. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cost ” means, in respect of any Share, the amount paid by Participant for the Share (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any Withholding Taxes), as proportionately adjusted for corporate transactions and other recapitalizations and less the amount of any dividends or distributions made with respect to the Share; provided that Cost may not be less than zero. Any reference in this Agreement to grounds existing for a termination of employment with Cause shall be determined without regard to any notice period, cure period, or other procedural delay or event required prior to finding of or termination with, Cause. The Option and all proceeds of the Option shall be subject to the Company’s Clawback Policy, as in effect from time to time, to the extent Participant is a director or “officer” as defined under Rule 16a-1(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

11. No Right to Continued Employment. Neither the Plan nor this Agreement nor the Participant’s receipt of the Option hereunder shall impose any obligation on the Company or any Affiliate to continue the employment or engagement of the Participant. Further, the Company or any Affiliate (as applicable) may at any time terminate the employment or engagement of such Participant, free from any liability or claim under the Plan or this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided herein.

 

4


12. Adjustments. The terms of this Agreement, including, without limitation, (a) the number of Shares subject to the Option and (b) the Exercise Price specified herein, shall be subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 12 of the Plan.

13. Award Subject to Plan. By entering into this Agreement, the Participant agrees and acknowledges that the Participant has received and read a copy of the Plan. The Option granted hereunder is subject to the Plan. The terms and provisions of the Plan, as it may be amended from time to time, are hereby incorporated herein by reference. In the event of a conflict between any term or provision contained herein and a term or provision of the Plan, the applicable terms and provisions of the Agreement will govern and prevail.

14. Severability. Should any provision of this Agreement be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable or invalid for any reason, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected by such holding and shall continue in full force in accordance with their terms.

15. Governing Law; Venue; Language. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware. Any suit, action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement, or any judgment entered by any court in respect of any thereof, shall be brought in any court of competent jurisdiction specified in the Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of the Partnership (as amended from time to time, the “ LP Agreement ”). The Participant and the Company each hereby irrevocably waives (a) any objections which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement brought in any court of competent jurisdiction in any jurisdiction specified in the LP Agreement, (b) any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in any inconvenient forum and (c) any right to a jury trial.

16. Successors in Interest. Any successor to the Company shall have the benefits of the Company under, and be entitled to enforce, this Agreement. Likewise, the Participant’s legal representative shall have the benefits of Participant under, and be entitled to enforce, this Agreement. All obligations imposed upon the Participant and all rights granted to the Company under this Agreement shall be final, binding and conclusive upon the Participant’s heirs, executors, administrators and successors.

17. Data Privacy Consent. The Participant hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of the Participant’s personal data as described in this Agreement and any other Option grant materials by and among, as applicable, the Participant’s employer or contracting party (the “ Employer ”) and the Company for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Participant’s participation in the Plan. The Participant understands that the Company may hold certain personal information about the Participant, including, but not limited to, the Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, work location and phone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, hire date,

 

5


any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all awards or any other entitlement to shares awarded, cancelled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in the Participant’s favor, for the purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan (“ Personal Data ”). The Participant understands that Personal Data may be transferred to any third parties assisting in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan, now or in the future, that these recipients may be located in the Participant’s country or elsewhere, and that the recipient’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections than the Participant’s country. The Participant understands that the Participant may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Personal Data by contacting the Participant’s local human resources representative. The Participant authorizes the recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Personal Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing the Participant’s participation in the Plan. The Participant understands that Personal Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage the Participant’s participation in the Plan. The Participant understands that the Participant may, at any time, view Personal Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Personal Data, require any necessary amendments to Personal Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing the Participant’s local human resources representative. Further, the Participant understands that the Participant is providing the consents herein on a purely voluntary basis. If the Participant does not consent, or if the Participant later seeks to revoke the Participant’s consent, the Participant’s employment status or service and career with the Employer will not be adversely affected; the only consequence of the Participant’s refusing or withdrawing the Participant’s consent is that the Company would not be able to grant Options or other equity awards to the Participant or administer or maintain such awards. Therefore, the Participant understands that refusing or withdrawing the Participant’s consent may affect the Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of Participant’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, the Participant understands that the Participant may contact the Participant’s local human resources representative.

18. Limitation on Rights; No Right to Future Grants; Extraordinary Item of Compensation. By accepting this Agreement and the grant of the Option evidenced hereby, the Participant expressly acknowledges that: (a) the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be suspended or terminated by the Company at any time; (b) the grant of the Option is a one-time benefit that does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of options, or benefits in lieu of options; (c) all determinations with respect to future option grants, if any, including the grant date, the number of Shares granted, the exercise price and the exercise date or dates, will be at the sole discretion of the Company; (d) the Participant’s participation in the Plan is voluntary; (e) the value of the Option is an extraordinary item of compensation that is outside the scope of the Participant’s employment contract, if any, and nothing can or must automatically be inferred from such employment contract or its consequences; (f) Options are not part of normal or expected compensation for any purpose and are not to be used for calculating any severance, resignation, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments, the Participant waives any claim on such basis and, for the avoidance of doubt, the Option shall not constitute an “acquired right” under the applicable law of any jurisdiction; (g) if the underlying Shares do not increase in value, the Option will have no value; (h) if the Participant exercises the Option and acquires Shares, the

 

6


value of such Shares may increase or decrease in value, even below the exercise price; and (i) the future value of the underlying Shares is unknown and cannot be predicted with certainty. In addition, the Participant understands, acknowledges and agrees that the Participant will have no rights to compensation or damages related to option proceeds in consequence of the termination of the Participant’s employment for any reason whatsoever and whether or not in breach of contract.

19. Award Administrator. The Company may from time to time designate a third party (an “ Award Administrator ”) to assist the Company in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan and any Options granted thereunder, including by sending Award Notices on behalf of the Company to Participants, and by facilitating through electronic means acceptance of Agreement by Participants and Option exercises by Participants.

20. Book Entry Delivery of Shares. Whenever reference in this Agreement is made to the issuance or delivery of certificates representing one or more Shares, the Company may elect to issue or deliver such Shares in book entry form in lieu of certificates.

21. Electronic Delivery and Acceptance. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to current or future participation in the Plan by electronic means. The Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

22. Acceptance and Agreement by the Participant; Forfeiture upon Failure to Accept. By accepting this Option (including through electronic means), the Participant agrees to be bound by the terms, conditions, and restrictions set forth in the Plan, this Agreement, and the Company’s policies, as in effect from time to time, relating to the Plan. The Participant’s rights under the Option will lapse 90 days from the Date of Grant, and the Option will be forfeited on such date if the Participant shall not have accepted this Agreement by such date. For the avoidance of doubt, the Participant’s failure to accept this Agreement shall not affect the Participant’s continuing obligations under any other agreement between the Company and the Participant.

23. No Advice Regarding Grant. The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding the Participant’s participation in the Plan, or the Participant’s acquisition or sale of the underlying Shares. The Participant is hereby advised to consult with his or her own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding his or her participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

24. Appendices For Non-U.S. Participants. Notwithstanding any provisions in this Agreement, Participants residing and/or working outside the United States shall be subject to the Terms and Conditions for Non-U.S. Participants attached hereto as Appendix B. If the Participant relocates from the United States to another country, the Terms and Conditions for Non-U.S. Participants and the applicable Country-Specific Terms and Conditions will apply to the Participant, to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons. Moreover, if the

 

7


Participant relocates between any of the countries included in Country-Specific Terms and Conditions, the special terms and conditions for such country will apply to the Participant, to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons. The Terms and Conditions for Non-U.S. Participants and the Country-Specific Terms and Conditions constitute part of this Agreement.

25. Imposition of Other Requirements. The Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on the Participant’s participation in the Plan, on the Option and on any Shares acquired under the Plan, to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons, and to require the Participant to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing.

26. Waiver. The Participant acknowledges that a waiver by the Company of breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement, or of any subsequent breach by the Participant or any other participant in the Plan.

[ Signatures follow ]

 

8


SUMMIT MATERIALS, INC.
By:  

 

 

Name: Thomas W. Hill

Title: Chief Executive Officer

Acknowledged and Agreed

as of the date first written above:

 

 

Participant Signature


Exhibit A - 1

Exhibit A

Summit Materials, Inc.

Nonqualified Stock Option Award Notice

Participant :

Date of Grant :

Vesting Start Date :

Exercise Price :

Number of Shares Subject to Option:

Time-Vesting Options:

1.75x MOIC Performance-Vesting Options:

3.00x MOIC Performance-Vesting Options:

Vesting Schedule :

1. Time-Based Vesting Options.

(a) So long as the Participant’s employment with the Company and its Affiliates has not been terminated (the “ Termination Date ”), 25% of the Time-Vesting Options shall become vested on each of the first four anniversaries of the Vesting Start Date.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, immediately prior to, and following, the occurrence of a Change in Control that occurs prior to the Participant’s Termination Date, 100% of the Time-Vesting Options shall become vested and exercisable.

2. Performance-Based Vesting Options.

(a) Vesting Conditions. The 1.75x MOIC Performance-Vesting Options and 3.00x MOIC Performance-Vesting Options (collectively, “ Performance-Vesting Options ”) shall be subject to, and only be considered vested and exercisable upon satisfaction of, both a Service Vesting Condition and a Performance Vesting Condition, and a Performance-Based Vesting Option shall only become vested and exercisable beginning on the first date that the Service Vesting Condition and the Performance Vesting Condition are both satisfied with respect to such Performance-Based Vesting Option.

(b) 1.75x MOIC-Vesting Terms.

(i) The Service Vesting Condition shall be satisfied with respect to 25% of the 1.75x MOIC Performance-Vesting Options on each of the first four anniversaries of the Vesting Start Date, subject to the Participant’s continued employment through each such vesting date.


Exhibit A - 2

 

(ii) The Performance Vesting Condition applicable to all 1.75x MOIC Performance-Vesting Options shall be satisfied at such time prior to June 30, 2020 that the Sponsor shall have received aggregate cash proceeds and/or has distributed to its limited partners marketable securities (in each case, not subject to any clawback, indemnity or similar contractual obligation) in respect of its Units (as defined in the LP Agreement) in the Partnership equal to, or in the case of marketable securities having a fair market value equal to, at least 175% of its aggregate Capital Contributions (as defined in the LP Agreement) in respect of such Units (the “ 1.75x Hurdle ”), then all of the 1.75x MOIC Performance-Vesting Options shall become vested and exercisable.

(c) 3.00x MOIC-Vesting Terms.

(i) The Service Vesting Condition shall be satisfied with respect to 25% of the 3.00x MOIC Performance-Vesting Options on each of the first four anniversaries of the Vesting Start Date, subject to the Participant’s continued employment through each such vesting date.

(ii) The Performance Vesting Condition applicable to all 3.00x MOIC Performance-Vesting Options shall be satisfied at such time prior to June 30, 2020 that the Sponsor shall have received aggregate cash proceeds and/or has distributed to its limited partners marketable securities (in each case, not subject to any clawback, indemnity or similar contractual obligation) in respect of its Units in the Partnership equal to, or in the case of marketable securities having a fair market value equal to, at least 300% of its aggregate Capital Contributions in respect of such Units (the “ 3.00x Hurdle ”), then all of the 3.00x MOIC Performance-Vesting Options shall become vested and exercisable.

3. Forfeiture Upon Termination of Employment.

(a) Any Time-Vesting Options that are unvested on a Termination Date shall be immediately forfeited by the Participant.

(b) Subject to Section 3(c) of this Award Notice, any Performance-Vesting Options that are unvested on a Termination Date shall be immediately forfeited by the Participant

(c) Notwithstanding Section 3(b) of this Award Notice

(i) In the event a transaction closes before the earlier of the Termination Date or June 30, 2020 and a portion of the proceeds are subject to any clawback, indemnity or similar obligation, then any Performance-Vesting Options with respect to which the applicable Service Vesting Condition was satisfied prior to the Termination Date shall remain eligible for additional vesting following such date until the effect of any clawback, indemnity or similar contractual obligation is finally determined (and shall vest or not vest at the time of such final determination if the relevant hurdle is met);


Exhibit A - 3

 

(ii) If the Participant’s employment is terminated without Cause or if the Participant has entered into a written employment agreement with the Company that includes a definition of “good reason” or “constructive termination,” if the Participant resigns for “good reason” or “constructive termination” (as defined in such written employment agreement) (any such termination, a “ Qualifying Termination ”), any Performance-Vesting Options with respect to which the applicable Service Vesting Condition was satisfied prior to the Termination Date shall remain outstanding and eligible to vest for 12 months following such Termination Date, provided that such Performance-Vesting Options shall only be eligible to vest in accordance with Section 2 of this Award Notice if a Change in Control occurs during such 12-month period, and

(iii) If the Participant experiences a Qualifying Termination in the 12 months following a Change in Control, then the Sponsor shall be deemed to have received cash proceeds in an amount equal to the value of their equity interests in the Company and its Affiliates immediately prior to the applicable Termination Date (as determined in good faith by the Board, but valuing shares of Common Stock using a 30-day volume-weighted average price preceding the Termination Date), for purposes of this Award Notice and determining achievement of the 1.75x MOIC Hurdle and 3.00x MOIC Hurdle.


Appendix A

Restrictive Covenants

Confidentiality; Non-Compete; Non-Solicit; Non-Disparagement .

(a) For the purposes of this Appendix A, any reference to the “Company” shall mean the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, collectively. In view of the fact that Participant’s work for the Company brings Participant into close contact with many confidential affairs of the Company not readily available to the public, and plans for further developments, Participant agrees:

(i) Participant will not at any time (whether during or after Participant’s Employment with the Company): (x) retain or use for the benefit, purposes or account of Participant or any other person; or (y) disclose, divulge, reveal, communicate, share, transfer or provide access to any person outside the Company (other than its professional advisers who are bound by confidentiality obligations), any non-public, proprietary or confidential information – including without limitation trade secrets, know-how, research and development, software, databases, inventions, processes, formulae, technology, designs and other intellectual property, information concerning finances, investments, profits, pricing, costs, products, services, vendors, customers, clients, partners, investors, personnel, compensation, recruiting, training, advertising, sales, marketing, promotions, government and regulatory activities and approvals – concerning the past, current or future business, activities and operations of the Company, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates and/or any third party that has disclosed or provided any of same to the Company on a confidential basis (“ Confidential Information ”) without the prior written authorization of the Board, except as specifically necessary during the term of Participant’s Employment in order to perform the duties of his or her position and in the best interests of the Company.

(ii) “Confidential Information” shall not include any information that is: (a) generally known to the industry or the public other than as a result of Participant’s breach of this covenant or any breach of other confidentiality obligations by third parties; (b) made legitimately available to Participant by a third party without breach of any confidentiality obligation; or (c) required by law to be disclosed; provided that Participant shall give prompt written notice to the Company of such requirement, disclose no more information than is so required, and cooperate with any attempts by the Company to obtain a protective order or similar treatment.

(iii) Except as required by law, Participant will not disclose to anyone, other than Participant’s immediate family and legal or financial advisors, the existence or contents of this Agreement; provided that Participant may disclose to any prospective future employer the provisions of Section (b) of this Appendix provided they agree to maintain the confidentiality of such terms.

(iv) Upon termination of Participant’s Employment with the Company for any reason, Participant shall (x) cease and not thereafter commence use of any Confidential Information or intellectual property (including without limitation, any


Appendix A - 2

 

patent, invention, copyright, trade secret, trademark, trade name, logo, domain name or other source indicator) owned or used by the Company, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates; (y) immediately destroy, delete, or return to the Company, at the Company’s option, all originals and copies in any form or medium (including memoranda, books, papers, plans, computer files, letters and other data) in Participant’s possession or control (including any of the foregoing stored or located in Participant’s office, home, laptop or other computer, whether or not Company property) that contain Confidential Information or otherwise relate to the business of the Company, its Affiliates and Subsidiaries, except that Participant may retain only those portions of any personal notes, notebooks and diaries that do not contain any Confidential Information; and (z) notify and fully cooperate with the Company regarding the delivery or destruction of any other Confidential Information of which Participant is or becomes aware.

(b) Participant acknowledges and recognizes the highly competitive nature of the businesses of the Company and its Affiliates and accordingly agrees as follows:

(i) Participant will not, within twelve months following the termination of Participant’s Employment with the Company or such shorter time as provided in Section 1(b)(iv) (the “ Post-Termination Period ”) or during Participant’s Employment (collectively with the Post-Termination Period, the “ Restricted Period ”):

(A) engage in any business involved, either directly or indirectly, in (x) the acquisition of companies primarily engaged in the U.S. and Canadian aggregates and related downstream product sectors (including, but not limited to, asphalt, paving, cement, concrete and concrete products) (any such company, a “ Business ”) or (y) the operation of any Business (any such business as described in subclauses (x) or (y), a “ Competitive Business ”).

(B) enter the employ of, or render any services to, any person (or any division or controlled or controlling affiliate of any person) who or which engages in a Competitive Business;

(C) acquire a financial interest in, or otherwise become actively involved with, any Competitive Business, directly or indirectly, as an individual, partner, shareholder, officer, director, principal, agent, trustee or consultant; or

(D) interfere with, or attempt to interfere with, business relationships (whether formed before, on or after the date of this Agreement) between the Company or any of its Affiliates and customers, clients, suppliers, partners, members, investors or acquisition targets.

(ii) During the Restricted Period, Participant will not, whether on Participant’s own behalf or on behalf of or in conjunction with any person, directly or indirectly:

(A) solicit or encourage any employee of the Company or its Affiliates to leave the Employment of the Company or its Affiliates; or


Appendix A - 3

 

(B) hire any such employee who was employed by the Company or its Affiliates as of the date of Participant’s termination of Employment with the Company or who left the Employment of the Company or its Affiliates coincident with, or within one year prior to or after, the termination of Participant’s Employment with the Company.

(iii) During the Restricted Period, Participant will not, whether on Participant’s own behalf or on behalf of or in conjunction with any person, directly or indirectly solicit or assist in soliciting in competition with the Company, the business of any client or prospective client:

(A) with whom Participant had personal contact or dealings on behalf of the Company during the one-year period preceding Participant’s termination of Employment;

(B) with whom employees reporting to Participant have had personal contact or dealings on behalf of the Company during the one year immediately preceding Participant’s termination of Employment; or

(C) for whom Participant had direct or indirect responsibility during the one year immediately preceding Participant’s termination of Employment.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Participant may, directly or indirectly own, solely as an investment, securities of any person which are publicly traded on a national or regional stock exchange or on the over-the-counter market if Participant (i) is not a controlling person of, or a member of a group which controls, such person and (ii) does not, directly or indirectly, own 5% or more of any class of securities of such person.

(c) During the Restricted Period, Participant will not, directly or indirectly, solicit or encourage to cease to work with the Company or its Affiliates any consultant then under contract with the Company or its Affiliates.

(d) Participant will not, other than as required by law or by order of a court or other competent authority, make or publish, or cause any other person to make or publish, any statement that is disparaging or that reflects negatively upon the Company or its Affiliates, or that is or reasonably would be expected to be damaging to the reputation of the Company or its Affiliates.

(e) It is expressly understood and agreed that although Participant and the Company consider the restrictions contained in this Appendix A to be reasonable, if a final judicial determination is made by a court of competent jurisdiction, that the time or territory or any other restriction contained in this Agreement is an unenforceable restriction against Participant, the provisions of this Agreement shall not be rendered void but shall be deemed amended to apply as to such maximum time and territory and to such maximum extent as such court may judicially determine or indicate to be enforceable. Alternatively, if any court of competent jurisdiction finds that any restriction contained in this Agreement is unenforceable, and such restriction cannot be amended so as to make it enforceable, such finding shall not affect the enforceability of any of the other restrictions contained herein.


Appendix A - 4

 

(f) The period of time during which the provisions of this Appendix A shall be in effect shall be extended by the length of time during which Participant is in breach of the terms hereof as determined by any court of competent jurisdiction on the Company’s application for injunctive relief.

2. Specific Performance; Survival .

(a) Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company’s remedies at law for a breach or threatened breach of any of the provisions of this Appendix A would be inadequate and the Company would suffer irreparable damages as a result of such breach or threatened breach. In recognition of this fact, Participant agrees that, in the event of such a breach or threatened breach, in addition to any remedies at law, the Company, without posting any bond, shall be entitled to suspend making any payments or providing any benefit otherwise required by this Agreement and obtain equitable relief in the form of specific performance, temporary restraining order, temporary or permanent injunction or any other equitable remedy which may then be available.

(b) The provisions of this Appendix A shall survive the termination of Participant’s Employment for any reason.


Appendix B - 1

APPENDIX B

SUMMIT MATERIALS, INC.

2015 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR NON-U.S. PARTICIPANTS

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning given to such terms in the Plan and the Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement.

1. Responsibility for Taxes. This provision supplements Section 6 of the Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement:

(a) The Participant acknowledges that, regardless of any action taken by the Company or, if different, the Employer the ultimate liability for all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, fringe benefits tax, payment on account or other tax-related items related to the Participant’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to the Participant (“ Tax-Related Items ”) is and remains the Participant’s responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company or the Employer. The Participant further acknowledges that the Company and/or the Employer (1) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the Option, including, but not limited to, the grant, vesting or exercise of the Option, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired pursuant to such exercise and the receipt of any dividends and/or any other distributions; and (2) do not commit to and are under no obligation to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the Option to reduce or eliminate the Participant’s liability for Tax-Related Items or achieve any particular tax result. Further, if the Participant is subject to Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction between the Date of Grant and the date of any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, the Participant acknowledges that the Company and/or the Employer (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction.

(b) Prior to any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, the Participant agrees to make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the Employer to satisfy all Tax-Related Items. In this regard, the Participant authorizes the Company and/or the Employer, or their respective agents, at their discretion, to satisfy their withholding obligations with regard to all Tax-Related Items by:

(i) withholding from the Participant’s wages or other cash compensation paid to the Participant by the Company and/or the Employer; or

(ii) withholding from proceeds of the sale of Shares acquired at exercise of the Option either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on the Participant’s behalf pursuant to this authorization) without further consent; or


Appendix B - 2

 

(iii) withholding in Shares to be issued upon exercise of the Option;

provided, however, that if the Participant is a Section 16 officer of the Company under the Exchange Act, then the Company will withhold in Shares upon the relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, unless the use of such withholding method is problematic under applicable tax or securities law or has materially adverse accounting consequences, in which case, the obligation for Tax-Related Items may be satisfied by one or a combination of methods (i) and (ii) above.

(c) Depending on the withholding method, the Company may withhold or account for Tax-Related Items by considering applicable minimum statutory withholding rates or other applicable withholding rates, including maximum applicable rates, in which case the Participant will receive a refund of any over-withheld amount in cash and will have no entitlement to the Common Stock equivalent. If the obligation for Tax-Related Items is satisfied by withholding in Shares, for tax purposes, the Participant is deemed to have been issued the full number of Shares subject to the portion of the Option that is exercised, notwithstanding that a number of the Shares are held back solely for the purpose of paying the Tax-Related Items

(d) Finally, the Participant agrees to pay to the Company or the Employer, any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company or the Employer may be required to withhold or account for as a result of the Participant’s participation in the Plan that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described. The Company may refuse to issue or deliver the Shares or the proceeds of the sale of Shares if the Participant fails to comply with the Participant’s obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items.

2. Nature of Grant. This provision supplements Section 18 of the Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement:

In accepting the grant of the Option, the Participant acknowledges, understands and agrees that:

(a) the Option grant and the Participant’s participation in the Plan shall not create a right to employment or be interpreted as forming an employment or services contract with the Company or any Affiliate;

(b) the Option and the Shares subject to the Option are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

(c) for purposes of the Option, the Termination Date shall be the date the Participant is no longer actively providing services to the Company or its Affiliates (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later to be found invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where the Participant is employed or the terms of the Participant’s employment agreement, if any), and unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or determined by the Company, the Participant’s right to vest in the Option under the Plan, if any, will terminate and the Participant’s right to exercise any vested Option, if any, will be measured as of such date and will not be extended by any notice period ( e.g. , the Participant’s period of service would not include any contractual notice period or any period of “garden leave”


Appendix B - 3

 

or similar period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where the Participant is employed or the terms of the Participant’s employment agreement, if any); the Committee shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when the Participant is no longer actively providing services for purposes of the Option grant (including whether the Participant may still be considered to be providing services while on a leave of absence);

(d) unless otherwise provided in the Plan or by the Company in its discretion, the Option and the benefits evidenced by this Agreement do not create any entitlement to have the Option or any such benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company nor to be exchanged, cashed out or substituted for, in connection with any corporate transaction affecting the Company’s Common Stock; and

(e) neither the Company nor any Affiliate shall be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between the Participant’s local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of the Option or of any amounts due to the Participant pursuant to the exercise of the Option or the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired upon exercise.

3. Insider Trading Restrictions/Market Abuse Laws. The Participant acknowledges that, depending on his or her country of residence, the Participant may be subject to insider trading restrictions and/or market abuse laws, which may affect his or her ability to acquire or sell Shares or rights to Shares ( e.g. , Options) under the Plan during such times as the Participant is considered to have “inside information” regarding the Company (as defined by the laws in the Participant’s country). Any restrictions under these laws or regulations are separate from and in addition to any restrictions that may be imposed under any applicable Company insider trading policy. The Participant is responsible for ensuring compliance with any applicable restrictions and is advised to consult his or her personal legal advisor on this matter.

Exhibit 10.9

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement is effective as of [                    ], (this “ Agreement ”) and is between Summit Materials, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the undersigned director/officer of the Company (the “ Indemnitee ”).

Background

The Company believes that, in order to attract and retain highly competent persons to serve as directors or in other capacities, including as officers, it must provide such persons with adequate protection through indemnification against the risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their services to and activities on behalf of the Company.

The Company desires and has requested Indemnitee to serve as a director and/or officer of the Company and, in order to induce the Indemnitee to serve in such capacity, the Company is willing to grant the Indemnitee the indemnification provided for herein. Indemnitee is willing to so serve on the basis that such indemnification be provided.

The parties by this Agreement desire to set forth their agreement regarding indemnification and the advancement of expenses.

In consideration of Indemnitee’s service to the Company and the covenants and agreements set forth below, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows.

Section 1. Indemnification .

To the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”):

(a) The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee if Indemnitee was or is made or is threatened to be made a party to, or is otherwise involved in, as a witness or otherwise, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (brought in the right of the Company or otherwise), whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal, including appeals, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was or has agreed to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or while serving as a director or officer of the Company, is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent (which, for purposes hereof, shall include a trustee, fiduciary, partner or manager or similar capacity) of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in any such capacity.

(b) The indemnification provided by this Section 1 shall be from and against all loss and liability suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, including any appeals.

Section 2. Advance Payment of Expenses . To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by Indemnitee in appearing at, participating in or defending any action, suit or proceeding or in connection with an enforcement action as


contemplated by Section 3(e) , shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding within 30 days after receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time. The Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay any amounts advanced (without interest) to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled under this Agreement to be indemnified by the Company in respect thereof. No other form of undertaking shall be required of Indemnitee other than the execution of this Agreement. This Section 2 shall be subject to Section 3(b) and shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to Section 6 .

Section 3. Procedure for Indemnification; Notification and Defense of Claim .

(a) Promptly after receipt by Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding, Indemnitee shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Company hereunder, notify the Company in writing of the commencement thereof. The failure to promptly notify the Company of the commencement of the action, suit or proceeding, or of Indemnitee’s request for indemnification, will not relieve the Company from any liability that it may have to Indemnitee hereunder, except to the extent the Company is actually and materially prejudiced in its defense of such action, suit or proceeding as a result of such failure. To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request therefor including such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to enable the Company to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification.

(b) With respect to any action, suit or proceeding of which the Company is so notified as provided in this Agreement, the Company shall, subject to the last two sentences of this paragraph, be entitled to assume the defense of such action, suit or proceeding, with counsel reasonably acceptable to Indemnitee, upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any subsequently-incurred fees of separate counsel engaged by Indemnitee with respect to the same action, suit or proceeding unless the employment of separate counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized in writing by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Indemnitee, based on the advice of his or her counsel, shall have reasonably concluded (with written notice being given to the Company setting forth the basis for such conclusion) that, in the conduct of any such defense, there is or is reasonably likely to be a conflict of interest or position between the Company and Indemnitee with respect to a significant issue, then the Company will not be entitled, without the written consent of Indemnitee, to assume such defense. In addition, the Company will not be entitled, without the written consent of Indemnitee, to assume the defense of any claim brought by or in the right of the Company.

(c) To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, the Company’s assumption of the defense of an action, suit or proceeding in accordance with paragraph (b)  above will constitute an irrevocable acknowledgement by the Company that any loss and liability suffered by Indemnitee and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement by or for the account of Indemnitee incurred in connection therewith are indemnifiable by the Company under Section 1 of this Agreement.

(d) The determination whether to grant Indemnitee’s indemnification request shall be made promptly and in any event within 30 days following the Company’s receipt of a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 3(a) . If the Company determines that

 

2


Indemnitee is entitled to such indemnification or, as contemplated by paragraph (c)  above, the Company has acknowledged such entitlement, the Company will make payment to Indemnitee of the indemnifiable amount within such 30 day period. If the Company is not deemed to have so acknowledged such entitlement or the Company’s determination of whether to grant Indemnitee’s indemnification request shall not have been made within such 30 day period, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall, subject to Section 6 , nonetheless be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under the DGCL.

(e) In the event that (i) the Company determines in accordance with this Section 3 that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) the Company denies a request for indemnification, in whole or in part, or fails to respond or make a determination of entitlement to indemnification within 30 days following receipt of a request for indemnification as described above, (iii) payment of indemnification is not made within such 30 day period, (iv) advancement of expenses is not timely made in accordance with Section 2 , or (v) the Company or any other person takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, the Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in any court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of expenses. Indemnitee’s expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with successfully establishing Indemnitee’s right to indemnification or advancement of expenses, in whole or in part, in any such proceeding or otherwise shall also be indemnified by the Company to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL.

(f) Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification and advancement of expenses under this Agreement upon submission of a request therefor in accordance with Section 2 or Section 3 of this Agreement, as the case may be. The Company shall have the burden of proof in overcoming such presumption, and such presumption shall be used as a basis for a determination of entitlement to indemnification and advancement of expenses unless the Company overcomes such presumption by clear and convincing evidence.

Section 4. Insurance and Subrogation.

(a) The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to purchase and maintain a policy or policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies with A.M. Best ratings of “A” or better, providing Indemnitee with coverage for any liability asserted against, and incurred by, Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was or has agreed to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or while serving as a director or officer of the Company, is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent (which, for purposes hereof, shall include a trustee, fiduciary, partner or manager or similar capacity) of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, or arising out of Indemnitee’s status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify Indemnitee against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement. Such insurance policies shall have coverage terms and policy limits at least as favorable to Indemnitee as the insurance coverage provided to any other director or officer of the Company. If the Company has such insurance in effect at the time the Company receives from Indemnitee any notice of the commencement of an action, suit or proceeding, the Company shall give prompt

 

3


notice of the commencement of such action, suit or proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the policy. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policy.

(b) Subject to Section 9(b) , in the event of any payment by the Company under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee with respect to any insurance policy. Indemnitee shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights in accordance with the terms of such insurance policy. The Company shall pay or reimburse all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such subrogation.

(c) Subject to Section 9(b) , the Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (including, but not limited to, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement, and excise taxes or penalties relating to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under this Agreement or any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

Section 5. Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) The term “ action, suit or proceeding ” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed claim, action, suit, arbitration, alternative dispute mechanism or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

(b) The term “ by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was or has agreed to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or while serving as a director or officer of the Company, is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent (which, for purposes hereof, shall include a trustee, partner or manager or similar capacity) of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise ” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, any actual or alleged act or omission to act.

(c) The term “ expenses ” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, all direct and indirect costs of any type or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, all attorneys’ fees and related disbursements, appeal bonds, other out-of-pocket costs and reasonable compensation for time spent by Indemnitee for which Indemnitee is not otherwise compensated by the Company or any third party), actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with either the investigation, defense or appeal of an action, suit or proceeding or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Agreement or otherwise incurred in connection with a claim that is indemnifiable hereunder.

(d) The term “ judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement ” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, all direct and indirect payments of any type or nature whatsoever, as well as any penalties or excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan).

 

4


Section 6. Limitation on Indemnification .

Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Agreement:

(a) Claims Initiated by Indemnitee . To indemnify or advance expenses to Indemnitee with respect to an action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof), however denominated, initiated by Indemnitee, other than (i) an action, suit or proceeding brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Agreement (which shall be governed by the provisions of Section 6(b) of this Agreement) and (ii) an action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) that was authorized or consented to by the board of directors of the Company, it being understood and agreed that such authorization or consent shall not be unreasonably withheld in connection with any compulsory counterclaim brought by Indemnitee in response to an action, suit or proceeding otherwise indemnifiable under this agreement.

(b) Action for Indemnification . To indemnify Indemnitee for any expenses incurred by Indemnitee with respect to any action, suit or proceeding instituted by Indemnitee to enforce or interpret this Agreement, unless Indemnitee is successful in such action, suit or proceeding in establishing Indemnitee’s right, in whole or in part, to indemnification or advancement of expenses hereunder (in which case such indemnification or advancement shall be to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL), or unless and to the extent that the court in such action, suit or proceeding shall determine that, despite Indemnitee’s failure to establish his or her right to indemnification, Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification for such expenses; provided , however , that nothing in this Section 6(b) is intended to limit the Company’s obligations with respect to the advancement of expenses to Indemnitee in connection with any such action, suit or proceeding instituted by Indemnitee to enforce or interpret this Agreement, as provided in Section 2 hereof.

(c) Section 16(b) Matters . To indemnify Indemnitee on account of any suit in which judgment is rendered against Indemnitee for disgorgement of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(d) Fraud or Willful Misconduct . To indemnify Indemnitee on account of conduct by Indemnitee where such conduct has been determined by a final (not interlocutory) judgment or other adjudication of a court or arbitration or administrative body of competent jurisdiction as to which there is no further right or option of appeal or the time within which an appeal must be filed has expired without such filing to have been knowingly fraudulent or constitute willful misconduct.

(e) Prohibited by Law . To indemnify Indemnitee in any circumstance where such indemnification has been determined by a final (not interlocutory) judgment or other adjudication of a court or arbitration or administrative body of competent jurisdiction as to which there is no further right or option of appeal or the time within which an appeal must be filed has expired without such filing to be prohibited by law.

Section 7. Certain Settlement Provisions . The Company shall have no obligation to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any action,

 

5


suit or proceeding without the Company’s prior written consent. The Company shall not settle any action, suit or proceeding in any manner that would impose any fine or other obligation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s prior written consent. Neither the Company nor Indemnitee will unreasonably withhold his, her, its or their consent to any proposed settlement.

Section 8. Savings Clause . If any provision or provisions (or portion thereof) of this Agreement shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee if Indemnitee was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (brought in the right of the Company or otherwise), whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal, including appeals, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was or has agreed to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or while serving as a director or officer of the Company, is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent (which, for purposes hereof, shall include a trustee, partner or manager or similar capacity) of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, from and against all loss and liability suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, including any appeals, to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Agreement that shall not have been invalidated.

Section 9. Contribution/Jointly Indemnifiable Claims .

(a) In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnification provided for herein is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to Indemnitee in whole or in part, it is agreed that, in such event, the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, contribute to the payment of all of Indemnitee’s loss and liability suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any action, suit or proceeding, including any appeals, in an amount that is just and equitable in the circumstances; provided , that, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such contribution shall not be required where such holding by the court is due to any limitation on indemnification set forth in Section 4(c) , 6 (other than clause (e) ) or 7 hereof.

(b) Given that certain jointly indemnifiable claims may arise due to the service of the Indemnitee as a director and/or officer of the Company at the request of the Indemnitee-related entities, the Company acknowledges and agrees that the Company shall be fully and primarily responsible for the payment to the Indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses in connection with any such jointly indemnifiable claim, pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, irrespective of any right of recovery the Indemnitee may have from the Indemnitee-related entities. Under no circumstance shall the Company be entitled to any right of subrogation against or contribution by the Indemnitee-related entities and no right of advancement, indemnification or recovery the Indemnitee may have from the Indemnitee-related entities shall reduce or otherwise alter the rights of the Indemnitee or the obligations of the Company hereunder. In the event that any of the Indemnitee-related entities shall make any payment to the Indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to any jointly indemnifiable claim, the Indemnitee-related entity making such payment shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee against the Company, and Indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required

 

6


and shall do all things that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents as may be necessary to enable the Indemnitee-related entities effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights. The Company and Indemnitee agree that each of the Indemnitee-related entities shall be third-party beneficiaries with respect to this Section 9(b) , entitled to enforce this Section 9(b) as though each such Indemnitee-related entity were a party to this Agreement. For purposes of this Section 9(b) , the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(i) The term “Indemnitee-related entities” means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (other than the Company or any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise Indemnitee has agreed, on behalf of the Company or at the Company’s request, to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent and which service is covered by the indemnity described in this Agreement) from whom an Indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to which, in whole or in part, the Company may also have an indemnification or advancement obligation (other than as a result of obligations under an insurance policy).

(ii) The term “jointly indemnifiable claims” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, any action, suit or proceeding for which the Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses from both the Indemnitee-related entities and the Company pursuant to the DGCL, any agreement or the certificate of incorporation, bylaws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership or comparable organizational documents of the Company or the Indemnitee-related entities, as applicable.

Section 10. Form and Delivery of Communications . All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (a) delivered by hand, upon receipt by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (b) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (c) mailed by reputable overnight courier, one day after deposit with such courier and with written verification of receipt or (d) sent by email or facsimile transmission, with receipt of oral or written confirmation that such transmission has been received. Notice to the Company shall be directed to Anne Lee Benedict, Chief Legal Officer, by email at legal@summit-materials.com or by telephone at 303-515-5161. Notice to Indemnitee shall be directed to Indemnitee’s contact information on file with the Company’s Secretary or its Human Resources Department.

Section 11. Nonexclusivity . The provisions for indemnification and advancement of expenses set forth in this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights which Indemnitee may have under any provision of law, in any court in which a proceeding is brought, other agreements or otherwise, and Indemnitee’s rights hereunder shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of Indemnitee. No amendment or alteration of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or any other agreement shall adversely affect the rights provided to Indemnitee under this Agreement.

Section 12. No Construction as Employment Agreement . Nothing contained herein shall be construed as giving Indemnitee any right to be retained as a director of the Company or in the employ of the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, the indemnification and advancement of expenses provided under this Agreement shall continue as to the Indemnitee even though he may have ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company.

 

7


Section 13. Interpretation of Agreement . It is understood that the parties hereto intend this Agreement to be interpreted and enforced so as to provide indemnification to Indemnitee to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by the DGCL.

Section 14. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the documents expressly referred to herein constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the matters covered hereby, and any other prior or contemporaneous oral or written understandings or agreements with respect to the matters covered hereby are expressly superseded by this Agreement.

Section 15. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification, waiver or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver. For the avoidance of doubt, this Agreement may not be terminated by the Company without Indemnitee’s prior written consent.

Section 16. Successor and Assigns . All of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives. The Company shall require and cause any direct or indirect successor (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of such Indemnitor, by written agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

Section 17. Service of Process and Venue . The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Court”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, irrevocably Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808 as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

Section 18. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware. If a court of competent jurisdiction shall make a final determination that the provisions of the law of any state other than Delaware govern indemnification by the Company of Indemnitee, then the indemnification provided under this Agreement shall in all instances be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted under such law, notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary.

 

8


Section 19. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument, notwithstanding that both parties are not signatories to the original or same counterpart.

Section 20. Headings . The section and subsection headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

9


This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered to be effective as of the date first above written.

 

Company:   Indemnitee:
SUMMIT MATERIALS, INC.  
By:  

 

   

 

Name:     Name:
Title:     Title:

[Summit – Signature Page to Indemnification Agreement]

Exhibit 10.27

 

 

 

CONTRIBUTION AND PURCHASE AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

SUMMIT MATERIALS, INC.,

SUMMIT MATERIALS HOLDINGS L.P.,

SUMMIT MATERIALS HOLDING GP LTD.,

AND

SUMMIT OWNER HOLDCO LLC,

AND

MISSOURI MATERIALS COMPANY, L.L.C.,

J & J MIDWEST GROUP, L.L.C.,

R. MICHAEL JOHNSON FAMILY LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY,

AND

THOMAS A. BECK FAMILY, LLC,

AS THE MINORITY HOLDERS

AND

CONTINENTAL CEMENT COMPANY, L.L.C.

DATED

December 18, 2014


Table of Contents

 

ARTICLE 1   
DEFINITIONS  

Section 1.1

 

Definitions

     5  

Section 1.2

 

Construction

     6  
ARTICLE 2  

Section 2.1

 

Transactions to be taken pre-IPO

     7  

Section 2.2

 

Transactions to be taken concurrent with the IPO ( which IPO is Step 3 )

     7  

Section 2.3

 

Closing; Funding

     8  

Section 2.4

 

Conditions to Closing

     9  
ARTICLE 3  
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES  

Section 3.1

 

Disclosure

     11  

Section 3.2

 

Representations and Warranties of Minority Holders

     11  

Section 3.3

 

Representations and Warranties of Parties other than the Minority Holders

     12  
ARTICLE 4   
COVENANTS  

Section 4.1

 

Reasonable Best Efforts

     13  

Section 4.2

 

Expenses

     14  

Section 4.3

 

Certain Notifications until Closing

     14  

Section 4.4

 

Imputed Interest

     14  

Section 4.5

 

Release

     14  
ARTICLE 5   
MISCELLANEOUS  

Section 5.1

 

Termination

     15  

Section 5.2

 

Amendment

     16  

Section 5.3

 

Waiver of Conditions

     16  

Section 5.4

 

Counterparts and Facsimile

     16  

Section 5.5

 

Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction, Etc.

     17  

Section 5.6

 

Notices

     17  

Section 5.7

 

Tax Allocation

     19  

Section 5.8

 

Entire Agreement, Etc.

     19  

Section 5.9

 

Assignment

     19  

Section 5.10

 

Severability

     19  

Section 5.11

 

No Third Party Beneficiaries

     20  

Section 5.12

 

Confidentiality

     20  

Section 5.13

 

No Recourse

     20  

Section 5.14

 

Specific Performance

     20  

Section 5.15

 

Consent of Minority Holders

     21  


Exhibit A – Form of Amendment to Cement Purchase Agreement
Exhibit B – Form of Closing Notes
Exhibit C – Form of Registration Rights Agreement
Exhibit D – Form of Summit Holdings LLC Agreement


CONTRIBUTION AND PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This CONTRIBUTION AND PURCHASE AGREEMENT is dated as of December 18, 2014 (this “ Agreement ”) and is between Summit Materials, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ IPO Corp ”), Summit Materials Holdings L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Summit LP ”), Summit Materials Holdings GP, Ltd, a Delaware limited partnership and the general partner of Summit LP (“ Summit GP ”), Summit Owner Holdco LLC, a newly formed Delaware limited liability company (“ Summit Holdings ”), Missouri Materials Company, L.L.C., J & J Midwest Group, L.L.C., R. Michael Johnson Family Limited Liability Company, Thomas A. Beck Family, LLC (each, a “ Minority Holder ” and, together, the “ Minority Holders ”) and Continental Cement Company, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”). Capitalized terms used in this Agreement that are not otherwise defined herein will have the meanings given to them in the LLC Agreement referred to below.

RECITALS

A. The Minority Holders and Summit LP are party to the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated as of May 27, 2010 (as amended, the “ LLC Agreement ”), of the Company;

B. The Minority Holders are the owners of all of the Class B Units of the Company (the “ Transferred Units ”) in the respective amounts set forth on Schedule I hereto;

C. Summit LP has determined to undertake a Summit IPO, in connection with which IPO Corp is intended to be the “Summit Holdco” referred to in the LLC Agreement, and each of the Minority Holders has the right, pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5.5 of the LLC Agreement, to exchange its Class B Units of the Company for common stock of IPO Corp (the “ Rollover Exchange ”);

D. In lieu of the Minority Holders exercising their right to participate in the Rollover Exchange, the Parties desire to enter into this Agreement in order to effect the transactions described below and to set forth certain agreements in connection therewith;

E. The Parties intend for the transactions described in Step 1 in Section 2.1 to be treated as a tax-free exchange under Section 721(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”); and

F. The Parties intend for the transactions described in Step 2 in Section 2.1 to be treated, together with the IPO, as transfers governed by Section 351 of the Code.


AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, and of the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth herein, the Parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms, when capitalized, shall have the following meanings:

Affiliate ” means any Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person specified. For purposes of this definition, control of a Person means the power, direct or indirect, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Amendment to Cement Purchase Agreement ” means the Amendment to Cement Purchase Agreement between Midwest and the Company to be entered into prior to the Closing, substantially in the form of Exhibit A.

Business Day ” means a day other than (i) a Saturday, Sunday or (ii) any day on which banks located in New York, New York or Kansas City, Missouri, U.S.A. are authorized or obligated to close.

“Closing Notes” means the notes of Summit LP, in an aggregate principal amount of $15 million, in the form of Exhibit B.

Minority Holders’ Equity Number will be equal to the excess of (x) the product of the Pre-IPO Number multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is 100% minus 1.469496%, over (y) the Pre-IPO Number.

IPO ” means the Summit IPO.

Midwest ” means Midwest Cement Company, a Missouri corporation.

Non-Recourse Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.13.

Party ” means each party to this Agreement and their permitted assigns who become party to this Agreement in accordance with its terms, and “ Parties ” shall mean all of such parties and their permitted assigns.

Person ” means any individual, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, joint stock company, trust, estate, joint venture, association or unincorporated organization, or any other form of business or professional entity.

Pre-IPO Number ” means the number of Class A Units of Summit LP that will be outstanding after giving effect to the Recapitalization and immediately prior to the IPO.

Recapitalization ” means the recapitalization, concurrent with the pricing of the IPO, of the various classes of interests of Summit LP into a single class of Class A Units of Summit LP.


Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement between IPO Corp and the other Persons party thereto to be entered into at the Closing, substantially in the form of Exhibit C.

Summit Holdings LLC Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Summit Holdings to be entered into at Closing, substantially in the form of Exhibit D.

Transaction Document ” means the Closing Notes, the Registration Rights Agreement and the Summit Holdings LLC Agreement and any other agreement, document, certificate or instrument delivered pursuant to this Agreement.

Transfer ” (including its correlative meanings, “ Transferor ”, “ Transferee ” and “ Transferred ”) shall mean, with respect to any security, directly or indirectly, to sell, contract to sell, give, assign, hypothecate, pledge, encumber, grant a security interest in, offer, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of (including through any hedging or other similar transaction) any economic, voting or other rights in or to such security. When used as a noun, “ Transfer ” shall have such correlative meaning as the context may require.

In addition, the following capitalized terms have meanings given to them in the sections indicated below:

Closing ”: Section 2.3(a).

Closing Date ”: Section 2.3(a).

Governmental Entities ”: Section 2.4(a)(i).

Securities Act ”: Section 3.2(e).

Section 1.2 Construction . When a reference is made in this Agreement to “Recitals,” “Articles”, “Sections”, or “Exhibits,” such reference shall be to a Recital, Article or Section of, or Exhibit to, this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. The terms defined in the singular have a comparable meaning when used in the plural, and vice versa. References to “herein”, “hereof”, “hereunder” and the like refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular section or provision, unless the context requires otherwise. The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and are not part of this Agreement. Whenever the words “include”, “includes”, or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed followed by the words “without limitation”. No rule of construction against the draftsperson shall be applied in connection with the interpretation or enforcement of this Agreement, as this Agreement is the product of negotiation between sophisticated parties advised by counsel. All references to “$” or “dollars” mean the lawful currency of the United States of America. Except as expressly stated in this Agreement, all references to any statute, rule or regulation are to the statute, rule or regulation as amended, modified, supplemented or replaced from time to time (and, in the case of statutes, include any rules and regulations promulgated under the statute) and to any section of any statute, rule or regulation include any successor to the section. All calculations of shares or units shall be rounded to the nearest whole number.


ARTICLE 2

FORMATION OF NEW ENTITIES AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Section 2.1 Transactions to be taken pre-IPO. In connection with the pricing of the IPO, Summit LP will effectuate the Recapitalization. Immediately prior to the consummation of the IPO, the following transactions will occur on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, and they will be deemed to occur in the following order.

(a) Step 1 . Summit Holdings will be formed through the following actions:

(i) Each of the Minority Holders will contribute to Summit Holdings two-sevenths of the total number of Class B Units of the Company respectively held by them, in exchange for, in the aggregate, a number of Series A Units of Summit Holdings equal to the Minority Holders’ Equity Number (the “ Contribution ”).

(ii) In accordance with Section 12 of the Summit Holdings LLC Agreement, and as part of the IPO Reorganization, Summit GP will contribute to Summit Holdings the right to act as the general partner of Summit LP (whereupon Summit GP will cease to be the general partner of Summit LP and Summit Holdings will be deemed to be the successor general partner of Summit LP) in exchange for which Summit GP will receive a number of Series B Units of Summit Holdings equal to the Pre-IPO Number.

(b) Step 2 .

(i) Summit Holdings will contribute to IPO Corp the Class B Units of the Company contributed to Summit Holdings by the Minority Holders in accordance with clause (i) of Step 1, and in exchange IPO Corp will deliver to Summit Holdings a number of shares of Class A Common Stock of IPO Corp equal to the Minority Holders’ Equity Number.

(ii) In accordance with Section 12 of the Summit Holdings LLC Agreement, and as part of the IPO Reorganization, Summit Holdings will contribute to IPO Corp the right to act as the general partner of Summit LP (whereupon Summit Holdings will cease to be the general partner of Summit LP and IPO Corp will be deemed to be the successor general partner of Summit LP), and in exchange IPO Corp will deliver to Summit Holdings a number of shares of Class B Common Stock of IPO Corp equal to the Pre-IPO Number.

Section 2.2 Transactions to be taken concurrent with the IPO ( which IPO is Step 3 ) . Concurrently with the consummation of the IPO (the consummation of which is subject to the approval of Summit GP, exercisable in its sole discretion), the following transactions will occur on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, and they will be deemed to occur in the following order.

(a) Step 4 . IPO Corp contributes to Summit LP (i) the net proceeds from the IPO and (ii) the Class B Units of the Company contributed to IPO Corp by Summit Holdings in


accordance with clause (i) of Step 2 above, and in exchange Summit LP will deliver to IPO Corp a number of Class A Units of Summit LP equal to the sum of (x) the Minority Holders’ Equity Number and (y) the number of shares of Class A Common Stock of IPO Corp purchased by the underwriters at the initial closing of the IPO.

(b) Step 5 . Each of the Minority Holders deliver to Summit LP the remaining five-sevenths of the Class B Units of the Company respectively held by them, against payment by Summit LP to the Minority Holders, to be allocated among the Minority Holders in accordance with their respective holdings of such delivered Class B Units, $35 million in cash plus the Closing Notes.

Section 2.3 Closing; Funding . (a) The closing of the transactions described above (the “ Closing ”) will take place at the time and place at which the initial closing of the IPO occurs. The time and date on which the Closing occurs is referred to in this Agreement as the “ Closing Date ”.

(b) At the Closing:

(i) Each of the Minority Holders shall deliver or cause to be delivered:

 

  (A) such evidences of assignment with respect to the Transferred Units as may be reasonably requested by Summit LP or IPO Corp; provided that such documents shall not require any representations or warranties by the Minority Holders except for “bring down” certifications of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.2 hereof;

 

  (B) the officer’s certificate referred to in Section 2.4(b)(iii);

 

  (C) the Summit Holdings LLC Agreement, duly executed;

 

  (D) the Registration Rights Agreement, duly executed;

 

  (E) an affidavit, dated as of the Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Summit LP, sworn under penalties of perjury, and in form and substance required under the United States Treasury Regulations issued pursuant to Section 1445 of the Code, stating that such Person is not a “foreign person” as defined in Section 1445 of the Code; and

 

  (F) such other documentation or confirmation of the fulfillment of such further actions as Summit LP or IPO Corp shall have reasonably requested of the Minority Holders by a reasonable time prior to the Closing, and which otherwise do not change the terms of this Agreement in any material respect.


(ii) Each other Party under this Agreement shall, as applicable, deliver or cause to be delivered to each of the Minority Holders:

 

  (A) by wire transfer or delivery of immediately available funds to one or more accounts previously designated by such Person, an amount equal to its share of the $35 million in cash to which they are entitled pursuant to Step 5;

 

  (B) a Closing Note reflecting such Minority Holder’s share of the of the Closing Notes;

 

  (C) its share of the Series A Units of Summit Holdings issued pursuant to Step 1;

 

  (D) the officer’s certificate referred to in Section 2.4(c)(iii);

 

  (E) the Summit Holdings LLC Agreement, duly executed;

 

  (F) the Registration Rights Agreement, duly executed; and

 

  (G) such other documentation or confirmation of the fulfillment of such further actions as the Minority Holders shall have reasonably requested of each other Party, as applicable, by a reasonable time prior to the Closing, and which otherwise do not change the terms of this Agreement in any material respect.

Section 2.4 Conditions to Closing . (a) The respective obligations of the Parties to consummate the Closing are subject to the fulfillment (or waiver by Minority Holders or the Company, as applicable) prior to the Closing of the conditions that:

(i) any approvals, consents, authorizations, non-objections of, and all filings with and notices to all United States and other governmental, regulatory or supervisory authorities (collectively, “ Governmental Entities ”), the absence of which would reasonably be expected to make the transactions contemplated by this Agreement unlawful, shall have been obtained or made and shall be in full force and effect and all applicable waiting periods required by United States and other applicable law shall have expired;

(ii) no provision of any applicable United States or other law, and no judgment, injunction, order or decree of any Governmental Entity, shall prohibit the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and

(iii) the initial closing of the Summit IPO shall have been consummated or is being consummated on a substantially concurrent basis.


(b) The obligation of the parties other than the Minority Holders to consummate the Purchase and the Contribution at the Closing is subject to the further fulfillment (or waiver by them, as applicable) prior to the Closing of the conditions that:

(i) The representations and warranties in Section 3.2 hereof shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date, as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the Closing Date (except that representations and warranties that are made as of a specified date need be true and correct in all respects only as of such date);

(ii) Each of the Minority Holders shall have duly performed and complied in all material respects (or, with respects to actions to be taken at the Closing, is ready, willing and able so to perform and comply) with all agreements contained herein required to be performed or complied with by it at or before the Closing;

(iii) Each of the Minority Holders shall have delivered to the other parties hereto a certificate dated the Closing Date and signed by a senior executive officer or manager as to the fulfillment of the conditions set forth in Section 2.4(b)(i) and (ii); and

(iv) The Amendment to Cement Purchase Agreement shall have been entered into by Midwest and the Company.

(c) The obligation of the Minority Holders to consummate the Purchase and the Contribution at the Closing is subject to the further fulfillment (or waiver by them, as applicable) prior to the Closing of the conditions that:

(i) The representations and warranties in Section 3.3 hereof shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date, as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the Closing Date (except that representations and warranties that are made as of a specified date need be true and correct in all respects only as of such date);

(ii) The other Parties shall have duly performed and complied in all material respects (or, with respects to actions to be taken at the Closing, is ready, willing and able so to perform and comply) with all agreements contained herein required to be performed or complied with by them at or before the Closing; and

(iii) The Company shall have delivered a certificate dated the Closing Date and signed by a senior executive officer or manager of each of them as to the fulfillment of the conditions set forth in Section 2.4(c)(i) and (ii).


ARTICLE 3

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Section 3.1 Disclosure . Each Party acknowledges that it is not relying upon any representation or warranty not expressly set forth in this Agreement.

Section 3.2 Representations and Warranties of Minority Holders . Each of the Minority Holders hereby represents and warrants to the other parties to this Agreement that as of the date hereof and the Closing Date:

(a) The Transferred Units set forth opposite such person’s name in the signature block of this Agreement are solely owned by such Person free and clear of any liens or other encumbrances, and are not subject to any transfer restrictions, pre-emptive or similar rights, in each case, other than transfer restrictions under applicable securities laws or the LLC Agreement. Such Person has and at the Closing will deliver good and valid title to all of the Transferred Units so indicated as being solely owned by such Person, free and clear of liens or other encumbrances other than transfer restrictions under applicable securities laws or the LLC Agreement. There are no outstanding options, warrants, conversion or other rights or agreements of any kind (other than as provided in this Agreement) for the purchase or acquisition from, or the sale or issuance by, such Person, of any Transferred Units and no authorization has been given therefor.

(b) Such Person is duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization or formation with limited liability company power and authority to own its properties and conduct its business in all material respects as currently conducted.

(c) This Agreement is valid, binding and enforceable against such Person in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and the availability of equitable remedies.

(d)

(i) Such Person has the full power, authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated herein. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and therein have been duly authorized by all necessary action, corporate or otherwise, of such Person and (A) do not require such Person to obtain any consent, approval or waiver that has not been obtained, (B) do not contravene or result in a default under any provision of any law, rule, regulation, judgment or order applicable to such Person or any other agreement or instrument to which such Person is a party or by which such Person is bound and (C) do not contravene or result in a default under the certificate of incorporation, bylaws, partnership agreement, limited liability agreement or other organizational documents of such Person, other than, in the case of clauses (A) and (B), any such items that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to materially impair the ability of such Person to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder.

(ii) Other than such as has been made or obtained, no notice to, filing with, exemption or review by, or authorization, consent or approval of, any Governmental Entity is required to be made or obtained by such Person in connection with the consummation by such Person of the Purchase or the Contribution.


(e) Such Person is acquiring the Series A Units of Summit Holdings and Company Note to be received by it for investment and not with a view toward, or for offer or sale in connection with, any resale or public distribution thereof in violation of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or any state or non-U.S. law of similar effect. Such Person acknowledges that (i) Such Series A Units and Company Notes will not be registered under the Securities Act, or any state or non-U.S. law of similar effect, (ii) Such Series A Units and Company Note will not be transferable except as expressly provided in this Agreement, the Summit Holdings LLC Agreement or the Registration Rights Agreement and, (iii) if certificated, Such Series A Units and Company Note shall be issued with a restrictive legend regarding the transferability of the Closing Units and Closing Notes under the Securities Act in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Summit Holdings and Summit LP.

(f) There is no litigation or other proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of such Person, threatened, which questions the validity of this Agreement or any action taken or to be taken by such Person in connection herewith which would materially impair or delay such Preson’s ability to complete the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in accordance with the terms hereof.

(g) No broker, finder, investment banker or other Person retained by such Person is entitled to any brokerage, finder’s or other similar fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement for which any of the parties to this Agreement other than the Minority Holders could be responsible.

Section 3.3 Representations and Warranties of Parties other than the Minority Holders . Each Party to this Agreement other than the Minority Holders represents and warrants to the Minority Holders that as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date:

(a) Such Person is duly organized and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with limited liability company or limited partnership power and authority to own its properties and conduct its business in all material respects as currently conducted.

(b) This Agreement is valid, binding and enforceable against such Person in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and the availability of equitable remedies.

(c) Such Person has the full power, authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated herein. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the


transactions contemplated herein have been duly authorized by all necessary limited liability company or limited partnership action of such Person and (A) do not require such Person to obtain any consent, approval or waiver that has not been obtained, (B) do not contravene or result in a default under any provision of any law, rule, regulation, judgment or order applicable to such Person or any other agreement or instrument to which such Person is a party or by which such Person is bound and (C) do not contravene or result in a default under organizational documents of such Person, other than, in the case of clauses (A) and (B), any such items that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to materially impair the ability of such Person to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder.

(d) There is no litigation or other proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of such Person, threatened, which questions the validity of this Agreement or any action taken or to be taken by such Person in connection herewith which would materially impair or delay such Person’s ability to complete the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in accordance with the terms hereof.

(e) No broker, finder, investment banker or other Person retained by such Person is entitled to any brokerage, finder’s or other similar fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement for which any of the Minority Holders could be responsible.

ARTICLE 4

COVENANTS

Section 4.1 Reasonable Best Efforts . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each of the Parties will use its reasonable best efforts in good faith to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or desirable, or advisable under applicable laws, so as to permit consummation of the Purchase or the Contribution at the Closing as promptly as practicable and otherwise to enable consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and shall use reasonable best efforts to cooperate with each other Party to that end. In connection with the foregoing, each of the Parties will use its reasonable best efforts to obtain, as promptly as practicable, all approvals, authorizations, non-objections and other actions from, and to make any filings and notices with, all Governmental Entities as are required to be obtained or made by such Party in order to effectuate the Purchase or the Contribution, and shall reasonably cooperate with each other Party hereto in connection with such other Party’s efforts to obtain and make such approvals, authorizations, non-objections, actions, filings and notices. Each Party shall furnish each other Party with copies of any materials to be filed with any Governmental Entity in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (other than any portions thereof that contain confidential information concerning the Party making such filing) and such other Party shall have a reasonable opportunity to provide comments thereon. Each Party shall give each other Party prompt notice if it receives any notice or other communication from any Governmental Entity in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and, in the case of any such notice or communication that is in writing, shall promptly furnish such other Party with a copy thereof (other than any portions thereof that contain confidential information regarding the Party receiving such notice or communication) and shall consult with each other Party in advance of


any meeting or conference with a Governmental Entity in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and, to the extent permitted by law and by the applicable Governmental Entity, shall give each other Party the opportunity to attend and participate in any such meetings or conferences. The Minority Holders shall be responsible for and shall pay all filing fees and other charges for the filings and notices required pursuant to this Section 4.1.

Section 4.2 Expenses . Unless otherwise provided herein, each of the Parties hereto will bear and pay all costs and expenses incurred by it or on its behalf in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including but not limited to: (i) fees and expenses of its own financial or other consultants, investment bankers, accountants and counsel and (ii) any and all transfer taxes arising from the transfer of Class B Units of the Company.

Section 4.3 Certain Notifications until Closing . From the date of this Agreement until the Closing, each Party shall promptly notify each other Party of any fact, event or circumstance of which it is aware and which would be reasonably likely to cause any representation or warranty of such Party contained in this Agreement to be untrue or inaccurate in any material respect or to cause any covenant or agreement of such Party contained in this Agreement not to be complied with or satisfied in any material respect; provided, however, that delivery of any notice pursuant to this Section 4.3 shall not limit or affect any rights of or remedies available to each other Party.

Section 4.4 Imputed Interest . The Parties to this Agreement acknowledge and agree that a portion of the payments made under the Company Notes shall be treated as imputed interest under Sections 483, 1272 or 1274 of the Code. The Parties shall file any tax returns in accordance with such treatment.

Section 4.5 Release .

(a) Effective upon the Closing, each of the Minority Holders hereby irrevocably waives, releases and discharges forever the other Parties to this Agreement from any and all liabilities and obligations to, and agreements with, such other Parties of any kind or nature arising, directly or indirectly, out of or related to such party’s ownership of Class B Units or such party’s status as a member of the Company, including, without limitation, in respect of rights of contribution or indemnification, in each case whether absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated and whether arising under any agreement or understanding or otherwise at law or equity based upon any act, omission or circumstance occurring or existing through the Closing, and each of the Minority Holders hereby covenants and agrees that none of such other Parties will have any liability or obligation in connection therewith or thereunder and that it will not seek to recover any amounts in connection therewith or thereunder from any such other Party; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Section 4.5(a) will (i) release any such other Party from any liabilities and obligations arising under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or (ii) release the Company from its obligations to indemnify any Minority Holder as a “Covered Person” as provided in the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, dated as of May 27, 2010, as amended (the “ Company LLC Agreement ”).


(b) Effective upon the Closing, each Party other than the Minority Holders hereby irrevocably waives, releases and discharges forever each of the Minority Holders from any and all liabilities and obligations to, and agreements with, such other Parties of any kind or nature arising, directly or indirectly, out of or related to such other Party’s ownership of Class B Units or such other Holder’s status as a member of the Company including, without limitation, in respect of rights of contribution or indemnification, in each case whether absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated and whether arising under any agreement or understanding or otherwise at law or equity based upon any act, omission or circumstance occurring or existing through the Closing, and each of the Parties other than the Minority Holders hereby covenants and agrees that none of the Minority Holders will have any liability or obligation in connection therewith or thereunder and that it will not seek to recover any amounts in connection therewith or thereunder from any such Minority Holder; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Section 4.5(b) will release any such Party from any liabilities and obligations arising under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document.

4.6 Indemnification of Covered Persons . From and after the Closing, the Company shall, and IPO Corp shall cause the Company to, honor, assume and maintain in effect, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, (i) all rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and exculpation of each Minority Holder as provided in the Company LLC Agreement, as in effect on the date of this Agreement and (ii) all rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses of Michael K. Farmer and R. Michael Farmer as Covered Persons pursuant to the Company LLC Agreement and in any indemnification or other agreement with the Company to which either of them is a party, as in effect on the date of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 5

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 5.1 Termination . (a) This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing:

(i) by either the Minority Holders or the Company if the Closing Date shall not have occurred by June 30, 2015;

(ii) by any Party hereto if any Governmental Entity shall have issued an order, decree or ruling or taken any other action restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and such order, decree, ruling or other action shall have become final and nonappealable;

(iii) by Summit LP, by written notice to the Minority Holders, if any of the Minority Holders has breached or failed to perform in any material respect any of its obligations set forth in this Agreement, (i) such that the conditions set forth in Section 2.4(a) or (b) cannot be satisfied, and (ii) such breach or failure to perform cannot be cured by such Person or, if capable of being cured, shall not have been cured within the earlier of (i) thirty days after receipt by such Person of notice in writing from Summit LP, specifying the nature


of such breach and requesting that it be cured, and (ii) three Business Days prior to the Termination Date; provided , that Summit LP shall not have the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 5.1(a)(iii) if it is then in breach of any of its obligations under this Agreement such that the conditions set forth in Section 2.4(a) or (c) cannot be satisfied;

(iv) by the Minority Holders, by written notice to Summit LP, if any Party other than the Minority Holders has breached or failed to perform in any material respect any of its obligations set forth in this Agreement, (i) such that the conditions set forth in Section 2.4(a) or (c) cannot be satisfied, and (ii) such breach or failure to perform cannot be cured by such Party or, if capable of being cured, shall not have been cured within the earlier of (i) thirty days after receipt by such Party of notice in writing from the Minority Holders, specifying the nature of such breach and requesting that it be cured, and (ii) three Business Days prior to the Termination Date; provided , that the Minority Holders shall not have the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 5.1(a)(iv) if any of the Minority Holders is then in breach of any of its obligations under this Agreement such that the conditions set forth in Section 2.4(a) or (b) cannot be satisfied;

(v) if Summit LP elects, by written notice to the Minority Holders, to no longer pursue the consummation of the IPO; or

(vi) by the mutual written consent of the Minority Holders and Summit LP.

(b) In the event of termination of this Agreement as provided in this Section 5.1, this Agreement shall forthwith become void and there shall be no liability on the part of any Party hereto, except that nothing herein shall relieve any Party from liability for any breach of this Agreement occurring prior to the termination of this Agreement.

(c) This Article 5 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

Section 5.2 Amendment . No amendment of any provision of this Agreement will be effective unless made in writing and signed by an officer or manager of each of the Minority Holders and Summit LP.

Section 5.3 Waiver of Conditions . The conditions to each Party’s obligation to consummate the Purchase and the Contribution are for the sole benefit of such Party and may be waived by such Party in whole or in part to the extent permitted by applicable law. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement will be effective unless it is in a writing signed by an officer or manager of the waiving Party that makes express reference to the provision or provisions subject to such waiver.

Section 5.4 Counterparts and Facsimile . For the convenience of the Parties hereto, this Agreement may be executed in any number of separate counterparts, each such counterpart being deemed to be an original instrument, and all such counterparts will together constitute the same agreement. Executed signature pages to this Agreement may be delivered by facsimile or electronic transmission and such facsimiles or electronic transmissions will be deemed as sufficient as if actual signature pages had been delivered.


Section 5.5 Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction, Etc . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any applicable principles of conflict of laws rules that would cause the laws of another State to otherwise govern this Agreement. The Parties hereto hereby (a) irrevocably submit to the personal jurisdiction of the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware or any federal court located in Delaware in the event that any dispute arises out of this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, but excluding any action taken by any holder of the Closing Notes to enforce payment or other performance thereunder, (b) agrees that it will not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction or venue by motion or other request for leave from any such court and (c) agrees that it will not bring any action relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, but excluding any action taken by any holder of the Closing Notes to enforce payment or other performance thereunder, in any court other than such courts. EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE EACH SUCH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (I) NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, TO SUCH PARTY THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, (II) EACH PARTY UNDERSTANDS AND HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF THIS WAIVER, (III) EACH PARTY MAKES THIS WAIVER VOLUNTARILY AND (III) EACH PARTY HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS EXPRESSED ABOVE.

Section 5.6 Notices . Any notice, request, instruction or other document to be given hereunder by any Party to the other will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, or by facsimile or electronic transmission, upon confirmation of receipt, or (b) on the second business day following the date of dispatch if delivered by a recognized next day courier service. All notices hereunder shall be delivered as set forth below, or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by the Party to receive such notice.

If to the Minority Holders:

Missouri Materials Company, L.L.C. and J & J Midwest Group, L.L.C. :

Midwest Cement Company

221 Bolivar, Suite 401

Jefferson City, MO 65101

Attention: Mike Farmer

Facsimile: (573) 636-8618

Email: mfarmer@farmercompanies.com


R. Michael Johnson Family Limited Liability Company :

R. Michael Johnson Family Limited Liability Company

146 N. Bemiston

Clayton, MO 63105

Thomas A. Beck Family, LLC :

Thomas A. Beck Family, LLC

1 Forest Hills Ridge Ct.

Facsimile: (636) 532-7445

with copies to:

Greensfelder, Hemker & Gale, P.C.

10 South Broadway, Suite 2000

St. Louis, MO 63102

Attention: Phillip Stanton

Facscimile: (314) 241-3237

Email: prs@greensfelder.com

If to a Party other than the Minority Holders:

Summit Materials Holdings L.P.

1550 Wynkoop, 3rd Floor

Denver, Colorado 80202

Attention: Neil Simpkins; Tom Hill

with copies to:

The Blackstone Group, L.P.

345 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10154

Attention: Neil Simpkins

and:

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017-3954

Facsimile: (212) 455-2502

Attention: Wilson S. Neely

E-Mail: wneely@stblaw.com


Section 5.7 Tax Allocation .

(a) Within ninety (90) days of the Closing Date, Summit LP shall prepare an allocation (in accordance with the principles of Section 1060 of the Code the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder) of the portion of the consideration payable to the Minority Holders for the remaining five- sevenths of the Class B Units under Section 2.2(b) of this Agreement ( the “ Step 5 Consideration ”) among the portion of the assets of the Company indirectly acquired pursuant to Section 2.2(b) and deliver such allocation to the Minority Holders for their review and comment. Within thirty (30) days of receiving such allocation, the Minority Holders shall submit any comments to Summit LP, and Summit LP shall reflect any reasonable comments in a revised allocation to be delivered to the Minority Holders. The Parties shall file any tax returns consistent with such revised allocation. The Minority Holders will be provided such back-up information and explanations regarding the allocation as they reasonably request.

(b) To the extent any portion of the Step 5 Consideration is in exchange for all or part of the interest in the Company of the Minority Holders attributable to any of the items described in Section 751(a) (1) or (2) of the Code ( “Hot Assets”), the cash portion of the Step 5 Consideration shall be allocated first to Hot Assets to the extent of their fair market value, and if the cash portion of the Step 5 Consideration exceeds the fair market value of the Hot Assets, the balance of the cash portion of the Step 5 Consideration shall be allocated to assets other than Hot Assets. No payments under the Closing Notes shall be allocated to the Hot Assets unless the fair market value of the Hot Assets exceed the cash portion of the Step 5 Consideration and, in such case, payments under the Closing Notes shall only to allocated to Hot Assets to the extent of such excess.

Section 5.8 Entire Agreement, Etc . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the Parties hereto, and supersede all other prior agreements, understandings, representations and warranties, both written and oral, between the Parties, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

Section 5.9 Assignment . Neither this Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation nor liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be assignable by any Party hereto without the prior written consent of the other Parties, and any attempt to assign any right, remedy, obligation or liability hereunder without such consent shall be void.

Section 5.10 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement becomes or is deemed invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction by reason of the scope, extent or duration of its coverage, then such provision shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law so as to be valid and enforceable or, if such provision cannot be so amended without materially altering the intention of the Parties, then such provision shall be stricken and the remainder of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. Should there ever occur any conflict between any provision contained in this Agreement and any present or future statute, law, ordinance or regulation contrary to which the Parties have no legal right to


contract, the latter shall prevail, but the provision of this Agreement affected thereby shall be curtailed and limited only to the extent necessary to bring it into compliance with the law. All the other terms and provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without impairment or limitation.

Section 5.11 No Third Party Beneficiaries . Nothing contained in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any Person or entity other than the Parties hereto, any benefits, rights, or remedies.

Section 5.12 Confidentiality . This Agreement shall be treated as confidential. This Agreement may not be used, circulated, quoted or otherwise referred to, except with the written consent of the Parties; provided, that no such written consent shall be required (and the Parties and their respective Affiliates shall be free to release such information) for disclosures to their respective Affiliates’ and their and such Affiliates’ respective partners, members, directors, officers, employees, agents, legal, financial, accounting or other advisors, co-sponsors, related investment funds, consultants and other representatives, and representatives of any thereof, so long as such Persons agree to keep such information confidential on terms substantially identical to the terms contained in this Section 5.12 and to the auditors of such Party; provided, further, that a Party may disclose this Agreement (a) to the extent required or requested, as appropriate, by law, regulation, judicial or governmental order, subpoena or other legal process or by any governmental, regulatory or supervisory authority, stock exchange or rating agency, (b) if, in IPO Corp’s judgment, such disclosure would be necessary or advisable in connection with any filings or other disclosure with the Securities and Exchange Commission; provided, that IPO Corp shall, to the extent reasonably practicable, provide the Minority Holders with an opportunity to review such disclosure in advance, or (c) to the extent the Parties consent thereto.

Section 5.13 No Recourse . Notwithstanding anything that may be expressed or implied in this Agreement, or any other document or instrument delivered in connection therewith, each Party, by its acceptance of the benefits of this Agreement, covenants, agrees and acknowledges that no Person other than the Parties hereto shall have any obligation hereunder and that, notwithstanding any such Party may be partnerships or limited liability companies, no recourse hereunder or under any documents or instruments delivered in connection herewith shall be had against any former, current or future director, officer, employee, agent, general or limited partner, manager, member, stockholder, Affiliate or assignee of a Party or any former, current or future director, officer, employee, agent, general or limited partner, manager, member, stockholder, Affiliate or assignee of any of the foregoing (such Persons, the “ Non-Recourse Parties ”), whether by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding, or by virtue of any statute, regulation or other applicable law, it being expressly agreed and acknowledged that no personal liability whatsoever shall attach to, be imposed on or otherwise be incurred by any Non-Recourse Party, as such, for any obligations of the undersigned under this letter or any other document or instrument delivered in connection herewith or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation.

Section 5.14 Specific Performance . The Parties agree that, prior to the Closing Date, irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement are not performed by the Parties in accordance with their specific terms or are otherwise breached, including any wrongful failure to consummate the Purchase or the Contribution. It is


accordingly agreed that each Party shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions or other specific performance or equitable relief to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to cause the Purchase and the Contribution to occur on the terms and subject to the conditions thereto set forth herein. Each Party hereby waives (a) any defenses in any action for specific performance that such other Party has an adequate remedy under applicable law and (b) any requirement under any applicable law to post a bond or other security as a prerequisite to obtaining such equitable relief. Each Party agrees that it will not oppose the granting of an injunction, specific performance and other equitable relief sought in accordance with this Section 5.14 on the basis that each other Party has an adequate remedy at law or that any award of specific performance is not an appropriate remedy for any reason at law or in equity.

Section 5.15 Consent of Minority Holders . Any consent, agreement, approval or other action of Minority Holders hereunder shall be effective if such consent, agreement, approval or other action is taken or given by Minority Holders holding a majority of the Transferred Units then held (or held immediately prior to the Closing if such consent, agreement, approval or other action is taken or given by Minority Holders after the Closing) by Minority Holders as of the date any such consent, agreement, approval or other action is taken or given.

[Signature page follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered as of the date first herein above written.

 

SUMMIT MATERIALS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Brian J. Harris

Name:   Brian J. Harris
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
SUMMIT MATERIALS HOLDINGS L.P.
By:   Summit Materials Holdings GP LTD.
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Neil Simpkins

Name:   Neil Simpkins
Title:   Director
SUMMIT OWNER HOLDCO LLC
By:   Summit Materials Holdings GP LTD.
Its:   Managing Member
By:  

/s/ Neil Simpkins

Name:   Neil Simpkins
Title:   Director
SUMMIT MATERIALS HOLDINGS GP LTD.
By:  

/s/ Neil Simpkins

Name:   Neil Simpkins
Title:   Director

[Signature Page to Contribution and Purchase Agreement]


MISSOURI MATERIALS COMPANY, L.L.C.
By:  

/s/ Elliot E. Farmer

Name:  

Elliot E. Farmer, Trustee of the Elliot E.

Farmer Family Trust, dated May 26, 1999

Title:   Member
J & J MIDWEST GROUP, L.L.C.
By:  

/s/ Elliot E. Farmer

Name:  

Elliot E. Farmer, Trustee of the Elliot E.

Farmer Family Trust, dated May 26, 1999

Title:   Member
R. MICHAEL JOHNSON FAMILY LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY
By:  

/s/ R. M. Johnson

Name:   R. M. Johnson
Title:   Managing Member
THOMAS A. BECK FAMILY, LLC
By:  

/s/ Thomas A. Beck

Name:   Thomas A. Beck
Title:   Member

[Signature Page to Contribution and Purchase Agreement]


Acknowledged by:
CONTINENTAL CEMENT COMPANY, L.L.C.
By:  

/s/ Anne Lee Benedict

Name:   Anne Lee Benedict
Title:   Secretary

[Signature Page to Contribution and Purchase Agreement]


Schedule I

 

Minority Holders

  Number of
Class B Units
    Number of Class B Units
to be Contributed
Pursuant to
Section 2.1(a)
    Number of Class B
Units to be Purchased
Pursuant to
Section 2.2(b)
    Allocated of $35
million cash to
Minority Holders
    Allocation of $15
million of

Closing Notes to
Minority

Holders
 

Missouri Materials Company, L.L.C.

    85,421,703        24,406,201        61,015,502        85.42   $ 13,250,604.36   

J & J Midwest Group, L.L.C.

    2,744,363        784,104        1,960,259        2.74   $ 329,323.56   

R. Michael Johnson Family Limited Liability Company

    10,097,730        2,885,066        7,212,664        10.10   $ 1,211,727.60   

Thomas A. Beck Family, LLC

    1,736,204        496,058        1,240,146        1.74   $ 208,344.48   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    100,000,000        28,571,429        71,428,571        100.00   $ 15,000,000.00   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 


Exhibit A

Form of Amendment to Cement Purchase Agreement


AMENDMENT TO CEMENT PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This AMENDMENT TO CEMENT PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of [                    ], 2014 (this “ Amendment ”) amends the Cement Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 27, 2010 (as amended, the “ Agreement ”), and is made and entered into as of [                    ], 2014, by and between MIDWEST CEMENT COMPANY, a Missouri corporation (collectively, with its Affiliates, the “ Buyer ”), and CONTINENTAL CEMENT COMPANY, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Seller ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Seller is engaged in the business of manufacturing, marketing, selling and distributing cement and Buyer desires to continue purchasing cement from Seller; and

WHEREAS, Buyer and Seller desire to amend the Agreement to extend the term thereof and to make other amendments to the Agreement as further set forth herein.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter contained, Seller and Buyer agree as follows:

Section 1. Capitalized Terms; Effective Date of this Amendment . Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein and defined in the Agreement are used in this Amendment as defined in the Agreement. This Amendment shall be deemed effective as of the date first written above. Except as expressly amended herein, all other terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed.

Section 2. Amendments to the Agreement .

(a) The definition of “Market Price” in Section 1 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

““Market Price” means:

(a) with respect to cement purchased by Buyer for consumption in the State of Missouri:

(i) FOB the St. Louis Terminal, the lowest price per ton of comparable cement volume sold at a given time to any customer of Seller FOB the St. Louis Terminal, net of any discounts or rebates offered to that customer, taking into account prevailing market conditions (the “St. Louis Price”),

(ii) FOB the Hannibal Plant by barge, the St. Louis Price minus $5.00 per ton,

 

1


(iii) FOB the Hannibal Plant by truck for consumption in Northeastern Missouri (as defined below), the St. Louis Price per ton plus the applicable Northeastern Missouri Premium (as defined below), and

(iv) FOB the Hannibal Plant by truck for consumption in Missouri except for Northeastern Missouri, the St. Louis Price minus $5.00 per ton; and

(b) with respect to cement purchased by Buyer for consumption outside of Missouri, a price per ton subject to mutual agreement of the parties.

“Northeastern Missouri” means the following counties in the State of Missouri: Putnam, Schuyler, Scotland, Clark, Sullivan, Adair, Knox, Lewis, Linn, Macon, Shelby, Marion, Chariton, Randolph, Monroe, Audrain, Pike and Ralls.”

“Northeastern Missouri Premium” means: (i) during the 2015 Contract Year, $3 per ton, (ii) during the 2016 Contract Year, $5 per ton, (iii) during the 2017 Contract Year, $7 per ton and (iv) after the 2017 Contract Year, $8 per ton.

(b) Section 2 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

Section 2. Term . The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and continue until the end of the Contract Year for 2022 (the “ Term ”).”

(c) Section 3 of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the table that appears therein and replacing it with the following table:

 

Contract Year(s)

  

Applicable Minimum Tonnage

2010 – 2011    90% of Buyer’s requirements of cement with respect to each of the markets Seller serves during such Contract Year
2012    80% of Buyer’s requirements of cement with respect to each of the markets Seller serves during such Contract Year
2013    70% of Buyer’s requirements of cement with respect to each of the markets Seller serves during such Contract Year
2014    60% of Buyer’s requirements of cement with respect to each of the markets Seller serves during such Contract Year
2015    75% of Buyer’s requirements of cement with respect to each of the markets Seller serves during such Contract Year
2016    70% of Buyer’s requirements of cement with respect to each of the markets Seller serves during such Contract Year
2017    65% of Buyer’s requirements of cement with respect to each of the markets Seller serves during such Contract Year
2018    60% of Buyer’s requirements of cement with respect to each of the markets Seller serves during such Contract Year
2019    55% of Buyer’s requirements of cement with respect to each of the markets Seller serves during such Contract Year
Thereafter, for remainder of Term    50% of Buyer’s requirements of cement with respect to each of the markets Seller serves during such Contract Year

 

2


(d) Section 12 of the Agreement is hereby amended by updating the notice addresses of Buyer and Seller set forth therein as follows:

“If to Buyer:

Midwest Cement Company

221 Bolivar, Suite 401

Jefferson City, MO 65101

Attention: Kirk Farmer

Facsimile: (573) 636-8618

Email: kfarmer@farmercompanies.com

If to Seller:

Continental Cement Company, L.L.C.

16100 Swingley Ridge Road, Suite 230

Chesterfield, MO 63017

Attention: President

Facsimile: (636) 732-7445

Email: tbeck@continentalcement.com”

Section 3. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 4. Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Missouri.

Section 5. References . Upon full execution of this Amendment, all references in the Agreement or in other documents related to the Agreement shall be deemed to be references to the Agreement as modified by this Amendment.

[Signature page follows]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the date set forth above.

 

MIDWEST CEMENT COMPANY
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
CONTINENTAL CEMENT COMPANY, L.L.C.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

[Signature Page to Amendment to Cement Purchase Agreement]


Exhibit B

Form of Closing Notes


SUMMIT MATERIALS HOLDINGS L.P.

NOTE

 

$[            ]    [            ], 2015

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned Summit Materials Holdings L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Payor ”), whose address is 1550 Wynkoop Street, 3rd Floor, Denver, Colorado 80202, hereby promises to pay to the order of [PAYEE NAME], a [ENTITY TYPE] (“ Payee ”), at Payee’s office at [            ] (or such other address specified by Payee to the Payor), the sum of [            ] DOLLARS $[(            )] or such lesser amount as shall remain unpaid under this note (this “ Note ”), in legal and lawful money of the United States of America.

This is an unsecured, non-interest bearing note; provided, however , that if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the unpaid principal balance of this Note shall bear interest at the rate of either eight percent (8.00%) per annum or the highest rate allowed by law, whichever is lower, until such Event of Default is cured. Such interest accruing following an Event of Default shall be immediately due and payable by Payor to Payee upon demand and shall be additional indebtedness evidenced by this Note.

This Note shall be payable in six equal annual installments of $[            ] on each anniversary of [IPO CLOSING DATE], beginning with the first such anniversary date after the date hereof. In the event any such anniversary date is not a business day, the applicable annual installment will be paid on the next succeeding business day.

This Note may be prepaid at any time, in whole or in part, without penalty. Absent any specific direction by the Payor, any prepayment under this Note shall be applied in direct order of maturity of the amounts owing hereunder. This Note may not be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except in a writing by the parties hereto.

For purposes of this Note, an “ Event of Default ” shall be deemed to have occurred if: (a) within two (2) business days after the same becomes due, Payor fails to make any payment due hereunder on the date when due; (b) Payor makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due; or an order, judgment or decree is entered adjudicating Payor bankrupt or insolvent; or any order for relief with respect to Payor is entered under the Federal Bankruptcy Code; Payor commences any proceeding under any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or readjustment of debt law of any jurisdiction; or any such petition or application is filed, or any such proceeding is commenced, against Payor and either (i) Payor by any act indicates its approval thereof, consent thereto or acquiescence therein or (ii) such petition, application or proceeding is not dismissed within sixty (60) days; or (c) Payee fails to observe or perform any covenant, obligation, condition or agreement contained in, or otherwise be in default under this Note, or the Contribution and Purchase Agreement executed on even date herewith between Payor, Payee and the other parties named therein, beyond any applicable notice and cure period.

If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Payee may declare the aggregate principal amount of this Note (together with all accrued interest thereon and all other amounts due and payable with respect thereto) shall become immediately due and payable. In addition to any amounts otherwise due, Payor shall pay to Payee all costs of collection, including reasonable documented attorneys’ fees.


After all principal at any time owed on this Note has been paid in full, this Note shall at the Payor’s request be surrendered to the Payor for cancellation and shall not be reissued.

THIS NOTE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY COMPARABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW. NO TRANSFER, SALE, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF THIS NOTE MAY BE MADE EXCEPT PURSUANT TO (A) A REGISTRATION STATEMENT EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR (B) AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION THEREUNDER, IF THE PAYOR HAS BEEN FURNISHED WITH SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED BY THE PAYOR THAT SUCH TRANSFER, SALE, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR OTHER DISPOSITION IS NOT REQUIRED TO BE REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS NOTE IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE EACH SUCH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS NOTE. EACH PARTY CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (I) NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, TO SUCH PARTY THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, (II) EACH PARTY UNDERSTANDS AND HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF THIS WAIVER, (III) EACH PARTY MAKES THIS WAIVER VOLUNTARILY AND (III) EACH PARTY HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS EXPRESSED ABOVE.

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

Service of any notice by the Payor to Payee or by Payee to the Payor, shall be mailed, postage prepaid by certified United States mail, return receipt requested, at the address for such party set forth in this Note, or at such subsequent address provided to the other party hereto in the manner set forth in this paragraph for all notices. Any such notice shall be deemed given three days after deposit thereof in an official depository under the care and custody of the United States Postal Service.

Any provision contained in this Note which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.


Payor, on behalf of itself and its respective successors and assigns, hereby waives diligence, presentment, protest and demand and notice of protest, demand, dishonor and nonpayment of this Note, and expressly agrees that this Note, or any payment hereunder, may be extended from time to time, all without in any way affecting the liability of Payor hereunder.

The Payee by its acceptance of this Note will be deemed to have acknowledged and agreed with the Payor that this Note represents the final agreement between the Payee and the Payor and may not be contradicted by evidence of prior, contemporaneous or subsequent oral agreements of the parties.

EXECUTED AND DELIVERED as of the date first above written.

 

SUMMIT MATERIALS HOLDINGS L.P.

a Delaware limited partnership

By Summit Materials Holdings GP LTD., as general partner
  By:  

 

    Name:
    Title:

[Signature Page to Summit LP Note]


Exhibit C

Form of Registration Rights Agreement


REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Registration Rights Agreement (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Agreement ”) is dated as of [            ], 2015, and is between Summit Materials, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and the Blackstone Holders (as defined below), the Continental Holders (as defined below) and the other holders of Registrable Securities (as defined below) party hereto. Such holders of Registrable Securities party hereto are collectively referred to herein as the “ Securityholders .

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

In this Agreement:

Affiliate has the meaning ascribed thereto in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act, as in effect on the date hereof.

Agreement has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Blackstone means the entities comprising the Blackstone Holders, their respective Affiliates and the successors and permitted assigns of the entities and their respective Affiliates.

Blackstone Demand Notice has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a) hereof.

Blackstone Holders means the entities listed on the signature pages hereto under the heading “Blackstone Holders.”

Business Day means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday, federal or New York State holiday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to close.

Class A Common Stock means the shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company, and any other capital stock of the Company into which such common stock is reclassified or reconstituted.

Class B Common Stock means the shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company, and any other capital stock of the Company into which such common stock is reclassified or reconstituted.

Company has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Continental Demand Notice has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(b) hereof.

Continental Holders means the entities listed on the signature pages hereto under the heading “Continental Holders.”


Control (including its correlative meanings, Controlled by and under common Control with ) means possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise) of a Person.

Demand Notice means each of a Blackstone Demand Notice or a Continental Demand Notice.

Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Exchange Agreement means the Exchange Agreement, dated as of or about the date hereof, among the Company, the Partnership and holders of LP Units from time to time party thereto, as amended from time to time.

Exchange Registration has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(a) hereof.

FINRA means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

IPO means an underwritten registered public offering of the Company’s Class A Common Stock in connection with which the Class A Common Stock first becomes listed on a Recognized Exchange.

LP Units has the meaning given to such term in the Exchange Agreement.

Partnership means Summit Materials Holdings L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

Partnership Agreement means the Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Summit Materials Holdings L.P., dated as of [            ], 2015, as amended, restated, supplemented or modified, from time to time.

Person means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, a cooperative, an unincorporated organization, or other form of business organization, whether or not regarded as a legal entity under applicable law, or any governmental authority or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

Recognized Exchange means The New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq National Market.

Registrable Securities means shares of Class A Common Stock that may be delivered in exchange for LP Units and other shares of Class A Common Stock otherwise held by Securityholders from time to time. For purposes of this Agreement, Registrable Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (i) a registration statement covering resales of such

 

2


Registrable Securities has been declared effective under the Securities Act by the SEC and such Registrable Securities have been disposed of pursuant to such effective registration statement, (ii) such Registrable Securities are eligible to be sold by Securityholders owning such Registrable Securities (including Registrable Securities deliverable to a Securityholder under an effective Exchange Registration) pursuant to Rule 144 or 145 (or any similar provision then in effect) under the Securities Act, without limitation thereunder on volume or manner of sale, unless such Registrable Securities are held by a Holder that beneficially own Shares representing 5% or more of the aggregate voting power of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock eligible to vote in the election of directors of the Company or (iii) such Registrable Securities cease to be outstanding (or issuable upon exchange).

Registration Expenses means any and all expenses incurred in connection with the performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including:

(a) all SEC, stock exchange, or FINRA registration and filing fees (including, if applicable, the fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter,” as such term is defined in Rule 5121 of FINRA, and of its counsel);

(b) all fees and expenses of complying with securities or blue sky laws (including fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriters in connection with blue sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities);

(c) all printing, messenger and delivery expenses;

(d) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities on any securities exchange or FINRA and all rating agency fees;

(e) the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of its independent public accountants, including the expenses of any special audits and/or “cold comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance;

(f) any fees and disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by the issuers or sellers of Securities, including liability insurance if the Company so desires or if the underwriters so require, and the reasonable fees and expenses of any special experts retained in connection with the requested registration, but excluding underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any;

(g) the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of not more than one law firm (as selected by Blackstone, if it is participating in such registration, and otherwise, by Securityholders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such registration) incurred by all the Securityholders in connection with the registration;

(h) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to analyst and investor presentations or any “road show” undertaken in connection with the registration and/or marketing of the Registrable Securities (including the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Securityholders); and

(i) any other fees and disbursements customarily paid by the issuers of Securities.

 

3


SEC means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency.

Shares means shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company. Shares held by or on behalf of a Securityholder the certificate for which does not bear a Securities Act restrictive legend, which Shares may be resold freely without registration under the Securities Act, will not be considered Shares for purposes of the demand and piggyback provisions of this Agreement.

Securities means capital stock, limited partnership interests, limited liability company interests, beneficial interests, warrants, options, notes, bonds, debentures, and other securities, equity interests, ownership interests and similar obligations of every kind and nature of any Person.

Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Securityholders has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Subsidiary means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity of which: (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, representatives or trustees thereof is at the time owned or Controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity, a majority of the total voting power of stock (or equivalent ownership interest) of the limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity is at the time owned or Controlled, directly or indirectly, by any Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or Control the managing director or general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity.

WKSI means a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

ARTICLE II

DEMAND AND PIGGYBACK RIGHTS

2.1 Exchange Registration .

(a) The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC prior to the time that LP Units held by Securityholders other than Blackstone become available for exchange for Class A Common Stock pursuant to the terms of the Exchange Agreement and cause to be declared effective under the Securities Act by the SEC promptly

 

4


thereafter, one or more registration statements (the Exchange Registration ) covering the delivery by the Company from time to time to Securityholders other than Blackstone of all shares of Class A Common Stock deliverable to such Securityholders in exchange for LP Units pursuant to the Exchange Agreement.

(b) The Company shall be liable for and pay all Registration Expenses in connection with any Exchange Registration, regardless of whether such registration is effected.

2.2 Right to Demand a Non-Shelf Registered Offering; Continental Demand Rights .

(a) Upon the written demand of Blackstone made at any time and from time to time (a Blackstone Demand Notice ), the Company will facilitate in the manner described in this Agreement a non-shelf registered offering of the Registrable Securities requested by Blackstone to be included in such offering.

(b) Upon the written demand of one or more of the Continental Holders made at any time following the third anniversary of the consummation of the Company’s IPO (a Continental Demand Notice ), the Company will facilitate in the manner described in this Agreement either (i) a non-shelf registered offering of the Registrable Securities requested by the Continental Holders to be included in such offering, or (ii) an underwritten “takedown” of Registrable Securities off of an effective shelf registration statement, as applicable; provided that (i) the market value, based on the closing price of the Company’s Class A Common Stock on the Business Day immediately preceding the date of the Continental Demand Notice, of the aggregate amount of Registrable Securities held by the Continental Holders that are requested in such Demand Notice to be included in such registered offering or underwritten takedown, as applicable, is at least $40,000,000 and (ii) the Continental Holders shall be entitled to only one such registration/takedown.

(c) Any demanded non-shelf registered offering may, at the Company’s option, include Shares to be sold by the Company for its own account and will also, other than in connection with the Company’s IPO, include Registrable Securities to be sold by Securityholders that exercise their related piggyback rights pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof and any other Registrable Securities to be sold by the holders of registration rights granted other than pursuant to this Agreement exercising such rights, in each case, to the extent exercising such rights on a timely basis. In order to be valid, the Demand Notice must provide the information described in Section 3.1 hereof (if applicable) and Section 4.5 hereof or be followed by such information, when requested as contemplated by Section 4.5 hereof.

(d) Without limiting any other obligations of the Company hereunder, as soon as reasonably practicable, but in no event later than 60 days after receiving a valid Demand Notice satisfying the criteria set forth in Section 2.2 hereof, the Company shall file with the SEC a registration statement covering all of the Registrable Securities covered by such Demand Notice as well as any other Registrable Securities as to which registration is properly requested in accordance with Section 2.3 hereof (which other Registrable Securities may be included by means of a pre-effective amendment) and any other registrable securities properly requested in accordance with other registration rights agreements with the Company, but subject in each case to any cutbacks imposed in accordance with Section 3.5 hereof and the limitations set forth in Section 2.7 hereof.

 

5


2.3 Right to Piggyback on a Non-Shelf Registered Offering . After the Company’s IPO, in connection with any registered offering of Shares covered by a non-shelf registration statement (whether pursuant to the exercise of demand rights or at the initiative of the Company), the Securityholders may exercise piggyback rights to have included in such offering Registrable Securities held by them, subject in each case to any cutbacks imposed in accordance with Section 3.5 hereof and the limitations set forth in Section 2.7 hereof; provided that the Continental Holders shall only be entitled to exercise such piggyback rights in connection with any registered underwritten offering in which Blackstone participates. The Company will facilitate in the manner described in this Agreement any such non-shelf registered offering.

2.4 Right to Demand and be Included in a Shelf Registration . Upon the demand of Blackstone, made at any time and from time to time when the Company is eligible to utilize Form S-3 or a successor form to sell Shares in a secondary offering on a delayed or continuous basis in accordance with Rule 415 under the Securities Act, the Company will facilitate in the manner described in this Agreement a shelf registration of Registrable Securities held by the Securityholders. Any shelf registration filed pursuant to this Section 2.4 by the Company covering Shares (whether pursuant to a demand by Blackstone or at the initiative of the Company) will cover Registrable Securities held by each of the Securityholders (regardless of whether they demanded the filing of such shelf or not) equal to the percentage of their original respective holdings as is requested by Blackstone with respect to the Registrable Securities of Blackstone to be included in such shelf. If at the time of such request the Company is a WKSI, such shelf registration shall, upon the approval of the board of directors of the Company, cover an unspecified number of Registrable Securities to be sold by the Company and its Securityholders.

2.5 Demand and Piggyback Rights for Shelf Takedowns . Upon the demand of (A) Blackstone, made at any time and from time to time, or (B) the Continental Holders, in accordance with Section 2.2(b) hereof, the Company will facilitate in the manner described in this Agreement a “takedown” of Registrable Securities off of an effective shelf registration statement. In connection with any underwritten shelf takedown (whether pursuant to the exercise of such demand rights by Blackstone or the Continental Holders, as applicable, or at the initiative of the Company), the Securityholders may exercise piggyback rights to have included in such takedown Registrable Securities held by them that are registered on such shelf; provided that the Continental Holders shall only be entitled to exercise such piggyback rights in connection with any underwritten shelf takedown in which Blackstone participates.

2.6 Right to Reload a Shelf . Upon the approval of the board of directors of the Company, the Company will file and seek the effectiveness of a post-effective amendment to an existing shelf in order to register up to the number of Registrable Securities previously taken down off of such shelf by all Securityholders and not yet “reloaded” onto such shelf. The board of directors of the Company (or certain designated members thereof) will consult and coordinate with Blackstone in order to accomplish such replenishments from time to time in a sensible manner.

 

6


2.7 Limitations on Demand and Piggyback Rights .

(a) Any demand for the filing of a registration statement or for a registered offering or takedown, and the exercise of any piggyback registration rights, will be subject to the constraints of any applicable lockup arrangements, and any such demand must be deferred until such lockup arrangements no longer apply. If a demand has been made for a non-shelf registered offering or for an underwritten takedown, no further demands may be made so long as the related offering is still being pursued. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Securityholders will not have piggyback or other registration rights with respect to the following registered primary offerings by the Company: (i) a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans; (ii) a registration on Form S-4 or S-8 (or other similar successor forms then in effect under the Securities Act); (iii) a registration pursuant to which the Company is offering to exchange its own Securities for other Securities; (iv) a registration statement relating solely to dividend reinvestment or similar plans; (v) a shelf registration statement pursuant to which only the initial purchasers and subsequent transferees of debt securities of the Company or any Subsidiary that are convertible for Interests or Common Stock and that are initially issued pursuant to Rule 144A and/or Regulation S of the Securities Act may resell such notes and sell the common equity into which such notes may be converted; (vi) a registration where the Registrable Securities are not being sold for cash or (vii) an Exchange Registration.

(b) The Company may postpone the filing of a demanded registration statement (other than in connection with the Company’s IPO) or suspend the effectiveness of any shelf registration statement for a reasonable “blackout period” not in excess of 90 days if the board of directors of the Company determines in good faith that such registration or offering could materially interfere with a bona fide business, acquisition or divestiture or financing transaction of the Company or is reasonably likely to require premature disclosure of information, the premature disclosure of which could materially and adversely affect the Company; provided that the Company shall not delay the filing of any demanded registration statement more than once in any 12-month period. The blackout period will end upon the earlier to occur of, (i) in the case of a bona fide business, acquisition or divestiture or financing transaction, a date not later than 90 days from the date such deferral commenced, and (ii) in the case of disclosure of non-public information, the earlier to occur of (x) the filing by the Company of its next succeeding Form 10-K or Form 10-Q, or (y) the date upon which such information is otherwise disclosed.

ARTICLE III

NOTICES, CUTBACKS AND OTHER MATTERS

3.1 Notifications Regarding Registration Statements . In order for Blackstone or the Continental Holders, as applicable, to exercise their right to demand that a registration statement be filed, they must include in their Demand Notice the number of Registrable Securities sought to be registered and the proposed plan of distribution.

 

7


3.2 Notifications Regarding Registration Piggyback Rights .

(a) In the event that the Company receives (i) any demand from Blackstone or the Continental Holders, as applicable, pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof, or (ii) if the Company files a registration statement with respect to a non-shelf registered offering, the Company will promptly give to each of the Securityholders a written notice thereof no later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the fifth Business Day following receipt by the Company of such demand or the filing of such registration statement, as applicable. Any Securityholder wishing to exercise its piggyback rights with respect to any such non-shelf registration statement must notify the Company and the other Securityholders of the number of Registrable Securities it seeks to have included in such registration statement in a written notice. Such notice must be given as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the second Business Day prior to (i) if applicable, the date on which the preliminary prospectus intended to be used in connection with pre-effective marketing efforts for the relevant offering is expected to be finalized, and (ii) in any case, the date on which the pricing of the relevant offering is expected to occur. No such notice is required in connection with a shelf registration statement, as Registrable Securities held by all Securityholders will be included up to the applicable percentage.

(b) Pending any required public disclosure and subject to applicable legal requirements, the parties will maintain appropriate confidentiality of their discussions regarding a prospective non-shelf registration.

3.3 Notifications Regarding Demanded Underwritten Takedowns .

(a) The Company will keep the Securityholders reasonably apprised of all pertinent aspects of any underwritten shelf takedown demanded by Blackstone or the Continental Holders, as applicable, in order that Securityholders may have a reasonable opportunity to exercise their related piggyback rights. Without limiting the Company’s obligation as described in the preceding sentence, having a reasonable opportunity requires that the Securityholders be notified by the Company of an anticipated underwritten takedown (whether pursuant to a demand made by Blackstone or the Continental Holders, as applicable, or made at the Company’s own initiative) no later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on (i) if applicable, the second Business Day prior to the date on which the preliminary prospectus or prospectus supplement intended to be used in connection with pre-pricing marketing efforts for such takedown is finalized, and (ii) in all cases, the second Business Day prior to the date on which the pricing of the relevant takedown occurs.

(b) Any Securityholder wishing to exercise its piggyback rights with respect to an underwritten shelf takedown must notify the Company and the other Securityholders of the number of Registrable Securities it seeks to have included in such takedown. Such notice must be given as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on (i) if applicable, the Business Day prior to the date on which the preliminary prospectus or prospectus supplement intended to be used in connection with marketing efforts for the relevant offering is expected to be finalized, and (ii) in all cases, the Business Day prior to the date on which the pricing of the relevant takedown occurs.

 

8


(c) Pending any required public disclosure and subject to applicable legal requirements, the parties will maintain appropriate confidentiality of their discussions regarding a prospective underwritten takedown.

3.4 Plan of Distribution, Underwriters, Advisors and Counsel . If a majority of the Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in an underwritten offering through a non-shelf registration statement or through a shelf takedown is being sold by the Company for its own account, the Company will be entitled to determine the plan of distribution and select the managing underwriters and any provider of advisory services, which may include Affiliates of Blackstone, for such offering. Otherwise, Blackstone, if participating in such offering (or Securityholders holding a majority of the Shares requested to be included if Blackstone is not participating in such offering), will be entitled to determine the plan of distribution and select the managing underwriters and any provider of advisory services, which may include Affiliates of Blackstone; provided that such investment banker or bankers, managers and providers of advisory services shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company), and will also be entitled to select counsel for the selling Securityholders (which may be the same as counsel for the Company).

3.5 Cutbacks . If the managing underwriters advise the Company and the selling Securityholders that, in their opinion, the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included in an underwritten offering exceeds the amount that can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the distribution of the Registrable Securities being offered, the price that will be paid in such offering or the marketability thereof, such offering will include only the number of Registrable Securities that the underwriters advise can be sold in such offering. If the Company is selling Registrable Securities for its own account in such offering and the offering is not being made on account of a demand made by Blackstone or the Continental Holders, as applicable, pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof, the Company will have first priority. To the extent of any remaining capacity, and in all other cases, the selling Securityholders (and any other Persons having registration rights pari passu with the Securityholders and participating in such offering) and the Company will be subject to cutback pro rata based on the number of Registrable Securities initially requested by them to be included in such offering, without distinguishing between Securityholders (or other Persons exercising pari passu registration rights) based on who made the demand for such offering or otherwise.

3.6 Withdrawals . Even if Registrable Securities held by a Securityholder have been part of a registered underwritten offering, such Securityholder may, no later than the time at which the public offering price and underwriters’ discount are determined with the managing underwriter, decline to sell all or any portion of the Registrable Securities being offered for its account.

3.7 Lockups . In connection with any underwritten offering of Shares, the Company and each Securityholder will agree (in the case of Securityholders, with respect to Registrable Securities respectively held by them) to be bound by the underwriting agreement’s lockup restrictions (which must apply in like manner to all of them) that are agreed to by the Company. In addition, the Securityholders shall be bound by their obligations with respect to any lockup arrangements or other restrictions on transfer of Registrable Securities set forth in the Partnership Agreement.

 

9


ARTICLE IV

FACILITATING REGISTRATIONS AND OFFERINGS

4.1 General . If the Company becomes obligated under this Agreement to facilitate a registration and offering of Registrable Securities on behalf of Securityholders, the Company will do so with the same degree of care and dispatch as would reasonably be expected in the case of a registration and offering by the Company of Registrable Securities for its own account. Without limiting this general obligation, the Company will fulfill its specific obligations as described in this Article IV .

4.2 Registration Statements . In connection with each registration statement that is demanded by Securityholders in accordance with this Agreement or as to which piggyback rights otherwise apply, the Company will:

(a) (1) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement on an appropriate form covering the applicable Registrable Securities, (2) file amendments thereto as warranted, (3) seek the effectiveness thereof, and (4) file with the SEC prospectuses and prospectus supplements as may be required, all in consultation with Blackstone and as reasonably necessary in order to permit the offer and sale of the such Registrable Securities in accordance with the applicable plan of distribution;

(b) (1) within a reasonable time prior to the filing of any registration statement, any prospectus, any amendment to a registration statement, amendment or supplement to a prospectus or any free writing prospectus (in each case including all exhibits filed therewith), provide copies of such documents to the selling Securityholders and to the underwriter or underwriters of an underwritten offering, if applicable, and to their respective counsel; fairly consider such reasonable changes in any such documents prior to or after the filing thereof as the counsel to the Securityholders or the underwriter or the underwriters may request; and make such of the representatives of the Company as shall be reasonably requested by the selling Securityholders or any underwriter available for discussion of such documents; and (2) within a reasonable time prior to the filing of any document which is to be incorporated by reference into a registration statement or a prospectus, provide copies of such document to counsel for the Securityholders and underwriters; fairly consider such reasonable changes in such document prior to or after the filing thereof as counsel for such Securityholders or such underwriter shall request; and make such of the representatives of the Company as shall be reasonably requested by such counsel available for discussion of such document;

(c) use all reasonable efforts to cause each registration statement and the related prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, as of the effective date of such registration statement, amendment or supplement and during the distribution of the registered Registrable Securities (x) to comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act (including the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder) and (y) not to contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;

 

10


(d) notify each Securityholder promptly, and, if requested by such Securityholder, confirm such advice in writing, (i) when a registration statement has become effective and when any post-effective amendments and supplements thereto become effective if such registration statement or post-effective amendment is not automatically effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act, (ii) of the issuance by the SEC or any state securities authority of any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (iii) if, between the effective date of a registration statement and the closing of any sale of securities covered thereby pursuant to any agreement to which the Company is a party, the representations and warranties of the Company contained in such agreement cease to be true and correct in all material respects or if the Company receives any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose, and (iv) of the happening of any event during the period a registration statement is effective as a result of which such registration statement or the related prospectus contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;

(e) furnish counsel for each underwriter, if any, and for the Securityholders copies of any correspondence with the SEC or any state securities authority relating to the registration statement or prospectus;

(f) otherwise use all reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, including making available to its security holders an earnings statement covering at least 12 months which shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder (or any similar provision then in force); and

(g) use all reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement at the earliest possible time.

4.3 Non-Shelf Registered Offerings and Shelf Takedowns . In connection with any non-shelf registered offering or shelf takedown that is demanded by Securityholders or as to which piggyback rights otherwise apply, the Company will:

(a) cooperate with the selling Securityholders and the sole underwriter or managing underwriter of an underwritten offering, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing the Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations (consistent with the provisions of the governing documents thereof) and registered in such names as the selling Securityholders or the sole underwriter or managing underwriter of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities, if any, may reasonably request at least five days prior to any sale of such Registrable Securities;

(b) furnish to each Securityholder and to each underwriter, if any, participating in the relevant offering, without charge, as many copies of the applicable prospectus, including each preliminary prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto and such other documents as such Securityholder or underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities; the Company hereby consents to the use of the prospectus, including each preliminary prospectus, by each such Securityholder and underwriter in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by the prospectus or the preliminary prospectus;

 

11


(c) (1) use all reasonable efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities being offered and sold, no later than the time the applicable registration statement becomes effective, under all applicable state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as each underwriter, if any, or any Securityholder holding Registrable Securities covered by a registration statement, shall reasonably request; (2) use all reasonable efforts to keep each such registration or qualification effective during the period such registration statement is required to be kept effective; and (3) do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each such underwriter, if any, and Securityholder to consummate the disposition in each such jurisdiction of such Registrable Securities owned by such Securityholder; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to consent to be subject to general service of process (other than service of process in connection with such registration or qualification or any sale of Registrable Securities in connection therewith) in any such jurisdiction;

(d) cause all Registrable Securities being sold to be qualified for inclusion in or listed on any Recognized Exchange on which Registrable Securities issued by the Company are then so qualified or listed if so requested by the Securityholders, or if so requested by the underwriter or underwriters of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities, if any;

(e) cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with FINRA and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter in an underwritten offering;

(f) use all reasonable efforts to facilitate the distribution and sale of any Registrable Securities to be offered pursuant to this Agreement, including without limitation by making “road show” presentations, holding meetings with and making calls to potential investors and taking such other actions as shall be requested by the Securityholders or the lead managing underwriter of an underwritten offering;

(g) in the case of an offering that includes a provider of advisory services, enter into and perform its obligations under customary agreements (including an advisory services agreement and an indemnification agreement in customary form); and

(h) enter into customary agreements (including, in the case of an underwritten offering, underwriting agreements in customary form, and including provisions with respect to indemnification and contribution in customary form and consistent with the provisions relating to indemnification and contribution contained herein) and take all other customary and appropriate actions in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities and in connection therewith:

 

12


(1) make such representations and warranties to the selling Securityholders and the underwriters, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in similar underwritten offerings;

(2) obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the lead managing underwriter, if any) addressed to each selling Securityholder and the underwriters, if any, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in sales of securities or underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such Securityholders and underwriters;

(3) obtain “cold comfort” letters and updates thereof from the Company’s independent certified public accountants addressed to the selling Securityholders, if permissible, and the underwriters, if any, which letters shall be customary in form and shall cover matters of the type customarily covered in “cold comfort” letters to underwriters in connection with primary underwritten offerings; and

(4) to the extent requested and customary for the relevant transaction, enter into a Securities sales agreement with the Securityholders providing for, among other things, the appointment of such representative as agent for the selling Securityholders for the purpose of soliciting purchases of Registrable Securities, which agreement shall be customary in form, substance and scope and shall contain customary representations, warranties and covenants; and

The above shall be done at such times as customarily occur in similar registered offerings or shelf takedowns.

4.4 Due Diligence . In connection with each registration and offering of Registrable Securities to be sold by Securityholders, the Company will, in accordance with customary practice, make available for inspection by representatives of the Securityholders and underwriters and any counsel or accountant retained by such Securityholders or underwriters all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and cause appropriate officers, managers, employees, outside counsel and accountants of the Company to supply all information reasonably requested by any such representative, underwriter, counsel or accountant in connection with their due diligence exercise, including through in-person meetings, but subject to customary privilege constraints.

4.5 Information from Securityholders . Each Securityholder that holds Registrable Securities covered by any registration statement will furnish to the Company such information regarding itself as is required to be included in the registration statement or is otherwise required by FINRA or the SEC in connection with such registration statement, the ownership of Registrable Securities by such Securityholder and the proposed distribution by such Securityholder of such Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing.

4.6 Expenses . All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any registration statement or registered offering covering Registrable Securities held by the Securityholders will be borne by the Company. However, underwriters’, brokers’ and dealers’ discounts and commissions applicable to Registrable Securities sold for the account of a Securityholder will be borne by such Securityholder.

 

13


ARTICLE V

INDEMNIFICATION

5.1 Indemnification by the Company . In the event of any registration under the Securities Act by any registration statement pursuant to rights granted in this Agreement of Registrable Securities held by Securityholders, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless Securityholders, their officers, directors and affiliates, and each underwriter of such securities and each other Person, if any, who Controls any Securityholder or such underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (including legal fees and costs of court), joint or several, to which Securityholders or such underwriter or controlling Person may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, including any amount paid in settlement of any litigation commenced or threatened, and shall promptly reimburse such Persons, as and when incurred, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating any claims and defending any actions, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or any actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, any blue sky laws, securities laws or other applicable laws of any state or country in which such Shares are offered and relating to action taken or action or inaction required of the Company in connection with such offering, or arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact (i) contained, on its effective date, in any registration statement under which such securities were registered under the Securities Act or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing, or which arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (ii) contained in any preliminary prospectus, if used prior to the effective date of such registration statement, or in the final prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Company shall have filed with the SEC any amendment or supplement to the final prospectus), or which arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated in such prospectus or necessary to make the statements in such prospectus not misleading; and will reimburse Securityholders and each such underwriter and each such controlling Person for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, or liability; provided , however , that the Company shall not be liable to any Securityholder or its underwriters or controlling Persons in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement or such amendment or supplement, in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company through a written instrument duly executed by Securityholders or such underwriter specifically for use in the preparation thereof.

5.2 Indemnification by Securityholders . Each Securityholder as a condition to including Registrable Securities in such registration statement will indemnify and hold harmless (in the same manner and to the same extent as set forth in Section 5.1 hereof) the Company, each director of the Company, each officer of the Company who shall sign the

 

14


registration statement, and any Person who Controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, (i) with respect to any statement or omission from such registration statement, or any amendment or supplement to it, if such statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company through a written instrument duly executed by such Securityholder specifically regarding such Securityholder for use in the preparation of such registration statement or amendment or supplement, and (ii) with respect to compliance by such Securityholder with applicable laws in effecting the sale or other disposition of the securities covered by such registration statement.

5.3 Indemnification Procedures . Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party of notice of the commencement of any action involving a claim referred to in Section 5.1 and Section 5.2 hereof, the indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made or may be made against an indemnifying party, give written notice to such indemnifying party of the commencement of the action. The failure of any indemnified party to give notice shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations in this Article V , except to the extent that the indemnifying party is actually prejudiced by the failure to give notice. If any such action is brought against an indemnified party, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in and to assume the defense of the action with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election to assume defense of the action, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses incurred by the latter in connection with the action’s defense other than reasonable costs of investigation. An indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any action or proceeding and participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at such indemnified party’s expense unless (i) the employment of such counsel has been specifically authorized in writing by the indemnifying party, which authorization shall not be unreasonably withheld, (ii) the indemnifying party has not assumed the defense and employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party within thirty (30) days after notice of any such action or proceeding, or (iii) the named parties to any such action or proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have been advised by such counsel that there may be one or more legal defenses available to the indemnified party that are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party (in which case the indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such action or proceeding on behalf of the indemnified party), it being understood, however, that the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any one such action or separate but substantially similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to all local counsel which is necessary, in the good faith opinion of both counsel for the indemnifying party and counsel for the indemnified party in order to adequately represent the indemnified parties) for the indemnified party and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred upon written request and presentation of invoices. Whether or not a defense is assumed by the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party will not be subject to any liability for any settlement made without its consent (not to be unreasonably withheld). No indemnifying party will consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which (i) does not include as an unconditional term the giving by the claimant or plaintiff, to the indemnified party, of a release from all liability in respect of such claim or litigation or (ii) involves the imposition of equitable remedies or the imposition of any non-financial obligations on the indemnified party.

 

15


5.4 Contribution . If the indemnification required by this Article V from the indemnifying party is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any indemnifiable losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses, then the indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect (i) the relative benefit of the indemnifying and indemnified parties and (ii) if the allocation in clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefit referred to in clause (i) and also the relative fault of the indemnified and indemnifying parties, in connection with the actions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by a party shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by it bear to the total amounts (including, in the case of any underwriter, any underwriting commissions and discounts) received by each other party. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any action in question, including any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact, has been made by, or relates to information supplied by, such indemnifying party or parties, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such action. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, claims, damage, liabilities, and expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with any investigation or proceeding. The Company and Securityholders agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 5.4 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the prior provisions of this Section 5.4 .

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5.4 , no indemnifying party shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the securities were offered to the public by such indemnifying party exceeds the amount of any damages which such indemnifying party has otherwise been required to pay by reason of an untrue statement or omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such a fraudulent misrepresentation.

ARTICLE VI

OTHER AGREEMENTS

6.1 Assignment . Neither the Company nor any Securityholder shall assign all or any part of this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company and Blackstone; provided , however , that without the prior written consent of the Company, Blackstone may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement in whole or in part to (x) any of its Affiliates and/or (y) any Person who becomes a holder of Registrable Securities upon a distribution by Blackstone of shares of Class A Common Stock or LP Units to its members, limited partners or stockholders that becomes a party hereto by executing and delivering an assignment and joinder agreement to the Company, substantially in the form of Exhibit A to this Agreement. Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding on the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

16


6.2 Merger or Consolidation . In the event the Company engages in a merger or consolidation in which the Registrable Securities are converted into securities of another company, appropriate arrangements will be made so that the registration rights provided under this Agreement continue to be provided to Securityholders by the issuer of such securities. To the extent such new issuer, or any other company acquired by the Company in a merger or consolidation, was bound by registration rights obligations that would conflict with the provisions of this Agreement, the Company will, unless Securityholders then holding at least 90% of the Registrable Securities otherwise agree, use its commercially reasonable efforts to modify any such “inherited” registration rights obligations so as not to interfere in any material respects with the rights provided under this Agreement. To the extent any such modification of “inherited” registration rights disproportionately and adversely impacts any Securityholder hereunder, such modification shall not be effective as to such Securityholder without the consent of such Securityholder.

6.3 Limited Liability . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, neither the members, general partners, limited partners or managing directors, or any directors or officers of any members, general or limited partner, advisory director, nor any future members, general partners, limited partners, advisory directors, or managing directors, if any, of any Securityholder shall have any personal liability for performance of any obligation of such Securityholder under this Agreement in excess of the respective capital contributions of such members, general partners, limited partners, advisory directors or managing directors to such Securityholder.

6.4 Rule 144 . If the Company is subject to the requirements of Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company covenants that it will file any reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (or, if the Company is subject to the requirements of Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act but is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the request of any Securityholder, make publicly available such information) and it will take such further action as any Securityholder may reasonably request, so as to enable such Securityholder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (a) Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or (b) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC. Upon the request of any Securityholder, the Company will deliver to such Securityholder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 6.4 shall not in any way limit or otherwise modify any applicable restrictions on transfer set forth in the Partnership Agreement.

6.5 In-Kind Distributions . If any Securityholder seeks to effectuate an in-kind distribution of all or part of its Registrable Securities to its direct or indirect equityholders, the Company will, subject to applicable lockups, work with such Securityholder and the Company’s transfer agent to facilitate such in-kind distribution in the manner reasonably requested by such Securityholder.

 

17


ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

7.1 Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered first-class mail, telex, fax or air courier guaranteeing delivery to the Persons at the respective addresses set forth below or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by the party to receive such notice.

 

  (a) If to the Company, to:

Summit Materials, Inc.

1550 Wynkoop, 3rd Floor

Denver, Colorado 80202

Attention: Chief Legal Officer

Fax: (303) 893-6993

E-mail: [Anne.Benedict@summit-materials.com]

with a copy (not constituting notice) to:

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Attention: Edward P. Tolley III and Edgar J. Lewandowski

Fax: (212) 455-2502

E-mail: etolley@stblaw.com and elewandowski@stblaw.com

 

  (b) If to Blackstone, to:

The Blackstone Group L.P.

345 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10154

Attention: Neil P. Simpkins

Fax: [            ]

[E-mail:]

with a copy (not constituting notice) to:

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Attention: Wilson S. Neely

Fax: (212) 455-2502

E-mail: wneely@stblaw.com

 

18


  (c) If to the Continental Holders, to:

[            ]

with a copy (not constituting notice) to:

[            ]

Any such notice, request, demand or other communication shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally or by facsimile or electronic transmission, (b) on the first Business Day after being sent if delivered by nationally recognized overnight delivery service and (c) upon the earlier of actual receipt thereof or five Business Days after the date of deposit in the United States mail if delivered by mail.

7.2 Section Headings . The article and section headings in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. References in this Agreement to a designated “Article” or “Section” refer to an Article or Section of this Agreement unless otherwise specifically indicated.

7.3 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

7.4 Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process; Waiver of Jury Trial .

(a) The parties to this Agreement hereby agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York, the courts of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

(b) EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

7.5 Amendments .

(a) This Agreement may be amended only by an instrument in writing executed by the Company and Securityholders holding at least a majority of the Registrable Securities collectively held by them; provided that any amendment that would adversely impact the rights hereunder of Blackstone or the Continental Holders shall require the prior written consent of Blackstone or the Continental Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities collectively held by them, as applicable; provided , further , that any amendment that would disproportionately and adversely impact (i) the rights hereunder of the Securityholders party hereto other than Blackstone without similarly affecting the rights hereunder of Blackstone (other than the granting of demand rights to any new party to become a Securityholder hereunder and rights incidental thereto) shall require the prior approval of a such Securityholders other than Blackstone holding a majority of the Registrable Securities held by such Securities, (ii) the rights hereunder of any Securityholder other than Blackstone without similarly affecting the rights hereunder of all other Securityholders other than Blackstone shall require the prior written consent of such Securityholder. This Agreement will terminate as to any Securityholder when it no longer holds any Registrable Securities.

 

19


(b) Notwithstanding anything in Section 7.5(a) hereof to the contrary, if the Company at any time after the date of this Agreement grants to any other holders of its securities (other than any new Blackstone Holders becoming party hereto after the date hereof) any rights to request or cause the Company to effect the registration under the Securities Act or offering or sale of any such securities on any terms materially more favorable to such holders than the terms set forth in this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall, upon the request of Blackstone, be deemed amended or supplemented to the extent necessary to provide Blackstone such more favorable rights and benefits, and, at the election and sole discretion of Blackstone (as evidenced by a written notice to the Company), shall be deemed amended or supplemented to the extent necessary to provide to the Securityholders party hereto other than Blackstone those more favorable rights and benefits as selected by Blackstone to be provided to such other Securityholders and set forth in such written notice.

7.6 Entire Agreement . This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. The registration rights granted under this Agreement supersede any registration, qualification or similar rights with respect to any of the Registrable Securities granted under any other agreement, and any of such preexisting registration rights are hereby terminated.

7.7 Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any specific provision of this Agreement shall not invalidate or render unenforceable any of its other provisions. Any provision of this Agreement held invalid or unenforceable shall be deemed reformed, if practicable, to the extent necessary to render it valid and enforceable and to the extent permitted by law and consistent with the intent of the parties to this Agreement.

7.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, including by means of facsimile, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute the same instrument.

7.9 Additional Holders . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company may from time to time add additional holders of Registrable Securities of the Company as parties to this Agreement with the consent of Blackstone and without the consent or additional signatures of any other holders of Registrable Securities hereunder. In order to become a party to this Agreement, such additional party must execute a signature page evidencing such party’s agreement to be bound hereby as a Securityholder (but not Blackstone, unless Blackstone consents in writing thereto), and upon the Company’s receipt of any such additional holder’s executed signature page hereto, such additional holder shall be deemed to be a party hereto and such additional signature pages shall be a part of this Agreement.

 

20


7.10 Equitable Remedies . The parties hereto agree that irreparable harm would occur in the event that any of the agreements and provisions of this Agreement were not performed fully by the parties hereto in accordance with their specific terms or conditions or were otherwise breached, and that money damages are an inadequate remedy for breach of this Agreement because of the difficulty of ascertaining and quantifying the amount of damage that will be suffered by the parties hereto in the event that this Agreement is not performed in accordance with its terms or conditions or is otherwise breached. It is accordingly hereby agreed that the parties hereto shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to restrain, enjoin and prevent breaches of this Agreement by the other parties and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any court of the United States or any state having jurisdiction, such remedy being in addition to and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies to which the other parties are entitled to at law or in equity.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

21


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
SUMMIT MATERIALS, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
BLACKSTONE HOLDERS:
[SIGNATURE BLOCKS TO COME]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
CONTINENTAL HOLDERS:
[SIGNATURE BLOCKS TO COME]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
OTHER SECURITYHOLDERS:
[SIGNATURE BLOCKS TO COME]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  


Exhibit A

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND JOINDER

[            ], 20    

Reference is made to the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of [            ] 2015, by and among Summit Materials, Inc. (the “ Company ”), the Blackstone Holders (as defined therein) and the other parties thereto (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Registration Rights Agreement, [            ] (the “ Assignor ”) in its capacity as a Blackstone Holder in the Registration Rights Agreement hereby assigns [in part][ or: in full] its rights and obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement to each of [            ], [            ] and [            ] (each, an “ Assignee ” and collectively, the “ Assignees ”). [For the avoidance of doubt, the Assignor will remain a party to the Registration Rights Agreement following the assignment in part of its rights and obligations thereunder to the undersigned Assignees.]

Each undersigned Assignee hereby agrees to and does become party to the Registration Rights Agreement as a Blackstone Holder and Securityholder. This assignment and joinder shall serve as a counterpart signature page to the Registration Rights Agreement and by executing below each undersigned Assignee is deemed to have executed the Registration Rights Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named a party thereto and each Assignee’s shares of Class A Common Stock shall be included as Registrable Securities under the Registration Rights Agreement.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank. ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have duly executed this assignment and joinder as of date first set forth above.

 

ASSIGNOR:
[            ]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
ASSIGNEE(S):
[            ]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


Exhibit D

Form of Summit Holdings LLC Agreement


AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

SUMMIT OWNER HOLDCO LLC

Dated as of             , 2015

This Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) of Summit Owner Holdco LLC is entered into by Summit Materials Holding GP LTD, a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Summit GP ”), Missouri Materials Company, L.L.C., J & J Midwest Group, L.L.C., R. Michael Johnson Family Limited Liability Company, Thomas A. Beck Family, LLC (each, a “ Series A Member ” and, together, the “ Series A Members ”).

Summit GP and the Series A Members, by execution of this Agreement, hereby form a limited liability company pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del.C. §18-101, et seq .), as amended from time to time (the “ Act ”), and hereby agrees as follows:

1. Name . The name of the limited liability company formed hereby is Summit Owner Holdco LLC (the “ Company ”).

2. Certificates . The Company has been organized as a Delaware limited liability company by the filing of a certificate of formation (the “ Certificate ”) in accordance with the Act.

3. Members .

(a) The Managing Member of the Company is Summit Materials Holding GP LTD, which is also the “ Series B Member ”. All references herein to “Members” shall include the Managing Member (including in its capacity as the Series B Member) and the Series A Members.

(b) The rights, powers, duties, obligations and liabilities of the Members shall be determined pursuant to the Act and this Agreement. To the extent that the rights, powers, duties, obligations and liabilities of any Member are different by reason of any provision of this Agreement than they would be in the absence of such provision, this Agreement shall, to the extent permitted by the Act, control. The execution and filing of the Certificate are hereby ratified, approved and confirmed by each of the Members.

(c) The Managing Member may agree from time to time to admit a person as an additional member of the Company as a Series A Member or a Series B Member; provided that no Series A Member (as defined below) may be admitted without the written consent of all Series A Members. Such admission shall be effective upon the written agreement of such person to be bound by the terms of this Agreement. Upon such admission, all references herein to “Member” or “Members” shall also be a reference to such person.


4. Purpose . The Company is formed for the object and purpose of (a) holding the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock (in each case as defined below) and proceeds thereof, (b) exercising all rights and privileges appertaining thereto, and (c) selling, transferring, and disposing thereof, in each case subject to and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The Company will not undertake any other business, investment, or purpose without the prior written consent of a majority in interest of the Series A Members.

5. Powers .

(a) In furtherance of its purposes, but subject to all of the provisions of this Agreement, the Company shall have the power and is hereby authorized to:

(i) hold dividends, distributions and other proceeds of the Class A Common Stock and/or Class B Common Stock as may be necessary, convenient or incidental to the accomplishment of the purpose of the Company; and

(ii) enter into, perform and carry out contracts with banks, brokerage firms and other financial intermediaries, including, without limitation, contracts with any person or entity affiliated with the Members, necessary to, in connection with, convenient to, or incidental to the accomplishment of the purposes of the Company.

(b) The Company will not take any action not specified in clause (a) above to the extent related to the Class A Common Stock without the prior written consent of a majority in interest of the Series A Members.

6. Principal Business Office . The principal business office of the Company shall be at such place as the Managing Member may designate from time to time, which need not be in the State of Delaware.

7. Registered Office . The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is c/o Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware, 19808.

8. Registered Agent . The name and address of the registered agent of the Company for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware is Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware, 19808.

9. Address . The name and the mailing address of the Members are set forth on Schedule A attached hereto.

10. Limited Liability . Except as otherwise provided by the Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, and the Members shall not be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a member of the Company.

11. Initial Capital Contribution . The Members are deemed admitted as the Member of the Company upon its execution and delivery of this Agreement. The Members have made,

 

2


pursuant to the Contribution and Purchase Agreement by and among the Members, Summit Materials, Inc. (“ IPO Corp ”), Summit Materials Holdings L.P. (“ Summit LP ”), Continental Cement Company, L.L.C. (“ CCC ”) and the Company, dated as of December 18, 2014 (the “ Contribution and Purchase Agreement ”), an initial capital contribution in the form of: (i) in the case of the Series A Members [to be specified at closing. Amount will equal two-sevenths of the total number of Class B Units of CCC respectively held by them immediately prior to such contribution] , and (ii) in the case of the Managing Member, the right to act as the general partner of Summit LP.

12. Membership Interests .

(a) Types of Interests . The Interests in the Company shall be of two series, issuable to, and owned by the Members, referred to herein as (i) the “Series A Interests”, which have a right and interest exclusively in the Class A Common Stock of IPO Corp (as such stock may be reclassified or otherwise converted, the “ Class A Common Stock ”) that is owned by the Company as of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Contribution and Purchase Agreement (and the proceeds from any disposition, redemption or repurchase thereof and dividends thereon), and (ii) the “Series B Interests”, which have an exclusive right and interest in the Class B Common Stock of IPO Corp (as such stock may be reclassified or otherwise converted, the “ Class B Common Stock ”) that is owned by the Company as of the date hereof (and the proceeds from any disposition, redemption or repurchase thereof and dividends thereon). Schedule A hereto sets forth the number of issued and outstanding Series A Interests and Series B Interests, as well as the identity of the “Series A Members” and the “Series B Members.” The Company shall at all times maintain a one-to-one correspondence between (i) the number of Series A Interests outstanding and the number of shares of Class A Common Stock from time to time held by the Company and (ii) the number of Series B Interests outstanding and the number of shares of Class B Common Stock from time to time held by the Company.

(b) Surrender of Interests; Redemption of Shares . Each Series A Member may from time to time, but no earlier than one year from the date hereof, surrender all or a portion of its Series A Interests in order to receive, in redemption thereof, a corresponding number of the shares of Class A Common Stock then held by the Company, which distribution shall be made promptly following the receipt of such notice. In lieu of such permitted redemption, any Series A Member may direct the Company to sell such shares of Class A Common Stock on behalf of such Member, and in such event the Company shall promptly (i) sell such shares of Class A Common Stock in the manner directed by such Member and (ii) deliver the net proceeds of such sale to such Member in redemption of a number of such Series A Units corresponding to the number of shares of Class A Common Stock that are sold. Each Series B Member may, at any time, surrender all or a portion of its Series B Interests in order to receive, in redemption thereof, a corresponding portion of the shares of Class B Common Stock Corp then held by the Company.

 

3


13. Dispositions of Interests .

(a) No Member, nor any spouse of a Member, Personal Representative of a Member or legal representative or agent of a Member, may, except with the consent of the Managing Member, transfer of all or any portion of such Member’s membership interest (an “ Interest ”), other than (i) in accordance with Section 12(b) or (ii) a Permitted Transfer (as defined below). Each of the Members agrees that the restrictions contained in this Agreement are fair and reasonable and in the best interest of the Company and the Members. In the case of any Permitted Transfer, the transferee will become a substitute member at the written direction of the transferor without the need for any further consent or approval.

(b) “Permitted Transfer” means a transfer of a Member’s Interest to (x) a Person directly or indirectly (through one or more intermediaries) controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Member; (b) a Person owning, owned by, or under common ownership with such Member; or (c) an officer, director, partner or member, or a member of the immediate family of an officer, director, partner or member, of such Member. “Control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise and “ownership” means ownership of ten percent (10%) or more of the outstanding voting securities or beneficial interest. “Person means” any natural person, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, corporation (including a not for profit corporation), any organization described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, business trust, estate, cooperative or other association or business entity.

14. Additional Contributions . The Members are not required to make any additional capital contributions to the Company.

15. Allocation of Profits and Losses . For capital account purposes, except as provided below, the Company’s profits and losses with respect to (i) the Class A Common Stock shall be allocated pro rata to the Series A Members in accordance with their ownership of Series A Interests and (ii) the Class B Common Stock shall be allocated pro rata to the Series B Members in accordance with their ownership of Series B Interests. The Managing Member shall maintain the capital accounts of the Members in accordance with the principles and requirements set forth in Section 704(b) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code and Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). This Section 15 shall be deemed to contain a “minimum gain chargeback” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(2) and a “qualified income offset” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d), and shall be interpreted consistently therewith. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, each item of income, gain, loss and deduction of the Company shall be allocated among the Members in the same manner as the corresponding items of profits and losses are allocated for capital account purposes; provided that in the case of any asset subject to Section 704(c) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to an asset shall be allocated solely for income tax purposes in accordance with the principles of Sections 704(b) and (c) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code (in any manner determined by the Managing Member and permitted by the U.S. Internal Revenue Code and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder and consented to by a majority in interest of the Series A Members). The Company is intended to be classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and no election to the contrary shall be made.

 

4


16. Distributions . Distributions to the Series A Members (that do not involve redemptions of Series A Interests as contemplated by Section 12(b) ) shall track any distributions or proceeds with respect to the shares of Class A Common Stock held by the Company, and distributions to the Series B Members (that do not involve redemptions of Series B Interests as contemplated by Section 12(b)) shall track any distributions or proceeds with respect to shares of Class B Common Stock held by the Company. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not make a distribution to any member on account of its interest in the Company if such distribution would violate Section 18-607 of the Act or other applicable law.

17. Management . The business, property and affairs of the Company shall be managed under the sole, absolute and exclusive direction of the Managing Member. The Managing Member shall have the sole power to manage or cause the management of the Company, consistent with the provisions of Sections 4 and 5 hereof. The Managing Member shall be the “tax matters partner” of the Company for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and any similar provisions under state, local or foreign tax law). Except as provided to the contrary in this Agreement or the Act, any action to be taken by the Company shall require the consent of the Managing Member. Any action so approved may be taken by the Managing Member on behalf of the Company and any action so taken shall bind the Company. Except as expressly provided herein, and to the extent permitted by applicable law, no Member who is not also a Managing Member shall have any right to vote on any matter involving the Company, including with respect to any merger, consolidation, combination or conversion of the Company, or any other matter that a Member might otherwise have the ability to vote or consent with respect to under the Act, at law, in equity or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the Company will not sell, transfer, pledge or encumber any shares of Class A Common Stock held by it, other than a distribution to a Series A Member, without the prior written consent of a majority in interest of the Series A Members, and (ii) the Company will vote shares of Class A Common Stock held by it in accordance with directions received from the Series A Members, provided notice of any such direction is given to the Company by the Series A Members at least two business days prior to any applicable vote. The Managing Member will have the sole and exclusive authority, exercisable in its sole discretion, to direct the voting of the Class B Common Stock held by the Company. Upon the withdrawal from the Company or voluntary resignation of the last remaining Managing Member, all of the powers formerly vested therein pursuant to this Agreement and the Act shall be exercised by a majority in interest of the Members.

18. Officers . The Managing Member may, from time to time as it deems advisable, employ and retain persons as may be necessary or appropriate for the conduct of the Company’s business (subject to the supervision and control of the Member), including employees and agents who may be designated as officers (each, an “ Officer ”) with titles, including, but not limited to, “chairman,” “chief executive officer,” “president,” “vice president,” “treasurer,” “secretary,” “managing director,” “chief financial officer,” “assistant treasurer” and “assistant secretary” as and to the extent authorized by the Member.

 

5


19. Other Business . The Managing Member, in its capacity as such, may not engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures (unconnected with the Company) of any kind or description, independently or with others, other than holding the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock, proceeds thereof, and activities ancillary thereto. The Company shall not have any rights in or to such independent ventures or the income or profits therefrom by virtue of this Agreement.

20. Exculpation and Indemnification . No Member nor any Officer shall be liable to the Company, or any other person or entity who has an interest in the Company, for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Member or Officer in good faith on behalf of the Company and in a manner reasonably believed to be within the scope of the authority conferred on such Member or Officer by this Agreement, except that the Member or Officer shall be liable for any such loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of such Member’s or Officer’s willful misconduct. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Member or Officer shall be entitled to indemnification from the Company for any loss, damage or claim incurred by such member or Officer by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Member or Officer in good faith on behalf of the Company and in a manner reasonably believed to be within the scope of the authority conferred on such Member or Officer by this Agreement, except that neither the Member nor any Officer shall be entitled to be indemnified in respect of any loss, damage or claim incurred by such Member or Officer by reason of willful misconduct with respect to such acts or omissions; provided, however, that any indemnity under this Section 20 shall be provided out of and to the extent of Company assets only, and the Member shall not have personal liability on account thereof.

21. Assignment . No Member may sell, assign, pledge or otherwise transfer or encumber all or any portion of such Member’s interest in the Company without the consent of the Managing Member or as otherwise provided in Section 13(a) of this Agreement.

22. Resignation . Any member may resign from the Company with the written consent of the remaining members. If a member is permitted to resign pursuant to this Section 22 , an additional member shall be admitted to the Company, subject to Section 3(c) , upon its execution of an instrument signifying its agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Such admission shall be deemed effective immediately prior to the resignation, and, immediately following such admission, the resigning member shall cease to be a member of the Company.

23. Dissolution .

(a) The Company shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the written consent of the Managing Member, which if delivered prior to the first year anniversary of the date of this Agreement shall require the consent of the holders of a majority in interest of the Series A Members; (ii) the retirement, resignation or dissolution the Members and all other future members, if any, or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the Members and all future members, if any, in the Company unless the business of the Company is continued in a manner permitted by the Act; or (iii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act.

 

6


(b) The bankruptcy of a Member or any future member will not cause such member to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the business of the Company shall continue without dissolution.

(c) In the event of dissolution, the Company shall conduct only such activities as are necessary to wind up its affairs (including the sale of the assets of the Company in an orderly manner), and the assets of the Company shall be applied in the manner, and in the order of priority, set forth in Section 18-804 of the Act; provided, however, that (i) the Class A Common Stock (and any proceeds deriving therefrom) shall in any case be distributed among the Series A Members in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests as reflected on Schedule A, as in effect on the date of dissolution and (ii) the Class B Common Stock (and any proceeds deriving therefrom) shall in any case be distributed to the Series B Members in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests as reflected on Schedule A, as in effect on the date of dissolution.

24. Separability of Provisions . Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered separable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement which are valid, enforceable and legal.

25. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original of this Agreement.

26. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the Member with respect to the subject matter hereof.

27. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed under, the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to conflict of laws or principles).

28. Amendments . This Agreement may not be modified, altered, supplemented or amended, except pursuant to a written agreement executed and delivered by the Members and all other persons, if any, who are then members of the Company.

[Next page signature page]

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, intending to be legally bound hereby, has duly executed this Agreement to be effective as of the first written above.

 

SUMMIT MATERIALS HOLDINGS GP LTD.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
MISSOURI MATERIALS COMPANY, L.L.C.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
J & J MIDWEST GROUP, L.L.C.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
R. MICHAEL JOHNSON FAMILY LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
THOMAS A. BECK FAMILY, LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

[Signature Page to Summit Owner Holdco LLC Agreement]


Schedule A

to Summit Owner Holdco L.L.C. Limited Liability Company Agreement

 

Name    Mailing Address    Series    Percentage Interest  

Summit Materials Holding GP LTD

   [    ]    B      100.00

Missouri Materials Company, L.L.C.

   [    ]    A      [    ]   

J & J Midwest Group, L.L.C.

   [    ]    A      [    ]   

R. Michael Johnson Family Limited Liability Company

   [    ]    A      [    ]   

Thomas A. Beck Family, LLC

   [    ]    A      [    ]   

Exhibit 16

January 8, 2015

Securities and Exchange Commission

100 F Street, N.E.

Washington, DC 20549

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have read the fifth paragraph on page 199 of the Form S-1 dated January 8, 2015, of Summit Materials, Inc. and are in agreement with the statements contained therein. We have no basis to agree or disagree with other statements of the registrant in the sixth paragraph on page 199.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

McLean, Virginia

Exhibit 21

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES

Upon the consummation of this offering, the following entities will become subsidiaries of Summit Materials, Inc. Pursuant to Item 601(b)(21)(ii) of Regulation S-K, certain subsidiaries which, considered in the aggregate as a single subsidiary, would not have constituted a significant subsidiary (as defined in Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X) have been omitted.

 

Name

  

Jurisdiction of Incorporation
or Organization

Alleyton Resource Company, LLC

   Delaware

Alleyton Services Company, LLC

   Delaware

Austin Materials, LLC

   Delaware

Buckhorn Materials, LLC

   South Carolina

Colorado County Sand & Gravel Co., L.L.C.

   Texas

Con-Agg of MO, L.L.C.

   Missouri

Concrete Supply of Topeka, Inc.

   Kansas

Continental Cement Company L.L.C.

   Delaware

Cornejo & Sons, L.L.C.

   Kansas

Hamm, Inc.

   Kansas

Hinkle Contracting Company LLC

   Kentucky

Industrial Asphalt, LLC

   Texas

Kilgore Companies, LLC

   Delaware

Mainland Sand & Gravel ULC

   British Columbia

Penny’s Concrete and Ready Mix, L.L.C.

   Kansas

RK Hall, LLC

   Delaware

SCS Materials, LLC

   Texas

Summit Materials Corporations I, Inc.

   Delaware

Summit Materials Finance Corp

   Delaware

Summit Materials Holdings II, LLC

   Delaware

Summit Materials Holdings L.P.

   Delaware

Summit Materials Holdings, LLC

   Delaware

Summit Materials Intermediate Holdings, LLC

   Delaware

Summit Materials International, LLC

   Delaware

Summit Materials, LLC

   Delaware

Troy Vines, Incorporated

   Texas

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors

of Summit Materials, Inc.:

We consent to the use of our report dated October 8, 2014, with respect to the balance sheet of Summit Materials, Inc. as of September 26, 2014, included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Denver, Colorado

January 8, 2015

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Partners

of Summit Materials Holdings L.P.:

We consent to the use of our report dated October 8, 2014, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Summit Materials Holdings L.P. and subsidiaries as of December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, cash flows, and changes in redeemable noncontrolling interest and partners’ interest for the years ended December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Denver, Colorado

January 8, 2015

Exhibit 23.3

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement No. 333-201058 of our report dated October 8, 2014 relating to the consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, changes in redeemable noncontrolling interest and partners’ interest, and cash flows of Summit Materials Holdings L.P. and Subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2011 appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such prospectus.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

McLean, Virginia

January 8, 2015